Sn Caitanya-candrodaya

Act One

Introduction (Nandi-sloka)

nidhisu kumuda pad-ma san-kha mu-khyesv

aruci kar-o nava bha-kti can-drakantaih
viracita kali -kok-a sok-a san-kur
visaya tam-amsi hinastu gauracandrah

nidhisu fo r t he treasure;kumuda padm-a sank-ha muk-hyesu he aded by

Kumuda, Padma and Sankha; aruci kara-h cr e a ting distaste;nava bhak-ti
consisting of the nine varieties (nava can alternately be read as "new") of
devotional service; candrakantaih by t h e m o o n - s tones;viracita w h o h a s
fashioned; kali of t h e c u r r e nt degraded age, Kali-yuga;koka t o t h e
personification as a goose; soka gi v i ng distress;sankuh a s p e ar;visaya o f s e n s e
gratification; tamamsi al l v a r i e ties of darkness;hinastu may He dispel; gaura
candrah th e golden moon, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.

Its nine new candrakanta jewels of devotional service eclipsing Kuvera s lily,
l otus, conch, and other treasures, and its arrows of light wo u n d ing th e
cakravaka bird of Kali-yuga, may the moon of Lord Gaura destroy the darkness
of the world.

Text I

(nandy ante)-

sutradharah: alam ati prasang-ena bho bho.h, samakarnyatam adyaha.m

ratnakara ve2a kan-da2i-ta da2ita k-ajj a2ojj -va2an maha ni-2aman-i kanda2a-sya nz2a giri -

dari daridrsy-amana ghana d-ala ma-la ta-mala -taru kad-amb-asya gabhiratara kotara-
mahavata vata nika-ta pr-akata p-ramada -matangas-ya bhagavatah sri purusotta-ma
devasya gundica yatrayam -sakala dig vidig -vih-ari h-ari nar-a nik-ara-m-ukhara-mukha-
ramamana jaya jaya dhvani
d-hvanita-jagadanda bhanda k-uharep-ramoda
modamana manasa -rasavibh-akta bhakta ja-na janita-bhagavat-sankirtana-kutuhala-
ha2a ha2a svan-a sva-ndita -dig vadh-u ni-kare sa -vimarda -marda2a -sahacary-a 2ampata-
pataha mahapan-a panava s-vana sva-nalpa -dhakka d-hakkara -gabhirata-ra bheri -

bhankrti-dundubhi-dunkara-karananya-sabdagraha grahila n-iravadhi-

vadhirayamana jana nikare kvacana samaye sevadhikaritayarataya samupasidata
sidata ca bhagavac c-hri krsna c-aitanya t-anyamana t-irobhava b-hava b-havita-
manasarusa parusapad d-asavasad asata s-ata v-aimukhyena vai mukhyena hetuna
tatha v-idhe pi paramanande manam deyam api na kurvatavatavani b-hrta
nibhrtabhilasena gaja p-atina prataparudrenadisto smi.

nandi an-te after the above auspicious invocation (the Sutradhara speaks as
follows); alam en o u g h;ati ex c e s s i ve;
prasangena wi t h t h i s d iscussion;bhoh
bhoh ge ntlemen; samakarnyatam pl e a se hear me with attentionadya t o d a y ;
aham I; ra t na ak-ara of t he o cean, which functions as a jewel mine;vela u p o n
the shore; kanda2ita pr o d u c e d in abundance;da2ita an d s cattered in fragments;
kajja2a like black powdered collyrium; ujjva2a brilliant; maha hu ge;ni2a
mani of sapphires; kandalasya (of Lord Jagannatha, who appeared as) heap;
a
ni2a gir-i of the Blue mountain (after which Puri-dhama, the abode of Jagannatha,
is also known as Nilacala); dart wi t h i n t h e c aves;daridrsyamana wh i c h is o ft e n
seen; ghana de n s e; da2a ma-2a with rows of leaves; tama2a taru -of the tamala
tree; kadambasya (o f L o rd Jagannatha, who appeared as) the end of a branch;
gabhira tara - very deep; kotara of a c avern;maha avat-a in a great recess;
vata a banyan tree;nikata ne a r ; pr a kata ma n i f e s t;pramada in t o x i c a t e d;
matangasya (of Lord Jagannatha, who appeared as) en elephant;bhagavatah of
the Supreme Lord; sri puru-sottama deva-sya Sri Purusottama, Jagannatha;gundica
yatrayam on t h e R atha-yatra procession to the Gundica temple;sakala a l l ;
hari ch a r m i n g ;nara of m e n ; ni k a ra th e t h r o o n g ;mukhara mukh-a
boisterous; ramamana re j o i c i n g;j aya jaya dhav-ani so u n ds of jaya, jaya,
"Glories, glories (to the Lord)!"; dhvanita resounding;jagat anda -of t h e
universe;bhanda the confines; kuhare in the far corners; pramoda moda-mana
taking pleasure in the festive atmosphere; manasa of t he mi n d; ra sa e c s t a t i c
mood; avibhakta un d i v i d e d; bhakta jana by t h e L o rd s own men;j anita
started; bhagavat kirtan-a the chanting of God's glories;kutuhala i n t h e i r
excitement; ha2a ha2a -hallooing; svana so u n d ; su anand-ita gr e a tly enthused;
dik vadhu -(of the women imitating the sounds of) the goddesses of the
directions; nikare th e c r o w d; sa vimard-a po u n d i n g; mardala mr d a n g a s, clay
drums; sahacarya ac c o m p anying;2ampata ra u c o u s ;pataha t a b o r s ;
mahapana another kind of drum; panava a certain kind of small drum covered
with skin; svana by t h e s o u nd o f a ll t h e se;su analpa -far fr om few; dhakka a
large kind of drum; dhakkara a s t i l l l a r g er version of the same; gabhira tara -

very grave; bheri of k e t t l e d rums;bhankrti th e r u m b l i n g ; dundubhi o f l a r g e r

kettledrums; dunkara th e r o a r i n g; karana be c a u se of all this;anya a n d o t h e r ;
sabda of sounds; agraha th e e x c ess;grahila pe r s i s t e n t;niravadhi w i t h o u t
cessation;vadhirayamana making deaf; j ana nikare -the assembled people;
kvacana samaye at t h a t particular time;seva adhikara-taya on a c c ount of his
qualification as a servant of the Supreme Lord; arataya wh o w a s i n d i f f e rent to
material things; samupasidata ha v i ng approached (me);sidata w h o w a s
distressed; ca al s o; bhagavat of t he L o r d; sri caitanya -Sri Ca itanya
Mahaprabhu; tanyamana extended, constant; tirobhava of His disappearance;
bhava in t he ecstatic mood (of separation); bhavita ab s o r b ed in thought;
manasa on account of his mind being; arusa be c a u se of his injury;parusa
harsh; apat dasa th e -misfortunate condition; avasat he l p l e s sly;asata
unhappy; sata to t he h appiness;vaimuhyena be c a use of his indifference;vai
indeed; mukhyena ch i e fly; hetuna fo r t h i s r e ason;tatha v-idhe in t he m i d st of
such; parama a-nande un e q ueled joy; manam at t e n t i o n; deyam w o r t h g i v i n g ;
api al t h o u g h; na kurvata wh o w a s n ot giving;avata by t h a t p r o t e ctor;avani
of the earth; bhrta th e m a i n t a i n er (the King);nibhrta se c r e t;abhilasena
(disclosing) his desire; gaj a pa-tina by King Gajapati;pratarudrena named
Prataparudra; adistah asmi I w a s o rd ered.

Sutradhara: Enough with these pompous words. Listen. Today, as, like
kajjala-splendid sapphires scattered by sea waves on the shore, like a great
forest of many-leaved tamala trees seen from a cave of Nzlacala mountain, and
like an intoxicated elephant playing deep in a banyan forest, Lord Jagannatha
went on procession to Gundica, and as the entire universe became filled with
jubilant calls of "jaya! jaya!" from mou ths of men in every direction, and as
blissful-hearted devotees filled the directions with a tum ult of bh agavat-kzrtana,
and as women filled the directions with shouts of joy, and as there was a
deafening tumult of sweet mrdangas, vigorous patahas, mahapanas, panavas,
many dakkas and dakkaras, and deep bherzs, bhankrtis, and dundubhis, I was
suddenly approached by Lord Jagannatha's servant, King Prataparudra, whose
heart was wounded by the disappearance of Lord Srz Krsna Caitanya, and who
said to me:

Text 2

yatha hamho caranacarya

so 'yam nilagirisvarah sa vibhavo yatra ca sa gundica

te te dig vidig -agata-h sukrtinas tas ta didrksartayah
aramas ca ta eva nandana vana s-rinam -tiraskarinah
sarvany eva mahaprabhum bata vina sunyani manyamahe

yatha as follows; hamho hello;carana acarya -0 drama master;sah ayam

this same; nila giri o- f Puri-dhama;isvarah th e L o r d; vibhavah a l m i g h t y ;
yatra pr o c e ssion;ca an d ; s a this; gundica to G u n d i ca temple;te te a l l
these; dik vidik f- r om all directions;agatah co m e ;su krtinah -p i o u s, fortunate
men; tah tah th e se women also;didrksa artayah -anx i o us to see;aramah
pleasure gardens; ca an d; te th e s e eva ; indeed; nandana vana -of the heavenly
garden of Indra, named Nandana; srinam the opulences; tiraskarinah p u t t i n g t o
shame; sarvani al l t h e s e;eva bu t ; ma h aprabhum Lo r d C a i t a n ya;bata a l a s ;
vina wi t h o u t; sunyani vo i d ; ma n yamahe I c o n s i d e r .

"0 playright, here is the same all-powerful Lord Jagannatha. Here is the same
Rathayatra festival. Here is the same Gundica temple. Here are the same
pilgrims come from all directions to see the Lord. Here is the same garden that
eclipses the beauties of Nandanandana. Still, without Lord Cai tanya
Mahaprabhu I think everything here is a desert.
 Text 3

tad idanim prema s-aubhagavato bhagavato yatmdrasya tasyaiva guna

parimalodgara sa-rena rasarena kenapi prayogena subhavata bhavataham
anandaniyah y.atah

tat th e r e fore;idanim no w ; pr e ma of e c s t a t ic love;saubhaga va-tah w h o

possesses thegood fortune; bhagavatah of t h e S u p r e meLord;y a ti in-drasya o f
the king ofrenunciants; tasya Hi s ; eva in d e e d ;guna of t h e q u a l i t i e s;
parimala th e f r a gance;udgara em i t t i n g ; sarena fr o m i t s e ssence;rasa ar-ena
inspired with the taste of love of God; kena api wi t h s o m e;prayogena d r a m a t i c
performance;subha vat-abhavata by your good self; aham I; anandaniyah
should be restored to good spirits; yatah s i n c e .

"To please me, write a sweet, beautiful play fragrant with the vir t ues of
affectionate Lord Caitanya, the best of sannyasis.

Text 0

priyasya saksad aviloka janyam

badham visodhum na hi ko py upayah
suhrdbhir uktad atha vabhinitad
rte tadiyad guna sampr-ayogat

iti tad avasyam atra prayataniyam

priyasya a l o v ed one;saksat di r e c t l y;aviloka fr o m n o t s e e ing;

j anyam
generated; badham the hurt; vidodhum to e n d u r e; na th e r eis no t; hi i n d e e d ;
kah api an y; upayah me a n s ;suhrdbhih by w e l l - w i s h e rs;uktat o t h e r t h a n
something spoken; athava or e l s e;abhinitat en a c t ed as a play; rte e x c e pt for;
tadiyat in r e l a t i on to that loved one;guna sampray-ogat a collection of
(descriptions of) hi good qualities; iti th u s s p o ke the king;iti th u s ; ta d t h a t ;
avasyam in e v i t ably; atra he r e ;pr a yataniyam sh o u l d be done .

"Except for our friends' words or a play filled with Hi s qu a l i t ies we have no
way to bear the pain of not seeing our dear Lord."
I must do it.

Text 5

citram caitat.

nirdhumo py anumiyate prati disam yas-ya pratapanalah

 sadhunam sukhado vipaksa s-alabha vyuhasya dahoddhurah
prag eva sphutane visankita dhiya yasyosmanam prakramaih
srisenavaranair akari bahubhir brahmanda l-epo bahih

citram wo n d e r f u l; ca al s o ;et at th i s ;ni r d h u mah wi t h o u t s m o k e; api

although; anumiyate se e n;prati d-isam al l d i r e c tions; yasya of w h o m ; pr a t apa
analah po w e r f ul fir e;sadhunam to t h e s aintly persons;sukha da-h wh i ch g ives
pleasure; salabha of l o c u st (the demons appearing as such);vyuhasya o f t h e
swarm; dahah the burning; uddhurah unrestrained; prak premature;eva
indeed; sphutane of m a n i f estation;visankita ap p r e h e nsive;dhiya H i s m i n d
being; yasya it s ; usmanam of t h e h e a t;prakramaih co n s e c u t ive;sri sen-a b y
Lord Maha-visnu, the husband of goddess Sri; avaranaih wi t h c o v e r i n gs;akari
He made; bahubhih wi t h m a n y; br a h m anda of t h e u n i v e r se;lepah a c o a t i n g ;
bahih on i ts outside.

This is wonderful. Visible everywhere, the smokeless fire of cosmic

destruction delights the saintly devotees and burns the locust demons. Fearing
the fire's heart would burn it, at the time of creation the Lord put man y
coverings around the universe.

Text 6

so yam murtiman iva nivahi bhuta-h parakramah krama samu-paciyamana

bhagavad bhava -svabh-ava svaya-m avirb-huta santi -rasav-agaha nirdh-uta raj as-
tamastayastaya vidyaya sama iva sariri paresam api manasi na sidhyantim visaya
vasanam karoti

sah ayam si m i l a r ly this Prataparudra;murti man - p e r s o n i f i e d; nivahi

bhutah concentrated; prakramah valor;krama gradually; samupaciyamana
increasing;bhagavat bhava -love for the Supreme Lord; svabhava whose nature
(is like that); svayam au t o m a t i c ally;avirbhuta ap p e a r ed;santi of p e a c e ;rasa
in the mood; avagaha by s u b m e rsion;nirdhuta wh o w a s c o m p l e t e ly cleansed;
raj ah tamasta-ya of the material modes of passion and ignorance; astaya w h i c h
eradicates; vidyaya wi t h t h a t spirit ual knowledge;sama Se l f - control;iva a s i f ;
sariri in c a r n a t e;paresam of o t h er persons;api ev e n ;ma nasi i n t h e m i n d s ;
na no t; siddhyatim ef f e c t i n g;visaya of i n f e r i o r s ense enjoyment;vasanam
thought; karoti do e s he creates.

The king was once like that fire. Although at first the form of great
c hivalrous power, gradually increasing love for the Lord pl u n ged the king int o
an ocean of peace and washed away all passion and ignorance. Knowledge made
him the personification of peace. Now in his heart he no longer desires material
things.

Text 7
 tad adhuna dhunanah sandeham deham ca krtarthayann ayam aham sri-
nathenanugrhitena tasyaiva bhagavato vato nij a k-arunam srikrsna c-aitanyasya priya-
parsadasyasivananda s-enasya tanujenanirmitam paramananda d-asa k-avinavinasita
hrt k-asaya ti-miram sri c-aitanya c-androdayam nama natakam abhiniya samihita
hitam asya nrpateh karisyami

tat th e r e fore;adhuna no w ; dh u n anah sh a k i n g o f f;sandeham m y d o u b t s ;

deham (h a v i ng taken birth in this) body; ca an d ; ay am th i s ;ah am I; s r i
nathena vy t he Supreme Lord, the husband of the goddes of fortune;
anugrhitena (w r i t t e n) by him w ho h as been favored;tasya of H i m ; eva i n d e e d ;
bhagavatah of t he Lord; avatah of t h e p r o t e ctor;nij a ka-runam (t h i s p la y
which is) His own mercy; sri krs-na cai-tanyasya of L o rd Sri Krsna Caitanya
Mahaprabhu; priya par-sadasya of H is dear associates;sivananda sen-asya na med
Sivananda Sena; tanujena by t he son;nirmitam co m p o s e d;paramananda das-a
kavina by t he poet Paramananda dasa Kavi-karna-pura;vinasita wh i c h d e s troys;
hrt of t he heart;kasaya fi l t h ; ti m i r am an d d a r k n e s s;sri cait-anya can-dra
udayam Th e M o o n r i se of Lord Caitanya;nama en t i t l e d;natakam t h e p l a y ;
abhiniya by h a v i ng performed;samihita de s i r e d;hitam be n e f i t;ka r isyami I
will cause.

Shaking all doubts and thus making this life a success, for the king s good I
will now present this play named Sri Caitanya-candrodaya (The Moonrise of Sri
Caitanya), which destroys the darkness of ignorance in the heart, and which was
written by the poet Paramananda Kavi-karnapura, to whom the Lord was kind
and who is the son of Lord Sri Kr sna Caitanya s dear associate Sivananda Sena.

Text 8

(agrato 'valokya) bho bhoh, ita itah.

pariparsvikah: (pravisya) bhava, ascaryam ascaryam

agratah in f r o n t; avalokya lo o k i n g ; bh oh bhoh my f r i e n d ;it ah itah o v e r

here, over here; pravisya (t h e P aripasvika) having entered;bhava 0 m a s t e r ;
ascary am ascary am amazing, amazing.

(Looking ahead) Oh! Oh! Here! Here!

P ariparsvika: (enters) 0 g r eat one! W o n d e r f ul ! W o n d e r f u l !

Text 9

sutradharah: marisa, kim tat.

pariparsvikah: etavaty api bhagavatah sri ni2aca2a -ca2ad an-anda k-andasya-
syandana yatra par-aman-ande katipaye sukhoparame parama vimanask-as
tamaskanda bhandam -iva brahmandam manyamana vilapantah santi. tatha hi
 marisa 0 ge n t le one; kim w h a t ; ta t is t h a t ; et avati so m u c h ; a p i
although; bhagavatah of t he L o r d; srz n-i2aca2a of Sri Nilacala, Jagannatha Puri;
calat mo v i n g; ananda of e c s t asy;kandasya of H e w ho is the root;syandana
yatra of t he cart festival;parama a-nande am i d st the extreme hapiness;
katipaye a few persons;sukha u-parame giving up being happy;parama
vimanaskah extremely depressed; tamaskanda pitch black;
bhandam a vessel;
iva as if; brahmandam th e u n i v e r s e;manyamana so t h i n k i n g;vilapantah
santi th e y are lamenting;tatha hi a s f o l l o w s .

Sutradhara: 0 gentle one, what is it?

Pariparsvika: In the bl iss of blissful Lord Jagannatha's Rathayatra some
unhappy men are crying as of they think the wo rld is a cauldron of darkness.
They said:

Text 10

aho so yam ni2aca2a ti2ak-a yatr-a vidh-ir ayam

navodyana sren-ir atha vij aya vart-mapi tad idam
dahaty uccaih pitta jvara iva drsau krntati manah
khalanam vaniva vyathati tanum hrd vran-a iva

tat kathaya, kim atra rahasyam

aho ah; sah ayam th i s s a me;ni2aca2a ti2aka -of the ornament of Nilacala
(Lord Jagannatha);yatra vidhih -t he ob e rvance of the procession;ayam t h i s ;
nava ne w; udyana of g a r d e ns;vartma th e p a t h; tat idam th i s v e ry same;
dahati it b u r n s; uccaih gr e a t l y;pitta jvarah bi l i o u s f e ver;iva a s i f e n t i r e
world had become an empty dark pit.
it were; drsau in t he e yes;krntati it c u t s ;ma nah th e m i n d ; kh a l a nam o f
envious persons; vani th e s pe ech;iva as i f; vya thati it t o r m e n t s ;tanum t h e
body; hrt of t h e h e art;vranah a w o u n d ; iva as i f ; ta t thu s ; ka t h a ya p l e a s e
tell; kim w h a t ; at ra in t h i s ; ra h a syam th e h i d d e n meaning.

" This is the same Rathayatra of Lord Jagannatha, the tilaka mark of ¹ l a c a l a .
These are the same newly-blossoming gardens. This is the same glorious path.
Still, my eyes burn as if consumed by a fever's flames. My mind breaks as if
attacked by demons' words. My body suffers as if my heart were wounded."
Tell me: What is the secret meaning of these words?

Text 11

sutradharah: marisa, dhanyo si, yasya te te ki2anayor nayanor nayana sapha2ya-

kannah parama bhagavat-a batadya gocari bhuta bhu -tarana kr-tah. -
 marisa 0 ge n t le soul;dhanyah fo r t u n a t e asi
; yo u a r e ;yasya o f w h o m ;
te yo u r; ki2a in d e e d;anayoh wi t h t h e s e;nayanayoh ey e s;nayana s-apha2ya
the purpose of having eyes; karinah wh o f u l f i l l ; pa rama b-hagavatah th e t o p m o s t
devotees of the Lord; bata oh; adya today;gocari b-hutah they have been
perceived; bhu of t he earth;tarana k-rtah th e d e l i vers.

Sutradhara: Gentle one, you are fortunate. By seeing the great devotees, who
deliver the entire world, your eyes have become perfect.

Text 12

pariparsvikah: bhava, ke mi
sutradharah: sri krs-na cai-tanya priy-a par-sadah

bhava no b le master; ke wh o ; ami the s e ;sri k rs-na cait-anya of S ri Krsna

Caitanya Mahaprabhu; priya th e d e a r;parsadah pe r s o n al associates.

Pariparsvika: Master, who are they?

Sutradhara: The dear associates of Sri Krsna Caitanya.

Text 13

pariparsvikah: ko sau caitanya gosva-mi

sutradharah: marisa, adyapi j anani jathara pithar-a pihita -evasi, yad idam sri
mahaprabhos tasya nama nama ca na srutam sruya.tam

kah wh o; asau th i s ; ca itanya gosvam-i Ca i t a nya Gosvami;marisa g e n t l e

one; adya api even now;j anani of your mother;j athara of the womb;
pithara wi t h i n t h at vessel;pihitah co n f i n e d;eva st i l l ; asi yo u m u s t b e;yat
since; idam th i s ( n a me );sri mahap-rabhoh of L o rd M a h a prabhu;nama i n
particular; nama th e n a m e; ca an d ; na srutam yo u h a v e n ot heard;sruyatam
just listen.

Pariparsvika: Who is Caitanya Gosvamz?

Sutradhara: Gentle one, to not have heard the name Caitanya Mahaprabhu
you must even now be staying in your mother's womb. Listen.

Texts lk and 15

ascaryam yasya kando yati mukuta m-anir ma-dhavakhyo munindrah

sri2advaita prarohas -tri bhuvana -viditah sk-andha evavadhutah
srimad vakresvar-adya rasa maya vap-usah s-kandha sakha sva-rupa-
vistaro bhakti yogah kus-umam atha phalam prema niskaitavam yat
apl ca

brahmanandam ca bhittva vilasati sikharam yasya yatratta n-idam

radha k-rsna 2z-2a maya k-haga mithunam bhinna b-havena hmam
yasya cchaya bhavadhva sr-ama sa-mana k-ari bhakta sa-nkalpa si-ddher
hetus caitanya ka-lpadruma iha bhuvane kascana pradurasit

ascaryam wo n d e r; yasya of w h i c h ; ka n dah th e r o o t ; ya ti of s a n n y a s is;

mukuta ma-nih th e c rest jewel;madhava ak-hyah kn o w n as Sri Madhavendra
Puri; muni ind-rah th e k i ng of sages;sri2a ad-vaita Sr i la Advaita Acarya;
prarohah the first sprouting; tri bh-uvana th r o u g h o ut the three worlds;viditah
famous; skandhah th e m a in tru n k; eva i n d e e d ; avadhutah th e m ad m e n d i cant,
Sri Nityananda Prabhu; srimat vak-resvara ady-ah Sri Vakresvara Pandita and
others; rasa may-a saturated with the taste ofspiritual ecstasy;vapusah w h o s e
bodies; skandha sak-ha the branches of the trunk; svarupah be i n g by nature;
vistarah ex p a nsive;bhakti yog-ah th e p ro cess of devotional service to the
Supreme Lord; kusumam th e f lo w e r; atha an d ; pr e ma un a l l o y e d love of God;
niskaitavam fr e e from deceit;yat wh i c h i s ; br ahma ana-ndam (t h e r ealm of) the
spiritual bliss beyong all material dualities; ca an d ; bh ittva c u t t i n g t h r o u g h ;
vilasati sh i n e s;sikharam th e p e a k;yasya of w h i c h t r e e;yatra wh e r e ;a t t a
They have made; nidam Th e i r n e s t;radha krsn-a Sri Radha and Krsna; 2i2a-
maya pl a y f ul; khaga of b i r d s ;mithunam th e c o u p l e;bhinna bhav-ena of any
dualistic (material) conception; hinam wh o a r e d evoid;yasya o f w h i c h t r e e ;
chaya th e s h a de;bhava of m a t e r i al existance;adhva (f r o m t r a v e lling on) the
road; srama th e w e ariness;samana kari -wh i ch re l ieves;bhakta o f t h e
devotees; sankalpa of t h e ir desires;siddheh of t he achievement;hetuh t h e
cause; caitanya kalpa -drum-ah the Caitanya desire-tree; ihabhuvane i n t h i s
world; kascana th a t c ertain;pradurasit ha s a pp eared.

Its wonderful root the great sage Madhavendra Purz, the crest jewel of
sannyaszs, its new sprout Srzla Advaita, who is famous in the three worlds, its
first branch Avadhuta Nityananda, its other branches Srzman Vakresvara
Pandita and other sweet devotees, its flower blossoming devotional service, its
fruit sincere love, its highest branches breaking through the boundaries of the
m aterial worlds and providing a place for the nest of the two playful bi r d s
Radha and Krsna to stay without ever being separated, and its shade a resting-
place for they who travel on the path of repeated birth and death, the Caitanya
kalpa-druma tree grows on this earth to ful f ill th e devotees' desires.

Text 16

pariparsvikah: bhava,
kim prayoj ano j
anoha duro yam -avatarah

bhava master; kim prayojanah for what purpose;jana of the people; uha
mental speculation; durah wh o e r a d i c ates;ayam th i s ; avatarah i n c a r n a t i o n .
 Pariparsvika: Master, why has this incarnation, whose purpose is far from
what ordinary people can guess, come?

Text 17

sutradharah: marisa, avadhedhi vadhe hi manaso nirvisese sese pare brahmani laya
eva parah purusarthas tat sa-dhanam dhanam hi kevalam advaita bh-avaneti sarva
sastra pr-atipadyatvenadyatvenapi manvananam vidusam sva m-atagraha gr-aha
grhitanam anakalitam tatra tatraiva sastresu gudhatayodhatayottamatvena sthitam
api sac cid -an-anda gh-ana vig-raho nitya 2i2o -khi2a sau-bhagavan bhagavan sri kr-sna
eva sa vis-esam brahmeti tattvam tasyopasanam sanandanady up-agitam avigitam
avikalah purusarthas tasya sadhanam dhanam nama nama san-kirtana pra-dhanam
vividha bha-kti bha-ktiyogam avirbhavayitum bhagavan sri cai-tanya rup-i bhavann
avirasit.

marisa ge n t le one;avadhehi pl e a se give your attention;vadhe i n t h e k i l l i n g ;

manasah of t he min d; nirvisese in t he f o r m l e ss;asese li m i t l e ss; pare
supreme; brahmani Ab s o l u te Trut h; layah di s s o l u t i o n;eva in d e e d ;parah t h e
highest; purusa artha-h go al of life; tat of t h a t ;sadhanam th e r e g u l a ted practice
which is the means of attaining; dhanam tr e a s ure;hi ce r t a i n l y;kevalam o n l y ;
advaita bhav-ana im p e rsonal meditation on the "one without a second"; iti t h u s
speaking; sarva sastra -of all the scriptures;pratipadyatvena as t he conclusion;
adyatvena as being superexcellent;api al s o ;manvanam t h i n k i n g t h u s ;
vidusam for t h e se "wise men";sva mata -for th e ir own theories; agraha b y
their excess zeal; graha (a s if) by a ghost;grhitanam wh o h a v e become
possessed; anakalitam un n o t i c e d;tatra tatra he r e a nd t he re; eva indeed;
sastresu in t he scriptures; gudhataya as c on f idential;udhataya as p r o g r esive;
uttamatvena as most superior; sthitam es t a b l ished;api in d e e d ;sat cit -

ananda co m p l e te in eternal existence, awareness, and pleasure;vigrahah w h o s e

personal form; nitya 2i2ah -who is perpetually enjoying pastimes; akhi2a
saubhagavan wh o is the proprietor of all good fortune; bhagavan th e S upreme
Personality; sri krsnah -Lo rd Sri Krsna; eva in d e e d;sa visesam - (Heis)
possessing a distinct form; brahma the Absolute Truth; iti th u s s p e a king;
tattvam th a t c onclusive fact;tasya of H i m ; up a sanam wo r s h i p ; sanandana
adi by Sanandana-kumara and others;upagitam su n g ; avagitam u n a n i m o u s l y ;
avikalah pe r f e c t, spotless;purusa artha -goal of life; tasya of t h a t; sadhanam
the means of practice; dhanam th e t r e asure;nama in p a r t i c u l a r;nama
sankirtana th e c o n gregational chanting of God's holy names; pradhanam
consisting of chiefly; vividha va r i o us kin d s;bhakti of d e v o t i o n;b hakti yogam-
the practice of service to the Supreme Lord; avirbhavayitum in o r d e r to cause its
manifestationbhagavan t h e L o r d ; sri caitanya -rupi as -suming the form of Sri
Caitanya Mahaprabhu; bhavan so b e coming;avirasit He h a s advented.
Sutradhara: Gentle one, listen. To teach the many activities of devotional
service, which begin with nama-sankirtana, which are the highest goal of life,
which are described by Sanandana Kumaara and other sages, which are the
worship of the Supreme Truth, who has transcendental qualities, who is the
supremely opulent Personality of Godhead, Lord Krsna, who eternally enjoys
transcendental pastimes and whose form is eternal and full of tr anscendental
k nowledge and bliss, which are the confidential truth h i d den in the Vedi c
scriptures, and which are not understood by the impersonalist philosophers,
who are haunted by the ghosts of their own fo ol ish theories of the meaning of
all the scriptures, and who claim that the supreme goal of life is the merge into
the quality-less Brahman, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has appeared in
the form of Srz Caitanya.

Text 18

pariparsvikah: bhava, kim teneha tene harina svabhimata ma-ta vya-nj ako granthah

bhava ma s ter; kim w h e t h e r ; te na by H i m ; ih a in t h i s w o r l d ; te ne h a s

been promulgated; harina by L o r d H a r i; sva abh-imata ch e r i s hed by Him;
mata the philosophy;vyanj akah elaborating upon;grantah (any) book.

Pariparsvika: Master, in this incarnation did Lord H ari w r it e any books to

teach this?

Text 19

sutradharah: yadyapi ko na veda veda kartrt-vam bhagavatas tathapi khalv

antaryami yam ihate preranam na kh.a2u sa bahyopadesato desato va ka2atas ca
paricchinna bhavitum arhati

yadi api although; kahna no one; veda kn o w s ; veda of a ll t he Vedic

literatures; kartrtvam th e a u t h o r s hip; bhagavatah of t h e L o r d; tatha api
nonetheless; khalu c e r t a in ly; antaryami dw e l l i n g w i t h in e veryone s heart;
yami the controller; ihate He e f f e cts;preranam in s p i r a t i o n;na n o t ; k h a l u
indeed; sa th a t ( in s piration); bahya upadesa-tah ac cording to (there being or not
being any) external giving of instruction; desatah ac c o r d i ng to place;va o r ;
kalatah ac c o rding to time; ca a n d ; pa r i c chinna li m i t e d ; bhavitum arhati c a n
it be.

Sutradhara: Although the Lord did not p ersonally wr ite any scriptur es, as
the all-pervading Supersoul He inspired others to wri te. He is not li m i ted by
time, place, or the need to directly teach anyone.

Text 20

pariparsvikah: bhava, tarhi katham tatraivodara mate rama-te na sarvam

bhava 0 no b l e m aster;tarhi in t h a t c a s e;katham wh y ; ta t ra in t h a t ;e v a

indeed; udara ma g n a n i mo us;mate ph i l o s o p h y;ramate fi n d p l e a sure;na do
not; sarvam ev e r y o ne.

Pariparsvika: Master, why does not everyone appreciate His wise teaching?

Text 21

sutradharah: vividha va-sana sa-natho hi 2oko 2okottare vartmani katham sarva eva
pravartatam va.sana ba-ddha sraddha srayati hi bhedakatam mater iti.

vividha va r i o u s;vasana by m e n t al conceptions;sa nat-hah ru l e d over; hi

indeed; 2okah the people in general;2oka utta-re ot h e r wo rldly; vartmani o n
such a path; katham wh y ; sa r ve al l o f t h e m; eva in d e e d ;pravartatam w o u l d
set out; vasana by w h i m s y; baddha bo u n d ; sr a ddha fa i t h ;sr a yati t a k e s
shelter; hi in d e e d;bhedakatam of d i f f e r e ntiation;mateh of o p i n i o n s;iti t h u s .

Sutradhara: How can they who make a host material desires their masters
follow the spiritual path? Bound by material desires they take shelter of many
different philosophies.

Text 22

pariparsvikah: bhava, bhakti yogo -yo gocarah sastra krtam-, sa ca sa cama-tkaram

jnanam evajanayati, tasya brahma kaiva-2yam ba2yam pha2am iti ko bhedah

bhava ma s ter; bhakti yogah -the pr o cess of devotional service;yah w h i c h

was; agocarah no t p e r ceived;sastra krtam -( e v e n) by the compilers of the
sastras; sa it; ca al s o ;sa camat-karam am a z i n g;j nanam k n o w l e d g e ;
j anayati ge n e r ates;tasya of t h a t ( k n o w l e d ge);brahma kaivaly-am merging into
the existence of the Supreme; ba2yam po w e r f u l; pha2am fr u i t , p r o d u c t;iti
thus; kah bhedah wh a t is the difference (between bhakti and brahma-kaivalya).

Pariparsvika: Master, devotional service, which even the authors of scripture

cannot understand, creates wonderful transcendental knowledge and therefore
must bear impersonal liberation as its fruit. What is the di ff erence between
devotional service and impersonalism?

Text 23

sutradharah: marisa,

evam vratah sva -priya nam-a kir-tya -

j atanurago druta citta uccaih-

hasaty atho roditi rauti gayaty
unmadavan nrtyati loka b-ahyah

marisa 0 ge n t le soul;evam v-ratah wh e n o ne thus engages in the vow to

chant and dance; sva ow n ; pr i ya ve r y d e a r;nama ho l y n a m e ; ki r t ya b y
chanting;jata i n t h i s way develops;anuragah at t a c h me nt;druta ci-ttah v e r y
eagerly; uccaih lo u d l y; hasati la u g h s ;gayati ch a n t s ;unmada va-t li k e a
madman; nrtyati da n c e s;loka ba-hyah no t c a r i ng for outsiders.

Sutradhara: Gentle one, Srzmad-Bhagavatam (11.2.00) explains:

"When a person is actually advanced and takes pleasure in chanting the holy
name of the Lord, who is very dear to him, he is agitated and loudly chants the
holy name. He also laughs, cries, becomes agitated and chants just like a
madman, not caring for outsiders."'

Text 20

ity adin-a bhagavan nam-a sank-irtanadi rupa-sya bhakti yoga-sya yo gasya rati
janaka bhav-ah, sa khalu parsada bhav-am bhavam avatisthate

iti adina an d so forth; bhagavat nama -of the holy names of the Lord;
sankirtana adi -beginning with the congregational chanting; rupasya co n s i s t ing
of; bhakti yogas-ya of the process of devotional service;yah wh i c h ; ag asya f r e e
from sin; rati janak-a st i m u l a t i ng transcendental attraction;bhavah ec s t a tic
sentiment; sah th a t ; kh alu in d e e d ;parsada bhava-m the attitude of a personal
associate of the Lord; bhavam bhavam su c h l o v i ng ecstasy;avatisthate ev o l v e s
into;

Devotional service, which begins with chanting the Lord s holy name, and which
makes onefree from sin, makes onefall in love with the Supreme Lord It mak.es
one the Lord's personal associate

Text 25

tatha ca tair darsaniyavayavaih ity arabhya

pasyanti te me rucirany amba santah

prasanna vaktraru-na locanani-
rupani divyani vara pradani-
sakam vacam sprhaniyam vadanti

iti tad rupataiva -tesam mokso na tu kaiva2yam ata eva ta evam ucire kapi2a padah -

bhaktih siddher gariyasiti atah kha.2u ka2au nama nama sankirtana-m eva purusartha
sadhakatatiraskari puraskari -raty akhy-a bh-avasya-
 tatha ca and also;taih by t h o s e ;darsaniya be a u t i f ul to behold;avayavaih
limbs of the Deity of the Lord; iti th u s ; ar a b hyaadau be g i n n i ng with ( t h e se
words); pasyanti se e;te th e y ; ru c i r ani be a u t i f u l;amba 0 mo t h e r ;sa ntah
devotees; prasanna sm i l i n g; vaktra fa c e ;aruna li k e t h e m o r n i gn sun;
locanani ey e s;rupani fo r m s ; di v yani tr an s c e n d e ntal;vara p-radani
benevolent; sakam wi t h M e ; va cam wo r d s ;sp r h aniyam fa v o r a b l e;vadanti
they speak; iti th u s ; tad ru-pata th a t f o r m; eva i n d e e d ; tesam o f t h e m ;
mokso = 2iberation; na no t ; tu in d e e d ;ka i v a2yam im p e r s o n al liberation;ata
eva therefore; te th e y ; evam in t h i s w a y; ucire sa y ;ka p ila pa-dah L o r d
Kapila; bhaktih siddher gariyasi iti Sr i m a d - B hagavatam 3.25.32;atah t h e n ;
kha2u in d eed; ka2au in K a l i - y u g a;nama in d e e d;nama san-kirtanam n a m a -
sankirtana; eva i n d e ed; purusartha sad-hakata th e m e ans of attaining the goal of
life; atiraskari n o t e c l i p sing; puraskari pl a c i n g b efore;raty akh-ya bha-vasya
love named rati.

The Lord says (Srimad-Bhagavatam 3.25.35-36):

"My devotees always see the smiling face of My form, with eyes like the
rising sun. They like to see My various transcendental forms, which are all
benevolent, and they also talk favorably with Me. Upon seeing My charmin g
forms, smiling and attractive, and hearing My very pleasing words, the pure
devotee almost loses other consciousness. His senses are freed from all other
engagements, and he becomes absorbed in devotional service. Thus in spite of
his unwillingness, he gets liberation with out separate endeavor."'

This is the liberation the devotees attain. They do not attain imp ersonal
liberatiion. Lord Kapila says (Srimad-Bhagavatam 3.25.32): "When the service
spirit is engaged in devotional service to the Personality of Godhead, without
any motive, that is far better even than impersonal salvation."' I n K a l i - y uga by
c hanting the Lord's holy name one attains the ecstatic love known as "rati " ,
which eclipses all other goals of life.

Text 26

pariparsvikah: bhava, bhavatmakam vacanam idam ativa vismapakam, yato

bhagavan nama m-uktim evajanayatiti sastram tat anyatha ced ucyate vastutas .tu,
narayaneti mriyamana iyaya muktim iti sruyate

bhava noble master; bhava atmakam -realized; vacanam words;idam

these; ativa gr e a tly; vismapakam am a z i n g;yatah be c a u s e;bhagavat nama t - h e
name of the Lord; muktim li b e r a t i o n; eva i n d e e d;j anayati gi v e s rise to;iti
thus; sastram (t h e v ersion of) scripture;tat anyatha is o t h e r w i s e;cet ucyate i t
may be said; vastutah in a c t u a lity; tu ho w e v e r ;narayana 0 Na r a y a n a;iti
thus calling out; mriyaman wh i l e d y i n g; iyaya he ( A j a m i l a ) we n t;muktim t o
liberation; iti th u s ; sr u yate is h e a rd ( fr om the Bhagavatam).
 Pariparsvika: Master. your words are surprising. The holy name of the Lord
certainly does grant liberation. The scriptures say (Srzmad-Bhagavatam 6.3.10)
that by calling out "0 Narayana" as one dies, one attains liberation.

Text 27

sutradharah: (vihasya) mukti sa-bdo tra parsada sv-arupa pa-rah, yatas tatraiva
sadyah svarupam j agrhe bhagavat pa-rsva va-rtinam iti. idam eva sri kr-sna ca-itanya
matam anya ma-tam apastam karoti, anutisthanti caitat sukrtinah krtinah. atas tad
avatarena kalir apy ayam krtarthah.

vihasya la u g h i n g; mukti sab-dah th e wo rd " l i b e ration"; atra he r e ;pa rsada

of a personal servant of God; svarupa (a t t a i n m e nt of) the identity;parah
signifies; yatah si n c e; tatra eva in t h a t s ame place (in the Sixth Canto of
Srimad-Bhagavatam) sadyah i m m e d i a t ely; svarupam th e e t e rnal form;jagrhe
he (Ajamila) assumed; bhagavat of t he Supreme Lord;parsva in t h e a ssociate;
vartinam of t h o se who remain;iti th u s i t i s s aid;idam th i s ;eva in d e e d ;sri
krsna caita-nya of L o rd Caitanya Mahaprabhu;matam th e o p i n i o n; anya
matam any A M o t h er philosophy; apastam karoti dr i v e s away;anutisthanti
carry out in practice; ca an d ; etat th i s ; su k r t i n-ah wh o h a ve performed pious
activities in the past; krtinah su c c e ssful persons;atah th u s ; tat o f H i m ;
avatarena wi t h t h e i n c a r n a tion; kalih th e a ge o fq u a r r e l;ayam th i s ; k r t a
arthah ha s become perfect.

Sutradhara: (laughing) Here the word "liberation" means "becoming an

associate of the Lord". Scripture says (Srimad-Bhagavatam 6.2.03):

"Ajamila regained his original spiritual body, which was a body appropriate
for an associate of the Lord."

This, the philosophy of Srz Krsna Caitanya, defeats all other philosophies.
The pious and wise agree with Him. His incarnation has made the Kali-yuga
auspicious.

Text 28

pariparsvikah: katham etat

kalau na rajan jagatam param gurum

triloka nathanata -pada pan-kaj am-
prayena martya bhagavantam acyutam
yaksyanti pasanda vibhinna c-etasah-

iti ninda sravanat-

 katham wh y ; etat is t h i s ;ka l au in K a l i ; na no t ; ra j a n 0 K in g ( P a r i k s i t ) ;
j agatam of a ll wo r l d s;param th e s u p r e m e;gurum s p i r i t u a l m a ster; tri-loka o f
the three planetary systems; natha by t he c ont ro llers;anata b o w e d d o wn t o ;
pada p-ankaj am wh o se lotus feet;prayena ha r d l y; ma rtyah m o r t a l s ;
bhagavantam th e Supreme Lord; acyutam Ac y u t a , the infallible;yaksyanti d o
they worship with sacrifice; pasanda by a t h e ism;vibhinna di v i d e d ;cetasah
their mentalities; iti t h u s ; ni n da sr-avanat (m y d o u bt is substantiated) by
hearing this expression of condemnation.

Pariparsvika: How can that be? Scripture (Srimad-Bhagavatam 12.3.03) says:

"0 king, in Kali-yuga most of the people, their hearts broken with of f enses,
will not worship the infalli ble Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the
master of all the worlds, and before whose lotus feet the demigods that control
the three worlds bow."

I n this way the Sruti-sastra refutes your opinion .

Text 29

sutradharah: tat tu sri krsn-avataratah purva purv-a kali -para-m anya.tah

tat th a t; tu bu t ; sr i k r s na -of Lo r d K r s n a;avataratah th a n t he recent

incarnation; purva purva -var i o us previous; kali a g e s of Kali; param r e f e r r i n g
to; anyatha ot h e r w i s e.

Sutradhara: That describes previous Kali-yugas, before Sri Krsna Caitanya

descended to this world.

Text 30

kalau j anisyamananam
duhkha soka tam-o nu-dam-
anugrahaya bhaktanam
supunyam vyatanod yasah

kalau in t h is age of Kali;j anisyamananam of t he c ondit io ned souls who will

take birth in the future; duhkha soka tam-ah nu-dam -to minimize their unlimited
unhappiness and lamentation, which are caused by ignorance; anugrahaya j u s t t o
show mercy; bhaktanam to t h e d e votees;su punyam -very pious, transcendental
activities; vyatanot ex p a n d e d;y a sah H i s g l o r i es or reputation.

Scripture also says (Srimad-Bhagavatam 9.20.61):

 "In this age of Kali, the Lord, out of special mercy to His devotees, will
dispel the unhappiness of those born in this fallen age by propagating the
hearing and chanting of His own glories."'

Text 31

ka2au kha2ubhavisyanti
narayana pa-rayanah
krtadisu praj raj
a an
kalav icchanti sambhavam

ka2au in Kali; kha2u i n d e ed; bhavisyanti th e r e w i ll b e;narayana

parayanah persons devoted to Narayana, Visnu; krta in Satya-yuga, the fist,
purest age; adisu and in t he other ages prior to Kali;prajah cr e a t u r e s;rajan 0
King (Nimi); kalau i n K a l i - y u ga;icchanti th e y d e s ire;sambhavam b i r t h .
Scripture again says (Srzmad-Bhagavatam 11.5.38):

"0 king, in Kali-yuga many people will become devotees of Lord Narayana.
The people in Satya-yuga and other yugas yearn for a birth in K a l i -yuga."

Text 32

ity adini -bhavi caitan-yanyavatara paran-i vacanani virudhyeran

iti adini -and so forth; bhavi ye t t o c o m e; caitanya avatar-a o f t h e

incarnation of Caitanay Mahaprabhu; parani wh i c h p o i n t t o; vacanani these
words; virudhyeran ca n t h ey contradicted.

These and other statements describing the appearance of Lord Caitanya

refute your words.

Text 33

pari parsvi kah: katham etan na badhate kali h.

katham wh y ; etan th e s e ( d e votees);

na badhate do e s not impede;kalih
Kali.

Pariparsvika: Why d oes Kali-yuga not overcome the devotees?

Text 30
 sutradharah:

krsna p-akse 'nu d-ivasam

ksayam apnoti yah sada
dosakaro badhatam kim
sa vai visnu pa-dasritan

krsna pa-kse during the dark fortnight of the month (alternatively, krsna-pakse
can mean "for those on the side of Krsna"); anu di-vasam day by day; ksayam
diminution; apnoti ob t a i n s;yah wh i c h ; sa da co n t i n u a l l y;dosa ak-arah t h a t
mine of faults, Kali (this words is also a pun on sudhakara, "reservoir of nectar", a
name of the moon); badhatam ca n c h e ck;kim ho w ; sa h he ; va i c er t a i n l y ;
visnu pad-a of the feet of Visnu; asritan th o s e w ho have taken shelter.
CUC
Sutradhara: The waning moon may decrease day by day, but how is it
possible for wicked Kali-yuga to overcome they who have taken shelter of Lord
Visnu's feet?

Text 35

(nepathye) kas tvam bho dosakaratvena mamjugusayan sudhakaram

upasthapayasi

nepathye of f s tage;kah wh o ; t v a m are you; bhoh si r; dosa akara-tvena as a

"mine of faults"; mam me;jugupsayan condemning; sudha akara-m the moon;
upasthapayasi yo u m a ke reference to.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Who are you to insult me with the word
"wicked" and compare me to the moon?

Text 36

sutradharah: (nipunam nibhalya) marisa, yatha prastava-m ayam

amarsotkarsotka hrdayo -'dayodayo hy adharmena priya sakhena -samam ita
evabhivartate, tad ito pasaravah (iti nisk.rantau. iti prastavana ) .

nipunam ca r e fully; nibhalya lo o k i n g ;ma r isa 0 ge n t l eo n e ; y a t h a

prastavam co i n c i d e ntally upon mentioning him; ayam this (Kali); amarsa o f
indignation; utkarsa by a n e xc ess;ukta ex c i t e d ;hr dayah wh o s e h e art;
adaya me r c i lessness;udayah wh i c h i s s we lling up wit h in w h o m; hi i n d e e d ;
adharmena al o ng with Irr e ligion, Irreligion personified;priya sakhena -his
intimate friend; samam to g e t h e r;itah th i s w a y; abhivartate is c o m i n g; tat
therefore; itah aw a y f rom here;apasarvah we s h o u ld go;iti th u s s p e a king;
niskrantau th e y t wo e xi t; prastvana th e P r a stavana.
 Sutradhara: (carefully looki ng) G e n tl e one, as we speak of him, proud-
hearted, merciless Kali is coming with his dear friend Ir r el i gi on. Let s leave.
(They exit.)
(End of Introduction)

Text 37

(tatah pravisaty adharmenopasyamanah kalih)

kalih: sakhe adharma, satyam evaha caranacaryah
adharmah: kim tat.

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;adharmena by I r r e l i g i o n; upasyamanah b e i n g

attended; kalih Ka l i ; sa khe my d e a r f r i e n d;adharma 0 Ir r e l i g i o n;satyam
truly;eva indeed;aha he has spoken;carana aca-ryah the Drama Master;kim
tat wh at was that.

(Attended by Irreligion, Kali enters.)

K ali: Friend Irr eli gion, the playright spoke the truth .
Irreligion: W hat was that?

Text 38

kalih: ("krsna pakse-" ity adina -punah pathati)

adharmah: sakhe yuga raj a,-dosakarah iti bhavantam evaksipta van ay-am
adhamah ah pa.pa kusi2a kusi2a-va, srnu re

krsna pakse -iti adina -the verse beginning "krsna-pakse"; punah on c e again;
pathati he recites; sakhe 0 fr i e n d;yuga raj a -King of the age; dosa akara-h
with the term dosakara; iti th u s ; bh avantam yo u r g o od self;eva i n d e e d ;
aksiptavan he h as insulted;ayam th i s ; ad hamah lo w e s t of persons;ah a h ;
papa sinful one; ku si2a o-f bad character;kusi2ava ac t o r; srnu re j u s t l i s t e n .

Kali: He said: "The waning moon may decrease day by day, but how is it
possible for wicked Kali-yuga to overcome they who have taken shelter of Lord
Visnu's feet?"

Text 39

adharmah: sakhe yuga raj a dosa-kara iti bhavantam evaksiptavan ayam adhamah
ah papa kusi2a ku-si2ava -srnu re

saucacara tapah ksa-ma sam-a dam-aih sa-rdham vivekadibhih

samantair api yena dharma nrpatir ni-rmu2am unmu2itah
ye drstyaiva punanti te pi sahasaivandhi krtas tat priya
yenaikena maya sa yasya vasa gah so yam kalir nindyate

sakhe fr i e nd; yuga r-aj a ki n g of the yuga;dosakarah w i c k e d ; iti t h u s ;

bhavantam yo u; eva ce t a i n l y;aksiptavan to s s e d;ayam th i s ; ad h amah
wretch; ah ah . ; pa pa k-usi2a k-usi2ava 0 wi c k ed sinful person; srnu li s t e n;r e
Oh!;
sauca cleanliness;acara pr e s c ribed behaviour;tapah au s t e r i t y;ksama
patience, forgiveness; sama th e ability to refrain from think i ng about material
sense gratification; damaih an d t he ability, when thoughts of gratification creep
into the mind, to at least avoid acting upon them; sardham al o n g w i th a ll these;
viveka adi-bhih pl us other good qualities, headed by discrimination; samantaih
totally; api ev e n;yena by w h o m ; dh a r ma nrp-atih Ki n g R e l i g ion; nirmulam
being uprooted; unmulitah r e m o v ed; ye th o s e w h o; dr s t ya by t h e i r g l a n c e;
eva even; punanti pu r i f y ; te th e y ; api al s o ;sa h asa su d d e n l y;eva i n d e e d ;
andhi krta-h ha ve been blinded (drsti can be taken as either "glance" or "sight");
tat of hi m ( D h a r m a); priyah th e m o s t d ear;ye na by w h o m ; ek e na o n l y ;
maya by m e; sah th a t p e r s on (me );yasya of w h o m ; va sa gah -has come
under the control; sah ayam he ; ka l ih Ka l i ; ni n d y a te i s r i d i c u l ed (by you).

Irreligion: Fr i e nd, king of Kali-yuga, this wretch insulted you by calling you
"wicked". 0 sinfu l, wre tched playright, listen: You have insulted Kali, who
uprooted the monarch religion and his soldiers purity, good conduct, austerity,
tolerance, equanimity, self-control, discrimination, and other virtu es, who
blinded religion s friends that purify oth ers with a glance, and who has me as
his obedient servant.

Text 00

tistha re papa, tistha tistha.

yato dharmas tatah krsno
yatah krsnas tato j ayah
dharmabhave kutah krsnah
pakse yasya kaleh ksayah

tistha re ju s t stand; papa 0 si n f u l o n e ; tistha tistha s t a nd a nd prepare to

fight; yatah wh e r e t he re is;dharmah re l i g i o n; tatah th e r e i s; krsnah t h e
Supreme Lord Krsna; yatah wh e r e ; kr snah Kr s n a ;ta tah th e r ej; ayah v i c t o r y ;
dharma of r e l i g io n; abhave in t h e a bsence;kutah wh e r e is there;krsnah
Krsna; pakse on t he side;yasya kaleh o-f Kali;ksayah r u i n a t i o n .

Stand! Sinner, stand! Stand! You may say where religion is, there is Krsna,
and where Krsna is, there is victory. But when there is no religion, where is
Krsna, who alone can destroy Kali?
 Text Wl

kalih: sakhe, nayam aksipyatam avadharaya, yatah

sakhe my f r i e nd; na do n o t ; ay am hi m ( t h e S u t r a dhara);aksipyatam

deride; avadharaya ju s t c o n s ider;yatah w h e r e a s .

K ali: Friend, dont c r i t i c ize the playright. C o n s i der th i s :

Text 02

gatah sa kalo mama sampratam sakhe

hata pra-bhavo 'smi kumarakadatah
mahausadher ankura nirg-amad iva
ksata prab-has taksaka naga -pung-avah

gatah is past;sah th a t ; ka l ah ti m e ; m a m a my; smapratam no w ; sa khe

my friend;hata prab-havah devoid ofpotency;asmi I have become;kumarakat
on account of a young boy; atah th u s ; ma ha auda-sadheh of t he great medicinal
herb; ankura of i t s s hoot;nirgamat be c a u se its growing up (caused by Lord
Dhanvantari); iva ju s t a s;ksatah ru i n e d ; pr a bhah hi s p o w e r; taksaka
Taksaka; naga of s erpents;pungavah th e m o st eminent.

Friend, my time is now passed. A boy has taken my powers away just as a
poison-herb destroyed the great serpent Taksaka.

Text 03

adharmah: yuga raja, k-osau kumarakah, kim kutsito marakah, kim kah prthivya
marakah.
kalih: nobhayam no bhayam kartum iste kintu. .

yuga raja 0 -King of the age; kah w h o ; as au th i s ; ku m a r akah b o y ; k i m

whether; kutsitah vi l e ; ma rakah mu r d e r e r; kim o r w h e t h e r ; k ohprthivyah o f
ku, the earth; va or ; ma r a k ah th e k i l l e r ; na no t ; ub h a yam ei t h e r ( of t h e se
two posobilities); nah fo r u s; bhayam fe a r ;ka r t um to c a u s e;iste s h o u l d t h e y
be able; kintu r a t h e r .

Irreligion: King of the yuga, who is this boy? Is he a wretched muerder? Has
he killed the entire earth?
Kali: Neither. He is not to be feared.

Note: Irreligion interpreted the word "kumaraka" (boy) in the previous text to
mean either "wretched murderer" (kutsita+maraka = kumaraka) or "killer of the
earth" (ku = earth and maraka = killer).

Text 00

navadvipe j agannatha
namno misra pu-randarat
jatah sacyam kumaro 'yam
mama karmani krntati

navadvipe in S ri d hama Navadvipa;j aganntha nam-nah by t he father named

Jagannatha; misra pur-andarat wh o is a lso known as Purandara Misra; j atah
born; sacyam in ( t h e w o mb o f) Sacidevi;kumarah ch i l d ; ay am th i s ; m a m a
my; karmani th e v i t a l s; krntati i s c u t t i n g .

Kali: Born in Navadvipa as the son of Saci-devi and Jagannatha Misra

Purandara, this boy has cut my work i nt o p i e ces.

Text 05

adharmah: (vihasya) hamhoyuga raj a,-

yasyoccair bhuj a danda -candi-ma maha -marta-nda tej o b-haya-n

muko ghuka ivadri kanda-ra gatah -padaika seso v-rsah
sa tvam mad vidha -bhrty-a sevita -pado -bhudeva balad -ato
bhitim vindasi hanta ko 'yam atulas cittasya te vibhramah

vihasya laughing loudly; hamho yuga raj a -0 Yugaraja;yasya of whom;

uccaih up r a i sed;bhuj a danda -of the rodlike arms; candima fi e r c e;maha
great; martanda (l i k e ) t he sun;tej ah from the stregnth; bhayat ou t o f f e a r;
mukah si l e nced;ghukah an o w l ; iva as i f ; ad ri of s o m em o u n t a i n; kandara
in a cave; gatah ha v i ng gone;pada eka o- n ly one leg;sesah re m a i n i n g; vrsah
the bull (of religion; thefour 2egs of re2igion are c2ean2iness, mercy, austerity and
truth, of which only the last remains standing in Kali yuga); s-ah he; tvam yo u r s e lf
(Kali); mat vidha -such as me; bhrtya by s e r v a n t s;sevita at t e n d ed to;padah
whose feet; bhu deva o-f a brahmana family;balat be c a u se of some child;atah
in this way; bhitim fe a r ;vindasi yo u a re e xperiencing;hanta a l a s ; kah w h a t
is; ayam th i s ; atulah in c o m p a r a b le;cittasya of t h e m i n d; te y o u r ;
vibhramah be w i l d e r ment.

Irreligion: (l aughing) 0 k i n g o f th e y u ga, out of fear of the splendor of the

ferocious sun of your powerful arms, the bull of reli gi on, who has only one leg
left, is now silent as an owl hid ing in a mo u n t ain cave. Your feet are served by
many servants like myself. How has your mind become so bewildered that you
fear a brahmana boy?
 Text 06

ka2ih: sakhe, nayam keva2o bhudeva b-a2ah, api tu ba2a d-eva d-evah t.atha hi

sakhe my f r i e nd; na is n o t ; ay am He ; ke v a l ah on l y ; bh u de-va ba-lah t h e

child of a brahmana; api tu but rather also;bala (appearing as) a child;deva
devah the Supreme Lord ofl o r d s; tatha hi in d eed.

Kali: Friend, he is not just a brahmana boy. He is a boy that is the master of
all the demigods.

Text 07

hari hari hari bha-kti siks-a

sarasa man-a j agad eva nispunanah
harir iha kanakabj a kant-a kant-ir
dvij a bhav-ane vatatara ba2a-2z2ah

hari hari 0 Lo r d H a r i , H a r i;hari bhak-ti of d e v o t i o n al service to the Supreme

Lord; siksa in g i v i ng ins truction;sa rasa -spiri t u ally enlivened; manah H i s
mind; jagat th e u n i v e r se;nispunanah pu r i f y i n g; harih Lo r d H a r i ; iha i n t h i s
world; kanaka go l d e n; abj a (l i k e ) a l ot u s;kanta be a u t i f u l;ka ntih w h o s e
complexion; dvi ja o- f t w i c e -born brahmanas; bhavane in t he h o m e; avatatara
He has advented; ba2a 2i2ah -playing the part of a child as His pastime.

Purifying the world and placing in its heart the nectar teachings of devotion
to Lord Hari, playing as a boy, and splendid as a golden lotus, Lord Hari has
incarnated in a brahmana's home.

Text 08

tatha ca

j ayamanah purnimayam
uparaga cchalena -yah
grahayam asa yugapad
dharer nama j agaj janan -

tatha ca fu r t h e r m o r e;j ayamanah as He was taking birth;purnimayam o n

the evening of the full moon; uparaga chalena -on the pretext of the lunar eclipse;
yah wh o ; gr a hayam asa ca u s ed them totake;yugapat si m u l t a n e o usly;hareh
of the Supreme Lord; nama th e h o ly n a m e;j agat janan al l p e o p le of the world.
 By taking birth during an elipse of the full moon He tr i c ked the people of the
w orld to chant Lord Hari's name at His birth .

Note: To counteract the inauspiciousness of the lunar eclipse the people of

India chanted Lord Hari's holy name.

Text 09

adharmah: ayam api te bhramah. yad idam kaka tal-iya

ny-ayenopapannam
anyatha kalpayasi srn.u bhoh srnu

ayam th i s; api th e n ; te yo u r ; bh r a m ah de l u s i o n;yat w h i c h i s t h a t ;

idam th i s ; kaka taliy-a nya-yena by t he logic of "the crow and the palm leaf" (the
false deduction that since just at the same time the crow landed on the palm tree, a
palm fruit fell upon his head and killed him, therefore the bird s landing on the
tree must have been the cause of the fruit's falling. Actually, the connection
between the two events is merely coincidential.) upapannam o b t a i n ed, perceived;
anyatha ot h e r w i se (that the actual fact);kalpayasi yo u a re imagining;srnu
please listen; bhoh si r; srnu pl e a s e listen.

Irreligion: You are bewildered. It is like the kaka-tahya-nyaya. It is only a

coincidence, although you think it is n ot. Li st en. Oh, listen:

Note: The kaka-taliya-nyaya is the example of a crow landing on the branch of a

tala tree. The moment the crow lands on the branch a fruit from a higher branch
falls and hits him on the head. One may think the bird s landing on the branch
caused the fruit to fall, but that is not so. The two actions are not related. It is only
a coincidence.

Text 50

maha prabhav-ah sumaha sahayah-

kva yuyam uccais cira baddha -mulah-
kvayam kadambo dvij a vamsaj -atas
tato 'pi bhih ko 'yam aho bhramas te

maha prabhav-ah po ssessing the greatest influence; su maha sa-hayah -and the
very greatest assistants; kva wh e r e a s;yuyam yo u r s e l f;uccaih p o w e r f u l l y ;
cira fo r a long time;baddha mulah w-ho are all steadfast; kvaayam o n t h e
other hand, who is this; kadambah yo u n g s pro ut;dvija vamsa -in this dynasty of
brahmanas; jatah bo r n ; ta t ah api no n e t h e l e ss;
bhih yo u a re afraid;kah ayam
what is this; aho ah ; bh ramah co n f u s i o n;te o f y o u r s .
 You are very powerful. You have many strong helpers. What is this new
sprout of a brahmana boy in comparison to You whose roots are so old and
firm? How did you become so bewildered to fear this boy?

Text 51

ka2ih: sakhe, yathartham aka2aya,

sv ay am prak as ah kl2a ka2a de-sa

vayo 'nv-ayadau na hi sa vya-peksah
udyata mat-rah kha2u ba2a sur-yo
gadham tamaskandam apakaroti

sakhe my fr i e nd; yatha arth-am pr o p e r l y; akalaya pl e a s e consider;svayam

prakasah pe r s ons who are self-manifested;ki2a ce r t a inly; ka2a to the time;
desa place; vayah ad v a n c e ment in age;anvaya or f a m i ly l i n e;adau a n d s o
on; na do not;hi indeed;sa vyap-eksah payregard;udyata risen;matrah
even just; kha2u af t er all; ba2a sury-ah the newborn sun; gadham d e n s e ;
tamaskandam apak-aroti di s p e ls.

Kali: Friend, hear the truth. Ti me, place, age, and family have no meaning to
Him. He has come to this world of His own accord. Like a newly ri sing sun, He
removes the blinding darkness.

Text 52

napy ayam asahayah, yatah kha2u svavatarat purvam evayam avani ta2e pn-ya
parsada nivaha-n avirbhavayam asa tatha .hi

na is not; ayam He ; as a hayah wi t h o u t h e l p e rs;yatah si n c e ;khalu

indeed; sva avatarat -than His own descending; purvam be f o r e;eva e v e n ;
ayam He ; avani tale up - on the earth;priya of d e a r;parsada as s o c iates;
nivahan mu l t i t u d e s; avirbhavayam asa He h as arranged for the appearance;
tatha hi in deed.

He is not without helpers. Before He Himself came He sent His dear

associates to the earth.

Text 53

advaitacarya varyo bha-gavad anavama-m sambhavam dhamasaksan

nityanandavadhuto maha iha mahitam hanta sankarsanam yah
srlkanta s-rlpatibhyam api saha vijayl srlla ramena sardham
ko pi srlvasa nama dvija ku2a t-i2ako naradlyam hi tejah

advaita Sri Adv aita Prabhu;acarya of s p i r i t u al masters;varyah t h e b e s t;

bhagavat of the Supreme Lord; anavamam mo st exalted; sambhavam of
Sambhu, the original Siva; dhama th e p e r sonal expansion;saksat d i r e c t ;
nityananda av-adhutah th e m ad mendicant Srr Nityananda Prabhu;mahah w h o s e
glory; iha throught this world; ma hitam is c e l e b rated;hanta a h ;
sankarsanam th e Supreme Lord Sankarsana;yah wh o i s ; srlkanta
srlpatibhyam th e b r o t h e rs Srikanta and Sripati;api al s o ;sardham t o g e t h e r
with; kah api th a t c e r tain;srlvasa na-ma na m ed Srrvasa;dvij a ku-la o f t h e
brahmana community; tilakah th e c r o wn o r n a me nt;naradiyam of S ri N a r a d a
Muni; hi in d e e d; tej ah th e e m p o w e red incarnation.

Advaita Acarya is the incarnation of Lord Siva. Nityananda Avadhuta is

glorious Lord Sankarsana. Srrvasa, the tilaka mark of the brahmanas, who is
a ccompanied by Srikanta, Srzpati, and Srirama, is the incarnation of ¹ r a d a
Muni.

Texts 50 and 55

apl ca,

acaryaratna harid-asa mura-ri ganga-

dasadayah saha gadad-hara pandi-tadyah
vidyanidhi prabh-rtayo pi ca vasudeva
caryadayah saha mukunda mukh-as tathanyah

apl ca,

srl vakres-vara van nr-simha sahitah -suklambarenayutah

srl damod-ara sankar-au cajagadanandam camukhyam dadhat
nana bhava -vi2asa -2asya r-asikah -premaspadanam gano
yad balyava-dhi bandhavah sajagatl tranaya -bhumim gatah

api ca also; acaryatna Sr r C a n d rasekhara Acarya; haridasa Ha r i d a s a

Thakura; murari Mu r a r i G u p t a;gangadasa Ga n g a dasa Pandita;adayah a n d
other devotees; saha wi t h ; gadadhara pandita -Gadadhara Pandita; adayah a n d
his followers; vidyanidhi Sr i P u n d a r i ka Vidyanidhi;prabhrtayah an d o t h e r s; a p i
ca and also; vasudeva acarya -Vasudeva Acarya; adayah an d h is disciples;
saha to g ether with; mukunda mukhah -the de votees headed by Mukunda Datta;
tatha anyah and t he others;api ca a nd a l s o; srl vakresva-ra van in - cluding Srr
Vakresvara; nrsimha sahitah -and Nrsimha Brahmacari; suklambarena ayutah-
with Sulambara;srl damodar-a Svarupa Damodara Gosvami; sankarau and
Sankara Pandita; ca al s o ; j a g a danandam J a g a dananda Pandita; ca a n d ;
mukhyam at t he head;dadhat pl a c i n g; nana bhava i- n various ecstatic attitudes;
vi2asa in transcendental enjoyment; 2asya da n c i n g; rasikah wh o a r e e xpert in
 appreciating; prema of p u r e l o ve of God;aspadanam of t h o se who are the
abodes; ganah th e assembly;yat wh o s e ( L o rd Caitanya's);balya avadhi f o r m
the very childhood; bandhavah Hi s f r i e n d s;sah th a t c o m p a ny of devotees;
j agati of a ll people;tranaya fo r t h e d e l i verance;bhumim to the earth; gatah
has come.

Acaryaratna, Haridasa, Murari, Gangadasa, Gadadhara Pandita, Vidyanidhi ,

Vasudeva, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya, Mukunda, Vakresvara, Nrsimha,
Suklambara, Damodara, Sankara, Jagadananda, and many others, reservoirs of
love, expert at tasting the nectar dances of many kinds of pastimes, and friends
of the Lord since childhood, have come to the earth to save the world.

Text 56

adharmah: katham ayam isvara iti niranayi

katham ayam- this person; isvarah is t he L or d; iti su c h ;ni r a n a yi ha sbeen

ascertained.

Irreligion: W hat is the pr oof He is God?

Text 57

ka2ih: sakhe, saka/a janantah karan-akarsitvam hi bhagavato sadharanam 2ingam,

ananda mayat-vat anand.a mayo -hi j ivan anandayitum arhati, yatha pracura dhana-h
param api dhaninam karoti etavat.tvam hi paramesvaram 2ingam asya, yad ba2a eva
saka/a jana citta c-amat-kara karak-ah tatha .hi

sakhe my f r i e nd; sakala of a l l ;j ana pe o p l e ;antah karana -to t h e m i n d s ;

akarsitvam at t r a c tiveness;hi in d e e d;bhagavatah of t h e S upreme Lord;
asadharanam th e s pecial;/ingam sy m p t o m ; an anda mayatv-at on a ccount of
His being blissful by His very nature; ananda mayah -the all-blissful Supreme
Person; hi ce r t a i n l y;j ivan th e m i n u t e l i v i ng entities who are His creatures;
anandayitum to e n t h u se them with ecstatic spiritual pleasure;arhati H e s h o u l d
be able; yatha as; pracura ab u n d a n t l y;dhanah we a l t hy m a n;param a n o t h e r
person; api al s o; dhaninam wealthy; karoti ma k e s ;etavattvam to t h i s e xt ent;
hi in d e e d; parama isvaram -of the supreme controller; /ingam si g n ; asya H i s ;
yat that; ba2ah as a child; eva ev e n;saka/a jana of e v e r y o n e;citta in the -

minds; camatkara of a m a zement;karakah is t h e c re ator;tatha hi i n d e e d .

Kali: Friend, because He is full of b l i ss , the Supreme Personality of Godhead

attracts everyone's heart. That is His extraordinary nature. Supremely blissful,
He can make the living entites also blissful, just as a wealthy person can make
someone else wealthy also. This boy fills everyone's heart with wo n d er. That is
the sign of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
 Text 58

siva siva sisutayam eva gambhirya d-hairya

smrti m-ati ra-ti vi-dya m-adhuri sn-igdhatadyah
nikhila jana vi-sesakarsino ye gunas tair
iha na vidadhatam ke visnur ity eva buddhim

siva siva 0 al l - a u s picious Lord;sisutayam in i n f a n c y;eva e v e n ;

gambhirya of g r a v i t y; dhairya so b r i e t y;smrti st r e g n t h o f m e m o r y;mati
conviction; rati af f e c t i o n a teness; vidya le a r n i n g;madhuri ch a r m ; sn igdhata
tenderness; adyah and so on; nikhila jana al l p e r s o n s;visesa pa r t i c u l a rly;
akarsinah wh i c h a tt r act;ye wh i c h ; gu n ah qu a l i t i e s;taih by t h e m ; iha i n
this world; na vidadhatam wo u l d n ot d e c ide;ke wh o ; vi s n uh i ti - "this is
Visnu"; buddhih th e u n d e r s tanding.

Even in childhood His virtu es, beginning with pr o f o und th o u gh t f u l n ess,

peacefulness, perfect memory, intelligence, happiness, wisdom, sweetness, and
love, attract everyone. With this pr oof who w il l no t accept that He is Lord
Visnu?

Text 59

adharmah: anaikantikam idam, prakrsta eva kascij jivo bhavatu.

anaikantikam no t n e c e ssarily so;idam th i s ; pr a k rstah su p e r i o r;eva

certainly; kascit so m e certain;j ivah li v i n g c r e ature;bhavatu H e m ay b e .

Irreligion: He is not the only one. Some people are extraordinary.

Text 60

kallh: m alv a m

yad yad vibhutimat sattvam

srimad urjitam eva va
tat tad evavagaccha tvam
mama tej o 'msa sambhav-am

ma evam no; yat yat wh a t e v e r;vibhuti op u l e n c e s;mat ha v i n g ;sattvam

existence; sri mat be a -utiful;urjitam eva ce r - tainly;va or ; ta t t at th o s e ;eva
certainly; avagaccha yo u m u st kn o w; tvam yo u ; ma ma My ; te j a h s p l e n d o r ;
amsa pa rtly; sambhavam b o r n o f .
 Kali: No. (Krsna says in Bhagavad-gita 10.0>:)

"Know that all beautiful, glorious and mighty creations spring from but a
spark of My splendor."'

Text 61

iti bhagavatah samanyoktes tatha vid-hayutayuta gu-na gan-a vat-taya

bhagavattaivasya siddheti vayam eva pramanam yad vayamjivato na bibhimah.

iti th u s ; bhagavatah of t h e L o r d;samanya ge n e r a l;ukteh f r o m t h e

statement; tatha vidh-a of t he same sort;ayuta ayu-ta ab s olutely countless;guna
gana many great qualities; vattaya by H i s p o s sessing;bhagavatta th e f a ct of
His being the Supreme Lord; asya of H i m ; si d dha is p r o v e n;iti th u s ;v a y a m
we; eva al s o; pramanam ar e e vi dence;yat in t h a t ;va yam we ; eva a l s o ;
vayam we ; j ivatah by a ny o r d i n a ry living entity;na bibhimah ca n n o t be made
fearful.

According to the Lord's own wor ds, the presence of milli ons of great
qualities in others only proves His greatness. We ourselves are proof, for we do
not fear any conditioned soul.

Text 62

adharmah: yuga raj a, s-a ki2a krtodvaha iti sruyate

yuga raj a -0 Yugaraja;sah He; ki2a indeed; krta udvah-ah has married;
iti th u s ; sruyate i s h e a r d .

Irreligion: King of the yuga, I heard He is married.

Text 63

atha kim,

avatarati jagatyam isvare hanta tasyapy

avatarati hi saktih kapy asau rupini srih
anukrta nara 2i2am -tam -uri krtya nitv-a
katipaya dinam an-tardhapayam asa devah

atha kim a nd h ow e lse; avatarati w h e n h e i n c a rnates;jagatyam i n t h i s

world; isvare th e L o r d; hanta ah ; ta s ya Hi s ; ap i al s o ;av a t arati s h e
incarnates; hi ce r t a i n l y;saktih Hi s p e r s o nal potency;ka api th a t p a r t i c u lar
one; asau sh e; rupini ap p e a r i ng in a personal form;srih th e a l l - o p u l e nt
goddess of fortune; anukrta (n o w ) i m i t a t i n g;nara a h u m a n ;2i2am s u c h
pastimes (of her); tam h e r ; uri k -rtya nitva taking her to His chest; katipaya
after a few; dinam da y s;antardhapayam asa ma d e her disappear;devah t h e
Lord.

Kali: When the Supreme Personality of Godhead descends to the material

world, His potency, beautiful goddess Laksmz also descends. Imitating the
pastimes of ordinary men, He accepted Her, stayed with her for some days, and
t hen sent her far from the eyes of this worl d .

Text 60

tatha ca tasya manusi bha-vah,

devatve deva rupa -sa

manusatve ca manusi iti.

tatha th u s; ca a l s o ; ta syah he r ; ma n usi bhav-ah as sumption of human

form; devatve wh e n He appears as God;deva rupa -appearing as the consort of
the Lord; sa s he; manusatve w h e n He appears in the guise of a human; ca a n d ;
manusi as if a human being; iti t h u s q u o t i ng ( f r om t he Visnu Purana).

She also has a humanlike form. Scripture says:

"When the Supreme Personality of Godhead assumes a demigod form,

Goddess Laksmz assumes a demigod form, and when the Lord assumes a
h umanlike form, she assumes a humanlike form . "

Text 65

klm ca

bhuvo msa rupam a-param ca visnu

priyeti vittam pariniya kantam
vairagya siksam p-rakati karisyan-
hasyaty athainam sa navam navinah

kim ca fu r t h e r m o r e; bhuvah of t h e d e m i g oddess of the earth, Bhudevi;amsa

rupam wh o is a partial expansion;aparam ot h e r ; ca a n d ; vi s nu priya iti-
vittam kn o w n as Visnupriya;pariniya ma r r y i n g ;ka ntam th e w i f e ; vairagya
of renunciation; siksam in s t r u c t i o n;prakati karisyan -ex h i b i t i n g; hasyati H e
will abandon; atha he n c e;enam he r ; sah He ; na v am navinah th e y o u n g e st of
the young.
 He will marry beautiful Vi sn u p r i ya, the partial incarnation of Bhu-devi and
then, teaching the importance of renunciation, while still yo ung He will l e ave
her.

Text 66

apl ca
asyagrajas tv akrta da-ra pa-rigrahah san
sankarsanah sa bhagavan bhuvi visvarupah
sviyam mahah kila purisvaram apayitva
purvam parivrajita eva tirobabhuva

api ca and also;asya Hi s ; ag ra jah ol d e rb r o t h e r; tu bu t ; ak r t a h ot

having performed; dara of a w i f e;parigrahah th e t a k i n g; san in s u c h a
condition;sankarsanah Sankarsana;sah He; bhagavan the Supreme Lord;
bhuvi on e arth; visvarupah ca l l ed Visvarupa;sviyam Hi s o w n ; ma h ah
potency; kila indeed; puri isva-ram un t o S ri Isvara Puri (the spiritual master of
Caitanya Mahaprabhu); apayitva be s t o w i n g;purvam pr e v i o u s ly (to Lord' s
Caitanya's own sannyasa); parivrajita ha v i n g l e ft home to wander as a mendicant
sannyasi); eva in d e e d; tirobubhuva He d i s a ppeared.

H is elder brother, Visvarupa, was Lord Sankarsana descended to this world .

Not marrying, Visvarupa accepted sannyasa, gave His personal powers to Isvara
Puri, and disappeared.

Text 67

adharmah: (ksanam vicintya sva gatam) -aho kastam iva pratibhati.

pratibhatirekenaivaham anyatha kurvan-n asmi kintu. .

ksanam for a mome nt; vicintya th i n k i n g ; sva gatam -he speaks aside; aho
ah; kastam a d is t ressful situation iva a s i f; pr a t ibhati is p r e s e nt here;
pratibha of i n t e l l i g ence;atirekena with a great moment; eva ev e n; aham I ;
anyatha kurvan -attempting to change his attitude; asmi I a m ; ki n tu b u t .

Irreligion: (T h i n k in g for a mom ent, he says to himself): This is a great

c alamity. With great cleverness I should be able to dissuade him, but . . .

Text 68

glapayati hrdayam me sramsayaty angam angam

vidhurayati vidheyam sarvam evendriyanam
smrtim ahaha lunite hanta dhairyam dhunite
na hi mahad abhidhanad asti me kastam anyat

glapayati makes weary; hrdayam th e h e a rt; me my ; sr a m sayati ca u s e s to

drop; angam angam all t he lim bs of the body;vidhurayati de p r i v e s me of;
vidheyam th e p ro per functioning; sarvam al l ; eva in d e e d ;in d riya n-am o f m y
senses; smrtim me m o r y; ahaha al a s ; lunite c u t o f f ; ha nta ah ; d h a i r y a m
composure; dhunite sh a k e s;na no t ; hi cer t a i n l y ;ma hat of g r e a t personalities;
abhidhanat ex c e pt for glorification of the names;asti is t h e r e;me f o r m e ;
kastam (c a u se for such) distress;anyat o t h e r .

...now my heart is withered, my limbs are weary, my senses are in disarray,

my memory is broken, and my determination is shaken. For this calamity there
is no cause other than the holy name of the Lord.

Text 69

kalih: sakhe, anubhutam idanlm anubhuyatam anubhuyatam.

sakhe my f r i e nd; anubhutam ( t h e s i t u a tion) has been evaluated (by me);

idanlm so n o w; anunbhuyatam anubhuyatam y ou s h o u ld t ry to explain it
according to your understanding.

Kali: Friend, know, know that I have seen it myself.

Text 70

adharmah: sakhe, asty upayo payojjhitah kascid asya parabhavaya, bhavaya

casnlakanl
kallh: sakhe, ko sau

sakhe fr i e nd; asti th e r e i s;upayah a m e a n s;apaya mi s f o r t u n e;ujj hitah

to free us from; kascit so m e ;asya of H i m ( L o r d C a i t a nya);parabhavaya f o r
the defeat; bhavaya fo r t he well-being;ca an d ; as makam of u s ; sa khe f r i e n d ;
kah wh at is; asau t h a t .

Irreligion: Friend, there is a way to defeat Him, save us from misfortune,

and make us happy.
Kali: Friend, what is that?

Text 71

adharmah: sakhe,
kamadayo ye sad ami amatyas
tesam asakyam na hi kincid aste
yesam akhandad bhuja d-anda d-arpad
ekatpatram tava visvam eva

sakhe fr i e nd; kama ad-ayah Lu s t a nd others (Anger, Greed, Illusion,

Intoxication and Envy); ye wh o ; sat si x ; am i thes e ; am a tyah m i n i s t e r s ;
tesam for the m; asakyam im p o s s i b le;na no t ; hi in d e e d ;ki n c it a n y t h i n g ;
aste is there;yesam of w h o m ; ak h andat un b r e a k a ble;bhuj a da-nda o f t he
mighty arms; darpat by t h e a udacity;eka ata-patram un d e r o ne sovereignty;
tava yo u r; visvam th e u n i v e r s e;eva e v e n .

Irreligion: Fr i e nd, nothing is im p ossible for lust and your other generals.
T he strength of their arms has placed the entire world un der your um b r e l l a .

Text 72

samprati ca te dig vijay-atah sad eva nivrttah santi. ekaike khalu ekaikam disam
vijitya niskantakam evajagat krtva svaminas tava pada mula-m adhuna dhunanah
sandeham samagamisyanti

samprati no w ; ca a n d ; te th e y ;di k v ij ay-atah ha v i ng conquered all

directions; sat th e s ix; eva in d e e d;nivrttah santi ha v e r e t u r ne d;eka eke -each
one of them; khalu in d e e d;eka ekam -one each; disam di r e c t i o n;vijitya
having conquered;niskantakam secure;eva indeed;j agat the world;krtva
making; svaminah of t h e ir m aster;tava yo u r ; pa da mulam -at th e f eet;
adhuna no w; dhunanah di s p e l l i n g;sandeham yo u r d o u b t s;samagamisyanti
they will assemble.

Now that they have conquered all directions, they have returned. Each
having conquered a different direction, they have removed all thorns of
opposition to your rule, and now, all doubts shaken away, they will ret u rn, 0
lord, to your feet.

Text 73

tan evasya parabhavaya sarvan eva yugapan niyoj ayisyamah tatha hi .tesam
parakramam varnayamah

tan th e m; eva in d e e d;asya of h i m ; pa r a b havaya fo r t h e d e feat;sarvan

all; eva even;y u gapat al l a t t h e s ame time;niyojayisyamah le t u s e n g a ge them;
tatha th u s; hi in d e e d ;te sam th e i r ; pa r a kramam va l o r ;va r nayamah l e t m e
describe.
 Let us use them all at once to defeat Him. I will d e scribe their pr ow ess.

Text 70

yad do-r da-rpat svayam upagatah padma y-onih sva pu-trim

atmaramo pi ca pasu pa-tir mohinim dhavati sma
so yam kamas tri bh-uvana jaye yasya vikhyatir uccaih
strmam kridotava iva pare tatra ke 'mi varakah

yat of whose (Lust's); doh of t he a rms;darpat by t h e s t r e ngnth;svayam

himself; upagatah ap p r o a ched;sva hi s o w n; pu t rim da u g h t e r;atma ara-mah
self-satisfied; api although; ca an d ; pasu pati-h th e l o rd of lowly beings, Siva;
mohinim af t er Mo h i ni ( L o rd Vis nu's incarnation in the apparent form of a
beautiful woman); dhavati sma he c h a sed;sah ayam th a t s ame;kamah L u s t ;
tri bhu-vana all thr ee worlds (earth, heaven and hell);j aye i n c o n q u e r i n g ;
yasya whose; vikhyatih re n o w n ; uc caih is g r e a t;strinam of w o m e n ; k r i d a
otavah toy cats;iva as it w e r e;pare ot h e r s persons;tatra in c o m p a r i s on to
him; ke ami wh a t a re they;varakah in s i g n i f i c a nt men.

The god of lust is famous for conquering the three worlds. By the strength of
h is arms Brahma approached his own daughter, and Siva ran after Mohim. W h a t
are other, tiny people> They are like the pet kittens of women.

Text 75

kalih: sakhe, ajno si bhagavattayah,

narayanasyesa pura parabhave

gatah svayam tena parajito 'bhavat
na vai agan
j mohan-a mohan-am harim
deham bhrto m-ohayitum tam isate

sakhe fr i e nd; ajnah ig n o r a n t;asi yo u a r e ;bhagavattayah of t h e s tatus of

God; narayanasya of t he Supreme Lord (in His appearance on earth as Nara-
Narayana); esah th i s ( Lu s t, Cupid); pura pr e v i o u s l y;parabhava f o r t h e
purpose of defeating Him; gatah wh e n he h ad gone;svayam himself; tena b y
Him; parajitah de f e a t ed;abhavat be c a m e;na no t ; va i af t e ra l l;ja gat o f t h e
whole world; mohana of t he b ewilderer (Lust);mohanam th e b e w i l d e rer;
harim Lo r d H a r i, Visnu;deham bhrtah - t h o se trapped in material bodies;
mohayitum to e n c h a nt; tam Hi m ; is a te ar e t h e y able.

Kali: Friend, you don't know His p o w er. The god of lust was himself
defeated when he tried to conquer Lord Narayana. No conditioned soul has the
p ower to bewilder Lord Hari .
 Text 76

tathapi te mayaiva niyuktah santi, pratijnatam ca taih sati sisutapagame smabhir

ayam parabhavaniya iti tad apy asambhavyam eva. yatah

tatha api ne v e r t heless;te th e y; maya by m e ; eva in d e e d ;ni yu ktah santi

have been thus employed; pratijnatam (I h a v e b een) promised;ca an d ; ta ih b y
them; sati wh e n it h as occurred;sisuta of h i s c h i l d h o o d; apagame th e p a ssing;
asmabhih by u s; ayam He ; pa r a b ha bh-avaniyah wi l l b e c onq uerable;iti
speaking thus (Kali's six agents headed by Kama); tat th a t ; api ho w e v e r asam;
bhavyam no t p o s sible;eva in d e e d;yatah be c a u s e .

I sent my generals to conquer Him, and they prom i sed as sson as His
childhood was over they would, but it was not possible.

Text 77

arambha eva vayase 'bhinavasya navyam

laksmim iva dyuti mayi-m sa vihaya bharyam
sampalayan nij a nides-am atho gayayam
j atas cakara j anakasya pareta karya-m

apl ca

tatraiva daiva vasata-h samupeyivamsam

nyasindram isvara purim -urari cakar-a
siksa gurur -gurutaya dasa varna -vidyam-
asadya madhava purind-ra vasam -vasisah

arambhe at the beginning; eva in d e e d;vayase of H is y o u t h; abhinavasya

of the young man; navyam th e n e w ly marr ied bride;laksmim L a k s m i , t h e
consort of Visnu; iva li k e ; dy u ti mayim -r a d i a n t; sah He ; vi h a ya l e a v i n g ;
bharyam Hi s w i f e; sampalayan pe r f e c t ly carrying out;nij a nidesam -His
obligations; atho th e n ; gayayam to G a y a ;yatah go i n g ;ca kara H e e x e c u t e d ;
janakasya of H is f ather;pareta fo r o ne w ho h as died;karyam th e d u t i e s;api
ca fu r t h e rmore; tatra th e r e ; w;daiva vasatah -by de stiny; samupeyivamsam
attained; nyasindram th e b e st of sannyasis;isvara purimPR-Isvara Puri; urari
cakara = accepted; siksa gurur -instructing guru; gurutaya seriously; dasa varna -

vidyam th e t e n-syllable mantra;asadya at t a i n i n g;madhava purindra-

vasam = under the control o f Madhavendra Puri; vasi isah th-e independent Lord.

In the prime of His youth He left His young wife splendid as goddess Laksmz
and, protecting His own religious teachings, went to Gaya and performed the
funeral rites for His father.
There He accepted as His guru Isvara Puri, who by fate had come there. Sri
Caitanya, the master of all self-conmtrolled yogzs, then accepted the ten-syllable
mantra from His guru, who had learned it from M a d h avendra Purz.

Text 78

apl ca

agatya sa sva bh-avanam priya sa-mpradayaih

srivasa ra-ma ha-ridasa mu-khaih paritah
gayan natan abhinayan virudann amandam
ananda sin-dhusu nimajj ayati tri lok-im

katham atra kama var-ako 'vasaram upaitu.

api ca fu r t h e r; agatya re t u r n i n g ;sah He ; sva bha-vanam t o H is o wn

residence; priya sam-pradayaih by g r o u ps of His dear associates;srivasa Sr i v asa
Thakura; rama Sr i r a ma Pandita, the brother of Srivasa; haridasa a n d T h a k u r a
Haridasa;mukhaih who are headed by;paritah surrounded; gayan singing;
natan da n c ing; abhinayan ac t i n g o ut dra mas;virudan cr y i n g ; amandam
vigorously; ananda of e c s tasy;sindhusu in o c e a ns;nimajjayati H e i s d r o w n i n g ;
tri lokim -the th r ee worlds; katham ho w ; at ra th e r e f o r ekama ; Lust;
varakah th i s w r e t c hed fellow;avasaram an y o p p o r t u n i t y;upaitu w i l l b e a b l e
to find.

Then He returned home. Now, in the company of His dear friends headed by
Srivasa, Rama, and Haridasa, by singing, dancing, acting in religious plays, and
crying, He plunges the three worlds in oceans of bliss. How can the god of lust
even approach Him?

Text 79

adharmah: sakhe, maivam vadih

sakhe my f r i e nd; ma do n o t ; ev a m like that; vadih speak.

I rreligion: Fr i e nd, don't talk in that way .

Text 80

ugrair ugrais tapobhih sama dama niy-amair -dharana dhyana y-ogair -

yuktas caparamesthyam tri bhuvana -vibhave c-harditannavabodhah

kandarpadin amitran api sahajataya durjayan evajitva
yena sprsta nipetuh kathaya katham asau kena kopo vijeyah
 ugraih ugraih ve r y f i e r c e;tapobhih by p e n a n c es;sama by r e s t raint of the
mind; dama an d of t he senses;niyamaih an d by f o l l o w i ng regulative
restrictions; dharana co n s i s ting of concentration of the mind;dhyana a n d f i x e d
meditation on the Supreme; yogaih by s u ch p ra ctice of mystic yoga according to
the astanga method of Patanjali; yuktah pe r s o ns who are so engaged; ca an d ; a
paramasthyam ev en up to the position of Brahma, the most powerful living
entity; tri bh-uvana of t he thr ee worlds;vibhave al l o p u l e n ces;chardita an-na a s
spit out foodstuff; avabodhah pe r c e iving;kandarpa ad-in Cu p i d a nd t he others;
amitran en e m i e s;api ev e n ;sahaj ataya wi t h e a s e;durj ayan di f f i c u lt to defeat;
eva in d e ed;j itva de f e a ting;yena by w h o m ( A n g e r ); sprstah t o u c h e d ;
nipetuh th e y fell down; kathaya te l l m e ; ka t ham ho w ; as au he ; k o p a h
Anger; vijeyah is to be defeated.

They who, by practicing very terrible austerities, following vows, controlling

the mind and senses, and meditating in yogic trance, wisely spat out, even in the
post of Brahma, the opulences of this world, and easily conquered the
unconquerable enemies headed by the god of lust, fell from the slight touch of
anger. How will He defeat anger?

Text 81

ka2ih: sakhe, kopo varakas tasya kim karotu tatha .hi, yah kha2u vividha
vidharma narm-a saciva-yoh sa prapa-na pana -maha -papa -papac-yamana mana-sayoh
saka2a 2okop-ap2ava matra-matra-yoh parama 2unth-akayoh kayoscid brahmana ce2ay-oh
kucelayoh kukarma karma-thayoh kadaryayoh saudaryayoh kapata pataha -karayo-r
j agannatha madh-avabhidhanayor anayor ahar ahar a-tiva vardh-amana mana-sa
ma2ayoh sanugraha graha-m atmanaivahuya puratah samanitayoh ki2bisa visa -

lobhavadbhyam bhavadbhyam yad yad eno

vyaraci,tad akhi2am eva me vadhana
purvakam dadatam iti gaditayoh katham katham api vismaya camat-kara karena-
ksanam sthagitayor anantaram dadaveti nigadatoh karatojalam grhitva sadya eva
dedipyamani kriyam-anayo ruditvara tvaram-ana vipu2a -pu2aka -kancuk-ayor ananda
nanda diksan-a salilay-oh krsna krsneti gadgada gadana -ruddha -kantha-yos cira
samaya samaya-mana mano n-irmal-ataya cira samupa-sanna bhaktiy-oga yogato-
gatoddama kamadi -dosayo-h parama bhagava-tanam padavim adhirudhayos
tadrsenananda vikaren-a pasyatah syatah sandeham sakalan evaj anan citrarpitan
ivanivaritam evakarsit

sakhe my f r i e nd; kopah An g e r ;va rakah th a t i n s i n g n i f i cant fellow;tasya

to Him (Lord Caitanya); kim wh a t ; ka r o t u ca n d o ; ta t ha hi in d e e d ;yah w h o
(Caitanya Mahaprabhu); khalu ce r t a i n l y;vividha va r i e t i es of;vidharma
(consisting of) irreligion; narma in s u c h s po r t s;sacivayoh b y t h e t w o
companions gagai and Madhai); sa prapana -in all their different varieties;pana
maha papa (o -n account of) the five cardinal sins (killing of a brahmana,
indulging in intoxication, theft, having illicit relations with the wife of one s guru,
and associating with anyone who commits one of these four); papacyamana
always being tormented (literally, "bakin"); manasayoh wh o s e min d s;sakala to
all; 2oka pe o ple; upap2ava di s t u r b ance;matra me r e l y;matrayoh w h o s e
occupation; parama gr e a t est;2unthakayoh pl u n d e r e rs;kayoscit by t h e se two
certain persons; brahmana of h i g h c lass brahmanas;celayoh po o r e xa mples;
kucelayoh who were raggedly dressed; ku k-arma in doing mischief;
karmathayoh sk i l l f u l; ka daryayoh mi s e r l y;saudaryayoh br o t h e r s;kapata o f
deceit; pataha k-arayoh the drum-beaters; jagannatha m-adhava a-bhidhanayoh
named Jagannatha and Madhava; anayoh by t h o se who;ahah ahah da y a f t e r
day; ativa ex c e ssively;vardhamana in c r e a sing;manasa of w h o se minds;
malayoh th e c ontamination;sa an-ugraha gr-aham be i ng merciful (Lord
Caitanya); atmana by H i m s e l f; eva i n d e e d; ahuya be i n g c a l led;puratah i n
front of Himself; samanitayoh wh o h a d b een brought gagai and Madhai);
ki2bisa of wic ked behavior; visa th e p o i s o n; 2obha va-dbyam wh o a re greedy
after; bhavadbhyam by y ou t w o; yat yat wh a t e v e r;enah si n ; vy a r a ci h a s b e e n
performed; tat th a t ; ak h ilam al l ; e va e v e n ; me un t o M e ; av a dhana
purvakam wi t h f u l l s i n c erity; dadatam yo u s h o u ld give;iti (L o r d C a i t a n y a )
thus speaking; gaditayoh (b y t he t wo bro t h e rs) who were saying;katham katham
api "Indeed,howis this?"; ksanam foramoment; sthagitayoh un a b l e to
express themselves; anantaram an d t h e n; dadava we g i v e it ( to You);iti thus;
nigadatoh sp e aking;karatah up o n t h e ir h a n d s;j alam wa t e r; grhitva p o u r i n g ;
sadyah im m e d i a tely; eva e v e n; dedipyamana ra d i a n t; kr iyamanayoh
becoming; ruditvara tvar-amana ra p i d l y; vipu2a ab u n d a n t;pu2aka o f h a i r s
standing on end; kancukayoh (c o v e r ed with) armor;ananda of s p i r i t u al bliss;
nanda in t he happiness;diskana of i n i t i a t i o n; sa2i2ayoh wa t er (their tears);
krsna krsna iti "Krsna, Krsna!"; gadgada with choking gadana by the saying;
ruddha bl o c k e d; kanthayoh th e i r t h r o a t s;cira af t e r a lon g;samaya t i m e ;
samayamana oc c u r i n g; manah of t h e i r m i n d s; ni r m a l a taya a l o n g w i t h t h e
purification; cira af t e r a long time only;samupasanna ob t a i n a ble (normally);
bhakti yoga -in devotional service to the Supreme Lord; yogatah b y b e i n g
engaged;gata gone away;uddama severe; kama adi -lust and others; dosayoh
their faults; parama bhagav-atanam of t he topmost devotees;padavim t h e
position; adhirudhayoh ha v i ng r is en up to;tadrsena by s u c h; ananda o f
ecstasy; vikarena tr a n s formations;pasyatah th o s e who were looking on;
syatha wh o w e re maintaining within themselves;sandeham so me doubt;
sakalan al l;j anan th o s e people;citra arpitan -a ma zed; iva c e r t a i n l y ;
anivaritam ir r e s i s tably; eva i n d e e d;akarsit He a t t r a c t ed them.

Kali: Friend, What can pathetic anger do? To two im p i ous miser brahmana
brothers named Jagannatha gagai) and Madhava (Madhai), whose hearts burned
with the five great sins, who troubled everyone, who stole from others, who beat
the drums of lies, and whose hearts became more polluted day by day, He was
kind, called for them and when they were brought before Him, said: "You are
both poisoned by many sins. Please give Me all the sins You have committed,"
and as, stunned with wonder, they said: "we give them to You", and poured
water from their hands, and as they both became effulgent, trembled, wept wit h
bodily hairs standing erect, became plunged in the waters of bliss, and with
throats choked with emotion chanted "Krsna! Krsna!" and as by engaging in
eternal devotional service their lust and other vices left them and they now
walked on the path of the great devotees, and as everyone that saw this, became
filled with bliss, free of all doubts, and motionless as a painted picture, He
(Lord Caitanya) attracted and charmed them all.

Text 82

tasya kha2u saka2agha 2a-ghava ka-rinah kataksa pa-ta m-atrenaiva para hr-dayad api
kamadi sa-d vi-paksa pa-ksa cc-hido bhagavatah krodha va-si ka-rah kim citram
(nepathye ananda ko-2aha2ah)

tasya for H i m; kh a2u ce r t a i n l y;sakala al l ; ag ha si n f u l r e a c tions;karinah

who can minimize; kata aksa -of the sidelong glance;pata by t h e f alling;
matrena eva me r e ly; para of o t h e r p e rsons;hrdayat fr o m t h e h e a rts;api
even; kama adi -Kama and the others; sat vipa-ksa the six enemies (of the
conditioned soul's mind); paksa cchi-dah wh o d i s arms (literally, "cuts off their
wings"); bhagavatah for that Lord; krodha of A n g e r; vasi kar-ah t h e
subjugation; kim wh a t ; ci t r am wo n d e r ;ne pathye of f s t a ge;ananda o f j o y ;
ko2aha2ah an uproar.

With a sidelong glance He lightens all sins and tears apart lust and all other
vices in the harts of others. How can He be overcome with anger?
( Behind the scenes is a blissful tumul t . )

Text 83

ka2ih: (srutim abhiniya) sakhe, srutam idam adya .kha2u srivasavasantare yad
ayam ananda kutuh-ala halah-ala ravah -sruyate, tenanumitam amita maha-
mahaniyam tasyaiva kim api cetas camatk-ara kari ca-ritam unmilati.
(punar nepathye u2u2u dhvani -sahaca-ro vividha vaditr-a dhvan-ih)

srutim abhiniya ac t i ng o ut that he hears;sakhe my f r i e n d; srutam d i d y o u

hear; idam th a t ; adya to d a y ;kh a lu in d e e d ;srivasa of S r i v a sa Thakura;
avasa the residence;antare wi t h i n ; yat wh i c h ; ay a m th i s ;an a n da e c s t a t i c ;
kutuha2a of the playful commotion; ha2aha2a of t he women's yodelong; ravah
theloud cries; sruyate wh i c h y o u h e a r; tena by t h a t ; an umitam i s s u r m i s e d ;
maha mahaniy-am ve ry glorious; tasya of H i m ( t h e L o r d ); eva ce r t a i n l y;k im
api so m e; cetah to t h e h e a rt;camatkara am a z e m e nt;kari ca u s i n g ;caritam
pastimes; unmi2ati is revealing itself; punah ag a i n; nepathye of f s t a ge; u2u2u of
halooing; dhvani by s o u n d s;saha carah - accompanied; vividha o f v a r i o u s ;
vaditra mu s i c al instruments;dhvanih t h e s o u n d i n g .

Kali: (listening) F r i e nd , li s t en. I hear tumu l t ous sounds of bliss from

S rivasa s house. I can guess these are limitlessly glorious pastimes that fill th e
heart with wonder.
(Behind the secenes are sounds of various musical instruments and sounds
of "ululu".)
 Text 80

ka2ih: (nipunam nibha2ya) aye, satyam evanumitam asmadrsa drsyamanam

ivaitat.

nipunam ca r e fully; nibhalya o b s e r v i n g; aye o h ; sa t yam co r r e c t l y; eva

indeed; anumitam s u r m i s ed; asmadrsa by m e ; dr s yamanam ( t h u s p r o v e n b y )
being seen; iva ce r t a inly; etat t h i s .

Kali: (carefully looking) Your guess is true. It s as if I can see it.

Text 85

pasya, bhusura-surasa-taruni-gana-mukha-mukharita-manga2o2u2u-dhvani-
sahacara para-ma pari-tosa sam-uccaraj jaya -jaya nisv-ananuvadi vadi-tra sam-uha
nirghosa pari-posa visrn-khala sank-ha ghan-ta rava-ir avaiyagryatah sravanavata
ghatamana sudh-a rasa-sara iva kascana mahotsava sama-yo yam unmi2ati, tad idam
avasyam eva nipunam nibha2aniyam. (iti tatha karoti)

pasya ju st loo k; bhu-sura b r a h m a n a; su rasa -tr a nscendentally enthused;

taruni gana -of th e c o m p anyo f y o u n g w o m e n ; m ukha f r o m t h e m o u t h s ;
mukharita r e s o u n d i ng; manga2a au spicious; u2u2u of cries in imitation of the
goddess of the different directions; dhvani by t h e s ou n d;saha cara-
accompanied; parama s u p r e me; paritosa sa t i s f action;samuccarat ex p r e s sing;
j aya jaya nisvan-a cr i es of jaya jaya;anuvadi an s w e r i ng to;vaditra o f
instruments; samuha o f a m u l t i t u de; nirghosa of t h i s b la ring;pariposa w i t h a n
abundance; visrnkhala un r e s t r a ined;sankha of c o n c h s hells;ghanta a n d b e l l s ;
ravaih wi t h t he l o ud playing;avaiyagryatah be c a u se of the peacefulness;
sravana of t he ears;avata wi t h i n ; gh a tamana en t e r i ng ( li t e rally," ocurring");
sudha of int o x i c ating nectar;asarah a d o w n p o u r;iva as i t w e r e; kascana
some certain; maha utsava o-f a festival;samayah t h e o c c asion; ayam t h i s ;
unmilati i s b e c oming visible; tat t h e r e f o re;idam th i s ; av asyam ne c e s sarily;
nipunam sc r u t i n i z ingly; nibhalaniyam s h o u l d be observed;iti th u s s p e aking;
tatha so; karoti h e d o e s .

Look! The blissful calls of the brahmana's young wives, the sounds of "Jaya!
Jaya!" the playing of many instruments, and the unrestrained conchshells and
bells are a great festival like a flood of nectar. I must get a closer look. (He does
that.)

Text 86
 (punas tatraiva)

ramarghadmy aram upahara sripate bhavya n-avyan

kumbhan astottara sa-tam upasadaya tvam j avena
srikanta tvam prati d-isi vadhu v-arga manyas ca dhanya
bhudeva st-rir amara sa-rito niram abhyanayantu

punah ag ain; tatra eva there (offstage); rama 0 Sr i r a m a;argha t h e w a t e r

and various auspicious substances offered in a conchshell in greeting a respected
guest; adini together with the other paraphernalia of worship; aram q u i c k l y ;
upahara pl e a se get;sripate 0 Sr i p a t i;bhavya fi n e ; na vyan ne w ; ku m b h an
clay pots; asta utta-ra sat-a one hundred and eight; upasadaya ha v e brought;
tvam yo u; j avena wi t h a ll s peed;srikanta 0 Sr i k a n t a;tvam yo u ; pr a ti d is-i
in every direction; vadhu of y o u n g w o m e n; varga of t h e c o m m u n i t y; manyah
the most respectable members; ca and; dhanyah virtuous; bhu dev-a of the
brahmanas; strih th e w o m e n; amara sar-itah fr o m t he r i v er of the gods, the
Ganges; niram wa t e r; abhyanayantu th e y s h o u ld bri ng fro pouring.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Rama, quickly bring the arghya and other
things! Srzpati, quickly bring 108 excellent new jars! Srzkanta, from every
direction have the brahmanzs and good women bring water from the Ganges!

Text 87

ka2ih: sakhe, samyag a2aksi mayayad ayam srivasah sahodaran adisati tatha.
manye tasyaiva visvambhara devas-ya prakata ghata-mana nij ave-sa vikas-vara param-a
prabhavasya mahabhiseka maho-tsava samar-ambhah samujj rmbhate

sakhe my f r i e nd; samyak di r e c t l y;alaksi ha s b e en seen;maya b y m e ;

yat that; ayam th i s ; srivasah Sr i v a sa Prabhu;saha udaran -his br o t hers;
adisati is o r d e ring; tatha th u s ; ma n ye I t h i n k ; ta s ya of H i m ; vi s v a mbhara
devasya Lo rd Vis vambhara;prakata vi s i b l y;ghatamana ma n i f e st at present;
nija of H is o wn; avesa ab s o r p t i on in ecstatic trance;vikasvara ex p a n s ive;
parama su p r e me;prabhavasya (o f H im w ho is exhibit ing) His potency;maha
full-scale; abhiseka of the bathing ceremony; maha utsava o-f the festive event;
samarambhah th e c omme ncement;samujjrmbhate is a p p e aring before us.

Kali: Friend, I see Srzvasa giving duties to his brothers. I think the great
abhiseka festival of ecstatic Lord Visvambharadeva, who is now revealing that
He is the Supreme, has begun.

Text 88

adharmah: yady ayam svayam sva yantrita is-vara eva, tada katham adhunika
avesah.
 yadi if; ayam th i s L o r d; svayam Hi m s e l f;sva y-antritah in d e p e n d e nt;
isvarah ul t i m a te controller; eva in d e e d; tada th e n ; ka t h am wh y ; ad h u n ik ah
happening at present; avesah th e state of being possessed.

Irreligion: If He is the ind ependent Supreme Personality of Godhead, then

why is He overcome with ecstasy?

Text 89

kalih: sakhe, sruyatam,

nityo yady apy ahaha balavan isvarasyesa bha-vah

svadhmatvat tad api na sa tam sarvadaiva vyanakti
hantadatte kutuka vasa-to 2aukikim eva cestam
2z2am ahuh parama sura-sam tasya tam eva taj jnah-

sakhe fr i e nd; sruyatam pl e a se listen;nityah et e r n a l;yadi api a l t h o u g h ;

ahaha ah; bala van -p o w e r f u l; isvarasya of t h e S upreme Lord;sva adhin-atvat
on account of His being independent; tat api no n e t h e l e ss;na do e s not;sah
He; tam th a t ( a t t it ude);sarvada al w a y s;eva in d e e d;vyannakti ma n i f e s t s ;
hanta ah a; adatte He a c c epts;kutuka of c u r i o s i t y;vasatah un d e r t he sway;
2aukikim of t h is wo r l d; eva ev e n ;cestam ac t i v i t y; 2i2am Hi s " p a s times";
ahuh it is called;parama su p r e m e l y;su rasam -re l i s able; tasya Hi s ; t a m
that; eva in d e e d; tat jnah th o s e w ho a re knowledgeable in the matter.

Kali: Friend, listen. Although He is always the Supreme Personality of

Godhead, because He is supremely independent He does not always reveal his
identity to others. By His own wish He sometimes performs actions that seem
material. The wise call these His sweet pastimes.

Text 90
(punar nepathyabhimukham a2okya) sakhe, pasya pasya, tat ka2odita -dinakar-a
kara nikara -nirbhar-a parirab-dha jambu nada si-khari -sikhara -marici -vici nic-aya-
ruci manj ari-bhir ilavrta varsasy-aika khanda-m iva bhusura vara sri-vasa -vasam-
akhi2a jana 2ocana g-ocari k-urvann -iva nivahz bhutana-nda mahonm-adisnur iva
yugapad uditvara samudd-ana
vidyud d-ama pu-nja iv-a bhagavad geham a-nupravisya
visa2a sa2agram-adi paryank-am adhiruhya sa2agramadikam ekato vaksipya
samupavistah sakalair eva sa sambhra-ma bhraman-am itas ito dhavadbhih sa vipula -

pulakasrubhir anayadbhih puroddistani pujopakaranani karananiyata patavair -iva

vairi vadha ru-pa visa-ya va-sanava-sa nasa visa-dant-arair abhito bhitah parivavre

punah ag ain; nepathya abhimukh-am to w a rd the backstage;alokya l o o k i n g ;

sakhe my f ri e nd; pasya pasya lo o k , l o o k; tat kala at j - u st that moment;udita
risen; dina kara of-the sun; kara of r a y s ;nikara by t h e m u l t i t u d e; nirbhara
abundant; parirabdha em b r a c e d;j ambu nada of t he Jambu River;sikhari o f
the mountain (Meru); sikhara (r e f le c t e d) from the peak;marici o f s u n l i g h t ;
vici of w a v e s;nicaya of g r o u p s; ruci of l i g h t ; ma nj aribhih w i t h c l u s t e r s
(ilumined); ilavrta v-arsasya of I l a v r ta-varsa (one of the islands of Jambudvipa);
eka k-handam one section; iva as i f; bhusura of b r a h m a n a s;vara t h e
residence; akhi2a jana of a ll p eople;2ocana to t he eyes;gocari k-urvan
becoming manifest; iva as i f;nivahi bh-uta co n c e n t rated;ananda by e c s tasy;
maha un-madisnuh gr e atly intoxicated;iva as i f; yu gapat si m u l t a n e o usly;
uditvara ex c e ssively;samuddama un r e s t rained;vidyut of l i g h t n i n g; dama o f
bolts; punj ah a bun d l e; iva as i f ; bh agavat of t h e L o rd ( t he Deity);geham t h e
house (altar); anupravisya en t e r i n g; visa2a br o a d; sa2agrama ad-i o f t h e
Salagrama-sila and other Deities; paryankam th e c o u c h; adhiruhya c l i m b i n g
onto; salagrama adi-kam th e N a rayana-sila and other Deities;ekatah to o ne side;
avaksipya th r o w i n g; samupavistah ha v i ng t aken His seat;sakalaih b y a ll ( o f
His devotees); eva in d e e d;sa sam-bhrama bhr-amanam mi l l i n g a bout with
reverence; itah itah he r e a nd there;dhavadbhih wh o w e r e run n i n g; sa w h o
had; vipu2a abundant; pu2aka ha i r s ta nding on end;asrubhih an d t e a r s ;
anayadbhih br i n g i ng forth; pura pr e v i o u s l y;uddistani wh i c h h as been
arranged;puja of worship;upakaranani the paraphernalia; karana of the
senses; aniyata un l i m i t e d; patavaih wh o d i s p l ey expertise (in utilizing in the
Lord's service); iva indeed; vairi o f on-e's enemies; vadha of t he kill i n g; rupa
assuming the same form; visaya vasa-na of desires to gratify the senses;nasa b y
the destruction; visada pu r e ; antaraih wh o s e i n t e r nal faculties;abhitah
abhitah on a ll sides;parivavre He w as surrounded.

(Again looking behind the scenes) Friend, look! Look! In Srivasa Brahmana's
h ome, which has become like Ilavrta-varsa splendid with waves of light from th e
rising sun on the peak of golden Mount Meru, He (Lord Caitanya), as a madman
overcome with bliss and as the splendor of sudden lightni ng, enters the Deity-
room, ascends the throne of the Salagrama-sila and other Deities, pushes Them
aside, sits down, and is surrounded by all the devotees as they hastily run to
and fro expertly bringing articles of worship, shedding tears, the hairs of their
bodies erect, and their hearts pure from defeating the enemy that is material
deszre.

Text 91

(punar nepathy e)

kurusva surabhir apas tvam iha rama samsodhita

mukunda racaya svayam tvam abhiseka samagri-kam
gadadhara vidhatsva bho vasana malya b-husadik-am
mayayam abhiseksyate harir ihaiva khatvopari

punah ag ain; nepathye a f r om o f f s tage;kurusva pl e a se produce;surabhih

frangant; apah wa t e r; tvam yo u ; ih a her e ; ra m a 0 Sr i r a m a samsodhita
;
completely pure; mukunda 0 Mu k u n d a ; ra c aya pl e a s e assemble; svayam tvam
yourself; abhiseka fo r t he bathing ceremony;samagrikam th e r e q u i r ed articles;
gadhara 0 Gadadhara; vidhatsva pl e a se procure;bhoh my d e ar sir;vasana
the garments; malya ga r l a n d s; bhusa-adikam o r n a m e n ts and other items;
maya by m e ; ay am He ( L o r d C a i t a nya);abhiseksyate wi l l b e c e r e moniously
bathed;harih the Supreme Lord Hari; iha here;eva even;khatva u-pari upon
this couch.

Again a Voice From Behind the Scenes: Rama, bring pure, fragrant water.
Mukunda, arrange the paraphernalia for the bathing ceremony. Gadadhara,
bring the clothing, garlands, ornaments and other things.

Text 92

ka2ih: (nepathyabhimukham parito va2okya) sakhe, pasya pasya

nepathyabhimukham fa c i ng the backstage;paritah in t h e d i f f e rent directions;

avalokya looking around;sakhe my friend;pasya pasya look, look.

K ali: (looking behind the scenes in every direction) F r i e nd , l o ok! Lo o k !

Text 93

yanty ayanti ca hanta mangala ghata -vyagr-agra hasta-h striyo

ya etah pantah purat suradhunim tat ku2a m-u2at -puram
tasam vaci tad-ihitam nayanayor asram tanau vepathur
dhammi22e s2athata kapo2a pha2a-ke romana ity adbhutam

yanti ayanti they come and go; ca an d ; ha nta ah ; ma n g ala a u s p i c i o u s ;

ghata wa t e rpots; vyagra agraha -very hastily; hastah (c a r r y i ng in) t he ir hands;
striyah th e w o m e n;yah wh o ; et ah th e s e paritah
; ar o u n d ;pu r at f r o m t h e
city; sura-dhunim t o th e G anges; tat ku2a o-f its bank; mu2at f r o m t he e dge;
puram to the city; tasam of t h e se women;vaci in t h e i r w o r d s;t at ihitam -t h a t
endeavour (the performance of Lord Mahaprabhu's abhiseka); nayanayoh in their
eyes; asram te a rs; tanau in t h e i r b o d i e s;vepathuh tr e m b l i n g; dhammi22e in
the braided hair upon their heads; slathata lo o s e n ing;k apola phalake -upo n
their cheekbones; roma anah -erection of the hair follicles; iti t h u s ; a d bhutam
amazing.

Carrying auspicious jars in their hands, the women come and go. They go
from the town to the Ganges and from the Ganges' shore back to the town. In
their words are His pastimes, in their eyes tears, on their bodies trembling, on
their braids looseness, and on their cheeks hairs erect in ecstasy. This is very
wonderful.
 Text 90

adharmah: sakhe, "dhammi22e s2athata tad etad akhi2am kamasya visphurjitam"

ity eva bhanyatam. yatah

sakhe my f r i e nd; dhammi22e in the hair; s2athata sl a c k n ess;tat etat t h i s ;

akhi2am al l; kamasya os L u s t; visphuritam th e o b v i o us manifestation; iti
thus; eva in d e e d; bhanyatam it m a y be said;yatah s i n c e .

I rreligion: It is said that loosened braids are a symptom of lust .

Text 95

yatra yatra harini drs-am kramas

tatra tatra madanasya vikramah
sva pra-karsa jananim vinacamum
kevalo j ayati kim camu-patih

yatra yatra wherever;harini drsa-m of doe-eyed women; kramah the

passing; tatra tatra there; madanasya of C u p i d; vik ramah th e e x h i b i t i on of
stregnth; sva prak-arsa his own superiority;ja n anim w h i c h c a n e ffect;vina
without; camum a n a r my; kevalah al o n e j; ayati w i n s v i c t o r y; kim w h a t ;
c amu-patih c o m m a n d er .

Whenever doe-eyed women walk, there Kamadeva conquers. Can a general

conquer alone without a conquering army?

Text 96

kalih: napy etat,

bhavenopahatam ceto
dvayesam ksobha karaka-m
nirbhavanam punas tesam
akaro naparadhy ati

na api is n ot t he case;etat th i s ; bhavena by m a t e r i al emotions;upahatam

afflicted; cetah th e c onsciousness;dvayesam fo r m en and women in pairs;
ksobha karakam -is a source of agitation; nirbhavanam fo r t h o se who are free
from perverted material setiments; punah on t h e o t h er hand;tesam f o r t h e m ;
akarah th e m e re image (of feelings which may appear material but are actually
symptoms of pure spiritual ecstasy); na aparadhy-ati is n ot at all offensive.

Kali: Loosened braids agitate men and women whose hearts are filled with
lust, but they do not agitate they who are free of material desire.

Text 97

(punar nepathye tumula ni-rghosa p-osakah purusa su-kta pa-rayana su-rasah

ka2aka2ah)
ka2ih: (nivarnya) aho aty ad-bhutam.

punah ag ain; nepathye fr o m b a c k s tage;tumula tu m u l t u o u s ;nirghosa a n

greatdeal ofsound; posakah wh i c h i s f o s t e ring;purusa suk-ta the Purusa-sukta
prayer of the Rg Veda;parayana created by persons absorbed in chanting; su
rasah mo st relisable;ka2aka2ah a commotio n; nivarnya ob s e r v i n g;aho a h ;
ati adb-hutam ve ry wond erful.

(From behind the scenes tumultuous sweet sounds of the purusa-sukta

prayers.)
Kali: (looking) Ah! Wonderful!

Text 98

ete brahma kama-ndalor iva ghatan nihsyandamanair muhuh

svar gang-a ja2a nirj h-arair avira2a k2inn-at sumeror iva
gaurangasya sarirato nipatatam bhu mand-alocchvasinam
nihsyandah sumahabhiseka payas-am sasrus catasro disah

ete these (trickles of water from Lord Caitanya's body); brahma o f L o r d

Brahma; kamadaloh fr o m t he w a ter vessel;iva as i f;ghatat f r o m t h a t p o t ;
nihsyandamanaih flo w i n g d o w n; muhuh re p e a t e dly;svah ganga -of the celestial
Ganges;ja2a of the water; nirjharaih wi t h t h e c a scades;avira2a t h i c k ;
k2innat da m p e ned; sumeroh fr o m M o u n t S um e ru;iva as i f ; ga urangasya o f
Lord Gauranga; sariratah fr o m t h e b o d y; nipatatam wh i c h a re falling;bhu
mandala up o n t he surface of the earth;ucchvasinam sw e l l i ng up; nihsyandah
the trickling; su maha -very great; abhiseka payasa-m of the liquids with whic h
He is being bathed; sasruh ha v e poured out;catasrah disah i n t h e f o u r
directions.

As water continually falling from Brahma's kamandalu, or as the swiftly-

flowing heavenly Ganges on always-flooded Mount Sumeru, the abhiseka-water
f lowing from Lord Gauranga's body floods the four directions of the worl d .

Text 99

api ca, abhisiktasya nihsarita saritarab-hiseka ki2a2asya -2a2asyamana vasana -

paridhapana panana s-obhamanasya manasya paritosa visesenasesenanuliptasya
bhakta janaih kaiscana krtalankaranasya karana s-yandena kair api paridhavita-
carana k-ama2asyajva2ana d-hauta k-a2adhauta k-a2ayanirajita r-ajita g-aura mahaso
mahaso suyamana mahimnah sri v-isvambharasya bhara sy-adena premnam sarvair
eva pada p-admopakanthe yatha v-aibhavam vaibhavam puraskrtyadvaitam dvaitam
purayadbhih kanaka m-ani
v-asanadiny upadhaukyante

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; abhisiktasya of t h e L o r d, who was being bathed;

nihsarita re l e a sed;saritara fr o m t h e t o w el (used to dry Him); abhiseka o f t h e
bathing ceremony; ki2a2asya the nectar (the water used for bathing);
2a2asyamana be ing absorbed with delight; vasana w i t h t h e c lo t h i n g ;
paridhapana in dressing Him; panana du r i n g t h is exchange;sobhamanasya ( o f
Lord Caitanya) who was appearing very beautiful; manasya o f t he m i n d ;
paritosa with full satisfaction; visena es p e cial;asesena co m p l e tely;
anuliptasya who had been smeared (with oil and fragance);bhakta janaih by
devotees; kaiscana ce r t ain; krta ala-nkaranasya be d e c ked with ornaments;
karana sya-dena wi th as much speed as their active senses would allow; kaih api
bysome ofthem; paridhavita be i n g w a s h e d;carana kam-alasya wh o s e l o t us feet;
j va2ana wi th f i r e; dhauta be i n g r e f i ned;ka2a dhau-ta of gold and silver;
kalaya wi t h p a r t i c les;nirajita ma d e to s hi n e; rajita lu s t r o u s ;gaura g o l d e n ;
mahasah of a flame; mahasah th e b r i l l i a n ce;asuyamana ri v a l i n g;mahimnah
whose splendor; sri visva-mbharasya of L o rd V is vambhara;bhara syad-ena w i t h
great haste; premnam ca u s ed by their love;sarvaih by a ll ( t he devotees);eva
indeed; pada padm-a of His lotus feet; upakanthe i n t h e p r o x i m i t y ; y a t h a
vaibhavam ea ch according to his own capability; vaibhavam t h e L o r d ' s
opulence; puraskrtya gi v i n g t he first honors;advaitam to A d v a i ta Acarya;
dvaitam wh o is l i ke Lord Caitanya's second self;purayadbhih w h o a re t hu s
making full display of Lord Caitanya's opulence); kanaka gold; mani ge ms;
vasana adini -garments and other items; upadhaukyante ar e being presented.

Before the lotus feet of Srz Visvambhara, who is now bathed, His body dri ed
with a towel, splendidly dressed in clean garments, with great happiness
anointed and decorated by some devotees, His lotus feet washed, and His fair
splendor rivaling the glory of the wor ld, all the devotees, aware that He is both
different and not different from everything, overcome with love, and according
to their own powers, place gold, jewels, belts, and many valuable offerings.

Text 100

adharmah: sakhe, ayam avasarah 2obhasya yatah,.

dhairya dhvamsi -parinati sukha dv-esino h-ri virodhi-

jetum sakyo bhavati nitaram hanta kenapi 2obhah
ksirambhodher mathana janitam ratna bhutasya -ratnam
devo visnuh kim api cakame kaustubham ca sriyam ca

sakhe my f r i e nd; ayam th i s ; av a sarah th e o p p o r t u n i t y; 2obhasya f o r

Greed; yatah be c a use;dhairya pa t i e n c e;dhvamsi wh i c h s p o i l s;parinata
(even though apparently) perfect; sukha of happiness; dvesanah able to be
conquered; bhavati is ; ni t a ram co m p l e t e l y;hanta ah ; ke na by w h o m ; a p i
indeed; 2obhah Greed; ksira a-mbhodheh of t he Mil k - o c ean;mathana f r o m
churning; j anitam ge n e r a ted;ratna b-hutasya (o f t he ocean which is) the source
of gems; ratnam th e g e m; devah th e S u p r e me Lord; visnuh S ri V i s n u; kim
api a certain (gem); cakame de s i r ed to get; kaustubham t he j e w el named
Kaustubha; ca a nd; sriyam th e g o d d e ss of fortune (who was also born from the
c hurning of the Ksirabdhi); ca a l s o .

Irreligion: Fr i e nd, this is greed s opportunity. Greed, which destroys

patience, hates happiness, and stops humili ty, will s o m ehow defeat Him. Even
Lord Visnu becamne greedy for the goddess of fortune and the great Kaustubha
gem churned from the milk-ocean.

Text 101

ka2ih: nayam tatha. (iti nirbha2ya) pasya pasya, esakha2u,

na is not; ayam Hi m ; t a t h a l i k e t h i s ; i ti t h u s ; ni r b h a2ya ob s e r v i n g;pasya

pasya ju st see;esah t his (Lord Caitanya); khalu a f t e r al l .

K ali: It's not like that. (looks) L o ok ! L o ok ! It is so .

Text 102

na bhasate neksate ca
na srnoti ca kincana
svananda stimita-h kintu
tej asa param edhate

na bhasate He does not speak; sa iksate do e s not see; ca a n d ; na srnoti

doesnothear;ca an d ; k i n c a na an y t h i n g ; s v aan anda -b y H i s o w n e c s t a s y
stimitah s t u n n ed; kintu r a t h e r ;te jasa in b r i l l i a n c e;param si m p l y ; edhate i s
increasing.

He does not speak. He does not see. He does not hear anything. Stunned with
bliss, He shines with great splendor.

Text 103

adharmah: sakhe iyam api madasyaiva ritih.

muki karoty alam amukam aho anandham
andhi karoty avadhiram vadhiri karoti
yo 'yam ba2i sumanasam vima2i k-aroti
sa sri mado vada na kasya mahopahatyai

sakhe fr i e nd; iyam th i s ; api al s o ;ma d asya of a m a d m a n;eva i n d e e d ;

ritih th e w a y; muki ka-roti ma k e s d um b;alam ev e n ;am u kam o n e w h o is n o t
dumb; aho ah ; anandham on e w ho is n ot deaf;vadhiri ka-roti ma k e sd e a f;
yah wh o ; ayam th i s ;ba li po w e r f u l ;su m-anasam on e w ho is otherwise of
good mind; vimani ka-roti de p r i v es of all good sense;sri m-ada the great
intoxication; vada pl e a se tell me;na no t ; ka s ya of w h o m ; ma ha up-ahatyai i s
the cause of great harm.

Irreligion: Friend, these are the actions of a madman. Powerful madness

makes the eloquent silent, the sighted blind, the hearing deaf, and the wise
foolish. What calamity does it not bring?

Text 100

tad alam atra cintaya,ekasyavasare sarvesam evavasaro numeyah. eka yoga-

nirdistanam saha va pravrttih, saha va nivrttih ity adi, tena

tat th e r e fore;alam en o u g h; at ra he r e ;ci n t aya wi t h w o r r y i n g ; ekasya o f

one (of the six enemies of the conditioned soul's mind); avasare u p o n t h e
occasion for; sarvesam of a ll of the m; eva ev e n ;avasarah t h e o p p o r t u n i t y ;
anumeyah ma y be surmised;eka yoga -by in f e rence from one and the same set of
circumstances; nirdistanam th i n g s who se existence is established;saha
together; va ei t h e r;pravrttih th e i r o c c u r r e nce;sah to g e t h e r;va or ; n i v r t t i h
their non-occurrence; iti by t h i s p r e cept of logic;adi an d s o o n; tena t hu s .

Why worry> If there is one fault, then there may also be all other faults. This
is confirmed by the words eka-yoga-nirdistanam saha va pravrttih, saha va
nivrttih".

Text 105
anyotkarsasahatvan manasi malinata kraurya kapatya -kari -

yatrotpadyeta tam hi pradahati sahasa kotaragnir yathagam

yenakrantantaranam kha2a iti ba2ate visva viksobhi-kakhya
so yam matsarya nama ta-va saciva varo var-tate gudham atra

anya of someone else;utkarsa th e s u p e riority;asahatvat be c a u se of the

inability to tolerate; manasi wi t h i n t he m i n d; malinata f i l t h y c o n d i t i o n ;
kraurya of c r u e l t y; kapatya an d d e c e it;kari wh i c h i s t he cause;
yatra i n
which (person); utpadyate th i s ( E n v y) arises;tam th a t p e r s on;hi i n d e e d ;
pradahati (Envy) burns (consumes) him;sahasa forcibly, suddenly;kotara
inside a hallow trunk; agnih a f i r e ; agam (burns) a tree; yena by whom;
akranta at t a c ked;antaranam fo r t h o s e whose minds are;khalah i ti ( a r e
considered) "heartless"; visva to t he w h o le world; viksobhika he w h o c a u ses
great disturbance; akhya kn o w n a s; sah ayam this same; matsarya Envy;
nama th us named; tava yo u r ; sa civa of a s s i stants;varah th e b e s t;vartate i s
present; gudham se c retly;atra h e r e .

Your lieutenant envy, who pollu tes the heart with an in t o l erance of others'
good fortune, who creates cruelty and deceit, who burns as a fire in a tree
hollow, who turns those it defeats into demons, and who upsets the entire
w orld, hides within Hi m .

Text 106

(punar nepathye) hanta bho advaita,

astadasaiva yamah
ksana iva namabhavan yasya
tasminn ananda may-e
kim upacaramo vayam ksudrah

punah ag ain; nepathye of f s t a ge;hanta ah ; b h ohadvaita my dear Advaita

Prabhu; astadasa ei g h teen; eva e v e n; yamah per i o d s of t h r ee hours; ksanah
one moment; iva as i f;nama in f a c t ;ab havan we r e ;yasya f o r w h o m ( L o r d
Caitanya); tasmin fo r H i m ; an a nda maye -who is full o f s p i r i t u al pleasure; kim
what; upacaramah ca n p ossibly do as service;vayam we ; ks udrah i n s i g n i f i c a n t
persons.

Again a Voice From Behind the Scenes: 0! 0 ! A d v a i ta ! Th ese 50 hours have

passed for Him as a moment. Now that He is in this ecstasy, how can we tiny
people continue to serve Him?

Text 107

tad adhuna sarva eva tatha studhvam, yathayam sahajam api sandram anandam
pratanu krty a bh-akta vatsa2y a-d bahi r vrt tim a-2ambate
tat th e r e fore;adhuna no w ; sa r ve ev e r y o n e;eva indeed; -tatha in t h is way;
studhvam we s hould pray;yatha so t h a t; ayam He ; sa h aj am na t u r a l;api
although; sandram de n s e;anandam Hi s e c s tasy (of Godly majesty);pratanu
krtya le s s ening;bhakta fo r H i s d e v o tees;vatsalyat ou t o f a f f ection;bahih
external; vrttim th e a c t i v i t i es of the senses;alambate He m ay resort to.

Let us all pray that out of kin d n ess to His devotees He will give up Hi s
ecstasy and return to external consciousness.
 Text 108

ka2ih: srutam sakhe srutam bhakta hi keva2am aisvaryam na sahante, yad evam
srivaso nigadati

srutam di d y ou h ear; sakhe my f r i e n d;srutam di d y o u h e a r;bhaktah t h e

devotees; hi ce r t a inly;kevalam un a d u l t e r ed (by intimacy);aisvaryam
opulence; na ca n n o t; sahante to l e r a t e;yat si n c e ;evam i n t h i s m a n n e r ;
srivasah Sr i vasa Thakura;nigadati is s p e aking.

Kali: Friend, listen! Listen! The devotees cannot bear His power and
opulence. That's what Srivasa is saying.

Text 109

adharmah: srutam, kintu ebhir evasyantavarti madah prakhyapyate,

samanantaram mohas ca. tatha hi,

srutam I h e a r d; kintu bu t ; eb h ih by t h e s e ( wo r d s );eva si m p l y ; asya

within Him; antarvarti in d w e l l i n g ;madah In t o x i c a t i o n;prakhyapyate i s
proclaimed; samanantaram immediately following; mohah De l u s i o n;ca a n d ;
tatha hi so i n d e ed.

Irreligion: I heard. Madness is in their hearts. And delusion.

Text 110

anandah sahajo bhaved yadi tada nasau vihatum ksamas

tenantar mada m-eduro -ti kapatad -visvam trnam manyate
mohas cet sva janesu nasya kim aho tesam vaco grhyate

ka2ih: vatsa2yat
adharmah: ksudre moha ititaratra sajanair vatsalyam ity ucyate

anandah ec stasy;sahaj ah in n a t e; bhavet it w e r e ;yadi if ; ta d a th e n ;n a

not; asau He ; vihatum to g i v e it u p;ks amah (w o u l d b e) a ble;tena th e r e f o r e ;
antah wi t h in H i m s e lf; mada by t h e I n t o x i c a tion;medurah wh o i s p u f f ed up;
ati kapatat -out of extreme deceit; visvam th e w o r l d; tr n am (a s i f o n l y) a straw;
manyate He t h i n k s; mohah De l u s i o n;cet if ; sv a janesu in H i s o wn d e v o tees;
na we re not manifest; asya Hi s ; kim wh y ; ah o ah ; te s am to t h e m ;va c ah
the words; grhyate wo u l d be acceptable;vatsalyat ou t o f a f f ection;ksudre i n
one Who is unimportant; mohah De l u s i o n;iti th u s c a l l e d;itaratra i n o n e w h o
is otherwise (i.e. a great personally); sah th a t ;ja naih by p e o p l e ;vatsalyam
affection; iti th u s s p e aking;ucyate is c a l l e d.

If He is really in ecstasy he cannot leave his trance. Madness and pride in His
heart, He falsely thinks the world is a blade of straw. If they are not bewildered,
why do His followers take his words seriously?
K ali: Out of l o v e .
Irreligion: Then you say when it is di r ected to ordinary people it is delusion
and whn it is directed to anyone else, to the great souls, it is love.

Text ll l

adharmah: ajna, jivasrayo yam vicarah, ksudraksudratvasyajiva gat-atvad iti.

(punar nepathyabhimukham avalokya) aho
katham akasmad eva.

aj na you fool;jiva th e l i v i n g e nt i t i e s;asrayah ba s e d;ayam th i s ; vi c a rah

reasoning; ksudra aks-udratvasya of o r d i n a ry ideas of "important" and
"unimportant"; j iva gata-tvat be c ause of having relation to the jivas;iti thus;
punah once more;nepathya abhi-mukham in the direction of backstage;
avalokya lo o k i n g; aho oh ; ka t h am ho w i s i t ; ak a smat su d d e n l y;eva e v e n .

Kali: Fool, that is the way conditi oned souls think. Because they are
conditioned they think one is great and another small. (Again looks behind the
scenes) Oh! What is this?

Text 112

advaita pramu-khah patanti yugapat sarve ksitau dandavat

srivasadi catuh -sahoda-ra vadhu -muhky-ah striyas cakhilah
am jnatam,

vyakosambuj a malike -iva krpa madhv-ika nihsya-ndike

svanandormi vinidri-te vikacayam asayam iso drsau

advaita pramuk-hah (t h e devotess) headed by Advaita Prabhu;patanti t h e y

are falling; sarve al l; ks itau on t o t h e g r o u n d;danda vat ju s -t like rods;srivasa
adi Sr i vasa and the others (Srirama, Sripati and Srinidhi); catuh sahodara -of t h e
four brothers; vadhu th e w i v e s;mukhyah he a d ed by them;striyah t h e w o m e n ;
ca also; akhilah al l ; ma ah ;j n a t am no w I s e e ;vyakosa fu l l y e x p a n ded;
ambuja malike -a pair ofl o t us flowe rs; iva as i f; kr pa of H i s m e r c y;madhvika
the liquor; nihsvyandike wh i c h a re dripping;sva ananda -of His private ecstasy;
urmi be c a use of the waves;vinidrite al e r t;vikacayam asa ha s o pe ned;ayam
He; isah th e L o r d; drsau H i s e y e s .

All the devotees headed by Advaita and all the women headed by the wives
of Srzvasa and his brothers fall as sticks to the ground. I und erstand. The Lord
has opened His eyes like two blossoming lotuses dripping the honey of His
mercy, lotuses that had been closed by the waves of His ecstasy.

Text 113

(punas ciram nirupya) aho aty ad-bhutam.

punah ag ain; ciram for a long while; nirupya ob s e r v i n g;aho ah ; at i v er y ;

adbhutam amazing.

( Again looks for a long time.) V er y w o n d e r f u l !

Text llk

mac citta -bhavateti varida gha-ta gam-bhira dhir-a svar-am

bhasitvanghri saro-ruhe bhagavatamisam sirahsv arpite
sasram sotkalikam sa vepath-u sa sitka-ram sa rom-odgamam
so22asam casa kaut-ukam cayad ami ananda tand-ramyayuh

mat cittah -absorbed in thought of Me; bhavata ju s t be (always);iti thus

speaking; varida of clouds;ghata (l i ke) an assemblage;
gambhira grave;
dhira and s ober;svaram so u n d s ;bhasitva ha v i n g s poken;anghri H i s f e e t ;
saroruhe wh i c h a re like lotuses;bhagavata by t he L o r d; amisam o f t h e s e
(devotees); sirahsu up o n t he heads;arpite be i n g p l a ced;s a asram -wi t h
shedding tears; sa utkali-kam wi t h e x p r e ssions oflonging; s a vepathu -wit h
trembling; sa sitkara-m wi t h c r i es of ecstasy;sa roma -udgam-am w i th bod il y
hairs standing on end; sa u22asa-m with great joy; ca an d ; sa kautuk-am w i t h
playful mood; ca an d ;yat wh i c h ; am i th ey ; an a n da of s p i r i t u a l p leasure;
tandram la s s itude;yayuh th e y m a n i f e sted (literally," went to").

In a voice deep as thunder saying "Fix your minds on Me", the Lord places
His lotus feet on their heads. With tears, anxiety, trembling, coolness, bodily
hairs erect, joy, and intense eagerness, they are now overcome with ecstasy.

Text 115

tat atah param atraivagamisyanti sarve, tad ehi sthanantaram cintayamah

tat th u s; atah param he n c e f o r t h;atra he r e ;eva ev e n ;ag amisyanti t h e y

will be coming; sarve al l ; tat th e r e f o r e;ehi co m e n o w; s t hana antaram -some
other place (to go); cintayamah w e m u s t t h i nk o f .

Now they are all coming here. Come. I think we should go somewhere else.
 Text 116

adharmah: sakhe, mamavasthanam kva cintaniyam

kalih: cintitam asti, sruyatam,

sakhe fr i e nd; mama fo r m e ; av asthanam pl a c e to stay;kva w h e r e ;

cintaniyam i s to be conceived; cintitam asti I h a v e a lready thought that out;
sruyatam ju s t l i s ten.

Irreligion: Fr i e nd, wh ere do you think I s h o uld go?

K ali: (thinks) L i s t e n .

Text 117

vidya si2a -tapa-h ku2a-srama yuj o -py ekanta dant-as ca ye

nindanty asya vibhos caritram anagham tesu tvaya sthiyatam
tvat patnt -tu mrsa bahirmukha muk-hesv astam tanuj as ca te
dambhah kevala susk-a karm-a nira-tesv etena ma khidyatam

vidya wi t h l e a rning; si2a go o d c ha racter;tapah au s t e r it y;ku2a ar i s o c racy;

asrama and adherence to the religious codes of the different orders of life;
yuj ah (p e r sons) who are endowed; nindanti they (some such persons)
blaspheme; asya of H i m ; v ib hoh t h e S u p r e m e;caritram th e q u a l i t i es and
pastimes; anagham which are spotless; tesu am o ng them (such blasphemers);
tvaya yo u; sthiyatam ma y s t a y; tvat yo u r ; pa t ni wi f e ;tu and ; mr s a D ec e i t ;
bahih-mukha o f a t h e i s tics; mukhesu wi t h i n t he m o u t h s;astam s h e m a y
remain; tanuj ah th e son; ca a n d ; te yo u r ; d a m b h ah P r i d e ; ke vala e x c l u s i v e ;
suska dr y; karma to f r u i t i v e w o r k;nir a tesu am o n g t h o se who are attached;
etena for these reasons;ma khidyatam do n o t be in anxiety.

Kali: You can stay among they who blaspheme the spotless character of Lord
Caitanya, who has learning, morality, austerity, exalted lineage, and the highest
asrama. Your wife, Lies, can stay among the atheists, and your son, Deception,
can stay among the dry impersonalists and the materialists. Don't be unhappy.

Text 118

adharmah: yatha rucitam te (iti niskran.tau.) (viskambhakah ) .

yatha however;rucitam is pleasing; te to y o u; iti t h u s ; ni s k r a ntau t h e y

exit; viskambhakah th e I n t e r l u de is to be spoken here.

Irreligion: As you l i ke. (They both exit. Thus ends the Viskambhaka.)
 Text 119

(tatah pravisati paryankarudho grhita di-vya v-esa b-husah svananda su-pta

prabuddha iva bhagavan visvambharah parito vibhavas cadvaitadayas ca, dure
kirtayanto 'nye bhagavatah)

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;paryanka on a c o u c h; arudhah s e a t e d ;

grhita wearing; divya re s p l e ndent;vesa cl o t h i n g; bhusah an d o r n a m e nts; sva-
ananda His own pri v a te ecstasy;supta (a s if) from sleep;prabuddhah w h o h a s
been awakened;iva as it were; bhagavan visvambharah the Supreme Lord Sri
Visvambhara; paritah su r r o u n d ed Him;vibhavah Hi s f ew m o st int i m a te
devotees; advaita ada-yah Ad v a ita Acarya and others; ca a n d ; du re a t a
distance; kirtayantah en g a g ed in congregational chanting;anye th e o t h e r; ca
and; bhagavatah Va i s nava associates of the Lord.

(Carried on a palanquin, dressed in splendid clothing and ornaments, and as

if just awakened from the sleep of His ecstasy, Lord Visvambhara enters. Great
souls headed by Advaita surround Him. In th e di stance other devotees perform
kzrtana.)

Text 120

bhagavan: advaita,

golokad avatarito 'smi bhavataivaham sudurvaraya

sva prema-mrta vanya-yaiva paraya dainyadinananyaya

advaitah: (anjalim baddhva)

ko ham ksudratamas tvayaiva bhagava2 2i2avas-enatmana

2okanugraha sagrah-ena dharanav atmayam aviskrtah

bhagavan Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; advaita by dear Advaita; golokat

from Goloka, the topmost planet of the spiritual world; avataritah m a d e t o
descend; asmi I h a ve been;bhavata by Y o ur g ood self;eva on l y ; ah am I ; s u -
durvaraya w h i c h w a s e xtremely difficult to avoid submitting to; sva Y o u r ;
prema amrta o-f the ecstasy of the love;vanyaya by t h e f lo o d; eva indeed;
paraya su p r e m e;dainya by Y o u r h u m b l e n e ss;adina an d o t h e r s aintly
qualities; ananyaya which are unequalled; anj alim baddhva folding His palms in
supplication; kah wh o ; ah am (a m ) I ; ks u d ra tamah t- h e most insignificant;
tvaya eva by Your own self; bhagavat of Y o u r s elf, the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; 2i2a in the transcendental pastimes;avesena atmana wh o i s by v e ry
nature always absorbed;2oka anugraha -to bestow mercy on conditiones souls of
this world; sa agrahena -who was eager;dharanau up o n t he earth;atma ayam
this manifestation of Your own self (as Caitanya Mahaprabhu); aviskrtah has
been exhibited.

Bhagavan: Advaita, I descended from Goloka because of the flood of nectar

that was Your humble request, which I could not refuse.
Advaita: (folding his hands) Who am I? I am the most insignificant. You are
the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who enjoys transcendental pastimes. Out
of kindness to the conditioned souls You have manifested this form.

Text 121

katham anyatha,

tatha paramahamsanam
munmam amalatmanam
bhakti yog-a vidh-anartham
katham pasyema hi striyah

katham ho w ; an yatha (i f i t w e r e ) o t h e rwise;tatha be s i d es that;parama

hamsanam of t he advanced transcendentalists;muninam of t h e g reat
philosophers or mental speculators; amala atma-nam those whose minds are
competent to discern between spirit and matter; bhakti yoga -the science of
devotional service; vidhana artha-m fo r e xecuting; katham ho w ; pa s yema c a n
observe; hi ce r t a inly;striyah w o m e n .

How can it be otherwise? Queen Kunti explains (Srzmad-Bhagavatam 1.8.20):

"You Yourself descend to propagate transcendental science in the hearts of the
advanced transcendentalists and mental speculators. Such persons are purified
by being able to discriminate between matter and spirit. But how can we
unqualified women know you per fectly?"'

Text 122

iti kunty ukta di-sa tat-ha vidhana-m nirasataya suska hrdaya-nam muninam hrdaya
sarasi karanay-a prakatita jagan manga2-a manga2-avatarena svayam bhagava-ta vraj a
raj a kumare-na viracitasu purusartha sarthap-arthi karana -samarth-a sravana-
kirtanadisu brahmanandad api camatkara karinisu -goku2a mathura -dvarava-ti 2$2asu -

iti th u s q u o t i n g; kunti by Q u e e n K u n t i;uk ta sp o k e n ;di sa b y t h i s

instructive example of prayer; tatha vidhanam -who are such (as described in this
verse); nirasataya be c a use of their inability to appreciate the sublime attitudes of
loving service to God; suska hrdayan-am of t h o se whose hearts are dried out;
muninam of s ch orlarly authorities;hrdaya th e i r h e a rts;sa rasi sp - iritually
inspired; karanaya fo r t he p u r p o se ofma k i n g;prakatita op e n l y m a n i f e s ted;
j agat fo r t he uni verse;manga2a of all auspicious things;manga2a be s towing
the most auspiciousness; avatarena by t h is inc arnation (of Lord Sri Krsna);
svayam b-hagavata who is the original Supreme Lord; vraja raja o f t h e K i n g o f
Vrndavana (Maharaja Nanda); kumarena th e y o u ng son; viracitasu ex e c u t e d
(His pastimes); purusa a-rtha th e f o ur ord i na ry goals of human life;sa a-rtha a l l
such concepts of "sucess"; aparthi k-arana to m a ke seen useless;samartha
which are capable; sravana by being heard;kirtana chanted;adisu and
remembered in other authorized ways; brahma a-nanda th an t he joy of liberation
in the impersonal Absolute; api ev e n ; camatkara of a m a z e ment;karanisu
which are the causes; gokula (p e r f o r m e d) in Goku l a;mathura M a t h u r a ;
dvaravati an d D v a r a ka;2i2asu in H is pastimes.

Here Queen Kunti explains that in order to make sweet the dried and
shrivelled hearts of the impersonalists sages, Vraja s prince, the Supreme
P ersonality of Godhead, whose appearance brings auspiciousness to the world,
manifested His Gokula, Mathura and Dvaraka pastimes, which are more
wonderful than the blkiss of impersonal Brahman, and the hearing and chanting
of which eclipses the value of materialistic goals of life.

Text 123

bhagavaty uttama sloke-

bhavatibhir anuttama
bhaktih pravartita distya
munmam api durlabha

bhagavati un t o t he Supreme Lord;uttama sloke -who is glorified in excellent

verses; bhavatibhih by y o ur g o od selves;anuttama un s u r p a ssed;bhaktih
devotion; pravartita ha s b e en engaged in;distya by y o u r g o od fortune ;
muninam for great sages; api even; durlabha hard to achieve.

Uddhava said to the gopis (Srimad-Bhagavatam 10. 47.25): Among all the
living entities who have accepted the human form of li fe, the gopis are
superexcellently successful in their mission. Their th ought is th or oughly
absorbed in the lotus feet of Krsna. Great sages and saintly persons are also
trying to be absorbed in meditation upon the lotus feet of Krsna, who is
Mukunda Himself, the giver of liberation, but the gopis, having lovingly
accepted the Lord, are automatically accustomed to this habit. They do not
depend on any yoga practice."'

Text 120

ity uddhavokta disa saka-2a rasa par-avara -para var-ti go2-okady -apara na-mani s-ri
vrndavana dhamani -nikama niratisyan-anda bhumani -murtimad ananda sa-ktibhih-
santata santanya-mana manasa r-aga par-a bha-ga bh-agadhe-yabhir abhira bhirubhih-
pravartitam tadrsam eva prema tattvam tad-anim tatraiva sthitam samprati
sampratipadyamana tad asvad-a sv-adara g-rhita sam-ucita -vigrahasy-a tava
saubhagavato bhagavato niravadhi tad eva madhuratara rasa rahasya piyusa jusam
ahita gandusam acamato ngu2i v-ivara v-i2agita iva tat k-anah kva namasmabhir apy
acamyante

iti th u s q u o t i n g; uddhava by S ri U d d h a va;ukta sp o k e n;disa b y t h e

example; sakala of a l l; ra sa va r i o u s ecstatic sentiments of personal relationships
with the Supreme Lord; para av-ara of t h at expansive ocean;para o n t h e f a r
shore; vartini wh i c h is s it uated;goloka ad-i Go l o ka and so on;apara na-mani
known by countless names; sri vr-ndavana dh-amani in t he L o r d 's abode
Vrndavana; nikama of ( t h e f u l f i l l m e nt of) desires;niratisaya t h e t o p m o s t ;
bhumani la n d; murti ma-t pe r s o n i f i e d;ananda of s p i r i t u al pleasure;saktibhih
by the potencies (the cowherd girls of Vrndavana); santata co n s t a ntly;
santanyamana be i ng exhibited; manasa of t he m i n d s; raga of l o n g i n g;para
bhagam the corrolary sentiments (anuraga); bhagadheyabhih who are endowed
with; abhira of t h e c o w h e rd communi t y; bhirubhih by t h e m o d e st women;
pravartitam es t a blished;tadrsam su c h ; eva ev e n ;pr e ma of u n n a l l o y ed love
of God; tattvam th e f a c t; tadanim at t h a t t i me ( d u r i ng the appearance of Lord
Krsna five thousand years ago); tatra th e r e ( at Vrndavana);eva i n d e e d ;
sthitam pr e s ent (thatp r e m a ); samprati an d n o w ; sa m pratipadyamana b e i n g
assumed (by the Lord); tat of t h a t p r e m a;asvada th e t a s ting;su adar-a i n h i g h
regard; grhita fo r h o l d i n g; samucita wh i h c i s s ui t able;vigrahasya o f t h a t b od y ;
tava of yours (Lord Caitanya);saubhagavatah of t he supremely opulent;
bhagavatah Su p re me Lord; niravadhi in c e n s s antly;tat eva th a t s ame;madhura
tara mo s t sweet;rasa of t r a n s cendental dealings;rahasya of t he m y s tery;
piyusa of the intoxicating beverage;yusam l i k e a soup; ahita h e l d ;
gandusam in Your cupped hands; acamatah of Y ou w ho a re sipping;anguli o f
the fingers; vivara in t h e s paces inbetween;vilagitah wh i c h h a ve dripped;iva
as it were; tat of t h a t n ectar;kanah so m e d r o p s;kva wh e r e a s;nama i n d e e d ;
asmabhih by us; api on l y; acamyante are being sipped.

How will we sip the drops that fall between Your fingers as You, the
wonderful Supreme Personality of Godhead in a form meant to taste nectar, now
sip with cupped hands the secret, sweet nectar of love the gopzs, Your
s upremely fortunate personified pleasure potencies, their hearts filled wit h
eternal ever-increasing attachment for You, felt in Vr n d avana-dhama, the land of
limitless transcendental bliss situated on the far shore of the nectar ocean of all
rasa and known by many names beginning with the name Gokula?

Text 125

bhagavan:

srivasa smarasi viniryatas tavasun

arautsam yad iha capeta patavena-

srivasah: (smrtim abhiniya)

am vedmi prabhu vara mocito 'smi mrtyoh
kenapi prasabham iti smrtir mamaste

srivasa my d e ar Srivasa;smarasi do y ou r e m e mber;viniryatah w h e n

passing out; vasun yo u r l i fe airs;arautam I checked them; yat t h a t ( I d id t h i s ) ;
iha in t h is life (of yours); capeta wi t h a s lap of my hand;patavena e x p e r t ;
smrtim th e a ct of remembering;abhiniya ac t i n g o u t;am ah , y e s;vedmi I
remember now; prabhu of m a s t e rs;vara 0 be s t ;mo citah as-mi I w as saved;
mrtyoh fr o m d e a th; kena api by s o m e o n e;prasabham un e x p e c tedly;iti t h u s ;
smrtih th e m e m o r y; mama my ; as te t h e r ei s .

Bhagavan: Srivasa, do you remember how with My hand I once forcibly

stopped your life breath from leaving your body7
Srivasa: (remembers) Yes. I remember, 0 Lo rd, how You saved me from death.

Text 126

(sarve vismayam natayanti)

bhagavan: srivasa, amulam kathaya, sarve srnvantu

sarve everyone;vismayam su r p r i s e;natayanti th e y d i s p l a y;srivasa

Srivasa; amulam co m p l e t e ly;kathaya pl e a se describe this;sarve a l l of y o u ;
srnvantu sh o u ld l is ten.

(Everyone is filled with w o n d e r .)

Bhagavan: Tell everything from the beginning. Everyone hear.

Text 127

srivasah: bhagavata avirbhavat purvam asaisavam asodasa varsam -ayamjantur

ati dantura-taya dvij a gurv a-disu m-antumattaya mattaya mano vrtty av-rttyagacchad
asanti dasanti-ma kastha -kasthay-amana hrdayo -dayo vrtha ka2aha -2ahari-
kukathadibhir mada medura -durava-sthita dhih sv-apne pi na sruta kirtita b-hagava-d
gunah kadacid acita purva s-ukrta -sukrta -vasan n-idra vidravi-tayam samjnayam
kenapi karunatmana svapne samupadista ivajato smi.

bhagavatah of t he Lord (Caitanya Mahaprabhu); avirbhavat t o t h e

apperance; purvam pr e v i o u s ly;a saisavam -from ve ry infancy; a sodasa-
varsam up to t he age of sixteen;ayam th i s ;j antuh cr e a t u re (refering to
himself); ati ex c e s sive;danturataya be c a u se ofharhness;dvija t o t h e
brahmanas; guru my s p i r i t u a l m aster;adisu an d o t h e r s;mantu mattaya-
because of being offensive; manah vrtti of -my me ntal activities;avrttya be c ause
of the course; agacchat ha v i ng come to; asanti of l a c k o f a n y p e a c e;dasa t h e
condition; antima th e m o s t e xtreme;kastha st a g e;kasthayamana t h u s t u r n i n g
to wood; hrdayah my h e a r t; adayah de v o i d of me rc y;vrtha us e l e s s;kalaha o f
arguments; 2ahari by t he w a ves;ku katha by m i s g u i d ed conversations;
adibhih and so on; mada wi t h f a l se pride;medura pu f f e d - u p;duravasthita
unfortunately situated; dhih my i n t e l l i g e nce;svapne in s l e e p;api ev e n ;n a
never; sruta ha v i n g h e a r d;kr t ita or c h a n t e d;bhagavat g-unah t h e
transcendental qualities of the Lord; kadacit bu t o n o ne o ccasion;acita
accumulated; purva in t h e p a s t;su kr-ta pe r f o r m e d auspiciously;su kr-ta o f
some activities; vasat as the reaction;nidra by s l e e p;vidravatayam w h i c h h a s
been overcome; samjnayam wi t h i n my c o n s c iousness;kena api by s o m e o ne;
karuna at-mana me r c iful; svapne in m y d r e a m s;samupadistah ad d r e ssed;iva
as it were; j atah asmi I was.
Srzvasa: Before the Lord came, from childhood up to sixteen years, this
person, wild, merciless, offensive to guru and brahmanas, his restless heart hard
as wood, and his proud mind splashed by the waves of contentious useless
theories, even in dream never heard or chanted the Lord's glories. Then, because
of some unknown previous pious act, kind-hearted a person said to me in a
dream:

Text 128

yathaare brahmana bruv-a, bruvantu ke tvam upadesa vaca-m va canala hrda-ya,

tathapi brumahe varsam ekam te 'tah param paramayur atah param vrthayuh ksep-am
ma karsir iti.

yatha as follows;are 0 yo u ; br a h m a na bruva -w ho are a brahmana in name

only; bruvantu is a b le to speak;ke wh o ; tv am to y o u ; up a d esa of g o o d a dvice;
vacam wo r d s ; va e v e n ; ca n ala hrday-a Oy o u w h o s e h e a r t i s s o u n s t e a dy;tatha
api ne v e r t h e less;brumahe I am t e l l i ng you; varsam a y e a r;ekam (only) one;
te for you; at ah param fu r t h e r ;pa rama ayuh -t he li m it of your lif espan; atah
param henceforth; vrtha in v a i n ; ayuh yo u r a l l o t ed time to live;ksepam ma
karsih pl e a se do no waste;iti sp e a k i ng thu s .

"0 brahmana in name only, 0 restless-hearted one, who can give you advice?
Still, I tell you: You have only one year of life ahead. Don't throw it away."

Text 129

vibhatayam vibhavaryam varyam tam upadesa vacam a-nusmarann alpayuskataya

vimanasko viratakhi2a capa2as -tad dinam u-positah positas tenaivopadesapadesamrtena
purusa nihsreya-sam kim iti nirnetum vidhivan naradiya purana p-adyam -idam
upalabdhavan asmi yatha, .

vibhatayam at d a w n; vibhavaryam (w h i c h I h as received) during the night;

varyam ex c e llent;tam th a t ;up a desa vacam -warning; anusmaran
remembering; alpa ayuskataya -on account of my short time to live; vimanaskah
disheartened; virata be c o m i ng detached;akhi2a fr o m a l l; capa2ah o f m y
nonsense; tat dinam on t h a t d a y;upositah fa s t i n g;positah in s p i r e d;tena b y
that; eva in d e e d; upadesa of t he ins truction;apadesa by t he i nd i c ation;
amrtena (w h i c h w as actually) nectar;which wou2d 2ead to immorta2ityfor me;
purusam for a human being; nihsreyasam th e h i g h e st good;iti t h u s ;
nirnetum (b e i ng inspired) to ascertain;vidhi v-at ac c o rding to the prescription
of bona fide authorities; naradiya p-urana of t he Brhan-naradiya-Purana;
padyam th e verse;idam th i s ; up a2abdhavan asmi I encountered; yatha a s
follows.

Awakening at dawn, remembering the good advice, unhappy at heart that my

life would be so short, giving up all my misdeeds, fasting on that day,
encouraged by the nectar of that advice, and determined to understand what is
the best goal of life, in the ¹ r a d a Pu rana I found this verse:

Text 130

harer nama harer nama

harer namaiva kevalam
kalau nasty eva nasty eva
nasty eva gatir anyatha

hareh nama th e h o ly name of the Lord Hari; hareh nama th e h o ly n a me of

the Lord Hari; hareh nama th e h o ly na me of the Lord; eva ce r t a i n l y;kevalam
only; kalau in t h i s a ge of Kali;na asti th e r e is not;eva ce r t a i n l y;na asti t h e r e
is not; eva ce r t a inly; na asti th e r e is not;eva ce r t a i n l y;gatih m e a n s ;
anyatha ot h e r; iti t h u s q u o t i n g .

"In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of delivarance is
chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other
way. There is no other way."'

Text 131

tad anu danuj a damano-padesam iva tan manvano nvanodita sakala -karma h-ari
nama matra s-aranah -saranam api vismrtavan asmi

tat anu af t er that;danuj a damana -of Lo rd Krsna, the subduer of the

demoniac sons of Danu; upadesam th e d i r e ct instruction;iva as i f ; tat t h a t
verse; manvanah co n s i dering; anvanodita ha v i n g c omp l e tely rejected;sakala
all; karma my f r u i t i v e engagements;hari nama t- he holy name of the Lord;
matra on l y ; saranah sh e l t e r;saranam th e m u n d a ne shelter ofho me and
society; api in d e e d; vismrtavan asmi I f o r g o t a bout.

Considering this a message from Lord Krsna, the crusher of demons, I gave
up all materialism and, forgetting even my own home, took shelter of Lord
Hari's name alone.

Text 132

sarvair evopahasyamano pi prasanta m-ana manag api nanya vr-ttis tad eva mrtyu
dinam anusandadhano dadhano hrdi visadam masan ganayann uparate varse
pratyupasanne ca mrtyu di-vase vasesayur aham sri bh-agavatadhyapana ka-rtur
devananda pa-nditasyalayam tac chu-srusayagatah

sarvaih by everyone;eva even;upahasyamanah being laughed at; api

although; prasanta in d i f f e r e nt;manah my m i n d ; ma n ak api ev e n a l i t t l e;na
not; anya an y o t h e r; vrttih bu s i n e s s;tat eva th a t v e r y;mrtyu o f m y d e a t h ;
dinam th e day; anusandadhanah aw a i t i n g; dadhanah as s u m i n g;hrdi w i t h i n
my heart; visadam de s p air;masan th e m o n t h s; ganayan co u n t i n g ;uparate
when it was finished; varse th e y ear;pratypasanne ha v i ng approached; ca
and; mrtyu diva-se the very day of my death; avasesa wh a t l i t t le remaining;
ayuh sp an of life; aham I; sr i b h ag-avata of S r i m a d-Bhagavatam;adhyapana
kartuh of t he p ro fessional reciter;devananda pand-itasya Sri Devananda Pandita;
alayam to t he hom e;tat th a t ( B h a g avatam);susrusaya wi t h t he d esire to hear;
agatah I w e n t .

Peaceful at heart although everyone laughed at me, not doing anything else
(but only chanting Lord Hari s name), waiting with sadness in my heart for th e
day of my death, and counting the months, when the year was over and the day
of my death had come, with a desire to hear from him, I w ent the home of
Devananda Pandita, a teacher of Srimad-Bhagavatam.

Text 133

prahrada carita -sravan-a kale ta-m eva samayam asadya sadyamana jnano mrtyu
vasam gatah, patito 'smi tad bhavan-a2indato 'ngana ta2am, t-ad anu kenapi mrtyu
mukhan mocitam citam ca punar ayusetyatmanam manyamano vivasa iva punar
utthitavan asmi tasmin.n eva samaye sarva eva mam utthapya grham aninyuh.

prahrada of P r a hlada Maharaja;carita th e s t o r y; sravana hearing; kale a t

the time of; tam eva th a t v ery;samayam mo m e n t ;as adya r e a c h i n g ;
sadyamana be c o ming debilitated;j nanah my a w a r e ness;mrtyu vasam -under
thegrips ofdeath; gatah be c o m e;patitahasmi I f e l l ; t at b havana -o f t h a t
residence; a2indatah fr o m t he balcony;angana of t h e c ou r t yard;ta2am o n t o
the ground; tat anu th e n ; ke na api by s o m e p e rson;mrtyu mukhat -f r om t h e
jaws of death; mocitam sa v e d;citam en d o w e d ; ca a n d ;pu n ah o n c e m o r e ;
ayusa wi th l i f e; iti th u s ; at m a n am manyamanah co n s i d e ring myself;vivasah
with no control over myself; iva as it w e r e; punah ag a i n;ut thitavan asmi
stood up; tasmin at t h a t;samaye ti m e ; sarve ev e r y o n e;eva in d e e d ;m a m
me; utthapya ra s i n g u p ; gr h am to m y h o m e ; an i n yuh theyledme.

While listening to the story of Prahlada Maharaja, the moment arrived. I

became unconscious and, under the spell of death, I fell from a balcony to the
courtyard below. Then someone rescued me from the mouth of death.
Understanding that I was still alive, I was overcome. Again I stood. Helping me
stand, everyone brought me to my home.

Text 130

bhagavan: nisam samaya sa maya svapno darsitah pragata jivito vito pi punar
j ivi ta dan-ena
(sarve vismayam natayanti)

nisam of n i g h t; samaya in t h e m i d s t; sah th a t ; ma ya by M e ; sv a pnah t h e

dream; darsitah wa s s hown;pragata jivitah (y o u ) w h o l i f e was virtually gone;
avitah wa s pro tected (by Me);api al s o ;punah j ivita of n e w l i f e;danena w i t h
the gift; sarve al l; vismayam su r p r i s e;natayanti ex h i b i t t he symptoms of.

bhagavan: It was I that appeared to you in a dream. It was I that gave back
your life when it was ended.
(Everyone is filled with w o n d e r .)

Text 135

bhagavan:

sparsa maneh -sparsa vasat-

kanaki bhavam -prayatam iva lauham
tava tu tad eva sariram
narada sakti pr-avesa-to 'nyad iva

sparsa manah -of the magic cintamani, "touchstone"; sparsa vasat b-y the
touch; kanaki bhavam -as gold;prayatam become; lauham iron;tava your;
tu li k e w i s e; tat eva t h a t s ame; sariram bo d y ; na r a da of S r i l a N a rada Muni;
sakti by t he potency;pravesatah en t e r e d;anyat an o t h e r ( b o d y );iva a s i f .

As iron becomes gold by a sparsamani jewel's touch, so your body became

like another body by Narada-sakti's entrance.

Text 136

advaitah: evam tat, anyatha na mrtah punar jivati kintu bha.gavan, sarva evaite
tava sahaja s-vabhava bhava s-ahacaras tathapi mad bhaj
anenaj anena sarirantaram
iva labhyata iti siksaya ksayanandena bhagavatedam adhyavasitam vastutah stuta-
mahimayam tava bhakti s-ri v-asah srivasah .
bhagavan: advaita, satyam etat

evam so; etat it i s ; an ya tha ot h e r w i s e;na no t ; mr t a h a d e a d p e r s on;

punah ag ain;j ivati co u l d l i v e; kintu bu t ; bh a g avan 0 Lo r d ; sa r ve al l ; e v a
even; ete th e se; tava Yo u r ; sahaja sv-abhava au t o m a tically by their very
natures; bhava in y o ur e cstatic moods;sahacarah th e y r e n der valuable
assistance; tatha api no n e t h e less;mad bh-ajanena by w o r s hip of Me (Lord Krsna
is being quoted); j anena by a person;sarira an-taram an o t h e r b o d y;iva a s i t
were; labhyata is o b t a ined;iti th u s q u o t i n g; siksaya wi t h t h a t i n s t r u c t io n;
aksaya an-andena wh o se enjoyment of bliss never diminishes; bhagavata b y t h e
Supreme Lord; idam th i s ; ad hyavasitam ha s b een ascertained;vastutah in
truth; stuta mah-ima mo s t p ra iseworthy;ayam th i s p e r s o n;tava Yo u r ; bh a kti
sri of t he devotional service personified as a goddess of fortune; vasah w h o i s
the place of residence; srivasah Sr i v asa Thakura;advaita My d e a r A d v a ita;
satyam tr u e ; etat t h i s i s .

Advaita: It is so. Otherwise a dead man cannot live again. Lord, everyone
here loves You and is Your servant. This proves the eternally blissful Lor d 's
teaching: "A person who worships Me attains a new body." Srivasa is glorious.
He is the home (vasa) of the glory (srz) of love for You.
B hagavan: Advaita, that is the truth .

Text 137

advaitah: bhagavan, murari muku-ndadayo py ete tava

dasya bhava -bhava -dataro-
dataro nayananandasya
bhagavan: advaita, antar anayor anayo mahan asti
(ubhau sasankam vepate patena kulisasyeva)

bhagavan My L o r d; mu rari Sr i M u r a r i G u p t a;mukunda M u k u n d a D a t t a ;

adayah and t he others;api al s o ;ete th e s e ;tava to w a r d Y o u;dasya bhava-
the attitude of servitude; bhava of t h a t ecstasy of love of God;datarah ( t h e y
are) the bestowers; datarah (a n d a ls o) the bestowers;nayana fo r t he e yes;
anandasya of p le asure;advaita Ad v a i t a;antah wi t h i n ; an a yoh t h o s e w h o
(Murari and Mukunda); anayah so m e i m p r o p er mentality;mahan gr e a t;asti
there is; ubhau th e t w o, Mur a ri and Muk u n d a; sa asankam -wi th fe a r; vepate
shake; patena wi t h t he strikin g; kulisasya of a t h u n d e r b olt;iva a s i f .

Advaita: Lord, Mur ari, Mu k u n da, and these other devotees transform others
into Your loving servants. The give pleasure to the eyes.
 B hagavan: Advaita, there is a great fault in both of th em .
(They both tremble in fear as if struck by a thunderbolt .)

Text 138

advaitah: deva, ko 'sau

bhagavan: murarer manasi na sidhyati bhakti ra-so rasona da-urgandhyam iva
visari ka-tavam adhyatma bh-avanavanagraha gr-ahilatvam evasti,yat ayam adyapy
anuksana ks-ana eva vasistha vis-aye

deva My L o r d; kah wh a t ; as au is t h a t ;mu r a reh of M u r a r i ; ma nasi i n t h e

mind; nasidhyati is n o t m a n i f e s ted;bhakti ras-ah th e t aste ofpure lovings e rvice
to the Supreme Lord;rasona of an onion;dauragandhyam the foul odor; iva
which is like; visari be i n g e xu d e d;katavam pu n g e n c y;adhyatma bha-vana o f
the atheistic, impersonal Adhyatma philosophy; avana in m a i n t a i n i ng interest;
agraha by o ve reagerness;grahilatvam be i n g p ossesed;eva in d e e d; asti t h e r e
is; yat si n c e;ayam th i s ( M u r a r i ); adya api ev e n n o w;anu ksana a t e v e r y
moment; ksanah hi s s pare time;eva in d e e d;vasistha of t h e Y oga-vasistha
unauthorized version of the Ramayana; visaya (i s s pe nt) in the topics.

Advaita: Lord, what is it?

Bhagavan: The nectar of devotional service is not perfectly situated in
Murari s heart. His heart is filled with the bi t ter adhyatma-yoga philosophy,
putrid as onions. Even today he spend a long time studying the Vasistha Yoga-
sastra.

Text 139

advaitah: kim aparaddham adhyatma yogena-

bhagavan: tvaya katham idam ucyate

kim wh a t; aparaddham of f e n ce is committed;adhyatma yogena -by t h i s

adhyatma-yoga philosophy; tvaya by You; katham wh y; idam th i s (question);
ucyate is stated.

Advaita: What is the fault in adhyatma-yoga?

Bhagavan: How can You speak these words?

Text 100

yasya bhaktir bhagavati

harau nihsreyasesvare
vikridato 'mrtambhodhau
 kim ksudraih khatakodakaih

yasya of whom; bhaktih de v o t i o n al service;bhagavati to t h e S upreme

Personality of Godhead; harau Lo r d H a r i; nihsreyasa is-vara th e c ont ro ller of the
supreme perfection of life, or supreme liberation; vikridatah s w i m m i n g o r
playing; amrta a-mbhodhau in the ocean of nectar; kim w h a t i s the use;
ksudraih wi t h s m a l l; khataka ud-akaih di t c h es of water.

"A person fixed in the devotional service of the Supreme Lord, Hari, the Lord
of the highest auspiciousness, swims in the ocean of nectar. For him what is th e
use of the water in small ditches?"'

Note: This verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.12.22).

Text lkl

advaitah: mukundena kim aparaddham

bhagavan: anena nirucyate rucyate hi
bhagavatas catur bhuj -a rupa-eva, tad
evopasyam.

mukundena by Mukunda; kim what;aparaddham offense has been

committed; anena by h i m ; ni r u c yate is d e c l a red;is most pleasing; hi c e r t a i n l y;
bhagavatah of t he catuh-bhuja-rupah t h e f o u r h a n d ed form; eva i n d e e d; tat
that; eva i n d e ed; upasyam is t o be worshiped.
Advaita: What is Mu k u n d a's offense?
Bhagavan: As he himself admits, he is attracted to the Lord's four-armed
f orm. That is his object of worship .

Text 102

advaitah: kim idam matam amatam aho

bhagavan: aicchikam hi bhagavatas catur bhujatv-am, svabhavikam hi dvi
bhuj atvam eva. tatha hi, "narakrti param brahma", "gudham param brahma
manusya lingam"-, "paramatma narakrtih" iti, narakrtitvam dvi bhuj atv-am eva.

kim w h e t h er; idam th i s ; ma t am op i n i o n ;am a tam is n o t a p p r o v e d;aho

ah; aicchikam pe r f o r m ed as a special pastime, according to the Lord s own desire;
hi af t er all;bhagavatah of t he L o r d; catuh bhujatva-m ha v i ng four arms;
svabhavikam in n a t e; hi on t h e o t h e r hand;dvi bhujatva-m Hi s h aving two arms;
eva indeed; tatha hi si n c e ;nara of a h u m a n ; ak r ti as s u m i n g t he appearance;
param brahma is the Supreme Absolute Truth; gudham co n f i d e n t i a lly;param
brahma th e Supreme Brahman;manusya lingam -is in human-like form; parama
atma the Supreme Soul;nara akrtitatva-m (b y) H is having a human form; dvi
bhuj atvam ( i s meant) His being two-handed; eva c e r t a i n l y.
 Advaita: Is that wrong?
Bhagavan: If the Supreme Lord likes He can assume a four-armed form, but
His original form has two arms. The scriptures say "narakrti param brahma"
(The original form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is like that of a
human being.) The scriptures again say: "gudham param brahma manusya-
lingam" (The confidential, original form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
is like the form of a human being.) Th e scri p t u res again say: "paramatma
narakrtih" (The Supreme Lord's original form resembles that of a human being.)
Therefore the original form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead has two
arms, like the form of a human being.

Text 103

advaitah: "svayam evatmanatmanam vettha tvam purusottama" tadajnapayantu

nij a rupa -tattv-am iti.

bhagavan: (sangraham) tat te darsayitavyam

svayam pe r s onally; eva in d e e d;atmana by Y o u r s e lf;atmanam Y o u r s e l f ;

vettha do k n o w; tv am Yo u ; pu r u sa uttam-a 0 Su p r e me Person;tada t h u s ;
ajnapayantu (your good self) may make known;nija Your own; rupa of the
different forms; tattvam th e a c t u al facts;iti th u s ( i s t he purpo rt of the Gita
verse which was quoted); sa anug-raham me r c i f u l l y; tat th a t ; te u n o Y o u ;
darsayitavyam sh o u ld be revealed by Me.

Advaita: In Bhagavad-gzta, Arjuna says: "You alone know Yourself by Your

own potencies, 0 Supreme Person."' T h e r e f o re please explain the truth of Your
personal form.
Bhagavan: (with ki n d n ess) It w i l l b e seen.

Text 100

advaitah: anugrhito 'smi, kintu bhagavann anayoh prasida evaitau krta mano 'r-usa -

parusaparadhena

anugrhitah asmi Yo u a re merciful to Me; kintu bu t ; bh a g avan 0 L o r d ;

anayoh up on t h em ( M u r a ri and Muk u n d a ); prasida pl e a se be gracious;eva
indeed; etau th e y; kr ta manah r-usa a- re suffering great pain in their hearts;
parusa which are severe; aparadhena on a ccount of their offenses.

Advaita: You are kind to Me. Lord, please be kind to them. A terri ble offense
had stolen their intelligence.
 Text 105

durvasana v-isa v-isada h-aresusima-

cchay akare puru k-rpa makaranda v-arse
ambhoj a g-anjana k-rticaranatapatre
murdhny etayoh kuru vidheti tatha prasadam

durvasana of t h e ir evil mentality; visa (c a u s ed by) the poison;hare 0 L o r d

who takes this away; su sim-a co o l, pleasent;chaya of s h a d e;akare th e s o u r c e ;
puru gr e a t; krpa of Y o u r m e r c y;makaranda of t h e h o n e y;varse ( w h i c h t w o
feet of Yours produce) the rain; ambhoja to t h e l o t u s;ganjana co n t e m p t;k r t i
which express; carana Yo u r f e e t;atapatre wh i c h a re like an umbrella;
murdhni up o n t he heads;etavoh of t h e se two (Mur a ri and Muku n d a ); kuru
please place; vidhehi pl e a se bestow;tatha in this way; prasadam Y o u r f a vo r.

Pleasae be kind to these two and place on their heads Your two parasol-feet,
which creat a pleasant cool shade, mock the lotus, remove the poison of material
desires, and shower the nectar of great mercy.

Text 106

bhagavan: (tatha krtva)

nayam sukhapo bhagavan

dehinam gopika sutah-
j naninam catma bhutan-am
yatha bhakti matam -iha

tatha so; krtva do i n g ; na no t ; ay a m thi s ; su k ha apah -v e ry easily

obtainable, or an object of happiness; bhagavan th e S upreme Personality of
Godhead; dehinam of p e r s ons in the bodily concept of life, especially the karmis;
gopika sutah K-rsna, the son of Yasoda (Krsna as the son of Vasudeva is called
Vasudeva, and as the son of mother Yasoda He is known as Krsna); j naninam ca
and of the jnanis, who try to be free from material contamination; atma
bhutanam of s elf-sufficient yogis;yatha as ; bhakti matam -of the devotees;
i ha in t hi s wo r l d .

Bhagavan: (As He does that, He says) "The Supreme Personality of Godhead,

Krsna, the son of mother Yasoda, is accessible to devotees engaged in
spontaneous loving service, but He is not as easily accessible to mental
speculators, to those striving for self-realization by severe austerities and
penances, or to those who consider the body the same as the self."'

Note: This verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.9.22).

 Text 107

(iti pathitva sanukampam) natah param vijatiya v-asana s-anathau bhavatam

iti pathitva ha v i ng t hus recited;sa a-nukampam He s peaks further, with

compassion; na do n o t ; at ah param he n c e f o r t h;vij atiya he r e t i c a l;vasana o f
ideas; sa na-thau un d er the control; bhavatam y o u t w o b e .

(with kindness) From now on do not be servants of these heresies.

Text 108

ubhau: (dandavat patitva)

aham hare tava padaika mul-a

dasanudaso bhavitasmi bhuyah
manah smaretasu pater -gunam te
grnita vak karma karotu kayah

iti pathatah

ubhau bo th ( M u r a ri and Muk u n d a ); dandavat li k e r o d s; patitva f a l l i n g t o

offer respect; aham I; ha re 0 my L o r d ; ta va of Y o u r L o r d s h i p; p ada eka-
mula wh o se only shelter is the lotus feet;dasa anuda-sah the servant of Your
servant; bhavita asmi sh a ll I become;bhuyah ag a i n;manah m y m i n d ;
smareta ma y remember; asu pateh -of the Lord of my life; gunan th e a t t r i b u t e s;
te of Your Lordship; gr n ita ma y c h a n t ; vak my w o r d s ;ka r ma ac t i v i t i e s of
service to You; karotu ma y p e r f o r m; kayah my b o d y ; it i thu s ;pa t h a t ah t h e y
chant.

Both of Them: (falling down as sticks)

"0 my Lord, 0 Su pr eme Personality of Godhead, will I again be able to be a

servant of Your eternal servants who find shelter only at Your lotus feet? 0
Lord of my life, may I again become their servant so that my mind may alw ays
think of Your transcendental attributes, my words always glorify those
attributes, and my body always engage in the loving service of Your Lordship?"'

Note: This verse is quoted from Srimad-Bhagavatam (6.11.24).

Text 109

Bhagavan: tathastu.
 tatha astu so be it.

Bhagavan: So be it.

Text 150

suklambarah: (sa da-inyam) deva,

taptani bhurini tapamsi natha

bahuni tirthani ca sevitani
tathapi ceto na hi me prasannam
krpa kata-ksam kuru me prasida

sa dai-nyam wi th h u m i l i t y; deva 0 Lo r d ; ta p t a ni su f f e r e d;bhurini m a n y ;

tapamsi au s terities;natha 0 ma s t e r;bahuni ma n y ; ti r t h a ni ho l y p l a c es of
pilgrimage; ca an d ; sevitani re s o r t ed to;tatha api no n e t h e l e ss;cetah h e a r t ;
na is not; hi inde-ed; me my; pr asannam sa t i s f ied;krpa of m e r c y; ka t a
aksam Yo ur sidelong glance; kuru p l e a se do; me to m e ; pr a sida pl e a s e grant
your favor.

Suklambara: (with humility) Lord, I have performed many severe austerities

and visited many holy places. Still my heart is not satisfied. Please be kind.
Please give me Your glance of mercy.

Text 151

(iti pathitva nihsadhvasam sadhva sankoc-ena tat pada p-admay-oh siro nidadhati)
srivasa: (alokyaj anantikam) gadadhara, pasya pasya

iti t h us; pathitva re c i t i n g;nihsadhvasam wi t h o u t s ha me;sa adhva-

sankosa cr o uching down upon the ground; tat o f L o r d C a i t a n ya;pada
padmayoh on t he lot us feet;sirah hi s h e a d; nidadhati he places; alokya
watching this;jana antikam -he sp eaks aside (to Sri Gadadhara Pandita);
gadadhara Gadadhara;paysa pasya look, look.

(Without fear or shame he places his head on Lord Caitanya's feet.)

S rivasa: (Lo ok i ng, he says to Gadadhara) Gadadhara! Look! Look !

Text 152

kathinatara tapasyojj r-mbha dambha p-ralambh-ad

asani sani kath-oram -cittam asya dvij asya
sapadi bhagavad anghri s-parsanad eva bhutva drutam iva nayanabhyam romabhis
cojj ihite

kathina ta-ra very harsh;tapasya by austerities; ujjrbha expanded;

dambha of p r i d e; pralambhat by t h e d e ceitful attitde;asani l i k e l i g h t e n i n g ;
sani or t he cruel planet Saturn;kathoram ha r d ; ci t t am th e h e a r t; asya o f t h i s ;
dvij asya br a hmana; sapadi bu t s u d d e n l y; bhagavat of t h e S upreme Lord;
anghri th e f e et;drutam li q u i f i e d;iva as i t w e r e;nayanabhyam f r o m o ut of h i s
eyes; romabhih in t he f o rm of hair standing on end;ca al s o ;ujjih ite i t ( h i s
heart) is rising upwards.

This brahmana's heart which pride of very hard austerities had made hard as
a thunderbolt, is now, by the touch of the Lord's feet, suddenly melting, making
tears flow from his eyes and the hairs of his body stand erect in ecstasy.

Text 153

tad adhunasmin putra dhiy-a kirtananandena saha viharamana vayam mat tanay-o
nannopacityamibhir evonmadito dito py asya vyavahara mar-ga iti bahuso
nirbhartsitah smah saci devy-a

tat so; adhuna to d a y ;asmin fo r H i m ; pu t ra d hiy-a on a c c o unt of her

affection of thinking Him her son; kirtana anan-dena the bliss of chanting the
Lord's names; saha with; viharamanah wh o a re taking pleasure;vayam w e ;
mat tanaya-h (S acidevi is being quoted) my son; anaya mi s f o r t u n e;upacitya
gathering for Himself; amibhih by t h e se men;eva indeed; unmaditah
maddened; ditah ha v i ng given up;api an d ; as ya Hi s ; vy a v a hara o f m u n d a n e
duties; margah th e p a t h; iti sp e a k i n g t h u s;bahusah a g r e at deal;nirbharsitah
smah we have been reprimended; saci devya -by mother Sacidevi.

Thinking Him her own son, Saci-devi scolded us, saying "The ecstasy of your
k irtanas has driven my son mad and made him abandon the path of duty in t h i s
world."

Text 150

yady asav adhuna dhunanam atmaja dhiyam -atmajam atma janandavesa vivasam-
etam pasyati syati tadasmin putra bhavam -bhavam heyatvena tat katham idam
sampatsy ate

yadi if; asau sh e; adhuna no w ; dh u n anam sh a k i n g o f f;a tmaja dhiyam-

her feeling of His being her son; atma jam he r s o n; at ma ja wh i c h i s b o rn o ut o f
His own self; ananda by t he ecstasy;avesa be c ause ofbeing possessed;
vivasam wh o is beyond Himself; etam Hi m ; pa s yati (i f ) s h e s ees;syati s h e
will discard; tada th e n ; asmin fo r H i m ; pu t ra b havam -asif He were her son;
bhavam th at sentiment; heyatvena as best abandoned;tat th u s ; ka t h am how;
idam th i s ; sampatsyate ca n be affected.

If she were to see Him now that He is overcome with ecstasy, she would no
longer think He is her son. How can this be arranged?

Text 155

gadadharah: acaryas cet kathayanti.

advaitah: kim tat.
srivasah: (karne) evam eva.

acaryah Ad v a i ta Acarya;cet if ; ka t h ayanti H e s p e a ks to her; kim w h a t ;

tat is t hat (wh ich I should say); karne wh i s p e r i ng something in His ear;evam
thus; eva in d e e d.

G adadhara: If Advaita Acarya speaks to her. . .

Advaita: What should I say?
S rzvasa: (in His ear). In t hi s w a y .

Text 156

advaitah: sadhu sadhunaniyatam, kah sambhramo bhramo sya apayatu

sadhu ve ry well; sa h e r ; ad h una no w ; an i y a t am sh o u l d be b ro u g ht; kah

what; sambhramah co n f u s i on (need there be);bhramah th i s d e l u s ion; asyah o f
hers; apayatu le t it be removed.

A dvaita: Good. Bring her. Why w o r ry . He r i l l u s ion w il l g o .

Text 157

srivasah: yathajnapayasi, (iti niskramya tam adaya punah pravisya ca) svaminn
acarya, vicarya vijnapayajagan mataram -etam rametam bhagavato tra krpa
prasadau.

yatha ho w e v e r; ajnapayati You order; iti th u s s p e aking;niskramya

exiting; tam he r ; ad aya br i n g i n g ;punah ag a i n ;pr avisya en t e r i n g;ca a n d ;
svamin 0 ma s t e r;acarya Ad v a i t a Acaraya;vicarya gi v i n g c areful
consideration; vij napaya pl e a se inform;j agat of t h e u n i v e rse;mataram t h e
mother; etam he r ; ra m etam ma y t h e y m a ke happy;bhaga vatah of-the Lord;
atra he r e; krpa th e m e r c y;prasadah an d s a t isfaction.
 Srzvasa: As you order. (He exits and, bringing her, again enters.) Svamz,
Acarya, please carefully explain that the mother of the universe is now here to
enjoy the Lord's happiness and mercy.

Text 158

advaitah: (anja2im baddhva) deva, devahutih kapi2ena ki2ajnana yo-ga bh-akti

yoga yo-gatah krtarthi kr-ta, smapratam iyam visvambhara janani visvambhara jana
niti ka-2aya parivrta keva2a ba-2amana pr-emanandena krtarthi kri-yatam (it.i
karagryenavalambya bhagavad ag-rato 'vaiyagryato 'grya tos-ena samupasarpayati ) .

anjalim baddhva fo l d i ng H is hands in supplication;deva 0 Lo r d ; de v ahutih

mother Devahuti; kapi2ena by L o rd K apila, her son;ki2a ce r t a i nly; j n a nayog-a
bhakti yog-a knowledge of the process ofjnana-yoga and bhakti-yoga;yogatah
being; krta arth-i al l - s ucessful;krta sh e w as made;sampratam at p r e s ent;
iyam th i s ; visvambhara of L o r d V i s v a mbhara;janani t h e m o t h e r; iti t h u s ;
visvambhara jana of t h e d e votees of Lord Visvambhara;niti of t h e w a ys of
behaving; kalaya wi t h t h e a rt;parivrta wh o i s t h o r o u g h ly endowed with (skill
in); keva2a exclusively; ba2amana be i ng predominant;prema o f p u r e l o v e ;
anandena wi th t he ecstasy;krta arthi -a l l - s u cessful; kriyatam ma y s he made;
iti th u s ; ka ra of H i s h a n d s; agryena wi t h t h e f r o n t; alambya s u p p o r t i n g h e r ;
bhagavat agrat-ah to in fro nt of the Lord; avaiyagryatah ca l m l y ; agrya w i t h
great; tosena pl e asure;samupasarpayati H eleadsherup to Hi m .

Advaita: (folding His hands) L o r d , D evahuti attained perfection by

understanding jnana-yoga and bhakti-yoga from Lord Kapila. 0 Visvambhara,
may Your mother, who is endowed with all the vi r t ues of the great devotees,
attain perfection by being filled with the bl iss of krsna-prema. (with great
satisfaction He takes her by the hand and places her before the Lord.)

Text 159

saci: (sa camatk-ara vismay-am svanandavesa pesalam -adbhutanayam tanayam

vilokyaj ata tad anu-kam-pa kampayamana sarira v-ag devatava-tara pratibha-
pratibhasamaneva kincid apathit ) .

sa wi t h; camatkara su r p r i s e;vismaya an d b e w i l d e r ment;sva ananda -in

His private ecstasy; avesa by b e i ng absorbed; pesalam be a u t i f u l; adbhuta
strange; nayam wh o s e behaviour; tanayam he r s o n; vilokya lo o k i n g a t;j ata
arisen; tat fo r H i m ; an u kampa fe e l i n gs of compassion within her;
kampayamana tr e m b l i n g; sarira wh o s eb o d y; vak devata o-f the goddess of
speech, Sarasvati; avatara th e i n c a rnation;pratibha by w h o s e great intelligence;
pratibhasamana ap p e aring;iva as i f; ki n c it so m e t h i n g ;apathit sh e r e c i t e d.

Sacz: (Seeing her wonderful son rapt in ecstasy, her body trembles with
compassion. Filled with wo n d er, she speaks as if she were goddess Sarasvatz.)

Text 160

visvam yad etat sva ta-nau nisante

yathavakasam purusah paro bhavan
bibharti so
'yam mama garbho go-'bhud aho nr 2o-kasya vidambanam mahat

visvam th e entire cosmic manifestation;yat etat co n t a i n i n g a ll mov i ng and

nonmoving creations; sva tan-au wi t h in Y o ur body; nisa an-te at t he time of
devastation; yatha ava-kasam sh e lter in Your body without difficulty; purusah
the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parah tr a n s c endental;bhavan Y o u r
Lordship; bibharti ke e p ; sah th a t ( S u p r e me Personality of Godhead);ayam
this form; mama my ; ga r b ha gah -ca me wi t h in my wo m b; abhut i t s o
happened; aho al a s;nr 2ok-asya wi t h in t h is material world of living entities;
vidambanam it is i m p o s sible to think of; hi i n d e e d ; t at t h a t ( k i n d o f
conception).

You, the Supreme divine person, within w h ose body the entire universe rests
when there is cosmic devastation, rested in my wo mb. You only pr etend to be an
o rdinary person in the world of men .

Text 161

(iti stuvati graha grhite-va vihva2a ba2ad eva tac caran-au jighrksati)

iti t h us; stuvati of f e r i n g p ra yer;graha by s o m e spirit;grhita po s s e s sed;

iva as if; vihva2a ov e r w h e lmed with emotion;ba2ad fo r c e ably;eva ev e n; tat
His; caranau fe e t ; j i g h r k sati sh e t r i e s to smell.

(After praying in this way, overwhelmed, she tries to grasp His feet by force.)

Text 162

advaitah: (nivarya sa vismaya-m)

kuta iy am asy ah sphurti r

bhavati hi sahaj ah sa matr bhavo ya-m
dehantaram api bhaj ate
nirupahitah praktano bhavah

nivarya fo r b i d d i ng her;sa vismayam -speaking with astonishment; kutah

wherefrom; iyam th i s ; as yah of h e r ; sphurtih ma n i f e s t a tion;bhavati i t i s ;
sahaj ah in n a te; sah th e ; ma tr bhavam se n t i m e nt of being (the Lord's) mother;
ayam th is ( of Devaki, the natural mother of Lord Krsna, as now being reflected
in Srimati Sacidevi); deha a-ntaram a d i f f e rent body;api al t h o u g h;bhaj ate s h e
is accepting (Sacidevi is the incarnation of mother Devaki); nirupahitah f r e e f r o m
all perverted mundane conceptions; praktanah fr o m h er p r e vious life;bhavah
the ecstatic attitude.

Advaita: (stopping her, with sur p r ise He says) From w h ere has this
spontaneous maternal love come? She must have been His mother in a pervious
life.

Text 163

bhagavan: devi, yadyapijagaj jan-ani tvam asi, tathapi srivasadisuyojatas te

paradhas tad upa-rame paramesvara pra-sadas te bhavi, bha vici -nik-ara par-ipanthi hi
bhagavataparadhah

devi 0 di v i n e l ady;yadi api al t h o u g h;j agat of t h e w h o le uni verse;

j anani
the mother; tvam yo u ; asi ar e ;ta t ha api nev e r t h e l e ss; srivasa adis-u against
Srivasa andthe;yah which;jatah has arisen; te your; aparadhah offense;
tat of t h a t; uparame up o n t he c essation;parama isvar-a of t he Supreme Lord;
prasadah th e satisfaction; te wi t h y o u ; bh avi wi l l b e ; bha of s u n l i g h t ( a nd by
analogy, of the Lord s mercy); vici nika-ra of t he m u l t i t u de of rays;paripanthi
the cause of blockage; hi is i n d e e d; bhagavata to w a r ds pure devotees;
aparadhah any offense.

Bhagavan: Goddess, although you are the mother of the universe, You have
offended Srzvasa and the other devotees. Only when your offense is forgiven will
the Supreme Lord be merciful to you. An offense to a devotee blocks the
sunlight of the Lord's mercy.

Text 160

advaitah: bhagavan, maivam,

naparadhyati j agaj jananiy-am

kvapiyaj jathara -bhus tva-m adhisah
hanta matari bhavanti sutanam
mantavah kila sutesu na matuh

bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; ma evam it i s n o s o; na aparadhyati ca n n o t c o m m it any

offense; j agat janani th e m o t h er of the universe;iyam th i s ( S a cidevi);kva api
under any circumstance; yat of w h o m ; j athara wi t h i n t h e w o m b;bhuh w a s
conceived; tvam Yo u ; ad hisah th e L o r d of everything;hanta ah ; ma t a ri u p o n
the mother; bhavanti th e r e are;sutanam of t h e s ons;mantavah of f e n s es;kila
certainly; sutesu up o n h er sons;matuh o f t h e m o t h e r .
 Advaita: Lord, it is not so. The mother of the universe, within wh ose womb
You, the Supreme Lord, have taken birth, cannot commit offenses. Sons can
commit offenses to their mother, but a mother can never commit offenses to her
sons.

Text 165

(srivasa sambodhya) hamho srivasa,

yady apisa dhi-sana tanaye bhud de v a k a sya duhitur na tathapi

bhaktir idrg aj anista yad esa
putra pad -yug-a jighrksur ihasit

srivasam sambodhya ad d r e sing Srivasa; hamhosrivasa My d e ar Srivasa;yadi

api al t h o u g h; isa dhis-ana kn o w l e d ge of His being God; tanaye ap p l i ed to her
son; abhut th e re was previously;devakasya duhituh for the daughter of Devaka
(mother Devaki); na no t ; ta t ha api bu t s t i l l ; b haktih d e v o t i o n ; id rk s uc h a s
this (displayed here by Sacidevi); ajanista wa s e ver generated; yat th a t ; esa
this Sacidevi; putra of h e r s o n; pat yuga -t he two fe et;ji g h rksuh de s i r o us of
smelling; asit sh e h as become.

(calling Srzvasa) Srzvasa! Although Devaki knew that her son was the
Supreme Personality of Godhead, her devotion was not like this. She wants to
touch her son's feet.

Text 166

srivasah: adhuna nihsankocah smah

advaitah: bho bhoh srivasadayah asya keva2a ba2ama-naisvaryavesena mataram
prati matr bhavo -'pi nirasto matr matr bh-avo 'p-i nirasto 'yam cet, tad yathayam aveso
nivartate, tatha studhvam
sarve: svaminn evam eva. (ity advaitena samam tatha kurvanti) bho deva

adhuna now; nihsamkocah freed from anxiety; smah we are; bhoh bhoh
dear sirs; srivasa adayah -Srivasa and others; asya fH i s ; ke vala ex c l u s i v e ly;
balamana pr e d o m i n a nt; aisvarya of s u p r e me opulence;avesena by H is tra nce;
mataram prati to w a r d H is m o t h e r;matr bhavah -the considering as mother;
api al s o; nirastah st o p p e d;matr an d o f m o t h e r Saci;m atr bhavah -the
considering herself as His mother; api al s o ;nir astah st o p p e d;ayam t h i s
(bhava); cet as well; tat th e r e f o r e ; y a t ha s o t h a t ;ayam th i s ;av e sah
absorption in trance; nivartate ma y be halted;tatha th u s ;st udhvam y o u
should all pray; sarve al l t he devotees;svamin 0 sv a m i ; evam eva t h a t i s
correct; iti th u s ; ad vaitena samam to g e t h er with Advaita Prabhu;tatha a s
suggested;kurvanti they do; bhohdeva dear Lord.
 Srzvasa: Now we are relieved.
Advaita: 0, 0 devotees headed by Srivasa, this display of the Lord s power
and opulence has crushed her maternal love. Let us pray this display may come
to an end.
Everyone: Lord, so be it. (They, with Ad v aita, do that.)

Text 167

sasvati bhagavato bhagavatta

nathabodha suk-ha cin-mayataca
hi tathapi hi bibharti yada yad v a r s m a tat pra-krtim esa dadhati

sasvati et e rnal;bhagavatah of t he L o r d; bhagavatta Hi s a b s olute supremacy

as the Supreme God; natha 0 ma s t e r;bodha Hi s c o m p l e te awareness; sukha
complete happiness; cit maya-ta ca and H is complete life as eternal spirit;hi a h ;
tatha api bu t s t i l l; hi in d e e d ;bibharti He b e a r s;yada wh e n ; yat w ha t e v e r ;
varsma bo d y; tat of t h a t ( b o d y ); prakrtim th e n a t u r e ;esah t h i s L o r d ;
dadhati e x h i b i t s .

Everyone: Lord, Your opulence, eternity, knowledge, and bliss are all
eternal. Still, You appear in different forms with d i f f e r ent personal
characteristics.

Text 168

tad idanim bhavanto 'vanto 'nukampam tatha kartum arhanti, yad aviskrta
bhaktavatarataya saisavam arabhya mad vidha -bhagy-anusari rupam -grhnadbhir
vayam amodita ditakhila tapa bh-avadbhis tad evadhuna prakatayitum arhanti.

tat th e r e fore;idanim no w ; bh a v antah Yo u r g o od self;avantah o u r

protector; anukampam be s t o w i ng of mercy;tatha in that way; kartum t o d o ;
arhanti sh o u ld p le ase;yad wh i c h ( f o rm of C aitanya Mahaprabhu);aviskrta
manifested; bhakta ap p e a ring as a devotee;avatarataya by b e c o mi ng the
incarnation; saisavam fr o m Y o ur very infancy;arabhya be g i n n i n g;mat vidha -

of such as us; bhagya anusari -by the great fortune; rupam t h e f o r m ;

grhnadbhih by You who has assumed;vayam we; amoditah have been
enthused; dita ha v i n g h a d s h a t t e red;akhila al l ; ta p ah of o u r d i s t r e s s ;
bhavadbhih by Y o u; tat eva th a t s a me form;adhuna no w ; pr a k a yitum t o
reveal; arhanti Y o u s h o u l d .

You, our protector, should now be kind to us. Now You should display Your
form as a devotee, a form that delighted us since childhood, brought us great
good fortune, and destroyed all our sufferings.
 Text 169

yad aharjunah, "tad eva me darsaya deva rupam" ity arabhya

yat as; aha said; arjunah Ar j u n a ( to K r s n a );tat th e r e f o r e;eva c e r t a i n l y ;

me un to me; darsaya sh o w ; de va 0 Lo r d ; ru p am th e f o r m ; i ti ar a bhya
beginning from this line (in Chapter 11 of Bhagavad-gita).

As Arjuna said (Bhagavad-gzta 11.05): "After seeing this universal form,

w hich I have never seen before, I am gladdened, but at the same time my min d
is disturbed with fear. Therefore please bestow Your grace upon me and reveal
again Your form as the Personality of Godhead, 0 Lord of l o r ds, 0 a b ode of the
universe."

Text 170

drstvedam manusam rupam

tava saumyam j anardana
idanim asmi samvrttah
sa cetah p-rakrtim gatah

drstva se eing;idam th i s ; ma n usam hu m a n b e i n g; rupam fo r m ; t a v a

Your; saumyam ve ry b eautiful;j anardana 0 ch a s t i s er of the enemies; idanim
just now; asmi I am; samvrttah se t t l e d;sa cetah -in my consciousness;
prakrtim my own; gatah I a m; i ti t h u s q u o t i n g .

"When Arjuna thus saw Krsna in His original form, he said: 0 J a n a r d ana,
seeing this humanlike form, so very beautiful, I am now com p osed in mi nd, and
am restored to my original nature."' ( B h agavad-gzta 11.51)

Text 171

vastutas tu,

a2aukike vastuni 2aukikatvam

nalaukikatvasya virodha hetuh -

manyantaranam guna sannives-as

cintamaner na hy apakarsa kari -

vastutah ac t u ally; tu an d ; al a u k i ke wh i c h i s d i v i n g;vastuni i n s o m e t h i n g ;

2aukikatvam so me apparentlym u n d a ne quality;na is n o t ; a2 aukikatvasya t o
its transcendent nature; virodha of a ny o bs truction;hetuh is t h e c ause;mani
(other) gems; antaranam am o n g ; guna up o n a s t r i n g;sannivesah th e b e ing
placed in proximity; cintamaneh for mystic cintamani stone; na is n o t ; hi a t
all; apakarsa k-ari ca u se of distraction from its superexcellence.

When spiritual beings exhibit seemingly mund ane qualities, their

transcendental existence is in no way impair ed. When a cintamani gem is placed
on the same string with common stones, it is not made less.

Text 172

bhagavan: (smarita bha-ktavesas tatraiva krta pra-vesah prakrtim asthaya) bho

advaitadayah, kim aham etavantam kalam susupta ivasam, katham bhavadbhir naham
prabodhitah
sarve: bhagavan, ananda nid-ra bha-nga bhiy-a

smarita ca u s ed to remember;bhakta of a d e v o tee;avesah Hi s a ssumed

mood; tatra i n t o t h a t (mood); eva in d e e d; krta prav-esah en t e ring back;
prakrtim His natural mentality; asthaya re s u m i n g;bhoh by d e a r; advaita
adayah de v o tees leaded by Advaita;kim wh e t h e r; aham I; et a v a ntam f o r t h i s
much; kalam ti m e ; susuptah in a t r a n ce of deep sleep; iva as i f; asam h a v e
been;katham why; bhavadbhih by you;na not;aham I;prabodhitah have
been awakened;bhagavan 0 Lord;ananda of ecstasy;
nidra of the dream;
bhanga of breaking;bhiya out of fear.

Bhagavan: (Remembering His mood as a devotee, He again assumes that

n ature) 0 Advaita and other devotees, did I sleep all this time? Why did you n o t
wake Me?
Everyone: Lord, we were afraid to break Your ecstatic trance.

Text 173

bhagavan: hanta hanta etavan samayo mayopahata jnanena vrtha gamitas tad
agaccha sri krsnam -kirtayamah
sarve: (sa harsam-) yathaj napayati devah
(iti niskrantah sarve)

hanta al a s; hanta al a s ;etavan so m u c h ; samayah ti m e ; ma ya b y M e ;

upahata co v e red over;jnanena wh o s e awareness; vrtha in v a i n; gamitah h a s
been spent; tat th u s ; agaccha co m e n o w;sri krsnam -of Lo rd Sri Krsna;
kirtayamah le t us engage in kirtana;sa harsam -joyfull y; yatha h o w e v e r ;
aj napayati or d e r s; devah th e L o r d; iti thu s ; ni s k r a ntah th e y e x i t; sarve a l l .

Bhagavan: Alas! Alas! I wasted all this time unconscious! Come, let us chant
Hare Krsna.
Everyone: (with pleasure) As the Lord comm ands.
 (Everyone exits.)

Act Two

Text 1

(tatah pravisati viragah)

viragah: (sarvato 'va2okya) aho, bahirmukha bah-u2am j agat.

na saucam no satyam na ca sama dam-au napi niyamo

na santir na ksantih siva siva na maitri na ca daya
aho me nirvyaj a pra-nayi suh-rdo mi kali jana-ih
kim unmuli-bhuta vidadhati kim aj nata vasa-tim

tatah ne x t; pravisati en t e r s;viragah vi r a g a, Renunciation (a male

character); viraga: sarvatah al l a ro u n d; avalokya lo o k i n g ;aho al a s ;bahih
mukha at h e ists;bahulam fu l l of ; j a g a t th e w o r l d ; na th e r ei s n o; saucam
cleanliness; na u no r; satyam tr u t h ; na ca n o r ; sa ma th e a b i l i t y to avoid
acting on such thoughts when they do arise; na api no t e v e n;niyamah p r a c t i c e
of regulations; na no ; sa ntih pea c e f u l n e ss; na no ; ks a n tih fo r b e a r a nce; siva
siva 0 au s p i c io us Lord;na no ; ma i t ri fri e n s h i p ;na ca n o r ; da ya m er c y ;
aho alas;me my ; ni r v y a ja fr e ef r o m d e c eit;pranayi in t i m a t e suhrdah
;
friends; amz th ese; ka2i janaih -by Ka li s men; kim w h e t h e r ; u nmu2i-bhutah
uprooted; vidadhati ha v e t aken up; kim p e r h a p s ; ajnata un k n o w n ; va s atim
place of residence.

(Renunciation enters.)
Renunciation: (l o o k ing all around) T h e w o r l d i s f ul l of m a t e r i alists. Alas.
Alas! There is no cleanliness, no truth, no control of mind or senses, no self-
restraint, no peacefulness, no tolerance, no friendship, and no mercy. Were my
s incere, loving friends uprooted by the people of Kali-yuga? Are they now liv i n g
in hiding?

Text 2

hanta, katham aj nata vasas tesa-m sambhavaniyah,

tatha vidhastha-la virahat t-atha hi.

hanta ah; katham ho w ; aj n a ta se c r e t ;vasah re s i d e n ce;tesam their;

sambhavaniyah ca n be possible;tatha vidha of-such a kind; sthala place;
virahat on a c c ount of there not existing;tatha hi i n d e e d .
 Could they have found a place Kali does not know? No. Because there is no
place like that.

Text 3

sasthe karmani kevalam krta dh-iyah sutraika ci-hna

dvlg ah
samj na ma-tra vis-esata bhuj a bh-uvo vaisyas tu
l7auddha lva
sudrah pandita ma-nino gurutaya dharmopadesotsukah
varnanam gatir ldrg eva kalina ha hanta sampadita

sasthe the sixth; karmani up o n t h e d u t y; kevalam so l e l y;kr ta dhi-yah h a v e

fixed their intelligence (The six duties of a brahmana are: pathana, study; pathana,
teaching; yajana, performing sacrifice as his own worship of God; yajana executing
sacrifices for others; dan, giving charity; and the sixth is pratigraha, accepting
charity ); su.tra th e sacred thread;eka cihn-ah th e only sign distinguishing them;
dvi jah -the twice-born; brahmanas; samj na mat-ra in n a me only; visesatah
distinct; bhuja bhuv-ah the rul i n g k s a t r iya class;vaisyah t h e m e r c a n t i l e
community; bauddhah iva pr a c t i c ally Buddhists;sudrah th e s u d r a s;pandita a s
scholars; maninah co n s i d e ring themselves;gurutaya so l e m n l y; dharma i n
matters of religious duty; upadesa t o g ive instructions; utsukah e a g e r ;
varnanam o f t he members of each of these four social orders; gatih e v o l v e d
status; ldrk su c h ; eva in d e e d ;ka lina by K a l i ; ha hanta al a s ;sa mpadita h a s
been caused.

The brahmanas are interested only in their sixth duty, accepting charity. A
sacred thread is the only sign of their status. The ksatriyas are so in name only.
The vaisyas are like atheists. The sudras think themselves great scholars and are
eager to become gurus and teach the truth of religion. Alas! Alas! Kali has
turned the castes into this!

Text 0

apl ca

vivahayogyatvad iha katicid adyasrama yuj o -

grhasthah strl putroda-ra bharana -matra vy-asanin-ah

aho vanaprasthah sravana patha m-atra p-ranayin-ah
parivrajo vesaih param upaharante paricayam

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; vivaha fo r m a r r i a g e;ayogyatvat be c a u se of being unfit;

iha in t h is m o d e rn world; katicit a f e w ;adi asrama -t he fi r st spiritual order,
brahmacarya, celibatestudentl i f e ;y uja h h a v e a c c e p ted;grhasthah t h o s e i n t h e
married order; strl of w i v e s;putra an d s o n s;udara t h e b e l l i e s; bharana i n
maintaining; matra on l y ; vy a saninah bu s i l y e ng aged;aho al a s;vanaprasthah
the third, retired order; sravana p-atha matra to t h e e ars only (i.e., in name only);
pranayinah ar e well-kno wn to be; parivrajah t h e w a n d e r i ng sannyasis;vesaih
by their costume; param th e b e s t;upaharante th e y o f f e r; paricayam
recognition.

The brahmacaris are so only because they cannot marry. The grhasthas are
interested only in fil l ing the bellies of their wi ves and childr en. Those
vanaprasthas are so only in the name "vanaprastha" traveling on the path of the
e ars. The sannyasis are different from the others only in cl ot h i n g .

Text 5

(katicit padani parikramya) aho, samicinojana pad-ah atr.a hi bhu ray-o

rayojjvala pra-tibhah pratibhanti vidvamsah tad .ami avagahya vahya avahya va. (iti
ciram nirupya) aho

katicit a f e w;padani st e p s ;parikramya wa l k i n g a r o u n d;aho ah ; a y a m

this is; samicmah pr o p e r;j ana pada-h a commu n i t y; atra he r e ;hi i nd e e d ;
bhu raya-h br a hmanas; raya wi t h z e a l;ujj vala gl o w i n g ; pr atibhah w i s e ;
pratibhanti they appear before me; vidvamsah le a r n ed men;tat t h e r e f o r e ;
ami th e s e;avagahyah sh o u ld be observed;bahyah su p e r f i c ial;abahyah r e a l ;
va or; iti sp e a k i n g t h u s;ciram for some time; nirupya lo o k i n g ; aho a h .

(He walks a few steps) Ah ! H e r e are good people. The brahmanas here
shine with great splendor. Are they sincere, or only pretenders> (He watches for
a long time.) Ah!

Text 6

abhyasad ya upadhi jaty an-umit-i vyapty -adi sab-dav-aler

ganmarabhya sudura dura b-hagav-ad varta p-rasan-ga ami
ye yatradhika ka2pan-a kusa2in-as te tatra vidvat tamah-
sviyam kalpanam eva sastram iti yejananty aho
tarkikah

abhyasat by l o ng practice;ye th e s e who;upadhi jati anum -iti -vyapti a-di-

sabda of such terms as upadhi (title), jati ( c a s t e ), anumiti (lo gical deduction)
andvyapti (universalprinciple); avaleh of w h o l e s t r i n g s;ja nma arabhya-
beginning from birth; su dura fo -r a very long time;dura kep t a t a d i s tance,
avoided; bhagavat varta di - scussion of the Supreme Lord;prasangah su c h t o p i c s;
ami these men; ye who; yatra whereas;adhika excessive; kalpana at
mental concoction; kusalinah ex p e r t; tatra th u s ; vi d v at tamah t - h em o s t
learned (so-called); sviyam th e i r o w n; ka l panam im a g i n e d c o n c eption; eva
indeed; sastram iti "it is scripture"; ye who; j ananti th i n k ; aho a h ;
tarkikah mu n d a n e a rguers.

Almost from their very birth again and again saying "designation", "social
class", "logical inference", "universal principl e", and a host of words like th em ,
s taying far away from talk of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and think i n g
whoever is most expert at logic is the wisest, these logicians think their
speculations are the only scripture.

Text 7

tad alam ebhih saha vartaya ito .nyato gacchami (it.i kiyad duram gatva) aho, ami
amiva rah-ita hitabhiyoga iva drsyante tad .amun nirupayami (it.i tatha krtva) aho,
ami mayavadinah tat.ha hi

tat so; alam en o u g h ;ebhih wi t h t h e s e men;saha to g e t h e r;vartaya a n y

discussion; itah fr o m h e r e;anyatah el s e w h e re;gacchami I w i l l g o; i t i
speaking thus; kiyat duram a s h o rt d i s tance;gatva ha v i n g gone;aho a h ; a m i
these; amiva fr o m s in; ra hitah fr e e ;hi ta f o r s o m e t h i ng wo r t h w h i l e ;
abhiyogah en g aged in working; iva drsyante ap p e a r to be;tat t h e r e f o r e ;
amun th e m; nirupayami I w i l l o b s e r v e;iti sp e a k i ng t hu s;tatha krtva s o
doing; aho ah ; am i t h e s ema
; ya vadin-ah Ma y a v adis, Sankarite impesonalists;
tatha hi in deed.

What is the use of talking with th em? I will go somewhere else. (He walks a
certain distance.) Ah. They look like sinless mening some good work. Let me
look at them. (He does that.) They are mayavadis.

Text 8

sat matra n-irvisesas cid upadhi -rahita -nirvikalpa niriha

brahmaivasmiti vaca siva siva bhagavad vigrahe -baddha
vairah
ye 'mi srauta prasidd-han ahaha bhagavato 'cintya sakty ad-y -

asesan
pratyakhyanto visesan ihajahati ratim hanta tebhyo
namo vah

sat matra (t - he Absolute conceived as) simply eternity; nirvisesah a d h e r e nt s

of the theory of nonduality; cit upadhi -f a ctual, spiritual designations; rahitah
(who believe the Supreme to be) devoid of; nirvika/pah c h a n g e less; nirihah a n d
engaged in no work; brahma eva asmi "I am Brahman"; iti thus speaking;
vaca by such statements;siva siva 0 Go d h e l p m e;bhagavat vigrahe -unto t h e
Lords personal form; baddha vairah - fi x ed in enemity;ye ami t h e s e w h o ;
srauta in t he Vedic scriptures;prasiddhah co n c l u s i vely established;ahaha
alas; bhagavatah of t he Supreme Person;acintya in c o n c e i vable;sakti p e r s o n a l
potency; adi an d o t h e r;asesan innumerable; pratyakhyantah wh o a re denying;
visesan specific qualities; iha h e r e ; j ahati th e s e men reject;ratim a t t r a c t i o n
(to the Lord); hanta a l as; tebhyah un t o y o u , s irs;namah vah I o f f e r y ou my
obeisances;

Saying the Supreme is "only eternity," "w i t h ou t q u a l i t i e s," "without

designations," "beyond thought," and "w i t h out actions," and saying "I am
Brahman," alas, alas, hating the Personality of Godhead's form, denying the
Lord s inconceivable potencies and qualities even though glorified in Sruti, they
shun love for the Supreme Person. Obeisances to you.

Text 9

(iti tan apasya punar anyato gatva paritah parilokya)

aho, ami yad anyonyam vivadante, tad asya tattvam avagantavyam

iti t hu s speaking; tan them; apasya le a v ing aside;punah on c e again;

anyatah el s ewhere;gatva going; paritah around; parilokya af t er looking;
aho ah; ami t h e s e ; yat who; anyonyam am o n g st themselves;vivadante a r e
discussing; tat th u s ; asya of this; tattvam th e s ub je ct matter;avagantavyam
let me find out;

( He leaves them, goes to another place, and looks around.) Ah ! T he y ar e

debating. Let us see what is their phil osophy.

Text 10

(iti nirbha2ya) aho, kapi2a kanad-a patanj -a2i jaimin-i mata -kovida -ete nyonyam
vivadante bhagav.at tattvam -na ke pi j ananti. tad ito pi gantavyam (iti pun.ah katicit
padani gatva)

iti thus speaking; nirbha2ya observing;aho ah; kapi2a kanada -patanj a-2i
jaimini o f t h e p h i l o sophers Kapila, Kanada, Patanjali and Jaimini;mata in the
theories; kovidah kn o w l e d g eable;ete th e se men;anyonyam vivadante a r e
arguing amongst themselves; bhagavat tattvam -the science of God; na ke api
none of them; j ananti kn o w ; ta t th e r e f o r eitah; a w a yf r o m h e r e; api a l s o ;
gantavyam I should go; iti t h u s s p eaking;punah ag a i n;ka ticit a f e w ;
padani st e ps;gatva having gone.

(He observes them) Ah . l e arned in the theories of Kapila, Kanada, Patanjali,

and Jaimini, they are debating. Not one of them knows the truth of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead. I will go. (Again he walks a few steps.)
 Text 11

aho, daksinasyam disi patito smi.yad ami aharta s-augata k-apalikah pracandahi
pasandah ete pasupata api hatayuso mam hanisyanti. tad itah palayanam eva
saranam (.ity apasrtya kiyad duram gatva kincid ava2okya)

aho ah; daksinasyam so u t h e r l y;disi in t h e d i r e c t i o n;patitah asmi I a m

falling; yat be c a u se; ami t h e s e ;aharta sa-ugata ka-palikah na m e s of sects;
pracandah ho r r i b l e; hi indeed; pasandah at h e ists;ete th e s e;pasupatah
followers of Pasupati, Siva; api in d e e d;hata ayu-sah wh o se lifespans are
diminished; mam me ; ha n isyanti th e y w i l l k i l l ; tat th u s ;it a h h en c e ;
palayanam flight; eva in d e e d; saranam to s o m e shelter;iti th u s s p e a king;
apasrtya sl i p p i n g a way;kiyat duram so m e d i s t a nce;gatva go i n g ; ki n cit
avalokya se e ing something.

I will go south. They are Jains, Buddhists, and naked yogzs, ferocious
atheists. They are Saivites and ghosts about to kill me! I'll run for sh elt er. (He
runs a certain distance and then sees something.)

Text 12

aho, ayam sadhur bhavisyati, yatah kha2u nadz tata n-ikat-a vikata -si2a p-atta-
ghatita sukho-pavesah k2esattto gunatitam kim api dhyayann iva samayam gamayati
tad amum nirupayami (iti ta.tha krtva) aho

aho ah .; ayam he ; sa d hur a s a i n t ;ssbhavisyati wi l l b e ; ya t ah be c a u s e ;

khalu in d e e d; nadi o f t h e r i v e r; tata on t h e s h o r e; nikata ne a r ;vi k a ta l a r g e ;
si2a rock; patta ghatita -sukhopa-vesah cheerfully sitting; k2esa di s t r ess; atito
beyond; guna th e m o d es of nature;atttam be y o n d; kim api s o m e t h i n g ;
dhyayan me d i t a t ing; iva as i f ; samayam op p o r t u n i t y ;gamayati br i n g s ;t a d
therefore; amum hi m ; ni r u p ayami I w i l l o b s e r v ey;iti th u s ; ta t ha t h u s ;
krtva ha v i ng done; aho a h !

Ah! This must be a holy man because, cheerfully sitting on a g r eat rock by
the riverbank, untroubled, he seems to be passing his time meditating on
somthing beyond the modes of nature. I will ob serve him. (He does that.) Ah!

Text 13

jihvagrena 2a2ata candraj

-sudha
a sy-andadh-va rodhe ma-had
daksyam vyanjayato nimi2ya nayane baddhasanam
dhy ay atah
asyopatta nadi tatas-ya ki-m ayam bhangah samadher abhut
(iti sa vismayam -vicintya) aho, jnatam
paniyaharana pravrtta t-aruni s-ankha s-vanakarnanaih

jihva a-grena wi t h t he t ip of the tongue; 2a2ata fa l l i ng wit h in his forehead;

candra ja co m i n g f r om t he moo n;sudha s-yanda of t he current of nectar;
adhva the path; rodhe in i n t e r c e p t i n g;mahat d-aksyam gr e at expertize;
vyanyayatah ex h i b i t i n g;nimilya ke e p i n g c lo sed;nayane hi s e yes;baddha
asanam si t t i ng erect; dhyayatah en g a g ed in meditation; asya by h i m ; up a tta
obtained; nadi ta-tasya th e river bank; kim wh at ; ay a m thi s ; bh a n gah
interruption; samadheh of t he t ra nce;abhut ha s h a p pened;iti th u s ; s a
vismayam wi t h a m a zement;vicintya co n s i d e r i n g;aho ah ;jn a t am I s e e ;
paniya dr i n k i n g w a t er;aharana in taking away; pravrtta en g a g e d;taruni o f
a young girl; sankha fr o m t he c onchshell bracelets;svana t h e s ound;
akarnanai h from having heard.

Sitting in a yoga-posture by the riverbank, his eyes closed, and expertly

s topping with the tip of his tongue the nectar moonlight flow in g from w i t hi n h i s
forehead, he meditates. What broke his meditation> (surprised, he thinks) Ah! I
know. It is the tinkl ing conchshell ornaments of a young girl fetching water.

Text lk

tad idam udara bhar-anaya kevalam natyam etasya (puna.r anyato gatva parito
va2okya) aho, ayam nisparigraha iva 2aksyate, tairthika eva bhavisyati tas a.sya
d aivad agatena pathikena saha sankathayatah kathayaiva hrdayam akalaniyam (i ty .
akarnya svayam anuvadati)

tat th u s; idam th i s ; ud a ra bhara-naya fo r t he sake of filling the belly;

kevalam so l e ly; natyam th e p l a y - a cting;etasya of t h i s m a n;punah o n c e
more; anyatah el s e where;gatva go i n g ;paritah ar o u n d ;av a lokya l o o k i n g ;
aho ah; ayam th i s p e r s o n;nisparigrahah re n o u n c e d;iva as i f ; la k s yate
seems; tairthikah a w a n d e r i ng pilgrim;eva in d e e d;bhavisyati h e m u s t b e ;
tat th e r e fore; asya h i s ; da ivat by c h a n c e;agatena en c o u n t e r; pathikena
with a traveler on the road; saha to g e t h e r; sankathayatah c o n v e r s ing;kathaya
by the narration; eva i n d e ed; hrdayah (w h a t is i n) h is heart;akalaniyam m a y
be discerned; iti ha v i n g t h us spoken;akarnya li s t e n i n g;svayam h i m s e l f ;
anuvadati re p e ats out loud what he hears.

He is only staging a play to fill his stomach. (He goes to another place and
looks around.) Ah! This looks like a renounced soul. He must be a pilgrim
coming from the holy places. He talks with a traveler met by chance on the road.
By his words I will k now w ha t is in hi s heart. (He listens, and then repeats the
words.)

Text 15
gangadvara gaya prayaga mathura varanasi puskara-
srirangottara kosala b-adarika s-etu prabhasadikam
abdenaiva parikramais tri c-aturais tirthavalim paryatann
abdanam kati va satani gamitany asmadrsan etu
kah

ganga dv-ara Hardwar; gaya Ga y a;prayaga Pr a y a g a;mathura M a t h u r a ;

varanasi Benares;puskara Puskara;sri ra-nga Ranga-ksetra;uttara ko-sala
Ayodhya; badarika Badarikasrama;setu Setubandha; prabhasa Prabhasa-
ksetra; adikam an d so on; abdena in a y e a r;parikramaih wi t h p i l g r i m a g es;tri
caturaih th r e e or four times;tirtha of h o l y p l a c e s;avalim t h e c i r c u i t ;
paryatan wandering; abdanam of y e a rs;kati ho w m a n y ; va ev e n ;sa t ani
hundreds; gamitani sp e n t;asmadsan fo r s o m e o ne like me;va or ; et u w ou l d
come; kah w ha t result.

"Although I went to Hardw ar, Gaya, Prayaga, Mathura, Benares, Puskara, Srz
Ranga, Ayodhya, Badarikasrama, Setubandha, Prabhasa and many other places,
three or four times over in the past year, what would persons like us accomplish
even in hundreds of years like this?"

Text 16

(ity anudya) bhadram bho bhadram, kalinopadrutam satyam nibhrtam tvayi

vartate tad ito . 'pasarami (iti t.atha krtva purato 'valokya) aho 'yam tapasvi samicino
bhavisyativa, nibhalayami. (iti tatha krtva) hanta hanta tato py ayam duskrti tatha.
hi

hum hum hum iti tivra nisthu-ra gira d-rstyapy ati kruray-a
durotsarita loka es-a caranav utksipya duram ksipan
mrtsna 2ipta 2a-2ata d-os tat-a ga-2a gr-ivoda-rorah kusair
divyat pani ta2ah s-ameti tanuman dambhah kim aho smayah

iti th u s ; anudya ha v i n g r e p eated;bhadram g o o d ; bhoh d e a r f r i e n d ;

bhadram we l l - H H H H k s s poken; kalina by K a l i ; up adrutam d i s r u p t e d ;
satyam tr u t h f u l n e ss;nibhrtam se c r e t ly;tvayi in y o u ; va r t a te st i l l e x i s t s;tat
so; itah from here; upasarami I w i l l g o; iti th u s s p e a k i n g;tatha krtya -having
so done; puratah in f r o n t of h i m s e lf;avalokya lo o k i n g ; aho ah ; ay a m t h i s ;
tapasvt one practicing austerities;samicinah au t h e n t i c;bhavisyati m u s t b e ;
iva ce r t ainly; nibhalayami le t m e s ee;iti so s p e a k i n g;tatha krtva h- e does
that; hanta hanta al a s, alas;tatah th u s ; api al s o ;ay am th i s p e r s o n;duskrti a
miscreant; tatha hi in d e e d; hu m h u m h u m it i w i t h t h e w o r d s h um h um h u m ;
tivra nisthura -gira wi - th very cruel words;drstya wi t h a g l a n c e;api al s o ;at i
kruraya ve r y c ru e l;durotsarita ru n n i n g f ar away;loka th e p e o p l e; esah h e ;
caranau fe e t; utksipya th r o w i n g ; du ram fa r ; ks i p an ki c k i n g ;mr t s na w i t h
clay; 2ipta an o i n t e d; lalata forehead; dos tata ar m s -;ga2a griva n- eck;
udarorah an d b e lly; kusair wi t h k u s a g rass;divyat sh i n i n g ;pani ta2ah pa - lm;
sameti me e t s;tanuman po s s e ssing a body;dambhahpride; kim wh a t 7 ;aho
ah!; smay ah smi le .

(After thus repeating those words) G o od . Ah ! G o od. Al t h o ugh Kali has

driven him away, truth hi des wit hin y ou. I w il l go . (He does that and then looks
a round.) This must be a genuine ascetic. I will observe. (He does that.) Ah ! A h !
He is a demon! C a l l i n go u t " H u m ! H u m , H u m ! " i n a sh arp and bi t ter voice,
keeping the crowd away with a cruel stare, lifting his feet high as he walks with
long strides, his forehead, arms, neck, stomach, and chest smeared with clay,
and grasping kusa straws in his hands, he is like pride personified. What
arrogance!

Text 17

aho citram idanim

visnor bhaktim nirupadhim rte dharana dhy-ana nist-ha

sastrabhyasa sram-a japa tapa-h karm-anam kausalani
sailusanam iva nipunatadhikya siks-a vise-sa
nanakara j athara pith-aravartapurt-iprak-arah

aho ah; citram am a z i n g ;idanim no w d a y s ;visnoh to t h e S up reme Lord

Visnu; bhaktim de v o t i o n al service;nirupadhim fr e e f rom false designations;
rte ex c luding; dharana c o n c e n t r a tion of the mind; dhyana b e y o n d t h a t ,
meditation on the Absolute Truth; nistha fa i t h ; sastra abhya-sa st u dy of
scripture; srama pe r f o r m a nce of Vedic fruitive sacrifices; j apa ch a n t i ng of
mantras; tapah au s t e r i t y;karmanam of s u c h a ctivities;kausalani t h e s k i l l s ;
sailusanam of d r a m a tic actors;iva as i f; nipunata wi t h e x p e r t i s e;adhikya
thorough; siksa of t r a i n i n g;visesah pa r t i c u l ar kind s;nana akara-h t a k i n g
various forms; jathara of t h e s to mach;pithara li k e a p o t; avarta t h e c a v i t y ;
purti of f i l l i n g; prakarah va r i o u sm e a ns.

This is strange. Without pure devotional service to Lord Visnu, expert

meditation, samadhi, faith, scripture study, good works, japa, and austerity are
like an actor's expert playing on a stage. They are only different ways to fill an
empty belly.

Text 18

tad aho kale, sadhu sadhu ekatapa.trt krtam bhu-vana

talam bhavata tatha hi .

tat th e r e fore;aho kale 0 Ka l i ; sa dhu sadhu we l l d o n e, well done;eka

atapatri krtam ta - ken under one umbrella;bhuvana talam th -e planet earth;
bhavata by y o u; tatha hi i n d e e d .
 0 Kali, well done! Well done! You brought the entire earth under your ru l e .

Text 19

utsaritam sama d-amadi nigrhya gadham

bhrtyi-krtamkvacana hanta dhanarjanaya
kamam sa m-u2am udamu2yata dharma sa-khi
maitradayas ca kim atah param ihitavyam
utsaritam se nt in to exile;sama da-ma ad-i re straint of the mind, sense-control,
and so on; nigrhya se i z i n g;gadham ti g h l y ; b hrtyi-krtam c o n v e r t ed into your
servants;kvacana somewhere; hanta alas;dhana arj -anaya working for your
profit; kamam by d e s i r e;sa mu-2am udamu2yata up r o o t e d; dharma sak-hi t h e
tree of religion; maitra-adayah b e g i n n ing with fr i endship ca a l s o ;kim atah
param what further; ihitavyam ca n be done .

You drove away control of the mind, control of the senses, and all other
virtues. You captured them and made them your slaves working for your own
profit. You uprooted the tree of religion, which had fri endship and other vir t u es
as its branches. In this situation what can I do?

Text 20

( ksanam vimrsya) tadrsa bandh-uj ana vipra-yoga janita klesen-a ciratara tad -
anusandhana krta p-arisr-amena ca nihsari bhuta -bhu ta-2ava-2oka soken-aca bhrsam
aku2o smi tena kvacana ca ksanam visramaniyam (iti ta.thak rtva sa baspa-m ).

ksanam for a mome nt; vimrsya th i n k i n g ; ta d rsa li k e t h i s ; bandhujana

friends; viprayoga fr o m s e paration;j anita bo r n ; kl e sena b y s u f f e r i n g ;
ciratara fo r a l o ng time; tad anusan-dhana se arching for them; krta
parisramena w i t h e x h a ustion; ca a l s o ; n i h s ari-bhuta g o n e ; b hu-tala f r o m t h e
earth; ava2oka si ght; sokena by t he g ri e f; ca a l s o ; bhrsam gr e a t l y;aku2o
disturbed; asmi I a m; te na by t h i s ; kv a cana so m e w h e r e; ca a n d ; ks a nam f o r
a moment; visramaniyam ma y be rested; iti t h u s ; t a t ha i n t h a t w a y; k r t v a
having done; sa wi t h ; ba spam t e a r s .
.fn 3

(He thinks for a moment.) By th e su ffering of being separated form my

friends, by the exhaustion of long searching for them, and by the grief of seeing
the whole world turned into a desert, I am now overcome. Let me rest for a
moment. (He does that. Shedding tears, he says:)

Text 21
drstam sarvam idam mano vacanayor uddesya tat c-estayor
vaijatyaika v-isanku2am ka2i ma2a s-reni k-rta g-2nitah
krsnam kirtayatas tathanubhajatah sasrun sa r-omodgama
bahyabhyantarayoh saman bata kada viksamahe vaisnavan

drstam I h a ve seen;sarvam al l ; id am th i s ; ma n ah o f t h e m i n d ;
vacanayoh and speech;uddesya of i n t e n t i o n s;tat ce-stayoh and of the ir actions;
vaij atya be i ng outside the Vedic social order;eka si m p l y ; visamsthulam
confused; ka2i m-a2a of the evils of Kali; sreni by t h e h o r d e;krta d o n e ;
g2anitah di m i n i s h e d; krsnam kirtayatah wh o a re e ngaged in chanting the glories
of Krsna; tatha an d a ls o;anubhajatah wo r s h i p i ng according to authority;sa
asruh wi t h t e a rs;sa rom-a ud-gamah wi th h a ir of the body standing eon end;
bahya ab-hyantarayoh to b o th o u t s iders and intimates;saman eq u a l ;ba ta a l a s ;
kada wh e n; viksamahe sh a ll I see;vaisnavan th e d e v o tees of Visnu.

I see that now everyone's thoughts, words, desires and deeds are all
destroyed by the impuri t ies of Kali. When wil l I see the Vaisnavas chanting
Krsna s glories and serving Him as they shed tears, the hairs of their bodies
stand erect in ecstasy, and they are equal to both friends and outsiders?

Text 22

(tato daiva vani -akas.e karnam dattva) kim bravisi yatra bhaktis tatraiva te
drastavya iti. (ksanam vimrsya) aho bhakti devi k-vapy astiti sambhavyate (puna.r
akase laksam baddhva) kim bravisi bhoh.

tatah th e n; daiva vani -a vo i ce in the sky; akase to t he s ky; karnam h i s e a r ;

dattva gi v i n g; kim wh a t ; br a v i si do y o u s a y;yatra wh e r e ;bh aktih t h e
goodess Devotion; tatra eva there indeed; te th e y; drastavyah ar e to be seen;
iti th u s ; ksanam a m o m e n t ; vim rsya co n s i d e r i n g;aho ah ; bh a k ti devi
-

goddess Bhakti; kva api so m e w h e r e;asti is alive; iti th u s ; sambhavyate i t i s

possible; punah ag a i n; akase at t he sky;laksam baddhya ga z i n g; kim w h a t ;
bravisi a re you saying; bhoh s i r .

(A divine voice is heard. Renunciation turns his ear to the sky and says)
What do you say? "W h e r ever Devotional Service is present, there you will see
your friends." (H e th i nk s for a mom ent) A h , D e v o t i o nal Service is still alive
somewhere! (Again he turns to the sky) W h a t d o yo u say?

Text 23

gauda ksoni j ay-ati katama punya tirthavata-msa

praya yasau vahati nagarim sri navadvip-a namnim-
yasyam camikara caya ruce-r isva-rsyavataro
yasmin murta puri puri parispandate bhakti devi -
 gauda ksoni Gauda-desa; j ayati all g lo r i es;katama ho w m a n y ? ;p unya-
tirtha of h o ly p l a ces;avatamsa p-raya th e c ro wn; ya asau wh i c h ; va h ati
carries; nagarim th e c i t y; sri n-avadvipa n-amnim na m e d Navadvrpa;yasyam
where;camikara c-aya r-ucer splendid as gold;isvarsya of the Supreme Lord;
avataro th e i n c arnation;yasmin in w h i c h ; mu r ta pe r s o n i f i e d;puri puri i n
every home; parispandate is m a n i f est;bhakti de-vi th e g oddess of devotion.

"Glories the crown of holy places, Gauda-desa, where, in the city of

Navadvrpa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared in a form splendid as
gold, and Devotional Service appeared in every home."

Text 20

(iti sa har-sm) hanta hantaj ivadbhih kim na drsyate tad itas tatraiva gacchami (iti.
katicit padani parikramati ) .

iti th u s ; sa hars-m wi t h h a p p i n e ss; hanta hanta Oh . O h . ;j ivadbhih l i v i n g ;

kim wh e t h e r ?; na no t ; dr s y a te se e n;tad th a t ;it a s fr o m h e r e ;ta tra t h e r e ;
eva in d e ed; gacchami I w i l l g o; iti thu s ; ka t i c it so m e ;pa d ani s t e p s ;
parikramati walks.

(happily) Ah! Ah! Why do the people no see her? I will go there. (He takes a
few steps.)

Text 25

(tatah pravisati) b h a k t i d e vi: (-puro valokya) ammo ko eso nirantara guru -

ovvea ve ana-j aj-
j ari
jjanta manaso mana sohagg-a vibbha-msa galana -anano -ma e -

apadicijjanto vi mam a2o i a2o i-a -— bhi-nna dasam -avanno santo santosam paasa anto -

sa am tod-am muncanto vva idha aachadi

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s; purah i n f r o n t o f h e r s elf;avalokya l o o k i n g ;

ammo(aho) oh ; ko ( k a h) wh o ; es o (esah) th i s ; ni r a n tara co n s t a n t;guru
heavy; ovvea of a n x i e t y; veana b y t h e s evere pain;jajjarijjanta s h a t e r r e d ;
manaso wh o se mind; mana sohagga -of se l f-respect and well being;vibbhamsa
by the deprivation; galana we a r y;anano fa c e ;ma e m e ; - a padicijj anto n o t
recognizing; vi ev e n;mam at m e ; a l o ia l o o k i n g ; lo ia bhinna - s u p e rmun dane;
dasam a condition; avanno santo ha v i ng attained;santosam c o m p l e t e
satisfaction; paasa anto di s - playing; sa-am a u t o m a t i c ally;todam p a i n ;
muncanto vva ap p a r e n t ly giving up;idha in t h i s d i r e c t io n; aachadi i s
approaching.

(Devotional Service enters.)

D evotional Service: (looking ahead) Ah ! wh o is t h is? His mind is to r t u r e d
by many troubles. His face is withered by the loss of all auspiciousness. I don t
r ecognize him. As he gazes at me he is lifted beyond the material world. N o w ,
free of all suffering, he approaches.

Text 26

hanta amhanam edasie sampatti pa-dipatti pa-divadie suttha da-sae bhauno viraasa
sango sangocaro na hoi. na ane dujjanehim ka2i ja-nehim ka2idaccahido uvvaro na vetti.

hanta al a s; amhanam my ; ed a sie in s u c h at thi s;sampatti of g ood fortune;

padipatti th e a cquisition;padivadie in joining me.

Ah! My brother Renuncation could not come to me in this happy, opulent

situation. He was tortured so much by Kali s men I do not know if he is alive or
not.

Text 27

viragah: (ava2okya) iyam eva bhakti devi. -tatha hi

avalokya lo o k i n g; iy a m thi s ; eva ce r t a i n l y;bhakti devi -D e v o t i o nal

Service; tatha hi f u r t h e r m o r e .

Renunciation: (l o o k i ng) T h i s i s D e v o t i onal Service.

Text 28

antah prasadayati sodhayatindriyani

moksam ca tucchayati kim punar artha kamau-
sadyah krtarthayati sannihitaika j ivan
ananda sindhu -vivares-u nimajj ayanti

antah th e heart;prasadayati pl e a s es;sodhayati pu r i f i e s;indriyani t h e

senses; moksam li b e r ation; ca an d ; tu c chayati mi n i m i z e s;kim w h a t 7 ;
punar more; artha ec o n o m ic development;kamau an d s e n se gratification;
sadyah at once; krtarthayati fu l f i l l s ;sannihita pl a c e d;eka j ivan t h e l i v i n g
entities; ananda pf b l i s s ; sindhu vivaresu -in oc eans;nimajjayanti d r o w n s .

She delights the heart, purifies the senses, makes liberation, what to speak of
economic development and sense gratfication, insignificant, and, plunging the
living entities into oceans of bliss, at once fulfills all their desires.
 Text 29

tad upasarpami (ity upasrtya) devi, virago ham pranamami

tat th u s; upasarpami le t m e a pp r o ach;iti th u s s p e a king;upasrtya g o i n g

near her; devi 0 go d d e s s;viragah Vi r a g a;aham I; pr a n a m ami f a l l i n
obeisance.

I will go to her. (He approaches.) Goddess, I am Renunciation. I offer my

respectful obeisances.

Text 30

bhaktih: (sa vats-alyam) bhatao, jivasi vas.inam parano si tumam. ehi ehi. (iti
karena sprsati)

sa vatsa-lyam co m p assionately;bhatao 0 my b r o t h e r;jivasi yo u a r e a live ;

vasinam of t he self-controlled sages;parano th e l i fe and soul;asi ar e ; tu m am
you; ehi ehi come, come; iti th u s ; ka r e na wi t h h e r h a n d;sprsati t o u c h e s
him.

Devotional Service: (with co m p assion) B r o t h er, you are alive. You are the
l ife-breath of the self-controlled. Come. Come. (She touches him with her hand )

Text 31

viragah: (caranav abhivadya) devi, kathaya katham satyadaya iva kalina bhavatyo
na parabhutah

caranau to h er feet;abhivadya af t e r o ffering homage;devi 0 g o d d e s s ;

kathaya pl e a se tell me;katham ho w ; sa t ya adayah -T r u th and t he others;iva
like; kalina by K a l i; bhavatyah yo u r g o od self;na no t ; pa r a b hutah de f e a t e d.

Renunciation: (b ow ing at her feet) G o d d e ss, tell me, how is it you w ere not
defeated by Kali, as were Truthfulness and all the others?

Text 32

bhaktih: viraa, na anesi,sunaha amhanam .jj eva ka ekovi m-aha karuni o-bha -

avam bha a bandhu -c-che a a -carid-o -ga-uracando odinno

vira ar e n u n -ciation; na no t ; an e si yo u k n o w ; su n aha li s t e n ;amhanam o f

us;jjeva indeed;ka e done; kovi someone; maha karuni o very merciful;
bha avam Supreme Lord;bha a of material existence;bandha bonds; cche a a-
carido cutting;gauracando moon of Lord Gaura;odinno descended.

Devotional Service: Renunciation, you don t kn ow. Li st en. For our sake the
merciful Supreme Personality of Godhead has descended as Sri Gauracandra,
whose pastime is to break the bonds of repeated birth and death.

Text 33

viragah: bhagavati kathaya kim atra rahasyam

bhagavati go d d e ss;kathaya te l l ; kim wh a t ; at r a her e ; ra h a syam s e c r e t .

Renunciation: Goddess, please explain the confidential meaning of this.

Text 30

bhaktih: vira aeda-smim ka2i a2e k-a2i a 2es-am -ettam vi dh-ammantaram na tthi. na
tthira daram -kimpi ho i. ke -alam -alanka kare-di

vira ar e - n u n c iation; edasmim in t h i s ; ka 2i a2e -time of Kali; ka2i a 2esa-m-

the slightestremnant; ettam vi e- v e n;dhammantaram an o t h e r method of
spiritual realization; na no t ; tt hi is ; na no t ; tt h i r a d a r am -v e r y st e ady;kimpi
anything; ho ii s ; - ke a2am -only; a2anka kared-i or n a m e nts.

Devotional Service: Renunciation, in this time of Kali, there is not the

slightest trace of spiritual life. There is no real substance, only decoration.

Text 35

edam kalim bha avad dh-amm-o bandham moham vi parakaredi tti tamjevva
sahana saddha -saddham-mo

edam th i s; kalim Ka l i ; bh a gavat dhammo -actual God-conscious religion, the

doctrine of Srimad-Bhagavatam; bandham at t a c hment; moham il l u s i o n;vi a l s o ;
parakaredi de f e ats;tti thus; tam t h a t ; j j e va in d e e d ;sahana t h e
recommended practice; saddha th e g oal of practice;sat dhammo -and the true,
eternal occupational duty.

Only devotional service, which is both the goal of life and the means of
attining the goal of life, can defeat Kali, material illu sion, and the bonds of birth
and death.
 Text 36

suddha b-hatti jo -en-a enasam avahara en-a ka2i m-a2a m-a2ana a-rina a ca-nda2am
candalanghanijj a du-vvasanavasa n-asena sangopangao madisio bhatti de -io -sange
kadu a-bha av-ada a ad-aro kido bhatta ve-sena

suddha pu r e; bhatti jo-ena by d e v otional service;enasam of s in s; avahara

ena the erradicator; ka2i ma-2a fo-the contamination of Ka2i yu-ga; ma2ana of the
diminution; arina th e d o e r ( L o rd Caitanya);a can-da2am even down to the dog-
eaters; canda fi e r c e; alanghanijj a an d i n s u r m o u n t a ble;duvvasana o f b a d
thoughts; avasa th e o pp o rt u m t y; nasena wh o d e s t roys;sanga upa-ngao as an
assistant of His personal associates; madisio su ch a one as myself;bhatti dei-o
Bhaktidevi; sange in H is c ompany; kadua ta k i n g ; bha ava-da by t he Supreme
Lord; a ada-ro de scent; kido pe r f o r m e d;bhatta vese-na in t he guise of a devotee.

Accompanied by His associates such as myself, and by pure devotional

service, which removes all sins, purifies the contaminations of Kali, and
destroys the strong material desires in the hearts of all, down to even the
outcastes, the Supreme Lord has now appeared in the role of a devotee.

Text 37

viraga: avagatam idam mitam prakasayantya gagana vanya -kintu..

avagatam un d e r s tood; idam th i s ; mi t am th e o b s e r v ation made;

prakasayantya wh o w as showing;gagana vanya -by the heavenly voice;kintu
however.

Renunciation: I al r eady learned this from a voice in the sky.

Text 38

bhavatyo va kim ihante

sa va devah kim thate
nirasrayasya mama va
kim asau bhavitasrayah

bhavatyah yo u r g o od self;va an d ; k im w h a t ;ih a n te is a t t e m p t i n g;sah

He; va an d; devah th e L o r d ; k im w h a t ; ih a t e is a t t e m p t i n g;nirasrayasya o f
one who has no shelter; mama my ; va an d ; k i m wh et h e r ;as au He ; bh a v it a
may become; asrayah th e s he lter.
 What will you do now? What wil l th e L ord do? Is there a shelter now for me,
who have no shelter?

Text 39

bhaktih: (samskrtam asritya) viraga, sruyatam

punimas canda2an api kha2u dhunimo khi2a ma-2am

2unimah samskaran api hrdi tadiyan ati dr-dhan
krpa de-vi tasya prakatayati drk pa-tam iha cet
tada tesam antah kam api rasa bh-avam ca tanumah

samkrtam Sa n skrit; asritya re s o r t i ng t o;viraga vi r a g a ;sruyatam p l e a s e

listen; punimah I p u r i f y ; c andalah d o g - e a t ers, thelowest class ofhumans;api
even; kha2u indeed; dhunimah I c l e a n se;akhi2a al l ; ma2am d i r t ; 2 unimah I
sever; samskaran co n d i t i o n i n g; api al s o ;hr di in th e h e a r t ;ta diyan th e i r ; a t i
drdhan ve ry fixe d; krpa devi -the go d dess Mercy;tasya of L o r d C a i t a nya;
prakatayati sh e e x h i b i t s;drk pata-m th e f a ll of her glance; iha in this world;
cet if onl y; tada th e n ; te sam antah wi t h i n t h e m; kam api so m e ; r a sa-
bhavam ap p r e ciation; of devotional ecstasy; ca and; tanumah I m ay i n s t i l l .

Devotional Service: (in Sanskrit) R e n u n c i ati on, listen. I will p u r if y even the
outcastes. I will purify all th eir contamination. I wil l cut th e str ong material
desires in their hearts. If the Goddess of Mercy will come I wil l p l ace the nectar
of divine love in their hearts.

Text 00

viragah: tasya krpa devim -vina svatantryena bhavatinam tatha samart-hyam na

vidyate

tasya Hi s; krpa devim -g o d d ess Mercy; vina wi t h o u t ; svatantryena

independently; bhavatinam yo u r ; ta t ha to d o s u c h;samarthyam ca p a b i l i t y;na
vidyate is n ot obtained.

Renunciation: You cannot do that wi t h out the Go ddess of Mercy?

Text Wl

bhaktih: tassa va
tajjananam -va navanuggaham antarena amhe na homma kim
una tadha kunamha.

tassa of Him; va or e l s e ;ta jananam of H i s a ssociates;

va or ; na va new,
fresh; anuggaham th e g race;antarena wi t h o u t ; am he I; na can n o t ; h o m m a
exist; kim una w h a t to speak of; tadha th u s ; ku n amha a c t .

Devotional Service: Wi t h ou t the Lo r d's mercy, or the mercy of His devotees,

I cannot exist, what to speak of act as I do.

Text 02

viragah: dvitiya pra-snasyottaram kim.

dvitiya se c o nd;prasnasya of t he q ue stion;uttaram t h e a n s w e r; kim w h a t .

Renunciation: W hat is the answer to my second question?

Text 03

bhaktih: viraa, sunehi, (iti samkrtena)

navadvipe nasid ahaha sajano yasya na pure

harer geham no tad yad api bhagavan murt-i rahit-am
na sa yasyam seva na bhavati na sa ya na sa rasa-
raso nasau sankirtana natan-a mukh-yo na khalu yah

iyam jj eva tassa iha.

viraa vi r a g a;sunehi li s t e n; iti a f t e r s p e aking thus;samkrtena co n t i n u es in

Sanskrit; navadvipe in N a v a d vipa;na asit th e r e w as not;ahaha oh ; sah j anah
any person; yasya wh o s e; na no t ; pu re in t h e h o m e ; ha reh o f L o r d H a r i ;
geham th e t e m p l e; na u nor; tat th a t ; yat wh i c h ; ap i ev e n ;bh a gavat
murti th e D e ity form of the Lord; rahitam la c k i n g ;na no t ; bh a v a ti i s
maintained; na no r ; sa th a t w o r s h i p;ya wh i c h ; na is n o t ; sa r a s a -with
spontaneous feelings of love; rasah th e t r a n scendental sentiment;na i s n o t ;
asau th a t; sankirtana co n g r e g ational cha nting of the names of the Lord;
natana and dancing; mukhyah ma n i f e s t ed chiefly in;na n o t ; k h a lu i n d e e d ;
yah wh i c h; iyam th i s ;jj eva ce r t a i n l y;tassa Hi s ; iha e n d e a v o u r .
Devotional Service: Renunciation, listen. In Navadvzpa there is no person
w hose home is not a temple of Lord Hari, no temple wi t h out a Deity of the Lor d ,
no Deity that is not carefully served, no service that is not done with the nectar
of love, and no nectar of love not expressed by sankzrtana and dancing. All thi s
is the Lord's doing.

Text 00

viragah: kim ayam eva tathajnapayati, kim va te ta eva ca tad asrayam a-bhimatya
maty anusarena tatha vyavaharanti .

kim wh e t h e r; ayam He ; sv a yam eva Hi m s e lf personally;tatha i n t h i s w a y ;

ajnapayati or d e r s;kim va or r a t h e r;te te al l t h e y; eva i n d e e d ; ca a n d ; t a t -
asrayam Hi m b e i ng their shelter;abhimatya th u s c o n s idering;mati a-nusarena
according to His doctrine; sarena t a k i n g t he essence; tatha t h u s ;
vyavaharanti th e y a ct on His behalf.

Renunciation: Does the Lord personally order this, or do they who take
s helter of Him do this as they think ri g h t ?

Text 05

bhaktih: tassa tahajj eva mahima mahi ma-nadojam datthunajjeva tahajjeva

ggaha ggat-tha via honti. janao jaha tassa asa am -sa am j-jeva savvejananti kunanti ca
tad anu-ruam

tassa of Him; taha su c h ;jj eva ev e n ;ma hima th e g r e a t ness;mahi man-a

do the glorifier of the earth;j am wh o m ; da t t huna ha v i n g s een; jj eva j u s t ;
tahajjeva th u s i n d e e d;ggaha by a g h o s t;ggatha po s s e ssed;via as i f; honti
becomes; j anao the people;j aha as ; tassa Hi s ; a sa am - m i n d ; sa am - e a c h
individually; jj eva in d e e d; savve th e y a ll;j ananti un d e r t a n d;kunanti a c t ;
ca and; tat anuru-am a c c o r d i n g l y .

Devotional Service: Such is the glory of the Lord that by seeing Him people
become mad with ecstasy. Whatever He desires, they know and do.

Text 06

tassa odare kama2a vi odinneva, j ado na kassa vi denn-am tattha asi a sisu .a2-ams-a-
am cajam karedi, tam sunaha (samsk.rtam asritya)

tassa Hi s; odare in t h e a p p earance;kamala th e g o d d e ss of fortune, Laksmi;

vi in d e e d; odinnevva ha s also descended; j ado be c ause of which; na n o t ;
kassa vi of a-nyone;dennam po v e r t y; tattha t h e r e , t he n;asi wa s ; a sisu -

alam fr om i n f a n c y; sa am pe - rsonally;
j am wh a t ; ka r edi He h a s b een doing;
tam th at; sunaha pl e a se hear;samkrtam asritya sw i t c h i ng to Sankrit.

When the Lord descends, the Goddess of Fortune also comes, so His devotee
is never poor. Listen to what He has done since childhood.

Text 07
srivasasya grhe kadacana kadapy acaryaratnalaye
sri v-idyanidhi mandire pi ca kada gehe murarer api
gayatsu priya p-arsadesu pulaka s-tambhasru g-harmadibhih
sandrananda mayi bhavann anudinam devo narmrtyate

srivasasya of Srivasa Thakura;grhe in t h e h o u s e;kadacana so m e t i m e s;

kada api and sometimes;acaryaratna of C a n d r a sekhara Acarya;alaye a t t h e
residence; sri vi-dyanidhi of S ri V i d y a nidhi; mandire in t h e h o m e ; api ca kada
and sometimes also; gehe in t he house;murareh of M u r a r i G u p t a;api a l s o ;
gayatsu while they are singing; priya pa-rsadesu Lo r d 's intimate associates;
pulaka w i t h Hi s h air standing on end; stambha be i n g stunned;asru w i t h t e a r s ;
gharma ad-ibhih pe r s piring, and so on;sandra co n c e n t r a ted;ananda ma-yi
filled with bliss; bhavan be c o m i n g; anu din-am ea c h d a y;devah t h e L o r d ;
parinrtyate al w a ys dances.

Sometimes in Srzvasa's home, sometimes in Acaryaratna's home, sometimes

i n Vidyanidhi s home, or sometimes in Mur ari s home, filled with b l i ss, wit h
bodily hairs erect, stunned, shedding tears, covered with perspiration, and
manifesting many symptoms of ecstasy, every day, as His dear associates sing,
again and again the Lord dances.

Text 08

viragah: bhagavati, sa kim sarvada bhaktacaritam eva prakatayati, kim va kadacid

aisvaryam api

bhagavati 0 mo s t f o r t u n a te one;sah He ; k im w h e t h e r sa
; rvada a l w a y s ;
bhakta acarita-m the behaviour of a devotee;eva ev e n;prakatayati e x h i b i t s ;
kim va or r a t h e r; kadacit ev e r ;aisvaryam ma j e s t y;api a s w e l l .

Renunciation: Goddess, does He always act as a devotee, or does he

sometimes reveal His supreme power and opulence?

Text 09

bhaktih: (samskrtena) viraga, yady api

a2aukikito 'pi ca 2aukikiyam

2z2ahareh kacana 2obhaniya
mahesa sirsad ap-i bhumi madhyam-
gateva ganga mudam atanoti
samkrtena in S anskrit; viraga 0 vi r a g a ;yadi api al t h o u g h ; alaukikitah
than those which are supernatural; api ev e n ;/ a u k i ki s e e m i n g ly m u n d a n e ;
iyam th i s ; 2i2a pa s t i m e; hareh of t h e S upreme Lord Hari;kacana a n y s u c h ;
2obhaniya more desirable; maha isa of L - ord Siva;sirsat fr o m t he h e ad;api
even; bhumi madhyam on t o t he earth;gata co m e ;iva ju s t a s; ganga the
Ganges; mudam pl e a sure;atanoti ex p a n d s i; ti t h u s .

Devotional Service: Renunciation, Lord Hari s ordinary pastimes are more

beautiful than His unusual pastimes. Althouh the Ganges flows from Lord Siva's
head, it gives us pleasure when it comes to earth.

Text 50

taha vi -kahim pi -kahim alo i a-m -pi pa ad-edi ta.dha hi kahim pi -di ah-e sirivasa
vasammi karijj
anta dea- geh
-a pp-
adakkhino dakkhinangana ga -ena
- kena vi-
bhaadhea
vuttina maha maj-jven-a
a ama2akhena ma2ecchena vasanam sivvantena divvantena
dihadara ma -ena
-bha ava-m vissambharo
dittho.

taha vi -nonetheless; kahim pi -f rom ti me to time; aloiam unwordly

(activities); pi al s o ;pa aded-i He r e v eals;tadha hi th u s i n d e e d; kahim pi - on a
certain day; sirivasa of S ri v asa Thakura;vasammi at t he r esidence;karijjanta
(Lord Caitanya) who was doing; dea geha -of the Deity's altar; ppadakkhino
circumambulation; dakkhina anga-na to t he southern side of the courtyard;ga ena-
kena vi -bysomeone who had come; bhaadhea hereditary; sui vutti-na engaged
in the occupation of seamster; maha gr e a t;majja vena -dr u n k a r d; amala
akkhena sh a rp-eyed;malecchena ou t c a ste, Mohammedan;vasanam c l o t h i n g ;
sivvanatena wh o w as sewing; divvantena an r e v e ling;diha dara -l o n g - t erm; ma
ena in h is drunk en stupor; bha avam -the Supreme Lord; vissambharo
Visvambhara; di t tho was seen.

Still, sometimes He does something extraordinary. One day, at Srzvasa s

home, a Muslim tailor, his eyes red from dri n k ing w i ne, having
circumambulated the temple, and in the southern corner of the courtyard having
drunkenly begun to sew clothes, began to stare at Lord Visvmbhara.

Text 51

datthuna tak khanado ma ira ma -ado -vi m-ada a tamen-a -tassa damsana ma ena- -

bhemha2o bhavia viasida netto hi h-i ma edittha-m dittham kim pi tti savvanga pu2a ido- -

nirantara nissaran-ta ppavaha -vaha sa-lila-tt-himida-vaccha-ttha2o vasanadiam

vicchivia uddha bahu nac-cidum pa utto so. ta-do tam taha vidham -pekkia bha avam -

avanca anto siriv-asam bhanidavanto

datthuna ha v i ng seen;tak khanado im m e d i a t e ly;ma ira of l - i q u o r;ma ado -

vi ev en more than the intoxication; mada a tamena - -the most inebriating;

tassa of Lord Caitanya; damsana ma ena -by -the intoxication of seeing;
bhemhalo ov e r w h e l m e d;bhavia be c o m i n g; viasida o p e n e d w i d e;netto h i s
eyes; hi hi he e , hee;ma eb y m e -;dittham dittham co n t i n u o u s l y;nissaranta
flowing out; ppavaha of t he s tream;vaha by t h e c u r r e nt;sa2i2a wi t h w a t e r;
tthimida mo i s t e ned;vaccha t-thalo hi s c hest;vasana adiam th e c l o t h es and
other things; vicchivia th r o w i n g a side;uddha ra i s e d;bahu h i s a r m s ;
naccidum to d a n c e;pa u-tto pr o c e ed;so he ; ta do th e n ; t am h i m ; t a h a
vidham in s u ch a state;pekkhia ob s e r v i n g;bha a-vam th e L o r d; avanca a-nto
guilelessly; sirivasam to Srivasa; bhanidavanto s a i d .

T he sight of the Lord made him more in t o x i cated than any wine. With w i d e -
open eyes he called out: "I have seen! I have seen!" He trembled. The hairs of
his body stood erect. Tears flowing from his eyes bathed his chest. Throwin g
down his sewing, he raised his arms and began to dance. Seeing this, the Lord
innocently said to Srzvasa:

Text 52

srivasa, kim idam kat.ham askasmad ayam idrg j atotsava iva

srivasa my d e ar Srivasa; kim w h a t ; id am is t h i s ; ka t h am wh y ; ak a s m at

suddenly; ayam th i s m a n;id rk su c h ;ja t ah be c o m e ;ut savah a c e l e b ration;
iva as if.

"Srzvasa, what is this? All of a sudden this person has become as if

celebrating a great festival."

Text 53

tado tena vi bhan-idam nidamsanam vva kunantena padihasa rasass-a

tado th e n; tena by S r i v a sa Prabhu;vi in d e e d ;bhanidam s a i d ;

nidamsanam ex h i b i t i o n; vva as i f ; ku n antena ma k i n g ;padihasa rasassa- ofa
j oking mood.

Srzvasa then jokingly said:

Text 50

bhagavan, apurva evayam tava madasya mahima yato 'yam adya madya ghata -

ghatamanasaktir api na dhiyam j ahati ha tila m.atra bh-avad-

darsanenanenanenaj atoj a toda rah-ito hi-to bhavann ati mamada-

bhagavan 0 Lord;apurvah unprecedented; eva indeed;drstam seen;

kim w h at; pi in d e e d ;tti th u s e x c l a i m i n g;savva anga of-all his limbs; pula
ido the hair standing on end;nirantara ? ? ; a yam — this; tava Yo u r ; ma dasya
of the intoxication; mahima th e g r e a tness;yatah b e c a u s e;ayam th i s p e r s on;
adya to d a y; madya g-hata to t he w i n e -pot;ghatamana ex i s t i n g ;asaktih
addiction; api ev e n;dhiyam th e c o n s c i o usness; na no t ;j ahati gi v e s u p;ha
ha; tila a b i t; ma t ra on l y ; bh a v at of Y o u ; da r s anena by t h e s ig ht; anena b y
that; an e-nah sinless;j atah be c o m e; aj ata no t y et p r o c u red;udara o f h i s
stomach; hitah th e b e n e fit (i.e. he had not yet finished his sewing and collected
his wages); hitah ac t u a l ly beneficial;bhavan be c o m i n g;ati m-amada h e h a s
become very much maddened.

"Lord, this is the unprecedented glory of Your int o x i cating handsomeness.

All he had ever wanted was a full pot of wi ne. He could not give up the desire
f or wine. Now, simply by seeing You for a moiment he is wild w it h i n t o x i c a ti on .
N ow he has cut the bonds of birth and death. Now he pur i f ies the worl d .

Text 55

viragah: tatas tatah

tatah tatah an d t h en wha t.

Renunciation: Th en? Then?

Text 56

bhaktih: tado tado pahudi bha avado -nama metta -sarano -savvam pariaram ujj hiya
odhua veso h-uvia naccanto gaanto javanacariehim tadijj anto vi bha avado -nama
sankittanam, kunantojeeva vattadi

tato and the n; tado pahudi th e n c e f o rth;bha avado -of the Lord; nama t h e
holyname; metta on l y ; sa rano hi s s h e l t e r;savvam al l ; pa r i a ram fr i e n d s a nd
relatives; ujjhiya ab a n d o n i n g;odhua of a c o m p l e tely renounced devotee;veso
huvia as suming the dress;naccanto da n c i n g;gaanto si n g i n g;j avana
acariehim by t he M u s l im spirit ual authorities;tadijjanto be i n g p u n i s h e d;vi
even; bha-avado of th e L o rd; nama sankitta-nam lo u d c ha nting of His names;
kunanto d o i n g ; j j eva in d e e d ;va t tadi c o n t i n u e s .

Devotional Service: That Mu slim t a i lor t ook shelter of the Lord's holy name.
Giving up his former associates, he accepted the dress of a renunciant. He
continues to sing and dance, even though beaten by the Muslim teachers. He is
always engaged in chanting the Lord's holy names.

Text 57
 kena vi pucchidouna vissambharojjevaisaro navaro kovi tti bhanedi. sa alehim
bhaavadehim vihida deha jatto siddho via huvia vicaredi .

kena v-iby anyone; pucchido asked;una in reply; vissambharo Lord

Visvambhara; jj eva in d e e d; isaro is G o d ; na avaro no n e o t h e r; ko v-i a n y o n e
at all; tti i n s u c h w o r ds; bhanedi he s a ys;sa a-lehim by a l l; bhaavadehim t h e
devotees; vihida pr o v i d e d; deha jatto hi s b o d i ly m a i n t e nance;siddho via as a
perfected mystic; huvia so l i v i n g; vicaredi he travels from place to place.

If questioned, he explains, "Visvambhara is the only Lord, there is none

else." Provided his livehood by all the devotees, he travels about as a perfected
soul.

Text 58

viragah: devi, kidrsam rupam anena drstam

devi 0 go d d e ss;kidrsam wh a t k i n d o f; ru am fo r m ( o f t h e L o r d ); anena b y

the tailor; drstam wa s s een.

Renunciation: Goddess, what form of the Lord did he see?

Text 59

bhaktih: vira a,
ana-ndojjeva bha avado -ruam,jena ruena mahamjjeva anando hoi.
tamjjevatassaruam ttii daredara savvap-ecchattanam ananda ruana-m tti ananda
taratammena rua damsa-nassa taratammam

viraa my d e ar viraga;anando sp i r i t u al bliss;jj eva it s e l f;bha avado -of t h e

Lord; ruam is t he f or m;j ena by w h i c h ; ru e na fo r m ; ma h am gr e a tjj; eva
indeed; anando bl i s s; hoi de v e l o p s; tam t h a t ;jj eva in d e e d; tassa H i s ;
ruam fo r m; t ti t h u s ; id a ra i d a ra - o n e - t o - one; savvapecchattanam lo g i c a l
relationship; ananda ruanam -of the blissful forms; tti o n t h e o ne hand; ananda
taratmmena ac c o r d i ng to the relative ecstasies; rua damsan-assa of the vision of
these forms; taratammam gr a d a t ion (Of the envisioned forms).

Devotional Service: Renunciation, the Lord s form is bli ss. The

handsomeness of His form brings the greatest bliss. His forms are different
kinds of bliss, and seeing these forms brings different kinds of bli ss.

Text 60

viragah: katham ayam nica yonir etad-rsa saubhagy-a bhaj anam -asit
 katham ho w ; ayam th i s p e r s o n;nica y-onih lo w - b o r n; etadrsa s u c h ;
saubhagya of g o o d f o r t u n e;bhajanam th e r e c i p i e n t;asit b e c a m e .

Renunciation: How could a person of such low birth attain such good
fortune?

Text 61

bhaktih: (samskrtena)

na j ati sila-srama dha-rma vid-ya

kulady ape-ksi hi hareh prasadah
yadrcchiko 'sau bata nasya patra
patra vyav-astha prat-ipattir aste

samkrtena in S anskrit; na n o t ; j a t i cas t e ;si la go o d c h a r a c ter;asrama

dharma ob s e rvance of the regulations of the four different orders of life
(brahmacarya, grhastha, vanaprastha and sannyasa); vidya ed u c a t io n;kula
breeding; adi et c e t e ra;apeksi in r e g a rd to such;hi in d e e d ;ha reh o f L o r d
Hari Krsna; prasadah th e me r c y; y a d rcchikah is i n d e p e n dent;asau it ; b a t a
ah; na no t; asya wi t h i n i t ; pa t ra apatra -vyava-stha of being qualified or
unqualified; pratipattih ac k n o w l e d g ement;aste i s t h e r e .

Devotional Service: (in Sanskrit) Ignoring noble birth, character, asrama,

occupation, schooling, and family, Lord Hari s mercy does not consider whether
one is qualified or not qualified to receive it.

Text 62

viragah: evam eva, tatas tatah.

evam eva ye s, so it is; tatah tatah pl e a se speak further.

Renunciation: It is so. Then? Then?

Text 63

bhaktih: tado avarassim diahe murari bha ana-ngan-epunnima canda ca-ndia-

pakkha2iae nisae uvavitthehim sa a2ehim b-haavadehim so jj eva deo sankarisana ruo -

dittho.

tado th e n; avarassim on a n o t h e r;diahe da y ; mu r a ri o f S r i M u r a r i G u p t a ;

bha ana anga-ne -in the courtyard of the residence; punnima of the full-moon
day; pakkhaliae wh i c h w as washed;nisae in t he n i g h t; uvavitthehim w h o w e r e
sitting; sa alehim by a l l; bhaavadehim th e d e v o tees;so H e; jj eva i n d e e d ;
deo the Supreme Lord; sankarisana of S a nkarsana;ruo i n t h e f o r m; d it t h o
was seen.

Devotional Service: At another time, in the courtyard of Murari s home, on a

night bathed with the light of the full moon, all the devotees saw the Lord
assume the form of Lord Sankarsana.

Text 60

viragah: devi, visisya kathaya

devi 0 go d d e ss;visisya in d e t a i l; kathaya pl e a s e recount.

Renunciation: Goddess, please tell it in detail.

Text 65

bhaktih: aggado bambhamijj anta matt-a mahu-ara niara -padip-ijj anta cand-a
candia ca a -tak -k-a2a -sama-2ida gaga-na ta2an-dhaarammi disantammi ko vi ka-ambari
padima2o sa a2a ga-neh-im aladdho

aggado in f ro nt of the m; bambhami pe r s i s t enly flying about;matta

maddened; mahuara ofbees;niara by the crowd;padipijjanta (on account of)
being drunk up; canda candia -ca a-t h -e rays of mooshine; tak kala -m o m e n t ary;
sama2ida bl a c k e ned;gagana ta2a o-f the sky;andhaarammi da r k n e s s ;
disantammi wh i l e b e ing seen;ko vi a -c ertain; kaambari of l i q u o r d i s t i l l ed from
rainwater collected in the hollows of the flowering tree; padima2o od o r; sa a2a -

j anehim by a ll persons present;aladdho was perceived.

Devotional Service: At that moment, as a swarm of intoxicated bees

swallowed the moonlight and filled the sky with blinding darkness, everyone
noticed the scent of liquor distilled from kadamba flowers.

Text 66

viragah: tatas tatah

tatah tatah and then.

Renunciation: Then? Then?

 Text 67

bhaktih: tado
a2addhe padima2e sa a-2ehim bha a-
vam pucchidojadha bhagavan,
katham akasmiko yam puspandhaya g-anandhi k-arana ca-nah parimalo vimalo
vismayam nah samu22asayati kadambaryah p.uratas caj anita ka-utuha2am ha2am
vipaksa pa-ksa m-usalam musa2am calokyate

tado th e n; a2addhe ha v i ng been obtained;padima2e pe r ception; of the

fragance; sa ale-him by all; bha av-am the Lord; pucchido wa s asked;j adha a s
follows; bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; ka t h am wh y ; ak a s m ikah su d d e n , u ne xpected;
ayam th i s; puspandhaya gan-a the bees;andhi ka-rana m a k i ng t hem blind ;
canah ap parently;parima2ah fr a g a nce;vima2ah pu r e ; vismayam
astonishment; nah ou r ; sa mullasayati gr e a t ly stimulates;kadambaryah o f
kadambari liquor; puratah in f r o n t ; ca an d ;j anita ge n e r a t e d;kautuhalam
amazing sight; halam a p l o w ( t h e weapon of Lord Balarama);vipaksa o f
enemies; paksa-musalam d e s t r o y ing the forces; musalam a c l u b; ca a s w e l l ;
alokyate are seen.

D evotional Service: Aware of this fragance, everyone asked the Lord: "Lor d ,
why has this splendid fragrance of kadamba liquor suddenly appeared, blinded
these bees, and filled us with wo n d er? Now we see a wonderful plow and a club
for crushing enemies."

Text 68

viragah: tatas tatah.

tatah tatah and then.

Renunciation: Th en? Then?

Text 69

bhaktih: tado siri visa am-bhar-a de ena u-tta-m hanta bho nikhila jana hrdaya-
sankarsanena sankarsananena bhagavatavatadya praduribhavitavyam, tad agre -

kadambari variyasi tat priyanam -tad ayudham -yudham vinapi viraj amanam halam ca
pradurabhavat

tado th e n; siri vissambh-ara deena b-y Sri Visvambhara-deva;uttam wa s s aid;

hanta bhoh ah f ri e nds;nikhila jana of e v e r y o n e;hrdaya th e h e a r t s;
sankarsanena wh o a tt racts;sankarnena th e S upreme Lord in His form of
Sankarsana, Baladeva; bhagavata the Lord;avata and protector;adya today;
praduribhavitavyam is about to make His appearance; ta agre pr e v -ious to that;
kadambari (f r a g a nce of) kadambari;variyasi mo s t d e s ired;tat priyanam f o r
His devotees; tat Hi s ; ayudham w e a p o n r y ; y u d h am vinaapi e v e nw i t h o u t t h e
occasion for a fight; virajamanam re s p l e ndent;ha2am musa2am ca His plow and
club;pradurabhavat have manifested.

Devotional Service: Then Srz Visvambhara-deva said: "Lord Sankarsana, who

charms everyone s heart, is about to appear. His favorite kadambari liqu or, Hi s
splendid plow-weapon, and His club have come before Him."

Text 70

viragah: tatas tatah

tatah tatah and then.

Viraga: Then? Then?

Texts 71 and 72

bhaktih: tado taha niadanto jjeva so devo tehim ma ira m-oa -mudi-a 2o2a -2ohid-a
loano ea kann-a tadav-ida kund-alo sasi mand-ala pand-aro so jj eva goracando a issam-
jj evva ta2anko a2am koduha2ena sambhudo

tado th e n; taha th u s ; ni a d anto de c l a r i n g;so He ; de vo th e L o r d ; te him

in the presence of them (the devotees); ma ira -of liquor; moa in t h e p l e asure;
mudia re j o i c i ng; 2o2a ro l l i n g; 2ohida co p p e r - re d;2oano Hi s e yes;ea kanna -of
one ear; tada up o n t he side; tandavida da n c i ng wil d l y; kunda2o an e arring;
sasi manda-la li ke the globe of the moon; pandaro ye l l o w - w h i t e;so H e ;
jj evva indeed; goracando Lo r d G a u racandra;a isa am -p-rominently; sa am -

Himself; jj eva in d e e d; tala anko m - arked with auspicious signs on His body;
a2am koduha2ena wi th a good deal of mirth; sambhudo so b e c ome.

Devotional Service: As He spoke these words Lord Gauracandra became

wonderfully changed. His eyes became red and restless in the happiness of
drinking wine. An earring danced on one ear. His complexion became pale as
the moon. He carried the mark of a palm tree.

Text 73

tado tac caridahid-a na a gida -pa-d-aim g-aantehim tehim nacca bahudaram idido vi
ksanam vimha a kari sa-m-vutto

tado and then; tat Hi s ; ca r i da th e c h a r a c ter and activities;ahida

composed of; gida padaim wi t h v e r s es of songs;gaantehim wh i l e t h ey were
singing; tehim by t he d e votees;nacca wi t h d a n c e;bahu daram v e r y m u c h ;
idido of f e red worship;vi in d e e d ;ksanam fo r a s h o rt wh i l e;v imha a -w o n d e r ;
kari ma k i n g; samvutto He b e c a me.

As they sang newer and newer songs of His pastimes, He danced. They
w orshiped Him. For a moment He filled them with w o n d e r .

Text 70

viragah: tatas tatah.

tatah tatah and then.

Renunciation: Th en? Then?

Text 75

bhaktih: evvam rudda vara-ha nara-simha muk-khadaravadaranuaram kkamena

kadua gade diahe ahedua karu-nena niccanandassa ccha bhua-m ruam tena damsidam
evvam thus;rudda of Rudra, Siva; varaha Varaha;narasimha and
Nrsimha; mukkha dara -headed by; avadara of H i s i n c a rnations;anuaram
portrays; kadua having done;gade diahe a whole day having passed;ahedua
causeless; karunena by H is mercy; niccanandassa to P ra bhu Nit yananda;cha
bhuam six handed; ruam Hi s f o r m ; te na b y H i m ; d a m s i d am w a s s h o w n .

Devotional Service: He assumed, one after another, the forms of Buddha,

Varaha, Nrsimha, and other incarnations. At the day's end the causelessly
merciful Lord revealed His six-armed form to Ni t y ananda.

Text 76

viragah: kidrsam hi tat.

k>dssam how; hi in d e e d ; t at t h a t ( a p p e a red).

R enunciation: W hat was it li k e ?

Text 77

bhaktih: (samskrtena)
bhuj abhyam ubhabhyam dadhac caru v-amsim
caturbhir gada s-ankha c-akrambujani
kiritamca harams ca keyurake ca
srajam vaijayantim manim kaustubham ca

samskrtena in S anskrit; bhujabhyam wi t h t w o a r m s;ubhabhyam b o t h ;

dadhat ho l d i n g; caru be l o v e d;vamsim flu t e ;ca t u r b hih w i t h t h e o t h er fou r ;
gada sa-nkha ca-kra am-buj ani the club, conchshell, disc and lotus (weapons of
Visnu); kiritam (a d o r n e d wi t h) h e l m e t; ca a l s o ;ha ran n ec k l a c e s; ca a n d ;
kayurake or n a m e nted with peacock feather; ca a n d ; srajam vaijayantim
Vaijayanti garland; manim kausthubham K a u s t u b ha jewel; ca a n d .

Devotional Service: In two ha nds He held a beautiful fl u te, and in the other
four a conchshell, disc, club and lotus. He wore a crown, necklaces, two peacock
feathers, a vaijayanti garland, and the Kaustubha gem.

Text 78

apl ca

anahary a saun-dary a madh-ury a dhury -am

mahaudarya catur-ya gamb-hirya saury-am
avaidhurya dhair-yam sada saukumaryam
mahas turyam aryam tadascaryam astt

anaharya ma t c h l e ss;saundarya by b e a u t y; madhurya an d s w e e tness;

dhuryam di s t i n g u is hed;maha audar-ya gr e at generosity;caturya cl e v e r n ess;
gambhirya gr a v i t y; sauryam an d h e r o i s m;avaidhurya never to be undone;
dhairyam st e a d i n e ss;sada et e r n a l;saukumaryam yo u t h f u l n e s s;mahah
glory; turyam transcendental; aryam su p e r e xcellent;tada a t t h a t t i m e ;
ascaryam th i s w o n d e r; asit ma n i f e s t e d.

He was filled with matchless sweetness, handsomeness, generosity, expert

intelligence, gravity, heroism, determination, g e n t l eness, transcendental
s plendor, nobility, and wonderful glory .

Text 79

viragah: tatas tatah.

tatah tatah and then.

Renunciation: Th en? Then?

 Text 80

bhaktih:tado tam ruam pekkhia paramananda n-ipphando uancida r-omanca

kancuo bahudaram tthuvanto asiniccanando,jaha

tado th e n; tam ruam th a t f o rm of t he Lord; pekkhia l o o k i n g u p o n; parama

ananda on a ccount of supreme ecstasy;nipphando be c o me motionless;
uancida st a nding up; roma an-ca er e ction of the bodily hairs;kancuo (a s i f) a
suit of armor; bahu da-ram ve ry muc h; tthuvanto of f e r i ng prayers in
glorification; asi wa s ; niccanando L ord Nityananda; jaha a s f o l l o w s .

Devotional Service: Stunned with bl iss and armored with bo d ily h a irs erect,
Nityananda gazed at that form and prayed:

Text 81

haris tvam haras tvam virincis tvam eva

tvam apas tvam agnis tvam indus tvam arkah
nabhas tvam ksitis tvam marut tvam murare
namas te namas te samastesvaraya

harih Lord Visnu;tvam You are;harah Siva;tvam You; virincih Brahma;

tvam Yo u; eva al s o ;tv am Yo u ; ap ah th e w a t e r s;tvam Yo u ; ag n ih f i r e ;
tvam Yo u; induh th e m o o n ; tv am Yo u ; ar k a h t h e s u n ; n a b hah t h e s k y ;
tvam Yo u ; k s i t ih t h e e a r t h; tvam Yo u ; m a r ut t h e w i n d ; tv am Yo u ; m u r a
are 0 Kr s n a, the enemy of demon Mura;namah te ob e i s ances unto You;namah
te obeisances unto You; samasta isvaray-a un t o t he L o rd everything.

"You are Lord Hari. You are Siva. You are Brahma. You are water. You are
fire. You are the moon. You are the sun. You are the earth. You are the wind. 0
Lord Murari, obeisances to You! Obeisances to You, the master of all!

Text 82

apl ca

bhujaih sadbhir ebhih samakhyati kascin

nisargogra sad varg-a ha-nteti b-hos tvam
vayam brumahe he maheccha tvam ebhis
catur varga do -bhakti- -dah prema das ca -

bhujaih by th e arms; sadbhih s i x ; ebhih t h e s e ;samakhyati m a y i n t e r p r e t ;

ugra te r r i b l e; sat varga of -t he six eternal enemies (lust, anger, greed,
intoxication, illusion and envy); hanta th e d e s t royer; iti t h u s s p e a king; bhoh
dear sir; tvam 0 mo s t m a g n a nimous one;tvam Yo u ; eb hih wi t h t h e s e (Your
arms); catuh v-arga of t he four goals of human endeavor;dharma re l i g i o s ity,
artha (economic development), kama (sense gratification) and moksa (ultimate
liberation); dah ar e t he bestower;bhakti d-ah th e g iver ofp u re devotion;prema
dah th e g i v er of ecstatic love of God;ca a n d .

"Some say that with these six arms You kill the six enemies of this wor ld. 0
fulfiller of desires, I say that with these arms You give devotional service, love of
God, and the four goals of life."

Text 83

viragah: aho aty adb-hutam idam tat.as tatah.

aho ha; ati adb-hutam mo s t a mazing;idam th i s ; ta t ah tatah a n d t h e n .

Renunciation: Ah, this is very wonderful. Then7 Then7

Text 80

bhaktih: tado isara bhav-o dava idiso tassa kadhido, pemmaveso vi suniadu. ettha
pure tinna vihaj-jevva purisao ke vi .an-urattao, ke vi ma-jj hamanurattao, ke vi -

nanurat tao navi virat tao.

tado ne x t; isara bhavo -His sentiment of being the Lord; dava t h u s f a r ;

idiso li k e t hi s; tassa Hi s ; ka d hido sp o k e n ;pemma aveso -His being absorbed
in the trance of love of God (in the mood of a devotee); suniadu pl e a se hear;
ettha he r e; pure in t h i s c i t y;tinna viha -three kinds of; jj evva even; purisao
attached (to the Lord); ke-vi s o m e ;majjhama mo d e r a t e l y;anurattao at t a c h e d;
ke vi so -me;na ne i t h e r; anurattao at t a c h e d;navi no r ; vi r a t t ao d e t a c h e d
(from material things).

Devotional Service: In this way His mood of being the Supreme Personality
o f Godhead is described. Now listen to how He becomes filled with l o ve. In th i s
city are three kinds of men. Some are completely attached to the Lord. Some are
moderately attached. Some others are neither attached to the Lord, nor detached
from the world.

Text 85

vijj hatthino hi na ara vihie -app-ana am ovari-a sura nai sinan-am -kadua tthimida
nia vasanam -ccea aacchantam pekkhia ko vi mahur-adaram bha avado na-ma padam, -

ko vi sarasad-aram bhaavada pajj am, k-o vi pemma -padipann-am 2a2idadara gidam -

sunavedi .

vijjhatthino th e s t u d e nts; hi in d e e d ;na a-ra of t h e c i t y;vihie o n s o m e

street; appana a-m Hi m s e lf; ovaria ha v i n g c o v e red (with His clothing);sura
nai in t he celestial river Ganges;sinanam ba t h; ka dua ha v i n g j u st performed;
tthimida we t ; nia Hi s ; va s a nam cl o t h e s; ccea e v e n;aacchantam ( H i m )
approaching; pekkhia ca t c h i ng sight of;ko vi -o ne of t he m; mahura da-ram v e r y
sweet; bha av-ado of the Supreme Lord; nama pa-dam na m e; ko vi -s o m e o n e; sa
rasa da-sam ve ry m u ch endowed with devotion; bhaavada of S r i m a d -
Bhagavatam; pajj am ve r s e;ko vi -s o m e o ne; p emma w i t h l o v e of G od ;
padipannam imbued; 2a2ida da-ra very playful; gidam so n g ;su n avedi c a u s e s
Him to hear.

Seeing Him, His clothing still wet from His bath in the Ganges, walking
through the city's streets, one student would chant the very sweet name of the
Lord, another would recite a nectarean verse of Srzmad-Bhagavatam, and another
would sing a beautiful song of devotional love.

Text 86

tado tam sunanto jj evva magga majj -hammi bhudale nipadia tthimida vasan-a
nivadanta ja2a kadd-amia dami-a raj o -bhar-a kadd-amia savva-ngo vappha sa2i2e-him
simantida vacch-a tthal-a kadd-amo ananda bhem-haladae ladae baddho via vijj ud
dama dama -punjo -via luthanto vattedi

tado th e n; tam th a t ;su n anto he a r i n g;jj evva ju s t u p o n; magga o f t h e

road; majj hammi in t h e m i d d l e;bhu dale -on to the ground; nipadia f a l l i n g ;
tthimida we t ; v asana f r o m H i s g a rments;nivadanta jala by t h e d r i p p i ng water;
kaddammia tu r n e d i n to mu d; damia an d a b s o r bed (by the water on His
clothes); rajo th e d u st ( of the road);bhara on a c c o u nt of picking up;
kaddamia mu d d i e d; savva ango -all His limbs; vappha of h i s t e ars;sa2i2ehim
by the water; simantida ma r k e d w i t h s t r a ight lines, parted;
vaccha tthala u - p o n
His chest; kaddamo th e m u d; ananda in s p i r i t u al ecstasy; bhemhaladae b y t h e
condition of being overwhelmed; ladae by s o me vine;baddho bo u n d ; via a s i f ;
vijj ud dama -bolts of lightning; dama as H is garland;punj o se v e ral;via a s i f ;
luthanto vattedi He r o l ls about.

Falling to the street by hearing this, His wet clothing tur n ing the dust of th e
street to mud, His limbs covered with mud, the mud on His chest washed by His
tears, and His form like the great splendor of lightn ing flashes embraced by a
v ine of restless ecstasy, He would roll about on the ground .

Text 87

tadha viham pek-khia te saha arao cava-2a dosa dusi-dao h-asanto koduha2am
kunanti.

tadha v-iham (H i m ) in s u ch state;pekkhia se e i n g;te th e y ; sa ha a-rao H i s

companions; cavala d-osa by the fault of youthful insolence; dusidao
contaminated; hasanto la u g h i n g; koduhalam a c o m m o t i o n; ku nanti t h e y m a k e .

S eeing Him in this state, His student companions, tainted with you t h f u l
insolence, would laugh and raise a commotion.

Text 88

muhuttantare nia par-ianao utthavia uno sura nai-m 2ambhia una pakkha2ida
savvangam sinaventi. edam sunia nia tan-a ass-a na ass-a va iva-siam anutava ita-ssa
j anani j ana nidi visa-rada vi

muhutta anta-re af ter a few minutes;nia Hi s o w n ; pa r i a nao cl o s e associates;

utthavia li f t i n g H im u p; uno a g a i n ; sura naim -to th e G a nges, river of the
demigods; 2ambhia le a d ing Him; una o n c e m o r e; pakkha2ida wa s h i n g;savva
angam all His limbs; sinaventi th e y m a ke Him take bath;edam th i s ; sunia
having heard; nia tana-ssa of her own son; na assa -young; va ivasi-am t h e
helpless condition; anutava i —la-ments; tassa Hi s;j anani mo t h e r ;j ana nidi -i n
the ways of the world; visarada kn o w l e d g e able;vi al t hough.

After a short while, His own associates would lift Him up , t ake Him again to
the Ganges, and make Him wash all His li m bs. Even though she was very wise,
His mother wept bitterly to hear of her son's becoming overcome.

Text 89

viragah: aho premananda vaivasy-am avasyam asya

aho ah; prema ananda -of ecstatic love of God; vaivasyam lo s s of self-
control; avasyam mu s t b e; asya H i s .

Renunciation: Ah, His being overcome was the ecstasy of devotional love.

Text 90

bhaktih: avarassim vasare vasaresa sahassa -sarisa m-aha ma-hanan-da paravaso-

acariara ana pura -ra -ana p-ura-do n-accia nia gharam a-achanto magga majj ham-mi
kenavi bamhana bandhuna -bandhu naho nia -anassa de-odittho.

avarassim on a no t he r;vasare da y ; vasara isa of s u -ns (the sun is the "Lord

of the daytime"); sahassa th o u s a nds;sarisa ap p e a ring like;maha maha v e r y
great; ananda of ecstasy; para v-aso un d er the spell; acaria r-a ana o f
Acaryaratna, Sri Candrasekhara; pura r-a a-na the gem of residence;purado i n
front of; nacia da n c i n g; nia g-haram to w a r dH is o wn h o m e; aachanto g o i n g ;
magga majj hammi on t he r o a d; kena avi by a c e r t a in;bamhana of a b r a h m a na
family; bandhuna un q u a l i f i ed descendant;bandhu n-aho the pro tector of those
who have developed their personal relationship with Him; nia an-assa f o r H i s
own devotees; deo the worshipable Deity; dittho w a s s e en.

Devotional Service: On another day as the Lord of devotees, more splendid

than thousands of suns, was returning home after dancing at Acryaratna's home,
a certain fallen brahmana saw Him on the street.

Text 91

d itthia tam so savvanga gala-ntasitto sa kau -vaa-m uvaam annam na pekkhia kim pi -
gadanto asi bho -saciputta -avis-sa amb-hara, bhavantam pabhavantam paramam
purisam savve niadanti.

ditthia up o n s eeing;tam Hi m , L o r d C a i t a nya Mahaprabhu;so th e f a l l e n

brahmana; savva anga -all who se body; galanta sitto -afflicted with advanced
leprosy; sa kau v-aam -addresing Him in a plaintive voice; uvaam re s o rt for
himself; annam ot h e r; na no t ; pe k k h ia se e i n g kim
; pi a- n y at all;
gadanto asi
spoke (as follows); bho bho m y d ear sir; saci putta -a0 - s on of Sacidevi;
vissambhara Vi s v a mbhara;bhavantam yo u r g o od self;pabhavantam t h e a l l -
powerful; paramam purisam Su p r e me Personality;savve ev e r yone;niadanti
declares.

Seeing Him, the fallen brahmana, his entire body covered with terr i ble sores,
not seeing any other hope, begged:""0 son of Sacz,0 Visvambhara, everyone
says You are the almighty Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself.

Text 92

danti vara vi-kkam-a,vikkama vaibhav-am tuha bahudaram jj evva niruventi,j a i -

majj ha pamarassa eso gao gao karijj a i, tado s-accam j evva tumam bhu mangala -ruo -

isaro saroa na ano s-a a-m j evv-a

danti vara vik-rama -0 Vi s n u, who heroically saved the elephant king Gajendra;
vikkama the valor; vaibhavam and power; tuha Your;bahu daram -very
much; jj evva in d e e d;niruventi ar e d e s cribed;j a ii f ; ma j -j ha my ; pa m a r assa
of the most fallen person; eso t h is; gao di s e a s e;gao go n e ; karijj a i is m a - d— e;
tado th e n; saccam tr u l y ;j evva in d e e d;tumam Yo u ; b hu f o r t h e w h o l e earth;
mangala au s picious;ruo wh o s e f o r m;isaro th e S u p r e me Lord;saroa na ano - -

lotus-eyed Visnu; sa am Hi m - self; j evva i n d e e d .

 "Everyone says You are the same Lord that delivered Gajendra. If You can
cure this fallen wretch of his disease, then You are indeed the lotus-eyed
S upreme Person, whose form brings auspiciousness to the world . "

Text 93

viragah: tatas tatah.

tatah tatah and then.

Renunciation: Th en? Then?

Text 90

bhaktih: tado bhavadajadanukampena kampena romancena a vilasanta deha-m

tam bamhana pasa-m miccuno uvagadam 2acchikadua niadidam

tado then;bha avata -by the Lord, Caitanya Mahaprabhu; j ada anuk-ampena
whose compassion was aroused; kampena tr e m b l i n g; roma ance-na bo d i ly hairs
standing on end; a al s o ; vi l a s anta deham -being displayed in his (the
supplicator's) body; tam u n t o H i m ; ba m hana pasam -that un t r a ined brahmana;
pasam the bondage;miccuno of d e a t h; uvagadam wh o w a s d i r e c tly
approaching; 2acchi kadua -addressing; niadidam wa s s aid.

Devotional Service: Trembl ing with co m p assion and the hairs of His body
erect with ecstasy, the Lord glanced at that fallen brahmana, who was on the
verge of death, and said:

Text 95

ayeyas tavad isvarah, sa kha2u dusprapa eva sarvesam kim iti .mam upa2abhase

aye alas; yah He w h o i s; tavat su c h as you describe;isvarah t h e L o r d ;

sah He; khalu ce r t a i n l y;dusprapah di f f i c u lt of attain;eva ev e n;sarvesam
for everyone; kim w h y ; it i i n s u c h w o r d s ; mam My s e l f ;up alabhase d o y o u
refer.

"The Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot be attained by any ordinary

man. Why do You commit this blasphemy by saying I am He?
 Text 96

kintu tavasya rogasyopasamopaya eka eva vartate t.am ced acarasi, tadayam
gamisyati, natra sandeho deho 'yam tava purvato 'pi samicina eva bhavitum arhati

kintu ne v e r t heless;tava yo u r ; as ya of t h i s ; ro ga di s e a s ed condition;

upasama for m i t i g a tion; upaya a m e a n s;ekah on e ; eva ye t ; va r t a te e x i s t s ;
tam th a t; cet if ; ac a r a si yo u c a r ry o u t; tada th e n ; ay am th i s ; ga m isyati
will go away; na th e r e is not;atra in t h i s m a t t e r; sandehah a n y d o u b t ;
dehah bo d y; yam th i s ; ta va of y o u r s ;pu rvatah a s p r e v i o u s l y; api e v e n ;
samicinah we l l; eva in d e e d ;bhavitu arhati sh o u l d b e c o me.

"There is one way your disease can be cured. If you do this one thing, your
disease will go away. Of this there is no doubt. Your body will t hen be as
healthy as before."

Text 97

viragah: tatas tatah.

tatah tatah and then.

Renunciation: Th en? Then?

Text 98

bhaktih: tado
bamhanapasadena pahu pasade-na paphu22a 2oanen-aanena gadidam
dea ko so uvao tado .pahuna bhanidam nidamsana ruam k-im pi -

tado th e n; bamhana apsade-na by that fallen brahmana;pahu o f L o r d

Mahaprabhu; pasadena on a ccount of the special mercy;paphu22a blossoming;
ioanena his eyes;anena by h i m ; ga didam wa s s a i d; dea 0 Lo r d ; ko w h a t i s ;
so that; uvao me a n s;tado th e n ; pa h una by L o r d C a i t a n ya;bhanidam w a s
spoken; nidamsana me a nt to teach him a lesson;kim pi so m -ething.

Devotional Service: With w i d e - open eyes the fallen brahmana said: "Lord,
what is the way?" The Lord then spoke this instruction :

Text 99

aye dvijbandho,
a b-
andhor akhi2ajagatam gatamhah sanghana-m bhagavatah
prema parayana-nam pradhanatamo yam advaitacaryah asya cet p.adodakam pibasi,
tada papa krto yam gado hetv abhave haitukabhavaiti duri bhavisyati .

aye ah; dvija b-andho 0 as s o c iate of the brahmanas; bandhoh of t he f ri e nd;

akhila jagatam of a ll t he wor l d s;gata a-mha si n l e ss;sanghanam a m o n g t he
community (of devotees); bhagavatah of t he Supreme Lord;prema
parayananam am o ng tho se whose sole goal in life is developing their love of God;
pradhana ta-mah the foremost; ayam th i s ; ad vaita ac-aryah Ad v a i ta Acarya
Prabhu; asya Hi s ; cet if ; pa d a ud-akam wa t e r w h i ch has washed the feet;
pibasi yo u d r i n k; ta da th e n ;pa pa kr-tah ca u s ed by your sinful behaviour;
ayam th i s; gadah di s e a se;hetu ab-have in t he absence of the cause; haituka-
abhavah th e n o n - existence of its result; iti by s u c h l o g i c;duri bh-avisyati i t
will be erradicated.

"0 fallen brahmana, of all sinless persons in all universes, and of all devotees
full of love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Advaita Acarya is the best.
If you drink water that has washed His feet, then this sickness caused by sin, its
cause removed, will go far away.

Text 100

tado bamhanena gadidam tuha sandamsanado jj eva gamissadi, kim una kadhidena
upaa vises-ena tti tassa pahavado tadha kide sadi puvvado vi samicma deho -so
samvut to.

tado and then;bamhenena by the brahmana;gadidam was said; tuha You;

sandamsanado by seeing;jj eva ev e n; gamissadi it w i l l g o a wa y;kim una w h a t
to speak of; kadhidena wh i c h Y ou have spoken;upaa me t h o d ; visesena
specific; tti th u s s pe aking; tassa Lo r d C a i t a nya s;pahavado by t he powe r;
tadha kide sadi on c e he had done thus (as instructed);puvvado vi ju s t as before;
samicina fi t ; de ho hi s b o d y ; so he ; sa m v utto b e c a m e .

Then the brahmana said: "Seeing You will make it go away. Why pr escribe
any other cure?" The brahmana then followed the Lord's instruction and his
body became healthy as before.

Text 101

viragah: kim citram idam tasya bhagavatah tat katha.ya, kva gacchanticchanti ca
kim tatra bhavati, y-ata iyam chaya matra sa-hacari -carikarti tvaram

kim wh a t; citram ma r v e l ;id am th i s ; ta s ya fo r H i m ; bh a gavatah t h e

Lord; tat th a t ; ka t haya pl e a s e tellm e;kva wh e r e ;gacchanti g o i n g ; i c c h a nti ca
kim and w i th w h at pur p o se;tatra bhavati i- n being there;bhavati y o u r g o o d
self; yatah as; iyam th i s ; ch a ya yo u r s h a d o w;matra on l y ; sa ha cari ab l - e to
f ollow you; carikarti tvaram y o u ar e h u r r y i n g .
 Renunciation: W hat is w o n d er ful for the Supreme Personality of Godhead?
Tell me: where are you going and what do you want, that you are going so
q uickly even your shadow cannot follow you ?

Text 102

bhaktih: ajj a ajj a utt-o sirivasa va-sa m-ajj hammi aadena addai a -de-ena saddham
kim pi -nivviraha ra-hassa vu-ttantam kunanto vattadi, tam anusaridum tuvaremi

ajja to d a y; ajja utt-o th e p i o us brhamana s son, Caitanya Mahaprabhu;

sirivasa of S rivasa Thakura;vasa maj-j hammi at t he residence;aasena w h o h a d
also arrived; addai a d-ee-na Advaitacarya; saddham al o ng wit h; k im pi - s o m e ;
nivviraha no t s o l i t a ry, in the company of His devotees;rahassa o f i n t i m a t e
mysteries; vuttantam ac t i ng out; kunanto vattadi is e n g a ged in performing;
tam th a t; anusaridum in o r d e r to attend;tuvaremi 1 am m a k i ng haste.

Devotional Service: To enjoy confidential pastimes with His devotees, the

saintly Lord is now going with A d v a ita to Srlvasa s home. 1 am hurrying to
follow Him.

Text 103

viragah: bhagavati, trtiya prasyo-ttaram avasisyate sisyate.yam bhavatya mama

tad anusadhi mam sa kim mad asray-o bhavita vita va kim mam.

bhagavati 0 go d d e s s;trtiya th e t h i r d ; pr a snasya of m y q u e s t i o n;ut taram

answer; avasisyate st i ll remains; sisyata to b e e xp lained;iyam th i s q u e s t ion;
bhavatya by y o u; mama my ; ta t that ; an u s adhi pl e a s e instruct;mam m e ;
sah He, Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; kim w h e t h e r ; mat asrayah -my sh e l t e r;
bhavitya wi l l b e; avita wi l l p r o t e c t;va an d ; k im w h e t h e r mam
; m e.

Renunciation: Goddess, the answer my third qu estion remains to be

answered by you. Tell me: Will He be my shelter? Will He pr o t ect me?

Text 100

bhaktih: (samkrtena) atha kim.

anando 'pi ca murto

vyapi ca tatha paricchinnah
tadvan nitya vilaso -

'pi ca vairagyasrayo bhagavan

 tad ehi sahaiva gacchavah (ity ubhau niskrantau.)

samkrtena in S anskrit; atha kim a n d w h y n o t ; an andah bl i s si t s e lf;api ca

but also; murtah ha v i n g a personal form;vyapi al l - p e r v a ding;ca tatha b u t
also; paricchinah ac c e p t i ng a definite form;tadvat to t h a t e xt e nt;nitya
vilasah al w a ys thinking; api ca al s o ;vairagya of y o u r s e l f, Renunciation;
asrayah th e shelter;bhagavan th e S up reme Lord;tat th e r e f o r e;ehi c o m e ;
saha to g ether; eva in d e e d;gacchavah le t us go;iti th u s s p e a king;ubhau
they both; niskrantau e x i t

Devotional Service: (in Sanskrit) Y es. the Supreme Personality of Godhead,

who is transcendental bliss, who has form, who is simu l t aneously all-pervading
and localized in a certain place, and who eternally enjoys pastimes, is the
shelter of Renunciation. Come, let us both go. (They both exit.)

Text 105

(tatah pravisaty asana stho -bhagavan visvambharo dvaitacaryas ca paritah

srivasadayas ca)

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;asana sthah -being carried upon a seat;

bhagavan visvambharah Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;advaita acary-ah
Advaitacarya; ca al s o ;paritah su r r o u n d i n g t he m;srivasa adaya-h Sr ivasa and
other associates; ca a n d .

(Accompanied by Advaita Acarya, Srivasa, and other devotees, Lord

Visvambhara enters and sits down.)

Text 106

bhagavan: (sa parihas-am advaitam prati) sita patir j ay-ati 2oka ma2a gh-na ki-rtih. -

advaitah:kuto 'traraghunatho natho hi yadunam ayam ujjrmbhate tatra bhavan

bhagavan

sa parihasa-m jo k i n g l y; advaitam prati ad d r e s s ing Advaita;sita patih to- th e

Lord Mother Sita (Sita is the name of both the wife of Lord Ramacandra and that
of Advaitacarya); j ayati al l g l o r i e s; 2oka of t he w o r l d; ma2a co r r u p t i n g;ghna
erradicating; kirtih whose fame; kutah where; atra here;raghunathah Lord
Ramacandra; nathah th e m a s ter;hi rat h e r ;ya d u nam of t h e Y a du dynasty
(Yadunatha is Lord Krsna); ayam th i s ; ujjr m b hate is v i s i b l e; tatra t h e r e ;
bhavan Yourself; bhagavan the Supreme Lord.

Bhagavan: (joking to Advaita) G l o r ies to Sita s husband, whose fame

destroys the world's sins!
Advaita: Why have You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is Lord
Rama, the Raghava king, and Lord Krsna, the Yadava king, come here.

Text 107

bhagavan: advaita, tava viccheda cc-heda ka-ra upayo nirapayo niravadhi maya
cintaye, yena nirantara nirantaraya saha va-satih syat

advaita My d e ar Advaita;tava fr o m Y o u; viccheda th e s e paration;cheda

karah cu t t i n g; upayah th e m e a n s;nirapayah in f a l l i b l e;niravadhi c o n s t a n t l y ;
maya cintyate I t h i n k a b o u t; yena by w h i c h ; ni r a n tara et e r n a l;nirantaraya
withoutbreak; saha vasa-tih li v i ng t ogether;syat m i g h t b e .

Bhagavan: Advaita, I always worry how always to stay in You company and
never be separated from You.

Text 108

srivasah: deva, yady api santipura vasa -evadvadvaitopayogi, tathapi navanam

bhaktinamdvipaiveti navadvipecaranavirbhavavadhi atraivadvaita paksa-patah tena.
vyapako nityanandas catra

deva 0 Lo r d ; ya di api al t h o u g h ;santipura vasa -residencein Santipura;

eva indeed; advaita fo r A d v a i t a;upayogi pr o p e r ; ta tha api ne v e r t h e l ess;
navanam bhaktinam co n s i s ting of the nine kinds of pure devotional service to the
Lord; dvipah is l a n d; iva as i t w e r e;iti th u s n a m e d; navadvipe in t h e s pi r i t u a l
abode of Navadvipa; carana of Y o ur l o t us feet;avirbhava th e a p p earance;
avadhi ev er since;atra he r e ; eva i n d e e d ;advaita paksap-atah pr e f erred by
Lord Advaita; tena fo r t h at reason;vyapakah om n i p r e s e nt;nityanandah L o r d
Nityananda; ca al s o;atra h e r e .

Srzvasa: Lord, since Your lotus feet have appeared in here in the nine bhakti-
islands of Navadvzpa, Advaita lives here, even though His home is in Santipura.
In the same way all-pervading Nityananda, also lives here.

Text 109

advaitah: ato 'tra srivasah

srivasah: sa tu tirobhutaiva.
bhagavan: srir visnu bhaktih, s-a bhavatsu satsu vartata eva.

atah th u s; atra he r e i s; sri vasah Sr - ivasa Prabhu (can be alternately read as

"the abode of Sri, the goddess of fortune"); sa she, (Goddess Sri in the person of
Laksmipriya, Caitanya Mahaprabhu s first wife); tu ho w e v e r;tirobhuta h a s
disappeared; eva already; srih go d d e ss Sri, the consort of Lord Visnu;v isnu-
bhaktih is t he personification of devotional service to Visnu; sa s h e ; bhavatsu
in all ofyou; satsu be i n g ; vartate c o n t i n u e s to exist; eva s t i l l .

Advaita: Here is Srivasa.

Srivasa: Sri has gone away.
Bhagavan: Real wealth is devotion to Visnu. That wealth always stays with
you devotees.

Note: Sri may mean "wealth", and the name "Srivasa" may be interpreted to
mean "the abode of wealth". Srivasa protests that because he is poverty-stricken,
Sri has left him. Lord Caitanya replies by saying that Srivasa is not at all bereft of
Sri.

Text 110

advaitah: idanim saiva visnupriya

bhagavan: atha kim. satsu j nanadi marg-esu bhaktir eva
visnoh priya
advaitah: ata eva bhagavan api tam angi caka-ra

idanim no w ; sa s h e ; e va i n d e e d ; visnu priya -V i s n u p r i y a devi, the second

wife of Lord Caitanya (literally, "dear to Visnu"); atha kim of course, why not;
satsu even though they are present;j nana adi o-f knowledge, etc.;margesu t h e
various paths of advancement; bhaktih de v o t i o n al service; eva i n d e e d;visnoh
of the Lord; priya th e f a v o r i t e;atah eva t h e r e f o re; bhagavan th e L o r d;api
indeed; tam h er; angi cakara -h as chosen.

Advaita: Now Srz is Visnupriya.

Bhagavan: Yes. Of all transcendental paths, which begin with j " a n a-yoga,
d evotional service is most dear to Lord Visnu .
Advaita: That is why the Supreme Personality of Godhead has accepted Her.

Note: Advaita interprets Sri to mean "Goddess Laksmi". He says here "Goddess
Laksmi has descended as Srimati Visnupriya-devi (Lord Caitanya's wife)." Lord
Caitanya interprets Advaita's words in a different way and says: "Yes the real
wealth (Sri) is devotional service, which is dear (priya) to Visnu (visnu), thus
playfully sidestepping Advaita s statement about Visnupriya-devi. Advaita replies
by referring to Lord Caitanya s marriage to Visnupriya.

Text ll l
 (nepathye) bho bho visva jananya saci devya nigadyate advaitasyanyatra visrama-
stha2i na karya, mamaiva2aye visramaniyo mant y-oga iva svayam vrttah

nepathye vo i ce offstage;bhoh bhoh si r s; visva jananya by t h e m o t h er of the

universe; saci d-evya by Sacidevi;nigadyate is s p o ke n;advaitasya o f S r i
Advaita; anyatra el s e w h e re;visrama st-ha2i re sting place;na s h o u l d n o t ;
karya be m a d e;mama my ; eva ra t h e r ;al a ye in t h e h o m e ; visramaniyah H e
should remain; mani of a g e m;yogah t h e s e t t i ng in a piece of jewelry; iva a s i f ;
svayam pe r s o n a lly;vrttah c h o s e n .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Sacz-devz, mother of the universe, asks that
Advaita not reside in any other place. She says: "Please stay as a jewel in my
home."

Text 112

advaitah: (akarnya) yathaj napayati visva janani, tad ucyatam sahaivadya

bhoktavyam bhagavata visvambharena bharena harsasya mantharo 'yam dehah

akarnya having heard; yatha however;aj napayati orders;visvajanani the

universalmother; tat th e r e f o r e;ucyatam pl e a se tellh e r;saha to g e t h e r;eva
indeed; adya to d a y; bhoktavyam sh a l l d i n e;bhagavata visvambharena w i t h
Lord Visvambhara;bharena by the burden;harsasya ofhappiness;mantharah
become heavy;ayam this me of mine;dehah body.

Advaita: (hearing) As th e m o t her of the univ erse orders. Tell her this body,
overcome with bliss, will today take prasadam with Lord Vi svambhara.

Text 113

srivasah: tan mamapi mapitavayam tatra bhojanam

bhagavan: tarhi parisramo sya mahan bhavita vitanena pakasya
advaitah: asyeti kim ucyate, asya ity ucyatam (iti kanc.id atmaninam tatra
presayati sa cengi.tam buddhva niskrantah)

tat th u s; mama my ; ap i al s o ;ma a pitavyam ma y i t n o t be accepted;

tatra th e r e;bhoj anam me a l; tarhi in t h a t c a s e;parisramah la b o r ; asya i n i t
(preparing the meal); mahan gr e a t ;bhavita wi l l b e c o m e;vitanena be c a u se of
the great deal; pakasya of c o o k i n g; asya iti "in it"; kim why; ucyate H e s a y s ;
asyah iti "for her"; ucyatam should be said; iti sp e a k i n g t h u s;kancit o n e ;
atmaninam pe r s o nal servant;tatra to h e r ; pr e sayati H e m o t i o n s H im to g o;
sah th at person; ca an d ; in g i t am th e g e s t u r e;buddhva u n d e r t a n d i ng ;
niskrantah exits.
 Srivasa: I will also take prasadam with Them.
Bhagavan: It will be difficult for him to cook such a great meal.
Advaita: Why does He say "for him"? He should say "for her". (He calls for
a servant. The servant understands the hint and exits.)

Text llk

(advaitah srivasasya karne lagati)

bhagavan: kim ahacaryah aryah
srivasah: sri nit-yanandena devasya sad bh-uj am rupam avalokitam, tad bhavate
darsaniyam iti svarupa dar-sanaya yad angi krt-am mahyam, mahyam tat katham iti
svarupa dar-sanayayad angi krt-am mahyam mahyam tat katham na darsyate
bhagavatavata, drstam me kidrsam iti.

advaitah Ad v a i t a; srmivasa karne in t o S r i v asas ear;lagati wh i s p e r s;kim

what; aha ha s said;acaryah Ad v a i t a ;ar yah th e n o b l e soul;sri nity-anandena
by Nityananda Prabhu; devasya of t he L or d; sat bhuj-am si x - a r me d;rupam
form; avalokitam wa s s een;tat th a t ; bh a vate un t o Y o u ( A d v a i t a );
darsaniyam sh a ll be displayed;iti sp e a k i n g in t h o se words;svarupa
darsanaya in d i c a t ing the intention of revealing His own original form; yat
which; angi krtam -was acknowledged; mahyam un t o M e ; ma hyam t o M e ;
tat th a t ; ka t ham wh y ; na d a rsyate ha s n ot been shown; bhagavata b y O u r
Lord; avata and p r o t ector; adrstam (p r e v i o u s ly) unseen;me by m e ; ki d r sam
what kind (of form) is it; iti thu s e x p r e s s ing Himself.

(Advaita whispers in Srivasa s ear.)

Bhagavan: What did the noble Acarya say?
Srivasa: He said: "Sri Nityanandadeva saw His six-armed form. The Lord
promised to show it to Me, but I have not seen it. Why did the Lord, our
protector, not show it?"

Text 115

(nepathye) bho bhoh, sad bhujam -rupam avalokitam

nepathye vo i ce from the wings;bhoh bhoh si r s ; sat bhuj am -rupam t h e f or m

with six hands; avalokitam wa s s een.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Ah! Ah! Now we see the six-armed form!

Text 116

bhagavan: (savahittham) mama svarupam idam eva. yad idam advaita prema -
patram .
advaitah: (svagatam) kim atra brumahe maheccham prati yadi tavaitad eva
svarupam, tadadarsaniya s-yamasundara v-igrahabhilaso nirastah yadi saeva
svarupam ity ucyate t.adasmin prema h-anih (iti ksanam paramrsati)

sa av-ahitham co n c ealing His real feelings;mama My ; sv a r u p am o r i g i n a l

form; idam th i s ; eva in d e e d ;yat si n c e ;id am th i s a d v a i t a-prema o f A d v a i ta s
love; patram th e o b j e ct;sva ga-tam as i de;kim w-hat; atra in t h i s s it u a tion;
brumahe wi l l I s a y;maha ic-cham th e m o st magnanimous Lord;prati u n t o
Him; yadi if ( I s a y );tava Yo u r ; et at th i s ; eva in f a c t ;svarupam i s Y o u r
innate form; tada th e n ; da rsaniya ve r y m u c h w o r th s eeing;syamasundara o f
the beautiful black cowherd boy Krsna; vigraha th e f o r m; abhilasah m y d e s i r e
(to see); nirastah wi l l be f o i l e d; yadi i f ; s ah t h a t ( f o r m o f K r s n a );eva r a t h e r ;
svarupam Y ou r ac tual forms; iti in s u c h w o r d s;ucyate I s p e a k;tada i n t h a t
case; asmin for this form of Caitanya Mahaprabhu; prema i n t h e l o v i n g
relationship; hanih de t r i m e n t al effect;iti t h u s ;k s a nam f o r a m o m e n t ;
paramrsat he t h i n ks to Him s elf.

Bhagavan: (concealing His real intention) This is My own form, the object
of Advaita's devotion.
Advaita: (aside) What will I say? If I say, "Yes, this is Your original form",
my desire to see the form of Lord Syamasundara will not be fulfilled. If I say,
"The other form is Your original form," it will kill My love for this form. (He
thinks for a moment.)

Text 117

srivasah: asmakam idam eva bhavad vapuh -prema patram- , atra kah sandehah
kintu svayam evoktam tad bhavate darsayisyamiti krtvasau nivedayati

asmakam fo r u s; idam th i s ;eva in d e e d ;bhavat vapuh -tr a nscendental body

of Yours; prema patra -the object oflo v e; atra in t h i s ; k ah w h a t ; sa n dehah
doubt; kintu bu t ; sv a yam Yo u r s e l f;eva in d e e d;uktam sa i d ;tat t h a t f o r m ;
bhavate un to You; darsayisyami I w i l l s h o w; iti thu s ; kr t v a h a v i n gd o n e ;
asau He, Advaita Acarya;nivedayati is b e s eeching You.

Srzvasa: This form present before us is the object of our love. Of this there is
no doubt. Still, You said, "I will show that form to You". That is why He asks.

Text 118

bhagavan: unmada dasayam -kenakim na bhanyate

unmada dasayam -in ma dness;kena by w h o m 7 ; kim w h a t 7 ; na not;

bhany ate is said.
 Bhagavan: What will a ma dman not say?

Text 119

srivasah: bhagavan anyonmadas tu vyadhir eva, ayam tu tavonmado drastr

srotrnam api bhava vy-adhi ni-rmulakah. kim cajivas tu vastutah ksudranandenapi
vilupta dh-ir adhira eva bhavati. isvarasya tv ananda ru-patvat j nana sv-arupatvac ca
kim kena badhyatam te.na svadhinanandah svadhina jnanas cayam

bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; an ya an y o t h e r ; unmadah in s a n i t y;tu alb e i t ;vy a d hih

is a sickness; eva in d e e d; ayam th i s ; tu ho w ev e r ; ta va Yo u r ; un m a dah
insanity; drastr fo r t h o s e who see;srotrnam an d h e a r;api ho w e v e r;bhava
vyadhi of t he disease of material existence;nirmulakah up r o o t e r; kim ca
furthermore; j ivantu ma y l i v e; vastutah in t r u t h ; ks u dra sm a l l ; an a ndena
with bliss; api al s o; vilupta lo s t ; dh ih in t e l l i g e n c e;
adhirah fo o l i s h;eva
indeed; bhavati is ; is varasya of t h e S upreme Personality of Godhead;tu
indeed; ananda rupa-tvat be c ause ofbeing the form ofb l i s s;jn a na svar-upatvat
because of being the form of knwoledge; ca a n d ; ki m w h a t ? ;ke na b y w h o m ? ;
badhyatam st o p p e d; tena by t h a t ; svadhma in d e p e n d e nt;anandah b l i s s ;
svadhina in d e p e ndent;jnanah kn o w l e d g e; ca a n d ; ay am t h i s .

Srzvasa: Lord, others madness is a disease, but for they who see it or hear of
it, Your madness uproots the disease of repeated birth and death. A foolish
living entity knows very lit tle happiness. Because the Supreme Lord s form is
full of transcendental bliss and knowledge, how can the Lord be stopped in any
way? The Lord is not dependent on anyone for His bliss and knowledge.

Text 120

bhagavan: (sa smitam-) tat khalu mad adhina-m na bhavati yan maya darsayisyate
svayam eva bhava caksus-a drsyatam (iti .tad antah k-arane -svarupam
a virbhavayati ) .

sa smitam -with a smile; tat th a t ; kh a lu in d e e d ;mad adhinam -d e p e n dent

on Me; na no t ; bh avati is ; ya t wh at ; ma y a by M e ; da r s a yisyate w i l l b e
revealed; svayam pe r s o nally; eva in d e e d;bhava of l o v e ; caksusa wi t h e y e s ;
drsyatam ma y be seen;iti th u s ; tad a ntah ka-rane -in His heart; svarupam H i s
own form; avirbhavayati re v e a l s .

Bhagavan: (smiling) Th e p e r son I w il l s how You is not dependent on Me.

He is revealing Himself because Your eyes are full of love. (He manifests that
form in Advaita's heart.)
 Text 121

advaitah: (caksusi nimilya pranidhananam natayati ).

caksusi His eyes;nimilya cl o s i n g;pranidhananam meditation; natayati

represents dramatically.

(Advaita closes His eyes and meditates.)

Text 122

srivasah: (ciram nivarnya) aho citram adv.aito dvaitopari parivartate tat.ha hi

yad bah-yendriya vrtt-ayo sya ga2ita svananda san-dro 2ayah

ko 'py antah kar-anasya hanta nitaram spandena mandam vapuh
atmapy esa layam yayav anubhavasvadye pare vastuni
prayo yam svasititi bodha visa-yam prapnoti romodgamaih

ciram fo r a long time;nivarnya lo o k i n g ; ah o Oh . ; ci t r a m w on d e r f u l ;

advaitah Ad v a i t a; advaita th e A d v a i ta philosophy;upari ab o v e ;parivartate
goes; tatha hi furthermore; yad bahy-a indri-ya vrtta-yah th e activities of the
external senses; asya of H i m; ga l itah go n e ; svananda sand-rah in i n t e n se bliss;
layah me r g e d; ko 'pi so m e t h i n g;antah karan-asya of t he heart;hanta i n d e e d ;
nitaram gr e a t ly;spandena tr e m b l i n g; mandam sl o w ; va p uh fo r m ; at m a s e l f ;
api al s o; esah th i s ; la yam be i n g m e r g e d; xxyayau g o e s ; anubhava-asvadye
in direct experience; pare vastuni i n t h e S u p r eme thing; prayo m o s t l y ; ayam
t his; svasititi b r e a t h es; bodha-visayam p e r c e p t i on; prapnoti attains;
romodgamaihwith bodily hairs erect in ecstasy.

S rzvasa: (watching for a long time) W o n d e r f u l !

Advaita has gone beyond the imersonal advaita-philosophy.
The actions of His outward senses have stopped. His heart is lost in
intense bliss. His stilled body trembles. He is lost in the
direct perception of the Supreme Truth. That He breathes we know
only by the slight movements of His nostrils' hair.

Text 123

bhagavan: evam eva tad asvada sa-mvadah-

evam i n t h is way; eva i n d e e d; tad-asvada-samvadah d i r e c t

experience of the Lord.

Bhagavan: These are the symptoms of directly seeing the

Lord.

Text 120

srivasah: bhagavan, tavaiva natyam idam bahir na

darsitam asmabhir api na drsyata iti bhavatv asmakam
tavaitadeva rupam maha dh-anam, kintv adhuna dhunotu bhavan
matah param parantapa ceto sya. tirodhapayantahkaranat
tad rupam anyatha samadhi sa-ma dhisanasya na param
bahis car-ini bhavisyati pr.cchamas caitam kim
drstam iti.

bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; ta va Y o u r ; e va i n d e e d ;
natyam pl a y - acting;idam th i s ; ba hih ex t e r n a l l y ; ( . fn
2) na darsitam h a s not been shown; asmabhih b y u s ;
api al t h o u g h; na drsyatah no t s e e n;iti t h u s ;
bhavatu le t it remain; asmakam fo r u s ; ta va Y ou r ; ( . f n
2) etat t h is ; eva r a t h e r ;ru pam fo r m ( a s C a itanya
Mahaprabhu); maha dhan-am th e greatest treasure;
kintu however;adhuna now; dhunotu may please
disturb; bhavan Yo u r s e l f;ma atah param n o
longer; parama tapa 0 ch a n s t i s er of those who become
inimical to You; cetah th e m i n d ; asya H i s ;
tirodhapaya please cause to disappear; antah karan-at from
his heart; tat rupam t h a t f o r m ;
anyatha ot h e r w i s e;samadhi sama -equivalent to complete
absorption in meditative trance; dhisana co n s c iousness;(.fn
2) asya His; na param ne v e r a gain;bahih carini -bhavisyati will come outside;
prcchamah we w o u ld l i ke to
ask; ca al s o; kim drstam iti "what have you seen?".

Srivasa: Lord, this isplay

a You have staged. You do not
show this form externally. We cannot see it. So be it. Your form
is our great treasure. 0 po we rful Lor d, ple ase do not continue to
shake Advaita s mind in this way. Please make this form disappear
from His heart, otherwise He will never emerge from this trance.
We wish to ask Him: "W hat did You see?"

Text 125

b hagavan: svyam evasau prabodhyatam (iti tad .

antahkaranat tad rupam tirobhavayati)

svayam by H i m s e lf; eva i n d e e d; asau He ; pr a b odhyatam i s

free to awaken; iti ha v i n g s po ken thus;tat of A d v a i t a;antah
karanat fr o m t he heart;tat rupam th a t f o r m; ti r o bhavayati ma k e s d is appears.

Bhagavan: He is free to awaken as He wishes. (He makes that

form disappear from Advaita's heart.)

Text 126

(advaito hrdi sphurad rupam tat kim apy analokayan

suptotthita iva caksusi unmilya ksanam tad eva pasyann
iva dasam kam apy abhinayati)
bhagavan: advaita, kim iksyete

advaitah Lo r d A d v i t a; hrdi wi t h i n H i s h e a rt; sphurat

manifested; rupam fo r m ; tat th a t ; ki m a pi a t a l l ;
analokayan no t p e r c eiving;supta fr o m s l e e p;utthitah a w o k e ;
iva as if; caksusi Hi s e y e s;unmilya o p e n i n g ;
ksanam fo r a m o m e n t;tat th a t f o r m ; eva th e s a m e ; (.fn
2) pasyan seeing (before Himself); iva as if;
dasam such a state;kam api a c e r t a i n;abhinayati He
displays; advaita Ad v a i ta Prabhu;kim w h at ;
iksayate do Y ou see.

(No longer able to see that form, He open His eyes as if

waking from sleep, and for a moment continues to stare, as if
still seeing that form.)
Bhagavan: Advaita, what did You see?

Text 127

advaitah: (svapnayamana iva graha grasta i-va ca kim api

pathati)

akasmad unmi2an nava k-uva2ay-a stoma s-urabhi-r

ghana sreni sn-igdha-h stavakita tamalav-ali ghanah-
prarohan ni2asya vyatika-ra visesojj-va2ataro
mahah purah k-o 'yam nayana padayim -corayati nah

svapnayamanah dr e a mi ng; iva as i f ; gr a ha grastah-

possessed by spirits; iva as i f;ca al s o ;k i m
api so m e thing; pathati He r e c i t e s;akasmat su d d e n ; ( . fn
2) unmilan o p e n i n g; nava new ; ku v a l a ya o f b l u e
lilies; stoma li k e a mass;surabhih f r a g r a n t ;
ghana of c lo uds;sreni like a row; snigdhah
shinging; stavakita fu l l o f b l o s soms;tamala
ava2i li ke a series ofblackish; tama2a trees;
ghanah de n s e;prarohan radiant; nila asma a
sapphire; vyatikara re s e m b l i n g;visesa ujjvala-
tarah mo s t exceptionally brilliant; mahah p-urah f lo o d o f
splendor; kah wh a t ; ayam th i s ;na y a na
padavim th e p ath vision;carayati is stealing;
nah O u r .

Advaita: (As if dreaming or possessed by a ghost, He

recites) Fragrant as a host of suddenly-blooming blue lotuses,
glorious as a host of dark clouds, dark as forest
a of
flowering tamala trees, and brilliant as a host of sapphires, what
is the flood of splendor that robs My eyes?

Text 128

apl ca

prasyama cit k-ira-na man-dala mad-hya vart-i

praty anga-kam madhurimamrta pura -purn-am
vamsi ka2a -kvan-ita ke2i -ka2a -vida-gdham
adyam maho ghana saho-daram aviraste

api ca al s o; parsyama ve r y d a rk blu e;cit s p i r i t u a l ;

kirana of r a y s;mandala a h a l o ;madhya varti -s i t u t a t e d
within; prati angak-am ea ch one of His limbs;
madhurima of t r a n s cendental sweetness;amrta o f t h e
deathless nectar; pura a f lo o d ; pu r nam ab u n d a n t ; ( . f n
2) vamsi o f Hi s fl u te; kala b y t h e n o t e s ;
kvanita vi b r a t e d;ke2i ka2a -with this playful artistry;(.fn
2) vidagdham cleverly charming; adyam original;
mahah the supremely opulent;ghana sahoda-ram th e bro t her of
the clouds; aviraste is p r e sent.

A dark spiritual glory in each limb, fl ooded with sw eet

nectar, and expert at playing the flute, a divine splendor that
is a brother to the dark clouds, stands before Me.

Text 129

srivasah: aho vartamana prayoga-d atitam api

pratyaksam manyamano 'yam nigadati

aho oh;vartamana here and now;prayogat affairs;

atitam be y o n d; api al t h o u g h ;pr a tyaksam (a s i f) p r e sent
before His eyes; manyamanah co n s i d ering (that form); ayam He;
nigadati is s peaking.

Srzvasa: That form is gone. Thinking it st ill st ands

before His eyes, He speaks these words.

Text 130

bhagavan: anandasya vartamanatvat tad akarnaya,

bhuyo pi vivaksur ayam (s.arve tusnim tisthanti)

anandasya His spiritua lb l i s s; vartamanatvat be c a u se of

its still being present; tat th e r e f o r e;akarnaya j u s t l i s t e n ;
bhuyah api on c e again;vivaksuh is a b o ut to speak;ayam
He; sarve all of the m; tusnim tisthanti be c o me silent.

Bhagavan: That is because He is still in ecstasy. Listen,

He wants to say something more. (Everyone becomes silent.)

Text 131

advaitah:

susyama dirgh-a ghana -kunci-ta kesa -pasam-

subhru 2atam -sva2akam unnata caru -nasam-
alola sona v-ipula-yata netra -padma-m
bandhuka bandh-ava surekh-a subha-dharaustham

su syama -nicely black; dirgha lo n g ; gh ana t h i c k ;

kuncita cu r l i n g; kesa pasam -mass of hair; su bhru -fine
eyebrows; 2atam (w h i c h a re arched like) creepers;
su alakam -n i c e lo c ks of His hair; unnata r a i s e d ;
caru be a utiful; nasam no s e ;a2o2a r o l l i n g
slightly; sona ti n g ed with red;vipu2a w i d e ;
ayata and lo n g s;netra padmam -His lo t us eyes;
bandhuka bandha-va like the bandhuka flower; su rekha- having
a fine line; subha au s p i cious;adhara ostham -lips .

A dvaita: His long black hair is thick and curly. Hi s

eyebrows are a flowering vine. His raised nose is handsome.
His restless red eyes are large lotus flowers. His handsome lips
are like bandhuka flowers.

Text 132
srivatsa k-austubha r-ama s-usama s-ameta-
vaksah s-tha2a s-kha2ad u-dara s-utara h-aram
apada la-mbi v-anamalya s-upalyamanam
sad v-rtta d-irghatara p-ivara b-ahu d-andam

srivatsa th e Srivatsa locket;kaustubha th e K a u s tubha

gem; rama the goddess Laksmi; su sa-ma ex q uisite; sameta
joined together; vaksah sth-a2a upon His chest; skha2at
trembling; udara no b l e ; su tar-a b r i l l i a n t ;
haram ne c k l a ce;a pa-da do wn to H is feet;
2ambi extending; vana ma-2ya a flower garland; su
palyamanam gr a c efully wearing;sat vrt-ta we l - r o u n d e d ; (.fn
2) dirgha-tara v er y l o ng; pivara st o u t ; ba h u
dandam st r o n g; arms

The Srivatsa mark, Kaustubha gem, and goddess o f fortune

meet on His chest decorated with a beauti ful great necklace A.
garland of forest flowers reaches to His feet The .clubs of His
arms are long and broad

Text 133

srivasah: katham akasmad asyaivam abhiniveso j atah

katham ho w ; ak asmat su d d e n l y;asya of H i m ; ev am t h u s ;

abhinivesah ab sorption in trance;j atah ha s arisen.

Srzvasa: Why is He suddenly lost in tr ance?

Text 130

bhagavan: sruyatam

dhyanabhyasa krta sph-urtih

sphurtih sa tu cirad bhavet
yakasmiki hrdi hareh
savatara ivaparah

sruyatam pl e a se listen;dhyana o f m e d i t a t i o n;
abhyasa by systematic practice;krta ef f e c t e d;
sphurtih ma n i f e s t ation (of the personal form of God);
sphurtih sa th a t revelation;tu wh e r e a s;cirat o n l y
after a long time; bhavet ma y b e ; ya t h a t w h i c h ; ( . f n
2) akasmiki s u d d en; hrdi wi t h i n t h e h e a rt; hareh o f
Lord Hari, Visnu; sa th a t ; av atarah i s a d i r e c t
incarnation; iva so b e i n g; aparah s o m e t h i n g
different.

Bhagavan: Listen. By long yoga practice the Lord is

manifest in meditation. But Lord Hari s sudden, unexpected
appearance in the heart is different. It is a special
incarnation.

Text 135

srivasah: evam eva, "sakrd yad darsitam rupam etat

kamaya te 'naga" iti prag janmani darsitam ity avatara suc-akam,
dhruvasya tv abhyasa krta -sphurtih.

evam eva ye s, indeed;sakrt on l y on c e ; y at w hi c h ;

darsitam wa s seen;rupam My f o r m ; et at th i s ; ka m a ya f o r
stimulating the desire; te yo u r ; an agha 0 si n l e s s one; iti
thus speaking; naradasya of N a r a da Muni; prak janmani i n h i s
previous lifetime; darsitam wh i c h w as shown;
iti th u s ; avatara sucak-am ar e f e r e nce to the Lord's direct
appearance; dhruvasya of D h r u va Maharaja;tu o n t h e
other hand; abhyasa krta -resulting from practice;
sphurtih ma n i f e s tation.

Srzvasa: It is so. An example of a special incarnation is

the Lord s appearance to Narada in his previous life, when the
Lord said, "0 s inless one, the revelation of this form,
which you have seen only momentarily, was meant to increase your
spiritual desire."' An ex am ple of The Lord's appearence as the
result of yoga practice was His appearance to Dhruva.

Note: The quote is Srimad-Bhagavatam 1.6.22.

Text 136

kintu bhagavan, vina cirabhyasa yogena k-atham bhagavat

prakasa yogyata 'n-tahkaranasya

kintu bu t ; bh agavan 0 Lo r d ; vi n a wi t h o u t ;ci ra l on g ;

abhyasa yogena -yogapractice;katham how; bhagavat of the
Lord; prakasa fo r t he appearance;yogyata s u i t a b l e ness;
antah karanasya -of t he mind.
 But Lord, why would the Lord appear in the heart without
long yoga practice?

Text 137

bhagavan: avadhehi

puro 'nugraha evasya

svodayadhara dh-avanah
udayat pu-rvam arkasya
vinihanti tamo 'runah

avadhehi please consider; purah beforehand;anugrahah

the mercy; eva in d e e d; asya Hi s ; sva H i s
own; udaya adh-ara th e p l a ce of rising;dhavanah ( H i s
mercy is) the cleanser; udayat purv-am be f o re the
rising; arkasya of t he sun; vinibhanti d i s s i p a t e;(.fn
2) tamah d a r k n e ss; arunah t h e d a wn t w i l i g h t .

Bhagavan: The Lord's mercy purifies the place before He

comes, as the red light of dawn destroys the darkness before the
sun rises.

Text 138

srivasah: kim ayam adyapi saksad eva vtksate,

kim veksitam anu vadati
bhagavan: prcchatam

kim w h e t h er; ayam He ; ad ya api ev e n n o w ; sa ksat

directly; viksate is s eeing; kimva or r a t h e r seen;
iksitam wh a t w as previously seen; anu in t e r m s o f; vadati is
speaking; prcchatam a s k H i m .

Srzvasa: Does He directly see the Lord at this moment or

does He describe what he saw before?
Bhagavan: Ask.

Text 139

srivasah: (advaitam prati) bho bhomahanubhava.

kim pasyasi, kim va drstam anu vadasi
 advaitam prati addressing Advaita; bhoh bhoh my dear
sir; maha anubhava 0 gr e a t soul; kim w h e t h e r ; pasyasi Y o u
are seeing; kim va or e l s e;drstam anu a c c o r d i ng to what
was seen; vadasi You are speaking.

Srzvasa: (to Advaita) 0 g r eat soul, do You see this now,

or do You describe what You saw before?

Text 100

advaitah (anandabdhy-utthita iva kincid bahyam

avagahya)

asmad vibhor bahir upetya maho ti-ni2am

antar mamavisad aho ksanatas tirobhut
tenati-duhkhita-mana bahir atta drsti-h
pasyami tat punar ihaiva nimagnam asit

ananda abdh-i fr om the ocean ofecstasy;

utthitah r i s i ng; iva a s i f ; k i n c it a l i t t l e ;
bahyam ex t e rnally; avagahya pe r c e i v i n g;asmat from
Him (Lord Caitanya); vibhoh the Almightly;
bahih ou t s i de; upetya co m i n g ; ma hah a m a g n i f i c e nt
manifestation; ati-ni2am d eep blue; antah mama i n s i d e
Myself; avisat i t e n t e r ed; aho b u t a l a s ;
ksanatah af t er a short time; tirobhut d i s a p p e ar;
tena t h e refore; ati-duhkhita-manah My m i n d v e r y
distressed;bahih o u t w a r d ly; atta drstih -I fi x e d My
vision; pasyami n o w I s e e; tat t h a t ;
punah again; iha here (in the body of Lord Caitanya);
eva in d e e d; nimagnam me r g e d;asit ha s b e c o me.

Advaita: (As if ri sing from an ocean of ecstasy, He shows

s ome external consciousness) A splendid dark form l eft L o r d
Caitanya, entered Me, and then, after a moment, disappeared.
Unhappy at heart, I opened my eyes and saw it again enter
Lord Caitanya.

Text lkl

srivasah: (so22asam) bhagavan, pha2itam asmad vacah -

bhagavan: tandra doso 'yam -asya

sa u22asam -with joy; bhagavan my L o r d ; ph a2itam

fruitful; asmat my ; va c ah wo r d s ; ta n dra of s l e e p f ul ness;
dosah an error; ayam th i s ; as ya H i s .

S rzvasa: (with joy) Lord, my w o rds have borne fruit .

Bhagavan: He's just sleepy.

Text 102

srivasah: ananda ta-ndra khalv iyam dosah

bhagavan: (advaitam prati) advaita, j agrat sva-pno yam
bhavatah

ananda of e c s t asy;tandra th e l a s situde;khalu

certainly; iyam th i s ; ku t ah wh e r e ;as yam in t h i s ; do sah
fault; advaitam prati to A d v a i t a;advaita de a r A d v a ita Prabhu;
j agrat sva-pnah wa k i ng dream; ayam this; bhavatah o f
Yourself.

Srivasa: A sleep of ecstatic trance. What is the fault?

Bhagavan: (to Advaita) A d v a i ta, this is a waking dream.

Text 103

advaitah: (sabhyasuyam iva)

nava kuva2-aya dama -syama-2o vama jangha

hita tad ita-ra j-anghah ko pi divyah kisorah
tvam iva sa sa iva tvam gocaro naiva bhedah
kathaya katham aho mejagratah svapna esah

sa abhyas-uyam wi th i n d i g n a tion iva a s i f ; na va n e w ;

kuvalaya of b l ue lot uses;dama li k e a garland;
syamalah da r k - c o m p l e xioned;vama ov e r t he left;
j angha lo w er leg; ahita pl a c e d;tat itara jan-ghah t h e
other (right) leg; kah api a certain;
divyah ra d i a nt; kisorah yo u t h ; tv am Yo u ; iv a as
if; sah He ; iva as i f ; tv am Yo u ; go c a rah
experienced; na n o n e ; eva i n d e e d ;
bhedah di f f e rence; kathaya j u s t t e l l M e ;
katham how; aho ah; me My;jagratah
svapnah da y d ream; esah t h i s .

Advaita: (irr i t ated) A s p l e n d i d y o u t h , He was splendid as

a blue lotus. His left ankle crossed His right. He was like You.
You are like Him. To My eyes there is no difference. Tell Me: Is
this a waking dream?
 Text 100

bhagavan: advaita, tavaivayam vasanagahi dosah,

yatas tvam evaivam pasyasi, naparah ko pi

advaita Ad v a i ta Prabhu; tava Yo u r ; eva in d e e d ;ayam

this; vasana av-agahi of m e n t al distraction; dosah
mistake; yatah by w h i c h; tv am Yo u ; eva in d e e d ;evam i n t h i s
way; pasyasi are seeing;na aparah on o n e e lse; kahapi a t
all.

Bhagavan: Advaita, this is Your own mental delusion.

You alone see this. No one else sees.

Text 105
srivasah: ka evam vidh-a bhag-yavan aste, yas tvam
tatha pasyatu
bhagavan: (sopahasam) srivasa, bhavan apy advaita
patha pati to -'bhut.

kah who; evam vidha -li ke th i s; bhagyvan f o r t u n a t e ;

aste is; yah wh o ; tv a m Yo u ; ta t h a th u s ;pa s yatu m a y
see; sa upaha-sam laughing at him; srivasa 0 Sr i v a s a ;
bhavan yo u; api to o ; ad v a i ta patha -d o wn the same path
as Advaita Prabhu (or alternately, the path of advaita,
impersonalist monism, in which philosophy the separate identities
of God and the living entity are confused); patitah
abhut ha ve fallen.

Srzvasa: Who is so fortunate to see You in this way?

Bhagavan: (joking) Srrvasa, you also walk on the pathway
of Advaita's delusion.

Text 106

sr>vasah: krsnena tavadvaitam yat tat patha -

patina eva vayam,ko 'trasandehah

bhagavan: evam cet, bhavato 'pi tena sahadvaitam

krsnena saha wi t h K r s n a; tava Yo u ; ad v aitam a r e

nondifferent; yat th e f a ct that;tat patha pati-nah -have
fallen onto that path; eva in d e e d;vayam a l l o f u s; kah w h a t ;
atra in t h i s; sandehah do u b t ; evam cet if t h a t is the case;
bhavatah of y o u; api al s o ; te na saha fr o m K r s n a ; ( .fn
2) advaitam n o d i f f e r ence.

Srzvasa: We walk on the path of knowing that You are not

different from Krsna. How can there be any doubt of it?
Bhagavan: If that is so then you are also not different
from Him.

Note: In the previous text the Lord used the word "advaita" to mean "Advaita
Acarya". In his answer
here, Srivasa uses the word "advaita" to mean "impersonal monism".

Text 107

srivasah: bhagavan, maivam vadih tvac.

caranaravinda mak-aranda kan-asvada bhaj -am naisa panthah.
bhagavan: tarhi mayi katham tad aropayasi

bhagavan my Lord;ma evam vadih do not speak like

that; tvat Your; carana aravi-nda of t he lotus feet;
makaranda of t he honey;kana a d r o p ;as vada f o r t a s t i n g ;
bhaj am (w ho want to be) qualified; na esah panthah t h i s
is not the path; tarhi th e n ; ma yi u n t o M e ;
katham wh y ; tat that ; ar o p a yasi y o u a t t r i b u t e .

Srzvasa: Lord, please don't speak in this way. For they who
taste the honey of Your lotus feet, this is no path to take.
B hagavan: Then why do you say I walk on i t ?

Text 108

srivasah: na hidam aropanam, svabhavo pi bhavo

napahnotum sakyate kintu nay.am adviatacaryasya dosah,
api tu tavaiva, yatas tvayoktam tad bhavate darsayisya iti.
nepathye: satyam satyam

na no t; hi in d e e d ;id am th i s ; ar o p anam f a l s e
attribution; svabhah na t u r a l; api in d e e d ;bhavah
condition; na no t ; ap a hnotum to d e n y ; saktaye ma y o n e ; kin tu rather; na is
not; ayam th i s ; advaita acaryasya -of Ad v a ita
Acarya; dosah the fault; api tu bu t ; ta v a Yo u r s ;e v a
indeed;yatah si n c e ;tvayauktam Yo u s a i d; ta t
bhavate darsayisye "I will show that form to You";
iti th u s ; nepathye vo i c e in t he wings;satyam
satyam qu i te true .

Srivasa: It is not a false claim. The truth about You cannot

be hidden. Advaita is not at fault. You are at fault, for You
s aid: "I will show this form to Yo u " .
A Voice From Behind the Scenes: True. True.

Text 109

srivasah: jitam asmabhih, yadidam daiva vac-a iva narengitam

abhut.
(punas tatraiva) aye satyam eva saci dev-ya krta pak-a
kriyaya tanayena samam advaitagamanam pratiksyate, gagana
madhya mad-hyarudhas cayam bhagavan martandah

jitam asmabhih my side wins; yadi if ; id am th i s ;d a i v a

vacah an oracle;iva to b e t a k en as;nara ingit-am t h i s
statement from some mortal; abhut w a s ;
punah ag ain; tatra eva fr o m t h e s ame place (the wings);(.fn
2) aye ah; satyam in t r u t h ; eva in d e e d ;saci
devya Mo t h er Sacs;krta ha v i n g c om p l e ted;paka o f
cooking;kriyaya the work;tanayena her son;
samam al o ng with; advaita of A d v a i t a carya;agamanam
the arrival; pratiksyate sh e is awaiting;gagana o f
the sky; madhya in t h e m i d d l e;madhya arudh-ah h a s
climbedhalf-wayup; ca an d; ayam t h i s ;
bhagavan great lord;
martandah the sun.

S rzvasa: If this person is an oracle, then I am right .

Again a Voice From Behind the Scenes: Ah, true. Finished
with her cooking, Sacz-devz now waits for Advaita to come with
her son. The sun is already to the middle of the sky.

Text 150

Srivasah: (srutim abhiniya) matah param atra

vilambaniyam. bhoh kathaya, visva jananyai ete vayam sri
visvambhara devena s-amam advaitadayas calitah. (iti sarve
yatha yatham ni-j skramanti) (iti niskrantah sarve)

srutim th e a ct of hearing;abhiniya di s p l a y i n g;ma atah no f u r t h e r;atra i n

this place; vilambaniyam we s h o u ld delay; bhoh s i r s ; ka thaya te l l m e ; visva
j ananyai to Mother Sacs; ete vayam ou r s e lves;sri visvambh-ara devena sa-mam
along with Sri Visvambhara-deva; advaita adayah A-d vaita and the others;
calitah sh a ll we go;iti th u s s p e a king;sarve al l o f th e m ; yatha yatham
gradually one after another; niskramanti they exit; iti th u s ; ni s k rantah e x i t ;
sarve ev eryone .

Srzvasa: (hears) We should not delay. Tell the mother of

the universe that we, Advaita Prabhu and the others, are coming
with Lord Visvambhara.
(Everyone exits.)

ctT ree

Text I

(tatah pravisati maitri)

maitri: hadhi hadhi parana mett-a uvva-rio j o ekko amha vam-sassa kadambo virao
jivadi tti sudam, tam na ane kahim vattadi aham .pi ja-m nama mett-enajivami, tam pi -

so na anedi, ta uddesam karemi (iti p.arito va2okya) ammo ka i am p-urado aacchadi

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s ;maitri Fr i e n d s h i p, Friendship;hadhi hadhi

fie, fie; parana metta -with me r e ly his vital air; uvvario l e f t to h i m; jo w h o ;
ekko so le; amha of m y ; va m sassa fa m i ly l i n e; kadambo se e d l i n g;virao
Viraga; j ivadi is a li ve; tti th u s ; su t am I h a v eh e a rd; tam th a t ;na ane I d o
not know; kahim wh e r e ; vattadi he i s l i v i n g; aham my s e l f ;pi a l s oj;am t h e
fact that; nama metten-a in name alone;j ivami am a l i v e;tam th a t ;pi a l s o ;
so he; na anedi do e s no kno w;ta of t h a t ;ud d esam no t i f i c a t i o n; karemi Iw i 2 2-
give; iti thus speaking; paritah ar o u n d h e r self;avalokya lo o k i n g ; ammo o h ;
ka wh o; i am t- h i spurado
; in f r o n t of m e;aachadi is a p p r o a ching.

(Friendship enters.)
Friendship: Al as! Alas! I heard that my ki n s man Renunciation is barely
alive. I don't know wh ere he is. I myself am alive only in name. He also does not
k now where I am. I will t ell h im . ( She looks in all di r ections.) Ah , wh o is t h i s
coming here?

Text 2

(samskrtam asritya)

ananda murtir a-mrta dravavat -samantad

anga prabham -tataitah sa rasam ki-ranti
asadayanty atitaram karuna kataksair-
antar visuddhim -akhilasya puro bhyupaiti
(iti sa vismayam alokayati)

samskrtam asritya re s o r t i ng to Sanskrit;ananda of h a p p i n e s s;murtih t h e

very image; amrta ne c t a r;drava li q u i d ; vat as i f c o n s i s ting of;samantat i n a l l
directions; anga of h er bod y;prabham th e r a ys of effulgence;tatah i tah a l l
about; sa ra-sam spiri t ually enlivening; kiranti ra d i a t i n g;asadayanti c a u s i n g ;
ati taram ex t r e me;karuna k-ata me r c i f u l ly glancing;aksai h of e ve ryone;
purah before me;abhyupaiti is coming near; iti t h u s ; sa vi-smayam w i t h
amazement; alokayati ob s e r v es.

A blissful form like streams of nectar, flooding all directions with the
splendor if its limbs, glancing with eyes of mercy, and purifying everyone s
heart, now approaches. (She gazes with wonder.)

Text 3

(tatah pravisati prema bha-ktih)

premabhaktih: (puro
'valokya) aho keyam

namaika matr-am vapur adadhana

vimlana kanti-h paritosa hina-
sotkantham asman mukh-am iksamana
sanaih sanair mat purat-o bhyupaiti

sa cama-tkaram wi t h s u r p r i s e; katham ho w i s t h i s;maitri F r i e n d s h i p ;

tvam yo u; asi ar e ;e hi c o m e h e r e; vatse my d e ar girl; ehi c o m e h e r e; iti
thus; alingya in f r o n t o f m e ; na ma eka m-atram -in na me only; vapuh h e r b o d y ;
adadhana ca r rying; vimlana su l l i e d;ka ntih co m p l e x i o n;asmat mukha-m
towards me; iksamana gl a n c i n g;sanaih sanaih ve r y s l o w l y ; mat purata-h
before me; abhyupaiti is approaching.

(Love of God enters.)

Love of God: (glancing in front) Ah ! W h o i s t h is, unhappy, her splendor
crushed and her body alive in name only, that gazes at me with longing and slowly
comes before me7

Text 0

maitri: (nipunam nibhalya) ammahe,i-am ccea pemma bhatti ja-nani ka-hiena

2acchanena 2acchiadi, ta uvasappi apanam-ami (ity upa.srtya) dei, vandijj asi metti
namadheae ma e -

nipunam ca r e fully; nibhalya lo o k i n g ;am mahe ho w a m a z i n g; i-am

ccea in d eed; pemma bhatti jan-ani M-o t her Love of God;kahiena ( w h i c h I h a v e
heard) spoken; 2acchanena by t he symptoms; 2acchiadi is r e c o gnized;ta h e r ;
uvasappi ag o i n g - n e ar; panamami l e t m e o f f e r m y o b e s iances; iti h a v i n g t h u s
spoken; upasrtya go i n g up to her;dei 0 go d d e s s;vandijj asi yo u a re offered
respect; metti n-amadheae who is named Friendship; ma e -by m e .

Friendship: (l o o k ing carefully) A h ! T h i s i s L ove of God! I recognize her

from her description. I will go to her and offer respects. (She approaches)
Goddess, I, Friendship, offer respects to you.

Text 5

premabhaktih: (sa ca-matkaram) katham maitri tvam asi, ehi vatse ehi, (ity
alingya) maitri, kathaya katham ekakini duravasthita bhramasi

sa cam-atkaram wi t h s u r p r i s e; katham ho w i s t h i s;maitri; Friendship; tvam

you; asi are; ehi come here; vatse my d e ar girl; ehi c o m e h e r e; iti t h u s ;
alingya em b r a c ing her;maitri Ma i t r i ; ka t h a ya pl e a s e tell me;katham w h y ;
ekakini al o n e; duravasthita in a n u n h a p py conditio n;bhramasi y o u a r e
wandering.

Love of God: (with surprise) You are Friendship> Come. Daughter, come
here. (She embraces Friendship.) Friendship,
tellme, why, so unhappy, do you
wander all alone?

Text 6

-h-alidajividam
maitri: kali padi a-nehim -nijjidesu amha pacch-esu bha a bhem
genhi apala-ida, ado me duravattham kim pucchasi

kali padi a-nehim -by the associates of Kali;nijjidesu wh e n t h e y w e r e defeated;

amha pacch-esu my allies; bha aw i - t h f e a r; bhemhalida ov e r c o m e;j ividam m y
verylife; genhi ah o - l d i ng on to; palaida I f le d ; ado th e r e f o r e;me m y ;
duravattham ab o ut t he sorry condition; kim w h y ; pu c c h asi d o y o u a s k .

Friendship: W hen my f r i e nds were defeated by Kali s friends, overcome with

f ear, I fled for my life. Why do you ask about my mi s f o r t u n e>

Text 7

premabhaktih: vatse, nirbhayam atah param sthiyatam mat sangena-iva, tava

matamaha bhaginy -asmi
maitri: kaham vi a -

vatse my dear; nirbhavam in 7 n o f e a rfulness;atah param h e n c e f o rth;

sthiyatam yo u s h o u ld be situated;mat salgena -on account of my associ-ation;
eva certainly; tava yo u r ; ma t a maha of t h e m a t e rnal grandfather;bhagini t h e
sister; asmi I a m; ka h am ho w i s t h a t; vi a i n d e e - d .
 Love of God: Daughter, don't be afraid. Stay with me. I am the sister of your
grandmother.
Friendship: How is that?

Text 8

premabhaktih: amu2am aka2aya

bhagavad an-ugraha na-ma

j anako bhagavaj jan-asaktir
jananl tayos tu samaye
bhurlny apatyani

a mu-2am thoroughly; aka2aya pl e a se conslder;bhagavat anu-graha nam-a

named Bhagavad-anugraha, the Lord's mercy; j anakah the father; bhagavat jana
asaktih Bh a g avad-janasakti, attachment to the Lords devotees;jananl t h e
mother; tayoh of t h e m; tu an d ; sa m a ye in c o u r s e of time;ajanisata w e r e
born; bhurlni ma n y ; ap atyani c h i l d r e n .

Love of God: Consider this from the beginning. Your father was the Mercy of
the Lord, and your mother Attachment to the Lord's Devotees. In time they had
many children.

Text 9

apl ca,

eko viveka nama -tanayo

bahvyas tu bhakti samjni-kah kanyah
tasya vivekasya mater
anasuya nama duhitaslt

api ca fur t h e r; ekah on e ; vi v eka nama -c a lled Viveka, Discrimination;

tanay ah son; bahvy ah se v eral;tu an d ; bh a kti samj ni k-ah co llectively named
Bhakti, Devotion; kanyah gi r l s ; tasya vivekasya of h i m , V i v e k a; mateh b y h i s
wife Mati, Conviction; anasuya nama na m e d Ana suya, Non-envy;duhita a
daughter; aslt c a m e .

One, a son, was named Discrimination, and there were many daughters who
all were named Devotional Service. Discrimination and his wife Thoughtfulness
had a daughter named Non-envy.

Text 10

apl ca
anasuya samabhavam patim
asadya svabhavagam suddham
maitrim asuta putrim
bhavatim mat to-sa s-andhatrim

api ca fur t h e r; anasuya An a s u y a;patim as h er h u s band;samabhavam

Equinimity; asadya ob t a i n i n g; svabhava suddham tw o s o ns called Natural and
Pure; maitrim an d F r i e n d s hip;asuta sh e g ave birth to;putrim a d a u g h t e r ;
bhavatim yo u r g o od self;mat to-sa sa-ndhatrim wh o g i v es me so much
satisfaction.

Nonenvy married Equinimity and had two sons, Naturalness and Purity. and
you, her daughter Friendship, who have brought me great happiness.

Text 11

apl ca

kanyakah sarasa nira-sa bhav-ad

ayayur dvi vidh-atam prathamam tah
nirasas tu bahudha guna yoga-d
bhejire tha dasatam rasa bhaj -ah

apica further; kanyakah the daughters (ofBhagavad-anugraha and

Bhagavad-janasakti); sarasa niras-a bhava-t according to their different natures,
either possessing or devoid of rasa; tu fu r t h e r m o r e;bahu dha -many varieties;
guna yogat -according to contact with different modes of material nature;
bhejire th e y accepted;atha th e n c e;dasatam di v i s i on i n to ten kin d s;rasa
bhaj ah th o se possessing rasa .

Because some were filled with nectar and some had no nectar, the daughters
named Devotional Service divided into two groups. The daughters of the first
group, who, because of touching the modes of material nature had no nectar,
were many, and the daughters of the second group, who were full of nectar,
were ten.

Text 12

ujj valadbhuta samas ca-hasas ca

preyo vatsala itiha rasah sat
uttama iti tad asraya b-haj o -

bhaktayas ca sad amu rati yogyah-

ujjvala co n j u g al love;adbhuta lo v e of God in astonishment;samah l o v e i n

neutrality; ca a n d ; ha sah re l a t i o n s hip in hum o r; ca a n d ; pr e y ah f r i e n d s h i p ;
vatsalah pa r e ntal affection; iti t h u s ; i ha i n t h i s w o r l d ; ra s ah va r i e t i es of
spiritual appreciation; sat si x ; ut t a mah to p m o s t ; i ti t h u s ; ta t a s raya bh-aj ah -
which are based on these rasas; bhaktayah th e k i n d s of devotional service; ca
and; sat si x; amuh th e s e ;rati y-ogyah ar e f it to be endowed with true love of
the Supreme Lord.

The six kinds of Devotional Service in the six rasas of conjugal love, wonder,
neutrality, humor, friendship and parenthood, are the best. They lead to
attachment to the Lord.

Text 13

maitri: carama hi pemma bh-atti.

carama th e h ig htest;hi th u s ;pe mma bha-tti pr e m a b h a kti.

Friendship: The best is Love of God?

Text lk

premabhaktih: atha kim. tatha hi

sarve rasas ca bhavas ca

taranga iva varidhau
unmajj anti nimajj anti
yatra sa prema samj n-akah

atha kim of c o u r s e; tatha hi af t e r a ll;sarve al l ; ra s ah k i n d s o f

relationships; ca a nd ; bhavah ec s t a sies; ca a l s o;tarangah wa v e s;iva a s i f ;
varidhau in t he o cean;unmajjanti th e y e m e r ge on the surface;nimajjanti they
sink; yatra wh e r e v e r;sah th a t k i n d of b ha kt i; prema samj n-akah kn o wn a s
prema, perfected love of God.

Love of God: Pure Love of God is like an ocean and all rasas and ecstasies
are like waves that rise and fall in it.

Text 15

khandananda rasah sarve

so 'khandananda ucyate
akhande khanda dharma -hi
prthak prthag ivasate

esa te vyakhyato nij

anvayah

khanda anandah -partial kinds of happiness; rasah sarve each of the rasas;
sah th at (prema); akhanda anandah -c o m p l e te happiness; ucyate is s aid to be;
akhande in t he complete; khanda dharmah -the pr o perties of the parts;prthak
prthak ea ch separately;iva as it w e r e; asate ar e p re sent;esah th i s ; te t o
you; vyakhyatah explained; nija yo u r o w n ; an v a yah fa m i l y s u c c ession.

Each rasa has a certain kind of bliss. Pure Love of God has all bliss. In the
full bliss of Love of God the different kinds of bliss are all manifest.
I n this way I have described your family .

Text 16

maitri: dei, danim tumam eaini kahim vaccasi

dei 0 go d d e ss;danim ri g h t n o w ; tu m am yo u ; ea i ni al o n e ;ka h im where;

vaccasi are going.

Friendship: Goddess, where are you going now, all alone>

Text 17

premabhaktih: maitri, asmakam asraya bhut-asya bhagavatah kasyapi sri

visvambhara deva-sya vihita sarva-tara 2i2asy-a samprati vrndavanesvari bhav-am
anucikirsor anujnaya sakala 2oka-sya hrdaya sodh-anaya sadhayami

maitri Ma i t r i ; as makam ou r ; as r a ya bhuta-sya wh o is t he shelter;bhagavatah

kasya api of t h at certain Lord;sri visva-mbhara devas-ya Sri Visvambhara-deva;
vihita ha v i ng already performed;sarva avatar-a of r e vealing all His different
incarnations; 2i2asya the pastimes;samprati ju s t n o w ; vr n davana isvari -of t h e
queen of Vrndavana, Srimati radharani; bhavam th e s entiment; anucikirsoh w h o
wishes to emulate; anujnava on H i s r e q uest;saka2a 2okasy-a of all people;
hrdaya th e h earts;sodhanaya to c l e a nse;sadhayami I a m g o i n g .

Love of God: Friendship, by the order of Lord Visvambharadeva, who is the

Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is our only shelter, who has enjoyed the
pastimes of all incarnations, and who now wi s hes to taste the love of
Vrndavana's queen (Radha), I am working to pu r ify everyone's heart.

Text 18

maitri: kahim.
premabhaktih: yatra khalu tad bhava b-havuka -subhaga-m bhavuka-taya sarva
bhuvana priyam b-havuka-sya tasya tan nrtyanuk-aranam bhavisyati

kahim wh e re (are you going to do this);yatra to t h a t p l a ce where;khalu

indeed; tat bhava th - at ecstatic mood (of Srimati radharani);bhavuka o f t h o s e
who are capable of appreciating it; su bhagam -the good fortune; bhavukataya
having in mind; sarva of a l l ; bh uvana th e w o r l d s;priyam bhavukas-ya o f t h e
well-wisher; tasya Hi s ; t a t of radha;nrtya of the dancing;anukaranam the
acting out; bhavisyati wi l l t a k e p la ce.

Friendship: Where are you going?

L ove of God: To the place where the Lord, the well-wisher of all the wor l d s ,
will act Her (Radha's) part in a play to bless the great devotees.

Text 19

maitri: sojjeva ko padeso

premabhaktih: acaryaratnasya puranganam

so th a t;jj eva an d ; ko wh a t ; pa d e so sp e c i f ic location;acaryaratnasya of

/Acaryaratna, Candrasekhara Prabhu; pura of t h e h o m e;anganam t h e
courtyard.

F riendship: W h e r e is t h a t ?
Love of God: Acaryaratna's courtyard.

Text 20

maitri: kadham dava isaro huvi aitth-i-bhavena naccissadi

kadham wh y ; dava si n c e ;isaro th e S u p r e me Lord;huvi a b - e i n g; itthi o f

a woman; bhavena as suming the attitude;naccissadi is g o i ng to play a dramatic
role.

Friendship: Why w o ul d th e Supr eme Personality of Godhead act the role of

a woman?

Text 21

premabhaktih: ba2e, naj anasi, isvarah kha2u sarva rasah s-arvesam bhaktanam
asayanurodhad vicitram eva 2i2amkaroti sva sva .vas-ana-nusarena bhaktas tam tam
anukurvanti, atah kesancin nibhrtanam bhagavatanam cetasi tad bhavam -avesayitum
sarvottamottamam tad anukara -2z2am ka-risyati yatah p.aram anyat sa rasam n-asti.

bale de ar child; najanasi do n t y o u k n o w ; i s v a r ah t h e S u p r e me Lord;

khalu ce r tainly; sarva rasah - the reservoir of all kinds of transcendental
experience; sarvesam bhaktanam o f a l l d e v o t ees; asaya th e m e n t a lities;
anurodhat in c o m p l i a n ce with; vicitram va r i e g a ted; 2i2am pastime activities;
karoti He p e r f o rms; sva sva ea c -h his own;vasana de s i r e;anusarena
according to; bhaktah t h e d e v otees; tam tam o f v a r i ous (pastimes);
anukurvanti th e y f o l l ow t he lead;atah th u s ; ke sancit of c e r t a i n;nibhrtanam
confidential; bhagavatanam de v o t e es of the Lord;cetasi wi t h i n t he h earts; tat-
bhavam the mood of Srimati radharani;avesayitum in o r d e r to ins pire;sarva
uttama-uttamam th e m ost superexcellent; tat-anukara-2z2am pastime of imitating
Her; karisyati is g o i ng to enact;yatah param be y o n d w h i c h;anyat anything
else; sa r-asam mo re relishable; na asti th e r e is not.

Love of God: Child, you don't understand. The Supreme Personality of

Godhead, who has all rasas within Hi m s elf, enjoys wonderful pastimes to please
all the devotees. Each according to his own desire, the devotees follow Him in
His pastimes. To bring Her (Radha s) ecstatic love into the hearts of some
intimate devotees, the Lord will now act Her transcendental pastimes. Nothing
is sweeter than this.

Text 22

maitri: kadhehi, tam naccam kim anga ruv-amkim va pa inn-a am-

premabhaktih: anga rup-ameva.

kadhehi pl ease tell; tam naccam th a t p e r f ormance; kim w h e t h e r ; anga

ruvam a regular drama with formally structured acts; kimva or e l s e;pa inna-
am an inf o rmal miscellany;anga rupa-m a play with formal acts; eva i n d e e d .

Friendship: Tell me: W il l t hi s be a formal play with separate acts, or an

improvisation?
Love of God: It w il l be a a play with acts.

Text 23

maitri: kadhehi, ko kassa bhumi am ge-hissadi

premabhaktih: vatse vadharaya, advaitasya rudratvenatmatvam, svasya ca sri
radha svarup-a graha-nam anya janasakyam parama rahasy-atvenayogyam ca matva

kadhehi and please tell; ko w h o ; ka s sa of w h o s e roles;bhumi am t h - e

parts; gahissadi will take; vatse de ar girl; avadharaya li s t e n w i th a ttention;
advaitasya of A d v a i t a / A c a rya;rudratvena on a c c o u n t o f b e i n g t h e i n c a r n ation
of the Supreme in the form of Sadasiva; atmatvam be i ng t hus Himself the
Supreme Soul; svasya by C a i t anya Mahaprabhu Himself;sri radha -svarup-a of
the identity of Srimati radharani; grahanam th e a c ceptance;anya jana o f a n y
other persons; a akyam -the in capability; parama rahasya-tvena on a ccount of
this being the most sublime secret; ayogyam (o t h e r being) unfit;ca a n d ;
matva (L o rd C a itanya) thus considering.

F riendship: Tell me: Who w il l t ak e what ro l e?

Love of God: Daughter, listen. Think ing that He should personally take
Radha s role because it is so secret no other person can take it, and think ing th at
A dvaita is the incarnation of Lord Siva , . . .

Text 20
advaitam apadayad lsa vesam
svayam ca radhakrtim agrahlt sah
iti pratltih kila vastutas tu
sa eva devo dvl v-ldho l7al7huva

advaitam Ad v a i t a; apadayat He ( L o r d C a i t a nya) has caused to take on;lsa

vesam the role of Lord Krsna; svayam Hi m s e l f; ca an d ; ra d ha a-krtim t h e
appearance of radha; agrahlt ha s a ssumed;sah He ; iti p ra t lt ih so i t s e e m s ;
kila bu t ; va stutah fa c t u a l l y;tu ho w e v e r ;sah He ; eva pe r s o n a l l y;devah t h e
Lord; dvi vid-hah di v i d ed into two; babhuva ha s b ecome.

.. the Lord personally took the role of Radha and gave to Advaita the role of
the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The truth is the Lord divided Himself in
two for the two roles.

Text 25

advaito vesa matr-ena

kevalam caritarthatam
agamat kintu tatrasld
avirbhutah svayam harih

advaitah Lo r d A d v a ita;vesa matre-na ev en by just wearing the costume

(playing the part); kevalam si m p l y ; carita artha-tam al l s uc cess;agamat H e h a s
acchieved; kintu ho w e v e r;tatra th e r e ( in A d v a i ta s body);aslt avirb-hutah
became incarnated; svayam Hi m s e l f d i r e c t l y; harih L o r d K r s n a .

When Advaita dressed for that role,

Lord Hari personally came and appeared
in Him.

Text 26

apl ca

haridasah sutradharo
mukundah parirsvikah
vasudevacarya nama -

nepathya racana -karah-

api ca al s o; haridasah Sr l l a Haridasa /Thakura;sutradharah th e s t a ge

manager; mukundah Mu k u n d a D a t t a;pariparvikah hi s a s s istant;vasudeva
acarya nama t-he devotee known as Vasudeva /Acarya; nepathya racana k-arah-
the costumer.

Haridasa will be the Sutradhara, Mukunda will be the Pariparsvika, and

Vasudeva Acarya will make arrangements behind the scenes.
 Text 26

sri r-adha k-rsna s-amyoga-

karini j arativa sa
yogamaya bhagavati
ni ty ananda ta-num sri ta

sri ra-dha kr-sna sa-myoga of the meeting of radha and Krsna; karini t h e
arranger; j arati Ja r a ti, the grandmother of Srimati radharani;iva ap p e a r i ng as;
sa she; yoga ma-ya ac t u a lly Yogamaya;bhagavati th e L o r d 's own rnternal
potency; nityananda tan-um th e body of Nit yananda Prabhu;srita h a s t a k e n
shelter of.

Goddess Yogamaya, the elderly lady who arranges the meeting of Sri Radha
and Krsna, will take shelter of Nityananda's body.

Text 27

maitri: samai ao k-e mi

premabhaktih: adhikarino ye sminn arthe svayam eva bhagavan avadit prag eva.
yatha

samai ao -the members of the assembly; ke who; ami th e s e;adhikarinah

privileged; ye wh o a r e; asmin arthe in t h i s a ffair;svayam eva H i m s e l f
personally; bhagavan Lord Mahaprabhu; avadit stated;prak beforehand;eva
indeed; yatha a s f ol lo w ;

Friendship: Who will be the audience?

Love of God: The Lord has already said who may come He said.:

Text 28

he srivasa svayam avahitenadya bhavyam tvayasmin

yogyo yah syat sa visati yatha naparas tad vidheyam

he srivasa 0 Sr i v a sa;svayam pe r s o n a lly;avahitena wi t h c a r e ful attention;

adya on t h is ocassion;bhavyam mu s t be considered;tvaya by y o u ; as min i n
this (performance); yogyah fi t ; yah wh o e v e r syat; ma y b e ; sah he ; vi s a t i
should enter; yatha so t h a t;na aparah no o n e e ls e;tat th a t ; vi d heyam y o u
should enforce.

"Srzvasa, please arrange that only qualified persons, and not others, enter. .

Text 29
 ity ardhokte srivasenabhani deva, kasmin karmani yogyayogya v-yavastha
karaniya, kutra va pravesah karayitavya iti.punar devenapy avadi

iti th u s ; ardha u-kte ha l f - s poken;sri v-asena abhani Sr i v a sa said;deva 0

Lord; kasmin in w h a t ; ka r mani ac t i v i t y ;yogya yo-gya o f b e i ng fit or unf i t ;
vyavastha de t e rmination; karaniya is t o be d o n e;kutra in w h a t l o c a t i o n; va
and; pravesah th e ir entrance;karayitavyah wi l l b e d o n e;iti th u s ; p u n a h
again;devena the Lord;api indeed;avadi began to speak.

W hen the words were only half fin i shed, Srzvasa said: "Lord, what wil l
determine who is qualified and who not, and wh ere will t hey go?" Again the
Lord said:

Text 30

sri rad-hatra svayam iyam aho nunam acaryaratna

syayavasasyangana bhu-vi rasad vyaktam avirbhavitri

sri radh-a Srimati radharani; svayam iyam He r s e lf in person;aho a h ;

nunam ve ry soon; acaryaratnasya of S ri /Ac aryaratna;avasasya o f t he hom e ;
angana bhuv-i on the courtyard ground; rasat be c a u se of Her ecstatic feelings;
vyaktam ma n i f e sted;avirbhavitri wi l l b e a p p e aring.

"Srr Radha will sweetly appear in Acaryaratna's courtyard.

Text 31

maitri: tado tado

tado tado and then what.

Friendship: Th en? Then?

Text 32

premabhaktih: tatah srivasena manasi sandihanena bhagavad vaca iti -vihita

niscayenapi gangadasa nama b-hagavatah paramapto bhusura varo dva-ra palakatv-ena
nyayoj i

tatah th e n; srivasena by S r i v asa Prabhu;manasi in h i s m i n d ; sandihanena

having some doubt; bhagavad vacah iti - "these are the Lord's words"; vihita thus
fixing; niscayena hi s d e termination; api ho w e v e r;gangadasa nama na-med-
Gangadasa; bhagavatah of t he Supreme Lord;parama aptah m- o st trustworthy;
bhu sura of -thebrahmanas; varah be s t; dvara palakatve-na wi th t he job of
guarding the entrance; nyayoji wa s e n g aged (by Srivasa).
 Love of God: Then, although there was some doubt in his mi nd , accepting
the Lord's order, Srivasa made the great brahmana devotee Gangadasa the
doorkeeper.

Text 33

maitri: tado tado

tado tado and the n.

Friendship: Th en? Then?

Text 30

premabhaktih: tato bhagavata punar api srivaso nijagade srivasa, bhavata

naradena bhavitavyam, suklambarena tava snatakena bhavyam, gathakah
sriramadayas tava sahodaras traya acaryaratna vidy-anidhi ca iti devenaiva niyojitah.

tatah th e n; bhagavata by L o r d C a i t a nya;punah api on c e a gain;srivasa

Srivasa Prabhu; nijagade wa s addressed;srivasa My d e ar Srivasa;bhavata b y
you; naradena the role of Narada; bhavitavyam sh o u ld be assumed;
suklambarena Su k l a mbara Prabhu; tava yo u r ; sn atakena th e b r a h m a cari
assistant; bhagyam sh o u ld become;gathakah ta k i n g t he parts of singers;
srirama adaya-h Srirama and the others;tava yo u r ; sa hodarah b r o t h e r s ;
trayah three;acaryaratna vidya-nidhi Prabhus /Acaryaratna and Pundarika
Vidyanidhi; ca al s o ; iti th u s s p e a k i n g;devena by t he L o r d; eva e v e n ;
niyojitah th e y w e re engaged.

Love of God: Then the Lord told Srzvasa: "Srzvasa, you will be Narada, and
Suklambara will be your brahmacarz assitant. The chorus of singers will be
Acaryaratna, Vidyanidhi, and your three brothers headed by Srzrama." In this
way the Lord assigned the parts.

Text 35

atah param kesam api tatrapravesah, kintusrivasadi sahodar-a vadhub-hih

sahacaryaratna murari -vadhu p-rabhrt-ayah prag eva tatra pravisya sthitah adhikara
bhajas ca tah.

atah param mo r e t han that;na kesam api of n o o n e; tatra th e r e ;pr a vesah

the entrance; kintu ex c e pt tha t;srivasa adi saho-dara -of the four brothers headed
by Srivasa; vadhubhih saha al o ng with the wives;acaryaratna murari v-adhu -the
wives of Candrasekhara and Murari Gupta; prabhrtayah an d s o me others;prak
eva already; tatra th e r e ;pravisya ha v i n g b e fore entered;sthitah w e r e
situated; adhikara bhaj ah -qualified persons; ca al s o; tah t h o s ew o m e n .
 Besides these, no one else was allowed entrance. Only the wives of Srivasa
and his brothers, and the wives of Candrasekhara, Murari and some others who
had already come were allowed. They were also qualified to be there.

Text 36

(nepathye mrdanga ta-ladi dh-vanih)

premabhaktih: vatse,
srutam ay.am arabdhah purva ra-nganga bh-utah
praty aharah

nepathye in t he win g s; mrdanga of m r d a n g a s, a clay drum used in kirtana;

tala ha n d - c ymbals; adi an d o t h e r i ns trume nts;dhvanih th e s o u n d; vatse d e a r
girl; srutam did you hear that; ayam th i s ; ar a bdhah ha s b e gun; purva ran-ga
of the prologue; anga bhu-tah as part of;pratyaharah th e a u s p icious invocation.

(From behind the scenes the sound of mrdangas, karatalas, and other
instruments. )
Love of God: Child, listen. The play has begun.

Text 37

(punar nepathy e)

j ayatianaj nivas-odevaki janm-a vado-

yadu vara -paris-at svair -dorbhir asyan adharmam
sthira cara -vrjina -ghnah -susmita sri mu-kh-ena
vraj a pura -vanita-nam vardhayan kama devam-

punah ag ain; nepathye fr o m t he wi n g s ; ja ya ti et e r n a l l y l i v e s gloriously;

jana nivasa-h He who lives among human beings like the members of the Yadu
dynasty, and is the ultimate resort of all living entities; devaki janma -vadah-
known as the son of Devaki (No one can actually become the father or mother of
the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore d evaki-janma-vadan means that
He is knownn as the son of Devaki. Similarly, He is also known as the son of
Mother Yasoda, Vasudeva or Nanda Maharaja.); yadu vara pa-risat -served by the
members of the Yadu dynasty, or the cowherd men of Vrndavana (all of whom are
constant associates of the Supreme Lord and are the Lord's eternal servants); svaih
dorbhih by H is o wn arms, or by His devotees like Arjuna who are just like His
own arms; asyan ki l l i n g ; adharma de m o n s or t he imp i o us;sthira cara vrj-ina-
ghnah the destroyer of all the ill fortune of all living entities, moving and not
moving; su smita a- lways smiling;sri mukhena -by His beautiful face;vraja pura -

vanitanam of t he damsels of Vrndavana;vardhayan in c r e a sing;kama devam -

the lusty desires.

Again a Voice From Behind the Scenes: "May Lord Sri Krsna be all glorious
and happy. He is known as the ultim ate resort of all liv ing enti ti es, and as
Devaki-nandana, the son of Devaki. He is the guide of the Yadu dynasty, and
with His mighty arms He kills everything inauspicious as well as every man who
i s impious. By His presence He destroys all things inauspicious for all liv i n g
entities, moving and inert. His blissful smil ing face always increases the lusty
desires of the gopzs of Vrndavana."'
Note: This is a quote from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.90.48).

Text 38

apl ca

sampurnendu mu-khi saroj a na-yana koka sta-ni kairava

smaya kambu sir-odhir ambudhi-bhuvo garvasya sarvankasa
mangalyair iva vastubhir viracita nandiva vrndavana
krida kau-tuka nat-akasyadisatusri rad-hikavahsubham

api ca al s o; sampurna fu l l ; in du li k e t h e m o o n; mukhi H e r f a c e ;saroj a

like lotuses; nayana He r e yes;koka li k e s m i l e; kambu li k e a c o n c hshell;
sirodhih He r n e c k; ambudhi-bhuvah of t he g od dess of fortune Laksmi, who took
birth out of the ocean of milk; garvasya of h e r ( L a k s mi's) pride;sarvam kasa-
the oppressor; mangalyaih al l a u s p icious;iva a s i f; vastubhih o u t o f v a r i o u s
substances; viracita co m p o s e d;nandi iva as if t he inv o catory prayer;vrndavana
krida of t he sports of Vrndavana forest;kautuka fe s t i v e;natakasya o f t h e
drama; disatu ma y S he grant;sri radh-ika Sr i m a ti radharani;vah f o r a ll o f y o u ;
subham well-being.

"May Srz Radhika, Her face like the full mo on, Her eyes like lotuses, Her
breasts like cuckoo birds, Her smile like a white lotus, Her neck like a
conchshell, and Her beauty crushing Laksmz s pride, filled with all -
auspiciousness, and like the auspicious introduction to this wo n d er ful play of
the Lord's pastimes in Vrndavana, bless you all."

Text 39

premabhaktih: satyam evaitat, yan niratanki maya ayd asau sutradhara bhumik-o
haridasah sri bhagav-ata padyam -mangalam kurvan nandim papatha tan man.ye
ekanko bhano vyayogo va rupakam atra nirupayitavyam anena, yato nepathye gtyate
nandi ity adi tayor laksanam tad vats.e, tavasya didrksa vartate

satyam tr u e; eva q u i t e ; etat th i s ;ya t wh i c h ; ni r a t a n ki h a d b e e n

surmised; maya by m e; yat th a t ;as au he ; su t r a dhara bhumika-h t a k i ng t he
role of Sutradhara; haridasah Sr i la Haridasa/Thakura;sri bhagavat-a of Srimad-
Bhagavatam; padyam th i s v erse (jayati jana-nivasah etc.);mangalam
auspiciousness; kurvan th u s c r e ating;nandim th e i n v o c a tion;papatha h a s
recited; tat th e r e f o re;manye I t h i n k ; eka ankahbh-anah "one-act recitation", a
type of play in which only one character appears on stage; vyayogah a t y pe of
play recounting military or other heroic exploit, without display of conjugal
rasa; va or ; ru p a k am ha v i n g t he f or mat of;anena b y h i m ; y a t a h since;
nepathye of f - stage, behind the curtain; giyate is s u n g; nandi th e n a n d i - s loka;
iti t hu s qu o t i ng; adi th e c h a r a c teristic;tat so ; va t se de a r g i r l;tava y o u r ;
asya of thi s; didrksa th e d e i s re to see;vartate i n t h e r e .

Love of God: It is so. My guess was right. That was the Sutradhara,
Haridasa, that recited a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam as the auspicious
invocation. This shows that the play will be either a one-act bhana or a many-act
rupaka, for they are both forms in wh i ch, as the sastra says, "the introduction is
spoken from behind the stage". Child, do you want to see this?

Text 00

maitri: kahim me tarisam bhaadheyam

kahim co m i ng f rom whe re;me fo r m e ; ta r i sam su c h ; bh a adheyam g o o d

fortune.

Friendship: Wh y s h o uld I be so fortun ate?

Text Wl

premabhaktih: ka te cinta, maya saha vartitavyam, mat prabh-avat kenapi bhavati

na 2aksaniya tvad anur-odhan mayapi tan nikat-a eva tatha bhutva sthatavyam

ka wh at is; te yo u r ; ci n ta wo r r y ; ma ya me ; sa h a t o g e t h e r w i t h ;
vartitavyam yo u w i l l b e; mat prabh-avat by my i nf lu e n c e; kena api b y a n y o n e
at all; bhavati yo u ; na 2aksaniya wi ; ; not be visib2e; tvat yo u r ; anurodhat b y
the favor; maya I; api al s o ;ta t n i k a te -in th e p l a ce of the performance;eva
even; tatha in t h a t m a n ner (invisible);bhutva be i n g ; sthatvyam w i l l b e
present.

L ove of God: Why are you afraid? I w i l l b e w it h y ou . By my p o wer no on e

will see you, and by your ki n d n ess no one will see me.

Text 02

maitri: anugahidam amhi.

premabhakti: tad ehi. (iti niskrante ) .

iti pravesakah

anugahidam tr e a ted mercifully; amhi I a m ; ta t t h e r e f o r e ; ehi c o m e ; i t i

thus; niskrante th e y b oth exit; iti pravesakah th u s e nds the introduction of the
Third Act;

Friendship: I am your debtor

Love of God: Come (They exit ). .
 Text 03

(tatah pravisati grhita s-utradhara b-humiko haridasah k.iyad dureupaviste

alaksi takare premabhakti m-ai try au ca.)

sutradharah: (puspanj a2im anj a2au krtva)

bhasa bhasvarayan diso visadaya kantim dvij a sr-eni jam

bibhranah parito 2asat pa-rima2ah proddama sa-ntosa bh-uh
suddhah pada sar-oruhebhagavatah pustim nakhendu sri-yam
tanvan hasa ivaisa natya rah-asah puspanjalih kiryate
(iti tatha krtva)

tatah ne x t; pravisati en t e r s;grhita ha v i n g a ssumed;sutradhara bhu-mikah

the role of the stage-director; haridasah Ha r i d a s a/ T h a kura;kiyat a l i t t l e ;du re
in the distance; upaviste are sitting;alaksita aka-re th e ir for ms invisible (to the
othes on-stage); premabhakti mai-tryau L o v e o f G od and Friendship; ca a l s o ;
puspa anj a-2im an offering of flowers; anj a2au be t ween his folded palms;krtva
holding; bhasa wi t h t he b e a ms of its effulgence;bhasvarayan i l l u m i n a t i n g ;
disah the directions;visadaya br i l l i a n t; ka ntim ag l o-w;dvij a sren-i jam l i k e t h a t
coming from rows of teeth; bibhranah be a r i n g;paritah al l a r o u n d; 2asat c l e a r ;
parimalah fragrance; proddama im m e n s e;santosa sa t i s faction;bhuh b o r n
of; suddhah pu r e; pada saror-uhe at t he lotus feet;bhagavatah of t he Supreme
Lord; pustim in c r e a se;nakha indu -sriyam -of the beauty of His moon-like nails;
tanvan ge n — earating; hasah th e smile;iva as i t w e r e; esah th i s ; na tya
rahasah of t he mystery of this dramatic performances;puspa anjali-h t h i s
offering of flowers from folded hands; kiryate is s c a ttered;iti th u s s p e a king;
tatha krtva d o i n g s o.

(Playing the role of the Sutradhara, Haridasa enters. At some distance,

unseen, Friendship and Love of God sit.)

Sutradhara: (holding a flower-offering in his folded palms) I l l u m i n a t in g all

directions with splendid moonl i g ht, fi l l ing all di r e ctions with a sweet fragrance,
a place of happiness, pure from the touch of the Lord's lotus feet, glorious with
the splendor of the moons of His toenails, and like this play s secret smile, this
flower-offering is now scattered. (He does that.)

Text 00

premabhaktih: (nivarnya) suvihitam evavihitam bhavata yady api .nepathyeeva

nandl pathita, tathapi ranga puja pra-sange-na bhagavat pada eva -puspaAja2ih klrnah
pasya vatse pasya.

nivarnya ob s e rving;su vihitam -verysuitable;eva i n d e e d ; v i h i tam done;

bhavata by yo u; yadi api al t h o u g h ;nepathye of f - s t a ge;eva in d e e d;nandl
the nandT; pathita wa s recited;tatha api ne v e r t h e less;ranga puj a o f t h e
traditional on-stage offering of worship; prasangena ta k i ng advantage of the
opportunity; bhagavat p-ade at the Lords feet; eva in d e e d;puspa a-nja2ih t h i s
flower-offering; kTrnah ha s been thrwon;pasya lo o k ; va t se de a r g i r l; pas/ya
look.

Love of God: (looking) You have done well. Although the invocation was
recited behind the scenes, at the time of worship you have offered this handful
of flowers to the Lord. Look, child! Look!

Text 06

harT kanthe sravana yug-a2e kunda2T cavatamsT

sragvT bhuyasy urasi bhujayor angadT kankanT ca
apy usnTsT sirasi padayor nupurT natya 2aks-mya
murtas tejo bha-raiva puro haridasa pra-tTkah

hari we a r i ng a necklace;kanthe on h is t h r o a t;sravana of e a r s;yugale o n

the pair; kunda2T wearing earrings; ca a n d ; av atamsT ot h er ear-ornaments;
sragvT wearing a garland; bhuyasi br o a d; urasi up o n h i m c h e s t;bhuj ayoh o n
his arms; angadT wearing arm-bands; kankanTca and bracelets; api a l s o ;
usnTsT wearing a turban; sirasi on h i s h e a d;padayoh on h i s f e e t;nupurT
wearing ankle-bells; natya 2aksm-yah on t he goddess of Drama;murtah
incarnate; tej ah bhara-h the concentrated potency;iva as i f; purah b e f o r e u s ;
haridasa of H a r i d asa;pratTkah th e i m a g e.

A necklace on his neck, kundalas and avatamsas on his ears, a garland on his
broad chest, bracelets and armlets on his arms, a turban on his head, and ankle-
bells on his feet, Haridasa is like the personified splendor of the dramatic art.

Text 07

maitrT: dei, na kkhu a am sat-thTo maggo

dei 0 go d d e ss;na is n o t ; k k hu i n d e e d ; a am th - i s satthTo

; th e scriptural;
maggo way.

Friendship: Goddess, this does not follow the path of the scriptures.

Text 08

premabhaktih: sruyatam

sastrTyah khalu margah prthag

anuragasya margo 'nyah
prathamo 'rhati sa niyamatam-
 aniyamatam antimo bhaj ate

sruyatam pl e a se listen;sastriyah of t h e s astras;khalu in d e e d;margah t h e

process; prthak on e s eparate thing;anuragasya of s p o n t a n e ous affection;
margah th e path; anyah so m e t h i ng else; prathamah th e f i r s t; arhati n e e d s ;
sa n-iyamatam acceptance ofregulation; aniyamatam fr e e d om from rul e s;
antimah th e l a t ter;bhaj ate pa r t a kes.

Love of God: Listen. One path is the rules of scripture. Another path is
spontaneous love. The first follows rules. The second does not.

Text 09

maitri: ani ada -ma-ggena ca2antassa vi2ambenajjevva gamma 2ah-o hoi.

ani ada -unregulated; maggena by t he path;calantassa of o ne who is

travelling; vi2ambenajjeva on l y a f t e r d e lay;gamma of t h e d e s i r e d;2aho t h e
gain; hoi happens.

Friendship: The path wi t h out r u les takes a long time.

Text 50

premabhaktih: idam anaikantikam. tatha hi

idam th i s; aneka antika-m no t n e c essarily so;tatha hi a f t e r a ll .

Love of God: Not always.

Text 51

vanyasu tarani saranir-

j avena gamyam nayaty aniyato 'pi
na sahaj a kuti2esu -punar
nadi pravah-esv ati niyatap-i

vanyasu du r i ng t he flood season;tarani in a b o a t;saranih th e p a s sage;

j avena quickly; gamyam the destination; nayati br i n g o ne t o; aniyatah
without any set-out path; api ev e n ;na bu t n o t ; sa h a ja no r m a l l y ;ku t i l esu
when they are crooked;punah then again; nadi or rivers; pravahesu the
currents; ati niyata ap-i ev en though strictly following regulated paths.

During a flood a boat can quickly go wit h out fo l l o w ing any established path.
A t another time even the most established path is difficult on the wi n d in g r i v e r .
 Text 52

tad alam anaya vartaya, srnumas tavat ayam prastauti

tat th u s; alam en o u g h ;anaya wi t h t h i s ;va r taya di s c u s s ion;srnumah let

us listen; tavat ju s t k im w h at ; ay a m he ; pr a s t a uti is g o i n g to say.

Enough with this talk. Let us listen as the Sutradhara recites.

Text 53

sutradharah: a2am ati vist-arena bho.h bhoh adyaham bhagavatah kama2a yon-es
carana kam-alopakanthad dainandinam vandandikam nirvahya nivartamano
manonnatena daivat tatropasidata naradena samadisto smi.

alam ati vista-rena wi t h t h is excess elaboration; bhoh bhoh ge n t l e men;adya

today; aham I; bh a gavatah kamala yon-eh of Lord Brahma, who was born the
lotus growing from the navel of Garbhodakasayi Visnu; carana kam-ala o f t h e
lotus feet; upakanthat fr o m t he p r o x i m i t y; daidam dina-m da i l y; vandana
prayers; adikam an d o t h er rit ual duties;nirvahya ha v i n g c arried out;
nivartamanah re t u r n i n g; mana unna-tena as a great honor to me;daivat b y t h e
whim of providence; tatra to t h a t p l a c e;upasidata wh o h ad a pproached;
naradena naradena by t he sage Narada;samadistah I w as o rdered;asmi I w a s .

Sutradhara: Enough with th ese elaborate speeches! Today, as I was

returning from my daily pr ayers and obeisances at Lord Brahma's lotus feet, the
great sage ¹ r a d a ap p r oached me and said:

Text 50

yatha hamho gandharva raj a, r-a

jamano ti ciraya -mama manoratho varivarti,
bhavadbhir narinrtyamana bhagavatah sri vrndav-ana viharin-ah kapi keli kaumud-i
nayana visayi -kartavy-eti, tat yatha smapadyate dya te tatha kausalena bhavitavyam

yatha as follows; hamho hello; gandharva raj a 0 -Ki ng or artists;

raj amanah pe r s istently; ati ciraya - f or a very long time; mama m y ;
manorathah de s i re;varivarti ha s b e en maintained;bhavadbhih b y y o ur g o o d
self; narmrtyamana be i n g enacted;bhagavatah of t he L o r d; sri vrndava-na
viharinah th e e njo yer of Vrndavana pastimes (Sri Krsna);ka api so m e ;ke li
kaumudi dr a m a t ic amusement;nayana of t h e e yes;visayi t h e o b j e c t ;
kartavya sh o u ld be made;iti th u s ; ta t th a t ( d e s i r e );yatha s o t h a t ;
sampadyate may be fulfilled; adya to day;te by you; kausalena expertly;
bhavitavyam sh o u ld be done.

"0 king of actors, for a long time I have wished that Your dramatic acting
would place before my eyes the moonlight of the pastimes of Vrndavana-viharz
Krsna. With your dramatic skill pl ease let this desire be fulfilled today."

Text 55

tad aham tatrayatisyate (i.ti purato 'valokya) bho bhoh, ita itah.

tat th a t; aham I; ta t r a th e r e f o r eyatisyate

; wi l l e n d e a vor to do;iti t h u s
speaking; puratah in f r o n t ; av alokya lo o k i n g ; bh oh bhoh my f r i e n d ;it ah itah
over here.

That I will now try to do. (l o o k ing ahead) Oh! Oh! Here! Here!

Text 56

(pravisya)
pariparsvikah: kim aj napayati bhavah
sutradharah: marisa, adyaham uparodhito smi tatra bhav-ata bhagavata naradena

pravisya e n t e r i ng; kim w h a t ? ; a jn a payati o r d e r s ; bhavah h i s l o r d s h i p ;

m arisa 0 g e n tl e one; adya t o d a y ; aham I ; u p a r o d h i tah asmi m e t ; t a t r a -
bhavata = who was there; bhagavata naradena L o r d ¹ r a d a .

(Pariparsvika enters.)
Pariparsvikah: What does his lordship ord er?
S utradhara: Gentle one, today I met Lord ¹ r a d a .

Text 57

pariparsvikah: katham iva

sutradharah: bhagavatah kamala yoneh -(ity adi pathati)

katham fo r w h at pur p o ses;iva in d e e d;bhagavatah kamala yoneh -of lo t us-

born Lord Brahma; iti adi an d s o o n; pathati he r e c i t e s .

Pariparsvika: What happened?

Sutradhara: Today, as I was returning from my d a ily pr ay ers and obeisances
at Lord Brahma's lotus feet, the great sage ¹ r a d a a p p r o a ched me and said: "0
king of actors, for a long time I have wished that Your dramatic acting would
place before my eyes the moonlight of the pastimes of Vrndavana-viharz Krsna.
W ith your dramatic skill pl ease let this desire be fulfilled today." That I w i l l
now try to do.

Text 58

pariparsvikah: bhava, katham ayam atma yoner bha-gavata atmaj ah sanaka

sanandanadinam avaraga atmaramo brahma bhutah satata brahmanandanubhava-
bhavika s-ubhagam b-havukah sri krsnasya 2aukikim ke2im anubaddha t-rsnas tvam
idam abhyarthitavan

bhava 0 worthy one; katham why; ayam he, Narada; atma y-oneh of
Brahma, who was born directly from the Supreme Lord Visnu; bhagavatah o f t h e
chief demigod; atma jah th e s o n; sanaka sa-nanda ad-inam of t he four Kum a ras,
headed by Sanaka and Sananda;avara jah the younger brother;atma ar-amah
self-satisfied; brahma bh-utah sp i r i t u a lly realized;satata always; brahma
ananda of t he happiness beyond all material dualities;anubhava b y t h e
perception; bhavika jo y f u l ; su bh-agam of w h at is actually auspicious;
bhavukah wh o is appreciative; sri krs-nasya o f S ri Krsna; 2aukikim m u n d a n e ;
kelim on th e di v ersions; anubaddha fi x e d; tr snah hi s a v id d esire;tvam t o
you; abhyarthitavan has requested.

Pariparsvika: Lord, how is it t hat saint Narada, who is the son of Brahma
and the younger brother of the sages headed by Sanaka and Sanandana, and who
himself always tastes the bliss of Brahman, thirst after Sri Krsna's earthly
pastimes and reqaust this of you?

Text 59

sutradharah: asti rahasyam

atmaramas ca munayo
nirgrantha apy urukrame
kurvanty ahaitukim bhaktim
it tham-bhuta-guno harih

iti bhagavatiya gatha

asti th e re is;rahasyam a s e c ret;atma aramah -pe rsons who take pleasure in

being transcendentally situated; ca a l so; munayah gr e a t saintly person who have
completely rejected material aspirations, fruitive activities, and so forth;
nirgranthah wi t h o u t i n t e r est in any material desire;api ce r t a i n l y;urukrame
unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krsna, whose activities are wonderful;
kurvanti do ; a h autikim c a u s e l ess, or without material desires; bhaktim
devotional service; ittham-bhuta so w o n d e r ful as to attract the attention of the
self-satisfied; gunah wh o h as transcendental qualities; harih the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; iti t h u s ; bh agavatiya of S r i m a d - Bhagavatam;
gatha a
verse.

Sutradhara: That is a great secret. Srimad-Bhagavatam says: (1.7.20): "Those

who are self-satisfied and unnatracted by external material desires are also
attracted to the loving service of Sri Krsna, whose qualities are transcendental
and whose activities are wonderful." '
 Text 60

pariparsvikah: bhavatu nama bhaktim kurvantu, katham laukika c-arite

'nurajyanti
sutradharah: maivam vadih

bhavatu nama gr a n t ed that;bhaktim de v o t i o n al service;kurvantu t h e y m a y

perform; katham bu t w h y ; la u k i ka ca-rite to t he e arthly activities (of the Lord);
anurajyanti wo u l d t h e y b e c o me attached;ma do n o t ; evam li k e t h a t ; vadih
speak.

P ariparsvika: The saints may engage in devotional service, but why wo u l d

they become attracted to the Lord's pastimes on earth?
Sutradhara: Don't speak in that way.

Text 61

a2aukikitah ki2a 2aukikiyam

2i2aharer eti rasayanatvam
2i2avataranukathati mrdv-i
visvasya srsty adi k-atha pa2ikni

a2aukikitah t h a n t h ose which are supernatural; ki2a i n d e ed; 2aukiki

seemingly mundane; iyam th e s e;2ila pa s t i m e s;hareh of t h e S upreme Lord
Hari; eti rasayanatvam be c o me more relishable;2$2a avatar-a of His pastime
incarnations anukatha t h e a u t h o r i zed discussion; ati mrdvi -v e ry sweet;
visvasya of t he material universes;srsti of t he c reation;adi a n d t h e
maintainance and ultimate destruction; katha di s c u s s ion;palkini ha c k e y ed (in
comparison).

L ord Hari s pastimes on earth are sweeter than His pastimes in Vaikun t h a .
The stories of His pastime-incarnations are very sweet, and the stories of His
creation of the universes are dry and tastelesss.

Text 62

ata uktam bhajate tadrsih kridayah srutva tat paro bhav-et iti sadharana jana
param eva, visesatas tva ayam sri naradah -sri vrndava-na vinoda p-riyah s-ri gopala-
maha manor r-sir api, tena yuktam evaitat tat avilam.bitam sampadyatam patra
vargasya bhumika parigrah-ah.

atah th e r e fore; uktam it i s s a i d;bhaj ate He a ccepted;tadrsih s u c h ;

kridah pl a y ( t he pastimes of Vrndana);yah wh i c h ; sr u t va ha v i n g h e a rd;tat
parah at t a c hed to them;bhavet o n e w i l l b e c o m e ; i t i thus quoting; sadharana
to ordinary; jana pe r s o n s;param is a p p l i c a ble (that statement);eva e v e n ;
visesatah in p a r t ic ular; tu bu t ; ay a m th i s ; sr i n a r a d ah -N a r a da Muni; sri
vrndavana vinoda th e p l e asures of Vrndavana;priyah wh o c h e r i s hes;sri gopala-
maha manoh of t he great Gopala m a n t r a; rs i h th e c h i e f i n i t i a t i ng sage;
api
also; tena for t h e se reasons;yuktam is f i t t i n g; eva in d e e d ; etat th i s ;t a t
thus; avilambitam wi t h o u t d e l a y;sampadyatam we s h o u ld d o;patra v-argasya
of the acting crew; bhumika p-arigrahah th e a ssigning or roles.

The Bhagavatam (10.33.36) says: "By hearing Lord Krsna's pastimes one
becomes devoted to Him." I n t h i s wa y even ordinary men become devoted to
the Lord. Srz Narada is especially attached to the Lord s pastimes in Vrndavana.
He is the teacher of the |"opala maha-mantra. Therefore His attachment is
proper. The actors should be given their roles with out delay.

Text 63

pariparsvikah: bhava, ksanam apeksyatam yavad asau muni var-ah samayati

bhava wo r t hy sir; ksanam a l i t t l e w h i l e;apeksyatam le t us wa i t; yavat

until; asau he ; mu ni vara-h th e b e st of sages;samayati a r r i v e s .

Pariparsvika: Lord, let us wait un til th e great sage arrives.

Text 60

sutradharah: agata praya -eva, na khalu tadrsam antariksa cann-am paryatana

vllambah.

agata he has arrived;prayah pr a c t i c a lly;eva al r e a d y;na t h e r eis not ;

khalu ce r t a inly; tadrsam fo r s u c h; antariksa in o u t e r s pace;carinam p e r s o n s
who are capable of travelling freely; paryatana in g o i n g f r om o ne place to
another; vilambah lo s s of time .

Sutradhara: He is almost here already. A person who can travel in outer

space does not delay.

Text 65

pariparsvikah: evam cet kah prayogo nusthavyas tad apy anujnayatam

evam cet if t hat is the case;kah wh i c h ; pr a yogah dr a m a ;anusthavyah i s t o

be performed; tat th a t ; api in d e e d ;anuj nayatam pl e a se inform me.

P ariparsvika: If that is so, then tell me: What dr ama will we pe r f o r m ?

Text 66
 sutradharah:

grhitvajarati b-havam
ya dcvya yoga ma-yaya
sampadyate dana 27-2a
saiva radha m-ukundayoh

grhitva ha v i ng taken;j arati bh-avam of g ra ndmo t her Jarati;bhavam the

mood;ya that;
devya yoga ma-yaya by the goddess Yogamaya (the Lord's
own
internal potency); sampadyate wh i c h is bro ught about; dana 2i2-a the pastimes of
"exacting the toll"; sa that; eva indeed;radha mu-kundayoh of radha and
Krsna.

Sutradhara: "Radha and Mukunda's Dana-keli", a play Yogamaya, in the

form of an elderly lady, wrote.

Text 67

pariparsvikah: katham esa tvaritam sampadayitum sakyate

sutradharah: katham iva

katham ho w ; esa t h i s ( p a s t i me );tvaritam in s h o r t t i m e ;sampadayitum to

arrange; sakyate is p ossible;katham iva h o w i n d e e d .

Pariparsvika: How w il l w e st age this play on such short notice?

Sutradhara: How in d eed?

Text 68

pari parsvikah: sruy atam

tasmin prayoge bhavatas tanujah

sarva visesad ganana pravin-ah

sruyatam pl e a se hear me;tasmin in t h a t ; pr a yoge pe r f o r m a n c e;bhavatah

your own; tanu jah da u g h t e r s;sarvah al l ; vi s esat pa r t i c u l a r l y;ganana to be
counted;pravmah are proficient enough.

Paripasvika: Listen. Your daughters can expertly perform this pl ay .

Text 69

sutradharah: (sasankam) kathaya, tasam svasty asti

pariparsvikah: astv eva, kintu.

vrndavanam tah prayayuh pramodat

 sambhuya gopisvara puj anartham

sa a-sankam do u b t f u l l y; kathaya pl e a se tell me;tasam of t h e m; svasti

qualification; asti is t h e r e; astu th e r e s hould be;kintu ho w e v e r;vrndavanam
to Vrndavana; tah th e y ; prayayuh ha v e g o ne off;pramodat j o y f u l l y ;
sambhuya jo i n i ng together in a hand; gopi is-vara of l o rd S iva in the deity of
Gopisvara, "lord of the gopis"; pujana worship; artham fo r t he p u r p o se of.

Sutradhara: (worry i ng) T el l me : w o ul d t hey be good for the parts?

Pariparsvika: They would be, but they have already happily gone to
Vrndavana to worship Lord Gopisvara.

Text 70

sutradharah: kim karomi, katham etat naradah pratyetu, aho tad abh-isapad
bhay ena bhavy am

kim wh a t; ka romi sh a l l I d o;ka t ham ho w ; et at th i s f a c t;naradah

Narada; pratyetu wi l l a c c ept;aho oh ; ta t hi s ; ab h i s apat be c a u se of the curse;
bhayena fe ar; bhavyam wi l l c e r t a i nly come about.

Sutradhara: What wil l I do ? W il l N a r ada accept this excuse? Ah, I fear his
curse.

Text 71

pariparsvikah: a2am a2am cintaya, ta api samagata praya -eva.

sutradharah: hanta marisa naj anasi

a2am a2am enough; cintaya wi t h w o r r y i n g ; tah th e y ( t h e g ir l s );samagata

prayah have almost arrived there; eva al r e a dy;hanta al a s ;marisa ge n t l e o ne ;
na j anasi you do not und e rstand.

P ariparsvika: Why w o r ry ? They will soon retu r n .

Sutradhara: Gentle one, you don't understand.

Text 72

vartmanabhijnah kila tah kumaryo

na copayuktah katamo 'sti bandhuh
dana dravotsik-ta karah ka-ralah
stamberamo yatra sa megha dhama-

vartma wi t h t he r oa d;anabhijnah no t f a m i l i a r; kila in d e e d ;tah t h o s e ;

kumaryah yo u n g g ir l s;asti is t h e r e;bandhuh a f r i e nd ( to guide them);dana
taken as toll; drava wi t h i t e m s; utsikta ov e r f lo w i n g ;ka rah h i s h a n d s ;
karalah te r r i b l e;stamberamah th e e le phant; yatra w h e r e i s; sah he ; m e g h a-
dhama (Krsna, who is dark blue like) the abode of the clouds.

These girls don't know the road, they have no companion to guide them, and
a terrible elephant dark as a raincloud, His hand filled with t ol l c o l l ections,
waits for them.

Text 73

pariparsvikah: asti tasam sangeyogamaya pr-abhavajarati bhavac ch-vasruh

sutradharah: (vihasya) tada niscinta evasmi

asti th e re is; tasam of t h e m; sa/ge i n t h e c o m p a ny;yogamaya pra-bhava

exhibiting the potency of Yogamaya; j arati Ja r a t i, the grandmother of Srimati
radharani; bhavat yo u r o w n; svasruh mo t h e r - i n - l a w;vihasya br e a k i ng out in
laughter; tada th e n ; niscintah fr e e d f rom anxiety;eva in d e e d;asmi I a m .

Pariparsvika: Your mo th er-in-law Jaratz, who is empowered by Yogamaya, is

with them.
S utradhara: (laughing) T he n I w i l l no t w o r r y .

Text 70

ya na pasyati panthanam
nasrnoti cayavacah
sa kim karoti sahayyam
yaj areva saririni

ya she who; na pasyati ca n n ot see;pantham th e p a t h; na srnoti c a n n o t

hear; ca an d; ya wh o ; va c ah wo r d s ;sa sh e ;ki m wh at ; ka r o ti c a n g i v e ;
sahayam he l p; ya wh o ;j ara Ol d A g e ;iva as i f ; sa r i r i ni p e r s o n i f i e d .

What can this old lady, who cannot see the road or hear words, do to help
them?

Text 75

pariparsvikah: maivam vadih,

maha prabhav-a khalu yogini sa

vayo na tasya mati viplavaya-
kramena vrddha vidhu mandaliy-am
na glayati dyotata eva kamam

ma evam vadih don't speak hke that; maha prabhava -very wonderful; khalu
indeed;yogini fe m a l e mystic;sa sh e ; viplavaya ca u s e disruption;kramena
gradually; vrddha gronw mature (full); vidhu mandali gl obe of the moon;
iyam th i s ; na glayati do e s n ot be come we ak;dyotate sh i n i n g ;eva in d eed;
kamam ac c ording to her own desire.

Pariparsvika: Don t talk in that way. She is a powerful yogini. Age has not
hurt her mind. As it grows older the waxing moon does not grow weak. It shines
brighter than before.

Text 76

nepathye: hamho gandharva pa-te,

ko vilambas tad ab-hinayasya

nepathye in t he win g s; hamho 0 ; g a n d h a rava pat-e Dr a ma Master;kah

what; vilambah de l a y;tat in t h a t ; ab h inayasya pe r f o r m a n c e.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: 0 king of actors, what is the delay in this
performance?

Text 77

sutradharah: (srutim abhiniya) marisa pasyayam utkanthamano muni varah -sa

pramodam abhinesyamana vilok-anartham tvaramana agacchati

srutim abhiniya ac t i ng o ut that he hears;marisa ge n t le soul;pasya ju s t s e e;

ayam th i s; utkanthamanah ea g e r;muni varah -b e st of sages;sa pram-odam
joyfully; abhinesyamana wh a t is going to be enacted;vilokana to s e e;artham
with the intention; tvaramanah hu r r y i n g ; agacchati is a p p r o a ching.

Sutradhara: (hearing) 0 gentle one, look. The great sage joyfully hurries
here, eager to see our play.

Text 78

asmakam tu na kapi samagri sampadyate, tad vayam ito gatva tasam eva
kumarmam anusandhanaya yamah

asmakam ou r; tu ho w e v e r na
; ka api no t a n y ; samagri r e q u i r e d
paraphernali-a; sampadyate ha s been put together;tat th e r e f o r e;vayam w e ;
itah aw ay from here;gatva go i n g ; ta sam fo r t h e m ; eva in d e e d ;ku marinam
the girls; anusandhanaya to s earch out;yamah l e t u s g o .

We have not made any preparations! Let us go and find these girls.

Text 79
 pariparsvikah: yatha rucitam bhavate .
(iti ksanam nartitva niskrantau.) prastavana

yatha however;rucitam is pleasing; bhavate to y o u; iti th u s ; ks a n am f o r

a short while; nartiva af t e r d ancing;niskrantau th e t wo of t h em exit;
prastavana at t h is point the prastavana is spoken.

Pariparsvika: As it pleases you. (Dancing for a moment, they exit.)

Text 80

(tatah pravisati snatakenanugamyamano naradah)

naradah: aye gandharva raj -a, kim atah param vilambase (it.i tam anusandadhati ) .
premabhaktih: vatse maitri, pasya pasya

tatah ne x t; pravisati en t e r s;snatakena by h i s a ssistant (a snataka is a

brahmacari who has completed his study with the spiritual master and is about to
return home to marry);anugamyamanah being attended; naradah Srila Narada
Muni; aye 0; g a n d h arva raj a -Dra maMaster; kim wh y ; at a h param a n y
further; vilambase are you procrastinating;iti ha v i n g t h us spoken;tam f o r t h e
Sutradhara; anusandadhati he s earches;vatse my d e ar girl; maitri F r i e n d s h i p ;
pasya pasya look, look.

(Followed by his servant, Narada enters.)

¹r a da: 0 k i n g of actors, why are you late> (He searches for the Sutradhara.)
Love of God: Child Friendship, look! Look!

Text 81

amse nidhaya mahatim ranayan prakosthe

vametare va2aya vat ka2i-taks-a ma2ah-
vidyud vikasv-ara vikirna -jata ka-lapa-h
kailasa kantir a-yam eti surarsir agre

amse on his shoulder; nidhaya ca r r y i n g;mahatim gr e a t ;ra nayan p l a y i n g

(on his vina); prakosthe on t he f ore-arm;vama itare r- i g h t;valaya vat we a r -ing
like a bracelet; ka2ita aksa of -carved ja p an beads;ma2ah a ro u nd strand;
vidyut li k e l i g h t n i n g; vikasvara op e n e d;vikirna an d s c a t t e red;
j ata ka2apah-
the locks of his hair; kailasa of K a i l a sa mountain, the abode of Lord Siva;
kantih ha v i ng the white color and the effulgence;ayam he ; eti i s c o m i n g ;
sura rsih th -e sage of the demigods;agre i n f r o n t of u s.

Playing the great vma on his shoulder, japa-beads like a bracelet on His right
wrist, and his matted hair like lightning, splendid as Mount Kaliasa, Devarsi
¹r ada comes before us.
 Text 82

vatse, pranamainam, maha b-hagavatottamo yam muni v-arah yasya khalv iyam
gatha

vatse my dear; pranama of f e r y o ur o beisances; enam to h i m ; m a h a

bhagavata great advanced devotees; uttamah supreme; ayam this personality;
muni va-rah the best of spiritual authorities;yasya a b o ut w h o m; k halu i n d e e d ;
iyam th i s f ol l o w i n g; gatha v e r s e .

Child, offer obeisances to him. He is a great sage and devotee. The

Bhagavatam (1.6.38) says of him:

Text 83

aho devarsir dhanyo 'yam

yat kirtim sarnga dha-nvanah
gayan madyan idam tantrya
ramayaty aturam j agat

aho ah; deva rsih -t he sage of the gods;dhanyah is g l o r i o u s; ayam t h i s ;

yat one who; kirtim th e g l o r i e s;sarnga dhan-vanah of L o rd Vis nu, the bearer
of the bow Sarnga; gayan si n g i n g;madyan ta k i n g p l e asure;idam th i s ; ta n trya
aturam di s t r e ssed;
j agat w o r l d .

"All glory and success to Srzla ¹ r a d a M u n i b e c ause he glorifies the activities

of the Personality of Godhead, and so doing he himself takes pleasure and also
enlivens all the distressed souls of the universe."'

Text 80

maitri: (pranamya) dei, tue bhanidam sirivaso nara ohuvis-sadi, kaham danim sa
am jj evva nara oaa o- -

pranamya af t er bowing down;dei 0 goddess; tue by you; bhanidam was

said; sirivaso Sr i v asa Prabhu;nara oN a r - a d a; huvissadi wo u l d b e ; ka h a m
why; danim no w ; sa am hi - m s e ljjf; evva ev e n; nara oN a r - a d a; aa o h a s -
come.

Friendship: (offering obeisances) Goddess, you said, "Srzvasa will take the
r ole of ¹ r a d a " . Wh y ha s ¹ r a d a h i m s elf come?

Text 85

premabhaktih: asya sahaj a naradave-satvan narada rupata vy-aktaiva advaitades.

tu tat t-ad aropah .tat tvayayatha drstam eva pratiyatam .

asya his (Srivasa);sahaj a na t u r a l; narada a-vesatvat be c ause of being the

empowered incarnation of ¹ r a d a ; na r a da r-upata hi s a ssumption of the form of
Narada; vyakta ha s been manifested;eva in d e e d; advaita a-deh of A d v a ita and
the others; tu ho w e v e r; tat-tat o f e a ch of their parts;aropah pr e t e n d i n g; tat
thus; tvaya by y o u; ya tha dr-stam wh a t e v er you are;eva ju s t s o; pratiyatam
you should accept.

Love of God: Because he is an empowered incarnation of Narada, Srzvasa

manifested ¹ r a d a s actual form. Advaita and the others are different from th eir
roles. Just accept them as you see them.

Text 86

narada: bho bhoh snataka, katham atra ko 'pi

na drsyate

bhoh bhoh my f r i e n d; snataka 0 Sn a t a k a;katham wh y i s i t; at ra in this

place; kah api anyone; drsyate is n ot to be seen.

Narada: Snataka, why is no one to be seen?

Text 87

snatakah: surarse, gandharva raj as -tu vrndavana eva nartitavyam iti tatraiva sa-
samagriko gatavan asti, ehi tatraiva gacchavah

sura rse 0 - r s i n am o ng t he gods;gandharva raj ah -the Drama Master; tu

but; vrndavane in Vrndavana; eva i n d e ed; martitavyam t h e d r am a is to be
p erformed; iti t h u s t h i n k i n g ; tatra t h e r e ; ev a i n d e e d ; sa-samagrikah t a k i n g
a long all his theatrical properties; gatavan asti h e has gone; ehi come now;
t atra th e re; eva a l s o ; gacchavah l e t u s go .

Snataka: Devarsi, the king of actors has taken his troupe to Vrndavana to do
his play there. Come, let us go there.

Text 88

naradah: idam vrndavanam na bhavati.

i dam t h i s ; vrndavana V r n d a v ana forest; na bhavati i s i t n o t .

Narada: Isn't this Vrndavana?

Text 89
 snatakah: bho mahatman, atisaya-harsotkarsena svatmapi vismrto bhavata, yac
ca tatha vrndavana-paricaya-caturya-dhuryo pi vrndavanam na paricinosi.

bhoh maha-atman 0 g r e a t soul; atisaya e x t r e me; harsa o f j o y ; u t k a rsena

b y the excess; sva-atma y ou r ow n self; vismrtah i s f o r g o t t en; bhavata b y y o u ;
yat s ince; ca also; tatha t h u s ; v r n d avana-paricaya f a m i l i a r ity wi t h
Vrndavana;caturya expertize in; dhuryah famous for;api even though;
vrndavanam Vrndavana;na paricinomi you are unable to find out.

S nataka: 0 great soul, overcome with b l i ss, you have f o r g o t t e n y o u r s e l f .

Even though you are the greatest authority on Vrndavana, now you do not
recognize Vrndavana.

Text 90

naradah: bho bhoh snataka, satyam evoktam bhavata

bhoh bhoh my dear; snataka me n d i c a n t;satyam t r u l y ; e va i n d e e d ;

uktam sp o k e n; bhavata b y y o u .

¹ r a da : S n a t aka, you say the truth .

Text 91

anandonmada lupta-ntar
bahih karan-a vrttay-ah
paricinvantu ke samyag
atmanam kim utaparam

tad adisa tasya panthanam.

ananda of ecstasy;unmada by t he d erangement;lupta be w i l d e r e d;antah

internal; bahih an d e x t ernal; karana of t h e i r s enses;vrttayah t h e f u n c i o n s
(persons are thus affected); paricinvantu m a y be able to distinguish; ke w h o ( o f
them); samyak atmana-m th e ir own self; kim uta wh a t t o s p e ak of;aparam
anything; else: tat th e r e f ore;adisa pl e a se showm e; tasya t o t h e r e ;
panthanam the path.

Among those whose heart and senses are overcome by the madness of
spiritual bliss, who is able even to recognize his own self, what to speak of other
things? Please show me the path.

Text 92

snatakah: bho bho ita itah (ity ubhau natyena parikramatah ) .

 bhoh bhoh sir; it ah itah th i s w a y, t his way;iti t h u s ;u b h au t h e y b o t h ;
natyena wi t h d a n c ing, gestures;parikramatah ci r c u m b u l a te the stage.

Snataka: This way. This way.

(They walk about.)

Text 93

premabhaktih: (nirupya) aho maha bh-agavatasya naisargiki vrndavana ra-tih

nirupya lo o k i n g o n; aho oh , w h a t ; ma ha bh-agavatasya of t he great

Vaisnava; naisargiki in n a t e ;vrndavana rat-ih at t r a c tion to Vrndavana.

Love of God: (look i ng) A h ! T h e g r eat devotee naturally loves Vrndavana.

Text 90

naradah: (natyena kiyad duram gatva) hanta bhoh,

yat pare -viraj am viraji parama vyom-eti yad gtyate

nityam cinmaya bhum-i cimay-a 2ata -kunj a-dibhir manj u2am
sandrananda maho-mayaih khaga mrga -vrata-ir vrtam sarvatas
tad vrndavanam iksyate kim aparam sambhavyam aksnoh phalam

natyena kiyad duram gatva go i n g a short distance;hanta bhoh O h . ; y a t

pare be yond; viraj am th e V i r a ja River;viraji manifested; parama vyom-a
spiritual sky; iti th u s ;yat wh i c h ;gi y a te is s u n g ; ni t yam et e r n a l;cit maya-
fully alive; bhumi w i t h i t s l a nd; cit maya -also full of spiritual life and
consciousness; 2ata kunja -adibhih -wit h i t s cr e epers, groves, etc.;manju2am
charming; sandra anand-a of concentrated bliss;mahah th e o p u l e n ce;mayaih
who are composed simply of; khaga wi t h t h e b i r d s;mrga an d a n i m a ls vrataih
flocks of; vrtam su r r o u n d e d;sarvatah al l o v e r; tat th a t ;vr n d a vanam ab o d e o f
Vrndavana; iksyate is s een;kim wh a t ; ap a r am ot h e r ;sa mbhavyam c a n b e
possible; aksnoh of t he eyes;phalam de s i r a ble object.

¹r a da : ( w a l k i n g a short di stance) Now we see eternal Vrndavana, beautiful

with spiritual places and spritiual vines and other features, everywhere filled
with splendid and blissful birds and deer, and glorified in the Vedas as the
spiritual sky beyond the Viraja River. What can be better for the eyes to see?

Text 95

yatra svayam svayambhur apy asmat pitayat k-incid evajanmabhi2asitavan tatha .

ca puraniki gatha "tad bhuri bhagyam -ihajanma kim apy atavyam yad gokule 'pi
katamanghri raj o 'bhis-ekam-" ity adi (ity etad .eva padyam upavinayan natati.)
 yatra wh e r e ( in Vrn d a vana);svayam himself; svayam bhuh "self-born"
Brahma (so named because he was born directly from Visnu and thus had no
material mother or father); api al s o ;asmat p-ita my o w n f a t h e r;yat kincit eva
any at all; j anma bi r t h; abhilasitavan de s i r e d;tatha th u s ; ca an d ; pa u r a n iki
of the Purana (Srimad-Bhagavatam); gatha th e v e r se;tat th a t ; bh u ri g r e a t ;
bhagyam fo r t u n e; iha h e r e ; j a n m a bi r t h ; ki m a pi an y ; at a v y am i n t h i s
forest; yat by w h i c h; gokule in G o k u l a , V rn d a vana;api in d e e d;katama o f
any (of the residents); anghri of t h e i r f e e t;rajah wi t h t h e d u s t; abhisekam m y
bath; iti adi an d so o n; iti th u s ;et at eva th i s s a m e;padyam v e r s e ;
upavmayan ac c o mpanying with his vina;natati he a c ts out.

Even my father, Lord Brahma, wished to take any sort of birth here. He says
in the Bhagavatam (10.10.30): (He plays the vzna and dances as he recites the
verse) "It would be the greatest fortune for me to take any birth wh at ever, even
that of a blade of grass, within this forest of Gokula, because then I could accept
the dust of the residents' feet on my head."'

Text 96

snatakah: evam cet prati

pada-m eva bhavata premananda vihv-alena bhuyate, tada
katham gamyatam

evam th u s; cet if ; pr a ti p ada-m wi t h e v e ry step;eva ev e n; bhavata y o u r

grace; prema anan-da with the ecstasy oflove of God; vihvalenabhuyate i s
overwhelmed; tada th e n ; ka t ham ho w ; ga m y a tam wi l l w e m a k e p ro g ress.

Snataka: If at every step you are overcome with the ecstasy of love, how wil l
you go anywhere?

Text 97

naradah: (dhairyam avastabhya) adisa margam

snatakah: ita itah.
(ity ubhau punar natyena parikramatah ) .

dhairyam avastabhya mu s t e r i ng his composure;adisa pl e a se show;

margam th e way; itah itah th i s w a y, t his way;iti t h u s ;u b h au b o t h o f t h e m ;
punah ag ain; natyena while dancing; parikramatah wa n d e r a round the stage.

¹ r a da : ( b e c o m ing serious) Show the way .

Snataka: This way. This way.
(They walk about.)

Text 98

(nepathye murali dhvanih)-

 snatakah: devarse idam eva vrndavanam, yad esa bhagavato mura2z ka2a
akarnyate .
naradah: (srutim abhiniya) aye satyam evattha, tatha hi

nepathye be h i nd the stage;mura2i of a flu t e; dhvanih th e s o u n d; deva r-se

0 sage of the demigods; idam th i s ; eva ce r t a i n l y;vrndavanam is V r n d a v a na;
yat be c ause;bhagavatah of t he L o r d; mura2z ka-2ah the notes of the flute;
akarnyate are heard;srutim th e a ct o f h e a r i n g;abhiniya ex h i b i t i n g ;aye o h ;
satyam co r r e ctly;eva in d e e d;attha yo u h a v e spoken;tatha hi i n d e e d .

(From behind the scenes flute music.)

Snataka: Devarsi, this is Vrndavana. I hear the sweet music of the Lord s
flute.
¹ r a da : ( l i s t e n i ng) Yo u say the tru t h .

Text 99

madhurima rasa -vapi -matt-a ham-si praj -a2pah

pranaya kusu-ma vati -bhrn-ga sang-ita ghos-ah
surata sam-ara bher-i bhan-krtih putanarer
jayati hrdaya dam-si ko pi vamsi nina-dah

madhurima rasa -of the sentiments of intimate love God; vapi i n t h a t l a k e ;

matta wh o a re intoxicated;hamsi of t h e f e male swans;praja2pah t h e
chattering; pranaya of a f f e ction; kusuma vati -in the flo we r-garden;bhrnga o f
the bees; sangita of t he singing;ghosah th e m e l l ow vib ration; surata o f
conjugal love; samara on t h e b attlefield;bheri of t h e k e t t l e -drums;bhankrtih
the murmuring; putana areh -of Kr s na, the enemy of the Putana witch;j ayati
may it be victorious; hrdaya th e h e a r t; damsi wh i c h s t i n g s;kah api t h a t
certain; vamsi ninada-h re sounding of the flute.

Glory to Lord Krsna s flute-music, which bites the heart, which is the
maddened chatter of swans in a lake of sweet nectar, which is the song of b e es
in a flower-garden of love, and which is the roll of dr um s announcing a battle of
transcendental amorous pastimes!

Text 100

premabhaktih: vatse, bhagavatah sri krsna ca-ndras-ya praveso bhavita. tad idanim
vismaryatam aj anma duhkham -sa pha2i kr-iyetam -ca nayane

vatse dear girl; bhagavatah of t he Supreme Lord;sri krsna ca-ndrasy-a Sri

Krsnacandra; pravesah th e entrance;bhavita is a b o ut to happen;tat t h e r e f o r e ;
idanim no w ; vi s maryatam ma y b e f o r g o tten;a janma fr o m b i r t h ; du h kham
unhappiness; sa pha2i fr -uitful; kriyetam ma y b e m a d e;ca an d ; na y a ne t h e
eyes.
 L ove of God: Ch i ld , now L or d Sri K r s n acandra will enter. Now we w i l l
forget all we have suffered since birth, and the purpose of our eyes will be
fulfilled.

Text 101

maitri: savvam tuha carana pa-sad adojjevva

savvam it a ll; tuha of y o u r ; ca r a na of t h e f e e t;pasadado by t he m e rcy;

gevva sndeed.

Friendship: All t hi s is because of the mercy of your feet.

Text 102

naradah: (nipunam nibhalya) snataka, satyam eva vraj a raj a -kum-arasyaiva

v amsi nina-do 'y am yat.ah

nipunam sc r u t i n i z i ngly; nibhalya lo o k i n g ;snataka my d e a r S nataka;

satyam tr u l y; eva in d e e d ;vraj a raj a -of the King of Vraja (prndavana);
kumarasya of t he royal son;eva fo r c e r t a in;vamsi nina-dah th e sound of the
flute; ayam th i s ; ya tah be c a u s e ;

1Varada: (carefully looking) Snataka, it is true This is .the flute music -of Vraja s
prince

Text 103

vitatir api girinam muncativasru dharam-

pulakayati tarunam v>rudham caisa vargah
vidadhati sarito 'pi srotasah stambham uccair
hari hari hari vamsi -nada e-vojjihite

(ity etad eva padyam purvavad upavinayan nrtyati)

vitatih th e r a n g e;api in d e e d ;girmam of m o u n t a i n s;muncati re l e a s es;

iva as if; asru of t e a r s;dharam a t o r r e n t;pulakayati st a n d s erect in ecstasy;
tarunam of t r e e s;virudham ca an d p l a n t s;esah th i s ; va rgah c o m m u n i t y ;
vidadhati of t he c ur re nt;stambham pa r a l y s is;uccaih lo u d l y ; h a ri hari hari 0
Hari, Hari, Hari; vamsi nadah -the sounding of the flute; eva in d e e d;ujjihite i s
rising upwards; iti th u s s p e aking;etat eva th i s s ame;padyam ve r s e;purva
vat as before;upavinayan ac c o m p a nying with his vina;nrtyati he d a n c e s .

(Dancing as he plays the vina) The mountains shed tears, the leaves of the
t rees and vines stand erect in ecstasy, and the rivers are stunned. Ah! Ah! Lo r d
Hari's flute-music is manifest.
 Text 100

snatakah: yathartham evaitan natanam. yatah

yatha ar-tham fitting; eva in d e e d ;etat th i s ; na t a nam da n c i n g yatah

;
since.

Snataka: It is right that you dance, because...

Text 105

srutibhir api vimrgyam brahma sam-patti bha-j am

api puru ras-aniyam murta ananda sar-ah
yad ahaha bhavitadya sri2a sam-bhu svay-ambhu
prabhrtibhir abhivandyam pada pad-mam drsor nah

srutibhih by t he V e das;api in d e e d;vimrgyam so u g h t a f t e r;brahma o f t h e

Absolute Truth; rea2iped inits impersona2feature; sampatti the fortune
(liberation); bhajam fo r t h o s e who have attained;api al s o ;puru c o m p l e t e l y ;
rasaniyam re l i s able;murtah pe r s o n i f i e d;ananda sara-h the essence of all bliss;
yat which; ahaha oh ; bh avita wi l l b e ; ad ya to d a y ;sr i2a samb-hu svay-ambhu
by the saintly demigods Siva and Brahma; prabhrtibhih a n d o t h e r s ;
abhivandyam wo r t h y of being honored;pada padm-am th e lot us feet;drsoh
before the eyes; nah o u r .

...the lotus feet that are the form of the greatest bliss, that are sought by the
Vedas, relished by those wealthy with spiritual opulences, and worshiped by the
great demigods headed by Brahma and Siva, will now come before our eyes.

Text 106

tad devarse ksanam apavarya sthatum yujjyate, kim asau saha sahacarair
evopasarpati, kim va saubhagya rasa ga-bhira-bhir abhira bhirubh-ir iti
sahasopasarpanam asampratam

tat th e r e fore;deva rse 0 - sage among the devas; ksanam m o m e n t a r ily;

apavarya hi d i n g ; sthatum to r e m a i n;yujyate we s h o u l d; k im l e s t ; as au H e ;
saha along with; sahacaraih Hi s f r i e n d s;eva in d e e d;upasarpati ar r i v e s here;
kim va or e ls e;saubhagya fo r t u n a t e;rasa on a c c o u nt of their transcendental
mood; gabhirabhih wh o a re sober in attitude;abhira of t h e c o w h e rd class;
bhirubhih by t he m o d e st women; iti t h u s ; sa h asa su d d e n;upasarpanam
approach; asampratam u n t i m e l y .

Devarsi, let us hide for a moment. Will Krsna come here with His friends.
Will the sweet, fortunate, shy, exalted gopzs suddenly come here>
 Text 107

naradah: satyam evattha, tad evam eva kurvah (iti tatha sthitva)

satyam co r r e ctly; eva in d e e d; attha y o u h a v e spoken; tat t h a t ; ev am eva

justso; kurvah le t u s d o ; i ti t h u s ;t a t ha t h u s ;s t h i t va s i t u a t i n g t he mselves.

¹r a da : Yo u sp eak the tru th. Let us do that. (They do that.)

Text 108

(tatah pravisati kadamba tar-u kan-da krt-a2ambas tri-bhangi 2a2ito mura2im

vadayan katipayaih sakhibhih saha sri krs-nah ) .
sri krs-nah: sakhe, ramyam idam vrndavanasya saubhagyam tat.ha hi

tatah th en; pravisati en t e r s;kadamba taru -kan-da a kadamba branch;

krta2ambas wa l k i ng stick; tri-bhangi t h r e e f o ld bending; 2a2ito cha r m i ng and
playful; mura2im flute; vadayan playing; katipayaih some; sakhibhih friends;
saha wi t h; sri krsn-ah Sri K r s n a;sakhe 0 fr i e n d ; ra m yam de l i g h t f u l;id a m
this; vrndavanasya of V r n d a vana;saubhagyam be a u t y; tatha hi furthermore.

(Carrying a kadamba stick and playing a flute, charming, threefold-bending

Sri Krsna enters with His fri ends.)
Sri Krsna: Friend, this is the great beauty of Vrndavana.

Text 109

hasanti vasanti va2ita-muku2o ba2a-baku2o

vlsokas casokah su2abha vlcaya-s campaka cayah-
anagah punnagah stabaka kamana-h pasya sumanah
kutirah patira svasan-a surabh-ir bhati surabhih

hasanti la u g h i n g; vasanti th i s v a s anti (a kind of jasmine);valita newly

appeared; muku2ah whose buds; ba2a young; baku2ah bakula tree; su-2abha
easy;vicayah to pick out; campaka of campaka trees;
cayah groups;anagah
sinless; punnagah pu n n a ga trees;stava pr a y e rs;kamanah (bowing down as if)
wishing to offer; pasya ju s t s ee;sumanah o f f lo w e r s; kutirah t h i s g r o v e ;
patira of t he sandalwood tree;svasana f r o m t he breathing; surabhih s w e e t -
smellling; bhati b l o w s ; surabhih f r a g r a n ce.

L ook. The vasanti vine smiles, the young bakula tree is full of b u d s , th e
asoka tree is happy and carefree, the campaka flowers are splendid, the saintly
punnaga tree is beautiful with many bun ches of flow ers, and the sumanah-
flower grove is filled with a fragrant breeze.
 Text 110

vayasyah: bho va a-ssa, tujj ha edam ki2a k-ananam kadham ramantjj am na

huvlssadl.

bho 0; va as-a fr i e n d; tujj ha Yo u r ; ed am th i s ; ki 2a ka-nanam pl e a s ure

grove; kadham how; ramantjj am at t r a c t i v e;na huvissadi w o u l d n ot b e .

Friends: 0 f r i e nd, why sh o uld Your pastime-garden not be very beautiful?

Text ll l

premabhaktih: (nivarnya) aho kim etat

ayam naivadvaito bata na tad idam vesa rac-ana

ka2a si2p-am kintu svayam iha harih pradurabhavat
yathartham vastv eva prathayati camatkaram adhikam
yatharthasyakarah sukhayati ca sandehayati ca

nivarnya wa t c h i n g; aho oh ; k i m w h at ; et a t thi s ; ay am th i s ;na e va n o t

indeed; advaitah Ad v a i t a;bata ah ; na no t ; ta t i d am th i s ;ve sa raca-na o f
putting on of a disguise; ka2a si2pa-m the artistry; kintu rather; svayam
personally; harih Lord Krsna;pradurabhavat has appeared;yatha artha-m the
actual; vastu th i n g ; eva in d e e d ;prathayati af f o r d s ;camatkaram w o n d e r ;
adhikam gr e ater; yatha arthas-ya of t he original;akarah th e f o r m ; su khayati
gives (more) pleasure; ca and; sandehayati bewilders (more);ca and.

Love of God: (look i ng) A h ! W h a t i s t h i s ? This is not Ad v aita. This is not

expert costuming and acting. Lord Hari has personally appeared. The real thing
is the most wonderful. The real form of Kr sna now pl eases us and fills us with
wonder.

Text 112

(punar nibhalya sa parama-rsam)

akrsnah krsnatvam vrajitum asamartho hi bhavati

svayam krsno nanakrti krti sam-arth-ah kila bhavet
grhitum yogyah syad avayava kalapam
-hy avayavi
kathankaram dhattam avayava viseso v-ayavitam

punah again;nibhalya lo oking;sa paramar-sam (she speaks) reflectingly;

akrsnah wh a t w h i ch is not Krnsna; krsnatvam vrajitum to b e c o me Krsna;
asmarthah in c a p able;hi ce r t a i n l y;bhavati is ; sv a yam Hi m s e l f ;kr s nah
Krsna; nana va r i o u s; akrti of f o r m s ; k r ti t h e a s s u m p t i o n;samarthah c a p a b l e
of; kila i n d e ed; bhavet sh o u l d b e;grhitum to t a k e ;yogyah ab l e ;syat m a y
be; avayava kalapam its many fractional parts; avayavi th e p o s sessing whole;
katham k-aram ho w ; dh attam ha s a ssumed;avayava v-isesah onw p art icular
part; avayavitam the identity of the whole.

(Looking again and thinking) A p e r son wh o is not K r sna cannot become

Krsna. Krsna can assume many forms. He, the supreme whole, can assume the
form of any of His parts and parcels, but how can one of His parts and parcels
assume the form of Him, the wh ol e?

Text 113

tad ayam advaita eva na bhavati, napi vesa rac-ana ka-usalam, kintu svayam krsna
evavatirnah

tat th e r e fore;ayam th i s ; ad vaitah Ad v a i t a c arya;eva in d e e d;nab havati

is not; na api ne i t h e r; vesa rac-ana kau-salam the artistic device ofputt i ng on
some costume; kintu bu t r a t h e r;svayam krsnah Kr s n a H i m s e lf;eva i n d e e d ;
avatirnah wh o h as descended.

This is not Advaita. This is not expert acting and costuming. Krsna has
personally appeared.

Text llk

naradah: (duran nibhalya sanandam) aho kim etat

sandrananda rasab-dhi manth-a vidita-m sad bhakta -gosthy-am krpa

mohinya parivesitam rati matam -vrndena tatrabhitah
nana rucy a-nupa-natah prati muhuh -pitam ca purnam sada
nojiryaty api nopayati vikrtim syamamrtam kincana

durat fr o m a dis tance;nibhalya ob s e r v i n g;sa ananda-m ec statically;aho

oh; kim etat wh a t is thi s;sandra co n c e n t r a ted;ananda rasa -of the juice of
spiritual bliss; abdhi f r o m t h a t ocean; mantha th a t w h i c h w as churned;
viditam kn o w n to b e; sat bhakta -of pu re devotees;gosthyam w i t h i n t h e
assembly; krpa of t he L o r d 's mercy;mohinya by t h e M o h im i n c a r n ation (see the
chapter comments for this story); parivesitam di s t r i b u t e d;rati matam -of t h o s e
apprecite transcendental love; vrndena by t he c ompany; tatra th e r e ; abhitah
on all sides; nana ac c o rding to their various tastes;anupanatah dr i n k i n g ; prati
muhuh ag a in and again;pitam dr u n k ; ca a n d ; pu r n am fu l l ; sa da al w a y s ;n a
u nor in d e ed;ji r y a ti gr o w s o l d ; api na no r ; up a y a ti vkrtim b e c o m e s
deformed; syama amrtam -this dark-blue nectar (Krsna); kincana at all.

¹ r a da : ( l o o k in g f rom far away, he becomes blissful) Ah! W hat is th i s ?

Churned from the nectar ocean of intense bliss, by the Mohim -i ncarnation of
His mercy given to the happy devotees, and at every moment drunk by them
according to their different desires, this perfect dark nectar never changes and
never grows old.

Text 115

apl ca

nava jaladhara dh-ama koti kamabhiramah

parinata sa-rd in-du sn-igdha m-ugdhanana sr-ih
nava ka-ma2a pa-2asa dr-oni dk-rgharunakso
dasana ku-suma ka-nti ka-nta bim-badharausthah

api ca fur t h e r; nava ne w ;j ala dh-ara of c l o u d s; dhama th e r e s ervoir;

koti t h o u s ands; kama of c u p i d s;abhiramah mo r e a t t r a ctive than;parinata
full-grown; sarat of autumn; indu ( l i k e ) th e m o on; snigdha sh i n i n g ;mugdha
innocent; anana of H is f ace;srih th e b e a u t y; nava ne w ; ka m a la o f a l o t u s ;
patasa li ke the petals;droni th e t r o u g h s; dirgha de e p ;ar una reddish;
aksah of H is eyes;dasana of H is t eeth;kusuma (w h i c h a re like) flowe rs;
kanti be c a use of the brightness;kanta c h a r m i n g; bimba l i k e a b i m ba fruit ;
adhara ostha-h His lips.

He is splendid as a new cloud and more charming than mi l l i ons of

Kamadevas, His face is glorious as the autumn full-moon, His large red eyes are
n ew lotus petals, and His bimba-fruit lips are splendid with the fl o w ers of Hi s
teeth.

Text 116

ita evabhisarpati tad eh.ikunj antaritau bhutva pasyavah

snatakah: evam eva. (iti tatha kurutah)

itah in t hi s di r ection; eva i n d e ed; abhisarpati H e i s a p p r o aching; tat t h u s ;

ehi come; kunj a th i s a rb o r; antaritau bhutva c o n c e a ling ourselves within;
pasyavah we m ay observe;evam eva alr i g h t; iti thus; tatha kurutah t h e y d o
SO.

He is coming here. Let us hide in this grove and watch.

Snataka: So be it. (They do that.)

Text 117

sri krsnah: -sakhe subala, sakhe sridaman, sakhe sudaman, kusumasavo nama
batuh priya sakho m-e katham drsyate tad etam .mrgayata
sakhayah: yathajnam mrgayamah (iti tad anvesana-m natayanti)

sakhe subala 0 fr i e n d Subala;sakhe sridaman fr i e nd Sridama;sakhe

sudaman fr i e nd Subala;kusumasavah nama n a m e d Kus umasava; batuh t h e
young brahmana boy;priya s-akhah dear friend;me my; katham wh y ; n a
drsyate is not to be seen; tat s o ; et am fo r h i m ; mr g a y ata pl e a s e look;
Sakhayah th o se (friends);yatha as ; aj nam Yo u o r d e r; mrgayamah w e w i l l
search; iti t h u s ; ta t f o r K u s u m a s ava;anvesanam se a rching;natayanti t h e y a c t
out.

Sri Krsna: Friend Subala, friend Sridama, friend Sudama, why do I not see
m y dear friend, the brahmana Kusumasava? Please go and look for him .
F riends: As You order, we will search for him. (T hey search for him .)

Text 118

(pravisyapati kse-pena sambhranto vidusakah

bho va ass-a parittahi parittahi.
sri krs-nah: katham bhita iva 2aksyase

pravisya en t e r i ng; apati the curtain; ksepena b y t o s sing aside;

sambhrantah i n a h u r r y ; vi d usakah t h e b u f f o on ; bho 0; v a - a s sa f r i e n d ;
p arittahi parittahi s a v e me! save me!: katham w h y ? : b h i ta h a f r a i d : iv a a s i f :
laksyase you are seen.

(Tossing the curtain aside, the buffoon hastily enters.)

Buffoon: 0 fr i e n d, save me! Save me!
Sri Krsna: Why are you afraid?

Text 119

vidusakah: va asa, e-ajoint j aradivva disamana daivopasanna 2a2ida -ba2a 2-a2ana-o

panca sao va-na majj h-amhi ania govisara puanat-tham kidarambha dittha, tuha
punnena aham uvvario, mam gehi anam -balim dassadi tti me bha am j ad-am

va assa -0 vayasya; ea one; joint wi t c h ;j aradi ivva disyamana ap p e a ring as

if old Age personified; daiva by c h a n c e;upasanna en c o u n t e red;2a2ida
charming; bala 2alanao -young women; panca sao fi - ve or six;vana majj ha-mhi
within the forest; ania le a d i ng the m;govisara puana -the rit ual worship of
Gopisvara; attham fo r t he p ur p o se of;kida arambh-a ha v i ng set out; dittha I
saw; tuha Your; punnena by t he good grace;aham I; uv v a r io ha v e s u r v i v e d;
mam me ; gahi as e i z - i ng; nam ce r t a i n l y;balim as t r i b u t e ; dassadi w o u l d
have offered; tti t h u s ; me bha am j ada-m I was afraid.

Buffoon: Friend, I just now saw an old yogini leading though the forest five
pretty young girls to worship Lord Siva. Only by Your mercy did I escape. They
w ould have captured me and offered me to the deity. That is why I am afrai d .

Text 120
 sri krsnah: (vihasya) vayasya subala, kim etat .

vihasya la u g h i ng loudly; vayasya subala my f r i e nd Subala;kim etat wh at is

this.

Srz Krsna: (laughing) Friend Subala, what is this?

Text 121

suba2ah: jnatam iha sth-enaiva maya ad.ya kha2u gopisvara puj-ana kr-te guru jan-a
krte guru niv-arane pi matamahya mahy ac-aranaya balato balato harsotkarsatah
svacchandato vana gam-anaya pravartayisyate radha tat.ra tam evajaratim alokya
yogini bhr-antya ayam batur vibhaya, vibhayata hi sa svabhavad eva deva ma-yeva

j natam un d e r s tood;iha stha-na st a nding here;eva ce r t a i n l y; maya b y m e ;

adya to d a y; khalu in d e e d ;ksgopisvara puj -ana krte -for the purpose of
worshiping Gopis/vara; guru jana krte -by He r elders;guru niva-rane be i ng stricly
forbidden; api ev e n t h o u g h;matamahya by H e r m a t e rnal grandmother(Jaratr);
mahi acar-anaya wh o is o f f i n e b e h a v io r; ba2atah by h e r p e r m i s sion;ba2atah
impetuosly; harsa utkar-satah by t he rising of joyful spirits;svacchandatah
feeling independent; vana to t h e f o r e st;gamanaya wi t h t h e p u r p o se of going;
pravartayisyate ha d b een encouraged to set out;radha Sr i m a ti r adharani;
tatra th u s ; tam he r ; eva in d e e dja ; r a t im Ja r a t i;al okya se e i n g;yogini
bhrantya mi s t a k i n g h e r f or a witc h; ayam th i s ; ba t uh ch i l d i s h f o o l;vibhava
became fearful; vibha ayata -who is a reservoir of splendor; hi ac t u a l l y;sa s h e ;
sva bhava-t by her very nature;eva indeed; deva maya -the goddess Yogamaya;
iva ce r t ainly.

Subala: I have been standing here, but I understand. Although forbidden by

Her elders, with Her grandmother Radha happily came on Her own to the forest
to worship Lord Siva. Seeing the grandmother, and mistakenly thinking her a
yogim, this brahmana boy became afraid. Actually the grandmother is famous as
one of the Lord's internal potencies.

Text 122

v idusakah: hi hija i e v vam-, taha vi pi a va as-sa-ssa -hatthe nivadissanti savvao jam .

goula vasinina-m itthi kurangin-am ranganinam kkhu pi a va ass-a -gu-na ga-no va-ura
Ja20.

hi hi he e , hee; ja-i — if;evvam th a t is the case;taha th e n ; vi in d e e d ;pi a -

va assassa -then; vi in d e e d;pi a va ass-as-sa -ofyour dear friend (Krsna);

nivadissanti wi l l f a l l; savvao al l of t h e m; jam b e c a u s e;goula vasinina-m w h o
are residents of Gokula-Vrndavana; itthi fo r t h e w o m e n; kuranginam ( w h o a r e
just like) deer; ranganmam pa s s ionate;kkhu in fact; pi a vassa -o-f your dear
friend; guna gano th -e many great qualities;vaura jalo is t h e h u n t er s snare.
 Buffoon: Ha ha! If that is so, then all these girls are about to fall into my
dear friend's hand. My dear friend's glorious virtues are a hunter's trap to
capture the beautiful does that are Gokula's girls.

Text 123

naradah: bhoh snataka, atah param atravasthatum nayujyate, tad ehi yoga
prabhavena nabhas ca-rau bhutva pasyavah (iti niskrantau)

bhoh snataka my dear assistant; atah param any longer;atra here;

avasthatum to be situated;nayujyate i s n o t s u i t a ble; tat t h e r e f o r e; ehi c o m e ;
yoga pra-bhavena by our mystic power;nabhah car-au flying in the sky; bhutva
so being; pasyavah le t us observe; iti t h u s ; ni s k rantau t h e t w o of t h em exit.

Narada: Snataka, we should not stay here. by our mystic power let us go into
the sky and watch from there. (They exit.)

Text 120

(nepathye) hanta ajj

a, kena pahena govisaram anusaremha, j ado

nepathye he a rd from the wings; hanta

al a s;ajj e 0 re s p e c t able mistress
(Jarati); kena pahena by what path;govisaram the Siva detiy Gopisvara;
anusaremha can we reach;j ado s i n c e .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Alas, noble lady, by what path can we
approach Lord Siva?

Text 125

vira i atha-n-e thane

danam so vana ga odh-utt-o
kadda lsada2l -vaggam-
he2a kandu2a -kara da-ndo-

vira i ae x - a -cting; thane thane in v a r i os places;danam to l l ; so H e ( K r s n a ) ;

vana of t he forest; ga-o an e l e p hant; dhutto cu n n i n g ;ka dda i H e c- a u ses
disturbance; sada co n s tantly; a2i of g i r l s; vaggam th i s b a n d; he2a w a n t o n ;
kandu2a it c hing; kara dando -for tribute exacted as punishment.

Collecting tolls in different places and His hands itching for mischief, a
wicked jungle-elephant entices many pious young girls in this pl ace.

Text 126
 suba2ah: vayasya, pha2itam asmad vacah .
kusumasavah: ma e-jam uttam va anam tam kim na phalissadi .ta aliamjjeva
gavvam uvvahasi .(krsnam prati) va a-ssa, tumhe vi tena ujj amena citthadha.
sri k-rsnah: ko sav udyamah

vayasya fr i e n d; phalitam fr u i t f u l ; as mat ou r ; va c ah wo r d s ;ma e -by m e ;

j am that which; uttam ar e s po ke n;va an-am wo r d s ; tam t h o s e ; k im w h y ; n a
pha2issadi would not prove fruitful; ta he n c e ;a2iam fa l s e;jj eva i n d e e d ;
gavvam pride;uvvahasi you are bearing;krsnam prati speaking to Krsna;va
assa 0 fr i e n d; tumhe Yo u ; vi ce r t a i n l yte ; na fo r t h a t ; ujj amena u n d e r t a k i n g ;
citthadha p l e ase station Yourself; kah w h a t is; asau th a t ; ud yamah
undertaking.

S ubala: Friend, my words have borne their fru i t .

Kusumasava: Will my w o rd s not also bear fruit? You carry a great burden of
false pride. (to Krsna) F r i e nd, now You should pr epare for this event.
Srz Krsna: What is the event?

Text 127

Kusumasavah: na sudam virai atha-ne thane iccadi j am padhidam kim.tu vana ga -

o ttijam bhanidam tam uidamjjeva dhut.to ttijam bhanidam tam kkhu me dukkha-
aram.

na sudam di dn t You hear; virai ae - x a c t i n g; thane thane in v a r i o us places;

iccadi and so on;j am wh a t ; pa dhidam wa s r e c i t e d; kimtu wh e r e a s;vana ga -

o elephant; tti t h u s jam

; wh i c h ;bh a n i dam wa s s a i d; tam t h a t ; u i d a m
proper; jj eva indeed; dhutto c h e ater; tti j am bhanidam wh i c h w as thus spoken;
tam that; kkhu however; me to me;dukkha aram -is a cause of distress.

Kusumasava: You did not hear the words: " Col l ecting tolls in di f f erent
places and His hands itching for mischief, a wicked jungle-elephant entices
many pious young girls in this place."? The word "j u n gle-elephant" is
appropriate, but the word "w i c k ed" br i ngs me pain.

Text 128

sri krsnah: -(vihasya savahittham) vana gaj o dhu-rta iti katham te duhkha karam. -

vihasya la u g h i n g; sa avahittham -speaks while concealing His true feelings;

vana gaj ah -elephant of the forest; dhurtah tr i c k s t e r; iti t h u s s p e a king;
katham w hy ; te fo r y o u ; du h k ha karam -is a source of pain.

Srz Krsna: (laughing and hiding His real feelings) Wh y d oes it pain you th at
a jungle-elephant is called wicked?
 Text 129

kusumasavah: etthavane ko avarovana g-a o-

ettha vane in t h is forest; ko w h o ; av a ro ot h e r ;va na g-a o -sovereign

elephant.

Kusumasava: Aside from You, is there another elephant in this forest?

Text 130

(punar nepathy e)

avagahi au-na maggam

so vivine saha are-him kalahehim
vihara ida-na vino-i
hanta kadham tattha gantavvam

punah again;nepathye in the wings; avagahi ap - l u n g i ng headlong; una

repeatedly; maggam on t o t he road;so He ; vi v i ne w i t h i n t h i s w o o d s ;
sahasarehim al o ng with H is companions; kalahehim yo u n g e le phants;vihara
i is p laying; dana vinoi -t he enjoyer of the pastime of "paying the toll"; hanta
alas; kadham ho w ; t a t tha t h e r e ; gantavvam wi l l W e e v er get.

Again a Voice From Behind the Scenes: Diving again onto the forest-path,
this elephant enjoys the toll-collecting pastime with His elephant-friends. Alas,
how will we go to our destination?

Text 131

kusumavah: vassa, amhe kkhanam kunje ovari acitth-amha, java imao vi vissattha
huvi ai t tha -aacchanti
sarve: evam eva, (iti sri krsnen-a saha kunj a pravesa-m natayanti ).

va asa m-y friend; amhe we ; kk h a nam fo r a m o m e n t; kunj e w i t h i n ; t h e

bushes; ovari ah i d i - n g; citthamha sh o u l d s ta y;j ava un t i l ; im ao th e s e g ir l s ;
vi in d e e d;vissattha un s u s p e cting;huvi as o b- e i ng;ittha he r e ;aa cchanti
they come; sarve all of the m; evam ye s , i n d e ed; iti t h u s ; sri k r s nena-saha
including Sri Krsna; kunj a pravesam - entering the overgroeth; natayanti t h e y a c t
out.

Kusumasava: Friend, let us hide for a moment in this grove. Thinking all is
safe, these girls will come here. E v e r y o ne: It is so. (With Krsna, they enter
the grove.)
 Text 132

(tatah pravisasti puj opopakarana p-atra p-anibhih saha sahacaribhir

jaratyopagamyamana padu p-atravrta nava k-isalaya s-rir iva srir iva sri r-adha)
sri ra-dha: sahio govisara p-uanattham jj evva sambharo anido

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;puj a up-akarana ho l d i n g paraphernalia for

worship; patra pl a t e s;panibhih saha wh o h a ve in their hands;saha ca-ribhih
together with Her friends;jaratya an d b y J a r a t i;upagamyamana be i n g f ol l o we d;
pandu white; patra le a v e s;avrta wh i c h i s c o vered with;kisalaya l i k e a n e w
tree-branch; srih He r b e a uty; iva as i f ; sri r a-dha Sr i r a d h a;sahio f r i e n d s ;
govisara pua-na att-ham for the worship of Lord Gopisvara; savvo al l;j evva
indeed; sambharo ne c e ssary items;anido ha v e been taken along.

(Beautiful as the goddess of fortune, and beautiful as a newly-sprouted white-

flower bud, and accompanied by her elderly grandmother and friends holding
articles of worship in their hands, Srz Radha enters.)

Srz Radha: Friends, have we brought everything we need to worship Lord

Siva?

Text 133

sakhyah: adha im kimtu milanam huvissadi tti kusumam jj evva na aharidam ido
jj eva avacisissam

sakhyah He r g ir l f r i e nds;adha im of c o u r s e;kimtu ex c e p t t h a t;milanam

withered; huvissadi wo u l d h a ve become;tti th u s c o n s i d ering;kusumam t h e
supply of flowers; jj evva in d e e d; na aharidam wa s n ot b r o u g h t; ido jj eva r i g h t
here; avacinissam w e m ay pick (the m).

H er Friends: Yes. We didn't bring the flow e rs. They would w il t on th e w a y .

We will pick them here.

Text 130

sri radha: -pi am me p-i am ta eh-i avacinumha

(iti natyena puspavacayanam natayanti)

pi am me p-i am th a -t is fine with Me;ta so; ehi co m e n o w; av acinumha l e t

us pick (them); iti th u s h a v i ng spoken;natyena al o ng with dancing;puspa
avacayanam pi c k i ng flo we rs; natayanti they act out.

S rz Radha: You make Me happy. You make Me happy. Come, we will p i c k

them. (They pick flowers.)
 Text 135

premabhaktih: (nivarnya) aho citram, sa evayam devah nasya kim apy asakyam
yatah

nivarnya wh a t c h i n g;aho oh ; ci t r am wh a t a w o n d e r; sah H e ( C a i t a n y a

Mahaprabhu); eva ce r t a i n l y; ayam th i s p e r s o nality;devah is t he Supreme
Lord; na th e re is not;asya fo r H i m ; ki m a pi an y t h i n g ;as akyam i m p o s s i b l e ;
yatah s i n c e .

Love of God: (looking) Ah! Wonderful! Caitanya is the Supreme Personality

of Godhead. Nothing is impossible for Him.

Text 136

mohinyesa babhuva yah sva kala-ya deva dvis-omohayann

atmaramam apisvaresvaram api sri san-karam lobhayan
tasyascaryam idam na kincid api yat krsnavataro 'pi san
sri radh-akrtim agrahit sva vapu-sa devah sa visvambharah

mohini th e f e male incarnation Mohini; esah He b e c a me;yah wh o ; s v a

kalaya as His own partial expansion;deva dvisa-h the enemies of the demigods;
mohayan be w i l d e ring them; atma arama-m wh o is self-satisfied;api a l t h o u g h ;
isvara isvar-am the Lord ofa ll c ont r o ll i ng deities;api al t h o u g h;sri sanka-ram
Lord Siva; lobhayan ma k i n g h im l u s t y; tasya fo r H i m ( L o r d C a i t a nya);
ascaryam wo n d e r; idam th i s ;na no t ; ki n c i t api an y a t a l l;yat b e c a u s e ;
krsna avata-rah Kr s na Himselfd e scended to earth;api ev e n ;san be i n g ;sr i
radha akrtim -the fo rm energy; tritayam a t r i p l e t;abhut ha s b e c o me;sah
Himself; sakhi th e g o pi Lalita; radhika ca pl u s S ri m a ti radharani.

For Lord Visvambhara who, as His partial expansion Mohim-devi,

bewildered the demigods enemies and filled Lord Siva, the spiritually blissful
king of the demigods, with lust, who descended as Lord Krsna, and who has
now assumed Srz Radha s form, nothing is surprising.

Text 137

atha va

harir ayam atha 2i2aya sva saktya -

vidala yugatma -kalayava-nn abhinnah

abhavad iva prthak puman vadhhus ca
svayam ubhayamsa samana r-upa yuga-t -

atha va or; ha rir Lo r d H a r i ; ay am He ; at h a th e n ; 2i 2aya

= by pastime; sva
saktya Hi s o wn p o t e ncy; vidala yugatma k-alayavan -a pea divided into two
parts; abhinnah no t d i f f e rent;abhavad be c a m e;iva li k e ; p r t h a k different;
puman man; vadhhuh woman; ca and; svayam personally; ubhaya both;
amsa pa rts; samana eq u a l; rupa fo r m s ;yu g at be c a u se of the couple.

Or perhaps it is that by His own pastime potency the Lord has divided into
two equal parts, a man and a woman, as a pea is divided in two.

Text 138

(punar anyato 'valokya)

iyam api 2a2itaiva radhika2z

kha2u na gadadhara esa bhusurendrah
harir ayam atha va svayaiva saktya
tritayam abhut sa sakhi ca radhika ca

punah ag ain; anyatah in a n o t h er place;avalokya lo o k i n g ; iyam th i s ; a p i

also; 2a2ita La lita; eva c e r t a i n l y; radhika of R a d h a; a2z t he f ri e nd;kha2u
certainly; na not;gadadharah Lord Krsna;esah He; bhusurendrah a
brahmana; harih Lo r d H a r i; ayam He ; at h a va or ; sv a yaeva saktya w i t h H i s
own potency; tritayam th i r d ; ab h ut be c a m e sah ; He ; sa k hi f r i e n d ;ca a l s o ;
radhika R a d h a; ca a l s o .

(looking in another place) Radhika"s friend Lalita is not the great brahmana
Gadadhara. By his own potency Lord Hari has become three: Himself, Radha,
and Radha"s friend.

Text 139

(punar anyato valokya) aho iyam api yogamaya gamaya samin-i samini niraj a
nirajaksi dhava2ata va2ata kesa pasena -tama iva suddha sattvi k-rtya d-adhanajarati
vesam vidhaya pravista neyam nityananda tanur n-ityananda tanur b-hagavan hi svam
e va yogamayam ayapayam asa tasya t.u na citram etat yatah .

punah again;
anyatah elsewhere;avalokya looking;aho oh; iyam this;
yogamaya Yogamaya; aga maya -sinfuli l l u s i o n; samini wh o s u b d u e s;samini
peaceful; niraj a from from rajas, the material mode of passion; niraj a aksi -

lotus-eyed; dhava2ata wi th w h i t e n ess;va2ata co v e red;kesa pasena -the hair on

her head; tamah th e m a t e rial mode of ignorance;iva as i f;suddha sattvi kr-tya -

transforming it into unadulterated goddness; dadhana an d w e aring it upon

herself; j arati vesam -the disguise of Jarati; vidhaya ha v i n g c r e ated;
pravista
and entered into; na iyam th i s is n o t; nityananda tanuh t- he body of Lord
Nityananda; nitya ananda ta-nuh w-hose form is eternally full ofb l i s s; bhagavan
the Lord; hi in d e e d;svam eva h e r s e lf in person; yogamayam Yo g a m a ya;
ayapayam He h as made her come;tasya fo r H im ( N i t y a n a nda Prabhu);tu b u t ;
na is not; citram un u s u a l ;etat th i s ;ya t ah s i n c e .
 (looking in again another place) Goddess Yogamaya, who subdues sins, who
is peaceful, who is s untouched by passion, whose eyes are like lotus flowers,
and whose hair is white as the darkness of ignorance turned to pure goodness,
has appeared as Radha s grandmother. This is not Ni t y ananda. Nityananda, who
is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, made Yogamaya appear here. This is not
surprising, because.. .

Texts 100 and 1 ll

nivasa say-yasana pa-dukamsuko

padhana va-rsatapa va-ranadibhih
sarira bh-edais tv avasesatam gatair
yathocitam sesa itirito j anaih

iti pracinair bhaktair uktam.

nivasa (as Lord Visnu s) residence;sayya be d ; asana th r o n e ;paduka

slippers; amsuka ga r m e n t; upadhana pi l l o w ; va r sa atap-a vara-na um b r e lla;
adibhih an d s o o n; sarira wi t h b o d i e s;bhedaih di f f e r e n t;tu a n d ;
avasesatam the function of sesa,"the remainder" (i.e. everything else besides the
Lord's original personal form); gataih wh i c h h a ve a c q u i r ed this;yatha ucita-m
suitably; sesah Lo rd Sesa;iti th u s ;ir i t ah is de c l a r e d; ja n a ih by m e n : i t i
thus; pracinaih by a n c i e nt; bhaktaih de v o t e e s;uktam ha s b e en said.

. . as a great devotee in ancient times said (Yamunacarya in Stotra-ratna, Text 37)

.

"0 Lord, for your sake Ananta assumes many shapes to become your residence,
bed, throne, sandals, garments, pillow, umbrella, parasol, and many other objects.
in this way He is kown to the people as Your sesa (paraphernalia)."

Text 102

sri Krsnah-: (radham nivarnya) sakhe,

utkirna kim u caru karu patina -kamena kim citrita

premna citrakarena kim lavanima tvastraiva kunde dhrta
saundary ambudhi mantha-nat kim udi ta madhury a laksmir -iy am
vaicitryamjanayaty aho ahar ahar drstapy adrsteva me

radham Sri radha; nivarnya observing;sakhe my friend;utkirna heaped

up; kim u w h e t h er; caru so m e t h i ng beautiful;karu patina -by the lord of
artisans; kamena Cu p i d; k im o r e l s e citrita
; a p a i n t i n g ;pr e mna citra karena-
by the artistprema; kim o r e l se;lavanima gr a c e f u l ness;tvastra b y T v a s t a
( Visvakarma, the arquitect of the heavenly planets); eva i n d e ed; kunde upon a
jasmine flower; dhrta er e c t e d;saundarya of e x q u i s i t eness;ambhudhi o f t h e
ocean; manthanat fr o m t he c hurn i n g; kim w h e t h e r ; ud ita ri s e n ;ma dhurya
laksmih th e g od dess Laksmi of sweetness;iyam th i s ; vaicityam v a r i e t y ;
j anayati ge n e r ates;aho ah ; ah ah ahah da -y after day;drsta api al t h o u gh seen;
adrsta iva as if never seen before;me for me.

Sri Krsna: (gazing at Radha) Fr i e nd, is this a form created by Kamadeva, the
king of artists? Is this a wonder created by the painter Love? Is this a beauty
placed by Visvakarma on a jasmine flower? Is this the goddess of sweetness
born from the churning of the ocean of beauty? Every day She fills Me wit h
wonder as if I had never seen Her before.

Text 103

atha va,

sautiryam smara bhu-pater madhu ma-do 2avanya 2ak-smyah smayah

saubhagyasya vinoda bhu-r madhurimo22asasya hasah sriyah
advaitam guna sam-padam upanisat ke2i vi2a-sava2eh
keyam 2ocana can-drika cay-acam-atkaras cakoreksana
(iti sa sprh-am alokayati)

atha va or e lse;sautiryam th e h a u g h t i n e ss;smara bhup-ateh o f K i ng Cup i d ;

madhu mad-ah the intoxication of honey; 2avanya 2aks-myah of goddess of Youth;
smayah and her pride; saubhagyasya th e s weetness;u22asasya of joy; hasah
the smile; sriyah of o p u l e n c e;advaitam th e n o n d u al totality;guna samp-adam
of all things invested with specific qualities; upanisat th e p h i l o s o phical mystery;
ke2i vi2as-a ava2e-h of the many playful sports (of Vrndavana); ka iyam w h o i s
this; 2ocana at my eyes;candrika caya -(ju st as if at) t he moo n 's rays;
camatkarah lo o k i n g w i th s urpr ise;cakora l i k e t h o se of the c a k o r an bird ;
iksana he r eyes;iti th u s ; sa sprha-m wi t h l o n g i n g; alokayati g l a n c e s .

Is this Kamadeva s chivalrous power, or the passion of spring, or the goddess

of beauty's smile, or the pastime-place of good fortune, or the sweetness of bliss,
or the smile of the goddess of fortune, or the impersonal Brahman whose glories
are described in thje Upanisads, or the pastimes of the goddess of playfulness?
Who is this girl, Her cakora-bird eyes filled with w o n der to see the moonlight of
My eyes? (He passionately looks at Her.)

Text 100

sri radha: -ehi 2a2ide, 2avanga kusuma-m avacinumha

(iti parikramati)

ehi 2a2ide come, Lalita; 2avanga of t he clove trees;kusumam f lo w e r s ;

avacinumha le t us pick; iti th u s ;pa r i k r a m ati t h e y w a l k a bo u t .

Sri Radha: Lalita, come. Let s pick these lavanga flowers. (She walks.)

Text 105
 jarati: esa 2avanga v-adi a vi kanhassa adi peasi, imae niyadam ma gaccha, pacca
tumam moavedum na sakkissamha .

esa this; 2avanga v-adi a -lavanga grove; vi in d e e d;kanhassa to K r s n a; adi

peasi very dear; imae niyadam near it;
ma gaccha do not go;pacca after that;
tumam Yo u; moavedum to f r e e;na sakkissamha I w i l l n o t be able.
.fn 3

Jarati: Krsna is fond of this lavanga garden. Don't go there. If You do we

cannot rescue You.

Text 106

2a2ita: ajj e, tumam padibhuttanena sancari aa-mhe appana am -moavissamha, ka

cinta. (iti sa kau-tukam sarvah kusumavacayanam natayanti)

ajje Oh o n o r a b le lady; tumam yo u ; pa d ibhuttanena as t he guard;sancari

a wh i le wandering; amhe we ; ap pana am -o u r s e lves; moavissamha w i l l b e
able to free; kacinta wh a t n e e d f or wo r r y i s t h e r e; iti t h u s ; sa k aut-ukam
playfully; sarvah al l t he girls;kusuma acac-ayanam pi c k i ng flo we rs; natayanti
act out.

L alita: We will l e ave you here and we will p r o t ect ourselves. Why wor r y ?
(All the girls happily pick flowers.)

Text 107

sri radha-: 2a2ide, padittahi padittahi, eso duttho bhamaro badhei

2alide 0 La l i t a;padittahi padittahi sa v e M e, save Me;

eso th i s ; duttho
nasty;bhamaro bee;badhei is bothering Me.

Sri Radha: Lalita! Save Me! Save Me! This nasty bee is attacking Me!

Text 108

sakhyah:

mukkl-a 2avanga 2adl am - -

cava20 mahusuano eso

pi a sahi an-i -ada pem-mo-
tuha muha gandhena -andhie bhama i -

sakhyah He r g ir l f r i e nds;mukki ag i v i n - g up; 2avanga 2adi am -the -lavanga

vine; cavalo fickle; mahusuano ki l l e r of the demon Madhu; eso th i s ; pi a -
sahi 0 de a r fri e nd;ani ada pemmo H e w h o s e love is unbridled; tuha Y o u r ;
muha of the mou th; gandhena by t he f ra grance;andhio bl i n d e d; bhama-i — is
hovering about.

Her Friends: Dear friend, blin ded with l ove by the scent of Your face, the
restless bumblebee Krsna flew from the lavanga vine and now staggers about
before You.

Text 109

sri kr-snah: (avalokya sa spr-ham) sakhe, pasya pasya

mukham anu nipatantam varayanti dvirepham

bhaya cak-ita cala-ksi nyan-mukhiyam karena
tam api tad-abhibhutam dyunita-bhrur dhunite
sa ca ruj am abhininye jhankrtaih kankananam

avalokya watching;sa sprh-am longingly; sakhe My friend;pasya pasya

look, look; mukham anu a t He r face; nipatantam flying; varayanti w a r d i n g o f f ;
dvirepham th e b ee;bhaya ou t o f f e a r;cakita tr e m b l i n g ;cala aksi -a nd H e r
eyes moving around; nyak-mukhi w i t h H e r h ead bent downwards;iyam S h e ;
karena wi t h H er hand; tam H i m ; ap i and ; t a t - a b h ibhutam d e f e a t ed by Her
hand; kunita c o n t r a c ted; bhruh H e r e y e br ows; dhunite Sh e shakes Him away;
sah He; ca an d ; ru j am pa i n ; a b h ininye h a s b r o u g ht upon Him s elf;
jhankrtaih from the jingling; kankananam of H e r b r a celets.

Sri Krsna: (passionately gazing) Fr i e nd, lo ok! Lo ok! Tr e m b l i ng, Her

frightened eyes restless, and Her head turned down, She pushes with Her hand
a bee landing on Her face. In the tinkl ing of Her anklets, the bee has found only
pain.

Text 150

kusumasavah: va assa, a -am osa-ro amhanam amha lavanga kusuma-m esa aharedi,
imae aharanam kaduatumam ahara

va assa 0 -friend; a am th - i s is;osaro op p o r t u n i t y; amhanam o u r ; la v a nga

kusumam lavanga flowers; esa Sh e; aharedi is t a k i n g; imae He r ; ah a r a nam
over the theft; ranam a f i g h t; ka dua ma k i n g ; t u m am Y o u ; ah a ra t a k e t h e m
back.

Kusumasava: Friend, this is our oppor t u n i ty . She is stealing our lavanga

flowers. You should take the stolen flowers by force.

Text 151
 sri krsnah: evam vidham alokanam evati s-urasam, tathapi priya bator vaco
'nurodhena tatha kurmah. (iti samupsrtya sa darpam) ayi 2a2ite, dur2a2ite 'duh ke tava
sahasikya s-iksatam etam k.as te mado mad o-kasi vrndavane katham svatantryam
alabhy ate

evam vi-dham su c h; alokanam a s i g h t;eva is i n d e e d;ati su -ra-sam v e r y

relisable; tatha api ne v e r t h e less;priya wh o i s d e ar to Me;batoh o f t h i s b o y ;
vacah the words; anurodhena in c o m p l i a n ce with;tatha so ; ku r m ah s h a l l d o ;
iti th u s s peaking;samupasrtya go i n g r i g ht up ( to Lalita);sa da-rpam sp e a ks
arrogantly; ayi 2a2ite pa r d o n; tava yo u r ; sa h asikya in r a s h n e ss;siksatam
training; etam th i s ; kah wh a t i s ; te yo u r ; ma d ah cr a z i n e s s;
mat My ; o k a s i
in the residential domain; vrndavanae Vr n d a v a na;katham h o w i s i t ;
svatantryam in d e p e n dence;alabhyate yo u h a ve assumed.

Sri Krsna: This is sweet to see. Still, I must follow my f r i end s advice. (He
approaches and arrogantly says:) Wretched Lalita, who taught you to be so
bold? Are you mad? Why are you so wild and reckless in My home of Vrndavana
forest?

Text 152

varam varam evamevanam agatyagaty anava-sthayatataita i t ara jani vad g-atra

garvena pha2a kusu-ma suma-nj u2a 2ata -vitap-a bhan-gam acarantyas carantyah parito
paritosam mamajanayanti, nayam tiraskrtya mam avajananti ca bhavatyah bhad.ram
adya vi2okitah sthah. atah param asya pha2am bhujyatam.

varam varam ag a in and again;eva ev e n; me My ; va n am t o t h e f o r e s t ;

agatya co m i n g; gati anavas-thaya wi t h o ut a ny fixed destination; tatah itah
here and there; itarajani va-t l-ikeordinary women; gatra garven-a being proud
of their bodily beauty; pha2a fr u i t s; kusuma flo w e r s ;su manj u-2a very nice;
2ata creepers;vitapa an d b u s h e s;bhangam acarantyah ca u s i ng damage to
these; carantyah wa l k i n g; paritah al l a r o u n d; aparitosam di s s a t isfaction;
mama my; j anayanti gi v e r i se to; nayam pr o p e r b e havior;tiraskrtya
disregarding; mam to M e ; avaj ahanti sh o w d i s r e spect;ca an d ; bh avatyah
your good selves; bhadram it is good; adya to d a y; vilokitah sthah y o u h a v e
been seen (in the act); atah param no w ; as ya fo r t h a t ;ph alam t h e r e s u l t
(fruit); bhujyatam yo u m u s t s uf fer.

Again and again you come to My forest and strut here and there as ordinary
women proud of their beautiful li m bs, and you destroy the frui ts, flowers,
beautiful vines and forest groves. You have made Me very unhappy. You have
acted improperly and insulted Me. Fortunately, today I have seen you. Now you
will taste the fruit of your deeds.

Text 153

j arati: are kanhadaq kusumehim jj

eva edanam pa onam, na -kkhu phala bhoattham-
edahim vana majj he aadam

are kanhad 0 Kr s n a ;kusumehim fo r t h e f lo w e r s;jj eva in d e e d;edanam o f

these girls; pa o-nam a specific need;na no t ; k k hu c e r t a i n l yphala
; frutis;
bhoa-attham fo r t h e p u r p ose of enj oying (eating); edahim th e y ; va na majjhe
into this forest; aadam a hv e come.

Jaratz: 0 Krsna, they need flowers. They have not come to the middle of the
forest to eat fruit.

Text 150

kusumasavah: ajjie, va ase-na samam tujjha buddhi ca gada,jado phalam avaraha

dando tti na anasi

ajjie re s p ected lady;va ase-na along with youth; tujjha yo u r ; b u d d hi

i ntellignece; ca al so; gada h a s g o n e ;j ad o b e c a u se; phalam b y t h e w o r d
"fruit"; avaraha dan-do tti "punishment for an offense"; na anasi y o u do n o t
understand.

Kusumasava: Noble lady, your intelligence has gone with your youth. You
don't understand that here the word "fruit" means "punishment for an offense".

Text 155

j arati: bhamhana-dimha, cch>ra kanth-osi tuma.mj anesi, vicarehi ko avaraho,

avarahe jj eva dando na kkhu sa rahas-u amhesu

bhamhana-dimha Q i n f an t of a brahmana mother; chira h a v i n g m i l k ;

kantho on th e th r oat; asi ar e y e t; tumam y o u ; k i m w h a t j; anesi d o k n o w ;
vicarehi ju s t c onsider; ko w h a t ; av a raho is t h e o f f e nse;avarahe fo r t he r eal
offense; jj eva is indeed; dando pu n i s h m e nt ( is due);na n o t ; k k h u c e r t a i n l y ;
sa-rahasu wh o are respectful (or alternatively, "who are accompanies by radha");
asmasu for ourselves.

Jaratz: Brahmana baby, the milk still clings to your throat. What do you
know> gonsider what is the offense here. An offender should be punished, not
us, Radha's friends.

Note: "Ava" means "without, "sa" means "with", and "raha" means "Radha".
The word "avaraha" (offense) may also be interpreted to mean "without Radha".
Jarati here says: We are with Radha. We are not the "Without Radha" people You
say should be punished.

Text 156
 2a2ita: a e badua, tumha va asso assa vanassa ko.
kusumasavah: 2alide, ahi an a am .

a e - ah; badua fo o l i sh boy; tumha va -as-so young friend; assa o f t h i s ;

vanassa fo rest; ko wh a t i s H e; 2a2ide 0 La l i t a; ahi a-ri th e m a s t e r;a a-m H e .

Lalita: Child, what is your fr i end to this forest?

Kusumasava: Lalita, He is the master.

Text 157

2a2ita: hoi evvam nnedam, ahioja in-a hoi, tado kadham amha pi a s-ah-ie edassa
vanassa edarisi avattha

hoi is; evvam th u s ;nn edam in d e e d t h i s;ahio ari a g r e a t foe;

j a i — -if; na
hoi He we re not; tado th e n ; ka d ham wh y ; am h a ou r ; pi a s a -h-ie be l o nging
to the dear companion (radharani); edassa of t h i s; vanassa fo r e s t;edarisi s u c h ;
avattha a state.

Lalita: It is so. If He were not the great enemy, how could our dear friend's
forest be in such a sorry state?

,fn 1
Note: In the previous text Kusumasava claimed that Krsna is Vrndavana's
"ahi-arz" (master). Here Lalita interprets this word to be "ahi-a-ari", which
means "the great enemy".

Text 158

kusumasavah: 2a2ide, pandiccanam pa asesi, -hodu hodu, amha va asso e-dassa

vanassa ahio arijjeva, edam vanam tumha pi a sahi-e k-adhamjadam

2a2ide my dear Lalita; pandidaccanam th e q u a lit ies ofbeing learned;pa

asesi you are exhibiting; hodu hodu th a t m ay be;amha ou r ; va a sso -friend of
Krsna; edassa of thi s; vanassa fo r e s t;ahio ari th e t e r r i b le enemy;
jjeva i s
indeed; edam vanam th i s f o rest;tumha pi a sakhi-e -belonging to your dear
girlfriend; kadham ho w ; j adam ha s b e c ome.

Kusumasava: Lalita, you are showing off how smart you are. So be it. So be
it. My friend is the great enemy of the forest. How did this forest become your
friend's property?

Text 159

2a2ita: uvabhoo jj eva pamanam, annadha kadham nzsankam kusumaim aharemha

 uvabhoo en jo yment of facilities;jjeva in d e e d;pamanam is e v i d e nce;
annadha ot h e r w i se;kadham wh y ; ni s a nkam wi t h o u t f e a r; kusumaim f lo w e r s ;
aharemha we a re taking.

Lalita: She is the enjoyer of the forest. That is the proof. If it w ere not so,
how could we pick flow ers wi t h out any fear?

Text 160

jarati: saccamjjeva bhanidam 2a2idae, maha nattiniejjeva edam vanamjae ettha

deada ru-ena nioida appano pari an-a ru-a vunda

saccam tr u l y; jj eva in d e e d;bhanidam sp o k e n;2a2idae by L a l i t a; maha

my; nattinie of t he g randdaughter;edam vanam th i s f o r e st;jae s i n c e ; ettha
here; deada rue-na as the presiding deity; nioda is a p p o i n t e d; appano H e r o w n ;
pari ana -rua - who is the personal servant; vunda t h e g o pi Vrn d a .

Jaratz: Lalita speaks the truth. This forest belongs to my granddaughter. She
appointed Her friend Vrnda goddess here.

Text 161

sri Krsn-ah: (vihasya) arye, vrnda khalu tava naptryah parij ana rupa-
jarati: are kanhada ettha ko sandeho, sajjeva pucchiadu

vihasya la u g h i n g; arye 0 ho n o r e d o n e;vrnda Vr n d a - d e v i;khalu i s i t

actual so; tava yo u r ; na ptryah of t h e g r a n d daughter; parij ana rupa -is t h e
personal associate; are kanhad 0 Krsna;ettha in this matter; ko sandeho w h a t
doubt is there; sa He r ;jj eva in d e e d;pucchiadu g o a s k .

Sri Krsna: (laughing) Noble lady,

goddess Vrnda is your granddaughter's
friend?
Jaratz: Wretched Krsna, how can there be any doubt? She asked her to
become the goddess.

Text 162

kusumasavah: (karne lagitva) bho va assa, sa -kkhu edanam jj eva paccha vadini, -

sa pamanaccanena na pucchidavva

karne lagitva sp e a king into His ear; bhova assa d- ear friend;sa s h e ( V r n d a ) ;
jj eva in d e e d;paccha vadini -a
kkhu ce r t a inly; adanam of t h e se girls;
proponent;sa she;pamanaccanena as evidence; na pucchi davva should not be
asked.

Kusumasava: (in Krsna's ear) Fr i e nd, she is on their side. Don't believe her
words.

Text 163

suba2ah: kusumasava, ma bhetavyam 2a.2ite, mad v-ayasyasya nama m-udraivatra

pramanam, ya kha2u prati d-rumam eva viraj ate

kusumasava 0 Ku s u m a s ava;ma bhetavyam yo u s h o u l d n 't be afraid;2a2ite 0

Lalita; mat vay-asyasya of t he young companion; nama of t h e n a m e;mudra t h e
mark; eva in d e e d; atra he r e ;pr a manam ev i d e n c e;ya wh i c h ; kh a lu i n f a c t ;
prati dr-umam on e very tree;eva ev e n; virajate is manifest.

Subala: Kusumasava, don't be afraid. Lalita, the mark of my friend's name is

His proof. His name is on every tree.

Text 160

2a2ita: ja ievv-am taha vi a-mhe na avarajjhamha, sa a2ao-jjeva 2adao maha pi a -

sahi nam-akkharankida, tena kkhu 2adasu ko ahi aro -tuha va assa-ssa amh.ehim
2avanga 2adi -anam -jj eva kusumaim aharzanti.

j a i — if-; evvam th at is so; taha vi t- h en still;amhe we ; na avara j j h a m h a

are not commiting ofense; sa a2ao -all; jj eva in d e e d; 2adao th e c re epers;
maha my; pi a sah-i -of the dear friend; nama akkh-ara wi t h t he l etters of the
name; ankida ar e i ns cribed;tena th u s ; kk hu in d e e d ;2adasu ov e r t he creeper;
ko wh a t; ahi aro -authority; tuha va asssa-ssa of your friend; amhehim b y u s ;
2avanga 2adi a-nam -of the lavanga creepers;jj eva in d e e d; kusumaim t h e
flowers; aharianti ar e b e i ng taken.

Lalita: Even if that is so, we have not done any offense. All the vines are
stamped with the letters of my dear friend's name. How is your friend master of
the vines? We have picked flowers only from the lavanga vines.

Text 165

jarati: 2a2ide, nimanchanam dej ami, bhaddam jjeva bhanidam. kanhad kisa
kalahaesi attano ahi are citth-antinim edanim saddham, maggasi j a i, tado m-agga, ma
ejjeva dadavvani 2avanga kusumai-m tumam kassa na pio hohi.

2a2ide 0 La l it a; nimmancchanam dejami I p e r f o r m y o ur b athing ceremony

(see chapter comments); bhaddam w e l l ; j j e va in d e e d ;bh anidam s p o k e n ;
kanhad 0 Kr s n a ;kisa wh y ; ka l a h a esi Yo u a re quarreling;attano ahi are -

under Your authority; citthantihim wh o a r e s tanding;edahim saddham w i t h

these; maggasi ja ii f Y o u -want to ask for them;tado th e n ; ma gga as k ; ma e -

1; jj eva in d eed; dadavyani wi l l g i v e ;2avanga kusumaim -the la vanga flowers;

tumam Yo u; kassa of w h o m ; na no t ; pi o th e d a r l i n g ;hohi a r e .
 Jarati: Lalita, I perform arati to you. You have spoken well. Krsna, why do
You quarrel with these girls in Your ki n g d om? I f You w ant the fl ow e rs, ask for
them. I will give the lavanga flowers to You. Who does not love You?

Text 166

sri ra-dha: (sa sp-rham atma ga-tam krsnam uddisya samskrtena)

syami ka-roti bhuvanam vapusa dig an-tan

purnendu ma-ndala ma-yi kurute mukhena
vaca sudha ras-a bh-rto vidadhati karnan
drstya nabho 'mbuja ma-yi kurute kim etat

sa spr-ham wi th l o n g i n g; atma gata-m speaking aside; krsnam uddisya

staring of Krsna; samskrtena in S a nskrit;syami kar-oti ma k e s blackish;
bhuvanam th e w h o le world; vapusa wi t h i t s b o d y; dik anta-n th e e nds of the
directions; purna indu -man-dala wi t h t he dark full moo n; mayi f i l l e d ; k u r u t e
makes; mukhena wi t h i ts face;vaca wi t h i t s s peech;sudha rasa -bhrt-ah f i l l e d
with nectarean liquor; vidadhati ma k e s ;karnan th e e a r s;drstya w i t h i t s
glance; nabhah the sky; ambuj a may-i fu ll of lot u ses; kurute m a k e s; kim etat
what is this.

Srz Radha: (passionately says to Herself these words in Sanskrit about

Krsna) With its body it f i ll s the wo rld w it h b l a c k n ess, with its face it fills th e
directions with the full mo on, with it s w o rd s it f i ll s the ears with nectar, and
w ith its glance it fills the sky with l o t u ses. What is this thin g?

Text 167

jarati: kanhada, nehi kusumaim. (iti tasam ancalatah kusumany adaya

krsnopakantham vikirati.)

kanhad Kr s n a; nehi ta k e ; k usumaim t h e f lo w e r s; iti t h u s ; ta s am o f t h e

girls; ancalatah f rom the folded-up ends of the garments; kusumani t h e fl o w e r s ;
adaya ta k i n g; krsna upakant-ham ne ar Krsna; vikirati s h e s c a tters them.

Jaratz: Krsna, take these flowers. (She takes the flowers from the end of the
girls' saris and scatters them before Krsna.)

Text 168

sri radha: (-ancalena mukhan avrtya kincit smitva) ajjie kim kidam. dea puana -

kida avacidassa kusumassa irisi avattha kida

ancalena wi t h t he end of He garment; mukham he r m o u t h ; av rtya having

covered; kincit a l i t t l e b it;smitva sm i l i n g ;ajjie re s p e c t a ble madame; kim
what; kidam ha v e you done;dea of t h e d e i ty (Gopisvara);puana kide f o r t h e
sake of the worship; avacidassa wh i c h w as collected;kusumassa of t he flowe r
offering; irisi li k e t h i s ; avattha di s p o s i n g;kida yo u h a v e d on e .

Srz Radha: (covering Her face with the edge of Her sari, She smiles slightly.)
N oble lady, what have you done? How could you have done this with th e
flowers we picked to worship Lord Siva?

Text 169

sri Kr-snah: (radham nivarnye sva gat-am) aho tiramyatvam vartate vasanavrta
mukhayah. yatah

radham ra d h a; nivarnya lo o k i n g a t;sva gata-m as i de; aho ah ; a t i

ramyatvam ex c e eding charm;vartate th e r e i s;vasana wi t h H e r c l o t h; avrta
mukhayah of She who has covered Her face; yatah as.

Srz Krsna: (aside, while looking at radha) Ah . W h e n She covers Her face
with Her sari She becomes very beautiful.

Text 170

anj ani mrga drso-drg ancal-ah

panj ara stha i-va bhati khanj anah
2esa esa hasitasya drsyate
vastra puta iv-a candramo drava-h

anjani an n o i n t ed with oin t m e nt; mrga drsah -of the doe-eyed women;drk
ancalah th e corner of the eye;panj araj sthah -inside a cage;iva as i f; bhati
shines; khanj anah a wagtail bird; 2esah th e f ra gment; esah th i s ; hasitasya o f
the smile; drsyate ca n be seen;vastra putah - wh i ch is strained through a cloth;
iva s if; candramah dravah -camphor.

This doe-eyed girl s mascara-decorated sidelong glance is like a restless

khanjana bird in a cage. The little I see of Her smile is like li q uid camph or
filtered through a cloth.

Text 171

2a2ita: ajj e, adi bhaau2as-i tumam. kim tti cira parissam-ena avacidam kusumam
natthi kidam. ko-eso imassa vundavanassa

ajj e dear mistress;adi bha a au-2a -ve-ry much disturbed by fear; asi are;
tumam yo u; k im w h y ; tt i in th i s w a y ; ci ra parissam-ena wi th l o ng endeavor;
avacidam ga t hered;kusumam th e f lo w e r o ff ering;natthi kidam y- o u have
ruined; ko w h o ; eso t h i s p e r son (Krsna);imassa vundavanassa in r e l a tion to
this Vrndavana.

Lalita: (to Jaratr) Noble lady, you should be afraid. Why did you ruin the
flowers we picked with great labor? What is He to Vrndavana forest?

Text 172

j arati: 2a2ide, samatthasi tumam ka2aham kadum. a2ia ga-vva bh-ara ka-ndu2am de
hi-a-am, ta kunaha edehim dhitthehim saha ka2aham, ehi nattini ehi. (iti radham
adaya gantum pravrtta)

2a2ide 0 La l it a; samattha qu i t e f i t;asi tumam y o u a r e ; ka2aham q u a r r e l ;

kadum to make; alia crooked;gavva of pride; bhara on account of the
burden; kandulam itching; de your; hi-a-am heart;ta therefore; kunaha go
ahead and make; edehim w i t h t h ese boys; dhitthehim w h o a r e i m p u d e nt; saha
w ith them; kalaham a q u a r r el; ehi c o m e ; n a tin i m y g r a n d d a u g hter; ehi c o m e ;
iti t h u s; ra dham Sr i r a d h a;adaya ta k i n g ; gantum t o l e a v e;pravrtta
prepares.

Jaratz: Lalita, you are good at quarreling. False pride makes your heart itch
to quarrel. You stay and quarrel with these arrogant boys. Come, granddaughter.
Come. (Taking Radha, she is about to leave.)

Text 173

sri radha-: ajj

e, kahim gantavvam govisa.ro na accidavvo

ajje mi s t r ess; ettha h e r e , in this affair; va assass-a to our young friend;

danam pa y m e nt of the fine; vattadi st i l l r e m a i n s; ku s uma cori am -t -heft of
flowers; tuha y o u r ; muham f a c e s; datthuna l o o k i n g at; samatthidam h a s been
ascertained; danam dauna ha v i ng paid the fine;savvao al l of y o u; gacchantu
may go.

Srz Radha: Noble lady, where are we going? We have not yet worshiped Lord
Siva.

Text 170

kusumasavah: ajj e, ettha va assassa -danam vatthadi kusuma c.ori am -tuha -muham
datthuna samatthidam, danam dauna savvao gacchantu

ajje mi s t r ess; ettha h e r e , in this affair; va assassa -to our young friend;
danam pa y m e nt of the fine; vattadi st i l l r e m a i n s;kusuma cori am -t h e -ft of
flowers; tuha y o u r ; muham f a c e s; datthuna l o o k i n g at; samatthidam h a s been
ascertained; danam danam ha v i ng paid the fine;savvao al l of y o u; gacchantu
may go.

Kusumasava: Noble lady, there is a fine you must pay to my fr i e nd. We have
seen to your face how you have stolen flowers. Pay your fine and you may all go.

Text 175

jarati: are bamhana ba-dua kim re danam

kusumasava: va as-sa suala, bhaniadu

are ah; bamhana brahmana boy; kim re danam what "fine" do you mean;
va ass-a suala fr i e nd Subala;bhaniadu y o u t e ll h e r .

j aratz: Brahmana child, what is this "f i n e " ?

kusumasava: Friend Subala, tell her.

Text 176

subalah: arye, sruyatam

yogyam matva smara nara-patih pasya dattva prasunam

vrndaranye nava kula -vadh-u vrnda-ghat-tadhipatye
yatnad asthapayat ayam imam mad vaya-syam yasasyam
dattva sulkam vrajata sudrso mastu susko vivadah

arye 0 no b l e l ady;sruyatam pl e a se hear me;yogyam su i t a b l e matva

;
considering Him; smara nara -patih -King Cu p i d; pasya ju s t s e e;dattva h a v i n g
first given (to Krsna); prasunam th e f lo w e r s;vrnda arany-e in V r n d a vana forest;
nava young; kula virtuous; vadhu of women; vrnda over the band; ghattha
adhipatye wi t h a u t h o r i ty of customs duties;yatnat ta k i n g g re at care;
asthapayat in v e s ted;ayam th i s ( C u p i d ); im am Hi m ( K r s n a ) ;mat vayasyam-
my young friend; yasasyam wh o is g lo r i o us; dattva sulkam pa y i n g t he tax;
vrajata yo u m a y g o ; sudrsah my d e a r b e a u t i f u l - e yed girls;maastu l e t t h e r e
notbe; suskah dr y ; vi v adah a r g u m e n t .

Subala: Noble lady, please hear. Look, thinking Him a suitable person, King
Kamadeva gave the flowers in Vrndavana forest to my glorious friend and also
gave Him authority to collect customs duties from the pious girls here. 0
beautiful-eyed girls, pay the fine and go. Don t do this dry arguing.

Text 177

jarati: hodu de va asso dan-i, amhanam kim tena, sumara narava i-no vasao -na
anlhe.

hodu gr a nted that; de yo u r ; va asso fr i e - nd;dani in t h e f i n e - c ollector;

amhanam kim tena wh a t do we have to do with that; sumara of S m a r a, Cupid;
nara v-a i-no the master of all mortals; vasao un d e r t he control; na a r e n o t ;
amhe we.

Jaratr: So be it. Your friend collects fines. What does is that to us. We are
not subjects of King Kamadeva.

Text 178

kusumasavah: hoi, buddhia et-uha kahim tassa ahinada

j arati: (sa kr-odham) are dana jogga pa -att-ho j a ih-oi, tado sanka kariadi

hoi so it is; budhi ae -who is very old; tuha of y o u ; ka h im ho w ; t a s s a

under him (Cupid); ahinada (your) subservience;sa kro-dham angrily; are ah;
dana jogga ta x a ble;pa atth-o so me item; ja-i i f ; h o i t h e r ei s ; ta do then;
sanka kariadi one becomes apprehensive.

Kusumasava: So be it. How could you, and old lady, be one of his subjects>
Jaratz: (angrily) W r e t ch , only if one has done something wrong need she
fear paying a
fine.

Text 179

subalah: priya vaya-sya, svayam asyottaram diyatam

sri krsna-h: (sa gamb-hiryam) hanta bhoh, sruyatam

priya vayas-ya most dear companion; svayam Yo u r s e lf;asya t o t h i s ;

uttaram th e a nswer;diyatam sh o u l d g i v e;sa gamb-hiryam wi t h g r a v i t y; hanta
bhoh My d e ar ladies;sruyatam pl e a se listen.

Subala: Dear friend, please give the answer Yourself.

Srz Krsna: (with gravity) Li sten.

Text 180

ratnadyam vah kuvalaya drsam a-stu va nastu vastu

prenkho2e 'smin
bhuja 2atikayo-rbhagadheyo vidheyah
maryadeyam mama nigadita kintu ratnany apimany
aniyante purata putikam -antara darsayadhvam

ratna adyam -jewels and other valuables; vah on t he p ersons of you;

kuvalaya drsam -whose eyes are like lotuses; astu va na astu th e re may or may
not be (that does not matter to Me); vastu su c h i t e m s;prenkhole w i t h i n t h e
swinging hammock; asmin th i s ; bhuja 2atikayoh -of y o u r cr e e per-like arms;
bhagadheyah a portion; vidheyah is what should be turned over; maryada
stipulation; mama My ; ni g a d ita th u s s p o k e n;kintu bu t t h e n a g a in;ratnahi
jewels; api indeed; imani th e s e;aniyante (w h i c h ) a re being carried;purata
putikam antara wi t h i n t h i s g old vessel;darsayadhvam let me see them.

You lotus-eyed girls may or may not have many jewels and other valuables.
Give Me some of them in the swinging vines of your arms. That is the fine I ask.
Show me the jewels in this golden pitcher.

Text 181

sakhyah: puovakaranassa pudi a-i-am govisarassa

kusumasavah: are mukkha a am -jjeva govisaro, imam jj eva pu ed-ha

sakhyah Sr i m a ti radharani s girlfriends;pua uv-akaranassa h o l d i n g

paraphernalia ofworship; pudi a- v e s s el; i-am this; govisarassa for G op isvara;
are mukkha yo u f o o l i sh girls;a am -t h i s (K r s n a);jj eva is i n d e e d;govi isa-ro
Gopisvara, the Lord of the g o p is; imam Hi m ; jj e va ac t u a l l y;puedha y o u
should worship.

Her Friends: This pitcher has the things for Lord Siva s worship.
Kusumasava: Fools. This is Lord Siva. Worship Him.

Text 182

sakhyah: are mahaalo govisaro

kusumasavah: a am m-aha a2o k-im hodi, j assa rui pada-2ehim savvam jj eva vanam
tamala vanna-m kidam.

are ah; mahaalo Ma h a k a l a, Siva;govisaro is G o p i s vara;a am -this; maha

alo Ma h a kala (kala also means black); kim w h e t h e r; na hodi He i s n o t ;j assa
whose; rui padale-him by t he rays of abundant bodily effulgence;savvam a l l ;
jj eva indeed; vanam th e f o r e st;tamala vannam -the co lor of the t a m a l an tree;
kldam 1s made.

Her Friends: Lord Siva is the greatblack god.

Kusumasava: Is He not a great black god? By His splendor the entire forest is
black as a tamala tree?

Text 183

sakhyah: canda a saharo -jj -eva accidavvo

kusumasavah: pekkha pekkha, esa candas seharo n-a hoi (iti barhavatamsam
darsay ati ) .

canda a seharo - -Lord Siva, who carries the moon on his head; jjeva in d eed;
accidavvo is to be worshiped;pekkha pekkha lo o k , l o o k; esa th i s ; ca nda a t h e -

moon (candraka also refers to the eye on a peacock feather); seharo on H is h e ad;
na hoi is it n o t; iti t h u s ; ba r ha avatamsa-m the peacock-feather ornament in
Krsna's headdress; darsayati h e p o i n ts out.

Her Friends: We worship the god that has the moon in his crown.
Kusumasava: Look! Look! Does He not have the moon in His crown? (He
points to Krsna's peacock feather crown.)

Text 180

sakhyah: vaala, gori pa-tim pua issamha

kusumasavah: tumhe gorio na bhavadha

vaala ta l k a tive boy;gori pat-im Si v a, the husband of Gauri;pua issamha w e

going to worship; tumhe al l of y o u; gorio white-complexioned women (the
literal meaning of gauri); na bhavadha a r e you not .

Her Friends: Talkative boy, we worship the husband of the fair goddess
Gauri.
Kusumasava: You do not have fair complexions?

Text 185

jarati: are badua, edanam pai tuha va asso -tti tumamjanesi. cittha cittha, gama
majj he tuha damsanam na lambhissam.

are badua you f o o lish child; edanam of t h e s e;pa i — th-e husband; tuha va
asso you friend Krsna; tti t h u s ; tu m am y o u ; j a n e s i t h i n k ; c i t t ha cittha j u s t
you wait; gama majjh-e in the village; tuha o f y o u ; da m sanam th e s i g h t; na
lambhissam sh a ll I not catch.

Jaratz: Child, you think y our f r i end is the husband of these girls? Stop! Stop!
Will I not see you later in the village?

Text 187

sakhyah: are vaala, pasu va ipui-dav-vo

kusumasavah: hantabho, etti ao dhenu-ojo paledi, so kimpasu va ina-hoi-.

arevaala 0 ta l k a t i ve one;pasu va iP - a s u-pati (Siva), the "lord ofi n n o c e nt

creatures"; puidavvo is to be worshiped;hanta bho my d e a r s; etti ao th e s e -;
dhenuo co ws;j o He w h o ; pa ledi pr o t e c t s;so He ; k im h o w ; pa s u va i - -

Pasupati; na h oi is n o t .

Her Friends: Talkative fool, We wor ship the pr otector of the helpless.
Kusumasava: He protects these cows. Is He not protector of the helpless?
 Text 188

sakhyah: evvam bhanadha, jassa ede amhe pasuo, so

kim pasu v-a i-na hoi.

evvam bhanadha you may saythat;jassa of whom; ede amhe we ourselves;

pasuo are the sold-out animals; so He ; k im h o w ; pa s u va -i-Pasupati;
- na hoi
is He not.

Her Friends: You say that. We are helpless. Why does He not protect us?

.Text 189

subalah: bhavatu vayam sarve eva pasavah, tena bhavan mat-e ayam eva pasu
patih, tadayam evarcyatam, kim ca, putikabhih krtva kim niyate, tad darsavitva
sukham gamyatam, kim anena suska kal-ahena

bhavatu granted;vayam you;sarve all;eva indeed;pasavah

domesticated animals; tena th e r e f o re;bhavat mate -in yo ur opi n i o n; ayam H e ,
Krsna; eva al s o; pasu patih -the ma ster of the animals; tada th u s ; ayam H i m ;
eva in d e ed; arcyatam yo u s h o u ld w o r s hip; kimca so , c o me now; putikabhih
krtva in t h e se vessels; kim w h a t ; ni y a te is b e i ng carried;tat t h a t ;
darsayitva ha v i ng shown; sukham gamyatam yo u m a y go in peace; kimanena
what is the use of this; suska kalah-ena fr u i t l e ss quarreling.

Subala: So be it. We are all helpless. Because you know He is the protector
of the helpless, you should worship Him . Show us what you are carrying in
these jars and then you may go in peace. What is the use of this frui t l ess
bickering?

Text 190

radhika: bho sakhio, damsedha

(sakhyas tatha kurvanti)

Radhika Sri radha; bho dear;

sakhio companions;damsedha damsedha go
ahead and show them; sakhyah He r g i r l f r i e nds;tatha th u s ; ku r v a nti t h e y d o .

Radhika: Friends, show them. (Her friends do that.)

Text 191

kusumasavah: (vi2okya) a am mi am-a o,e-dam k-unkumam, edam ka2aguruam,

edam candanam a am kappu-ro, a am motta-haro sippa-kosalena phaniharo vva kido
j arati: are phanihara imam baduam damsedha
 vilokya lo o k i n g ; a am th i s ; mi a ma o mu s k ; ed am th i s ; ku n k u m a m
vermillion; edam th i s ; ka la aguruam bl a c k f r a g rant aloe;edam t h i s ;
candanam sa ndalwood paste;a a-m th i s; kappuro ca m p h o r ;a a-m t h i s ;
motta of p earls;haro a n e c k l a c e;sippa k-osalena wi t h a rt i s tic expertise;
phaniharo a peacock;vva 0 peacocks;imam this; baduam foolish boy;
damsedha pl e ase bite.

Kusumasava: (looking) This is musk. This is kunkuma. This is blackaguru.

This is sandal paste. This is camphor. This is artistically made in the shape of a
snake.
Jarati: Snake, bite this boy!

Text 192

kusumasavah: ajjie, kali a m-a-ddana sah-a ara-ssa me kudo phaniharado bha am, -ta
edanam karam dauna gacchadha

ajjie mi s t r e ss;kali a m-ad-dana of t he subduer of the Kaliya serpent (see

chapter comments); saha aras-sa the companion; me my ; ku d o w h e r e f r o m ;
phani hara-do from the peacocks (the Sanskrit term means literally "serpent-
killers"); bha am -fear; ta th e r e f o r e;edanam to t h e se boys;karam dauna
paying the fine; gacchadha please go.

Kusumasava: Noble lady, why would my friend, the subduer of Kaliya, fear
any snake? Pay the fine and go.

Text 193

sakhyah: hodu, amhe dea puam -kadua gharam gacchamha, tado tuha va asso-
tattha j a igacch-adi, tada j am sakkiadi, tam jj eva dadavvam

hodu hodu so be it; amhe dea of t he d eity;puam wo r s h i p ; ka d ua a f t e r

performing; gharam home; gacchamha we w i ll g o; tado th e n ;j a i i f ; -
gacchadi He goes; tada as that time;jam w h a t e v e r; sakkiadi we c a n ; t a m
that; jj eva in d e e d; dadavvam w e w i l l g i v e .

Her Friends: So be it. We will w o r s hip L or d Siva and then go home. If your
friend comes there we will give whatever He asks.

Text 190

kusumasava: are dasie dhidao, appano ahi ara ppad-esam -munci atumha -gharam
gadua maggissadi me va asso, ta c-itthadha citthada (iti pujopa.karanany adatum
icchati)

are ah; dasie of m a i d s e rvants;dhidao 0 da u g h t e r s;appano Hi s o w n ; a h i

ara ppadesam so vereign domain; munci a gi v i n g u p;tu m ha yo u r ; gh a r am t o
the homes; gadua go i n g; maggissadi He s h o u ld beg; me m y ; va a sso f r i e n d ;
ta so; citthadha cittadha st a nd and prepare to fight;iti th u s ;p u j a -
upakaranani th e p a r aphernalia of worship;adatum icchati is a b o ut to take.

Kusumasava: Servant girls, must my fr i end leave His home, go to your

home, and beg from you? Stop! Stop! (He is about to seize the paraphernalia of
worship.)

Text 195

2a2ita:a-e gova raa-na-ndana, deva dd-avvani edani, evvam apavittani kadum na

jujji-anti.

a-e govaraa nan-dana 0 Kr s n a, darling son of the king of the cowherds;deva

ddavvani it e ms belonging to the deity;edani th e s e;evvam i n t h i s w a y ;
apavittani co n t a m i n a ted;kadum to b e m a d e;na j ujji-anti t h e y s h o u ld n o t .

Lalita: The articles for worshiping the deity should not be dir t ied by a
cowherd prince!

Text 196

radha: 2a2ide, imina pphamsidani edani kadham devassa dadavvani, ta muncehi

muncehi, gharam gadua, annova arana-m ani adeo -accidavvo, taajjie,ehi gharam
gacchamha (iti g.antum icchati)

2a2ide My dear Lalita; imina by h i m ; pp h a msidani ha v e b een touched;

edani th e se things;kadham ho w ; de vassa to t h e d e it y;dadavvani c a n b e
given; ta therefore; muncehi muncehi ju s t l e ave them;gharam gadua g o i n g
home; anna other;uva aranam -requisites; aniabri-nging back; deo Lord
Siva; accidavvo we w i l l w o r s h i p; ta pl e a s e come;
gharam gacchamha l e t u s
return home; iti th u s ; ga n tum icchati sh e a t t e mpts to leave.

Radha: Lalita, how can we offer to the deity what He has touched? Give it to
Him! Give it! We will go home and bring other things to worship the diety .
Noble lady, come. Let us go home. (She attempts to leave.)

Text 197

krsnah: (panthanam akramya) ayi catura manye, k-va yasi

radha: (savahitthamarsam) mulam jj eva dinnam kim tassa danam maggasi

panthanam akramya bl o c k i ng t he path;ayi ah ; ca t u r am manye -You who

thinks herself clever; kva wh e r e ;yasi ar e Y ou g oi n g; sa avihittha -amarsam-
pretending anger; mulam the fee; jj eva is already;dinnam gi v e n; kim w h y ;
tassa of that; danam pa y m e n t;maggasi Y o u a s k .

Krsna: (blocking the path) Ah, You who think Yourself so clever, where are
You going?
Radha: (feigning anger) The fine is paid. What fine more do You want?

Text 198

krsnah: (sa ha-samarsam) kim mu2am dattam asti mu.2am tv etad eva sruyatam

sa ha-sam amarsam bo th laughing and angry; kim what; mulam p a y m e n t ;

dattam asti ha s been given;mulam th e p r i c e due;tu rather; etat th i s ; eva
indeed; sruyatam pl e a se hear.

Krsna: (laughing and angry) What payment have You made? This is the
price. Listen.

Text 199

etat svarna saro-ruham tad upar-i sri ni2a -ratn-otpa2e

tat pascat -kuruvinda kand-ala pute -tatrapi muktava2i
sarvam drsyata eva kintu nibhrtaya hema kumb-ha dvayi-
kim vanyan nayase 'nayeti tad idam bale vicaryam mama

etat th i s; svarna ma d e o ut of gold;saroruham lo t u s f lo w er ( H er face);tat

upari up o n t h a t; sri be a u t i f u l;nz2a ratna -made ofs apphires; utpa2e t wo o t h e r
lotuses (Her eyes); tat pascat -below them; kuruvinda ma d e o f r u b i e s; kandala
pute the concavity of Her cheeks; tatra api an d t h e r e upon;; m u k ta avali -t w o
strings of pearls (Her teeth); sarvam al l ; dr s yate is v i s i b l e;eva in d e e d; kintu
however; nibhrta hi d d e n;ya wh i c h i s ; he ma of g o l d ; ku m bha dvayi -p a ir o f
water-vessels; kim w h a t ; va an d ; an y at el s e ;na yase Yo u a re carrying;
anaya il l e g ally; iti th u s ; ta t idam th a t ;ba le My y o u n g g i r l; vi c a r yam m u s t
be ascertained; mama b y M e .

This golden lotus, above the pair of sapphire lotuses, and below the pair of
ruby jewel-cases holding two strands of pearls. All this I see. You are hiding two
golden jars. What else are You hiding. Girl, that I will have to see.

Note: The golden lotus is Radha's head, the two sapphire lotuses Her eyes, the
two ruby jewel-cases Her lips, the two strands of pearls Her teeth, and the hidden
golden jars Her breasts.

Text 200

radha: ko tumam vi arassa n-ahi avi .arena vi -aro kadu-m sakki adi -

ko tumam wh o a re You; vi arassa t-o be "ascertaining";nahi in d e e d n o t;avi

arena ra s hly; vi aro kadum to m a k e a scertainments;sakkiadi ar e y ou allo wed.

Radha: Who are you to see? You cannot see!

Text 201

j arati: (dvayor madhyam adhyasya samskrtena) are yasoda m-atar ma bhava,

2obhavata hrdayena katham acarasi durvinitatvam. tattvam te kathayami, yadi
niraku2a ku-2a va-dhupadrava dr-ava ka-tha kriyate, tada na tena bhadram bhavisyati

dvayoh madhyam be t w e en the two of Them; adhyasya in t e r p o s ing herself;

samskrtena sp e aking in Sanskrit;are 0 ; y a s o da ma-tah Yo u w h o se mother is
Yasoda;ma do not;tara2ah reckless;bhava be;2obha vata with a greedy;
hrdayena he a rt; katham wh y ; ac a r asi yo u a r e e nacting;durvinitatvam
impudence; tattvam th e t r u t h; te to Y o u ; ka t h ayami I a m t e l l i n g ;yadi i f ;
niraku2a un a g itated; ku2a ar i s t o cratic;vadhu of t h e se girls;upadrava
disturbance; drava co n s i s ting of;katha ta l k ; kr i y a te is c r e a t e d;tada t h e n ;
ca not; tena by t h a t ; te fo r Y o u ; bh a dram go o d ; bh a visyati w i l l b e c o m e .

Jaratz: (placing herself between Them, she says in Sanskrit:) Son of Yasoda,
don't be like that! Why do You act as a villain with a greedy heart? I tell You the
truth. If You do something that will cr eate gossip about these pious girls, then it
will not be good for You.

Text 202

2a2ita: (sa krodh-am upasrtya samskrtena) kas tvam bhoh.

krsnah: nanu madhavah
2a2ita: katham aho vaisakha akaravan
Krsnah: mugdhe vidhi janardano 'smi.
2a2ita: tad idam brute vanavasthitih.
krsnah: mam govardhana dharin-am na dharanau kovettihum.
2a2ita: himsa he vrsa han bib-harsi tad agha d-varaiv-a go vardha-nam

sa krodha-m angrily; upasrtya go i n g up to H i m;samskrtena i n S a n s krit ;

kah who; tvam You;bhoh sir; nanu indeed;madhavah Madhava; katham
how; aho oh ; va isakhah th e m o n t h V a i s akha (Madhava, beside being a name of
Krsna, is also another name of this lunar month); akara van b- e aring the
appearance;mugdhe 0 foolish one;vidhi you should know;janardanah Lord
Janardana; asmi I a m; t at idam th a t ; br u te ex p l a i n s vana
; in t h e f o r e s t;
avasthitih Yo u r r e s idence (jana-ardana also means "one who gives pain to living
entities); mam me ; go vardhana dharinam -as the lifter of Govardhana Hill; na
does not; dharanau on t he e arth;kah wh o ; v e t ti k n o w s ; hu m m y s e l f ;
vardhanam himsa va r d h a na means "himsa", "violence"; he vrsa han 0 -killer of
the demon Vrsa, who appeared in the form of a bull; bibharsi Y o u ar e im p l i cated;
tat agha dvara -be-cause of that sin; eva ce r t a i nly;go vardhana-m w i t h c o w -
killing.
 Lalita: (approaching Krsna, she angrily says in Sanskrit:) Wh o ar e You?
Krsna: Madhava.
Lalita: You are the month of Ap ril ( m a d h ava) personified?
K rsna: 0 bew i l d ered one, know that I am Janardana. Lali t a : T h a t
explains why You live in the forest.
Krsna: Who in the wo rld d oes not know Me as the lifter of Govardhana Hill?
Lalita: 0 k i l le r of a bu ll , You have sinfully ki l led a cow .

Note: In this exchange Lalita deliberately misinterprets Krsna s words. When

He says He is Madhava, she interprets it as the name for the month April. When
He says He is Janardana (He who rescuses the living entities from sufferings), she
interprets it backwards as "He who torments the living entities". When He says He
is Govardhana-dhari (the lifter of Govardhana Hill), she interprets "vardhana" to
mean "violence" and claims that He is violent to the cows (go).

Text 203

premabhaktih: ahokautuhalam,

yeyam natair apy abhiniyamana

2z2a harer eti rasayanatvam
sayat svakiyaih svayam isvarena
bhiniyate tat kim udaharamah

aho oh; kautuhalam w h a t s p o r t; ya wh i c h ; iy a m th i s ; na t a ih b y a c t o r s ;

api ev en though; abhinzyamana be i ng enacted;2i2a pa stime; hareh o f L o r d
Hari; eti rasayanatvam be c o m es trascendentally relishable;sa th a t ( p a stime);
yat be c ause;svakiyaih by t h e L o r d 's own men;svayam isvarena a n d by t h e
Lord Himself; abhiniyate is b e i ng performed; tat t h e r e f o r e; kim what;-
udaharamah ca n I say.

Love of God: Wo n d e r f ul! L ord H a r i's pastimes are sweet when portrayed by
actors. What can we say when they are portrayed by the Lord Hi m s elf and Hi s
personal associates?

Text 200

apl ca

samajikanam hi raso natanam

naivaiti panthah krtisu prasiddhah
hantobhayatve rasa vit tvam e-sam-
alaukike vastuni ko virodhah

api ca fur t h e r m o re; samajikanam fo r t h e ( o r d i n a ry) audience;hi i n d e e d ;

rasah sp i r i t ual modes of feeling;natanam an d f or t he (ord i nary) actors;na eva
eti is not appreciated; panthah th i s d o c t r i n e;krtisu by t h o s e who are self-
realized; prasiddhah ha s been established;hanta bu t a h; ubhayatve f o r b o t h
(the audience and actors); rasa v-ittvam ca p a bility to understand the
transcendental sentiments; esam f o r t h e m; alaukike w h i c h i s n ot of this world ;
vastuni in s u ch a matter; kah w h a t ; vi r o d hah l i m i t a t i o n .

The devotees know that ordinary actors and an ordinary audience cannot
walk on the sweet path of these pastimes. However, here, where both actors and
audience are beyond the material world, what obstacle stands in their way?

Text 205

apl ca

a2aukika2 2aukikam eva saurer

vrttam camatkari tad eva 2i2a
akarsakatvam hi j agaj jana-nam
a2aukikatvasya sa ko 'pi hetuh

(iti sa vism-ayam a2okayati)

a2aukikat th a n t h at whi ch is supernatural;2aukikam m u n d a n e ; eva i n d e e d ;

saureh of L o rd Sauri, the most heroic; vrttam th e a c t i v i t y;camatkari c r e a t e s
wonder; tat th a t ; eva i s i n d e e d;2i2a Hi s " p a stime"; akarsakatvam t h e q u a l i t y
ofbeing attractive; hi ce r t a i n l y ; j a g atjananam fo r a ll p e o p le of the world;
a2aukikatvasya for being (considered) superwordly;sah that; kahapi a
particular; hetuh r e a son; iti thus speaking; sa visma-yam wi t h s ur p r i s e;
a2okayati she watches.

Lord Krsna's activities in the material world are more wonderful than His
activities in the spiritual world. That is why they are called His playing (hla).
They attract the people of the material world. That is the proof that they are
actually beyond the touch of matter. (Filled with wonder, she looks.)

Text 206

kusumasavah: ah kudite duvvinide 2a2ide, maha va asso du-tthaaro kido, ta citltha

cittha.

ah ah; kudi2e c r o o k e d; duvvinide il l - d i s c i p line d;2a2ide La l i t a; maha m y ;

va asso y-ougn friend; duttha aaro mi - s conduct;kido He h a s performed (so you
say); ta thus; cittha cittha pr e p a re to fight.

Kusumasava: Wicked, crooked, Lalita, my friend acts badly> Stand! Stand

and fight!
 Text 207

subalah: (sa p-arihasamarsam) hantabhoh, satyam etat

vaktram vo dvij araj a h-imsi madira2o2e drsau rocisa

murtih kancana h-arini na viramo gurv an-gana sa-ngatah
sangi pancama esa panca vi-sikhah suddhis tathapiha vo
yan na-mapy akhilagha na-si sa param dusto smadkyah sakha

sa pa-rihasam wi th l a u g hter; amarsam also displaying anger; hanta bhoh my

dear (Lalita); satyam is t r u e; etat thi s ; va k t r am fa c e yah
; yo u r ; dv ij a raj -a o f
the full-moon (the moon-god is considered the chief of brahmanas); himsi
which defeats the glory of (literally, commits violence against; ki22ing o fa
brahmana is one of the five maha pap-as, cardinal sins); madira from wine;a2o2e
(as if) rolling; drsau yo u r t w o e y es (intoxication is the second maha-papa);
rocisa wi th i ts effulgence;murtih yo u r f o r m ; ka n cana har-ini de f e a t i ng gold
(literally, stealing gold; theft is the third maha pap-a); na viramah there is no
cessation; guru ang-ana wi t h t h i s e lder woman garati, but gurv-angana can also
be understood as "wife of a guru"; sangatah of y o ur a ssociation (having an illicit
affair with the wife of one's spiritual master is another of the five most heinous
crimes); sangi yo u r a ssociates;pancamah th e f i f th ( sin ); esah th i s ; pa nca
visikhah Cu p i d , w ho p ossesses five arrows (the experience of each of the five
senses); suddhih th e m e ans of purification;tatha api ne v e r t h e less; iha i n t h i s
world (before you go to hell);yat w h ose (Krsna's); nama name;api in d e ed;
akhila of a l l; agha si n s ; na si is t h e d e s troyer;sah He ; pa r am v er y m u c h ;
dustah is wicked (so you say);asmadiyah our; sakha fr i e nd.

Subala: (joking and angry) I t i s t r ue . Your face does violence to the moon,
the king of brahmanas. Your eyes roll in in t o x i cation. Your form robs gold of it s
splendor. You do not stop associating with Your guru s wife. You associate with
Kamadeva. That is Your fifth sin. The holy name of my fr i e nd, wh ich destroys
all sins, is the only way to become pure. Still, You insist that my fr i end is
wicked.

Note: Subala here claims that Radha hass committed the five greatest sins: 1.
killing a brahmana (Because the moon is the king of brahmanas, the beauty of Her
face, which eclipses the moon, has killed a brahmana.) 2. intoxication (She is
intoxicated by Krsna's handsomeness.) 3. stealing gold (Her complexion robs gold
of its splendor.) 4. intimate association with the guru s wife (Guru means superior.
Her grandfather is Her superior. She associates with Her grandmother.) 5. illicit
sex (All this time She has been flirting with Krsna.)

Text 208

tad vayasya, ghatta pa2a hi vina -dhrstata prakatane-na svartha kusa2a na -bhavanti,
tad atmanah prakataya sautiryam
 tat so; vayasya 0 fr i e n d K r s n a; ghatta p-alah th e c o l l ectors of customs
duties; hi ce r t a i nly;vina wi t h o u t ; dh r s tata of b o l d n e s s;prakatanena t h e
exhibition; sva a-rtha in a c h i e ving their aims;kusalah ca p a b l e;na bhavanti a r e
not; tat th e r e f o re;atmanah Yo u r ; pr a k ataya do s h o w ; sautiryam v a l o r .

Friend, collectors of customs duties who are not bold are not very successful.
Therefore, now show Your power.

Text 209

(krsno ntar va-rtini bh-uya radham prsthatah krtva sthitavatim j aratim karena
niksipyaba2at radha pa-tanta gra-hanam abhinayati.jarati ba2an mocayitvaradham
antardhapayanti svayam apy antardadhati nity.anandah sva rup-ena sthito nrtyati ) .

krsnah Kr s n a; antah var-tini bhu-va pu t t i ng Him s elf in the middle; radham

prsthatah krtva with His back to radha; sthitavatim wh o i s s t a nding before Him;
jaratim Ja r a t i; karena wi t h H i s h a n d;niksipya pu s h i n g a wa y;balat b y f o r c e ;
radha of r a dha; pata anta -the end of the sari;grahanam se i z i n g;abhinayati
freeing; radham ra d h a;antardhapayanti an d m a k i ng H er disappear;svayam
herself; api al s o; antardadhati di s a p p e ars;nityanandah Lo r d N i t y a n a nda;sva
rupena in H is o wn for m; sthitah be c o m e manifest;nrtyati i s d a n c i n g .

(Placing Himself between them, He turns His back to Radha, with His hand
pushes Jarati, who is standing in front of Him, and tries forcibly to grasp the
end of Radha s sari. Jarati, freeing Radha by force, makes Her disappear and
then also disappears herself. Lord Nityananda becomes manifest, dancing.)

Text 210

maitri: dei, kim nv idam, kudo a am a a-mhad-o niccanando, kahim gada sajaradi

dei 0 go d d e ss;kim wh a t ; nu in d e e d ;id am th i s ; ku do fr o m w h e r e ;a

am th i s; a amhad-o su d d e nly; niccanando Lo r d N i t y a n a nda;kahim w h e r e ;
gada has gone;sa she;j aradi Jarati.

Friendship: Goddess, what is this? From where has Lord Nityananda

suddenly appeared? Where has Jarati gone?

Text 211

premabhaktih: ayam khalu yogamaya prabhav-ah svayam .asminn avisyajarati

bhutva samprati rasah savasesa eva suraso bhavatiti yatha samayam -antarhitasau
atah sva rupenavat-isthate yam nityanandah. yatah,

ayam th i s; khalu in d e e d ;yogamaya prabhava-h is the influence of goddess

Yogamaya; svayam he r s elf (Yogamaya);asmin wi t h i n H i m ( N i t y a n a nda);
avisya en t e ring;jarati bhutva ha v i n g b ecome Jarati;samprati bu t n o w ; ra s ah
the transcendental mood; sa avasesah ev en incomplete;eva al t h o u g h; su-
rasah de l i c ious enough;bhavati it i s ; iti (Yo g a m a y a) thus thinki n g;
yatha
samayam ti m e l y; antarhita ha s d i s a ppeared;asau sh e ; atah th u s ; s v a
rupena in H is orig inal form; avatisthate is p r e sent;ayam He ; ni t y a nandah
Lors Sri Nityananda; yatah i n d e e d .

Love of God: This is the power of Yogamaya. She entered Nityananda,

became Jaratz, and now, thinking this incompl ete nectar sweet enough, has
d isappeared. Now Nityananda is present in His own fo r m .

Text 212

svato baliyan sahajo hi bhavah

sa krtrimam bhavam adhah kar-oti
agny atap-abhyam j anito j alanam
naivosna bha-vas cira kala -var-ti

svatah in n a t e ly; baliyan st r o n g e r;sahaj ah na t u r a l; hi in d e e d ;bhavan t h e

mood; sah it ; kr t r i m am ar t i f i c i a l;bhavam a m o o d ;ad hah karo-ti su p p l a n t s ;
agni by f i r e; atapabhyam an d t he h eat of thesun;janitah c r e a t e d ; j a l a n am o f
bodies ofwater; naeva in d e e d n o t ; us na bhav-ah th e h e a t ed condition; cira kala-
varti is l o n g - lasting.

The natural condition is always the strongest. It always eclipses whatever is

a rtificial. Water warmed by fire or the sun does not stay warm for lon g .

Text 213

tad idanim etavataiva sthitam natyam bhavat.i hi isvara 2i2aive-yam, na kha2u nata
ritih. pasyadvaito dvaita eva.

tat th u s; idanim no w ; et a v ata pr o g r e s sed up to this point;sthitam

remains (at this point of development); natyam th e d r a m a; bhavati it i s ; h i
indeed; isvara of t he Supreme Lord;2i2a a pastime;iyam th i s ; na n ot ;
kha2u certainly; nata ritih c- o n f o r m i ng to the ordinary rules of dramatists;
pasya ju s t l o o k ; ad vaitah Ad v a i t a Prabhu;advaitah eva is Himselfagain.

N ow the play ends. That is the Lord's pastime. It does not follow th e
ordinary rules of drama. Look! Advaita! Advaita!

Text 210

maitri: na ane danim bha avam kir-iso hoi.

nepathye: bho bhoh sannyasi sannyasi
 na ane I do not kno w; danim no w ; bh a a vam Lo r d C a i t a n y a;kiriso
appearing in what form; hoi He i s ; ne pathye a v o i c e from off-stage; bhoh bhoh
my dears; sannyasi sannyasi a sannyasi, a sannyasi.

Friendship: I do not see what kind of form L or d C a i t anya has now.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Look! A sannyasi! A sannyasi!

Text 215

premabhaktih: aho kim ayam akasmiki pratikula vak, nirupayami (i.ti nirupya)
aye bhagavad va-tim kascid sannyasi pravisati, tam alokya kascid akrosati, tad ehi
sahaiva niskramavah
(iti niskrante ) .
(iti niskrantah sarve ) .

aho ah; kim wh a t ; ay am th e s e ;ak asmiki un e x p e c t e d;pratikula a d v e r s e ;

vak wo r d s; nirupayami le t m e f i n d o u t ; iti thu s ; ni r u p ya as c e r t a i ning;aye
oh; bhagavat of L o rd C aitanya;vatim th e c o m p o u nd of His home; kascit a
certain; sannyasi sa n n y asi;pravisati is e n t e r i n g;tam hi m ; al o k ya l o o k i n ga t ;
kascit so m e one; akrosati is s p e a king rebuke;tat th e r e f o r e;ehi pl e a s e come;
saha to g ether; niskramavah le t us ma ke our leave;iti th u s ; ni s k rante t h e y
exit; iti th u s ;ni s krantah ex i t ; sa r ve al l t h e c h a racters.

Love of God: Ah, what are these horrible unexpected words> I will l o ok. A
sannyasi enters the Lord's garden. Someone stares at him and cries. Let us go.
(They both exit.)
(Everyone exits.)

ct Four

Text 1

(tatah pravisati acaryaratna patnyan-ugamyamana bhagavati ) .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;acaryaratna of A c a r y a ratna;patnya by the

wife; anugamyamana fo l l o w e d; bhagavati Sa c i d e vi.

(Sacidevi enters, followed by Acaryaratna's wife.)

Text 2

saci: bahini esannasin-am padi kadham siri vissambh-arassa edariso a .aro vij ad-i a. -
vasano kkhu sannasi .

bahini 0 si s t e r;sannasinam sa n n y a sa;padi to ; ka d h a m why?; siri

vissambharassa of Sri Visvambhara;edariso li k e t h i s; a a-ro respect; vij adi a-
different; vasana de s i re; kkhu i n d e e d ; sannasi a s a n n y asi.

Saci: Bhagim, why does Visvambhara worship this sannyasi? The sannyasi
has not asked Him for service.

Text 3

bhagini: a aro
-kadhamjanido

a aro -respect; kadham how?;j anido I know.

B hagim: How wo uld I k no w wh y H e w o r s h ips hi m ?

Text 0

saci: yado tattha di ahe -kesava bhar-adi nam-assa kassabi sannasino bhicchattham
saddalu ohu-vi ama-m uttaram. sa am c-atasmin guru-i bhatti anurao vi pa -abhi-do

yado be c ause; tattha then;di ahe -one day; kesava bhar-adi Kesava Bharati;
namassa na med; kassabi of o n e ; sannasino s a n n y a si; bhicchattham a l m s ;
saddalu of a - ithful; huvi ag i - v i n g ; mam to m e ; ut t a r am af t e r w a r d s;sa am -in
truth; ca a l so; tasmin to h i m ; g u r u -i — spiritual master; bhatti d e v o t i o n; anura
vi love;pa abhid-o gave.

Saci: With great respect He gave alms to a sannyasi named Kesava Bharati.
And afterwards He gave me the remnants of the sannyasi's meal. He was very
devoted to this sannyasi-guru.

Text 5

bhagini: sobi bhatti huvissadivva

sobi th i s; bhatti d e v o t i o n; huvissadivva

Bhagini: He was devoted to this sannyasi

Text 6

saci: kampedi me hi a am san-na-si nama ma-ttena -assa agg.a enaham p-adha ida -

imam sandabbham tassa thane pucchissama

 kampedi tr e m b l e s;me my ; hi a am hea r t ; sa n nasi of t h i s s annyasi;nama
the name; mattena by o n l y; assa of h i m ; ag ga e-naham fi r s t son;padha i-da
taught; imam th i s ; sandabbham te a c h i n g;tassa of h i m ; th a ne h e r e ;
pucchisama I will ask.

Sacz: This sannyasz s name makes my heart tremble. He taught my first son.
I will ask what he said to my son.

Text 7

bhagini: juttam nedam

juttam p r o p er; nnedam t h i s .

Bhagim: That is the right thing to do.

Text 8

saci: tajanehi kudo .so maha hi a -

anandana candana ddum-o

ta that ;j a n ehi yo u k n o w ; ku do wh e r e ? ;so He ; ma ha my ; hi a a - o - f t h e

heart;anandana the delught; candana sandal;ddumo tree.

Sacz: Where is my son? Where is the sandal tree that delights my heart? Do
you know?

Text 9

bhagini: (puro
'valokya) devipekkha pekkha a am d.e-punnima cando -viapuvv-a
disa eugga-cchadi nandano

purah ahead;avalokya looking;devi 0 noble lady; pekkha look!;

pekkha look!; a am H-e; de your; punnima fu l l ; ca n do mo o n ; v i a -

certainly; puvva in t h e e astern;disa ed i r e - ction; uggacchadi ri s e s;nandano

son.

Bhagim: (looking ahead) 0 noble lady, look! Look! Here is your son, a full
moon rising in the east.

Text 10

saci: (sa sprham a-lokayati ) .

sa wi t h; sprham ea g e r n ess;
alokayati looks.
 (Saci eagerly looks.)

Text 11

(tatah pravisati bhagavan visvambharah ).

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;bhagavan Lo r d ; vi s vambharah Vi s v a m b h a ra.

(Lord Visvambhara enters.)

Text 12

visvambharah: (anj alim baddhva) amba pranamami

anj alim fo l d ed hands;baddhva do i n g ; amba 0 mo t h e r ;pr a n amami I o f f e r

My respects.

Visvambhara: (folding His hands) M o t h er , I o f fer My r e spectful obeisances.

Text 13

saci: ciram jiva (iti m.urdhanam aghrya) tada i am ac-ari a ra a-n-a k-alatt-am
imam pranama

ciram fo r a long time;j iva ma y Y ou l i v e;iti th u s ; mu r d h anam t h e h e a d ;

aghraya sm e l l i n g; tada so n ; i am t- h i sacari
; a ra a-n-a -of Acaryaratna;
kalattam th e w i f e; imam to h e r ; pr a n ama of f e r r e s pect.

Sacz: May You live long. (She smells His head.) Son, this is Acaryaratna s
wife. You should offer respectful obeisances to her.

Text lk

devah: (tatha karoti sa sa sa.dhvas-am sankucati ) .

tatha in t h at way; karoti He d o e s ;sa she; sa wi t h; sadhvasam fear;

sankucati shrinks.

(The Lord does that. She pulls back in fear.)

Note: From this point on the speeches no longer identify Lord Caitanya as
Visvambhara. He is now called Deva.
 Text 15

saci: tada ekkam pucchissam

tada 0 so n ; ekkam on e t h i n g ; pucchissam I w i l l a s k .

Sacz: Son, I will ask about something.

Text 16

devah: ajnapaya

aj napaya please order.

Deva: Please order Me.

Text 17

saci: putta asan-nasinam padi kadham de edariso a aro j-am .tattha di ahe -kesava
bharadim padi tadisi bhatti kida tuma e. -

putta a 0 -son; sannasinam th i s sannyasi;padi to ; ka d h am wh y ? ; d e of

You; edariso li k e t h i s; a aro - r e s pect;jam be c a u s e; tattha i n t h a t w a y ; d i
ahe on that day; kesava bhara-dim Ke s ava Bharati;padi to ; ta d i si l i k e t h i s ;
bhatti de v o t i o n; kida t um a - e b y Y o u .

Sacz: Son, why are You so respectful to this sannyasz? Today You were very
devoted to Kesava Bharati.

Text 18

devah: amba te khalu parama bhagava-ta bhavanti.

amba 0 mother;te he; khalu indeed;parama a great;

bhagavatah
devotee of the Lord; bhavanti i s .

Deva: Mother, he is a great

devotee of the Lord.

Text 19

saci: tattam kadhehi. sannaso va kadavvo tuma e. -

tattam th e t r u th; kadhehi pl e a s e speak;sannaso sa n nyasi;va kadavvo

done; tuma eb y Y o u -.
 Sacz: Speak the truth. Are You going to take sannyasa?

Text 20

devah: (vihasya) amba kuto 'yam te bhramah. idam api bhavati kim.

vihasya la u g h i n g; amba 0 m o t h e r ; k u t ah f r o m w h a t p l a c e? ayam t h i s ;

te of you; bhramah be w i l d e r m e n t;idam th i s ; api al s o ;bh a vati is ; k i m
why?

Deva: (laughing) Mother, where didyou et this foolish idea? How can this
be?

Text 21

saci: vaccha edenajj eva de agga ena -dissam puttha-am ma epa -a sa-m-aecu-22i-
mQ+he da unaga-2ldam

vaccha 0 son;edena by him;j evva certainly;aggaj ena older brother;

dissam gi v e n; puttha-am b o o k ; ma eb - y m e ; pa a o - f co o k i n g; sama e a - t t h e
time; cu22i of the fireplace; majjhe in t h e m i d d l e;da una -p l a c i ng; ja 2idam
burned.

Sacz: Son, Your older brother gave You a book. While I was cooking, I put
that book in the fire and burned it .

Text 22

devah: kim pustakam katham .va pradipitam

kim wh a t ?; pustakam bo o k ; ka t h am wh y ? ;va or ; pr a d i p i t am w a s

burned.

Deva: What book? Why did you burn it?

Text 23

saci: vissaru ena me k-adhidam amba vi.svambharo yada vij no bhavati tada tasmai
etat pustakam deyam iti. ma edava d-avajj eva tam rakkhidam j ava so pavva ido na -

bhudo. pavva ide tatth-aa am pi ed-am puttha-am lambhi apavva i-do huvis-sadi tti
tuha sanka ej alidam-

vissaru ena by -Visvarupa; me to m e ; ka dhidam wa s s a id; amba 0 m o t h e r ;

visvambharah Visvambhara;yada when; vij nah learned scholar;bhavati
 becomes; tada th e n; tasmai to H i m ; et at th i s ;pu s t akam bo o k ; de yam
should be given; iti th u s ; ma e -by me ; da va by t h a t ; da va by t h a t jje ; va
certainly; tam th a t ; pa kkhidam pr o t e c t e d;
j ava wh e n ; so th a t ;pa v va i-do a
sannyasi; na no t ; bh udo wa s ; pa vva i -s a n n y a sa; de of Y o u; ta ttha th e n ; a
am th i s; pi al s o ;edam th i s ;pu t t ha a-m bo o k ; /a mbhi a -a t t a i n i n g; pavva
ido a sannyasi;huvissadi wi l l b e; tti th u s ;tu h a of Y o u ; sa n ka e -by th e f ear;
j alidam burned.

Saci: Visvarupa said to me: "Mother, when Visvambhara becomes a learned

scholar, give Him this book." As long as He had not taken sannyasa, I carefully
protected the book. When He took sannyasa, I was afraid You would also take
sannyasa. Then I burned the book.

Text 22

devah: (ksanam anutapya vihasya ca) amba yadyapi samvid rup-aiva bhavati
tathapi putra vats-a2yenenedam aj nana vi2a-sitam anusi2itam.

ksanam for a mome nt; anutapya di s t r e s sed;vihasya la u g h i n g; ca a l s o ;

amba 0 m o t h e r ; y adi api al t h o u g ;samvit of k n o w l e d g e;rupa th e f o r m ; ev a
certainly; bhavati yo u a r e; tathaR api st i l l ; pu t ra fo r y o u r s o n;vatsalyena
with love; idam th i s ; ajnana of i g n o r a n c e;vilasitam ma n i f e s t ation;
anusilitam is done.

Deva: (One moment depressed and the next laughing) M o t h er , alth ough you
are the form of all knowl edge, love for your son made you act foolishly.

Text 23

saci: tada eso avaraho mama na gahidavvo

tada 0 so n ; eso th i s ; av a raho of f e n s e;mama my ; na no t ; ga h i d a vvo i s

to be taken.

Sacz: Son, don't be offended with me.

Text 20

devah: ko paradho j ananyah putresu kintu ma.maparadho yadi bhavati tada

ksantavya evasau matr caranair -iti prasadah kriyatam

kah wh a t 7; aparadhah of f e n s e;j ananyah of t he m o t h e r;putresu t o t h e

sons; kintu ho w e v e r;mama of M e ; ap a radhah th e o f f e n se;yadi if ; bh a v ati
is; tada th e n; ksantavyah to b e f o r g i ven;eva ce r t a i n l y;asau th i s ; m a t r i
caranaih by t he m o t h e r; iti th i s ;pr a s adah me r c y ; kr i y a t am sh o u l d be g iven.
 Deva: How can a mother offend her sons? If I have offended her, I pray My
mother will forgive Me. Please be merciful to Me.

Text 25

saci: vatsa na kahim pi de avaraho gahidavvo so tuha natthi jevva

vatsa 0 so n; na no t ; ka h im pi an y t h i n g ;de of Y o u ; av a r aho o f f e n s e ;

gahidavvo is taken; so th a t; tuha of Y o u ; na t t hi is n o t ;j evva c e r t a i n l y .

Sacz: Son, You have not offended me.

Text 26

devah: amba dinani katipayani kutrapi mama gantavyam asti tvay.a manasi khedo
na karyah

amba 0 mo t h e r; dinani da y s ;ka t ipayani fo r s o m e ;ku tra api s o m e w h e r e ;

mama by M e; gantavyam to b e g o n e;asti is ; tv a ya by y o u ; ma n a si i n t h e
heart; khedah un h a p p i n e ss;na no t ; ka r y ah i s t o b e d o n e .

Deva: Mother, I will go tr aveling for some days. Please don't be unhappy at
heart.

Text 27

saci: kaham gantavvam

kaham wh e r e ?; gantavvam to b e g one.

Sacz: Where are You going?

Text 28

devah: amba yena bhavatyah sarvasam ca bandhunam sada sukhayaiva bhuyate

tad anusand-hanam kartum.

amba 0 mo t h e r; yena by w h i c h ; bh avatyah of y o u ; sa rvesam of a l l; c a

also; bandhunam th e r e latives;sada al w a y s;sukhaya fo r t h e h a p piness;eva
certainly; bhuyate is ; tat anusandh-anam en q u i r y; kartum t o d o .

Deva: Mother, to bring happiness to you and My relatives I will search for
Visvarupa.
 Text 29

saci: tam kkhu tumam jj eva

tam th a t; kkhu in d e e d ;tu mam Y o u ; jj eva ce r tainly.

Sacz: You are their happiness.

Text 30

devah: yadyapy evam eva tathapi yena mamapi sobhatisayo bhavati tad art-ham
yatisyate

yadi api if; evam in t h is way; eva ce r t a i n l y;tathaR api th e n ; ye na b y

which; mama of M e ; api al s o ;so bha sp l e n d o r;yatisyate wi l l b e e nd eavored.

Deva: Still, I should do this to increase your happiness.

Text 31

saci: vacchajadha maha duhkkham na ho itadh-a karanijjam

vaccha 0 son;jadha as;maha my; duhkham unhappiness;

na not;ho i -

will be; tadha in t h a t w a y; karanijjam s h o u l d be d o n e .

Sacz: Son, please don't do anything that will m ake me unhappy .

Text 32

deva: amba

sri krsnah -paripalakas tava pita mata ca putro pi ca

jnatis ca dravinam ca nitya sukhad-o bandhus ca devo pi ca
sangah sasvata evayasya tam anusmrtyanisam cetasa
sampannasi tavadhuna sukhamayamjanihi din mandala-m

amba 0 mo t h e r; sri krsnah -S ri Kr s na; paripalakah th e p r o t e c tor;tava o f

you; pita the father; mata mo t h e r; ca a n d ; pu t r ah so n ; ap i a n d ; c a a l s o ;
jnatih the relative; ca a nd; dravinam we a l t h ; ca a n d ; ni t ya et e r n a l sukha
;
ofhappiness; dah th e g i v e r;bandhuh th e f r i e n d; ca a n d ; de v ah w o r s h i p a b l e
diety; api an d ; ca a l s o ; sangah as s o c iation;sasvatah et e r n a l;eva c e r t a i n l y ;
yasya of whom; tam Hi m ; an u s mrtya re m e m b e r e d;anisam d a y a nd n i g h t ;
cetasa in t he heart; sampanna ha p p y a nd fortunate;asi yo u a r e; tava o f y o u ;
adhuna no w; sukha mayam -filled with happiness; j anihi kn o w ; d i k
mandalam th e d i r e ction.
 Deva: Mother, Srz Krsna is your protector, father, mother, son, relative,
wealth, source of eternal happiness, friend, and worshipable Deity. By always
meditating on Him in your heart, you are always in His company. You are
fortunate. Please know that for you there is happiness everywhere.

Text 33

sacs: vaccha tumam jjeva saram. tuha pasadado maha duhkham nj"to natthi.
kintu jadha santatam tumam pekkhami taha jjeva kadavvam.

vaccha 0 s on ; tu mam Yo u ;jj eva ce r t a i n l y;sarvam ar e e v e rything; tuha

of You; pasadado fr om t he mercy; maha my ; du h k h am u n h a p p i n e s s; natthi i s
not; kintu h o w e v er; j adha as ; santatam al w a y s;tumam Yo u ; pe k k hami I
may see; taha in t h at wa y;jje va ce r t a i n l y;kadavvam sh o u l d be done.

Sacz: Son, for me You are everything. By Your kin d n ess I will not be
unhappy. Please act so I will see You.

Text 30

devah: krsna eva satatam tvaya drastavyah sa ev.a tava sarva duhk-ha dhva-msi
bhavisyati

krsnah Kr s n a; eva ce r t a i n l y;satatam al w a y s;tvaya by y o u ; dr a s tavyah i n

seen; sah He; eva ce r t a i n l y;tava of y o u ; sa rva al l ; du h k ha o f s u f f e r i n g ;
dhvamsi th e destroyer;bhavisyati w i l l b e c o m e .

Deva: You see Lord Krsna at every moment. He will r em ove all your
unhappiness.

Text 35

saci: tahastu. ta tumamjjeva mama kahno. ta utthehi majjhahnojado tumam.

sinana-pu-anandikam kunaha. aham pi pa atthamj-ami vahini e.tumam -pi gharam (iti
sarv e niskramanti.)

tahastu so be it; ta th e r e f o r e;tumam Yo u ;jj eva ce r t a i n l y;mama m y ;

kanho Krsna;ta therefore; utthehi rise; majjha mid; ahno day;j ado is
manifested; tumam Yo u ; pi al s o ;si n a na sh o u l d d o;ah am I; pi also ; p a a -

cooking; attham fo r t he p u r p o se; jami s h a l l g o; vahini 0 B h a g i m ;t u m a m

you; pi also; gharam home; gaccha should go;tava of you;bi al s o; bha-
avado of the Lord; pa ase ao - f co -oking;samayo th e t i m e;j ado is m a n i f e st;
iti t h u s; sarve a l l ; n i s k ramanti e x i t .

Saci: So be it. You are my Krsna. Please rise. It is now mi d -day. You should
bathe and worship the Lord. I will go to my cooking. Bhagim, please go home. It
is time for you to cook for the Lord.
(Exit all.)

Text 36

(tatah pravisati advaitah ).

advaitah: bhutavesa vi-vasa ni-khi2endriya vr-ttir bhagavad av-esa vi-sam sthu2as ca
samanam eva bhavam adadhati ya.tah kha2u yavat tasmin divase bhagavad av-esena
yan maya nartitam taj jan-a mu-khad eva sampratam srutva prattyate sandihyate ca.
tenavyahata pra-bhavo yam bhagavan visvambharah va.stutah tu koti ko-ti jag-adanda
ghata gha-tana vig-hatana nat-aka par-ipati pat-avasya nij a car-ita 2a2-ita kir-ti sud-ha
dharita jagaj jan-a hrd-ayavata gha-tamana tam-ah kat-avasya bhagavatam tathaiva
2i2ayitam. yat kha2u praty ksanumanopamana sab-darthapattyaitihyadi pra-mana
nivahair api na pramatum sakyate vina tasyaivanugraha janya jnana vise-sam tena
tadanmtanam a2aukika cam-atkara kar-anam asman nist-ham api natana 2z2ay-itam
nasmakam anubhava goc-aras tad vyav-asitam tena .yasyanti ke pi moham
vivadisyante ca taih samam kecit. kecana sandarbha vido -rahasyam idam ity
avaisyanti (ity .urdhvam ava2okya) aho caramaca2a sikh-ara cum-bi 2ambamano yam
bhagavan maricima2ah.

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;advaitah Ad v a i t a;bhuta in t o t h e m a t e rial

elements; avesa by t he entrance;nikhila al l ; in d r i ya of t h e s e n s es;vrttih t h e
actions; bhagavat of t he Lor d; avesa by t he e nt rance;visamathulah ag i t a t e d;
ca also; samanam eq u a l; eva ce r t a i n l y;adadhati ac c e p t s;yatah b e c a u s e ;
khalu i n d e ed ; y a vat si n c e ;divase of t h e d a y;bhagavat of t h e L o r d; avesena
by the entrance; yat wh i c h ; ma ya by M e ; na r t i t am wa s d a n c e d;tat t h a t ;
jana of t he p erson;ukhat fromt the mouth; eva ce r t a i n l y;sampratam n o w ;
srutva ha v i ng heard;pratiyate is b e l i e ved;sandihyate is d o u b t e d; ca a n d ;
tena by this; avyahata unhampered; prabhavah whose power and opulence;
ayam th i s; bhagavan Su p r e me Personality of Godhead;visvambharah L o r d
Caitanya; vastutah in t r u t h ; tu in d e e d ;ko ti koti m- a n y m i l l i o n s;
j agadanda
ghatu of u n i v e rses;ghata na cr e a t i o n;vighatana an d d e s truction; nataka o f
the dramas; paripati th e s u c cession;patavasya ex p e r t n ess;nij a ow n ; c a r i t a
pastimes; 2a2ita ch arming; kzrti of g l o r y ; sudha nectar; dharita ma n i f e s ted;
j agat in the universe; j ana of t he people;hrdaya avata -in the hearts;
ghatamana be i n g; tamah of d a r k n e s s;katavasya pi e r c i n g;bhagavatah o f t h e
Lord; tathaR in t h a t wa y; eva ce r t a i n l y;2i2ayitam pl a y e d;yat wh i c h ; kh a 2 u
indeed; pratyaksa di r e ct sensory perception;anumana me n t a l speculation;
upamana an a logy; sabda sc r i p t u r e;artha apatti i- n f e rence; aitihya P u r a n a s
and histories; adi be g i n n i ng wit h; pramana of e v i d e n c es;nivahai b y t h e
multitudes; api al s o; na no t ; pr a m a t um to b e m e a s ured;sakyate i s a b l e ;
vina wi t h o u t; tasya of H i m ; eva ce r t a i n l y;anugraha me r c y ;j anya
produced; j nana kn o w l e d g e; visesam sp e c ific;tena by t h i s ; ta danintanam a t
the same time;alukika extraordinary;camatkara wonder; karanam the cause;
asmat us; nistham fa i t h ; api al s o ;na t a na of d a n c i n g;2i2ayitam pa s t i m e s;
na no t; asmakam of u s ; an ubhava gocarah -dire ct perception; tat t h a t ;
vyavasitam pe r f o r m e d; tena by t h i s ;yasyanti wi l l a t t a i n; ke api s o m e ;
moham il l u s i o n; vivadisyante wi l l d e b a te;ca al s o ;ta ih th e m ; sa m am w i t h ;
kecit some; kecana some; sardarbha the teaching; vidah understanding;
rahasyam th e secret;idam th i s ; iti thu s ; av a i s yanti wi l l u n d e r s t a nd;iti
thus; urdhvam up w a r d s; ava2okya lo o k i n g ; aho 0 ; c a r a m a a-ca2a s-ikharao n
the horizon; cumbi ki s s i n g;2ambamanah re s t i n g;ayam th i s ; bh a gavan L o r d ;
maricimala sun.

(Advaita enters.)
Advaita: Now the materialists, overwhelmed by the material senses, and the
devotees, overwhelmed by the presence of the Lord, have both attained the same
condition of love of God. On the day the Supreme Personality of Godhead
appeared in this world I danced in ecstatic joy, but today when I hear from
someone's mouth that the Supreme Lord has entered this world I be l i eve and
doubt at the same time. The all-powerful, supremely opulent Personality of
Godhead is now known as Visvambhara. The Supreme Lord, who is expert at
unfolding the many dramas of the creation and annihilation of many mi l l i on s of
universes, and whose nectarlike fame, handsomeness, and pastimes destroy the
d arkness of ignorance in the living entities hearts in this wo r ld , now d i s p l ay s
His transcendental pastimes. Without His mercy He cannot be understood. He is
not understood by pratyaksa (direct perception), anumana (mental speculation),
upamana (analogy), sabda (Vedas), arthapatti (inference), aitihya (Puranas and
Vedic histories), and other kinds of evidence. Now He has manifest in this
world the transcendental dance of His pastimes, which even I cannot
understand. Some will be bewildered by His pastimes, some will debate their
nature, and some will understand the secrets of His pastimes. (He looks up.)
Ah, the sun kisses the western horizon.

Text 37

tatha hi

namnaiva me tvam asi kintv akhila grahan-am

visrama patram -iti tat patinab-hisapta
tat pratyay-aya paritaptamayo dadhati
sandhyarka bimba -kapata-d iva varuni dik

tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e;namna by n a m e ;eva ce r t a i n l y;me of m e ; t v a m

you; asi are; kintu ho w e v e r; akhila of a l l ; gr a h anam pl a n e t s;visrama
patram the resting place; iti th u s ; tat patina - by her hus band; abhisapta
cursed; tat of h i m ; pr a t y a yaya fo r t h e c o n c e ption;paritaptam bu r n i n g ; aya h
iron; dadhati pl a c e s;sandhya at s u n s et;arka of t h e s u n; bimba t h e c i r c l e ;
kapatat on t he pre text;iva li k e ; va r u ni th e w e s t e r ns;dik d i r e c t i o n .

"You are my wife in name only. All the pl anets rest upon you." Insulted by
her husband in this way, the goddess of the western horizon becomes red like
molten iron. What seems to be a red sunset is actually her red anger.
 Text 38

atha va

sayanga sa-nga su-kha lu-pta d-hiyah praticyah

sonabhra va-sasi samucchvasite nitambat
kanci ka-lapa ku-ruvmda m-anindra ru-pi
ka2a kr-amad dinapatih pataya2ur asit

atha va of p e rhaps;saya of s u n s e t;anga of t h e b o d y;sanga b y t h e t o u c h ;

sukha by t he happiness;lupta lo s t ; dhiyah in t e l l i g e n c e;praticyah o f t h e
western horizon; sona re d ; abhra of c l o u d s ;vasasi on t h e g a rment;
samucchvasite fa l l e n; nitambat fr o m t h e h i p s; kanci kal-apa fr o m t he belt;
kuruvinda ru b y ; ma ni of j e w e l s ;indra of t h e k i n g ; ru pi in t h e f o r m ; k a l a
kramat in t he c ou rse of time;dinapatih th e s u n; patayaluh asit f e l l .

Perhaps that is not why sun is now red. Perhaps the goddess of the western
horizon is overwhelmed with happ i ness by the touch of her lover, the beginning
of evening, and for this reason the garment of red clouds has fallen from her
h ips and the majestic ruby of the setting sun has slowly fallen from her belt .

Text 39

tad idanim vigata vartm-a paris-ramah sandhyam upasya darsaniyatamo

drastavyah sa kh.alu bhagavan visvambharah (iti ta.tha kartum icchati ) .

tat th e r e fore;idanim no w ; vi g a ta st o p p e d ;vartma o n t h e p a t h ;

parisramah labor; sandhyam upasya sa y i ng eveningp r a yers;darsaniyatamah
most handsome; drastavyah may be seen;sah He; khalu indeed;bhagavan
Lord; visvambharah Vi s v a m b hara;iti th u s ; ta t h aR in t h a t w a y; ka rtum t o d o ;
icchati de s i r es.

Now handsome Lord Visvambhara may be seen. He has stopped walking on

the path. Now He says His evening prayers. (Advaita also desires to say His
prayers.)

Text 00

nepathye: hanta bhoh nij a puram gatva samagata prayo ha-m iti krtva gato
dvaitah katham adyapi nayatah

hanta in d e e d; bhoh 0 ; n i j a ow n ; pu r a m tow n ; ga t va h a v i n gg o n e ;

samagata ar r i v e d;prayah al m o s t ;aham I a m ; it i thu s ; kr t v a do i n g ; g a t a h
gone; advaitah Ad v a i t a; katham how is it7; adya no w ; api ev e n ;na n ot ;
ayatah a r r i v e d.
 A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Now I h ave almost come to His home.
Now I have arrived. Advaita is not here. Why is He not here today>

Text Wl

advaitah: (srutim abhiniya) aho mad vi-2ambam a2okya svayam eva devo mam
aksipati tad aham sa tv-aram eva gacchami (i.ti parikramati ).

srutim he a r i n g; abhiniya re p r e s e nting dramatically;aho ah a . ;mat M y ;

vi2ambam de lay; a2okya se e ing;svayam pe r s o n a lly;eva ce r t a i n l y;devah t h e
Lord; mam Me ; ak s ipati re b u k e s ;tat th e r e f o r e;aham I; sa wi th ; t v a r a m
haste; eva ce rtainly; gacchami sh a ll g o;iti th u s ;pa r i k r a m ati e x i t s .

A dvaita: (listening) Ah ! n o t i c ing My d e l ay, the Lord wil l r e b uke Me! I mu s t

hurry. (He exits.)

Text 02

(pravisyapati ksep-ena)
srivasah: bho advaitadeva aj na.payati bhagavan aham .itah srivasa grha-m
gacchann asmi bhavato 'pi tatraiva gantavyam iti.

pravisya en t e r i ng; apati of t h e c u r t a i n; ksepena wi t h t o s s ing;b hoh 0 ;

advaitadeva Advaitadeva;ajnapayati orders;bhagavan the Lord;aham I;
itah fr o m h e r e; srivasa of S r i v a sa;grham to t h e h o u s e;gacchan g o i n g ;
asmi am; bhavatah by y o u ; api al s o ;ta t ra th e r e ;eva ce r t a i n l y;gantavyam
should be gone; iti thus.

(Tossing the curtain aside, he hastily enters.)

Srivasa: Advaitadeva, the Lord orders: "I am going to Srivasa's
house. You
must go there."

Text 03

advaitah: yathajnapayati devah (iti ten.a saha parikraman puro valokya) idam
i damsrivasa puramy-avat pravisami (iti pra.vesamnatayitvapracimdisam avalokya ) .
aho ramyam.

yatha as; ajnapayati or d e r s ;devah the Lord; iti th u s ; te na hi m ; s a h a

with; parikraman wa l k i n g ; purah ah e a d ;avalokya lo o k i n g ;id am th i s ;i d a m
this; srivasa of S rivasa;puram th e h o m e ; yavat wh e n ; pr a v isami I e n t e r ;i t i
thus; pravesam en t r a nce;natayitva re p r e s enting dramatically;pracim i n t h e
eastern; disam di r e c t i o n; avalokya lo o k i n g ; aho ah . ; ra m y am d e l i g h t f u l .

Advaita: As the Lord orders. (He walks with him and t hen lo oks ahead.)
Now I will enter Srzvasa's house. (He enters, and glances in the eastern
d irection.) Ah. T hi s is delightf u l .

Text 00

ahlayadann aksi j agaj ja-nanam

premamrta sy-anda su-sima p-adah
u22asayan kau mudam ujjihite
candras ca visvambhara ca-ndramas ca

ahladayan de l i g h t i n g; aksi th e e y e s;j agat in t h e u n i v e rse;

j ananam o f t h e
people; prema oflove of Krsna; amrta th e n e c t a r;ayanda flo w i n g ; susima
cooling; padah fe e t; u22asayan de l i g h t i n g; kaumudam mo o n l i g h t ; ujjih i te kau-
on the earth; mudam ha p p i n e ss;ujjihite ri s e s ;candrah th e m o o n ; ca a n d ;
visvambharacandramah th e m o on of Visvambhara;ca a n d .

Delighting the eyes of the people in the world, rivers of the nectar of krsna-
prema (love of Krsna) flowing from the cooling touch of His feet, and bringing
great pleasure to the earth, the moon of Lord Vi svambhara rises.

Note: If the word "pada" is interpreted to mean "rays of light", and if the words
"kau mudam" are interpreted to be the single word "kaumuda" (lotus), the verse
may be interpreted in the following way:

"Delighting the eyes of the people in the world, its cooling rays filled with
sweet nectar, and making the lotus flowers bloom with happiness, the moon rises."

Text 05

(tatah pravisati srivasadibhih samupagamyamano bhagavan ) .

visvambharah: (pratyutthaya) svagatam bhoh svagatam

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;srivasa adibhi-h by t he devotees headed by

Srivasa; samupagamyamanah fo l l o w e d; bhagavan th e L o r d; pratyutthaya l i f t i n g
up; svagatam we l c o m e; bhoh 0 ! ; sv a g a tam au s p i c i o u s ness.

(Followed by Srzvasa and the other devotees, the Lord enters.)

Visvambhara: (lif t ing Adv aita, who was offering dandavat obeisances)
Welcome! An auspicious welcome!

Text 06

advaitah: sri mukha c-andra d-arsanen-a

sri mukha c-andra d-arsanen-a by the sight of the moon of Your face.

Advaita: The sight of the moon of Your face has made it auspicious.
 Text 07

devah: (sadaram abhivandyalingya ca) bhagavann atropavisyatam

sa wi t h; adaram re s p e c t;abhivandya of f e r i ng obeisances;

alingya
embracing; ca a nd; bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; at ra her e ; up a visyatam s h o u l d b e
entered.

D eva: (respectfully offering obeisances to Him and embracing Him) L o r d ,

please sit down.

Text 48

a dvaitah: yathajnapayasi (iti .sarve sukhopavesam natayanti ) .

yatha as; ajnapayasi You order; iti th u s ; sa rve ev e r y o n e;sukha with

happiness; upavesam en t r a nce;natayanti re p r e s e nt dramatically.

Advaita: As You order. (Everyone is comfortably seated.)

Text 09

bhagavan: (advaitam prati) sarve vayam bhuktavantah pitavantas ca kevalam

adhva parisr-antah ksut parisr-antas ca bhavantas tad a2am vi2ambena. srivasa atitheyo
si atithy.ena samuparyantam ete bhavata

advaitam Ad v a i t a; prati to ; sa r ve al l ; va y am we ; bh u k t a vantah h a v e

eaten; pitavantah dr u n k ; ca a n d ; ke v a l am on l y ; ad h va f r o m t h e p a t h ;
parisrantah fatigued; ksut wi t h h u n g e r;parisrantah f a t i g u e d; ca a l s o ;
bhavantah yo u; tat a2am wh a t is t he need7;vi2ambena of d e lay;srivasa 0
Srivasa; atitheyah th e h o s t;asi yo u a r e ;atithyena w i t h h o s p i t a l it y;
samuparyantam sh o u ld be served;ete Hi m ; bh a vata b y y o u .

Bhagavan: (to Advaita) Al l o f us h ave already taken food and drink. You
must be tired and hungry from tr aveling on the road. Why should th ere be a
d elay. Srzvasa, you are the host. Show hospitality to Hi m .

Text 50

advaitah: alam anaya cintaya vayam ap.i bhavanta iva samapta sarvahni-ka eva.

alam wh a t is the need7;anaya wi t h t h i s ; cintaya co n c e r n;vayam w e ;

api al s o; bhavantah Yo u ; iva li k e ;sa m a pta at t a i n e d;sarva al l ; ah n i k a h
daily duties; eva ce r t a inly.
 Advaita: Don't worry. Today I have done all that need be done.

Text 51

bhagavan: (sa p-ramodam) tad idanzm himakara k-ara k-a2adhauta ja2a d-haute
srivasa va-sangana pa-risare bhagavat sa-nkirtana m-anga2am angi ku-rvantu bhavantah.

sa wi t h; pramodam jo y ; t at t h e n ;id a n im no w ; hi m a k a ra o f t h e m o o n ;
kara by t he lig ht; ka2adhauta go l d e n;j a2a by w a t e r; dhaute cl e a n sed;
srivasa of Srivasa;vasa of t he h o m e;angana of t h e c o u r t yard;parisare
glorification; mangalam au s p i c i o usness;angi ku-rvantu may accept; bhavantah
you all.

Bhagavan: (with joy) N o w , i n S r zvasa s courtyard cleansed with water and

bathed in the golden moonlight, perform the auspicious festival of bhagavat-
sankzrtana (chanting of the Lord's holy names).

Text 52

sarve: (sa pram-odam) bhagavann utthiyatam svayam api

sa wi t h; pramodam jo y ; bh a gavan 0 Lo r d ; ut t h i y a tam sh o u l d be raised;

svayam pe r s onally; api a l s o .

Everyone: (with joy) Lord, please personally begin it.

Text 53

bhagavan: eso ham gacchami (iti sa.nkirtana stha2im -prati sarve niskrantah.)

esah aham I; gacchami sh a l l g o; iti t h u s ; sa n k i r t ana of a s a n k i r t a na;

sthalim th e p l a ce;prati to ; sa r ve al l ; ni s k r a ntah e x i t .

Bhagavan: I will go to the courtyard. (Everyone goes to the sankzrtana place.

Exit all.)

Text 50

( tatah pravisati gangadasah ) .

gangadasah: aho advaitadevah santipuratah samagato 'stiti srutam asti najane kim
bhagavad visvambh-ara2aye samuttzrnah srivasa2aye va tad asya tattvam
avadharayami (iti katic.it padany ad-adhati ) .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;gangadasah Ga n g a dasa;aho ah.;

advaitadevah Ad v a i t adeva;santipuratah fr o m S a nt ipura;samagatah a r r i v e s ;
asti is; iti t h u s ; sr u t am he a r d ;as ti is ; na no t ;j a ne I k n o w ; k i m
whether7; bhagavat v-isvambhara of L o rd V i s vambhara;alaye i n t h e h o m e ;
samuttirnah ha s appeared;srivasa of S ri v asa;alaye in t h e h o m e;va or ; t a t
that; asya of H i m; ta t t vam th e t r u t h ; av adharayami I w i l l d e t e r m i n e; iti t h u s ;
katicit so m e ;padani st e p s ;adadhati t a k e s .

(Gangadasa enters.)
Gangadasa: I heard that Advaitadeva has come from Santipura. I don t know
w hether He is staying at Lord Visvambhara's home or Srzvasa's home. I will fi n d
out. (He takes a few steps.)

Text 55

(nepathye sankirtana ko2-aha2ah ).

gangadasah: (akarnya) aho srivasalayam samaya samayasadita saka-la
bhaktajana pra-modi pramodirna san-kirtana ko2a-ha2o yam maya sruyate tad .ita
evadvaitenapi bhavitavyam tad .iha sthitvaiva nibha2ayami. (iti nibha2ya.) aho sarva
eva kirtayanto bhagavantam visvambharam nartayanti nrtyanti ca.

nepathye fr o m b e h i nd t h e s c e nes;sankirtana of s a n k i r t a n a;ko2aha2ah

tumultuous sounds; akarnya li s t e n i n g;aho ah . ; sr i v a sa of S r i v a sa;alayam
thehome; samaya ne a r; samaya th e o p p o r t u n i t y; asadita at t a i n e d;sakala a l l ;
bhaktaj ana the devotees;pramodi de l i g h t i n g;prama gr e a t ;udirna r i s e n ;
sankirtana of s a nki r t a na;ko2aha2ah tu m u l t; ayam th i s ; ma ya b y m e ;
sruyate is heard; tat th a t ;it ah th e r e f o r e;eva ce r t a i n l y;advaitena b y
Advaita; api al s o; bhavitavyam ma y b e; tat th e r e f o r e; iha h e r e ;st hitva
standing; nibha2ayami I w i l l l o o k; i ti t h u s ; ni b h a2ya lo o k i n g ; aho ah . ; s a r v e
everyone; eva ce r t ainly; kirtayantah ch a n t i ng t he Holy name;bhagavatam
Lord; visvambharam Vi s v a m b hara;nartayanti ca u s i ng to dance;nrtyanti
d ancing themselves; ca an d .

(Tumultuous sounds of sankzrtana from behind the scenes.)

Gangadasa: (listening) Ah ! N ear Srzvasa's home I hear tumultu ous sounds of
sankzrtana that delight all the devotees. Perhaps Advaita is here. I will stand
here and look. (Looking) Everyone is chanting the holy names, dancing, and
causing Lord Visvambhara to dance.

Text 56

tad evam manye

durvara daitya gh-ataya -ghatite patiyo

bhare svayam bhagavato -'pahrte 'pibhumeh
tasyavasadam adhuna vidhunoti devo
bhaktair natan natana nisthura -pada gha-taih-
 tat th er efore; evam in t h i s w a y;manye I t h i n k ; du r v a ra i n v i n c i b l e ;
daitya of d e m o n s;ghataya by a h o s t;ghatite ma n i f e s t ed;patiyah h e a v y ;
bhare burden;svayam b-hagavatah by the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
apahrte re m o v e d; api al s o ; b humeh o f t h e e arth;tasya by H i m ; av a sadam
unhappiness; adhuna no w ; v i d hunoti r e m o v e s; devah th e L o r d; bhaktah w i t h
the devotees; natan da n c i n g; natana of d a n c i n g;nisthura wi t h h a r d ; pada
ghataih st e p s.

F ormerly the Supreme Lord removed the great burden of many invin ci b l e
demons from the earth. I think that now, w it h Hi s f o r c eful steps, the Lord is
removing the earth's unhappiness by personally dancing upon her with His
devotees.

Text 57

(punar nibhalya) aho

anandah kim u murta esa parama prem-aiva kim dehavan

sraddha murtimati dayaiva kim u va bhumau sva rupi-ny asau
madhuryam nu sariri kim nava vidh-abhaktir gataikam tanum
tulyavesa sukh-otsavo bhagavata vakresvaro nrtyati

punah ag a in; nibhalya lo o k i n g ;aho ah ! ; an a n dah b l i s s ; k im u w h e t h e r ? ;

murtah p e r sonified; esah he ; pa rama tr a n s c e ndental;prema lo v e of K rs na;
eva certainly; kim w h e t h e r ; dehavan pe r s o n i f i e d;sraddha fa i t h ; m ur t i mati
personifed; daya mercy; eva ce r t ainly; kim u w h e t h e r ? ; va o r ; b h u m au o n
the earth; sva rupin-i pe r s onified; asau he ; ma d huryam sw e e t n e ss; nu i n d e e d ;
sariri pe r s o n i f ied; kim w h e t h e r ? ; nava ni n e ; vi d ha ki n d s ;b h a ktih
devotional service; gata at t a i n e d;ekam o n e ; t a n um b o d y ; t u l ya e q u a l ;
avesa entrance;sukha of h a p p i n e s s;utsavah fe s t i v al;bhagavata w i t h t h e
Lord; vakresvarah Va k r e s vara Pandita;nrtyati d a n c e s .

(Looks again) Ah! Is this personified bliss? Is this personified

transcendental love of Krsna? Is this personified devotional faith? Is this
personified mercy descended to the earth? Is this personified sweetness? Is this
the nine process of devotional service appearing in a single form? This is
Vakresvara Pandita, whose transcendental bliss is equal to that of the Lord
Himself, enjoying pastimes of dancing.

Text 58

(punar nepathye sambhuyananda tumu2o j -aya dhvani k-a2aka2a-h ) .

gangadasah: (nibhalya) aho mahat kautukam.

v akresvara nrty ati gauracandro

gayaty amandam karatalikabhih
vakresvaro gayati gauracandre
 nrtyaty asau tulya s-ukhanubhutih

punah ag ain; nepathye fr o m b e h i nd t he scenes;sambhuya ar i s i n g; ananda

of bliss; tumulah tu m u l t u o u s sounds;jaya of " j a y a ";dhvani s o u n d s ;
ka2aka2ah a tumult; nibha2ya lo o k i n g ; aho ah ! ; ma h at a g r e a t ; kautukam
festival ofbliss; vakresvara wh e n V a k r e svara;nrtyati da n c e s;gauracandrah
Lord Gauracandra; gayati si n g s;anandam lo u d l y ; ka r a talikabhih w i t h
karatalas; vakresvarah Va k r e s vara;gayati si n g s ;gauracandre w h e n L o r d
Gauracandra; nrtyati da n c e s;asau he ; tu l ya eq u a l ;su kha ha p p i n e s s ;
anubhutih ex p e r i e nce.

(From behind the scenes tumultuous sounds of bliss. There is a tumult of

"jaya"s.)
Gangadasa: (looking) Ah . A g r eat festival of transcendental bliss.
A ccompanied by manyu karatalas, Lord Gauracandra loudly sings whil e
Vakresvara dances. Now Vakresvara sings while Lord Gauracandra dances.
V akresvara feels transcendental bliss equal to that of the Lord Hi m s elf .

Text 59

(punar nepathye tathaivajaya jaya dhva-nih ko2aha2au2u2u nina-dasca.)

gangadasah: (ciram nirupya) aho bhagavan visvambharaeva nrtye pravrttah
tatha hi

gabhirair hunkarair nija jana gana-n barhinayati

drutair baspambhobhir bhuvanam anisam durdinayati
mahah purai-r vidyud valay-ayati diksu pramadayann
asau visvam visvambhara jaladharo nrtyati purah

punah ag ain; nepathye fr o m b e h i nd t he scenes;tathaR in that way; eva

certainly; j aya jaya of "jaya jaya";dhvanih so u nds;ko2aha2ah tumu2t-;
u2u2u of
"ululu"; ninadah so u n d s;ca also; ciram for along time; nirupya l o o k i n g ;
aho ah.;bhagavan Lord; v-isvambharah Visvambhara; eva certainly; nrtye in
dancing; pravrttah ha s b egun;tathaR hi fu r t h e r m o r e;gabhiraih w i t h d e e p ;
hunkaraih ru m b l i n g s ounds;nij a ow n ;j ana of a s s o c iates; ganan t h e
multitudes; barhinayati ma k e s li ke peacocks;drutaih flo w i n g ; ba spa
ambhobhih wi t h t e a rs;bhuvanam th e e arth; anisam co n t i n u a l l y;durdinayati
makes into a rainy day; mahah of g l o r y; puraih wi t h t h e f lo o d s;vidyut
valayati fi l l s w i th l i g h t n i ng flashes;diksu al l d i r e c t io ns;pramadayah
delightning; asau He ; vi svam th e w o r l d ; visvambhara of L o r d V i s v a mbhara;
j aladharah th e r a i n c loud;nrtyati da n c e s;purah in the presence.

( Again from behind the scenes a tumult of "j aya jaya" and "ul u l u " . )
Gangadasa: (looking for a long time) Ah ! L o r d V i s v a m b h ara hasbegun to
dance. With thunderous shouts turning the devotees into dancing peacocks,
w ith flowing tears filling the world w it h an un e n d ing mon soon, and with a fl oo d
of splendor filling the directions with li g h t n i ng, the Visvambhara raincloud,
delighting the world, dances.
 Text 60

apl ca

disi vidisi drsa saroj a m-alam

nayana jalena madhuni tatra tanvan
madhukara ni-karam bhruva ca cakra
bhrami na-taneayatlha
j gauracandrah

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; disi vidisi in a l l d i r e c t i o ns;drsa wi t h H i s g l a nce;

saroj a of lotus flowers; ma2am a g arland;nayana ja2ena wi t h t e a rs; madhuni
nectar; tatra th e r e ; tanvan sp r e a d i n g;madhukara of b e e s;nikaram a s w a r m ;
bhruva wi t h H is eyebrows; ca al s o ; cakra in a c i r c l e;bhrami m o v i n g ;
natane in t he dance;j ayati al l g l o r i e s;iha he r e ;gauracandrah t o L o r d
Gauracandra.

Glory to Lord Gauracandra who, with glances throwing garlands of lotus

f lowers on every direction, with tears sprinkl ing nectar, and with mo v i n g
eyebrows making swarms of black bees, dances in a circle!

Text 61

apl ca

padaghatair uraga nagar-ananda nisya-nda hetor-

bahutksepair iva sura purl t-anda-ve panditasya
asa cakra-m bhramayata iva bhramya dudyo-ta danda-ir
j lyac cakra bhram-ana natan-am deva visvam-bharasya

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e;pada aghait-aih wi t h s t e ps;uraga of s e r p e nts;nagara

in the city; ananda of j o y; nisyanda flo w i n g t e a rs;hetoh th e c a u se;bahu o f
arms; utksepair wi t h r a i s i ng up;iva li k e ; su ra of t h e d e m i g o d s;puri i n t h e
cities; tandave en t h u s iastic dancing;panditasya ex p e r t; asa of t h e d i r e c tions;
cakram th e c ir c le;bhramayatah ca u s i ng to turn;iva li k e ; bh r a m ya m o v i n g ;
dudyota ef f u l g ent; dandaih wi t h s t i c k s;jiyat al l g l o r i e s;cakra i n a c i r c l e ;
bhramana mo v i n g; natanam da n c i n g;deva of L o r d ; vi s vambharasya
Visvambhara.

Glory to the circular dance of Lord Visvambhara, who with f o o t steps brings
tears of bliss to Naga-nagara, with raised arms makes Sura-puri dance, and with
splendid whirling li mbs makes the circle of the directions spin!

Text 62

(punar nibha2ya) aho anantaram bhagavan advaito pi nartitum pravistah

srivasas tribhir eva su s-varatamai ramadibhih sodarair
gayaty esa kalam svayam ca bhagavan vakresvaro 'py utsukah
manjirangada h-ara k-ankana d-harah kanci k-alapadiman
advaitas tanuman ivaisa bhaj ananando narinrtyato

punah again;nibhalya lo oking;aho Ah! anantaram a f t e r w a rds;

bhagavan Lo r d; advaitah Ad v a i t a ;api al s o ;na r t it um to d a n c e pravistah
; has
entered; srivisah Sr i v a sa;tribhih wi t h t h r e e ;eva ce r t a i n l y;su sv-aratmaih
sweetly singing; rama ad-ibhih he a d ed by Rama;sodaraih w i t h b r o t h e r s ;
gayati sings; esah he; kalam sw e e t s ongs;svayam pe r s o n a lly;ca a l s o ;
bhagavan Lord;vakresvarah Vakresvara;api also;utsukah eager;manjira
anklets;angada armlets;hara necklace;kankana bracelets; dharah wearing;
kanci kal-apa a belt; adi be g i n n i n g w i t h;man we a r i n g ;advaitah A d v a i t a ;
tanuman pe r s onified;iva li k e ; es ah He ; bh aj ana of d e v o t i o n al service;
anandah the bliss;narinrtyate co n t i n u a l ly dances.]

(Looking again) Now Lord Advaita has begun to dance.

As Srivasa and his three brothers, headed by Rama dasa, sweetly sing, and as
Lord Visvambhara and Vakresvara Pandita happily look on, Lord Advaita,
decorated with anklets, armlets, necklace, bracelets, belt and other ornaments,
continually dances, as if He were personified devotional service.

Text 63

sthu2osnisa vi2asa -sunda-ra sirah -karna dvaye -tandavan

do2an mauk-tika kunda-2o hrdi calac camik-ara srag v-arah-
padagre ca2a nupur-ah pu2akito baspambu dhaut-anano
nityananda mahas-ayo pi mahatavesena nrtyaty ayam

sthu2a a great; usnisa tu r b a n; vi2asa sp l e n d o r; sundara be a u t i f u l;sirah

head; karna of e a rs;dvaye on t h e p a i r; tandava wi t h t h e d a n c ing;andolat
swinging; mauktika pe a r l; ku nda2ah ea r r i n g;hrdi on t h e c h e s t; ca2at
moving; samikara golden;srak necklace;varah excellent; pada agre -on the
ankles; ca2a mo v i n g; nupurah an k l e t ;pu2akitah ha i r s s tanding up;baspa
ambu by t ears;dhauta wa s h e d;ananah th e f a c e;nityananda Ni t y a n a n d a ;
mahasayah Lo r d; api al s o ;ma h ata wi t h g r e a t;avesena at t e n t i o n; nrtyati
dances; ayam H e .

A great, splendid turban on His head, His pearl earrings swinging, a beautiful
golden necklace moving on His chest, His anklets moving, the hairs of His body
standing erect, and His face bathed in tears, Lord Nityananda dances with great
attention .

Text 60

(ambaram avalokya) aho yama matravasis-teyam tri yama ucit-am ev.a ghurnate
nayana yugalam bhagavatya nidrayabhibhuto smi tad atraiva ksanam nidrami. (iti
nidram natayan svapnayate ) .bho visvambharadeva kutrasi kutrasi. (iti svapnayitva
punah prabudhya) aho kim ayam alokito duhsvapnah .(iti muhurtam hrdi bhagavac-
caranauvicintyapunar nepathyabhimukham avalokya) aho nako pi drsyate s.arva
eva bhagavat p-ramukhah sankirtanoparame yatha y-atham sayanaya gatavanta iva
2aksyante b.havatu tad aham api sva n-i2ayam gacchami (.iti katicit p-adani
parikramya) aho vibhataiva vibhavari

ambaram to t he sky; avalokya lo o k i n g ;aho ah ! ; ya ma t h r e eh o u r s ;

matra on l y ; avasista re m a i n i n g;iyam th i s ; tr i y a -mah ni n e h o u r s; ucitam
appropriately; eva c e r t ainly; ghurnate ro l l i n g a bo ut;nayana o f e y e s ;
yugalam the pair; bhagavatya by the goddess;nidraya sleep;abhibhutah
defeated; asmi I a m; tat th e r e f o r e;atra he r e ; e va c e r t a i n l y;ksanam f o r a
moment; nidrami I w i l l s l e e p; iti t h u s ; ni d r am sl e e p ;na tayah re p r e s e nting
dramatically; svapnayate dr e a m s;bhoh 0 ; v i s v a m bharadeva Vi s v a m b haradeva;
kuta wh e r e ?;asi ar e Y o u;kutra wh e r e ? ;asi ar e Y o u; iti t h u s ; sv a pnayitva
dreaming; punah ag a i n;prabudhya wa k i n g ; aho ah ? ; k im w h a t ? ;ay am t h i s ;
alokitah se e n;duhsvapnah ba d d r e am; iti t h u s ; mu h u r t am f o r a m o m e n t ;
hrdi in h is h eart;bhagavat of t he L o r d; caranau on t h e f e e t; vicintya
meditating; punah ag a i n;nepathya be h i n d t he scenes;abhimukham i n t h e
direction; avalokya lo o k i n g ; aho ah . ; na no t ; ka h a pi an y o n e ;dr s yate i s
seen; sarve al l; eva c e r t a i n l y; bhagavat pram-ukhah th e a ssembly headed by the
Lord; sankirtana of s a n k i r t a n a;uparame in t h e en d ; y a t ha yatha-m a s
appropriate; sayanaya to t a ke rest;gatavantah ha v e gone;iva as i f; 2aksyante
are seen; bhavatu so be it; tat th e r e f o r e;aham I; ap i al s o ;sva t o m y o w n ;
nilayam ho m e ; gacchami sh a l l g o; iti t h u s ; ka t i c it so m e ;pa d ani s t e p s ;
aprikramya wa l k i n g ; aho ah . ; vi b h a ta is g o n e ; eva i n d e e d ;vibhavari t h e
night.

(Looking to the sky) Ah ! N i n e h o ur s of the night have passed. Only three

hours remain. My eyes are rolling. The goddess of sleep has overcome me. I will
sleep for a moment. (Falling asleep he dreams and says:) 0 V i s v a m b h aradeva,
where are You? Where are You? (After dreaming in this way, he again wakes up)
I saw a nightmare. (In his heart he meditates for a moment on the Lord's lotus
feet and then looks in the direction of the back of the stage) Al as! I don't see
anyone. When the sankirtana ended the Lord and His associates left to take rest.
So be it. I will also go home. (He takes a few steps) Ah ! Th e ni ght has ended.

Text 65

(iti pracim avalokya)

u22anghya kincid udayaca2a vapra dh-aram-

pracya diso mbara tatim ava-lambamanah
pada prasaran-a vidhav ap-atus tathapi
ba2o ravih ka2aya ka2a vasad ud-eti

iti t h us; pracim to t h e e a st;avalokya lo o k i n g ; ul l a nghaya j u m p i n g o v e r ;

kincit so m e t h i n g; udaya acala of t h e e astern horizon;vapra sh o r e ;dharam
the flood; pracyah ea s t ern;disah of t h e d i r e c tion;ambara of t h e s k y;tatim
the surface; avalambamanah re s t i n g;pada of t h e f e e t;prasarana o f m o v i n g ;
vidhau in t he action; apatuh no t e x p e r t; tathaR api ne v e t h e less;balah t h e
infant; ravih su n ; ka 2aya lo o k . ; ka 2a of t i m e ; va sat fr o m t h e p o w e r;udeti
rises.

(Looking to the east) Lo ok! The in f ant sun has crossed the boundary of the
eastern horizon. Although he is barely able to walk, time pr ods him, and he now
traverses the ocean of sky.

Text 66

(iti katicit pad-ani gatva puro valokya) aho ko yam sa tva-rah kincit piprksur iva
samupai ti.

iti t h us; ka ticit so m e ;pa dani st e p s ;gatva going; purah ahead;

avalokya looking;aho ah!;kah who?; ayam this; sa wi t h ; tv a rah haste;
kincit so m e t h i n g;piprksuh ea g er to find;iva as if; samupaiti g o e s .

( Takes a few steps, and then looks ahead) Ah , wh o is this person walki n g
quickly, as if eager to find someone?

Text 67

(pravisya sambhrantah)
kascit purusah: aho gangadasa bhavad vatyam -devo visvambharah

pravisya en t e r i ng;sambhrantah in haste; kascit a c e r tain;purusah m a n ;

aho ah.;gangadasa Gangadasa;bhavat your;vatyam in the house; devah
Lord; visvambharah Vi s v a m b h a ra.

(A man hastily enters)

Man: Ah, Gangadasa, Lord Visvambhara is at your house.

Text 68

gangadasah: (so22asam) aho me bhagadheyam yam av.a2okayitum gacchann asmi

sa eva svayam agato 'smad vatyam -

sa with; u22asam joy; aho ah .; me m y; bhagadheyam good fortune;

yam whom; avalokayitum to s e e;gacchan go i n g ; asmi I a m ; sa h H e ; e v a
certainly; svayam pe r s o nally;agatah ha s c o m e;asmat to m y ; va t yam h o m e .

Gangadasa: (joyfull) 0 my good fortune. I will go to see Him. He has

personally come to my home.
 Text 69

purusah: aye eva prcchami bhavad v-atyam agatah kim iti.

purusah man; aye 0 ; ev a c e r t a i n ly prcchami

; I a s k ;bh avat y o u r ;
vatyam in t he h o m e; agatah c o m e ; k im w h y ? ; i t i t h us .

Man: I ask: Is Lord Visvambhara at your house?

Text 70

gangadasah: (sa vai-manasyam) katham evam prcchasi

sa wi t h; vaimanasyam un h a p p i n e ss;katham wh y ? ; evam i n t h i s w a y ;

prcchasi you ask.

Gangadasa: (with unhappiness) Why do you ask?

Text 71

purusah: anyasminn ahani pratah sva nilay-e gatva krtyam karoti adya .na gata iti
sacidevya presito smi tad anves-anaya (ity u.ktvaiva punar anyato nvestum
niskrantah.)

anayasmin on a n o t h e r; ahani da y ; pr a t ah ea r l y in t he m o r n i n g;sva o w n ;

nilaye in t he h o m e; gatva ha v i n g g o n e;krtyam da i l y d u t i e s;karoti d o e s ;
adya to d a y; na no t ; ga t ah go n e ; i ti t h u s ;sa c edevya by S a c idevi;presitah
sent; asmi I a m; t a t Him; anvesanaya to f i n d; iti t h u s ; uk t va h a v i n gs p o k e n;
punah again; anyatah another;anvestum to find; niskrantah e x i t s .

Man: On any other day He would go to His own home early in the morning
and perform His morning du ti es. Today He has not come. Saczdevz sent me to
find Him. (After speaking these words, he goes off to find another person.)

Text 72

(punar anyah sambhrantah sa tvarah pr-avisya punas tathaiva prstva niskrantah.

punar anyah punar anyah punar anyas ceti tatha tathaiva prstva prstva niskramati.)

punah ag ain; anyah an o t h e r;sambhrantah wi t h h a s t e;sa with; tvarah

speed; pravisya en t e r i n g;punah ag a i n;ta tha in that way; eva c e r t ainly ;
prstva qu e s tioning; niskrantah ex i t s ;punah ag a i n ;anyah an o t h e r ;punah
again; anyah an o t h e r;punah ag a i n;anyah an o t h e r;ca a n d ; i t i t h u s ;
tathaR in t h at way; prstva as k i n g;prstva an d a s k i n g;niskramati e x i t s .
 (Another many hastily enters, asks the same question, and then exits.
Another, and yet another, and yet another man asks the same question and
again exits.)

Text 73

gangadasah: (sa va-imanasyam) aho phalitam iva duhkha sv-apnena ta.t kim
karomi ad.vaitadayo yatra tisthanti tatraiva yami (it.i katicit pa-dany adadhati ).

sa wi t h; vaimanasyam un h a p p i n e ss;aho al a s .;phalitam f r u i t i s b o r n e ;

iva as if; duhkha by t h e b a d;svpanena dr e a m; tat th e n ; ki m w hat 7 ;
karomi sh a ll I d o; advaita ada-yah th e g reatd e votees headedbyAd v a ita;ya tra
where; tisthanti st a y; tatra th e r e ;eva ce r t a i n l y;yami I w i l l g o ; it i t hu s ;
katicit so m e ;padani st e p s ;adadhati t a k e s .

Gangadasa: (with unhappiness) Alas! My nightmare has borne fruit! What

will I do> I will go to Advaita and the other devotees. (He takes a few steps.)

Text 70

( tatam pravisanti dormanasyena vitarkam natayanto dvaitadayah ) .

tatah th e n; pravisanti en t e r ;dormanasyena wi t h u n h a p p i n e ss;vitarkam

conjecture; natayantah re p r e s enting dramatically;advaita adaya-h the devotees
headed by Advaita.

(The devotees, headed by Advaita, enter. They are unhappy, and make
various conjectures to understand the situation.)

Text 75

advaitah: srivasa kim etat

mate 'smakam pratah sva bhavan-am upeto 'sti bhagavan

grhe srivasadeh sthita iti jananya matam idam
iti bhrantah sarve prakrta manasa-h samprati vayam
katham vidmo 'kasmad ayam asani pato 'dya -bhavita

srivasa Srivasa;kim wh a t 7 ;etat is t h i s ; ma te co n s i d e r e d;asmakam o f u s ;

pratah ea r ly in the mornin g;sva ow n ; bh a v anam to the home; upetah
arrived; asti is ; bh agavan th e L o r d; gr he in t h e h o m e ; srivasa adeh o- f the
devotees headed by Srivasa; sthitah st a y i n g; iti th u s ;ja n a n yah o f H i s m o t h e r ;
matam th e o pin i o n; idam th i s ;it i th us ; bh r a n t ah be w i l d e r e d;sarve a l l ;
aprakrta in a n u n n a t u r al condition;manasah mi n d s ; samprati no w ; v a y a m
we; ayam He; asani wi t h l i g h t n i n g; patah st r u c k ; ad ya to d a y ;bh avita w i l l
be.

Advaita: Srivasa! What is the news? This morning we all thought the Lord
returned to His own home, and Mother Saci though the Lord stayed at the home
of Srivasa or another devotee. We are all bewildered. Our hearts are anxious.
How can we know what has happened? Will li gh t n ing suddenly strike us today?

Text 76

srivasah: ye ye prahitas tad an-vesanaya tesam na ko pi pratyavartate

ye ye whomever; prahitah wa s s ent out;tat fo r H i m ; an v e sanaya t o f i n d ;

tesam of the m; na no t ; k a h api an y o n e ;pr a tyavartante ha s r e t ur ne d.

Srivasa: None of the men we sent to find Him has return ed.

Text 77

advaitah: anvisyayadi pasyati tadaiva pratyavartisyate ko 'pi kim apy

anusandhanam na labdhavan etat kim sambhavyate

anvisya se arching;yadi if ; pa s yati se e s ;tada th e n ; eva c e r t a i n l y ;

pratyavartisyate will return; kah api so m e o n e; kimapi s o m e t h i n g ;
anusandhanam se arching; na no t ; la b d havan at t a i n e d;etat t h i s ; k i m what?;
sambhavyate co u ld have happened.

Advaita: If anyone had seen Him in the search they would have returned. It
must be that no one found Him. W hat could have happened?

Text 78

iha grame ko va sthagayatu tam atma prakata-nam

sa kim va svatmanam sthagayitum apisah prabhavatu
apahnotum sakyo na bhavati janais canda kiranah-
katham karam vyomni svam api sa dine vyastarayatu

iha he r e; grame in t h e v i l l a g e; kah w h o ? ; va or ; st h a g ayatu ma y c o n c e al;

tam Hi m ; at ma prakatan-am wh o is manifest by His own mercy;sah H e ; k i m
whether?; va or ; sva ow n ; at m a n am se l f ;st hagayitum to c o n c e a l;api a l s o ;
isah prabhavatu is a ble;apahnotum to b e c o n cealed;sakyah ab l e ; na n o t ;
bhavati is ;j anaih by t h e p e o p le;canda kiranah -the blazing sun; katham
karam ho w is it possible?;vyomni in t h e s k y;svam pe r s o n a ll y;api e v e n ;
sah he; dine in t h e d a y t i m e;vyastarayatu ma y c o n c e al.

He is the Supreme Lord who appears by His own w i ll . In t hi s v i l l age who has
the power to hide Him? How could the Lord hide Hi m s elf? He is like a brill i an t
sun no one can cover. Who can cover the sun when it shines in the daytime sky?

Text 79

srivasah: (puro valokya) ayam gangadasah samayati ta.d ayam prastavyah

purah ahead;avalokya looking;ayam he; gangadasah Gangadasa;

samayati co m e s;tat th e n ; ay am he ; pr a s t avyah sh o u l db e a sked.

Srivasa: Here comes Gangadasa. Let s ask him.

Text 80

(upasrtya) gangadasah: bho bho

maha bha-gah katham akasmiko yam viplavah

upasrtya approaching;bhoh 0; bhoh 0; maha bha-gah fortunate ones;

katham ho w is i t .; ak asmikah su d d e n;ayam th i s ; vi p l a vah c h a n g e ,
devestation.

(Approaching) Gangadasa:0 fortunate souls,why are you suddenly

unhappy?

Text 81

sarve: aho ayam api tad anusa-ndhana dhura-dharah yad a.yam asmaneva
prcchati

aho 0; ayam he;api even;tat for Him; anusandhana of t he search;

dhurandharah be a r i ng the burden;yat wh i c h ; ay am he ; as m an u s ; e v a
certainly; prcchati a s k s .

Everyone: We are searching for Him, and he asks us this question!

Text 82

advaitah: (sasram)

he visvambharadeva he guna nidhe he -prema varam n-idhe

he dinoddharanavatara bhagavan he bhakta cintaman-e
andhi krtya dr-so diso ndha tamasi k-rtyakhi-la praninam-
sunyi krtya ma-namsi muncati bhavan kenaparadhena nah

sa wi t h; asram te a r s ;he 0 ; v i s v a m b haradeva Vi s v a m b haradeva;h e 0 ;

guna of transcedental qualities; nidhe 0 tr e a s u re-house; he 0; p r e ma o f p u r e
love of Krsna; varamnidhe ocean;he 0; dina of the poor; uddharana for
upliftment; avatara wh o d e s c ended;bhagavan Lo r d ; he 0 ; b h a k t a of
devotional service; cintamane 0 ci n t a m a ni jewel;andhi krtya bl i n d i n g ;dr s ah
eyes; disah di r e c tions;andha bl i n d i n g ; ta masi da r k n e s s;krtya c r e a t i n g ;
akhila of a l l; praninam li v i n g e n t i t i e s;sunyi k-rtya ma k i n g d e solate;manamsi
the hearts; muncati abandon; bhavan You; kena by what?;aparadhena
offense; nah o f u s .

Advaita: (with tears) 0 V i s v a m b h a r adeva, 0 treasure-house of

transcendental qualities, 0 ocean of love for Krsna, 0 L or d wh o has descended
to rescue the poor conditioned souls, 0 ci n t amani jewel of the devotees, You
have blinded our eyes. You have filled all the directions with bl i n d in g dar k n ess.
You have made desolate the hearts of all living entities. What offense have we
committed that made You leave us?

Text 83

murarih: bho bho deva advaita tvam ati dur-avagaha gab-hiro si kat.ham
anirnayenaivam vilapasi tvad.rsam idrsanutapenaiva nitaram pratapta bhavisyati
tapasvini saci devi

bhoh 0; bhoh 0; deva Lord;advaita Advaita;tvam You; ati very;

duravagaha gabh-irah profound; asi are;katham why; anirnayena without
conclusive evidence; evam in t h i s wa y; vilapasi Yo u l a m e n t; tvadrsam l i k e
You; idrsa li k e t h i s; anutapena wi t h s u f f e ring;eva ce r t a i n l y;nitaram
intensely; pratapta su f f e r i n g;bhavisyati wi l l b e c o m e;tapasvini sa i n t l y; saci
devi Sacidevi.

Murari: 0 L or d A d v a i ta, You are very grave and profound. Why do You
lament in this way before we are even certain that the Lord has actually left us?
By seeing You, saintly Sacidevi will suffer as You suffer.

Text 80

srivasah: satyam aha murarih. yatah

tan matra pu-tra ba-ta sa tad eka -

caksus tad eka sva -sukh-anu-bhutih

matapi tasmin gurudeva buddhir-
na tam vinajivati sa ksanam ca

satyam th e t ru t h; aha ha s s a i d; murarih Mu r a r i ;ya t ah be c a u s e;tat o f

her; matra so l e; putrah so n ; ba ta in d e e d ;sah He ; ta t of h e r ; eka s o l e ;
caksuh ey e; tat of h e r ; eka so l e ;sva ow n ; su k ha of h a p p i n e s s;anubhutih
experience; mata mo t h e r; api al s o ;ta s min to w a r d s H i m;gurudeva s p i r i t u a l
master; buddhih wi t h t he c onception;na no t ; ta m Hi m ; vi n a w i th o u t .

Srzvasa: Murari speaks the truth. He is her only son. He is like her only eye.
He is her only happiness. She thinks of Him as her spiri tual master. Mother Sacz
c annot live for a moment wit h out H i m .

Text 85

tad adhuna taj ji-vana ra-ksaiva nah kartum ucita. tasmad bho gangadasa bhavad
vacasi tasyah pratyayo sti. tvaya tatha tatha kathaniyam yathasaujivanena na
viyujyate

tat th e r e fore;adhuna no w ; ta t of h e r ;j ivana of t h e l i f e; raksa t h e

protection; eva ce r t a i nly;na by u s ; ka r t um t o d o ; u c i t a is appropriate;
tasmat th e r e fore; bhoh 0 ; g a n g a dasa Ga n g a d asa;bhavat of y o u; va casi i n
the words; tasyah of h e r; pratyayah tr u s t ;as ti is ; tv a ya by y o u ; t a t h a R
tathaR in t h at way; kathaniyam to b e s aid;yatha as ; as au sh e ;j ivanena w i t h
byher life; na no t ; vi y u jya te is a b a n d o n e d.

N ow we must act to protect her life. Gangadasa, she has faith in your wo r d s .
You must speak to her in such a way that her life is not lost.

Text 86

gangadasah: yathaj napayanti bhavantah. (iti niskrantah.)

yatha as; aj napayanti order; bhavantah yo u a l l; iti t h u s ; ni s k r a ntah e x i t s .

Gangadasa: As you order me. (He exits.)

Text 87

gadadharah: (sa karuna-m) bho natha.

gato yamo yamav ahaha gatavantau bata gata

ami yama ha dhig dinam api gata prayam -abhavat
kramad asa pasas t-rutati bata ha sardham asubhis
tathapi tvad vartana-hi gatavatisrotra padavim-
(iti murchati.)

sa wi t h; ka runam pi t i f u l n e s s;bhoh 0 ; n a t h a Lor d ; ga t ah p a s s e d ;

yamah three hours; yamau si x h o u r s;ahaha al a s !;gatavantau ha v e p assed;
bata al as!;gatah pa s s e d; ami t h e s e ;yamah ma n y h o u r s ; ha al a s ! ; dhik
fie.; dinam day;api ev e n;gata pa ssed;prayam for the most part; abhavat
has become; kramat gr a d u a l l y;asa of h o p e ; pasah th e r o p e; trutati h a s
broken; bata al a s !;ha al a s ! ;sardham wi t h ; as u bhih li f e ; ta t h aR api s t i l l ;
tvat of Y ou; varta ne w s ; na no t ; hi in d ee d ;ga t a vati go n e ;sr o tra o f t h e
ears; padavim to t he path; iti t h u s ; mu r c h ati h e f a i n t s .
 Gadadhara: (with pathos) 0 L o r d , t h r e e hours have passed, six hours have
passed. Nine hours have passed. Alas, the day is almost ended. Gradually the
rope of hope is breaking. My life is breaking with it . 0 L o r d , s t il l no n ews of
You has entered the pathway of my ears. (He faints.)

Text 88

vakresvarah: tyaktva nah kim yasyatiti karuna si-ndho gatayam nisi premadhikya
pariprakasa sa-rasam nananukampam vyadhah ka.runyam tava tac ca kidrsam aho
bhuyasy upeksa ca va kidrk te bata hrt pat-e dvayam idam he natha lokottaram (it.i
muhyati.)

tyaktva ab a n doning; nah u s ; k im w h e t h e r ?yasyati ; w i l l g o ; i ti t h u s ;

karuna of m e r c y;sindho 0 oc e a n ;gatayam pa s s e d; nisi t h e n i g h t ; pr ema
love; adhikya mo r e ; pariprakasa ma n i f e s tation;sa wi t h ; ra s am n e c t a r ;
nana va r i o us manifestations;anukampam of m e r c y; vyadhah Y o u g i v e ;
karunyam me r c y; tava Yo u ; ta t th a t ; c a a n d ; ki d r s am li k e w h a t ? ; aho a h ! ;
bhuyasi mo r e ; upeksa in d i f f e r e nce; ca a n d ; va or ; ki d r k li k e w h a t ? ;te o f
YOu; bata in d e e d; hrt of t h e h e a r t; pate 0 Lo r d ; dv a yam bo t h ; id a m t h i s ;
he 0; natha Lo r d ; lo k a th e w o r l d ; ut t a r am be y o n d ; i ti t h u s ;mu h y a t i
faints.

Vakresvara: 0 ocean of mercy, will You leave us and go away? Last night
You gave us Your mercy and the nectar of Your great love. To what may Your
mercy be compared? To what may Your ind i f f erence is leaving us be compared?
0 master of our hearts, 0 Lord, both Your mercy and Your leaving us are not
ordinary. They are not part of this material wor ld. (He faints.)

Text 89

murarih: (sa viksob-ham)

aharya dhairyam kriyate bahir yat

ksinoti tad baspa bharo '-ntara sthah -
punah punar baddham api pravrddhah
setum yatha saikatam ambu purah -

(iti phut krtya ph-ut krtya ru-dan bhumau nipatati.)

sa wi t h; viksobham ag i t a t i o n;aharya ta k i n g ;dh airyam c o m p o s u r e ;

kriyate is d o n e; bahih ou t s i d e ;yat wh i c h ; ks i n oti de s t r o y s;tat t h a t ;
baspa of tears;bharah th e a b u n d a nce;antara in t h e h e a rt; athah s i t u a t e d ;
punah again;
punah and again;
baddham bound;api although;pravrddhah
increased; setum th e boun dary;yatha as ; sa ekatam on -e by one;ambu o f
water; purah a f lo o d; i ti t h u s ; ph ut k r t ya ca - l l i ng out;phut krtya ca - l l i ng out;
rudan cr y i n g; bhumau on t h e g r o u n d;nipatati f a l l s .
 M urari: (agitated) O u t s ide I am peaceful and composed. In my h e art I sh ed
many tears. The tears have greatly increased. One by one a flood of tears is
pushing beyond the barrier I set to contain them. (He calls out again and again,
cries, and falls to the ground.)

Text 90

srivasah: (tam a2okya) ati ga-bhiro yam durnivaranuraga ta-ra2yah sampravrttah

bhavaty eva.

tam hi m; al okya se e i n g;ati ve r y ; ga b hirah gr a v e a nd profound;ayam

he; durnivara ve r y g re at;anuraga wi t h l o v e ; taralyah ag i t a t e d;sampravrttah
is; bhavati i s ; eva c e r t a i n l y .

Srivasa: (looking at him) H e i s a very grave and profound person. He is

overwhelmed by very intense love.

Text 91

payah prap-urah sthira eva tavat

karoti yavan na hi setu bhan-gam
bhagne tu setav ati durn-ivarah
samastam aplavayitum samarthah

payah wa t e r; prapurah flood; athirah st a t i o n a ry; eva c e r t a i n l y; tavat

then; karoti do e s ;yavat as l o n g as;na no t ; hi in d e e d ;se tu o f t h e b o u n d a r y;
bhangam br e aking; bhagne is b r o k e n; tu in d e e d ;setau wh e n t h e b o u n d ary;
ati durniv-arah no t a ble to be stopped;samastam ev e r y t h in g; aplavayitum t o
flood; samarthah i s a b l e .

A s long as the barrier was not broken, the flood of tears remained with i n .
When the barrier was broken, the flood covered everything.

Text 92

he natha visvambhara kvasi kvasi

purvam mrtah katham aho batajivito 'ham

bhuyo 'pi marayasi kim batajivayitva
dur2z2ata tava vibho na mano 'dhigamya
nanv isvaro bhavati keva2a ba2a 2i2a-h -

(iti roditi ) .

he 0; natha Lo r d ; vi s v ambhara Vi s v a m b h a ra;kva wh e r e 7 ;asi a r e Y o u ;

kva wh e r e 7; asi ar e Y o u;purvam pr e v i o u s l y;mrtah de a d ;ka t ham h o w 7 ;
aho ah .; bata in d e e d;j ivitah al i v e ;ah am I a m ; bh u y ah ag a i n ;ap i
although; marayasi Yo u k i l l ; k im w h y ? ; ba ta in d e e dj; ivayitva h a v i n g
restored to life; dur2i2ata mi s c h ief; tava of Y o u ; vi b ho 0 Lo r d ; na n o t ;
manah he a rt; adhigamya at t a i n a ble;nanu is i t n o ? ; isvarah t h e S u p r e m e
Lord; bhavati ha s become;keva2a on l y; ba2a of a c hi l d; 2i2ah t he p astimes;
iti th u s ; ro diti h e c r i e s .

0 Lord Visvambhara, where are You? Where are You? I was dead. Why did
You bring me back to life? Now that You have brought me back to life, why do
You not kill me again> 0 Lord, my heart cannot understand Your mischief? Why
does the Supreme Lord act as a child? (He cries.)

Text 93

mukundah:

nalokyate tava mukham nayanena kim no

nakarnyate tava vacah sravanena vakim
he prana nath-a bhagavams tvad upek-sitanam
kastena va kim amuna hata jivitena

na no t; alokyate is s e e n;tava Yo u r ; m u k h am f a c e ; nayanena w i t h t h e

eye; kim w ha t is the use?; nah for us; na no t ; ak a rnyate is h e a r d; tava
Your; vacah wo r d s; sravanena wi t h t h e e ars;va or ; k i m w h a t i s t h e u s e?;
he 0; prana of life; natha Lord; bhagavan 0 Lord;tvat by You;
upeksitanam ne g l e cted;kastena pa i n f u l; va o r ; k i m w h a t i s t h e u s e ? ;
amuna wi t h t h i s; hata wr e t c h e d;jivitena l i f e .

Mukunda: If we cannot see Your face, what is the use of our eyes? If we
cannot hear Your words, what is the use of our ears> 0 master of our lives, 0
Lord, if You neglect us, what is the use of our wretched, painful lives>

Text 90

j agadanandah: (sa baspam-)

nasmadrsais tava padambuj a sanga h-inair-

jivisyate ksanam apiti mano na asit
lajjamahe dayita he tata eva deva
jivama eva divasams tvad aniksan-e pi
(iti murchati.)

sa wi t h; baspam te a r s;na no t ; as m a drsaih by t h o s e like us;tava o f Y o u ;

pada fe e t; ambuj a lo t u s ; sanga as s o c iation;hinaih wi t h o u t ;ji v i s yate will
live; ksanam fo r a mo m e n t; api ev e n ;it i thu s ; ma n ah h e a r t ; n ah o f u s ;
asit wa s; lajj amahe we a re ashamed;dayita 0 be l o v e d;h e 0 ; t a t a h
therefore; eva ce r t ainly; deva 0 Lo r d ;ji v a m ah we l i v e ; eva c e r t a i n l y ;
divasan for some days;tvat of Y o u ; an iksane wi t h o u t t he sight;api e v e n ;
iti t h u s; murchati he faints.

Jagadananda: (with tears) Ou r h e a rts have decided that we cannot live for
even a moment without Your lotus feet. 0 L o rd , we are ashamed to live for more
days if we cannot see You. (He faints.)

Text 95

damodarah: he prana na-tha kvasi kvasi

prana na kim vraj ata muncataj adyam uccaih

pranesvaras carati sampratam eka eva
tat pad-a
pan-kajam upetya bhajadhvam adhva
prematmanam ahaha mastu ku2e ka2ankah
(iti murchati.)

he 0; pr ana of l i f e ; na t ha Lo r d ; kv a wh e r e ? ;asi ar e Y o u; kva w h e r e ? ;

asi are You;pranah 0 li f e - a i r s;na no t ; k i m w h y ? ;vr a j a ta y o u g o ;
muncata you l eave;j adyam th i s c o r p se;uccaih gr e a t l y;prana o f l i f e ;
isvarah th e L o r d; carati wa l k s ;sampratam no w ; ek ah a l o n e ; e va c e r t a i n l y ;
tat of H i m; pa da of t h e f e e t; pankajam th e l o t u s flo we r; upetya ap p r o a c h i ng;
bhaj adhvam wo r s h i p; adhva di r e c t l y;prema atma-nam of t he devotees filled
with love of God; ahaha ah a . ; ma no t ; as tu m a y b e ; k u le i n t h e c o m m u n i t y ;
kalankah bl e m i s h; iti t h u s ; mu r c h ati f a i n t s .

Damodara: 0 ma ster of our li v es, where are You? Where are You? Life, why
do you not leave this corpse? The Lord of my life now w a n d ers all alone. Go to
His lotus feet and worship them. Then the loving devotees will not be at fault.
(He faints.)

Text 96

haridasah: aho kastam

pranesvarena saha cet sahasa najagmuh

pranah punar j hatiti naiva bhavanti gantum
dhikkara koti kat-utam -anisam sahante
sidanti naiva vahatas tv avasadayanti

aho kastam al a s! Alas!;prana of l i f e ; isvarena th e L o r d; saha wi t h ; ce t i f ;

sahasa at once; na no t ;j agmuh we n t ; pr a n ah li f e - a i r s;punah ag a i n;n a
not; j hatiti at o n c e;na no t ; e va c e r t a i n l y; bhavanti ar e ;ga ntum t o g o ;
dhikkara of r e b u k e s; koti m a n y m i l l i o n s ; katutam th e h a r s h n ess;anisam d a y
and night; sahante be a r; sidanti si t p e a c efully;na n o t ; e va c e r t a i n l y ;
vahatah be a ring; tu in d e e d ;avasadayanti t o r m e n t .

Haridasa: Alas! Alas! If the life-airs do not at once leave when the master of
life departs, if they do not leave in the next moment, or if they do not leave at
all, then they must bear many mil l i ons of harsh rebukes. These life-airs will not
sit still. They torture the person that bears them.

Text 97

bhavatu. ksanam avagacchami

yadi nayanayoh panthanam me nayati sa isvaro

yadi karunaya no drk pa-tam karoti sa mad vid-he
kulisa ka-thinanam vo sunam sahasram api ksanat
trnam iva parityaksyamy anj as tad an-ghri pa-ripsaya

( iti dhairyam avastabhya cintam natayati ) .

bhavatu so be it; ksanam fo r a m o m e n t;avagacchami I w i l l r e f le c t;yadi i f ;

nayanayoh of t he eyes;pasthanam to t he p ath;me of m e ; na no t ; ya t i g oe s ;
sah He; isvarah th e L o r d ; ya di if ; ka r u n a ya wi t h m e r c y ;nah of u s ; drk o f
the eyes; patam th e g lance;karoti do e s ;sah He ; ma t v i d h-e on o ne l i ke me;
kulisa th u n d e r b o lts; kathinanam ha r d ; vah of u s ; as u nam of t h e l i f e - b reath;
sahasram th o u s ands;api ev e n ;ks anat in a m o m e n t ; tr n am a b l a d e of grass;
iva li k e ; parityaksyami I w i l l a b a n d o n;anj ah at o n c e; tat of H i m ; an g h ri of
the feet; paripasaya wi t h t he d esire;iti th u s ; dh a ir yam pe a c e f ul composure;
avastabhya ma n i f e sting; cintam me d i t a t i o n;natayati re p r e s e nts dramatically.

Let me think for a moment. If the Lord w il l no t en ter the pathway of my

eyes, and if He will not glance with mercy on a person like me, then, yearning to
attain His lotus feet, I will give up many th ousands of lifetimes strong and hard
as thunderbolts as if they were a single blade of grass. (He becomes composed
and rapt in thought.)

Text 98

vidyanidhih:

preman namo 'stubhavateyad akaitavena

notpadyase kvacana ha bata kim bravimi
tasminn akaitava krpe 'pi -sa kaitavas -tvam
no cet katham nu mamajivana yoga esa-h

(iti bhumau patitva vihvalah san roditi ) .

preman 0 lo v e of God;namah ob e i s a nces;astu le t t h e re be;bhavate t o

you;yat which; aksitavena wi t h o u t d u p l i c i t y; na no t ; ut p a d yase y o u a r e
manifested; kvacana so m e p lace;ha ah ! ; ba ta in d e e d ;kim wh a t 7 ;br a visi
shall I say; tasmin to H i m ; ak a i t ava wi t h o u t d u p l i c i t y; kr pe wh o s e m e r cy is;
api ev e n; sa wi t h ; ka i t a v ah ch e a t i n g;tvam yo u ; na no t ; u in d ee d ; cet i f ;
katham wh y ? ; nu in d e e d ;ma ma my ;j i v a na wi t h l i f e ;yo gah c o n n e c t i o n ;
esah th i s; iti th u s ;bh u m au to t h e g r o u n d; patitva fa l l i n g ;vihvalah a g i t a t e d ;
roditi cries.

Love, I offer my respects to you. Love, you do not appear without cheating
others. What can I say? You even cheat me from the sincerely merciful Lor d
Visvambhara. If you are not cheating me, why do you allow me to remain alive
in this body> (Overcome, he falls to the ground and cries.)

Text 99

murarih: (dhairyam avastabhya) hamho mahanubhava vicarayata kim ekakinaiva

prabhuna kvapi gatam kim va kascid anyo pi gata iti.

dhairyam pe a c eful composure;avastabhya ma n i f e s ting;h amho 0 ; m a h a

great; anubhavat lo v e ; vicarayatu pl e a se think;kim how?; ekakina a l o n e ;
eva certainly; prabhuna by the Lord;kva api somewhere; gatam gone;kim
whether; va or ; ka s cit so m e o n e;anyah el s e ;api ev e n ;ga t ah go n e ;i t i
thus.

Murari: 0 g r eat devotees, please consider: Did the Lord go all alone, or in
the company of someone else?

Text 100

advaitah: ayam vicarah katham utpadyatam

na gacchan pathi kenapi

sa drsto gauracandramah
vidyut punj a -ivakasmad
drsor avisayam gatah

ayam th i s; vicarah co n s i d e r i n g;katham wh y ? ; ut p adyatam is m a n i f e s ted;

na no t; gacchan go i n g ;pathi on t h e p a t h; kena api wi t h s o m e o n e;sah H e ;
drstah seen;gauracandramah Lord Gauracandra; vidyut oflightning;punjah
an abundance; iva li k e ; ak asmat un e x p e c t e dly;drsoh of t h e e yes;avisayam
not in the range of perception; gatah ha s g one .

Advaita: Why should we consider this? No one saw Lord Gauracandra

walking on the road. Splendid as a host of lightning flashes, Lord Gauracandra
has not appeared in anyone's sight.

Text 101

murarih: asty upayo vicarasya

 asti th e re is;upayah a useful method; vicarasya of t h i s c onsideration.

Murari: This consideration can help us find Him.

Text 102

sarve: katham iva

katham h o w?; iva like.

Everyone: How is that?

Text 103

murarih: atma var-ga mad-hye vicaryatam ko .tra na vartate

atma varg-a of His associates;madhye in t he m i d s t; vicaryatam sh o uld be

considered; kah w h o ? ; at ra he r e ;na no t ; va r t a te i s .

Murari: Let us think about His associates. Who is not here right now?

Text 100

sarve: samyag uktam etena (iti m.itho v icarayanti ).

samyak pr o p e r l y; uktam s a i d ; etena b y h i m ; i ti t h u s ;m i t h ah a m o n g

themselves; vicarayanti th ey think.

Everyone: He has spoken well. (They all think about the situation.)

Text 105

murarih: aho maya kalitam.

aho ah !; maya by m e ; k a l i t am i t i s u n d e r s t o od.

Murari: Ah! I know.

Text 106

sarve: tat kim.

t at th at; ki m what?
 Everyone: What is it?

Text 107

murarih: nityananda-mahanubhava acary aratnam ca.

nityananda-mahanubhavah L or d N i t y a n anda; acaryaratnam Ac a r y a r atna;

ca and.

Murari: Lord Nityananda and Acaryaratna.

Text 108

sarve: kuta idam upayajyate

kutah w h e r e?; idam th i s ; up a yujyate i s m e a n i n g f ul.

Everyone: What does this mean?

Text 109

murarih: etavati kasteyady atra tav abhavisyatam tadatraivagamisyatam

etavati in t h i s ; kaste pa i n f u l s it u a tion; y a di i f ; at r a h er e ; t au t h e s et w o ;

abhaivsyatam wi l l n ot be present;tada th e n ; eva ce r t a i n l y;agamisyatam t h e y
would have gone.

Murari: If these two are not present with us in this painful calamity, then
they must have gone with Him.

Text 110

sarve: (kincid asvasya) aho asmakam yatha tatha bhavatu sa ced ekaki na bhavati
tenaiva kincid asvastam asmabhih.

kincit s o m e w h at; asvasya relieved; aho ah ! ; asmakam of u s ;ya t ha a s ;

tathaR in t h at way; bhavatu may be; sah He ; cet if ; e k a ki a l o n e ; na n ot ;
bhavati is ; tena by t h i s ; eva certainly; kincit s o m e w h at; asvastam i t i s
relieved; asmabhih by us.

Everyone: (somewhat relieved) If this is true, and He is not alone, that gives
us some relief.

Text lll
 advaitah: aye mukunda tvam anaya vartaya mataram asvasaya .matas tam prati
cinta na karya nityanandacaryaratnabhyam karya v-isesartham kvapi devena gatam
asti samagata p-rayo yam i.ti vaktavyam

aye 0; m u k unda Mu k u n d a ; tv am yo u ; an a ya wi t h t h i s ;va r t aya n e w s ;

mataram Mo t h e r Sacs;asvasaya pl e a se comfort;matah 0 mo t h e r ; tam H i m ;
prati for; cinta an x i e t y; na no t ; ka r ya sh o u l db e d o n e;nityananda w i t h
Nityananda; acaryaratnabhyam an d A c a r yaratna;karya du t i e s ;visesa sp e c i f ic;
artham for the purpose; kva api somewhere; samagata returned;prayah
almost; ayam He i s; iti in t h i s w a y ; va ktavyam it s h o u l d be spoken.

Advaita: Muku n da, please comfort Mother Saci with this message: "0
Mother, do not be anxious for Him. To attend to some business the Lord has
gone somewhere with Lord Nityananda and Acaryaratna. He is now about to
return." Say these words to her.

Text 112

mukundah: yathaj napayati (iti n.iskrantah.)

yatha as; aj napayati the order is given; iti th u s ;ni s k rantah e x i t s .

Mukunda: As You order. (He exits.)

Text 113

advaitah: hamho visvambharadeva priyah -kincid dhairyam ivajnatam cetasah

yatas tav ubhav evabhiyuktau tayoh satoh svatantro 'pi bhagavan na svatantryam na
karisyati hanta .kim uddesyam tasyayad artham idam adhyavasitam

hamho 0; visvambharadeva of Lord Visvambharadeva; priya dear devotees;

kincit so m e w h a t; dhairyam pe a c e f ul composure;iva as i f;j natam i s k n o w n ;
cetasah by the heart;yatah be c a u s e; tau t h e s eubhau
; bo t h ; eva c e r t a i n l y ;
abhiyuktau ex p e rt and intelligent;tayoh of t h e se two;satoh sa i n t ly d evotees;
svantantrah in d e p e ndent;api al t h o u g h;bhagavan th e L o r d; na n o t ;
svatantryam in d e p e n dence;karisyati wi l l m a n i f e s t;hanta in d e e d;k im what? ;-
uddesyam in r e l ation; tasya to H i m ; ya t wh i c h ; ar t h am pu r p o s e ;id am t h i s ;
adhyavasitam sh o u ld be considered.

Advaita: 0 dear devotees of Lord Visvambharadeva, now our hearts have

become a little peaceful. Because the Lord is in the company of two in t e l l i gent
and expert devotees, even though He is supremely independent, He will not act
i ndependently. Why did He act in this way. Let us th i n k .

Text llk
tirthatanam cet kim apahnavena
gantum samarthah saha tena sarve
tayor visesa p-ranayehitam ced
atrapi tat sambhavitum ca yogyam

(iti sarve ksanam cintayantas tusnim tisthanti.)

tirtha to h o ly p l a ces;atanam tr a v e l l i n g;cet if ; k i m w h a ti s t h e n e e d;

apahnaven of secrecy;gantum to g o; samarthah ab l e ; saha wi t h ; te na H i m ;
sarve all of us; tayoh to t h e t w o ; vi s esa sp e c i f i c;pranaya of l o v e ;ih itam
the endeavor; cet if ; at ra he r e ;api al s o ;ta t th a t ;sa m b havitum t b e ; c a
also; yogyam is a ppropriate; iti t h u s ; sa r ve ev e r y o n e;ksanam f o r a m o m e n t ;
cintayantah th i n k i n g ; tusnim si l e n t ;ti s thanti s t a y .

If He has gone on a pilgrimage to the holy places, why would it be a secret?

If, out of love for them, He wished to travel with th ese two alone, then He might
have done this.
(Everyone becomes silent and thinks about this for a moment .)

Text 115

nepathye: hanta bhoh kastam

ha dhik kastam aho dina traya-m abhud vartapi tair na sruta

tejivanti mrta na kim kim atha va dattasraya murcchaya
santyajya priyam isvaram bata vidhe drstva ca tam tadrsam
pratyavrtti parah -katham nu puratas tesam bhavisyamy aham

tad ihaiva sthitva sarira tyaga e-vayataniyam

ha alas!; dhik a l a s ! ; kastam al a s ! ;aho al a s ! ;dina da y s ;tr a yam f o r

three; abhut ha s been;varta ne w s ; api ev e n ;ta ih by t h e m ;na no t ; s r u t a
heard; te th e y;jivanti li v e ; mr t ah co r p s e s;na n o t ; k i m w h et h e r ? ; k im
whether?; atha va or ; da t ta gi v e n ;as rayah sh e l t e r;murcchaya b y f a i n t i n g ;
santyajya le a v i n g;priyam de a r ;is varam Lo r d ; ba ta ah . ; vi d he f at e ;
drstva se eing;va al s o ;tam Hi m ; ta d r s am li k e t h i s ; p r atyavrtti prarah-
returned; katham ho w ? ; nu in d e e d ; pu r a t ah in t h e p r e s e nce;tesam o f t h e m ;
bhavisyasi sh a ll be;aham I; ta t ther e f o r e ; iha h e r e ; eva ce r t a i n l y;sthitva
staying; sarira of t h i s b o d y;tyage in a b a n d o n m e nt;eva ce r t a i n l y;yataniyam
should be done.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Alas! Alas! Alas! Alas! Alas! Alas! For
three days the devotees have not heard any news. Are they dead and lifeless, or
h ave they fainted unconcious? 0 fate, now that I have seen our dear Lord in th i s
condition, how can I leave Him and return to the devotees? I should at once give
up my body in this place.
 Text 116

sarve: (srutimabhiniya) aho acaryaratnasyevasvarahsruyate baspa g-adgataya

samyak nalaksi tan n-ipunam avadharayama (iti sarve avadhanam natayanti ).

srutim h e a r i ng; abhiniya re p r e s e nting dramatically;aho a h . ;

acaryaratnasya of A c a r yaratna;iva li k e ; svarah th e s o u n d; sruyate i s h e a r d ;
baspa wi th t ears; gadgadataya an d c h o k ed up voice;samyak co m p l e t e ly;na
not; alaksi is s een;tat nip-unam ex p e r t;avadharayama w e t h i n k ; i ti t h u s ;
sarve everyone; avadhanam at t e n t i o n;natayanti re p r e s e nts dramatically.

Everyone: (listening) Ah . W e h ear a sound like the voice of Acaryaratna.

Even though we cannot clearly him, by hearing the sound of him cr y ing in a
choked up voice, we think it is he. (They all li sten attentively.)

Text 117

punar nepathye: hanta hanta kim iti pamarena maya tat sange -na gatam atha .va

hanta al a s!; hanta al a s !; kim w h y ? ; i t i t h u s ;pa m a r e na si n f u l a nd f allen;

maya by m e; tat o f H i m ; sa n ge in t h e a s sociation;na no t ; ga t am w a s g o n e ;
atha va o r .

Again a Voice from Behind the Scenes: Alas! Alas! I am sinful and fallen!
W hy did I not go with H i m ?

Text 118

siva siva hathah kartum sakyo na hi prabhuna samam

nijam abhimatam svesam citte pravartayati prabhuh
prakatayati hi sviyam suryah svakanta manau -maho
na vighatayitum saknoty esa sva daha k-aram -ca tat

siva al a s!; siva al a s !;hathah vi o l e n c e;kartum to b e d o n e; sakyah i s

possible; na not; hi in d e e d;prabhuna th e L o r d ; samam by ; nij am o w n ;
abhimatam in t e n t i o n; svesam am o n g t he devotees; citte in t h e h e art;
pravartayati ac t s ;prabhuh the Lord; prakatayati ma n i f e s t s;hi c e r t a i n l y ;
sviyam ow n ; suryah th e s u n ; svakanta manau -on a Suryakanta jewel;mahah
effulgence; na no t ; vi ghatayitum to e l u d e ;saknoti is a b l e;esah it ; sva o w n ;
daha bu r n i n g; karam th e c a u s e;ca a l s o ; tat t h a t .
Alas! Alass! The Lord acts according to the desires in His devotees' hearts.
He cannot disobey their wishes. Still, His actions sometimes bring us pain. He is
like the sun, and we are like suryakanta jewels. The sun shines on a the
suryakanta jewel, which bursts into flame because of the sun s rays and cannot
escape.
 Text 119

sarve: (akarnya) satyam evayam acaryaratnas tan manyamahe bhagavantam

vimucya samagato yam yatah siva siva hathah kartum sakyo na hi prabhuna samam
iti nigadati h.anta bho bharjitam iva durdaiva d-aha d-ahana jvalaya katham apy
asaditam asvasa bij-am

akarnya li s t e n i n g;satyam in t r u t h ; eva ce r t a i n l y;ayam t h i s ;

acaryaratnah Ac a r y a ratna;tat th i s ; ma n yamahe we t h i n k ; bh agavantam t h e
Lord; vimucya ab a n d o n i n g;samagatah ha s a rrived;ayam he ; ya t ah b e c a u s e ;
siva al as!; siva al a s !;hathah vi o l e n c e;kartum to d o ; sa k yah is a b l e ;na
not; hi in d e e d;prabhuna th e L o r d; samam by ; it i thu s ; ni g a d a ti s p e a k s ;
hanta in d e e d; bhoh O . ; b h a r ji t am bu r n e d ;iva as i f ; du r d a iva b y m i s f o r t u n e ;
daha dah-ana jvalaya by t he fla mes of the fire;katham api so m e h o w;asaditam
obtained; asvasa of r e l i e f; bijam t h e o r i g i n .

Everyone: (listening)
We think this is Acaryaratna who has left the company of the Lord and come
here. It is he who has said: "Alas! Alas! The Lord does not disobey His
devotees' wishes." Although he is now burning in the flames of his misfortune,
he is the beginning of our relief.

Text 120

murarih: evam manye nityanandadevah sange vartate ayam .karyantarayatra

presita iva

evam in t h is way; manye I t h i n k ; ni t y a nandadevah Lo r d N i t y a n a ndadeva;

sange in the association; vartate re m a i n s;ayam he ; ka r ya a c t i v i t y ;
antaraya fo r a n o t h e r;presitah wa s s ent;iva a s i f .

Murari: I think Nityanandadeva is still in Visvambhara s company. It is as if

Acaryaratna was sent here for a specific purpose.

Text 121

advaitah: kim tavad asyatra karyam na tava.d vitte prayoj anam yad artham ayam
agamisyati na mata.ri ca tatha mamatvam yat tam .eva santvayitum prahesyati n a .
tadrg asmadrsam saubhagyam yad asm.ai anayitum prasthapayisyati tad alam .anaya
vicikitsaya tan na vedmi kim aparam phalam dhrtam asti madrsam durdaiva visa -

bhuruhena. (iti sa cintas tist-hati.)

kim wh a t7 tavat t h e n ; as ya of h i m ; at r a her e ; ka r y am i s t o b e d o n e ;

na no t; tavat th e n ; vi t te in m o n e y ;pr a yoj anam ne e d;yat wh i c h ; a r t h a m
purpose; ayam he; agamisyati wi l l c o m e; na no t ; ma t a ri i n r e l a t i o n to H i s
mother; ca an d ; ta thaR in t h a t w a y;mamatvam se n s e of possessiveness; yat
because; tam he r; eva ce r t a i n l y;santvayitum to c o m f o r t;pr ahesyati H e w i l l
send; na no t ; ta drk in t h i s w a y; asmadrsam of t h o s e like us;saubhagyam
good fortune; yat be c a u s e;asman us ; an ayitum to b r i n g ; pr a sthapayisyati
will send; tat th e n ; al am wh a t i s t he use?;anaya of t h i s ; vicikitsaya
brooding; tat th i s ; na no t ; ve d mi I k n o w ; k i m wh at ; ap a r am a n o t h e r f r u i t ;
dhrtam he l d; asti is ; ma d r s am by t h o s e like Me;durdaiva o f m i s f o r t u n e ;
visa po s ion; bhuruhena by t h e t r e e;iti th u s ; sa wi t h ; ci n t ah a n x i o u s
thought; tisthati s t a n d s .

Advaita: Why should Vi svambhara come here? He will not come to

accumulate wealth. He will not come because He is attached to His mother. He
will come to comfort His moth er. We are not fortunate. He will si m ply send us
t o bring her. What is the use of brooding like this? I do not know how a m o r e
bitter fruit can grow on the poison tree of My mi s f or t u ne. (He broods.)

Text 122

punar nepathye: ha kastam pamara evasmi yat.ah

pascat pascat katham anusrtam naiva ha hanta drstva

tadrg rupam katham iva drsau hanta tapair na dagdhe
yahity ukte sati bhagavatajivitam kim nayatam
ha ha visvambhara tava taya mayaya vancito 'smi

punah ag ain; nepathye fr o m b e h i nd t he scenes;ha al a s !;kastam a l a s ! ;

pamarah si n f ul a nd fallen;eva ce r t a i n l y;asmi I am; yatah be c a use;pascat
pascat fr om behind; katham why?; anusrtam ; na not; eva ce r t ainly; ha
alas!; hanta al a s !; drstva se e i n g;tadrk li k e t h a t ; ru pam fo r m ; ka t h am w h y ? ;
iva li k e ; drsau ey e s ;hanta al a s . ;tapaih wi t h p a i n ; na no t ; da g d he b u r n e d ;
yahi pl e a se go now;iti th u s ; uk te sp o k e n ;sati wh e n ; bh a gavata b y t h e
Lord; j ivitam li f e ; k im w h y ? ; na no t ; ya t a m go n e ;ha al a s ! ;ha a l a s ! ;
visvambhara 0 Vi s v a m b h a ra;tava Yo u r ; ta ya by t h i s ;ma yaya i l l u s o r y
potency; vancitah ch e a t ed;asmi I am.

Again, the Voice from Behind the Scenes: Alas! Alas! I am sinful and fallen.
Why did I not follow behind H im ? Why di d m y e yes not burn w it h p ain as I
gazed at His form? Why did my l if e not at once leave this body when He said:
"Now you should leave"? 0 Visvambhara, I was cheated by Your illusory
potency.

Text 123

sarve: (akarnya) (nepathyabhimukham) niriksamahe matah param vilambyatam.

(iti tad viksamanas tisthanti.)

akarnya li s t e n i n g;nepathya th e d i r e c t ions of behind the scenes;

abhimukham fa c i n g; niriksamahe Le t us loo k; ma no t ; at a h th e n ;p a r a m
further; vilambyatam to b e d e layed;iti th u s ; ta t th e r e ;vi k s amanah l o o k i n g ;
tisthanti th e y r e ma in.

Everyone: (They listen, and then they face in the direction of behind the
scenes) Let us see who it is. Don't delay. (They look.)

Text 120

(tatah pravisaty acary aratnah ).

acaryah:

kva snigdha sya-mah kutila kac-a pas-ah kva sa vidhih

kva ca sroni bh-arah kva siva siva kaupmam api tat

(ksanam sthitva paramrsya)

pratitir drastrnam param iyam aho vastu na hi tat

samastasyadharatmani citi samastam sphurati hi

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;acaryaratnah Ac a r y a r a tna;kva wh e r e ? ;ca

and; snigdha gl i s t e ning; syamah bl a c k; ku t ila cu r l i n g ;ka ca of h a i r ; pa sah
abundance; kva wh e r e ?;sa th i s ; vi d hih re g u l a t i o n;kva wh e r e ? ;ca a l s o ;
sroni bhar-ah be a u t i f ul cloth about His waist;kva wh e r e ? ;siva al a s ! ; s i v a
alas.; kaupinam sa n n y asi's kaupina;api al s o ;tat th a t ; ks a n am f o r a m o m e n t ;
sthiva st a nding; ap aramrsya re f le c t i n g;pratitih kn o w l e d g e;drastrnam o f t h e
seers of the truth; param af e r ;iyam ah o ; va s tu ma t e r i a l;na no t ; hi i nd e e d ;
tat th i s; samastasya of e v e rything;adhara th e r e s t i ng place;atmani t h e
Supreme Lord; citi om n i c i e n t;samastam ev e r y t h i n g;sphurati is m a n i f e s ted;
hi indeed.

(Acaryaratna enters.)
Acaryaratna: Where is His glistening, curling, black hair. Why did He shave
His head? Where is the opulent cloth around His waist? Alas! Alas! Why did He
accept a sannyasz's kaupzna? (He reflects for a moment.) They who know the
truth know this is His transcendental pastime. It is not a material act. He is the
omnicient Supreme Personality of Godhead and everything rests in Him.

Text 125

sarve: (upasrtya sotkantham) acarya kathaya kathaya kvasau bhagavan

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;sa wi t h ; ut k a n t ham ea g e r n e ss;

acarya 0 A c a r y a ;
kathaya te l l; ka thaya te l l ; kva wh e r e ? ;asau He ; bh a gavan t h e L o r d .

Everyone: (eagerly approaching) Acarya, tell us. Tell us. Where is the Lord>

Text 126
 acaryaratna: hanta bhoh kim esa pamarah kathayatu.

hanta in d e e d; bhoh 0 ; ki m w h at ? ; es ah th i s ;pa m a rah fa l l e n , sinful

person;kathayatu shall speak.

Acaryaratna: Ah! W hat w il l t hi s f a l l en, sinful person say?

Text 127

advaitah: kathaya kim vrttam

kathaya te l l; kim w h a t ? ; vr t t am ha p p ened.

Advaita: Tell us. What happened?

Text 128

acaryaratnah: (karne) evam eva.

karne in H is ear; evam in this way; eva ce r t a inly.

Acaryaratna: (in His ear) I t i s j us t as I said.

Text 129

advaitah: hanta katham ayam karena pidhapaniyo 'rthah. tat sphutam kathaya
s arve srnvantu (iti) .

hanta in d e e d; katham w h y ? ; ay am th i s ; ka r e na w i t h t h e h a n d ;
pidhapaniyah to be covered; arthah th e m e a ning; tat t h a t ; sp hutam o p e n l y ;
kathaya sp e ak;sarve al l ; sr n vantu s h a l l l i s t e n; iti t h u s .

Advaita: Why cover the news with your hand? Speak it openly. Everyone
should hear it.

Text 130

acaryaratnah: (sa baspam -uccaih)

tas tah kirtana nrtya kau-tuka -kala ha d-hik samaptim gatas

tas tah prema vilasa ha-sa ma-dhura -vaca sthita no hrdi
sa pritih karuna sa ca siva siva smrty ekasesabh-avat
sannyasena tava prabho viracitah sarvasva naso hi n-ah
 sa with; baspan te a r s;uccaih lo u d l y ; t ah tah w h a t e v e r;kirtana o f
sankirtana; nrtya da n c i n g;kautuka of j o y ; ka l ah sou n d s ;ha al a s ! ;d h i k
alas!; samaptim a c o n c l u sion;gatah ha v e a t t a i n ed; tah tah w h a t e v e r;prema
of love; vilasa pa s t i mes;hasa sm i l i n g a nd laughter;madhurah sw e e t;vaca
with words; sthitah st a y i n g;nah of u s ; hr di in t h e h e a r t; sa t h a t ; pr i t ih l ov e ;
karuna me r c y; sa t h a t ; ca al s o ;si va al a s ! ;siva al a s ! ;smrti i n t h e m e m o r y ;
eka on l y; sesa r e m a i n i n g; abhavat ha s b e come;sannyasena by a ccepting the
renounced order ofsannyasa; tava of Y o u; prabho 0 Lo r d ; vi r a c i t ah c r e a t e d ;
sarvasva of t he great treasure;nasah th e d estruction; hi in d e e d ;nah o f u s .

Acaryaratna: (with tears, calling out loudly) Y o u r j u b i l a n t s i n g ing and

dancing in kzrtana has come to an end. Your sweet, affectionate smiles and
words are now only in our hearts. Alas! Alas! Your love and mercy remain only
in our memories. 0 Lo r d, Your acceptance of sannyasa has destroyed the great
treasure of our lives.

Text 131

s arve: (akarnya moham natayanti ) .

akarnya he a r i n g; moham be i n g o v e rwhelmed;natayanti th e y r e p r e s ent

dramatically.

(Everyone becomes overwhelmed.)

Text 132

(pravisya sa tvaram-)

Gangadasah: acarya kathaya ka2yanino devasya ka2yanam ity esa prcchati

bhagavan mata-

pravisya en t e r s; sa w i t h ; t v a r a m haste; acarya 0 Ac a r y a;kathaya p l e a s e

tell; ka2yaninah au s p i c ious;devasya of t he L o r d; ka2yanam th e a us picious
news; iti t h u s ; esa s h e ; pr c chati as k s ;bhagavat of t h e L o r d;mata t h e
mother.

Gangadasa: Acaryaratna, the Lord's mother asks: "please tell me the good
news of my auspicious Lord."

Text 133

(acaryo baspa ruddha k-anthas -tisthati.)

acaryah Acaryaratna; baspa with tears;

ruddha choked; kathah his throat;
t isthati r e m a i n s .
 (Acaryaratna's throat is choked with tears.)

Text 130

advaitah: man na-mna tam bruhi

ramasya vipina va-sah

krsnasya ca mathuram gamanam
asya ca sannyasa vid-his
trtayam matr tra-yasya sodhavyam

mat of Me; namna wi t h t h e n a m e; tam t o h e r ; b r u hi p l e a s e say;ramasya

of Ramacandra; vipina in t h e f o r e st;vasah re s i d e n c e;krsnasya o f L o r d K r s n a ;
ca also; mathuram t o M a t h u r a; gamanam th e j o u r n e y; asya o f H i m ; ca a l s o ;
sannyasa vidh-ih sa nnyasa;trtayam th r e e ;matr of m o t h e r s ;trayasya t h r e e ;
sodhavyam to be borne.

Advaita: In My name, please tell her this: "Ramacandra lived in the forest,
Krsna went to Mathura, and your son has taken sannyasa. In this way, you three
mothers must bear the pain of separation from your sons.

Text 135

gangadasah: hamho tayapy etad anumitam asti puraiva uktam ca. kim gopyate
bhavadbhih sa kha2u jyesthasya vartma sisray-a 2okot.tara carita-nam tu2ye kathinya
karunye

hamho ah.; taya by h e r ; api al s o ;et at th i s ;an u m itam gu e s s e d;asti i s ;

pura p r e v i o usly; uktam s p o k e n ; ca a n d ; k i m what7; gopyate is c oncealed;
bhavadbhih by you; sah He; khalu i n d e ed;jyesthasya of His elder brother;
vartma th e p ath; sisraya fo l l o w i n g ;lo kottara ex t r a o r d i n a ry;caritanam of
activities; tulye eq u a l l y; kathinya ha r s h ; ka r unye a n d k i n d .

Gangadasa: Ah! She guessed that her son has taken sannyasa. What can be
said to hide the truth that her son has followed the path of His older brother?
Ah, the Lord's transcendental pastimes are equally harsh and merciful.

Text 136

advaitah: bhavaty evam evasau dhairyavati katham anyatha tadrsah putrah

(ksanam sthitva vimrsya) bhavaty evam

bhavati is ; evam in t h i s w a y; eva c e r t a i n l y ;asau she; dhairyavati

peaceful and composed; katham why7; anyatha otherwise; tadrsah l i k e t h i s ;
putrah th e s on; ksanam for a moment; sthitva standing; vimrsya r e f le c t i n g ;
bhavati it i s; evam in this way.

Advaita: The mother is overwhelmed and has lost all peacefulness. Why is
the son so peaceful? (He reflects for a moment.)

Text 137

sannyasa kr-t chamah santo

nistha sa-nti pa-rayanah
iti namani devo 'yam
yatharthany adhunakarot

sannyasa re n u nc iation; krt pe r f o r m i n g ;samah pe a c e f ul;santah pe a c e ful;

nistha to f a i t h; santi an d p e a c e;parayanah de v o t e d; iti t h u s ; na m a ni t h e
names; devah the Lord;ayam He;yatha arth-ani an appropriate;adhuna not;
akarot ha s done.

"Accepting the renounced order, the Lord is always equiposed. He is firmly

f ixed in His mission of chanting the Hare Krsna maha-mantra, and He is firml y
s ituated in His dualistic conclusion and His peace."' The Lord has now fu l f i l l e d
these words of the Visnu-sahasra-nama prayers.

Text 138

apl ca

asminn eva hi bhagavati

yathartham abhavan maha vakya-m
mukhyarthataya hi taya
j agad aj ahat svartha laksan-an natra

acarya a mulata-h kathaya

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; asminn in H i m ; e va c e r t a i n l y; hi in d e e d ;bh agavati

the Supreme Lord;yatha artham -appropriate; abhavat has become; maha
vakyam th e m a ha-vakya ("tat tvam asi");mukhya or i g i n a l;arthataya w i t h t h e
meaning; hi in d e e d;taya wi t h t h a t ;j agat th e w o r l d ; aj ahat re n o u n c e d;sva
own; artha be n e f i t; laksanat ex t e r n al designations;na no t ; at ra h e r e ;
acarya 0 Ac a r y a ratna;amulatah fr o m t h e b eginning;kathaya pl e a se tell.

Now it will be right for the Lord jo st udy the maha-vakya. He has renounced
the world. For Him th ere are no longer material designations. Acaryaratna,
please tell us the story from the beginning.

Text 139
 acaryaratnah: hanta etad artham evajivitam maya tad ito nisavasane
nrtyoparama s-amaya eva mat karam alambhya katicit padani gacchann agre
nityanandadevam a2okya tvam apy ehi iti sange krtva suradhunzm utttrya ca2itavan
mayoktam deva kathaya katham ekakino kutra gamyata iti tad anakalayan tusnim eva
calann anupadam avabhyam anugamyamana eva katon n-amanam gramam asadya
kesava b-harati y-atindram upasedivan t.ad avabhyam atma ga-tam eva vicintitam.

hanta in d e e d; etat th i s ; ar t h am pu r p o s e ;eva ce r t a i n l y;jivitam is lived;

maya by m e; tat th e n ;it a h th e r e f o r e;nisa of n i g h t ; av asane at t he end;
nrtya of d a n c ing; uparama of t h e e n d; samaye at t he t i m e; eva c e r t a i n l y ;
mat my ; ka r am ha n d ; al a m bya ta l k i n g ;ka t icit so m e ;pa d ani s t e p s ;
gacchan going; agre in the presence; nityanandadevam Lo r d N i t y a n andadeva;
alokya se e ing; tvam Yo u ; api al s o ;ehi co m e ;it i thu s ; sa n ge i n t h e
association; krtva ma k i n g ; suradhunim th e G a n g es River;uttirya c r o s s i n g ;
calitavan we n t ; maya by m e ; uk t am sa i d ;de va 0 Lo r d ; ka t h a ya pl e a s e tell;
katham wh y ? ; ekakinah al o n e ;ku t ra wh e r e ? ;gamyate is g o n e;iti t h u s ;
tat th a t; anaka2ayan no t h e a ring; tusnim si l e n c e;eva ce r t a i n l y;ca2an
walking; anupadam st e p by step;anugamyamanah f o l l o w e d eva c e r t a i n l y ;
katok Ka t o k; namanam na m e d ; gramam th e v i l l a g e;asadya en t e r i n g;kesava
bharati Ke s a va Bharati;yati of s a n n y a sis;indram th e l e a d er;upasedivan
approached; tat th e n ; avabhyam by u s b o t h; atma in t h e h e a r t;gatam g o n e ;
eva certainly; vicintitam be c o m e anxious.

Acaryaratna: I remained alive only to tell You this story. When the night
ended and the dancing was over, He took my hand. We walked a few steps. He
saw Lord Nityanandadeva and said to Him: "You also come." Together we
crossed the Ganga and then continued walking. I said: "Lord, please tell me why
are alone and where we are going?" He ignored me and remained silent. He
walked, we followed His steps, and He eventually entered the village name
Katok, where He approached Kesava Bharatz, the leader of the sannyaszs. At that
moment both Nityananda and I felt very anxious at heart.

Text 100

bhagavan turyasramam parijighrksuh iti cintayitvapi prabhu tejasa-

parabhutabhyam na kincid api vaktum asakyata pare dya.vi acaryaratna tvayaitasya
karmanah purva kriya k-riyatam ity uktena maya bhagavan avadi tat kim karmeti. tad
anugaditam bhagavata mayaitat kartavyam iti. samanantaram pratipatti mudhen-a
maya mukavad anuttarena roditum eva pravrttam samanan.taram anayatyaiva
vidhitamsakalam evakarma tatoyad.vrttam tad vacavakt-umnasakyate

bhagavan the Lor d; turya th e f o u r t h ; as ramam as r a m a;parijighrksuh

desires to accept; iti th u s ; ci n tayitva th i n k i n g ;api ev e n ;pr a b hu o f t h e L o r d ;
tej asa by the potency; parabhutabhyam de f e a ted;na no t ; ki n c it a n y t h i n g ;
api ev e n; vaktum to b e s aid;asakyata wa s a ble;pare on t h e n e x t;dyavi
day;acaryaratna 0 Acaryaratna;tvaya by you;etasya of this; karmanah
work; purva ea r ly m o r n i n g;kriya du t y ; kr i y a t am sh o u l d b e d o n e;iti t h u s ;
uktena sp o ke n; maya by m e ; bh a gavan th e L o r d ; avadi sa i d ;tat t h a t ;
anugaditam re p l i e d; bhagavata by t he L o r d;maya by m e ; et a t t h i s ;
kartavyam is to be done;iti th u s ; sa m anantaram af t e r w a r d s;pratipatti b y
this knowledge; mudhena be w i l d e red;maya by m e ; mu k a v at l i k e a d u m b
person; anuttarena without replying; roditum to c r y ; eva c e r t a i n l y ;
pravrttam be g a n;samanantaram af t e r w a r ds;anayatya wi t h o u t e n d e avouring;
eva certainly; vidhivat ac c o r d i ng to the regulations;vihitam do n e ; sakalam
everything; eva ce r t a inly; karma du t y ; ta t ah th e n ;ya t wh a t ; v r t t a m
happened; tat th a t ; vaca wi t h w o r d s ; vaktum to b e s p o k e n;na no t ; sa k y a te
is able.

We thought: "The Lord desires to take sannyasa." The Lord's potency then
overwhelmed us and we were not able to say anything to Him. On the next day
H e said: "Acaryaratna, now you make all the arrangements." I said: "Wh a t
arrangements?" Then the Lord told me what to do. When I u n d e r stood what He
meant I became overwhelmed. I was struck dumb. I could not answer, but began
to cry. After that all the arrangements were automatically made in the right way .
Words cannot describe what happened then.

Text lkl

sarve: (akarnya sa visad-am) ha deva katham idam adhyavasitam atha .va mad
vidhanam eva duhkha drum-a pha2a -ka2a -vi2asi-tam idam kim anuyojyante prabhu
caranah hant.a hantasmarana dasa-rudham api tannomanah krntati katham acarya
bhavata drstam
(iti vaiklavyam natayanti ) .

akarnya he a r i n g; sa wi t h ; vi s a dam un h a p p i n e s s;ha 0 ; d e v a L or d ;

katham wh y ? ; idam th i s ;ad h yavasitam wa s d o n e; atha va or ; m a t
vidhanam of t h o se like us;eva ce r t a i n l y;duhka of s u f f e r i n g;druma o f t h e
tree; pha2a the fruit; ka2a in t i m e ; vi2asitam ma n i f e s ted;idam t h i s ; k i m
why?; anuyojyante criticized; prabhu carana-h the Lord;hanta indeed;hanta
indeed; smarana dasa -the memory; aruddham en t e r i n g;api ev e n ;tat t h a t ;
nah of us; manah th e h e a r t; krntati br e a k s ;katham ho w i s i t ? ;a carya 0
Acaryaratna; bhavata by y o u; drstam wa s s e en;iti th u s ;va i k l a vyam s u f f e r i n g ;
natayanti th e y r e p resent dramatically.

Everyone: (They listen, and become full of grief.) 0 Lo r d , w hy h a ve You

done this? For us this is the ripened fruit of the tree of suffering. How can we
criticize the Lord> Alas! Alas! When this enters our memory, it cuts our hearts.
0 Acaryaratna, how were you able to see all this? (They become filled with
grief.)

Text 102

advaitah: kim tavat tadasrama samucita-m namangi krtam bh-agavata

kim w h a t?; tavat th e n ; tat fo r t h a t ;as rama as r a m a;samucitam su i table;

nama name; angi krtam accepted;bhagavata by the Lord.

Advaita: What name did the Lord accept in the sannyasa asrama?

Text 103

acaryaratnah: krsna ca-itanya iti.

krsna ca-i tany ah Krsna Caitanya; i ti thus.

Acaryaratna: Krsna Caitanya.

Text 100

advaitah: (sa cam-atkaram) aho samucitam evaitat

krsna svar-upam caitanyam

krsna cai t-any a samj -ni tah
ata eva maha vaky-asy
artho hi phalavan iha

sa wi t h; camatkaram wo n d e r ; aho ah ! ; sa m ucitam ap p r o p r i a t e;eva

certainly; etat th i s ; kr s na of L o r d K r s n a;svarupam th e f o r m; ca itanyam t h e
living force; krsna caita-nya Kr s na Caitanya;samj nitah na m e d; atah eva
therefore; maha vakya-sya of t he maha-vakya;artha hi th -e meaning;hi i n d e e d ;
phalavan fruitful; iha h e r e .

Advaita: (filled with wonder) That is a very appropiate name. Lord Krsna is
the living force in all beings, and therefore He is called "Krsna Caitanya". This
name is the ripened fruit of the maha-vakya s true meaning.

Text 105

kesava bharati -hi srutir eva tasyah kesavasya bharatttvat yatha m.ayadau
brahmane prokto dharmo yasyam mad atmaka -iti atah ke.sava bharati -pratipad-itam
sruti prati pad-yam eveti tat kathayacarya kathaya kim tatrasti kim anyatah sa
bhagavan

kesava bharati -Kesava Bharati; hi in d e e d;srutih th e V e d ic l i t e rature;eva

certainly; tasyah of t h a t; kesavasay of L o r d K r s n a;bharatitvat be c a u se of being
the words; maya by M e ; ad au at t h e t i me of creation;brahmane u n t o L o r d
Brahma; prokta sp o k e n; dharmah re l i g i o us princ iples;yasyam in w h i c h ; m a t
atmakah id e n t i c al with Me; iti th u s ; at ah th er e f o r e ;kesava bharati -Ke sava
Bharatl; pratipaditam is d e m o n s trated;sruti o f Ve d a s;pratipadyam t o b e
demonstrated; eva c e r tainly; iti th u s ; ta t tha t ; ka t h a ya pl e a s e tell;acarya
Acaryaratna; kathaya pl e a se tell;kim wh a t ? ;ta t ra th e r e ;as ti is ; ki m w h at ?
anyatah in o t h er places;sah He ; bh agavan t h e L o r d .

B ecause Kesava is a name of Lord Krsna, and "bharati" means "wor d s " ,
"Kesava-bharati" means the Vedic literatures, which are Lord Krsna's words.
This is described is Srimad-Bhagavatam, where Lord Krsna says to Uddhava
(11.10.3):

"When the creation took place, I spoke the Vedic knowledge to Brahma,
because I Myself am the religious principles of the Vedas."

Therefore the name Kesava Bharatz means "The evidence of Vedic

literatures." Acaryaratna, tell us, tell us, What did the Lord do in t hat pl ace>
What did He do in other places?

Text 106

acaryaratnah: tat ka2am eva prabhur dhrtva maskari-bhumikam ca2itavan

tat at tha t; ka2am ti m e ; eva ce r t a i n l y;prabhuh th e L o r d ; dh rtva taking;

maskari-bhumikam s a n n y asa; calitavan tr a v e l l e d.

Acaryaratna: At that time the Lord accepted sannyasa and began His travels.

Text 107

advaitah: tvam no kim apy uktavan.

tvam to y o u; na no t ; u i n de e d ;k im api so m e t h i n g ;uk t avan s a i d .

Advaita: Did He not say anything to you?

Text 108

acaryaratnah: premandhah skha2itanghrir asru sa2i2air -nirdhauta vaksah -stha2ah-

svatmanam ca na veda hanta kim asau ha hanta mam vaksyati

prema by love;andhah blinded;skhalita st umbling;anghrih feet; asru

sa2i2aih by tears; nirdhauta ba t h e d;vaksah stha2ah -whose chest; sva
atmanam Hi s o wn self; ca al s o ;na di d n o t ; ve da kn o w ; ha n ta i n d e e d ;
kim w h a t?; asau He ; he al a s ! ;ha nta al a s ! ; mam t o m e ; va k s yati w i l l s a y .

Acaryaratna: He was blinded with l ove of Kr sna. He repeatedly stumbled as

He walked. His chest was bathed in tears. He was not aware even of His own
self. What could He say to me?
 Text 109

advaitah: bhavan katham nanugatah.

bhavan yo u; ka tham wh y 7 ; na no t ; an u g a tah f o l l o w e d .

A dvaita: Why did you not f o l low H i m ?

Text 150

acary aratnah:

nityanandas tva akathayad idam yami pascat

pascad enam pathi pathi paribhramya tais tair upayaih
advaitasyalayam api nayamy esayahi tvam etam
vartam artanupahara sukham prapayadvaita muk-hyan

nityananda Lo r d N i t y a n a nda;tu in d e e d ;akathayat sa i d ;id am th i s ;y a m i

I will go; devasya of t he Lor d;pascat pascat be h i n d; enam Hi m ; pa t hi pathi
on each path; paribhramya wa n d e r i n g; taih taih upayaih by a ny m e a ns;
advaitasya of A d v a ita;alayam to t h e h o m e;api ev e n ;na yami I w i l l l e a d ;
esah He; yahi pl e a s e go;tvam yo u ; et am th i s ;su k h am ha p p i n e s s;prapaya
please bring; advaita mukh-yan to the devotees headed by Advaita.

Acaryaratna: Lord Ni t y ananda said: "I will f o l lo w th e L o rd. As We wa n d er

from pathway to pathway, by some means I will lead Him to A d v a i ta's home.
Go. Bring this news to Advaita and the other devotees. Remove their sufferings.
Bring them happiness."

Text 151

advaitah: dhanyo 'si nityanandadeva dhanyo 'si jitam b.havata niskaitava

sauhrdena tad agacchatanaya vartaya bhagavatim sacim asvasya vayam api
samucitam acarama (iti nis.krantah sarve ) .

dhanyah glorious; asi You are;nityanandadeva 0 Lord Nityanandadeva;

dhanyah glorious; asi You are;jitam conquered;bhavata by You;
niskaitava si n c e re;sauhrdena fr i e n d s hip; tat th e r e f o r e;agacchata g o ;
anaya wi t h t h i s; vartaya ne w s ; bh agavatim sacim Sr i m a ti Sacidevi;asvasya
comforting; vayam We ; api al s o ;sa mucitam wh a t i s a pp ro priate;acarama
shall do; iti th u s ; ni s krantah ex i t ; sa r ve a l l .

Advaita: You are glorious! 0 L or d N i t y a n andeva, You are glorious! Your

sincere friendship has conquered Me. Acaryaratna, go and comfort Saczdevz, and
I will make the other arrangements. (Everyone exits.)
 ct Five

Text I

(tatah pravisati sri kr-sna ca-itanyah pascan nityanandas ca.) sri caitanyah:

etam sa asthaya paratma nis-tham

adhyasitam purvatamair mahadbhih
aham tarisyami duranta par-am
tamo mukundanghri nise-vayaiva

( iti skhalitam natayati ) .

etam th i s; sah su c h ; as thaya be i n g c o m p l e tely fixed in;para atma-

nistham de v o t i on to the Supreme Person, Krsna;adhyasitam w o r s h i p e d ;
purvatamaih by previous; mahadbhih acaryas;aham I; tarisyami sh a ll c ro ss
over; duranta para-m the insurmountable;tamah th e o c e an ofn e science;
mukunda angh-ri of t he lotus feet of Mukunda;nisevaya by w o r s h i p; eva
certainly; iti th u s ; sk h alitam st u m b l i n g ;na tayati He r e p r e s ents dramatically.

(Srz Krsna Caitanya enters, followed by Lord Ni t y ananda.)

Srz Caitanya: "I will cross over the insurmountable ocean of nescience by
being firmly fixed in the service of the lotus feet of Krsna. This was approved by
the previous acaryas, who were fixed in firm d ev otion to the Lord, Paramatma,
the Supreme Personality of Godhead."'
(He stumbles.)

Note: This is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam.

Text 2

nityanandah: (svagatam) aho adbhutam.

premamrtam kila tatha vidham e-va kintu

nirveda kheda d-ahanen-asrtatvam etya
avartyamanam iva gacchati pinda bhavam-
kale sya hrd vrana iv-a
vyathanaya bhavi

svagatam as ide;aho ah ! ; ad b hutam wo n d e r f u l;prema of l o v e ; amrtam

the nectar; kila i n d e ed; tatha vidham -in this way; eva certainly; kintu
however; nirveda kheda o-f renunciation;dahanena by t he f ir e;srtatvam t h e
state ofbeing melted; etya at t a i n i n g;avartyamanam tu r n i n g ; iva l i k e ;
gacchati go e s;p attains; pinda of a b a l l;bhavam th e c o n d i t i o n; kale in time;
asya of Hi m; hrt of t h e h e a r t; vranah a w o u n d ;iva li k e ;vy a t h anaya f o r
suffering; bhavi ha s b ecome.

Nityananda: (aside) Ah! Wonderful! The fire of renunciation makes Him

melt with the nectar of love for Krsna. His limbs are contracted into a ball. His
heart is wounded with love.

Text 3

tad ekakina maya kim kriyate bh.avatu cintayami. (iti punar nirupya) aho
adbhutam.

nrtyormikah prakati ma-ho22asa hun-kara gho-sah

sveda stam-bha pra-bhrti vila-sad bha-va ratn-ava2ikah
antar vegam samajani vibhoh so 'yam ananda sind-hur
no j animah parinatir aho bhavini kidrsasya

tat th e r e fore;ekakina al o n e ;maya by M e ; ki m wh at ? ; kr i y a te i s t o b e

done; bhavatu so be it; cintayami I w i l l c o n s i d e r;iti th u s ; pu n ah a g a i n ;
nirupya lo o k i n g; aho ah . ; ad b h utam wo n d e r f u l;nr t ya of d a n c i n g ;ur m i k a h
with waves; prakatita ma n i f e s ted;maha gr e a t;u22asa of jo y; hunkara ghos-ah
exclamations; sveda of p e r s p i r ation; stambha an d b e c o m i ng stunned;prabhrti
beginning with; vilasat gl i s t e n i n g;bhava of e c s tatic love of God;ratna o f
jewels; avalikah the host; antah in t h e h e art;vegah ag i t a t i o n;samajani i s
manifested; vibhoh of t he A l m i g h t ly Lor d;sah th i s ; ay am th i s ;an a n da o f
transcedental bliss; sindhuh oc e a n;na no t ; u in de e dja ; n i m ah we u n d e r s t a nd;
parinatih tr a n s f o r mation;ah ah . ; bh a v ini of l o v e ;ki d r sasya o f w h a t k i nd o f
person?

Now I am alone. What will I do? Let Me thi nk . (He looks again) Ah!
Wonderful! He splashes in waves of dancing. He thunders with shouts of joy .
He is decorated with glistening jewels of perspiration, becoming stunned, and
other symptoms of ecstasy. An agitated ocean of bliss rocks His heart. What
kind of person is this, who can become so overwhelmed with ecstatic love of
Krsna?

Text 0

aho ba2avata vatena ca2itah kesara paraga p-unj a iv-a

calaty esah mayapi .sa tvarenan-ugantum na sakyate virata sak.alend-riya vrttis tata-
ita eva gacchann asti na tuddesya pura saram kv-api tatha hi.

ah ah !; ba2avata st r o n g; vatena by a w i n d ; ca2itah mo v e d ; kesara o f

kesara flowers; paraga of p o l l e n ; pujnah an a b u n d a n c e;iva li k e ; ca l a ti
moves; esoh He; maya by M e ; api al s o ;sa wi t h ; tv a r e na s p e e d ;
anugantum to be follo wed;na no t ; sa k yate is p o s s i b le;virata s t o p p e d ;
sakala of a ll; indriya of t h e s e nses;vrttih th e a c t i o n s;tatah f r o m t h e r e ;
itah to t h e r e; eva c e r t a i n l y; gacchan go i n g ; asti is ; na not ; tu i n dee d ;
uddesya in r e lation; pura to t o w n s ;saram an d r i v e r s; kva api s o m e w h e r e ;
tatha hi fu r t hermore.

He walks as a cloud of kesara-flower pollen carried by a strong wind. Even if

I run I cannot keep up with H im . I g n o r ing the objects of the senses, He wanders
here and there, not noticing whether He passes through towns or crosses rivers.

Text 5

apanthah pantha va na bhavati drsor asya visayah

kim uccam nicam va kim atha sa2i2amva kim u vanam
prabhinno 'yam vanyo gaja ki2a calaty eva na punah
puro va pascad va kalayati na catmanam api ca

apanthah aw ay from the path;panthah th e p a t h; va o r ; na no t ; b h a v a t i

is; drsoh of t he eyes;asya of H i m ; vi s ayah th e o b j e ct of percpetion; kim
whether; uccam hi g h ; ni c am lo w ; v a o r ; k i m w h eth e r ; at ha th e n ; sa 2 i2am
water; va or ; ki m w h e t h e r ;u in d e e d ;va nam fo r e s t ;prabhinnah in t o x i c a t e d;
ayam th i s; vanyah fr o m t h e j u n g l e;gaj ah el e p h a nt; ki2a i n d e e d;ca2ati
walks; eva certainly; na no t ; pu n ah ag a i n ;pu r ah ah e a d ; va o r ; pa s c a t
behind; va or ; ka l a yati se e s na ; no t ; ca an d ;at m a n am Hi s o w n s e l f;api
also; ca a n d .

His eyes do not see whether He walks on the path, away from the path, over
hills, across valleys, across rivers, or through forests. He walks like an
intoxicated wild elephant who does not see ahead, behind, or even His own self.

Text 6

tatha hi

atmaramah kim api dadhate vrtti hinendr-iyatvam

premarama api bhagavato rupa matraik-a magnah-
sananda stho bh-avati yadi ced isvaro pi kva bhedo

aj natam

nighnanando bhavati bhagavan jiva ananda nighnah-

tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e;atma aramah -the im p e rsonalists; kim api s o m e h o w ;

dadhate at tain; vrtti of a c t i o n s;hina ab s e n c e;indriya of t h e s e nses;tvam
the condition; prema aramah -the devotees, filled with love of Krsna; api a l s o ;
bhavatah of t he Lord; rupa in t h e h a n d s o me form; matra on l y ; eka magnah-
completely absorbed; sa wi t h ; an a nda tr a n s c e ndental bliss;sthah si t u a t e d;
bhavati is ; yadi if ; ce t if ; is v a r ah th e S u p r e me Personality of Godhead;api
even; kva wh e r e ?;bhedah th e d i s t i n c tion;ma ah ! ;j natam u n d e r s t o o d ;
nigha de p e ndent; anandah wi t h b l i s s;bhavati is ; bh a gavan th e L o r d ;j i v a h
the individual; ananda bl i s s; nighnah d e p e n d e nt .

Somehow or other the impersonalists give up all sense-engagement. The

devotees full of love plunge into the handsomeness of the Lord's form. If th e
Supreme Lord and the devotees are both full of bli ss, what is the difference
between them? Ah! I understand. The Lord is the independent source of His
own bliss, but the individual li v ing entity is dependent on the Lord for his bl i s s.

Text 7

tad idanim karomi (it.i ksanam sthitva)

naharo dya dina tray-am na ca payah pan-am kim anyah kriyah

kaupmaika par-icchado nij a suk-havasaika ma-tranugah
gacchann eva dinam nisam api vibhur no vetti kim kurmahe
he gauranga krpa -nidh-e kuru krpam arte mayi priyatam

tat th e n; idanim no w ; k i m w h at ? ; ka r o mi sh a l l I d o ; i ti t h u s ;ks a n a m

for a moment; sthitva st a n d i n g;na no t ; ah a r ah ea t i n g ;adya no w ; di n a of
days; trayam for three; na not;ca and; payah ofwater;panam drinking;
kim w h a t?; anyah ot h e r ; kr i y ah ac t i o n s ;kaupina a k a u p i n a ;eka o n e ;
paricchadah ga r m e nt; nij a ow n ; su k ha bl i s s ;avasa ov e r w h e l m e d;eka matra-
anugah ab sorbed;gacchan go i n g; eva ce r t a i n l y;dinam da y ; ni s am a n d
night; api ev e n; vibhuh t h e A l m i g h t y L o r d; na do e s n o t; u c e r t a i n l y; vetti
know; kim w h a t ? ; ku r mahe sh a l l We d o;he 0 ; g a u r a n ga L o r d C a i t a n y a ;
krpa of m e r c y; nidhe 0 oc e a n ; k uru p l e a s e grant;krpam me r c y ; a r t e
suffering; mayi to m e ; pr i y a tam ma y b e c o m e p le ased.

What will I do now? (He pauses for a moment.) Fo r t h ree days He has not
eaten. He has not drunk water or done anything else. Dressed only in a kaupzna
a nd an outer garment, He is overcome with bli ss. Day and night the Lord wal k s ,
He does not know where He is going. What will I do? 0 Lord Gauranga, 0 ocean
of mercy, I am suffering. Please be kind. Please be merciful to Me.

Text 8

(ksanam sthitva) etena kincid asvastam api bhavati cetah )tad yat.ha

ananda vaivasya-m idam mahaprabhor

babhuva nah samprati j ivanausadham
vibhramayan vartma vivecanaksamam
nesye 'ham advaita vibhor gr-ham amum

(iti sasvasam anugacchati ).

 ksanam for a mome nt; sthitva st a n d i n g;etena by t h i s ; ki n cit s o m e w h a t ;
asvastam co m f o r t ed; api al s o ;bhavadi is ; ce t ah he a r t ;tat th a t ;ya t ha j u s t
as; ananda by t ra nscendentalbliss;vaivasyam o v e r w h e l m e d; i d am t h i s ;
mahaprabhoh of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; babhuva has become;nah of us;
samprati no w ; j ivana fo r r e v i v i ng lif e;ausadham th e m e d i c i n e;vibhramayan
making Him walk in a certain direction; vartma on t h e p a t h; vivecana t o
discriminate; aksamam un a b l e;nesye sh a ll lead;aham I; ad v a i ta vi-bhoh o f
Advaita Prabhu; grhan to t h e h o m e;amum Hi m ; i t i th u s ; sa wi t h ; as v a s am
comfort; anugacchati f o l l o w s .

(He p auses for a moment, and then feels relief within H is mi n d .) S r z

Caitanya Mahaprabhu is now overcome with bl i ss. I will no w g ive the medicine
to revive Him. He does not know wh ere He is going. I will l ead Him to Lord
Advaita's home.

Text 9

nepathye: harim vada harim vada iti s.ambhuya ko2aha2ah.

harim vada ha r i b o l; harim vada ha r i b o l ; i ti t h u s ; sa m b huya b e c o m e s

manifested; ko2aha2ah a tumult u o us sound.

( From behind the scenes tumultuous sounds of "haribol harib o l " .

Text 10

nityanandah: (puro va2okya) aye adbhutam idam yad amzgoraksaka ba2a-

bhagavantam alokya sa kautu-kadara bhakt-i sradd-hananda camat-karam harim vada
harim vadeti uccair j alpanti

purah ahead;avalokya lo oking; aye Ah!; adbhutam wo n d e r f u l; idam

this; yat be c a use; ami t h e s e; goraksaka co w h e r d;balah bo y s ;bh agavantam
the Lord; alokya se e i n g;sa wi t h ; ka u t u ka ea g e r n e ss; adara re v e r e nce;
bhakti de v o t i o n; sraddha fa i t h ; na nda bl i s s ;camatkaram an d w o n d e r; harim
vada ha r i bol; harim vada ha r i b o l; i ti t h u s ; uc c a ih lo u d l y ;ja / p a nti s a y .

Nityananda: (looking ahead) Ah ! T hi s is w o n d e r f ul! As they see the Lord,

these cowherd boys, with great eagerness, reverence, devotion, faith, bliss, and
wonder, loudly call out: "haribol! haribol!"

Text 11

bhagavan: (purvabhyasena hari dhvanim -srutva kincid ananda suptotthit-a iva

hari dhvany a-nusarini-m disam nayana kama2e s-amunmi2yava2okayati ) .

purva previous;abhyasena by the endeavor;hari of Hari;dhvanim the

sound; srutva he a r i n g; kincit so m e w h a t;ananda of t r a n s c endental bliss;
supta fr om t he trance; utthitah a w a k e n e d; iva as i f ; ha ri of H a r i ; dh v ani t h e
sound; anusarinim fo l l o w i n g ; disam di r e c t i o n;nayana ey e s ;kamale t w o
lotus flowers; samunmi2ya op e n i n g; ava2okyati s e e s .

Bhagavan: (By hearing the sound "Hari", He is partly awakened from His
trance of transcendental bliss. He opens His two lotus-eyes and looks to the
direction from which the sounds of "Hari" came.)

Text 12

nityanandah: (nirupya) aho upakrtam goraksaka dim-bhair yad amisam hari

dhvanim akarnya kincittaram ananda nid-rotthitaivayam maha ma-ntrakrstaiva
phani das-tas tam eva panthanam upasarpati

nirupya looking;aho ah!;upakrtam helped;goraksaka cowherd;

dimbhaih by b o y s;yat be c a u s e;amisam of t h e m; ha ri of H a r i ; dh v anim t h e
sound; akarnya he a r i n g;kincittaram so m e w h a t;ananda of t r a n s c endental
bliss; nidra fr o m t he t ra nce; utthitah a w a k e n e d;iva as i f ; ma ha a g r e a t ;
mantra by a mant r a;akrstah dr a w n ; iva li k e ;ph a ni by a s n a k e;dastah
bitten; tam t h i s ; pasthanam pa t h ; up asarpati ap p r o a c h es.

Nityananda: (looking) These cowherdboys have helped. As a greatmantra

revives someone bitten by a snake, so their calling out "Hari!" awakened the
Lord from His trance of bliss.

Text 13

bhagavan: (upasrtya) bruta bho brutah arim. (iti punah punah praj alpati ).

upasrtaya approaching; bruta speaks; bhoh 0; bruta speak; harim Hari;

iti t h u s; punah ag a i n ;punah an d a g a i n;praj alpanti th e y s p e ak.

Bhagavan: (approaching) Speak, 0 speak the word "Hari". (They repeat the
word again and again.)

Text lk

(pravisya goraksakah sisavah parito dandavan natva karatalikabhir hari

sankirtanam kurvanti. bhagavan sa sprham -akarnayan muhurtam panthanato
viramati ) .

pravisya entering; goraksakah cowherd;sisavah boys;paritah everywhere;

dandavat li k e a stick; natva bo w i n g d o wn to o f f er respects; karatalikabhih
with karatala cymbals; hari of H a r i ; sankirtanam th e c h a n t i ng of the name;
kurvanti th e y d o; bhagavan th e L o r d; sa wi t h ; sp r h am d e s i r e ; muhurtam f o r
a moment; panthanatah fr o m t he p ath;viramati stops.

(The cowherd boys enter, offer dandavat obeisances to the Lord, and
clapping their hands, chant the name of Hari. Eagerly listening to them, the
Lord stops walking.

Text 15

ni ty anandam (sanandam)

unmada ananda kr-to hi nana

capalya krt -j adya krd -apy amandam
capalya jad-yobhaya krc -ca kascit
kascid graha gra-stataya samanah

sa wi t h; anandam bl i s s ;unmadah in t o x i c a t e d;ananda by t r a n s cendental

bliss; krtah cr e a t e d;hi in d e e d ;nana va r i o u s k i n d s;capalya of r e s t l e ssness;
krt cr e a ting;j adya co m i n g s tu n n e d;krt cr e a t i n g;api al s o ;am a ndam
greatly; capalya of r e s t lessness; j adya and becoming stunned;ubhaya b o t h ;
krt cr e a ting;ca al s o ;ka scit so m e ;ka scit so m e ;gr a ha grast-ataya po s s essed
by a spirit; samanah l i k e .

Nityananda: (blissful) Th e L o r d's madness of bliss has many forms.

Sometimes He is restless, sometimes stunned, sometimes both restless and
stunned, and sometimes He seems possessed by a ghost.

Text 16

tad idanim caramavastha iva bhagavata anandonmado j atah tatha .hi

unmilya drsau pasyati

na kim api visayi karoty -esah
ardha vadhir-a iva kincit
chrnoti na tad artham -upayati

tat th e n; idanim no w ; ca r a ma avastha-h in t he condition of advanced old-

age; iva li k e ; bhagavatah of t he L o r d; ananda of t r a n s c endental bliss;
unmadah th e madness; j atah ma n i f e s ted;tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e;unmilya
opening; drsau Hi s e yes;pasyati se e s;na no t ; ki m a pi an y t h i n g ;vi sayi
karoti co m e s within the range ofperception;esah He ; ar d ha ha l f ; va d h irah
deaf; iva as if; kincit so m e t h i n g;srnoti he a r s ;na no t ; ta t of t h a t ;a r t h a m
the meaning; upayati a t t a i n s .

Now the Lord's madness of bliss makes Him like an old man. He opens His
eyes, but cannot see what is before Him. Half-deaf, He can hear a little, but
cannot understand the meaning of the words.
 Text 17

bhagavan: (pani k-amalena tesam sirah paramrsya) aye sadhu k-irtitam

bhavadbhir bhagavan n-ama krtarthi k-rtascaham t.aj janitavrndavanam kenapatha
gamyate

pani with a hand; kamalena lo t u s ; tesam of t h e m ; sirah t h e h e a d ;

paramrsya touching; aye ah . ; sadhu we l l ; ki r t i t am gl o r i f i e d ;bhavadbhih b y
you; bhagavat of the Lord; nama th e h o ly n a m e; krta ar-thi kr-tah su c c essful;
ca also; aham I a m ; ta t th i s ;j anita yo u k n o w ; vr n d a vanam to V r n d a v a na;
kena by w h a t m e t h o d 7; pathah th e p a t h ;ga myate is t r a v e l led.

(He touches their heads with His lotus hand) Ah ! Yo u h ave very expertly
sung the glories of the Lord's holy name. Now My l if e is a success. You know
the way to Vrndavana. What path goes there?

Text 18

nityanandah: (sa hars-am) ayam avasaro mama (iti .tesammadhyad ekam aniya)
tata esa margoh vrndavanasyeti kathaya

sa wi t h; harsam jo y ; ay am th i s ;av a s arah op p o r t u n i t y ;mama i s M i n e ;

iti t h u s; tesam of t h e m ; ma dhyat fr o m t h e m i d s t;ekam on e ; an i ya t a k i n g ;
tata 0 ch i l d ; esah th i s ; ma r g ah th e p a t h; vr n davanasya of V r n d a v a na; iti
this; kathaya t e l l .

Nityananda: (jub i l ant) T h i s i s M y o p p o r t u n i ty . (selecting one boy from th e

group) Child, tell H im : " T hi s is the path to Vr n d avana."

Text 19

balakah: jaha anavedi

bha avam -(ityup.asrtya) bho bha avam e-somaggo
vundavanassa (iti nity.anandopadista margam -darsayati ).

j aha as; anavedi You order; bha avam -my Lord; iti t h u s ; up a srtya
approaching; bhoh 0; bha avam -Lord; eso this; maggo is t he path;
vundavanassa of Vrn d a vana; iti t h u s ; ni t y a nanda by L o r d N i t y a n a nda;
upadista ta u g h t; margam th e p a t h; darsayati s h o w s .

A boy: As You order, my Lord. (approaching) 0 Lo r d , t h i s is t he path to

Vrndavana. (He points in the direction shown by Lord N i t y a n anda.)

Text 20

bhagavan: (sanandavesam tam eva margam anukramati.)

 sa wi t h; ananda of b l i s s;avesam th e e nt r a nce;tam th i s ; eva ce r tainly;
margam pa t h; anukramati H e f o l l o w s .

Bhagavan: (With great bliss He begins to walk on that path.)

Text 21

sisavah: (pranamya niskramanti.)

pranamya bo w i n g d o w n; niskramanti they exit.

The Boys: (They bow down to of fer respects, and then exit.)

Text 22

nityananda: hanta nistirno smi. samprati sampatsyate me manorathah yad .anena

pathaivadvaita vatim -asadayitum sakyate (iti t.ena patha tam anugacchan kiyad
duram gatva sa para-marsam )ah.o katham aham na pariciye, para pari-caya dasa-
k incittaram ivasyajatasti tat p.arikse ca nija saub-hagyam (iti .nikatam upasarpati ) .

hanta ah .; nistirnah sa v e d;asmi I a m ; sa m prati no w ; sa m p a tsyate w i l l

become successful; me My ; ma n orathah de s i r e;yat be c a u s e;anena b y t h i s ;
patha pa t h; advaita of A d v a i t a;vatim to the home; asadayitum t o b e b r o u g h t ;
sakyate is possible;iti th u s ; te na by t h i s ;pa t ha pa t h ; ta m H im ;
anugacchan fo l l o w i n g; kiyat a l i t t l e ;du ram di s t a n c e;gatva g o i n g ;
paramarsam reflection; aho ah ! ; ka t ham wh y 7 ; ah am I; na no t ; p a r i c i y e
am recognized; para an o t h e r;paricaya co m p a n i o n;dasa th e s t a te of being;
kincittaram so m e w h a t;iva as i f ; as ya of Hi m ; j a t a man i f e s t e d;asti is ; t a t
therefore; parikse I w i l l s e e k;ca al s o ;nij a ow n ; sa u bhagyam we l f a r e;iti
thus; nikatam ne a r b y; upasarpati ap p r o a c hes.

N ityananda: I am saved. Now My desire is fulf i l l ed. With t hi s path it w il l b e

possible to take Him to Advaita's home. (He walks a little on the path, and then
reflects) Why does the Lord not no t ice Me? He acts as if there were another
companion by His side. I will l ook after Him. (He approaches the Lord.)

Text 23

bhagavan: etam sa asthaya paratma nistham -(ity adi p.unah pathitva )a h o .

samyag gitam bhiksuna mukunda sevayaiv-a tamas tarisyami na tv anaya paratma
nisthaya asya asth.a matram k-aryam na tv esaivoddesya tad vrndavanam gatva
mukunda sevaiva m-anasi kartavya (iti akase .laksyam baddhva) hamho kiyad dure
vrndavanam

etam sa sathaya paratma nistham it-i adi Ac t 5, Tect 1;punah ag a i n;pathitva

reciting; aho ah . ; samyak ni c e l y ;git am sp o k e n ;bh iksuna by t h e s annyasi;
mukunda of M u k u n d a; sevaya by t h e w o r s h i p; eva c e r t a i n l y; tamah t h e
ocean of nescience; tarisyami I w i l l c r o ss over;na no t ; tu bu t ; an a y a b y t h i s ;
para a-tma n-istham de v o tion to the Supreme Person;asya to be d o n e; na n o t ;
tu in d e ed; esa t h i s ; eva c e r t a i n l y; uddesya in d i c a t i n g;tat th i s ;vr n d avana
to Vrndavana;gatva having gone;mukunda of Mukunda;seva devotional
service; eva certainly; manasi in t h e m i n d a nd heart; kartavya s h o u l d b e
performed; iti th u s ; ak a se in t h e s k y; la ksyam baddhva gl a n c i n g;hamho a h . ;
kiyat how?; dure far;vrndavanam is Vrndavana.

Bhagavan: "I will cross over the insurmountable ocean of nescience by being
firmly fixed in the service of the lotus feet of Krsna. This was approved by the
previous acaryas, who were fixed in firm d ev otion to the Lord, Paramatma, the
Supreme Personality of Godhead."' Ah ! Th e sannyasz spoke well. "I will cross
o ver the ocean of nescience by being firmly fi xed in the service of Krsna." I wi l l
n ot cross over nescience by meditating on the all-pervading Supersoul. I will n o t
meditate on that form of the Lord. I w il l go to V r n d avana and serve Lord Krsna
with all My heart. (He looks at the sky.) Ah ! Ho w fa r is it to V r n d a v ana?

Text 20

nityanandah: (upasrtya) deva divasaika prap-yam asti vrndavanam

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;deva 0 Lo r d ; di v a sa da y ; eka in o n e ;pr a p yam

attainable; vrndavanam is V r n d a vana.

Nityananda: (approaching) Lord, in one day we can enter Vrndavana.

Text 25

bhagavan: (svapna jagrator antarala dasam -apanna iva sa camat-karam) katham

aho sripada nityana-ndando si

svapna sl eep;j agratoh an d w a k e f ulness;antarala be t w e e n;dasam a s t a t e ;

apannah at t a ined;iva as i f; sa wi t h ; ca m a t karam wo n d e r ;ka t h am
whether?; aho ah ! ; sirpada nityana-ndah Sr i p a da Nityananda;asi Y o u a r e .

B hagavan: (Half-awake and a half-in-trance, He is suddenly filled wi t h

wonder.) Ah! Are You Srzpada Nityananda?

Text 26

nityanandah: deva sa evaham (ity ardh.okte baspa ruddha k-anthas -tisthati.)

deva 0 Lo r d ; sah He ; e va c e r t a i n l y; aham I a m ; it i thu s ; ar d h a h a l f ;

ukte sp o ke n; baspa wi t h t e a r s;ruddha bl o c k e d;kanthah th r o a t ; ti s thati
stands.

Nityananda: 0 Lo r d , I am H e. (Ha lf way thro ugh His wor ds his thr o a t

becomes choked with tears.)

Text 27

bhagavan: sripada kathaya kuto bhavantah.

sripada 0 Sr i p a d a;kathaya pl e a se tell;kutah fr o m w h e r e ?;bhavantah

You.

Bhagavan: Sripada, tell Me: Why have You come?

Text 28

nityanandah: devasya vrndavana jigamisamasrutya mayapi tad didr-ksaya calata

bhagavat sang-o grhitah.

devasya of the Lord; vrndavana to Vr n d a v a na;ji g amisama th e d e s ire to go;

asrutya ha v i ng heard;maya by M e ; api al s o ;t at t h a t ;di d r k s aya w i t h a
desire to see; calata co m i n g; bhagavat of t h e L o r d; sangah th e a s sociation;
grhitah ha s been accepted.

Nityananda: I heard the Lord desired to travel to Vrndavana. I also wish to

see Vrndavana, so I am traveling there with You.

Text 29

bhagavan: bhadram bho bhadram ehi sa.haiva gacchava (iti sa.nandam gacchati ).

bhadram good;aho ah.;bhadram good; ehi come;saha together; eva

certainly; gacchava le t Us go; iti t h u s ; sa wi t h ; an a n d am bl i s s ;gacchati H e
goes.

Bhagavan: Good! Good! Come! We will go together. (Blissfully walks.)

Text 30

nityanandah: bhagavann itah. (iti kiyad duram nitva )b h a gav.annitah kiyad dure
bhagavati yamuna vartate tad evagah.anam kartum ucitam.

bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; i t ah t h e r e ; i ti t h u s ;ki y a t so m e ;du r am d i s t a n c e ;

nitva le a d ing;bhagavan 0 lo r d ; i t ah t h e r e ;ki y at so m e ;du re d i s t a n c e ;
bhagavati th e t r a nscendental;yamuna Ya m u n a River;vartate i s ; t a t
therefore; agahanam ba t h i n g; kartum t o b e d o n e; ucitam i s p r o p e r .

Nityananda: This way, Lord. (He brings Him a certain distance.) 0 L o r d ,

the transcendental Yamuna River is not far from here. We should bathe in her
waters.

Text 31

bhagavan: hanta yamunadya vilokitavya

hanta ah !; yamuna th e Y a m u n a; adya no w ; vi l o k i t a vya sh a l l be seen.

Bhagavan: Ah! Today I will see the Yamuna?

Text 32

nityanandah: atha kim .

a tha t h en ; ki m wh ether?

Nityananda: Yes.

Text 33

bhagavan: (sa harsa-m natayitva) sripada kva sa kva sa.

sa wi t h; harsam jo y ; na t a yitva re p r e s e nting dramatically;sripada 0

Sripada; kva wh e r e ?;sa is i t ; kva wh e r e ? ;sa i s i t .

Bhagavan: (jubilant) S r i p a da, where is it? Where is it?

Text 30

nityanandah: ita itah. (iti kiyad duram nitva gangam asadya) bhagavann iyam
yamuna.

itah h e re; itah h e r e ; it i t h u s ;ki y a t so m e ;du r am di s t a n c e;nitva

bringing; gangam th e G a n ges;asadya re a c h ing;bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; i y a m this;
yamuna is the Yamuna.

Nityananda: This way. This way. (He brings Him a certain distance. They
reach the Ganga.) Lord, this is the Yamuna.

Text 35
 bhagavan: (sanandam pranamya stauti.)

cid a-nanda b-hanoh sada nanda s-unoh

para p-rema p-atri drava b-rahma g-atri
aghanam lavitri j agat k-sema d-hatri
pavitri k-riyan no vapur mitra pu-tri

sa wi t h; anandam bl i s s ;pranamya bo w i n g d o w n; stauti of f e r p r a y e rs; cit-

ananda bh-anoh of the direct manifestation of spiritual energy and bliss;sada
always; nanda su-noh of the son of Maharaja Nanda;para pr-ema pa-tri th e g iver
of the highest love; drava bra-hma ga-tri co m p o s ed of the water of the spiritual
world; aghanam of a ll s ins and offenses;lavitri th e d e s t r o yer;j agat kse-ma
dhatri th e p e r f ormer of everything auspicious for the world;pavitri kriy-at
kindlypurify; nah ou r ; va p uh ex i s t e n c e;mitra put-ri 0 da u g h t e r of the sun-
god.

Bhagavan: (jubilantly bowing down, He speaks the following prayer:) 0

River Yamuna, you are the blissful spiritual water that gives love to the son of
Nanda Maharaja. You are the same as the water of the spiritual wo r ld, for yo u
can vanquish all our offenses and the sinful reactions incurred in li fe. You are
the creator of all auspicious things for the world. 0 d a u g h ter of the sun-god,
kindly purify us by your pi ous activities.'

Text 36

nityanandah: bhagavann avagahyatam iyam

bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; av agahyatam sh o u l d be bathed in;iyam it.

Nityananda: Lord, now You should bathe in the Yamuna.

Text 37

bhagavan: yatha rucitam. (iti snanam abhinayati.)

yatha as; rucitam You wish; iti t h u s ; sn anam ba t h i n g ;abhinayati He

represents dramatically.

Bhagavan: As it pleases You. (He bathes.)

Text 38

nityanandah: (svagatam) aho nirvrto smi maha matta va-nya ku-nj aro-
mantrenaiva vasi krtah tat -paris.esam -asya karmanah kim apy asti tad api
sampadayami (iti parito.valokya kancid ahvayati ).
 svagatam as ide;aho ah ! ; ni r v r t ah ha p p y ;as mi I a m ; ma h a gr e a t ;ma t t a
maddened; vanya jungle;kunjarah the elephant; mantrena by a mantra;eva
certainly; vasi k-rtah is c o n t r o l l e d;tat th a t ;pa r i sesam th e c o n c l u sion; asya o f
this; karmanah ac t i v i t y; kim api so m e t h i n g ;asti is ; ta t tha t ; ap i a l s o ;
sampadayami I w i l l a r r a n ge;iti th u s ;pa r i t ah in a l l d i r e c t i o n s;avalokya
looking; kancit so m e o n e;ahvayati c a l l s .

Nityananda: (aside) Now I am happy. The maddened jungle elephant is

controlled by a powerful mantra. Now I w il l b r i n g t h ese activities to an
auspicious conclusion. (He looks in all di r ections, and then calls out to
someone.)

Text 39

(pravisya kascit purusah pranamati ).

pravisya en t e r i ng; kascit a; pu r u s ah ma n ; pr a n a mati b o w s d o w n .

(A man enters and bows down to offer respects.)

Text 00

nityanandah: (janantikam) aye i dam anati dure -pare gangam bhagavato

'dvaitasya puram tvam itas tvaritam gatva vij napaya nityanandah kenacid anyena
sannyasina saha nikata varti b-havantam apeksate tat tvaratam

j ana the man; antikam ne a r; aye 0 ; i d a m this ; an a ti d u re - n o t ver far;

pare on the other shore; gangam of t he G anga;bhagavatah o f L o r d ;
advaitasya Ad v a i t a; puram th e h o m e ; tvam yo u ; it a h th e r e ;tv a r i t a m
quickly; gatva going;vij napaya inform; nityanandah N ityananda: kenacit a
certain; sannyasina sa n n y asi;saha wi t h ; ni k a ta ne a r b y ;va rti c o m i n g ;
bhavantam Yo u; apeksate wi s h e s;tat th a t ;tv a r a tam q u i c k l y .

Nityananda: (approaching the man) Ah . No t v ery f ar, just on the opposite

shore of the Ganga is Lord Advaita's home. Please quickly go there and say: "To
see you, Nityananda is coming with another sannyasz. Please hurry to meet
Him."

Text Wl

purusah: eso ham tatha karomi (iti sa tv.aram ni-skrantah.)

esah he; aham I; ta t h a in t h a t w a y ; ka r omi shall do; iti th u s ;sa with;

tvaram ha s t e;niskrantah e x i t s .
 The Man: I wil l do it . (H e qu i c kly ex i t s .)

Text 02

n ityanandah: (svagatam) aho adya dina-trayamj a t a m j a l a -sparso p i n a j a t a s

tad aham api snami. (iti tatha karoti.)

svagatan aside;aho ah!;adya now; dina days; trayam for three;

j atam manifested; jala o f w a t er; sparsah t h e touch; api ev e n; na n o t ;
jatah ma n i f e s ted; tat t h e r e f o r e; aham I; api also; snami sh a ll bathe; iti
thus; tatha in t h a t w a y; karoti d o e s .

N ityananda: (aside) Ah, for three days I have not touched water. Now I w i l l
bathe. (He does that.)

Text 03

nepathye:

asa pasa -dvi g-una -valit-ais tad guna-ir eva baddhah

prana no yad viraha vidh-ura hanta gantum na sekuh
sampraty etair upakrtam aho tan mukh-am darsayadbhir
diste histe bhavati sahasa hanta vamo 'py avamah

asa of hope; pasa r o p e s; dvi-guna-valitaih d o u b l e d; tat o f H i m ; g u n a i h

by the transcendental qualities; eva c e r t ainly; eva i n d e ed; baddhah b o u n d ;
pranah life-airs; nah of us; yat from whom; viraha by t h e s eparation;
vidhurah to r m e n t e d;hanta in d e e d; gantum t o d e p a r t;na no t ; se k uh a r e
able; samprati no w ; et a ih by t h e m ; up a k r tam br o u g h t ; aho a h . ; t a t o f H i m ;
mukham th e f ace;darsayadbhih sh o w i n g; diste sh o w n ; hi in d e e d ;i s t e
desire; bhavati is ; sahasa at o n c e; hanta in d e e d;vamah fa v o r a b l e;api a n d ;
avamah un f a v orable.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Alth ough tort u red by separation from
Him, our life-breath cannot depart, for it is ti gh tly bo und by the doubly str ong
ropes of hope. Now these ropes have fulfilled our desire. Now they show us Hi s
f ace. These ropes are both our enemy and our fri en d .

Text 00

nityanandah: (durad akarnya) aho acarya evayam prastauti tat su vihitam e-va
vidhina atah param mamati bharo 2ag-hu-bhutah. (bhagavatam a2okya) aho kastam

durat from a distance; akarnya hearing;aho ah!;acaryah Advaita Acarya;

eva certainly; ayam th i s ; pr a stauti o f f e r s p ra yers; tat t h a t ; su n i c e l y ;
vihitam pr e s e nted; eva c e r t a i n l y; vidhina th a n L o r d B ra hma;atah t h a ;
param greater; mama by Me;ati the great; bharah burden; laghu bhutah
will be lessened; bhagavantam Lo r d A d v a i t a;alokya se e i n g;aho a l a s . ;
kastam al a s!

Nityananda: (listening from a distance) Ah . T hi s is A d v a ita Acarya. He

s peaks prayers more eloquent than the words of Lord Brahma. I will l i g h ten th e
burden of His suffering. (He sees Lord Advaita.) Ah ! Ho w m u c h You have
suffered!

Text 05

ambhah sya-ndais timita vap-usam lajj ayabhyasa ha-neh

kaupinacchadanam api na nirgalya nihsaritambum
devam raktambuja dal-a cay-ais chadyamanottamangam
snanottirnam kari var-am iva svarna gau-ram nirikse

ambhah of w a ter; syandaih wi t h s t r e a ms;timita we t ; va p usam b o d y ;

lajj aya wi t h m o d e sty; abhyasa han-eh wi t h o ut effort; kaupina b y a k a u p i n a ;
acchanam co v e ring; api ev e n ;na no t ; ni r g a l ya pr e s s e d;nihsarita f lo w i n g ;
ambum wa t e r; devam th e L o r d; ra k ta re d ; am b uj a lo t u s ; da la o f p e t a l s ;
cayaih wi t h m u l t i t u d e s; chadyamana co v e r e d;uttamangam wh o s e head;
snana fr om t he bath; uttirnam ri s e n ;ka ri el e p h a n t va; ram ha n d s o m e;iva
like; svarna of g o l d;gauram th e y e l l ow c ol o r; nirikse I s e e .

Modestly clothed in a kaupzna, water streaming down His golden-

complexioned body, and His head covered with red lotus petals, the Lord rises
from His bath. Now I see Him.

Text 06

tad aka2ayami kiyan vi2ambo dvaitagamanasya (iti pu.ro va2okyati ) .

tat th i s; akalayami I s e e ;kiyan a s m a l l ;vi2ambah de l a y;advaita o f

Advaita; agamanasya of t he arrival;iti th u s ;pu r ah ah e a d ;avalokayati l o o k s .

I see there is some delay in Advaita's coming here. (He looks ahead.)

Text 07

(tatah pravisati utkantham natayan parito 'parimita parivaro -'dvaitah ) .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;utkantham ye a r n i n g;natayan re p r e s e nting

dramatically; paritah su r r o u n d e d;aparimita by c o u n t l e s s;parivarah
associates; advaitah A d v a i t a .

(Accompanied by countless associates, Advaita eagerly enters.)

 Text 08

advaitah: (puro 'valokya)

cuda vi-yogad arunena vasasa

durad asau ced anasav iveksyate
tathapi prema pr-atimena tej asa
lavanya bh-umnapi saeva bhati nah

purah ah e a d; avalokya lo o k i n g ; cuda ha i r ; vi y o gat be c a u se of the absence;

arunena wi t h s affron; vasasa ga r m e n t; durat fr o m a d i s t a nce;asau He ; ce t
if; anasau so m e one else;iva li k e ; ik a yate is s e e n;tatha api st i l l ; pr e ma o f
love of Krsna; pratimena th e f o r m; tej asa wi t h s p l e n d or; lavanya o f
handsomeness; bhumna as the abode;api al s o ;sah He ; e va c e r t a i n l y; bhati
is manifested; nah t o u s .

Advaita: (looking ahead) From a di s t ance His shaved head and saffron
garment make Him look like another person. Still, His great love of Krsna, His
bodily luster, and His great handsomeness, reveal Him to us.

Text 09

aho ati ramya-m

raktambaram kanaka pitam -idam tad eva

devasya pasyata vapuh sadrsi karoti
gaurarunasya paripakva maha -rasasy-a
vairagya sara s-ahak-ara pha2as-ya 2aksmzm

(iti tvaramana upasrtya dhyanamilita nayan-asya bhagavatah purato vasthaya mukta

kantham roditi ) .

aho ah .; ati ve r y ; ra m y am de l i g h t f u l ;ra k ta sa f f r o n ;ambaram g a r m e n t ;

kanaka and gold;pitam ye l l o w ; id am th i s ; ta t thi s ; e va c e r t a i n l y;devasya
of the Lord; pasyata lo o k ; va puh a f o r m ; sa d rsi li k e t h i s ; ka roti m a n i f e s t s ;
gaura ye l l o w; arunasya an d s a f f ron; paripakva fu l l y d e v e loped;maha g r e a t ;
rasasya ne c tar; vairagya of r e n u n c i a t i o n;sara th e e s s ence;sahakara
assisting; pha2asya of t he fruit; 2aksmin th e o p u l e n c e;iti th u s ; tv a r a manah
hastening; upasrtya ap p r o a c hing;dhyana in m e d i t a t i o n;ami2ita c l o s e d ;
nayanasya wh o se eyes;bhagavatah of t he L o r d;puratah in t h e p r e s ence;
avasthaya st a nding; mukta op e n ; ka n t ham wh o s e t h r o a t; roditi c r i e s .

Look! the Lord's form, as yellow as gold, and dressed in a saffron garment, is
like a beautiful, ripe very sweet, red-and-yellow fruit from the great tree of
perfect renunciation.
 (He runs up to the Lord, whose eyes are closed in meditation. Standing
before the Lord, Advaita cries without restraint.)

Text 50

bhagavan: (sa tv-aram aksini samunmilya) katham ami advaitacarya

mahanubhavah.

sa wi t h; tvaram ha s t e ;aksini ey e s ;samunmilya op e n i n g ;ka tham how is

it?; ami He ; ad vaita ac-arya Ad v a i ta Acarya;maha an-ubhavah L o r d .

Bhagavan: (quickly opening His eyes) Is t his L ord A d v a ita Acarya?

Text 51

nityananda: bhagavann evam etat

bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; evam in t h i s w a y; etat this.

Nityananda: Lord, it is He .

Text 52

bhagavan: (gadham parisvajya) kathaya katham ihastho 'ham bhavadbhir

avagatah katham .va mamanupadam eva bhavan api vrndavanam anupraptah atha .va
mamaivayam svapnah

gadham firmly; parisvajya em b r a c i n g;kathaya te l l ; ka t h am ho w ? ; i h a

here; sthah st a ying; aham I w a s ; bhavadbhih by Y o u ; av agatah w a s
undertood; katham Ho w ? ; va or ; ma m a of M e ; an u p a dam f o l l o w i n g t h e
steps; eva certainly; bhavan You; api also;vrndavanam to Vrndavana;
anupraptah ha ve come;atha va or ? ; ma ma of M e ; e va c e r t a i n l y; ayam t h i s ;
svapnah is a dream.

Bhagavan: (firmly embracing Him) T e l l m e : H o w d i d Yo u k n o w I wa s h e r e?

How did You follow Me to Vr n d avana? Am I dreaming?

Text 53

advaitah: (sa baspam -atma gatam) a-ho devasyatra vrndavana pratitir e-vaj atasti
(prakasam) deva nayam te svapnah api tu sa .evaham pamarah (iti skha.litam
natay ati ) .

sa wi t h; baspam te a r s;atma gatam as i d -e;aho ah ! ; de vasya o f t h e L o r d ;

atra he r e; vrndavana of b e i ng Vrn d a vana;pratitih t h e b e l i e f; eva c e r t a i n l y ;
jata manifested; asti if ; pr a k sam op e n l y ;deva 0 Lo r d ; na no t ; ay a m t his ;
te of You; svapnah a d r e a m;api bu t ; tu in d e e d ;sah He ; ev a c e r t a i n l y ;
aham I a m; pamarah th e f a l l en sinner;iti th u s ; sk h a litam f a l l i n g d o w n ;
natay ati re p r e sents dramatically.

Advaita: (with tears, aside) Ah , the Lord believes this is Vrndavana.

(openly) Lord, You are not dreaming. I am the fallen sinner Advaita. (He falls
down to offer obeisances.)

Text 50

devah: (bahubhyam alingyotthapayan sa bas-pam) bhavatu bho advaita tvam eva

vrndavanam tvayy anavaratam bhagavat pad-a kam-ala sam-yogat tat .kathaya
kutragato 'smi.

bahubhyam wi t h H is a rms; alingya em b r a c i n g;utthapayan ra i s i n g;sa

with; baspam te a r s;bhavatu so be i t; bhoh 0 ; a d v a i ta Ad v a i t a ;tv am Y o u ;
eva certainly; vrndavanam are Vrndavana;tvayi upon You; anavaratam
constantly; bhagavat of t he L o r d;pada of t h e f e e t; kamala o f t h e l o t us flowe r;
samyogat be c ause of the touch; tat th i s ; ka t h aya pl e a s e tell;kutra w h e r e ? ;
agatah ar r i v e d; asmi I a m .

D eva: (Shedding tears, He embraces Advaita with both arms li fts Him u p > )
Advaita, because Lord Krsna constantly touches You with His lo tus feet, You are
Y ourself the land of Vrndavana. Tell Me this: Wh ere am I now ?

Text 55

advaitah: iyam bhagavati bhagirathi idam .idam pare madiyam puram

iyam th i s ; bhagavati th e s a c red;bhagirathi Ga n g a ;idam idam he r e ;pa re

on the other shore; madiyam is M y ; pu r am h o m e .

Advaita: This is the sacred Ganga. My home is on the other shore.

Text 56

bhagavan: (bahir vrttim natayitva) sripada bhavata yamuneyam ity abhani.

bahih vrttim ex t e r n al consciousness;

natayitva re p r e s enting dramatically;
sripada 0 Sr i p a d a;bhavata by Y o u; ya muna th e Y a m u n a;iyam th i s ;i t i
thus; abhani wa s said.

B hagavan: (Returning to external consciousness) Sripada, You told Me thi s

was the Yamuna!
 Text 57

nityanandah: aysam yamuna vartate na deva evaj anatu

asyam in t h i s; yamuna th e Y a m u n a; vartate is ; na no t ; de v ah t h e L o r d ;

eva certainly;j anatu may know.

N ityananda: This is not the Yamuna. The Lord should know t h i s .

Text 58

bhagavan: sripadasya natyenaiva natito smi.

sripadasya of S ripada Nityananda;natyena by t he d ra ma;eva ce rtainly;

natitah an a ctor; asmi I a m .

Bhagavan: I have become an actor in a drama directed by Sripada

Nityananda.

Text 59

advaitah: (asa pasety -adi ya-c chab-de tac chabd-e ca tac chabdam dattva punah
pathati ) .

asa pasa i-ti adi - -Tex-t 03; yat — which; sabde —in the words; tat —that;
sabde in t h— e words;tat —those; sabdam wo r d — dattva s; pl a c i n g; punah
again; pathati — recites.

Advaita: Although tort u red by separation from Him , our l i f e -breath cannot
depart, for it is tightly bound by the doubly str ong ropes of hope. Now these
ropes have fulfilled our desire. Now they show us His face. These ropes are both
our enemy and our friend.

Text 60

n ityanandah: bho advaita asya danda grahava-dhi mamaiva dando j atah dina .
trayam ahara virahat -devasya .tu svananda bhogena-iva trptim tad alam atra katha
prasanga tungimn-a

bhoh 0; a d vaita Ad v a i t a ;asya of H i m ; da n da grahana -accepting the

sannyasa danda; avadhi si n c e;mama of M e ; eva ce r t a i n l y;dandah s u f f e r i n g ;
jatah is m a n i f e sted;dina da y s ; trayam for three; ahara of f o o d; virahat
from the absence; devasya of t he Lord; tu in d e e d ;sva ow n ; an a n da o f
transcendentalbliss; bhogena by t he food; eva ce r t a i n l y;trptih sa t i s f a ction;
tat th a t; alam wh a t i s t he use?;atra he r e ; ka t ha prasanga t-ungimna o f a ll t h i s
talk.

Nityananda: Advaita, I have suffered greatly since He has taken sannyasa.

The Lord is perfectly satisfied by eating only the food of His transcendental
bliss, but I suffer from not eating anything for three days. Is there a need for so
much talking?

Text 61

advaitah: (parij ana ka-rat pratyagra ka-upmacchadane aniya punar bhagavantam

snapayitva grahayati sa ka-runam ).

devocitam ca paridhapitam asti purvam

bhiksucitam ca vasanam paridhapayami
laksmih sama tava samas ca mukha pra-sado
ha hanta no nayanayor visamam tad etat

tad idam anati dura-m eva me bhavanam tad alankrtum arhanti bhagavac cara-nah

parij ana of an associate;karat from the hand; pratyagra ne w ; ka u pina

kaupina;acchadane and outer garment;aniya taking;bhagavantam the Lord;
snapayitva ba t h i n g; grahayati gi v i n g ;sa wi t h ; ka r u n am a p i t i f u l v o i c e ;
deva for a god; ucitam su i t a b l e; ca a l s o ;pa ridhapitam cl o t h e d;asti w e r e ;
purvam pr e v i o usly; bhiksu for a sannyasi; ucitam s u i t a b l e; ca a l s o ;
vasanam ga rment; paridhapayami I c l o t h e ;la ksmih ha n d s o me bodily features;
sama the same; tava Yo u r ; samah th e s a m e; ca a l s o ; mu kha of t h e f a c e ;
prasadah the kindness; ha al a s !; hanta al a s ! ;na of u s ; na y a nayoh o f t h e
eyes; visamam pa i n; tat etat th i s ; tat th e n ; id a m thi s ; a n a t i not very;
duram fa r away; eva ce r t a i n l y;me of M e ; bh a vanam th e h o m e ; tat t h a t ;
alankartum to d e c o r ate;arhanti de s e r v es;bhagavat of t he L o r d; caranah t h e
feet.

Advaita: (Taking a fresh kaupzna and outer garment from an associate's

hand, He bathes the Lord again, gives Him the new garments, and then says in a
pitiful voice:) It used to be that You would dress with the opulence of a
demigod. Now I give You the garments of a sannyasz. Even though You have the
same handsome form and the same gentle, kind face, the sight of You as a
sannyasz brings pain to My eyes. 0 Lord, My home is not very far away. Please
decorate it with Your feet.

Text 62

bhagavan: etad artham eva srtpadenaham pratarito smi.

etat artham fo r t h is reason;eva ce r t a i n l y;sripadena by S r i p a da Nityananda;

partaritah asmi I have been brought here.
 Bhagavan: For this Srzpada Nityananda tricked Me.

Text 63

advaitah: bhagavan kasyapi prataryo na bhavati kintu

iso pi syat prakrti vi-dhurah sviyaya mayayaiva

svacchando 'pi sphutika ma-ni va-t sannikrstena yogat
ittham kecid vayam iha ki2a brumahe ba2a-khe2a-
prayam 2i2a vi2-asitam aho sarvam isasya satyam

bhagavan 0 Lord;kasya api by someone; prataryah to be tricked; na not;

bhavati is ; ki n tu ho w e v e r ;is ah th e S u p r e me Personality of Godhead;api
although; syat is ; pr a k r ti by n a t u r e ;vidhurah di s t r e s sed;sviyaya b y H i s o w n ;
mayaya maya potency; eva certainly; svacchandah independent;api
although; sphutika man-i cr y s t al;vat li k e ; sa nnikrstena ne a r ;yogat f r o m
contact; ittham in t h i s w a y; kecit so m e ; va yam we ; ih a h er e ; k i l a i n d e e d ;
brumahe say; ba2a of a child; khe2a playing;prayam for the most part; 2i2a
pastimes; vi2asitam sp l e nd idly manifest;aho ah . ; sa rvam al l ; is a sya of the
Supreme Lord; satyam tr a n s c endental.

Advaita: Lord, no one can trick You. Although You are the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, the illusory potency maya makes You seem like a
distressed living entity. Alth ough You are perfectly independent, maya makes
You seem like a crystal-stone that reflects whatever is nearby. I say that for You,
the Supreme Lord, these activities are like the playing of a child.

Text 60

ubhayathaiva na prataryo si asya c.a naisa dosah sripadatvat sriyam .pattti sripah
krsnas tam adadatiti tathaivanena krtam tad agre bh-avantu bhagavantah adya.
prathamiki bhiksa mamaivalaye bhavatu bhagavatah

ubhayatha in b o t h w a y ; na no t ; pr a t a r y ah to b e t a k e n; asi Yo u a r e ;asya

of Him; ca al s o; na no t ; es ah th i s ; do s ah a f a u l t ;sripadatvat be c a u se of
being Sripada; sriyam Sr i ; pa ti pr o t e c t s;iti th u s ;sr i p ah Sr i p a ;kr s nah L o r d
Krsna; tam th i s ; adadati ac c e p t s;tatha in t h a t w a y;eva ce r t a i n l y;anena b y
Him; krtam do n e ; tat agre in -H is presence;bhavantu ma y b e; bhagavantah
the Lord; adya no w ; pr a t h amiki fi r s t ;bh i k sa al m s ; ma ma of M e ; e v a
certainly; alaye at t he hom e;bhavatu ma y b e; bhagavatah o f t h e L o r d .

For both these reasons no one has to trick You. Because Lord Nityananda is
known as Sripada, He is not at fault for taking You here. "Sripa" means "Lord
Krsna, who protects the goddess of fortune", and "ada" means "He who takes".
Because Nityananda is known as "sripada", it is right that He takes You, who are
Lord Krsna, with Him, and places You before us. Lord, please accept Your first
alms at My home.

Text 65

bhagavan: yathabhirucitam bhavate ta.d adisa panthanam.

yatha as; abhirucitam wished; bhavate is ; tat th e n ;ad i sa pl e a s e show;

pantahnam th e p ath.

Bhagavan: As it pleases You. Show Me the way.

Text 66

advaitah: ita itah. (iti navam aropayati.)

itah here; itah he r e ;iti thu s ; na v am on a b o a t ; aropayati pl a c es.

Advaita: This way. (He places Him on a boat.)

Text 67

nityanandah: (apavarya) bho advaitanavadvipe kascit prahito sti.

apavarya as i d e;bhoh 0 ; a d v a i ta Ad v a i t a ;navadvipe in N a v a d v i pa;

kascit so m e one;prahitah se n t ;asti i s .

Nityananda: (aside) Advaita, someone should be sent to Navadvipa.

Text 68

advaitah: atha kim. sarve samagata praya ev-a.

atha th e n; kim wh y ? ; sa r ve ev e r y o n e;samagata as s e mbled;prayah for

the most part; eva ce r t a inly.

Advaita: Why? Everyone has almost arrived.

Text 69

bhagavan: bho advaita apurvam no bhavad bhavana -gamanam-

bhoh 0; a d vaita Ad v a i t a ;apurvam wi t h o u t a p r e cedent;nah of Us;

bhavat of You; bhavana to t h e h o m e;gamanam t h e j o u r n e y .
 Bhagavan: Advaita, I have never gone to Your home before.

Text 70

advaitah: srivasasyeva kva me tadrsam saubhagyam yasya bhavane pratidinam eva

devitam devena

srivasasya of Srivasa;iva li k e ; kva wh e r e ? ;me of M e ; ta d r sam l i k e t h a t ;

saubhagyam good fortune; yasya of whom; bhavane in the house;
pratidinam ev e ry day; eva c e r t a i n l y; devitam pa s t i m es were enjoyed;devena
by the Lord.

Advaita: What is My good fort une in comparison to that of Srzvasa? Every

day the Lord would enjoy pastimes at his home.

Text 71

nityanandah: bho advaita atah param mahiyasi loka yatr-a bhavini svayam
prakasini hi bhagavad vart-a tatrapi bhagavato mathura gam-anam prathitam asti
samprati bhavad bhav-ana subh-agam bhav-uka bhav-uke bhagavati sarva evabala
vrddha taru-nah karuna para-vara mad-hunaivamum avalokayitum samagamisyanti
2okah. tad yavat tesam tatha pracarena na bhuyate tavad a2aksita eva bhavad
bhavanam pravisama

bhoh 0; a d vaita Ad v a i t a ;atah param no w ; ma h i y asi a g r e a t;loka o f t h e

people; yatra jo u r n e y; bhavini will be; svayam se l f; prakasini ma n i f e s t e d;
hi in d e e d; bhagavat of t h e L o r d;varta th e n e w s ; tatra api ne v e r t h e l ess;
bhagavatah of t he Lord; mathura to M a t h u r a ;gamanam t h e j o u r n e y ;
prathitam ce l e b rated;asti is; samprati no w ; bh a vat of Y o u ; bh a vana o f t h e
home; subhagam bhavuk-a bhavuk-e the source of great auspiciousness;
bhagavati the Lord;sarve everyone; eva certainly; abala women; vrddha
old; tarunah an d y o u n g; karuna of m e r c y ; paravara of t h e o c e an;madhuna
with the sweet nectar; eva c e r t ainly; amum Hi m ; av a l o kayitum t o s e e ;
samagamisyanti wi l l a s semble;lokah th e p e o p l e;tat th e n ; ya v at w h e n ;
alaksitah un o b s e rved; eva c e r t a i n l y; bhavat of Y o u ; bh avanam i n t o t h e
house; pravisama We m ay enter.

Nityananda: Advaita, A great crowd will co me. News of the Lord wil l s p r e ad.
Everyone will know He is going to Mathura. When the Lord, who is a nectar
o cean of mercy, graces Your home, all the local people young and old, will co m e
to see Him. Don't tell anyone about Him. Let us enter Your home unobserved.

Text 72

advaitah: evam eva. (iti katicit padani pa-rikramya )bho dev.a idam idam asmad
bhavanam tavat pravisa
 evam in t h is way; eva
ce r t a i n l y;iti th u s ;ka t i c it so m e ;pa d ani s t e p s ;
parikramya walking; bhoh 0; deva Lord; idam th i s ; id am th i s ; as m at o f
us; bhavanam th e h o m e; tavat in t h a t w a y;pravisa pl e a se enter.

Advaita: So be it. (He walks a few steps) L o rd , t his is My h o me. Please

enter.

Text 73

(iti sarve pravesam natayanti ) .

iti th u s ; sarve ev e r y o n e;pravesam en t r a n c e;natayanti re p r e s e nts

dramatically.)

(Everyone enters.)

Text 70

nepathye:

visvambharah sa bhagavan ananim

j pratarya
dhrtva yater anukrtim mathuram yiyasuh
vyaj ena santipuram agamitam sa nitya
nandena bhos ca2ata bhos ca2ateksanaya

visvambharah Vi s v a mbhara;sah He ; bh agavan Lo r d ;j ananim H i s m o t h e r ;

pratarya tr i c k i n g; dhrtva manifesting; yateh of a sannyasi;anukrtim t h e
resemblance; mathuram to M a t h u r a;yiyasuh ea g er to travel;vyaj ena by a
trick; santipuram to S a n t i p u r a;agamitam wa s b r o u g h t; sah He ; ni t y a n anda
by Nityananda; bhoh 0 ; ca 2 ata go ; b h oh 0 ; ca 2 a ta go ; ik s a n aya t o s e e .

A Voice from Behind the Scenes: Visvambhara cheated His mother and
dressed as a sannyasi. He was very eager to go to Mathura. Nityananda brought
Him to Santipura by a trick Go! Go see Him!

Text 75

nityanandah: (akarnya nirupya ca) advaita srutam drsyatamca tad ihatya evaite
sapady eva purah sahasra babhuvuh. kiyata vi2ambena 2aksa sakhya b-havisyanti. tad
iha dvari dauvarikair bhuyatam.

akarnya li s t e n i n g;nirupya lo o k i n g ; ca a n d ; ad v a ita 0 Ad v a i t a ;srutam

heard; drsyatam sh o u ld be seen; ca a n d ; tat th i s ;ih a t y ah he r e ;ev a
certainly; ete th e s e;sapadi at t he same time;eva ce r t a i n l y;purah i n t h e
presence; sahasrah thousands; babhuvuh ar e; kiyata ho w m u c h 7 ;vil ambena
with delay; laksa hu n d r e ds of thousands;sakhyah fr i e n d s;bhavisyanti w i l l b e ;
tat th e r e fore;iha he r e ; dvari at t h e d o o r; dauvariksaih w i t h g u a r d s ;
bhuy atam should be.

Nityananda: (listening and observing) A d v a i ta, listen! Look! Th ousands of

people have come. Soon a hundred thousand well-wishers will be here! Post
guards at the door!

Text 76

advaitah: (prati dv-ari dauvarikam niyojya devam agratah krtva nityanandena

saha pravesam natayan niskrantah.)

prati at each;dvari door; dauvarikan guards; niyojya po s t i n g;devam o f

the Lord; agratah in t h e p r e sence;krtva doing; nityanandena Ni t y a n a nda;
saha wi t h; pravesam en t r a n c e;natyayan representing dramatically;
niskrantah exits.

(Advaita posts guards at each door. Following the Lord, He enters with
Nityananda. In this way They exit from the stage.)

Text 77

( tatah pravisanti bhagavad darsa-notkanthitah purusah ) .

tatah th e n; pravisanti en t e r ;bhagavat of t h e L o r d;darsana the sight;

utkanthitah ea g er to get;purusah p e o p l e .

(Many people, eager to see the Lord, enter.)

Text 78

kecit:

navadvipe yadrk samaj ani drsor nah padam asau

tad anyakaratvam yad api manasah ksobha janakam
tathapy utkantha nah siva siva mahaty eva valate
hy anaharyam vastu prakrti vikrtibhy-am sama rasam-

tad adhunajanima kva bhagavan

navadvipe in N a v a dvipa;yadrk li k e w h i c h ; samaj ani wa s m a n i f ested;

drsoh in t he eyes;nah of u s ; padam th e c o n d i t i o n; asau th i s ; tat t h i s ;
anya an o t he r; akaratvam co n d i t i o n o f m a n i f e s ting a form;yatapi a l t h o u g h ;
manasah of t he heart; ksobha of a g i t a tion;j anakam th e c a u se;tatha api
nevertheless; utkantha ye a r n i n g; nah of u s ; si va al a s ! ;siva al a s ! ;ma h ati
great; eva certainly; valate is m a n i f e sted;hi in d e e d ;anaharyam w o n d e r f u l ;
vastu th i n g; prakrti na t u r a l ;vi k r t i n bhyam un n a t u r a l;sama t h e s a m e ;
rasam sw e etness;tat th e r e f o r e;adhuna no w ;j anima we k n o w ; kv a w h e r e ;
bhagavan the Lord.

Some people: He is not the same as when we saw Him in N a v advzpa. He is

d ifferent, and this agitates our hearts. Still, we yearn to see Him. Ah! Ah !
Whether in His natural position, or this strange new feature, He stills brings us
the sweetest transcendental bliss. Where is the Lord now?

Text 79

( iti paritah parikramanti ) .

iti th u s ; paritah in a l l d i r e c t i o ns;parikramanti th ey walk.

(They walk about.)

Text 80

(anyasyam disi) anye:

purvasrame madhurima prath-ima ya asid

asyesvarasya sa drsor atithir na no 'bhut
adyapi cen na sa vilokyata eva tan no
dhig j anma dhig vapur aho dhig asun dhig aksi

anyasyam in a n o t h e r; disi di r e c t i o n;anye ot h e r s ;purva p r e v i o u s ;

asrame in t he asrama;madhurima of s w e e t ness; prathima ex p a n s i o n;yah
which; asit wa s ; asya of H i m ; is a v arasya of t h e L o r d;sah th i s ;dr s oh o f t h e
eyes; atithih aguest-; na no t; nah of u s ; ab h ut be c a m e adya ; no w ; ap i a l s o ;
cet if; na no t ; sa h He ; vi l o k y a te is s e e n;eva ce r t a i n l y;tat th a t ; na h o f u s ;
dhik fi e ! ;j anma on t h e b i r t h;dhik fi e ! ;va p uh on t h e f o r m ; aho ah ! ; d h i k
fie!; asun on t he lif e; dhik fi e ! ; ak si o n t h e e y e s .

(From another direction) O t he r People: Th e L o r d's sweetness in His

previous asrama never became the guest of our eyes. If we cannot see Him now ,
then our birth in this w o rl d is w o r t h l e ss! Our bodies are worthless! Our lives
are worthless! Our eyes are worthless!

Text 81

apare: hanta bho agacchatagacchata bhagavan .advaita puram pr-avista iti srutam
tat tatraiva pravisama (iti sotka.ntham upasrtya )aho ami .dauvarikah sarvan eva
nivarayanti bhadram .ami evanuneya datavyam ca kincid etebhyah (iti nikata.m
upasarpanti ) .
 hanta 0; bhoh 0; agacchata come here;agacchata come here;bhagavan
the Lord; advaita of A d v a i t a;puram th e h o m e ; pravistah ha s e nt e red;iti
thus; srutam he a r d; tat th a t ; ta t ra he r e ;eva ce r t a i n l y;pravisama l e t u s
enter; iti th u s ; sa wi t h ; ut k a n t h am ea g e r n e ss;
upasrtya ap p r o a c hing;aho
ah.; ami t h e se; dauvarikah ke e p a wa y;bhadram we l l ; a mi t h e s e ; eva
certainly; anuneyah to be persuaded;datavyam sh o u l d b e g i v e n;ca a l s o ;
kincit so m e t h i n g; etebhyah to t h e m; iti thu s ; ni k a t am ne a r b y ;upasarpanti
they approach.

Others: Come here! Come here! We have heard that the Lord has entered
Advaita's house. Let us go there. (They eagerly approach.) T h ese guards turn
everyone away. Let us pacify them with a br i be. (They approach.)

Text 82

( tatah pravisanti vetra pana-yo dvaropanta nivi-sta dauvarikah ) .

tatah th e n; pravisanti en t e r ;vetra wi t h c l u b s ;panayah i n t h e i r h a n d s ;

dvara upan-ta at the doorway; nivistah pl a c e d;dauvarikah g u a r d s .

(Enter Guards. They hold clubs in th eir hands and stand at the doorway.)

Text 83

dauvarikah: are purusah ksanam vilambantamyavat turiyasrama parig-rahah krto

bhagavata tavad anaharenaiva sthiyate adyaiv.a bhiksa bhavisyati tad a.dhuna
ko2aha2o na karyah upavi.sya sthzyatam bhiksottaram bhagavan ava2okaniyah

are 0; p u r usah pe o p l e ;ksanam for a moment; vi2ambantam st o p; yavat

since; turiya th e f o u r t h; asrama of t h e a srama;parigrahah ac c e p tance;krtah
was done; bhagavata by t he Lor d; tavat th e n ; an a harena wi t h o u t e a t ing;eva
certainly; sthiyate wa s d on e;adya no w ; eva ce r t a i n l y;bhiksa al m s of a meal;
bhavisyati wi l l b e; tat th e r e f o r e;adhuna no w ; ko 2 aha2ah an u p r o a r; na n o t ;
karyah sh o u ld be done;upavisya ha v i n g e ntered;sthiyatam an d s t a yed;
bhiksa th e alms; uttaram be i n g c o m p l e ted;bhagavan th e L o r d; avalokaniyah
will be seen.

Guard: People! Stop for a moment! From the time He took sannyasa until
now the Lord has not eaten anything. Now He will r e ceive alms of a meal. Please
do not make an uproar. He will enter the house, and stay for some time. After
He has taken His meal you may see Him.

Text 80

nepathye: bhagavann ita itah.

 bhagavan 0 Lord;itah here;itah here.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Lord, this way. This way.

Text 85

dauvarikah: nirupayami (i.ti samucchritam stha2am aruhya udgrivikam a2okya

ca.) aye krta bh-iksaeva bhagavan ya.d ayam

nirupayami I w i l l l o o k ; i t i thus; samucchritam to a r a i sed;sthalam p l a c e ;

aruhya cl i m b i n g; udgrivikam craning his neck; alokya lo o k i n g ; ca a n d ;
aye Oh; kr ta ta k e n ;bh i k sah meal; eva certainly; bhagavan th e L o r d; ya t
which; ayam t h i s .

Guard: I will look. (Climbing to a higher place and craning his neck, he
looks.) Ah! The Lord has taken His meal.

Text 86

srikhanda pank-a paril-ipta tanu-r navma

sonambaro dhava2a ma2y-a viraj -i vaks-ah
hema dyuti-r vij ayate hima sand-hya raga-
ganga prava-ha ruci -bhag -iva ratna sanuh-

srikhanda wi t h s a ndalwood paste;parilipta an o i n t e d;tanuh w h o s e b o d y ;

navina fr e s h; sona sa f f r o n;ambarah wi t h g a r m e n t s;dhava2a wh i t e ; ma2ya
with a garland; viraji sp l e n d i d;vaksah wh o s e c hest;hema of g o l d; dyutih t h e
splendor; vij ayate all g lo r i es;hima sandhy-a raga -the moonlight; ganga o f t h e
Ganga;pravaha on the waves; ruci beauty;bhak possessing;iva like;ratna
of jewels; sanuh th e m o u n t a in peak.

Glory to Him, His body anointed with sandalwood paste and clothed in
saffron garments, His chest glorious with a garland of white flowers, and His
golden splendor like moonlight on the Ganga's waves or like the jewel summit
of Mount Sumeru!

Text 87

tad ete samutkanthitah katham amum draksyanti (iti puna.r nibhalya.) aho sadhu
samahitam advaitadevenayad anenayam uccataram upakarika madhyar-opito
bhagavan tad adhu.na sarve sukham draksyanti sva nama ca -yathartham
anayopakarikayakari purusah .sarve sotkantham harim vadeti sambhuya nigadanti.

tat th e n; ete th e y ; samutkanthitah ea g e r;katham wh e t h e r 7;amum H i m ;

draksyanti wi l l s e e;iti th u s ;pu n ah ag a i n ;ni b halya lo o k i n g ; aho a h ;
sadhu of devotees;samahitam th e a ssembly;advaitadevena by A d v a i tadeva;
yat which; anaya by H i m ; ay am He ; uc c a t aram to a h i g h p l a c e;upakarika
of the house; madhya in t h e m i d d l e;aropitah as c e n d ed;bhagavan t h e L o r d ;
tat th a t; adhuna no w ; sa r ve ev e r y o n e;sukham ha p p i l y ; dr a ksyanti w i l l s e e ;
sva own; nama name;ca also; yatha a-rtham as appropriate; anaya by Him;
upakarikaya wi t h b l e s sings;akari wa s d o n e; purusah th e p e o p l e;sarve a l l ;
sa wi t h; utkantham ea g e r n ess; harim vada ha r i b o l; sa bhuya b e i n g ;
nigadanti say.

Why do people intently look in that di r ection? (He looks again.) A d v a i t adeva
has brought the Lord onto a balcony overlooking the crowd of devotees. They
happily gaze on Him, and He addresses them by name and blesses them.
E veryone eagerly calls out: "Haribol ! "

Text 88

(tatah pravisatiyatha nird-istopakarika talo-pavisto bhagavan advaitadyas ca.)

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;yatha as ; ni r d i s ta de s c r i b e d;upakarika tala

on the balcony;upavistah entered;bhagavan the Lord;advaita aday-ah and the
devotees headed by Advaita; ca a l s o .

(As described, the Lord enters the balcony. Advaita and the other devotees
also enter.)

Text 89

advaitah: keyam 2i2avyaraci bhavatayo yam advaita bhaja-m atyantestas tam

adhrta bhava-n asramam yat turiyam.

kawh a t ?; iyam th i s ; 2 i2a p a s t i m e;vyaraci pe r f o r m e d;bhavata b y Y o u ;

yah wh i c h; ayam th i s ; ad v aita bhaj am -by the impersonalists; atyanta v e r y ;
istah de a r; tam th a t ; ad h r ta ac c e p t e d;bhavan Yo u ; as ramam th e a s r a ma;
yat which; turiyam t h e f o u r t h .

Advaita: What kind of pastimes are You doing? You have accepted the
sannyasa-asrama, which is so dear to the advaitavadis (impersonalists).

Text 90

bhagavan: (vihasya)

bho advaita smara kim u vayam hanta nadvaita bhaj o -

bhedas tasmins tvayi cayad iyan rupato lingatas ca

vihasya la u g h i n g; bh oh 0 ; a d v a i t ah Ad v a i t a ;smara Yo u r e m e m b e r;kim

whether?; u in d e e d; vayam We; na no t ; dvaita bhaj ah im p e r s o nalists;
bhedah a difference;tasmin in Him; tvayi in Y o u ; ca al s o ;yat b e c a u s e ;
iyan th i s ; rupatah f r o m t h e form; /ingatah fr o m t he d esignation;ca a n d .

Bhagavan: (laughing) A d v a i ta, do You thi nk I a m n o t a n a d v a i t avadi? After

all, You and I are different from the Supreme only in the sense that We are
different persons with di ff erent forms and qualities.

Text 91

advaitah: vagisvarena kim ucitam vacanuvacanam

vagi isv-arena wi th an expert orator; kim h o w ? ; uc i t am pr o p e r ;va cana

anuvacanam de b a te.

Advaita: What is the use of debating with the master of words?

Text 92

bhagavan: tat tato 'vadharayantu

vina sarva tyaga-m bhavati bhajanam na hy asu pater-

iti tyago smabhih krta iha kim advaita katha-ya
ayam dando bhuyan pravala taraso -manasa pasor-
itivaham danda graha-nam avisesad akaravam

tat th i s; tatah th e n ; av a dharayantu ma y u n d e r s tand;vina w i t h o u t ;

sarva of e verything; tyagam re n u n c i a t i o n;bhavati is ; bh aj anam d e v o t i o n a l
service; na no t ; hi in d e e d ;asu of t h e l i f e ; pateh o f t h e L o r d; iti t h u s ;
tyagah re n u n c iation; asmabhih by H e ; kr t ah w a s d o n e ; iha i n t h i s ; k i m
what is the use?; advaita of m o n i s m; ka thaya of t h e w o r d s; ayam t h i s ;
dandah sa nnyasi's danda;bhuyan if ; pr a v ala tarasah -fic k l e; manasa o f t h e
mind; pasoh of t he animal; iti t h u s ; iv a li k e ; ah a m I; da n d a o f t h e d a n d a ;
grahanam ac c eptance;avisesat without discrimination; akaravam h a v e d o n e .

Bhagavan: Please understand this. With out renouncing everything it is not

possible to worship and serve He who is the Lord of My l i fe. For this reason I
have accepted sannyasa. What use do I have with the theories of the
advaitavadis? I have taken this sannyasi's danda only to threaten the fickle
a nimal of My mind .

Text 93

advaitah: sarvam idam prataranam eva. kintu sannyasa krt cham-ah s-anto nistha
santi parayana-h ity adi namnam nirukty artham ev-aitat
 sarvam ev e rything; idam th i s ;pr a t a ranam a t r i c k ; eva ce r t a i n l y;ki n tu
however; sannyasa sa n nyasa;krt ac c e p t i n g;samah pe a c e ful;santah pe a c e ful;
nistha to f a i t h; santi an d p e a c e;parayanah de v o t e d;iti th u s ; ad i b e g i n n i n g ;
namnam of t he names;nirukti a-rtham fo r f u l f i l l i ng t he meaning;eva c e r t a i n l y ;
etat t h i s .

Advaita: All this is a tri ck. You have accepted sannyasa to fulfill the Vi snu-
sahasra-nama's prediction: "sannyasa-krc chamah santo nistha-santi-parayanah
(The Supreme Personality of Godhead will appear as a peaceful devotee-
sannyasi.)"

Text 90

dauvarikah: (puratah sarvan avalokya) aho ascaryam

etavaty api durgame j ana gha-ta samghattanoccavace

sarvair evayatha sukh-am prabhur asau pare parardhair nrbhih
avyagrair avakasa lam-bhana suk-havasthana sust-hair yatha
kamam 2abdha tadiy-a purn-a karu-na drk -pata-m udviksyate

puratah be f o re him; sarvan ev e r y o n e;avalokya se e i n g;etavati s o ;

durgame di f f i c u lt to reach;j ana of p e o p l e; ghata mu l t i t u d e ; samghattana
close together; ucca th e h i gh; uvace an d l o w ; sa r vaih by a l l ; eva c e r t a i n l y ;
yatha as; sukham they please; prabhuh Lord;asau the;pare on the other
shore; parardhaih by m i l l i o n s; nrbhih of p e o p l e;avyagraih pe a c e f ul at heart;
avakasa the opportunit y; lambhana ta k i n g ; s ukha avast-hana sutair -jub i l a n t ;
yatha as; kamam wi s h e d ;la bdha at t a i n e d;tadiya of H i m ; pu r na f u l l ;
karuna of m e r c y;drk patam -t he gl a nce; udviksyate is s een.

A Guard: (looking at all the people) Wonderful! The high and low crowded
together, millions of joyful people on the other shore gaze at the Lord to their
heart's content, and the Lord also glances on them with great mercy.

Text 95

na hidam asamvadi yatah.

uttirno 'dya bhavabdhir adya pihitam dvaram yamasyapi ca

praptam manusa janma 2ambhan-a pha2am t-aptam ca sarvam tapah
yad daivah karuna kataksa -saraso d-arsiti sarvair aho
pratyekam prathayadbhir atma subhagi -bhavam -samudghusyate

na no t; hi in d e e d ;id am th i s ; as a mvadi un s a i d ;ya tah be c a u s e;uttirnah

crossed;adya noe; bhava of repeated birth and death; abdhih the ocean;
adya no w; ph itam cl o s e d shut;dvaram th e d o o r; ya masya of Y a m a r a ja;api
and; ca also; praptam at t a i n e d;manusa hu m a n ;j anma o f t h i s b i r t h ;
2ambhana pha2am -the fruit; taptam pe r f o r m e d; ca also; sarvam al l; tapah
austerities; yat be c a use;daivah of t h e L o r d; karuna of m e r c y ; ka t aksa o f t h e
sidelong glance; sarasah ne c t a r; adarsi is s e e n; iti t h u s ; sa r vair b y e v e r y o n e ;
aho ah.;pratyekam each;prathayadbhih proclaiming;atma own; subhagi
bhavam go od fortune; samudghusyate is d escribed.

The people are not silent. They each describe their great good fortune by
saying: "Now we have crossed the ocean of repeated birth and death. The gate to
Yama s kingdom is now closed for us. Now we have attained the ripened fruit of
this human birth. Now we have attained the results of all penances and
austerities. We have attained all this by seeing the sweet, merciful, sidelong
glance of the Lord."

Text 96

nepathye: paritah ko2aha2ah.

paritah ev e r y w h e re;kokaha2ah a t u m u l t .

(Tumultuous sounds from behind the scenes.)

Text 97

purusah: aho ami bhagavaj janm-a stha2-i nivas-inah sarve samagacchanti tad
adhuna mahata sammardena bhavitavyam vayam ita idanim apasarama (iti s.arve
niskramanti.)

aho ah .; ami t h e ; bh a gavat of t h e L o r d;j anma of t h e b i r t h;sthali o f t h e

place; nivasinah the residence; sarve al l; samagacchanti ar e a ssembling;tat
therefore; adhuna no w ; ma h ata wi t h g r e a t;sammardena t r o u b l e ;
bhavitavyam wi l l b e; vayam we ; it a h fr o m t h i s p l a c e;idanim n o w ;
apasarana sh a ll go; iti t h u s ; sa r ve ev e r y o n e;niskramanti e x i t s .

People: Now the people from the Lord's birth p l ace have come. There will be
a very great crowd. Let us leave. (Everyone exits.)

Text 98

(tatah pravisanti sarve navadvipa vasinah -) .

adyandham gatam eva no nayanayor adya prasanna disah

suskas cadyajijivisa vratataya-h pronmi2ayanty ankurah
naste 'ntahkharane ca kenacid aho caitanyam apy ahitam
yenasmakam aho batadya bhavita caitanya candroda-yah
 (iti sotkantham upasarpanti ).

tatah th e n; pravisanti en t e r ;sarve al l ; na v advipa of N a v a d v i p a;vasinah

the residents; te th e y; adya no w ; an d h am bl i n d ; ga t am mo v e m e n t ;eva
certainly; nah of u s ; na y a nayoh of t h e e ye s;adya no w ; pr a s annah cl e a r and
bright; disah th e d i r e c tions;suskah dr y ; ca a l s o ; ad ya no w ;ji j i v i s a o f t h e
desire to live; vratatayah th e c r e epers;pronmilayanti op e n i n g ;ankuran n e w
shoots;naste destroyed;antah ka-rane the heart; ca also;kenacit by someone;
aho ah .; caitanyam li f e ;api al s o ;ah i t ah pl a c e d ;yena by w h o m ; as m akam
of us; aho ah . ; bata in d e e d ;adya no w ; bh a v i ta wi l l b e ; ca i t anya o f L o r d
Caitanya; candra of t he m o o n; udayah th e r i s i n g;iti th u s ;sa w it h ;
utkantham ea g erness;upasarpanti th e y a pp ro ach.

(All the residents of Navadvzpa enter.)

The residents of Navadvzpa: Our eyes had become blind, but now all
directions are clear and bright for us. The vines of our desire to live had
withered away, but now they are bursting with new shoots. Our hearts had died,
but now the life is again placed within them. This has happened because the
moon of Srz Caitanya Mahaprabhu has risen before us. (They eagerly approach.)

Text 99

advaitah: (alokya)

agre nidhaya bhagavaj janan-im samiyuh

srivasa pandi-ta mukh-ah suhrdas ta ete
anye cabala tarun-a sthavi-ra kim anyad
desah sa esaudapadl sa esa kalah

alokya se e ing; agre in f r o n t ; ni d haya pl a c i n g ;bhagavat o f t h e L o r d ;

j ananim the mother;samiyuh approached;srivasa pandit-amukha-h headed by
Srivasa Pandita; suhrdah fr i e n d s; te Yo u r ; ete th e y ;an ye o t h e r s ; ca a l s o ;
bala ch i l d r e n; taruna yo u n g ; st havirah an d o l d ; k im w h a t 7 ;an y at o t h e r ;
desah country; sah esah th a t ; udapadi ri s e n ;sah esah th a t ; ka l ah t i m e .

Advaita: (looking) The Lord s mother, followed by Srivasa Pandita, friends,

and many others both young and old, has come. What more need I say. This is
the right time and place.

Text 100

bhagavan: (sa tvaram av-ataram natayati ) .

ca wi th; tvaram ha s t e ;avataram de s c e n t;natayati re p r e s e nts

dramatically.
 Bhagavan: (He quickly descends from the balcony.)

.fn 1

Text 101

dauvarikah: (sadaram pravesyanti ).

sa wi t h; adaram re s p e c t;pravesayanti al l o w to e nt e r.

(The Guards respectfully allow them to enter.)

Text 102

b hagavan: (mataram pranamati ) .

mataram to H is m o t h e r;pranamati bo w s d o wn to o f f er respect.

(Bhagavan bows down to offer respectful obeisances to His mother.)

Text 103

m ata: (sa bhaya -bhakt-i vatsa-2ya parito-sa va2ita-sru pu2ak-a gadg-adam sanskrtena ) .

vairagyam eva tava kim kim u vanubhutir

bhaktir nu va kim u rasah paramas tanubhrt
tata stanandhayatayaiva bhavantam ikse
2abdho 'dhunapi na kadapi punas tyajami

(iti sotkantham a2ingati.)

sa wi t h; bhaya fe a r ;bhakti de v o t i o n ;va tsalya mo t h e r l y l o v e;paritsosa

happiness; sava2ita mi x e d; asru wi t h t e a r s;pu2aka bo d i l y h a i rs standing up;
gadgadam and a choked up voice;sanskrtena in Sanskrit; vairagyam
renunciation; eva c e r t a i n ly; tava Y o u r ; ki m w h e t h e r ? ; ki m w h e t h e r ? ; u
i ndeed; va or ; anu bhu ti h d i r e c t p e r c eption; bhaktih d e v o t i o n ; n u i n d e e d ;
va or; ki m w h e t h e r ; u i n d e e d ; r a sah n e c t a r ean mellows; paramah
transcendental; tanubhrt p e r s o n i f i ed; tata 0 s o n ; s t a nandhataya a s a small
child; eva c e r t ainly; bhavantam Y o u ; i k s e I s e e ; l abdhah a t t a i n ed ; adhuna
n ow; api a n d ; n a n o t ; k a d a ap i e v e r ; p u na h a g a i n ; t y ajam i I w i l l l e a v e ;
iti t h u s ; sa w i t h ; u t k a n t ha m e a r n e s t n ess; alingati e m b r a c es.

M other Sacz: (She is simultaneously anxious, devoted, filled with m o t h e r l y

love, and pleased. Her bodily hairs stand up. She sheds tears, and says in a
choked voice, in Sanskrit:) Have You renounced the world? Do You now see the
Supersoul everywhere? Have You become the personified mellows of
t ranscendental devotional service? I still see You as my small child. Now I h a v e
attained You. I will never again let You go. (She earnestly embraces Him.)

Text 100

sri-caitanyah:

bhagavati jagan-matar matah param phalam uttamam

kim api phalitum vatsalyakhya lata bhavati ksama
bhavati bhavati visvasyaivanupadhi-su-vatsalety
atha bhagavata nunam cakre ksamapi saririni

(iti punah pranamati.)

bhagavati 0 n o b l e o ne; jagat of t h e w o r l d; ma tah 0 mo t h e r ;ma n ot ;

atah th an thi s;param gr e a t e r;phalam fr u i t ; ut t a m am su p r e m e ;kim api
something; pha2itum to b e ar fruit;vatsa2ya mo t h e r ly love;akhya n a m e d ;
lata th e c reeper;bhavati is ; ks a ma pa t i e n c e and forgiveness; bhavati i s ;
bhavati of y o u; vaisvasya of t h e w o r l d; eva ce r t a i n l y;anupadhi si n c e r e;su
vatsala lo v i ng mot h e r; iti th u s ; at ha no w ; bh a g a vat by t h e S up r e me
Personality of Godhead; nunam in d e e d;cakre is m a d e ;ksama pa t i e n c e;api
even; saririni pe r s o n i f i e d;iti th u s ;pu n ah ag a i n ;pr a namati H e b o w e d d o w n .

Srz Caitanya: 0 m o t her of the wo r ld , 0 n o bl e m o t h er, no fr uit is greater than

the fruit of patient forgiveness borne by the vine of Your motherly love. You are
famous in this world as the most sincerely affectionate mother. The Supreme
Personality of Godhead has deified you as the goddess of patient forgiveness.
(He again bows down before her.)

Text 105

mata: (punar alingya)

punah again;alingya embracing.

(Mother Sacz again embraces Him.)

Text 106

devah: (pranamati)

pranamati bo ws down.

(The Lord bows down.)

Text 107
 advaitah: (tam utthapya svayam antah pure pravesayan niskrantah.)

tam he r; utthapya li f t i n g u p; svayam pe r s o n a lly;antah p-ure in s i de the

house; pravesayan ca u s ing to enter;niskrantah e x i t s .

Advaita: (Making Mo t her Saci stand up, He leads her inside the house. In
this way He exits.)

Text 108

bhagavan: yatha yat-ham sarvan evalingana spa-rsana da-rsana pra-snadibhir

anuranj ayati

yatha yath-am as is appropriate;sarvan ev e r y o n e;eva ce r t a i n l y;alingana

with embraces; sparsana to u c h i n g; darsana gl a n c e;prasna qu e s t i o n s ;
adibhih be g i n n i ng wit h; anuranj ayati pl e a s es.

(The Lord greets everyone, pleasing them with appr op r i ate embraces,
touches, glances, questions, and other actions.)

Text 109

advaitah: (punah sa tvaram -pravisya) kah ko tra bhoh sarvan evabala vrddh-a
tarunan acandalams cayathopajosam avasa bhaks-ya peyad-ibhir upacarantu
bhavantah.

punah ag ain; sa with; tvaram ha s t e;pravisya en t e r i n g;kah wh o 7 ; a t r a

here; bhoh 0; s a r v an ev e r y o n e;eva ce r t a i n l y;abala fr o m c h i l d r e n;vrddha
old; tarunan an d y o u n g; acandalan do w n t o t he candalas;ca al s o;yatha
upaj osam to their satisfaction; svasa wi t h r e s i dences;bhaksya fo o d ; peya
drink; adibhih be g i n n i ng wit h; upacarantu mu s t s e r ve;bhavantah Y o u .

Advaita: (again hastily enters) W h o , wh o is h e re. Th ere must be residences,

food, drink, and other necessities to please all the young, old, and even candalas
who have come here.

Text 110

ekah: (pravisyapati ksepena) -ayam ayam aham tatha karomi (iti nisk.rantah.)

pravisya en t e r i ng; apati of t h e c u r t a i n; ksepena by t o s s ing aside;ayam he;

ayam he ; aham I a m ; ta t ha in t h a t w a y ; ka r omi I w i l l d o ; it i t hu s ;
niskrantah exits.

One Man: (Tossing aside the curtain, he hastily enters.) I w i l l t ak e care of it.
(He exits.)

Text ll l

advaitah: (bhagavatam upasrtya)

so 'ham ta ete sa bhavan sa caisam

prema taveyam karunapi saiva
sarvam tadevasti sukhaika he-tur
anaydrsam rupam atosa het-uh

bhagavantam th e L o r d; upasrtya ap p r o a c h i ng;sah He ; ah am I; te t hey ;

ete the y; sah He ; bh a van Yo u ; sah th i s ; es am of t h e m ; pr e ma t h e l o v e ;
tava of You; ayam th i s ; ka r u na me r c y ;api al s o ;sa th a t ; eva c e r t a i n l y ;
sarvam ev e rything; tada th e n ; iva as ; as ti is ; su k ha of h a p p i n e s s;eka s o l e ;
hetuh ca use;anyadrsam of a n y o t h er way;rupam th e f o r m ; at osa o f
unhappiness; hetuh th e c ause.

Advaita: (approaching the Lord) Th e way I was before, the way You were
before, the way Your devotees were, the love they felt for You, and Your mercy
towards them, all these are the only source of our happiness. Any change in
these things will bring us pain.

Text 112

bhagavan: advaitadvaita maivam

syamamrta srotasi -patitam vapus

tasyaiva tungena taranga ramha-sa
yam yam dasam eti subhasubhathava
sa saiva me premacari kariti

tad ehi cira drstair -ebhih saha rasa upavisama

(iti sarve niskrantah.)

advaita Ad v a i t a; advaita Ad v a i t a;ma no t ; ev am in t h i s w a y; syama d a r k ;

amrta of n e c tar;srotasi in a r i v e r;patitam fa l l e n ;vapuh fo r m ; ta s ya o f t h a t ;
eva certainly; tungena wi t h t a l l; ta ranga ramhas-a gr eat waves;yam yam
whatever; dasam co n d i t i on of existance;eti at t a i n s;subha au s p i c i o us ;
asubha in a uspicious; atha va or ; sa sa th a t ; eva ce r t a i n l y;me t o M e ;
premacari kari br i n g s l o ve of Krsna;iti thus; tat th e r e f o re;ehi co m e ; c i r a
with long; drstaih ga z i n g;ebhih th i s ; sa ha wi t h ; ra s a raha rahaha- s o l i t - ary
place; upavisama le t Us enter;iti thus; sarve ev e ryone;niskrantah e x i t s .

Bhagavan: Advaita, Advaita, don t talk like th is. My body has fallen into a
dark nectar-river, and is now violently tossed by that river's waves. Whether
that river places Me in an auspicious or inauspicious condition, it always
overwhelms Me with love for Krsna. Come, let us all go to a secluded place, and
there we may associate together for a long time.
(Everyone exits.)

ct ix

Text I

( tatah pravisati ratnakarah ) .

ratnakarah: aho adya katham akasmat preyasi sura sari-d vim-anaskeva drsta tad.
asya mano duh-kha kara-nam prastavyam asti (iti p.uro 'va2okya )ka.tham iyam tad
a vasthaiva drsyate devi tad upasrtya prcchami (iti .upasarpati ) .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;ratnakarah th e o c e a n;ahah ah ! ; ad ya n o w ;

katham wh y ? ; akasmat su d d e n l y;pray asi be l o v e d;surasari t G a n g a ;
vimanaska un h a p p y; iva as i f ; dr s ta is s e e n;tat th a t ; as yah of h e r ; ma n a h
of the heart; duhkha of t he u n h a ppiness;karanam th e c a u se;prastavyam
should be asked; asti is ; iti thu s ; pu r a h ah e a d ;avalokya lo o k i n g ;ka t ham
why?; iyam th i s ; tat avasth-a co n d i t i o n; eva ce r t a i n l y; dr s yate is s e e n;devi
0 noble lady; tat th a t ; up asrtya ap p r o a c h i n g;pracchami I w i l l a s k;iti t h u s ;
upasarpati be a pproaches.

(The ocean enters.)

The Ocean: Why does my dear wife, Ganga, suddenly appear to be unhappy.
I will ask her what has brought suffering to her heart. (He looks ahead.) I w i l l
approach her and ask: "0 noble lady, why do you appear in this way?" (He
approaches.)

Text 2

(tatah pravisati yatha nirdista -ganga ) .

ganga: haddhi haddhijassa pa a se asa-2i-2at-tena maha edarisam soggam tassa

pahuno cira alam an-ga sango 2a-mbhi o. adobar-o ko me bha dhe a - -

anha tam 2ambhi apunohi -na 2ambhanijjo vi adisa ia-do ara-m va kim me asuham
ta kim karemi manda bha ini. (-iti ci-ntayati ksanam tisthanti.)

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;yatha as ; ni r d i s ta in d i c a t e d;ganga G a n g a ;

haddhi al a s !; haddhi al a s !;j assa of w h o m ; pa a o f th e-f e et; se as e r v i c -e;
sa2i2attena by manifesting water; maha of m e ; edarisam li k e t h i s ; soggam
good fortune; tassa of H i m; pa hunah th e L o r d ; ci ra fo r a l o n g ; al am t i m e ;
anga of t he body; sangah th e t o u c h; /ambhi-ah w a s a t t a ined;adobarah t h e n ;
kah wh a t?; me m y ; bh a a -d-he a -good fortune; anha t h e r e ; tam H i m ;
2ambhi-a attaining; punobi ag a i n;na no t ; 2 a mbhanijjah m a y b e a tt ained;vi
a as if; disa i -is - seen; adobaram th e n ; va or ; k i m w h et h e r ? ;me m y ;
asuham mi s f o rt une; ta th e r e f o r e; kim w h a t ? ;ka r e mi sh a l l I d o;ma nda b-ha
ini an u n f o r t u n ate person; iti t h u s ; c i n tyatai t h i n k i n g ;ks a nam f o r a
m oment; tisthati s t a n d s .

(As described, the Ganga River enters.)

Ganga: Alas! Alas! It is a long time since I was fortunate to touch Lord
Visvambhara's lotus feet with my waters. What has happened to my good
fortune> I once had His association. I have it no longer. How have I become so
unfortunate? What will I, now so unfortunate, do? (She reflects for a moment.)

Text 3

ratnakarah: (upasrtya) bhagirathi katham vimanayase

upasrtya ap p r o a ching; bhagirathi 0 G a n g a ; k atham w h y ? ;vi m a nayase a r e

you unhappy?

Ocean: (approaching) 0 Ganga, why are you unhappy?

Text 0

ganga: ajj a utto ajj -a utto ki-m pucchasi mand.a-bha-ini kkhu aham

ajja of a nob le father; puttah 0 s o n ; aj ja o f a n o b l e f a t her; puttah 0 s o n ;

kim w h y?; pucchasi y o u a s k; manda-bha-ini u n f o r t u n a t e; kkhu i n d e e d ;
a ham I am .

Ganga: Noble husband, noble husband, why do you ask? I am very

unfortunate.

Text 5

ratnakarah: bhagirathi katham iva

bhagirathi 0 G a n g a ; katham w h a t ? ;iva like.

Ocean: 0 Ganga, what is your misfortune?

Text 6
 ganga: (sanskrtena)

yat p-ada s-auca ja2amity a2am asmi visva-

vi khy ata k-irti r asakau rasa k-autukisah
nityavagaha ka-laya rasayam cakara
mam adya sa tyajati ha bata tena duye

sankrtena in S anskrit;yat of w h o m ; pa da of t h e f e e t;sauca w a s h e d ;

j a2am the water; iti th u s ; a2am gr e a t l y;asmi I a m ; vi s va i n t h e w o r l d ;
vikhyata kir-tih fa m o u s;asakau th i s ; ra sa ka-utuki of t h e d e v o tees eager to
relish the mellows of devotional service; isah th e l e a der;nitya r e g u l a r l y ;
avagaha ka-laya by bathing; rasayam cakara br o u g h t n e c tarlike happiness;
mam to m e; adya no w ; sa h He ; ty a j ati ab a n d o n s;ha al a s ! ;bata a l a s ! ;
tena for this reason;duye I a m u n h a p p y .

Ganga: (in Sanskrit) Th e Su p r eme Lord, the master of the blissful, sweet
devotees, the Lord by washing whose feet I am famous in this wo r ld, every day
used to fill me with nectar happiness by bathing in my w a t ers. Alas! Alas! Now
He has left me. For that reason I suffer.

Text 7

ratnakarah: amjanami sa kh.alumathura gama-natah pratyavrtyasampraty

advaitalaye samagato stiti srutam tat katham duyase

am ye s;j anami I u n d e r s t a nd;sah He ; kh a lu in d e e d ;ma thura t o

Mathura; gamanatah fr o m t he jo u r n e y;pratyavrtya tu r n i n g b a c k;samprati
now; advaita of A d v a i t a; alaye in t h e h o m e ; samagatah ar r i v e d;a sti i s ; i t i
thus; srutam he a r d; tat th e r e f o r e;katham wh y ? ; du yase ar e y ou u n h a ppy.

The Ocean: Yes, I understand. I heard He turned back from His jo u r ney to
Mathura, and now stays at Advaita's home. He is not leaving you after all. Why
are you unhappy?

Text 8

ganga: ho ievasme-dan kintu n.a addi ad-o a a-desu si-rivasa pahudi -esu ban-dhu
vaggesu annasmin di ahe siri -sa ide -i e-pa i -a-mann-a-m sarvehim appavaggehim saha
sarasa hasa vil-asam -bhunji atehim jj -eva saddham upavisi abha av-am ki-m pi
gadidum pa utto -

ho i — it is; e-vasmedam li ke this; kintu ho w e v e r;na addi ada-h fr -om

Navadvipa; a adesu a-rrived;sirivasa by S r i v a sa;pahudi esu he a -ded;bandhu
vaggesu among the friends; anna on a n o t h e r;di ahe da y -;s iri sa id e i -e- b y - -

Srimati Sacidevi; pa iam co o -ked;annam fo o d ; sarvehim al l ; ap p avaggehim

the friends; saha wi t h ; sa rasa sw e e t;hasa jo k i n g ; vi l a sam pa s t i m e s;bhuji
a eating; tehim th e m ;jje va ce r t a i n l y;saddham wi t h ; up a v isi a si t t i n g ; b ha-
avam the Lord; kim pi so m e t h i n g gadidum
; to s p e a k;pa uttah b e g a n .

Ganga: That may be. Still, on another day, after Srivasa and other friends
came from Navadvipa, and after Sri Saci-devi had cooked, as He sat with His
friends, eating and playfully joking, the Lord began to speak.

Text 9

ratnakarah: kim tat.

kim wh a t ?; tat wa sthat.

The Ocean: What did He say?

Text 10

ganga:

bho advaita prab-hrtaya idam sruyatam yaj jananya

yusmakam ca pranayi suhr-dam ajnaya na prayatam
vighnas tena vyajani mathuram gantum ise na tasmad
ajnam sarve dadatu krpaya hantayayam idanim

bhoh 0; ad v a ita prabh-rtayah fr i e n ds headed by Advaita;idam t h i s ;

sruyatam sh o u ld be heard;yat wh a t ;j ananya by M o t h e r S aci;yusmakam o f
you all; ca also; pranayi loving; suhrdam fr i e n d s;ajnaya by t h e o r d e r; na
not; prayatam go n e ; vighnah im p e d i m e n t;tena by t h i s ; vyaj ani i s
manifested; mathuram to M a t h u r a; gantum to g o ; ise I a m a b l e ;na n o t ;
tasmat th e r e fore; aj nam th e o r d e r;sarve al l ; da d atu ma y g i v e ; kr paya w i t h
mercy; hanta indeed;yayam I may go; idanim now.

He said: "0 Advaita, 0 My friends, please hear this. By the order of My

mother and you dear affectionate friends, I am forbidden to leave. Because of
this obstacle I cannot go to Mathura. All of you please to be merciful to Me so
now I may go."

Text 11

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

 Text 12

ganga: tado adva a-cari e-na gadidam

tava pritya yahity abhilasati sarvo yadi j anas

tada sarvasyaiva tvad up-agamanat purvam asavah
na dhikkaran sodhum bata bhavati nah patavam iti
prayasyanty evami prathamam anubhuya vyasanitam

tadah th e n; adva i c-a-ri en-a by Advaita Acarya; gadidam wa s said;eva

certainly; pritya wi t h ; pr i t ya ha p p i n e s s;
yahi Yo u m a y g o;iti t h u s ;
abhilasati de s i r es;sarvah al l ; ya di if ;j a n ah th e s e p eople;tada t h e n ;
sarvasya of e veryone;eva ce r t a i n l y; tvat of Y o u ; up gamanat th e d e p a rture;
purvam be f o r e; asavah the life-breath; na no t ; dh i k k a ran th e c e n s u r e ;
sodhum to t o l e rate;bata in d e e d;bhavati is ; na no t ; pa t a v am he a l t h ;i t i
thus; prayasyanti wi l l g o; eva ce r t a i n l y;ami th e y ;pr a t h amam first;
anubhuya ex p e riencing;vyasanitam se p a ration.

Then Advaita Acarya said: "If out of love for You everyone cheerfully said:
Yes, You may go', then even before You had gone, our life-breath, unable to bear
the outrage of separation from You, would leave our bodies at once."

Text 13

ratnakarah: bhadram bho advaita bhadram tatas .tatah.

bhadram good;bhoh 0; advaita Advaita;bhadram good;tatah then;

tatah t h e n .

The Ocean: Well said, Advaita! Well said! Then? Then?

Text lk

ganga: tado bha avada

s-appana am pun-obibhandiam. bho advaita prabhrt-avyah

grhito yam veso yad iha nij a desasya -sa vidhe -

tada sthatum sardham pranayibhir idanim anucitam

budha yuyam vij na bhavati j anani casya vapusah
samadham kurvantu svayam ahaha kim vacmi bahulam

tadop th e n; bha avada -by the Lord; sappana am wi t -h affection;punobi

again; bhanidam wa s said;bhoh 0 ; a d v a i ta prabhrta-yah de v o t e es headed by
Advaita; grhitah ac c e p ted;ayam th i s ; ve sah dr e s s;yat be c a u s e;iha h e r e ;
nij a ow n; desasya of t he c ou n t r y; sa vidhe in-the vicinity; tada t h e n ;
sthatum to s ta y;sardham wi t h ; pr a n ayibhih af f e c t i o n a te friends and relatives;
idanim no w ; an ucitam is i m p r o p e r;budhah in t e l l i g e n t;yuyam y o u a l l ;
vij na in t e l l igent;j anani My m o t h e r ; ca al s o ;as ya of t h i s ;va pusah b o d y ;
samadham the place of staying;kurvantu ma y d o; svayam pe r s o n a l l y;ahaha
ah!; kim w h a t ?; vacmi n e e d I s ay; bahulam m o r e .
Ganga: The Lord affectionately replied: "0 A d v a i ta, 0 M y f r i e n ds, I have
accepted a sannyasz s cloth. It is not right for a sannyasz to remain in his own
country surrounded by affectionate friends and relatives. You are very
intelligent, and My mother is also very intelligent. Therefore I will p l ace this
body in whatever country You say. What more need I say?

Text 15

ratnakarah: bhagavatapi samicinam uktam. tatas tatah.

bhagavata by t he Lord; api al s o ;samicinam p r o p e r l y; uktam w a s s p o k e n ;

tatah th e n; tatah t h e n .

The Ocean: The Lord said the right th i ng. Then? Then?

Text 16

ganga: tado savvehim bha avad-o bandhu janehim acarijan-a-ni

o esa -ide i-en -i-
adam gadu ama-ntidam.

tadah th e n; savvehim by a l l ; bha avad-ah of t he Lord; bandhu janehim t h e

friends and relatives; acari ah b-y Advaita Acarya; j anani eb y -H is mot h e r; sa i -

de i eS -a-cidevi; ni adam -in pr i v a t e; gadu aa p - p r o a ching; mantidam w a s

counseled.

Ganga: All His friends, Advaita Acarya, and His mother Sacidevi then met in
private.

Text 17

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 18

ganga: assim atthejado kassabi samma ina ho-i -tadojanani euttam b-hobhoja i -

dhamma doso ho-i-tado appano sukkha-e tassa khala ana kida -kim -vadanti katham
karanijj appano
a j aha taha ho-u tado j a annacche-ttam jjevva j am gacchadi tam jjeva
bhaddam kadaci pa utti bi lah-i adi tti asa -ho-i.
 asssim in t h i s; atthe m a t t e r ; j a d ah b e c a u s e; kassabi of s o m e o n e;samma-
i ag r eement;na no t ; h o -i i s ; ta d a h th e r e f o r e; janani e -by Mo t h er Saci;
uttam said; bhah 0 ; b h a h 0; j a i - i f ; d h a m m a of r e l i g i o n ;dosah a f a u l t; ho-
i is ; tadah th e n ; ap panah pe r s o n a l; sukkha-e w i t h h a p p i n e ss;tassa o f H i m ;
khala a-na by wic ked men; kida do n e ; k im w h a t ;va d a n ti sa y i n g ; k atham
what?; karanijj a sh o u ld be done;appanah of t he s elf;j aha as ; ta ha i n t h a t
way; ho-u may be; tadah then;j a an-nahacchettam Jagannathaksetra
(Jagannatha Puri); jj evva certainly; jam w h i c h ; ga cchadi g o e s ; tam t h a t ;
jjeva certainly; bhaddam by g o od fort une; kadaci s o m e t i m e s; pa-utti n e w s ;
bi al s o; lahi ad-i is o b t a ined; tti t h u s ; asa d e s i r e ; ho-i i s .

Ganga: They could not aggre. Then Mother Saci said: "If His staying here
breaks the rules of religion, then let Him l ive abroad. If He stays here to please
me, then wicked people may criticize Him. What should be done. Let Him go to
Jagannatha Puri. Then I may be fortunate sometimes to hear news of His
activities. That is my desire."

Text 19

ratnakarah: sadhu matah sadhu atik.ranto sti bhavatya devahutih. tatas tatah.

sadhu we ll said; matah 0 m o t h e r ;sa dhu we l l s a i d; atikrantah su r p a s sed;

asti is; bhavatya b y y o u ; d evhutih D e v a h u t i; tatah t h e n ; t a t ah t h e n .

The Ocean: Well spoken, mother! Well spok en! You have surpassed even
Devahuti. Then? Then?

Text 20

ganga: tado savvejjeva vivasa huvi apuno-bi gadidavanto matah katham idam
uktam atah param asmabhir idam sruti pratipa-ditam iva khanditum na sakyate
l7hagavad-vacah.

tadah th e n; savve ev e r y o n e; jj eva ce r t a i nly;vivasa s t r u c k w i th w o n d e r ;

huvi ab e c o -ming; punobi a g a i n; gadidavantah s p e a k i n g; matah 0 m o t h e r ;
katham h o w?; idam th i s ; u k t am s p o k e n ; at ah param t h e n ; a smabhih b y u s ;
idam th i s ; sruti in t h e V e d a s;paditam pratipaditham de m o n s t r a ted;iva a s i f ;
khanditum t o be br ok en; na no t ; sa k y a te is a b l e;bhagavat of t h e S upreme
Personality of Godhead; vacah th e s tatement.

Ganga: Struck with w o n d er, everyone said: "Mother, what have you said?
For us your words are like scripture. As we will never disobey the Lord's order,
so we will never disobey your words."

Text 21
 ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then;

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 22

ganga: tado ta eg-adidam amhanamjaha taha ho-u. assa dosamjam khala jano
pekkhissaditam kkhu dussaham j a an-naham j aig-acchadi tado majj he majj he tumhe
gantum sakkadha ma ep-a-utti lahi adi-.

tadah th e n; ta eb - y h e r; gadidam sa i d ;am hanam of u s ;j aha as ; ta ha i n

that way; ho-u ma y be; assa of H i m ; do sam fa u l t ; j am w h i c h ; kh a l a janah
wicked men; pekkhissadi wi l l s e e; tam t h a t ; kk hu in d e e d ;du ssaham
unbearable; j aann-aham to Lord Jagannatha; ja-i if; gacchadi goes;tadah
then; majjhe majjhe in t h e m i d s t;tumhe yo u a l l ; gantum to g o ; sa k kadha w i l l
be able; ma eb -y me; pa-utti n e w s ; la hi adi - i s at t a ined.

Ganga: Then Mother Sacz said: "So be it. If wicked men find fault with Him
it will be unbearable for me. Let Him go to Jagannatha Puri. You will be able to
visit Him, and in this way I will hear news of Him."

Text 23

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 20

ganga: tado savve bha avado n-i

adam a -adu ad-e i -ekad-h-idam ni adidava-nto

tadah then;savve everyone;bha avadah -the Lord; ni adam -near; adu a -

approaching; de i eb y -M -otherSacs;kadhidam sp o k e n; ni adivanta-h s p o k e n.

Ganga: Then they all approached the Lord and told Him Mother Sacz's
words.

Text 25

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

 tatah th e n; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 26

ganga: tado bha av-am saharisa am -gadidavamyathajnapayati visva janani

tadaj napayata gacchami

tadah th e n; bha av-am th e L o r d; sa w i t h ; ha r i n am jo y ; ga d i d avam s a i d ;

yatha as; aj napayati or d e r s;visva of t h e w o r l d;j anani th e m o t h e r; tada
then; ajnapayata or d e r; gacchami I w i l l g o .

Ganga: Then the Lord became happy and said: "As the most exalted mother
in the world has spoken, so I will ob ey. I wil l go to Jagannatha Purz."

Text 27

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 28

ganga: tado savvehim gadidam deva kiyanti dinani sthiyatam pasyamas te carana
kamalam iti.

tadah th e n; savvehim by e v e r y o ne;gadidam sa i d ;deva 0 Lo r d ; k i y a n t i

for some; dinani da y s ;sthiyatam st a y ;pasyamah we m a y s ee;te Y o u r ;
carana fe e t; kamalam lo t u s ;iti t hu s .

Ganga: Then everyone said: "Lord, please stay here for some days more so
we may see Your lotus feet."

Text 29

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

 Text 30

ganga: tado j anani e-tanam ca pamo a-ttham tinna dinani tattha tha u-na puvvam
vi a-bha a-vadi e-janani e -accudananda janani e -ca pa id-am annam savvehim saha
bhunj i a-ca u-tthe di a-he gantum pa ut-te savvehim manti a-niccananda j a a-dananda
damo a-ra mu un-da o-sange dinna o-tado gadesu na a-ddiba va-sisu tehim saddham
deve patthide adda i -ac-ari en-a bahudaram ro id-am d.evo tam anamanti a-calido

tadah th e n;j anani e -of Mo t h er Sacs;tanam of t he d evotees;ca an d ; pa mo

attham fo r t he happiness;tinna th r e e ;dinani da y s ; t at tha t h e r e ;t h anu a-
staying; puvvam be f o r e; vi a -as it was; bha av-adi e -by the noble;j anani e-
mother;accudananda of Acyutananda;janani e-by the mother; ca also;pa
idam co o k e d; annam fo o d ; sa vvehim ev e r y o n e;saha wi t h ; bh u nji a - e a t i n g ;
ca utth-e on the fourth; di ahe -da y; gantum to g o ; pa u tte -b e g a n; savvehim
Nityananda;j a ada-nanda Jagadananda; damo ara -Damodara; mu und-a ah -and
Mukunda; sange in H is association;dinna ah -pl a ced; tadah th e n ; ga desu h a d
departed na-addiba o f N a v a dvipa; vasisu wh e n t he residents;tehim t h e m ;
saddham wi t h; deve wh e n t he L o r d; patthide wa s a bo ut to go;addi a ac-ar-i
ena by Advaita Acarya; bahudaranm repeatedly; ro idam -was cried;devah the
Lord; tam H i m ; an a m anti wi t h o u t s p e a king;calidah l e f t .

Ganga: In order to please His mother and friends, the Lord stayed with th em
for three days. Noble Mother Saci and Acyutananda's mother together cooked a
great feast, and the Lord feasted with His fr i ends. On the fourth day the Lord
prepared to go. Everyone spoke words of farewell. The residents of Navadvzpa
all left. Inthe company of Nityananda, Jagadananda, Damodara, and Mukunda,
the Lord began to leave. Advaita shed incessant tears. Lord Caitanya did not say
a nything to Him, but simply l e f t .

Text 31

ratnakarah: hanta idanim gaudadhipater yavana bhupal-asya gaj apatina saha

virodhe gamanagamanam eva na vartate katham ayam caturbhir eva parijanaih saha
gacchati

hanta in d e e d; idanim no w ; ga u da of B e n g a l;adhipateh o f t h e k i n g ;

yavana of t he yavanas;bhupalasya the king; gaj apatina Ma h a r a ja
Prataparudra; saha wi t h ; vi r o dhe in t h e h o s t i l i t y; gamana go i n g ; agamanam
and coming; eva ce r t a inly; na no t ; va r t a te is ; ka t h am ho w i s i t 7 ; ayam t h a t
He; caturbhih fo u r ; eva ce r t a i n l y;parij anaih co m p a n i o n s;saha w i t h ;
gacchati go e s .

The Ocean: The Yavana King of Bengal and Maharaja Prataparudra are now
at war. The border of Bengal and Orissa is sealed. How can the Lord and His
four associates cross it?
 Text 32

ganga: (sanskrtam asritya) arya p-utra naitad ascaryam pasya pasya

yo 'ntaryami bhavati j agatam yo 'yam avyaj a b-andhur

yasya dvesyo najagati janah ko 'pi ke tam dvisantu
dvairajyo smin patu vi-katayoh senayor eva madhyan
nispratyuham ka2aya ca2ito bandhubhih pancasaih sah

sankrtam of S anskrit; asritya ta k i n g s he lter;arya of a n o b le father;putra

0 son; na no t ; et at th i s ;as c aryam is v e r y w o n d e rful;pasya lo o k . ; pa s ya
look.; yah wh o ; an t a ryami th e S u p e r s o ul in the heart; bhavati is ;j agatam o f
the univserses; yah wh o ; ay am He ; av y aj a th e s i n c e re;bandhuh f r i e n d ;
yasya ofwhom; dvesyah th e o b j e c t i f h a t r e d; na n o t ; j a g a t i i n t h e u n i v e r s e ;
j anah a person; kah api so m e o n e;ke wh o 7 ; t a m Him; dvisantu m a y h a t e ;
dvairajyah th e t wo k i n g d o m s; asmin in t h i s ;pa tu vika-tayoh vi o l e n t; senayoh
of the armies; eva ce r t a inly; madhyat fr o m t h e m i d s t;nispratyuham w i t h o u t
obstruction; ka2aya lo o k . ; ca2itah go e s ;bandhubhuh fr i e n d s;pancasaih w i t h
five; sah H e .

G anga: (In Sanskrit) N o b l e h u s band, this is not surpr i si ng. Look! Look !
W ho hates the Supersoul, the sincere friend of the entire world? Look! Wi t h o u t
obstruction the Lord and His five friends now tr avel between the two ferocious
armies.

Text 33

apl ca

grame grame patu kapatin-o ghatta pala ya e-te

ye ranyanicara giri ca-ra v-ata patac ca-ras ca-
sankakarah pathi vica2atam tam vi2okyaiva saksad
udyad baspah -skhalita vapusa-h ksauni prsthe -2uthanti

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e;grame grame in e a ch village;patu kapatin-ah di s h o n est

men; ghatta palah t- o ll-collectors;ye wh o ; ete th e y ;ye wh o ; ar a n ya i s t h e
forest; anicarah tr a v e l l i n g;giri in t h e m o u n t a i n s;carah mo v i n g ; va ta i n t h e
gardens; pataccarah thieves; ca al s o; sanka akarah -fr i g h t e ning; pathi o n t h e
road; vica2atam wa l k i n g; tam Hi m ; vi 2 o kya se e i n g;saksat di r e c t l y;udyat
rising; baspan te a rs;skha2ita st u m b l i n g; vapusah wh o s e body;kasauni o f t h e
earth; prathe on t he surface;luthanti r o l l s a bo u t .
.fn 3

When they see Lord Caitanya, the cruel and dishonest men in the villages
and the fearful thieves in the hills and forests burst into tears, stumble, and roll
about on the ground in ecstasy.
 Text 30

ratnakarah: bhavati hi bhagavan sahajasura b-hava b-havitantahakaranam eva

nanandayati tad it-aran parama p-amaran api drk p-atena pavitrayati citrayati ca
bhakti ra-sena t.atas tatah.

bhavati is ; hi in d e e d ;bh agavan th e L o r d; sahaja by n a t u r e ;asura o f

demons; bhava the nature; bhavita is;antah ka-ranan in the heart; eva
certainly; na do e s not;anandayati de l i g h t ;tat fr o m t h e m ; it a r an d i f f e r e n t ;
parama very; pamarah fallen; api al t h o u g h; drk pa-tena wi t h H is g la nce;
pavitrayati pu r i f i e s;citrayati makes wonderful; ca al s o ;bhakti o f d e v o t i o n a l
service; rasena wi t h t he nectar mellows;tatah th e n ; ta t ah t h e n .

The Ocean: The Lord does not give pleasure to those who are demons at
heart, but He does purify and make beautiful with the nectar of devotional
service those who are not demons, but only very sinful and fallen.

Text 35

ganga: tado nirantara sanc-aranta ga a-va -i ma-h-a sama-nta sant-adi-maha-

dantavala tunga -turan-ga patti -samp-atti dugg-amama ra apa-ham ujj hi ava-na
maggam jj eva a agah-iya calidavanto

tadah th e n; nirantara co n s t a n t l y;sancaranta mo v i n g ; ga ava i- a r - r o gant;

maha gr e at;samanta of g e n e rals;santadi a h o s t;maha danta-vala tunga -great
elephants with large tusks; turanga ho r s e s;patti of s o l d i e r s;sampatti w i t h
hosts; duggamam di f f i c u lt to traverse;ra at h - e r o yal; paham ro a d ; ujjhi a -

abandoning; vana in t h e f o r e st;maggam th e pa t h ; j j e va ce r t a i n l y;a agahiy-a

entering deeply; calidavantah w e n t .

G anga: Leaving the impassable royal roads always filled with m o v i n g

soldiers, horses, elephants, and proud generals, the Lord went thr ough the
jungle.

Text 36

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then;

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 37

ganga: (sanskrtena) tatah.

ascaryam prag ahaha gahanam gahamane raghunam
patyau dvipi d-virada mahisa gandukas candakayah
tat k-odanda p-ratibhaya h-ata dudruvur ye ta ete
yan madhurya d-rava 2a-va 2a-bhah stabdhatam eva dadhruh

sanskrtena in S anskrit; tatah th e n ; as caryam wo n d e r f u l;pr ak f o r m e r l y ;

ahaha ah !; gahanam de e p in t he jung le;gahamane en t e r i n g; raghunam o f t h e
Raghu dynasty; patyau wh e n t he K i ng ( Lo rd Ramacandra);dvipi th e t i g e r s ;
dvirada el e p hants;mahisah bu f f a l o e s;gandukah an d r h i n o c e roses;
candakayah fe r o c ious;tat of H i m ; ko d a nda of t h e a r m s; pratibhaya w i t h f e a r ;
hatah st r u c k; dudruvuh fle d ; ye wh o ; te e te th e y ;yat of w h o m ; ma d h u rya
of the sweetness; drava flo w i n g ; 2ava a d r o p ; 2abhah ob t a i n i n g;stadbhatam
the condition of being stunned; eva ce r t a i n l y;dadhruh a t t a i n e d .

Ganga: (in Sanskrit) The ferocious tigers, elephants, buffaloes, and

rhinoceroses that fled in fear of Lord Rama's powerful arms when He traveled
deep in the jungle, are now stunned in ecstasy by tasting a drop of Lord
Caitanya's sweetness.

Text 38

evam kiyanti dinani vane vane ca2anto viviha taru -2ada -soha-ggam anugehnanto
punobi ra a pah-a-m angi kidav-am

evam in t h is way; kiyanti fo r s o m e ;dinani da y s ;va ne fr o m f o r e s t;vane

to forest; ca2antah go i n g; viviha va r i o u s ;taru tr e e s 2ada
; an d c r e epers;
saubhagyam go od fortune; anugehnantah be i ng me rciful;punobi ag a i n;ra a -

the royal; paham road;angi kidava-m accepted.

After walking for some days through the jungles and blessing the fortunate
vines and trees, He again returned to the royal road.

Text 39

ratnakarah: kutah.

kutah where?

The Ocean: Where did He go then?

Text 00

ganga: (sanskrtena)

remuna nagara m-andana -murtir -

 venu pani bhagavat pratimurtih
praktaniti bahu manata asid
vandanartham atha raja p-atha s-thah

sanskrtena in S anskrit; remuna Re m u n a ;nagara of t h e t o w n; ma ndana t h e

ornament; murtih t h e f o rm ; ve nu wi t h t h e f lu t e ;pani in H i s h a n d ; bhagavat
of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pratimurtih t h e d i et y fo rm; praktani
ancient; iti t h u s ; bahu-manah w i t h g r eat reverence;asit wa s ; vandana o f
offeringobeisances; artham fo r t h e p u r p o s e;atha th e n ; ra ja ro y a l ;pa t ha o n
the road; sthah s t y aing.

G anga: (in Sanskrit) A n a n c i ent Deity of Lord K r sna hol d ing a flute in Hi s
hand decorates the town of Remuna. The Lord returned to the royal road so He
could offer respectful obeisances to that Deity.

Text Wl

ratnakarah: praktaniti ko 'rthah.

praktani an c i e n t; iti t h i s ; k ah w h a t ? ;ar t h ah pu r p ose.

The Ocean: Why did He vi sit this ancient Deity?

Text 02

ganga: a am kk-hude oca u -bbh-u -ru ad-o b-i du a bhu -a -ru a- -gob-inahamjjevva
bhattohim bha-ani-am tti bhananti kebi. kebi bhananti pura ane ca--u-bbhu-a-mutti
jjeva disa isavv-a tthalej-jeva na kkhu du a bhu -a -ru a-g-ob-inaha-mutti pura ani tti-.

a am t-his; kkhu indeed; de ah L-ord;ca ufou-r; bbhu arms; ru adah-

then the form; bi i n d e ed; du at w - o b ; hu-a a r m s ; ru af or- m ; g o b inaham
Gopmatha;jjevva c e r t a i n ly; bhattohim b y t h e d e v otees; bha-ani-am t h e o b j e ct
o f worship; tti i n d e ed ; bhananti s a y ; kebi s o m e ; k ebi s o m e ; bhananti s a y ;
pura ane i-n ancient times; ca uf o u - r; bbhu-a arms; mutti form; jj eva
certainly; disa i wa s-s— een; savva in every; tthale p l a c e; jj eva ce r t a i n l y; na
not; kkhu indeed;du atwo-; bhu-a arms; ru a for-m; gobinaha of Lord
Gopinatha; mutti t h e d i e ty; pura ani in-a n c ient t imes; tti t h u s .

Ganga: Some say the devotees should worship the two-armed form of Lord
G opznatha, and this worship is better than the worship of the Lord in Hi s f o u r -
armed form. Others say that in ancient times four-armed Deities of the Lord
were visible everywhere and there were no two-armed Deities of Lord
Gopznatha. In order to counter this second view, Lord Caitanya went to visit
this ancient Deity of two-armed Lord Gopin atha.

Text 03
 ratnakarah: te bhrantah katakadau saksi gopaladayo ti pracina eva tatah.

te th e y; bhrantah ar e m i s t a ken;kataka in C u t t a k ;ad au a n d m a n y o t h e r

places; saksi g-opala Saksi-Gopala;adayah be g i n n i ng wit h; ati ve r y ;pr a c inah
ancient; eva ce r t a inly; tatah t h e n .

The Ocean: Those people are mistaken. In Cuttak and many other places
there are many ancient two-armed Deities, such as the Deity of Saksi-Gopala.

Text 00

ganga: (sanskrtena)

dandavad bhuvi nipatya vavande

tam sa sapi tam apujayad uccaih
tasya murdhni patatalam akasmac
chekharena sirasah skhalitena

sanskrtena in S anskrit; danda a s t i c k;vat li k e ; bh u vi t o t h e g r o u n d ;

nipatya fa l l i n g; vavande of f e r ed respectful obeisances; tam t he d i e t y; sah
Lord Caitanya; sa th e d i e t y;api al s o ; t am L o r d C a i t a n y a;apuj ayat
worshiped; uccaih wi t h r e v e rence;tasya of H i m ; mu r d h ni o n t h e h e a d ;
patata fa l l i n g; alam gr e a t l y;akasmat su d d e n l y;sekharena with the crown;
sirasah fr om t he head;skhalitena f a l l e n .

Ganga: (in Sanskrit) F a l l in g as a stick to the ground, Lord Caitanya offered

obeisances. He worshiped the Deity and, when the crown from the Deity's head
a ccidentally fell on His head, the Deity worshiped Him .

Text 05

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 06

ganga: (sanskrtena) tato bhagavata sa prema ki-ncid upaslokitam. tatha hi

sanskrtena in S anskrit; tatah th e n ; bh a gavatah by L o r d C a i t a nya;sa w i t h ;

prema lo v e; kincit so m e ;up aslokitam recited verses; tatha hi f u r t h e r m o r e .

Ganga: (in Sanskrit) T h e n w i t h g r eat love the Lord recited some verses. He
sazd:

Text 07

nyancat k-aphoni n-amad a-msam udancad a-gram

tiryak pr-akostha ki-yad av-rta pi-na va-ksah
avyaj amana va-2ayo mura2i m-ukhasya
sobham vibhavayatikam api vama ba-huh

ayancat po i n t i ng down w a rds;kaphoni el b o w s ;namat sl a n t i n g;amsam

shoulders; udancat ra i s e d;agram fr o n t ; ti r y ak sl a n t e dpr
; a kostha f o r e - p a rt ;
kiyat somewhat;avrta covered;pina broad;vaksah chest;avyajamana
beautiful; va2ayah wi t h a r m l e t s; mura2i mu-khasya of L o rd K r s na, who places the
flute to His mouth; sobham be a u t y; vibhavayati ma n i f e s t s; kamapi s o m e t h i n g ;
vama the left; bahuh a r m .

"Decorated with splendid bracelets and armlets, its elbow down, away from
His slanted shoulder, its forepart resting on His broad chest, and its wrist up,
the left of arm of Lord Krsna, who places the flute to His mouth, is splendid and
handsome.

Text 08

klm ca

akuncanaku2a kapho-ni ta2ad -ivadho

labdha sruta m-adhurimamrta dhara-yaiva
ap2avayan ksiti ta2am -mura2i mukh-asya
2aksmim vilaksayati daksina bahur -esah

kim ca fu r t h e r m o r e; akuncanaku2a be n t; kaphoni of t h e e l b o w;ta2at f r o m

the surface; iva as if; adhah do w n w a r d s;labdha sruta -flo w i n g; madhurima o f
sweetness; amrta of t he nectar;dharaya wi t h a s t r e am;eva c e r t a i n l y ;
ap2avayan in u n d a t ing; ksiti of t h e e a r t h; ta2am th e s u r f a ce;mura2i mukhas-ya
of Lord Krsna, who places the flute to His mouth; 2aksmim be a u t y;vilaksayati
manifests; daksina ri g h t ; bahuh ar m ; es ah t h e .

"A stream of the nectar of sweetness flowing from its bent elbow and
flooding the earth, the right arm of Lord Krsna, who places the flute to His
mouth, is splendid and handsome."

Text 09

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then.

 The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 50

ganga: punobi vana m-aggam 2ambhi a-punobi sacchi go-pa2a da-msanattham kada
a na-madheyam ra a -dh-anim ga o.-

punobi ag a in; vana through the jungle; maggam th e p a t h; lambi a-

entering; punobi ag a i n;sacchi go-pala of S aksi Gopala;damsana of t he sight;
attham fo r t he pur p o se;kada a -Cu t t a k; namadheyam na m e d; ra a d-h-anim t o
the royal capital; g a ah -went .

Ganga: He again went by the jungle-path, and then, to see the Saksi-Gopala
Deity He went to the royal capital Cuttak.

Text 51

ratnakarah: darsaniya evayam yah .khalu pratimakara eva vastutas tu svayam

bhagavan yata.h

darsaniyah be a u t iful; eva ce r t a i n l y;ayam He ; ya h wh o ; kh a l u i nd e e d ;

pratima of a d i e t y;akarah in t h e f o r m; eva ce r t a i n l y;vastutah in reality; tu
indeed; svayam di r e c t l y; bhagavan th e S up re me Personality of Godhead;
yatah be c a use.

That diety is very handsome. He is directly the Supreme Personality of

Godhead in the form of a Deity.

Text 52

saksitvena vrto dvijena sa calams tasyaiva pascac chanaih

srimat koma2a -pada p-adma -yuga2en-aran nadan nupura-m
drstas tenanivrtta kandha-ram aho mahendra desavad-hi
prapyaiva pratimatvam atvara manas t-atraiva tasthau prabhuh

saksitvena as a witness;vrtah ac c o m p a nied;dvijena by a b r a h m a n a ;sah

He; calan go i n g; tasya of H i m ; eva ce r t a i n l y;pascat be h i n d ; sanaih s l o w l y ;
srimat be a u t iful; koma2a de l i c a te;pada fe e t;padma lo t u s ;yu ge2ana b y t h e
pair; nadan tinkling; nupuram an k l e - b e lls;drstah se e n; tena b y h i m ;
nivrtta turned;kandharam neck;ahah ah!;mahendra desa ava-dhi -at
Mahendra-desa; prapya at t a i n i n g;eva ce r t a i n l y;pratimatvam th e s t a t us of a
stone diety; atvara manah -very eager; tatra th e r e ;tasthau we n t ; pr a b huh
Lord Caitanya.

Accepting the role of a witness, and the bells on His delicate lotus feet
tinkling as He walked, Lord Gopala slowly foll o wed a certain brahmana. When
They came to the country of Mahendra-desa, the brahmana turned his neck to
see the Lord, who promptly changed Himself into a stone Deity. Lord Caitanya
eagerly went to that place.

Text 53

tatas cirena gaj apati m-aharaj ena purusottamadevenayam aniya svaraj adhanyam
sthapi tah.

tatah th e n; cirena af t e r a long time;gaj apati ma-haraj ena K i n g

Prataparudra; purusa utt-ama dev-ena the great devotee;ayam to t h i s p la ce;
aniya br i n g i n g; sva ow n ; ra j adhanyam ca p i t a l;sthapitah es t a b l ished.

After a long time King Gajapati Purusottamadeva brought the Deity to hi s

own capitol.

Text 50

ganga: evan nedam

evan nedam ye s .

Ganga: Yes.

Text 55

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 56

ganga: tado tam alo i aappa-n-o hi a ado n-ik-kami apurad-o avatthidam vi a -

mannamano punobi tattha sa am pavi-santo vi amuhut-tam asi

tadah th e n; tam H i m ; al o i —seein-g;appanah ow n ; hi a a dah -f - rom the

heart; nikkami ae x i t i n - g; puradah in t h e p r e s ence;avatthida st a n d i n g;vi a a s -

if; mannamanah co n s i d ering;punobi ag a i n; tat tha t h e r e ;sa am pe r - sonally;

pavisantah en t e r i ng;vi aa s i f ;-muhuttam for a moment; asi w a s .

Ganga: Gazing at Him, He though the Deity had come from His heart and
was now standing before Him, and then in the next mom ent He thought th e
Deity had entered His heart again.

Text 57

(sanskrtena) atha kincid upaslokitam ca.

sanskrtena in S anskrit; atha th e n ; k i n c it s o m e t h i n g ; upasilokitam re c i t e d a

verse; ca and.

(In Sanskrit) T hen He then recited this verse:

Text 58

sona snig-dhangu2i da2a -ku2-am madyad abh-ira ram-a

vaksoj anam ghusrna rac-anabhanga ring-at par-agam
cin-madhvzkam nakha man-i mah-ah punj -a kinj -a2ka ma2-am
janghana2am carana kam-alam patu nah putanareh

sona re ddish; snigdha be a u t i f u l; angu2i of t o e s;da2a flo w e r p e tals;

ku2am host; madyat ju b i l a n t ; abhira ram-a of g o p i s;vaksoj anam of b r e asts;
ghusrna of kunkuma;racana oabh-anga decoration;ringat attained;paragam
particles of pollen; cit o f t r a n s cendental pastimes; madhvikam the sweet honey;
nakha of t o e nails; mani o f j e w e l s;mahah sp l e n d o r;punj a ab u n d a n c e;
kinja2ka of l o t u s-whorls; ma2am g a r l and; jangha of a n k l e s;sna2am th e s wan;
carana of t he feet; kama2am t he l o t us flower; patu ma y p r o t e c t;nah u s ;
putana areh -of Lord Krsna, the enemy of Putana.

"His splendid reddish toes its petals, kunkuma from the passionate gopzs'
breasts its pollen, awareness of Him its sweet honey, the splendor His jewel
toenails its inner part, and His ankles a swan nearby, may the lotus flower of
Krsna's feet protect us all."

Text 59

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 60

ganga: tado savvehim evvamjjeva dittham.

tadah th e n; savvehim by e v e r y o ne;evvam in t h i s w a y;jjeva ce r tainly;

dittham wa s seen.

Ganga: Then everyone saw the Deity as Lord Caitanya saw Him.

Text 61

ratnakarah: kidrsam iva

kidrsam li k e w h a t ?;iva asif.

The Ocean: How was that?

Text 62

ganga: (sanskrtena)

venu vad-ana paro - 'pi sa venum

svadharat ksanam adho vinidhaya
tena sardham iva vardhita sudd-ha
sraddham ihita kath-o 'yam aloki

sanskrtena in S anskrit;venu th e f lu t e ;vadana to p l a y ; parah in t e n t ;a p i

although; sah He ; venum th e f lu t e ; eva o w n ; da h a r at fr o m t h e l i p s; ksanam
for a moment; adhah do w n ; vi n i d haya pl a c i n g ;tena Hi m ; sa r d h am w i t h ;
iva as if; vardhita in c r e a s ed;suddha pu r e ; sraddham fa i t h ;ih i ta en d e a v o r e d;
kathah to t a l k; ayam He ; al o ki w a s s e e n .

Ganga: (in Sanskrit) W i t h g r e at, pure faith Lord Caitanya gazed at the
Deity. He thought that although the Deity was eager to play some music, He had
for a moment taken the flute from His lips to speak to His devotees.

Text 63

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 60

ganga: tado tam dinam tatthajjeva tha una avara-ssim dine siri punari a -na ano- - -

datthavvotti guru i eukkan-t-ha eghonant-a hi a ovi -at-ur-i am -patthi-do

tadah th e n; tam th a t ; di n am da y ;ta t t ha th e r ejj; eva ce r t a i n l y;tha una -

staying; avarssim on t he n ext; dine da y ; si ri punari a na anah lo t u s e y es Lord
Jagannatha; datthavvah to be seen; tti t h u s ; gu ru i -e -wi t h a great; ukkantha-e
longing; ghonanta ag i t a ted; hi-a-ah w h o s e h eart;vi a -as if; turi a-m a t o n c e ;
p atthidah set ou t .

Ganga: Lord Caitanya stayed there that day, but the next day, His heart
yearning to see lotus-eyed Lord Jagannatha, He quickly left.

Text 65

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

t atah th en; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 66

ganga: tado kama2apura nam-am gramam 2ambhi aki -a an -i -sin-a-ne bha avad-o
deva ulam -pekkhidum aggado gacchantassi deve ni a ka-ra -tthi-am devassa dandam
niccandade ena -kim edena tti bhangi ana -i maj-j-he nikkhitto.

tadah th e n; kamalapura Ka m a l a p u r a;namam na m e d ;gramam a v i l l a g e ;

2ambhi-a reaching; ki-a-na-i i n t h e r i v er;sinane ba t h i n g;bha avad-ah o f t h e
Lord;deva ulam -LordJagannatha; pekkhidum to see; aggadah arrived;
gacchantassi we n t; deve wh e n t he L o r d; ni-a o w n ; k a r a in the hand; tthi-
am pl a ced; devassa of t he Lord; dandam th e s a n n yasi danda;niccanandade
ena by Lord Nit y a nandadeva; kim w h a t ? ; edena is t he u se of this;dandena
danda; tti t h u s ; bhangi ab r - e a k i n g; na-i o f t h e r i v e r; majj he i n t h e m i d d l e ;
n ikkhittah c a s t .
Ganga: As He traveled to see Lord Jagannatha, Lord Caitanya stopped at a
village named Kamalapura and bathed in the nearby river. Nityanandadeva then
took the danda that had rested in Lord Caitanya's own hand. Thinking "Why
does the He need this?" He suddenly broke the danda and threw it into the
middle of the river.

Text 67

ratnakarah: tatas tatah.

t atah th en; tatah then.

The Ocean: Then? Then?

Text 68
 ganga: tado mu undo bha avadoja annahassa deva ulam pekki a bha avantam
gadldavam deva pasya pasya

tadah then;mu u-ndah Mukunda; bha a-vadah of Lord; j a a-nnahassa

Jagannatha; deva u-lam the temple;pekkhi a -seeing; bha av-antam t o L o r d
Caitanya; gadidavam sa i d; deva 0 Lo r d ; pa s ya lo o k ! ; pa s ya l o o k !

Ganga: Then, seeing Lord Jagannatha s temple in the distance, Mukunda

said to Lord Caitanya: "Lord, look! Look!

Text 69

utksiptahkim ayam bhuva dinamaner akarsanartham bhujah

pata2at kim u satya2okam ayitum sesah samabhyutthitah
kim va naga pha-na man-indra ma-hasam rasir jihano divam
divyam deva kula-m prabhor idam idam bho deva vidyotate

utksiptah ra i s e d; kim w h e t h e r ? ; ayam th i s ; bh u va th e e a r t h; dinamaneh

of the sun; akarsana pu l l i n g ; ar t ham fo r t h e p u r p o s e;bhujah an a r m ; pa talat
from Patalaloka; kim w h e t h er ; u i n d e e d ;satyalokam to S a t y a loka;ayitum t o
go; sesah An a nta Sesa;sambhyutthitah arisen; kim w h e t h e r?; va or ; na ga o f
the naga serpents; phana of t he h oo ds;mani of j e w e l s;indra o f t h e k i n g s ;
mahasam of t he effulgence;rasih th e a b u n d a nce;jihanah go i n g ; divam t o t h e
heavenly planets; divyam sp l e n d i d;deva kulam -t e m p l e; prabhoh o f t h e L o r d ;
idam th i s ; idam th i s ;bh oh 0 ; d e v a Lo r d ; vi d y o t a te s h i n e s .

"Is this the sun-god's arm extended to lift the earth? Is it Ananta Sesa
traveling from Patalaloka to Satyaloka? Is it the splendor of the regal jewels on
the nagas' hoods traveling through space to the Svarga planets? 0 Lord, is this,
is this the splendid temple of Lord Jagannatha?"

Text 70

ratnakarah: devi sarvam adhigatam katham atra vimanayate bhavati mat

saubhagye saubhagyavati bhavati. pasya pasya

devi 0 no b l e lady;sarvam ev e r y t h i n g;adhigatam is u n d e r s tood;katham

why?; atra in t h i s m a t t e r;vimanayate ar e u n h a ppy;bhavati yo u ; ma t my ;
saubhagye in t he good fortune; sabhagyavati fo r t u n a t e;bhavati y o u a r e ;
pasya look!; pasya lo o k!

The Ocean: Noble lady, now I understand everything. Why are you
unhappy? In my good fortune you will also become fortunate. Look! Look!

Text 71
yad artham baddho ham siva siva yad artham ca mathitas
tadiyas tato 'sav iti na ganitamyena vibhuna
aho kidrg bhagyam mama hi sa haris tam ca dayitam
parityajyaivasmat tata v-ata k-utumbi samabhavat

yat ofwhom; artham fo r t h e s ake;baddhah br i d g e d;aham I w a s ;siva

alas!; siva al a s !;yat of w h o m ; ar t h am fo r t h e s a k e; ca a l s o ; ma thitah
churned; tadiyah of h e r; ta tah th e f a t h e r;asau th i s ; i ti t h u s ;na n ot ;
ganitam was considered; yena by whom; vibhuna the Supreme Lord;ahah
ah.; tadrk li k e t h i s; bhagyam go o d f o r t u n e;mama my ; hi in d e e d ;sah H e ;
harih Lo r d H a r i; tam he r ; c a a l s o ;da y i t am be l o v e d;parityajya l e a v i n g ;
eva certainly; asmat of u s ; ta ta on t h e s h o r e; vata kut-umbi r e s i d i n g ;
samabhavati ha s become.

Alas! for the sake of the goddess of fortune He built a bri dge across me. For
her sake He churned my waters. The goddess of fortune was born from me, but
the Lord never considered that I was her father. Ah, what good fortune has now
become mine? Lord Hari has left the goddess of fortune. Now He resides on my
shore.

Note: This refers to Lord Ramacandra s building a bridge to Lanka, and

Laksmi-devi's appearance from the ocean of milk churned by the demigods and
demons.

Text 72

tad ehi nikatam gatvaiva pasyava

tat th e r e fore; ehi c o m e ; ni k a tam ne a r ;ga tva ha v i n g g o n e;pasyava we

will see.

Come here. We will see the Lord's pastimes.

Text 73

ganga: j aha ru idam ajj -a uttassa -(iti nisk.rantau.)

jaha as ; ru idam w- i s h e d;ajja of a n o b l e f ather;uttassa 0 s o n ; i ti t h u s ;

n iskrantau t h e y ex i t .

Ganga: As ir pleases you, noble husband. (They both exit.)

Text 70

pravesakah: (tatah pravisati paramavista citto bhaga-van paritas ca

nityanandadayah ).

pravesakah en t r a nce;tatah th e n ;pr a visati en t e r s ;parama c o m p l e t e l y ;

avista ov e r w h e lmed;cittah wh o s e h eart;bhagavan Lo r d C a i t a nya;paritah o n
all sides; ca al s o;nityanandad a-dayah th e d evotees headed by Lord Nityananda.

(His heart overwhelmed with love of Krsna, Lord Caitanya enters,

accompanied by Lord Nityananda and other devotees.)

Text 75

bhagavan:

abbhram liho -'pi jagatam hrdayam pravistah

sthu2o 'pi 2ocana yug-antaram abhyupetah
siddhah si2abhir api yo rasa var-sa sali-
prasada esa puratah sphuratisvarasya

( iti sotkantham parikramati ) .

abbhram th e sky; lihah li c k i n g ;api ev e nj; agatam of t h e u n i v e r ses;

hrdayam th e h eart;pravistah en t e r e d;sthu2ah gr a n d; api al s o ;2ocana o f
eyes; yuga the pair; antaram wi t h i n t h e v i e w;abhyupetah ha s a pproached;
siddhah pe r f ect; silabhih wi t h s t o n e s;api al t h o u g h;yah wh i c h ; ra s a o f
nectar; varsa sh o w e r; sali pe r f o r m i n g ;prasadah th e t e m p l e; esah t h i s ;
puratah in the presence; sphurati is m a n i f e st;isvarasya of L o r d Jagannatha;
iti th u s ; sa wi t h ; ut k a n t h am gr e a t e agerness;parikramati walks.

Bhagavan: Licking the sky, entering the heart of the universe, and showering
nectar even though it is made of stone, the grand temple of Lord Jagannatha has
now appeared before My eyes.
(He eagerly walks.)

Text 76

sarve: aho muhurta matra g-amyo -yam pantha dirghati dirgha -ivaj ayate
bhagavatah kim atra cintayama bhagav.ato ni2aca2a candras-ya vi2okanam
paricarakanam eva su2abham nanyesam visesata.h paridesikanam asmakam
dur2abham eva.vina raj a purusa -sahayye-na su2abham na bhavati.

ahah ah !; muhurta in a m o m e n t ; ma tra on l y ; ga m y ah at t a i n a b l e;ayam

this; pantha pa t h; dirgha ati dirgh-ah -extremely long; iva as i f;j ayate i s
manifested; bhagavatah of t he L or d; kim wh a t 7 ;at ra he r e ;ci n t ayama l e t u s
think; bhagavatah of t he L o r d;ni2aca2a candrasy-a of Lord Jagannatha, the moon
of Nilacala; vi2okanam th e sight; paricarakanam o f t h e s ervant; eva c e r t a i n l y ;
sulabham is easy to attain;na no t ; an y e sam fo r o t h e r s;visesatah sp e c ifically;
paridesikanam for foreigners; asmakam fo r u s; durlabham is d i f f i c u lt to attain;
eva certainly; vina wi t h o u t ; raj a of t h e k i n g ; purusa of t h e m e n; sahayyena
the help; sulabham ea sy to attain;na no t ; bh a vati i s .

Everyone: Although the path to Lord Jagannatha may be traversed in only a

few moments, it seems to be a very very long path. What should we do? Let us
think. The pujarzs may very easily see Lord Jagannatha, the moon of Nzlacala.
Others cannot see Him so easily. We foreigners will find it v ery d i f f i c ult to see
Him. We will not easily see Him wi t h out the help of the king s men.

Text 77

mukundah: asty upayah

asti th e re is;upayah a solution.

Mukunda: There is a solution.

Text 78

anye: kas tavad asau

kah wh a t?; tavat th e n ; as au i t .

The Others: What is it ?

Text 79

mukundah: asty atra visaradasya j amata sarvabhaumasyavutto bhagavatah

paramaptatamo gopinathacaryah yah k.ha2u bhagavato navadvipa vi2asa -visesa-bhij no
yusamd-vldha lva

asti is ; atra he r e ;vi s aradasya of V i s a r ada;j amata th e s on -in-law;

sarvabhaumasya of S arvabhauma;avuttah th e b r o t h e r-in-law; bhagavatah o f
Lord Caitanya;parama aptatam-ah a great devotee; gopinatha acarya-h
Gopinatha Acarya; yah wh o ; kh a lu in d e e d ;bhagavatah o f t h e L o r d ;
n avadvipa i n N a v a d vipa; vilasa p a s t i m es; visesa s p e cific; jnah knowing;
y usmat us ; vi d ha h l i k e ;iv a a si f .

Mukunda: Gopznatha Acarya, who is a great devotee of the Lord, and who is
Visarada's son-in-law and Sarvabhauma's brother-in-law, lives here. He knows
about Lord Caitanya s pastimes in Navadvipa. He is like one of us.

Text 80

anye: tena kim syat.

 t ena by h im ; ki m w h a t ? ; s y at a m a y b e .

The Others: How can he help us?

Text 81

mukundah: tena sarvabhauma-dvara sarvam eva karayitum sakyate.

t ena by h im ; sarvabhauma S a r v a bhauma; dvara b y ; s a rvam ev erything;

e va certainly; karayitum t o b e d o n e ; sakyate i s a b l e .

Mukunda: Sarvabhauma can do everything.

Text 82

sarve: (harsam natayitva) sadhuktam tarhi tan-nilayah prathamam anvestum

istah. (iti parikramanti.)

harsam j oy; na tayitva re p r e s e nting dramatically;sadhu we l l ; uk t am s a i d ;

tarhi th e n ; tat of h i m ; ni l a y ah th e h o m e ; pr a thamam fi r s t ; an vestum t o b e
found; istah is d e s ired;iti th u s ;pa r i k r a manti t h e y w a l k .

Everyone: (jubilant) Well spoken. Let us first find his home. (They walk.)

Text 83

(tatah pravisati gopmathacaryah ) .

acaryah: (svagatam)

daksinam sphurati me vilocanam

su prasad-a visadam -mano mama
vedmi no 'dyajagadisa darsan-am
kidrsam sukham udirayisyati

(iti j agannatha darsana-rtham parikramati ) .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e s ;gopinatha acaryah -Gop i n a tha Acarya;

svagatam as ide; daksinam ri g h t ; sphurati tr e m b l e s;me my ; vi l o c a nam e y e ;
su ve ry; prasada ha p p y; visadam an d c l e a r;manah he a r t ;ma ma m y ;
vedmi I k n o w; na no t ; u in d ee d ; ad ya n o w ; j a g a d i sa of L o r d J a gannatha;
darsanam th e sight; kidrsam wh a t k i n d ? ; sukham ha p p i n e s s;udayisyati w i l l
be; iti th u s ;j agannatha of L o r d Jagannatha;darsana th e ; a r t h a m for the
purpose; parikramati walks.

(Gopznatha Acarya enters.)

 Acarya: (aside) My r i gh t eye trembles. My heart is happy and clear. I do not
know what kind of auspicious happiness will appear when I see Lord
Jagannatha. (He walks to go to see Lord Jagannatha.)

Text 80

mukundah: ayam esa gopinathacaryah

ayam th s s;esah he ; gopinatha ac-aryah Go p i n a t ha Acarya.

Mukunda: There is Gopznatha Acarya.

Text 85

nityanandah: mukunda sighram gaccha gacchayavad asau simha dva-ram na

pravisati

mukunda 0 Mukunda; sighram qu ickly;gaccha go; gaccha go;yavat a s

long as; asau he ; simha deva-ram th e l i o n - gate;na ha s n o t; pravisati en ters.

Nityananda: Mukunda, go quickly. Go before he reaches the lion-gate.

Text 86

mukundah: (tatha karoti ).

tatha in t h at way; karoti acts.

(Mukunda does that.)

Text 87

gopmatha: (agrato 'valokya) aye ko 'yam api kas.cid gaudiyo bhavisyati

(nibha2ya) aye navadvipah (punar .nibha2ya) aye bhagavato visvambharasya priya
sevako mukunda eva tatah pha2itam sakunena (upasrt.ya) hamho mukundo 'si

agratah ah e ad; avalokya lo o k i n g ; aye a h ! ; ka h wh o 7 ;ay a m is t h i s ; a p i

whether7; kascit on e ; gaudiyah Be n g a l i;bhavisyati wi l l b e ; ni b halya l o o k i n g ;
aye ah!; navadvipah a person from Navadvipa; punah again;nibhalya
looking; aye a h ! ; bh agavatah of L o r d ; vi svambharasyua Vi s v a m b hara;priya
the dear; sevakah se r vant; mukundah M u k u n d a ; eva c e r t a i n l y; tatah f r o m
this; phalitam bo r n e f r u i t; sakunena by t h e g ood omen;upasrtya ap p r o a c h ing;
hamhah 0; mukundah Muk u n da; asi you are.
 G opznatha: (looking ahead) Wh o i s t h is? Is it a Bengali? (Iooking) Ah ! I t i s
someone from Navadvzpa. (looking again) Ah ! I t i s M u k u n d a , the dear servant
o f Lord Visvambhara. The auspicious signs have borne fruit. (approaching) A h .
You are Mukunda.

Text 88

mukundah: acarya vande

acarya 0 Ac a r y a;vande I o f f e r my r espectful obeisances.

Mukunda: Acarya, I offer my respects to you.

Text 89

gopmathah: api kusalam bhagavatah

api wh e t h e r; kusalam a u s p i c i o usness;bhagavatah o f t he L o r d .

Gopinatha: Is Lord Vi svambhara well and happy?

Text 90

mukundah: ihaivagatah prabhu caran-ah

iha here; eva certainly;

agatah arrived;prabhu caran-ah the Lord.

Mukunda: Lors Visvambhara has come here.

Text 91

gopmatha: (sanandam) kim vadasi kva kv.a (iti pun.astam alingati.)

sa wi t h; anandam bl i s s ; kim w h a t ? ; va dasi do y o u s a y;kva w h e r e ? ;

kva wh e r e .; iti t h u s ; pu n ah ag a i n ; t am h i m ; al i n g a ti e m b r a c e s .

Gopinatha: (blissful) D i d y o u s a y th e L ord has come here? Where is He

staying? Where is He? (He again embraces Mukunda.)

Text 92

mukundah: (tam adaya pratyavartate ) .

tam him; adaya ta k i n g ;pr a t yavartate r e t u r n .

 Mukunda: (Taking Gopznatha with him, he returns.)

Text 93

gopinathah: (agrato 'valokya) mukunda ko 'yam yatmdrah

agratah ahead;avalokya looking;mukunda 0 Mukunda; kah who?;

ayam th i s; yati of s a n n y a s is;
indrah th e l e a d er.

Gopznatha: (looking ahead) M u k u n da , who is this best of sannyaszs?

Text 90

mukundah: (sarvam kathayati ) .

sarvam ev e rything; kathayati tells.

(Mukunda tells him everything.)

Text 95

gopmathah: (sascaryam)

yah kevalam prema rasas -tad asit

sa eva vairagya rasen-a misrah
svadas tathapy esa drsos tathaiva
cittasya no 'yam madhuramla rupah-

sa wi t h; ascaryam wo n d e r ;yah wh o ; ke v a l am ex c l u s i v e l y;prema o f

pure love of Lord Krsna; rasah the nectar mellows; tat th a t ; as it wa s ; sah H e ;
eva certainly; vairagya of r e n u n c i a t ion;rasena wi t h t h e n e c tar;nisrah
mixed; svadah ta s t e;tatha api st i l l ; esah th i s ; dr s oh of t h e e y e s;tatha i n t h i s
way; eva ce r tainly; cittasya of t h e h e a rt;nah of u s ; ay am th i s ;ma d h ura
sweet; amla an d b i t t e r; rupah f o r m .

Gopznatha: (filled with w o n d er ) F o r m e rl y t h ere was only the sweet taste of

pure love for Krsna, but now that sweetness is mixed with the bi t t erness of
renunciation. Although my eyes taste only the sweetness, my heart tastes both
bitter and sweet.

Text 96

mukundah: (upasrtya)
bho deva srijagannat-hadevenaiva bhagavantam
abhyagamayitum pratinidhir eva prahito gopinathacaryah
 upasrtya approaching;bhoh 0; deva Lord;sri jagannathadevena by Lord
Jagannathadeva: eva certainly; bhagavantam the Lord;abhyagamayitum to
bring; pratinidhih re p r e s entative; eva i n d e e d;prahitah se n t ; gopinathacaryah
Gopinatha Acarya.

Mukunda: (approaching) Lord, tobring to You to Him, Lord Jagannathadeva

has sent His representative Gopznatha Acarya.

Text 97

bhagavan: (bahir vrttim natayan) kvasau kvasau

bahih ex t e rnal;vrttim co n s c i o u s ness;

natayan re p r e s enting dramatically;
kva wh e r e ?; asau he ; kva wh e r e ? ;asau h e .

Bhagavan: (Returning to external consciousness) Where is he? Where is he?

Text 98

gopmathah: ayam asmi (iti c.aranayoh patati ) .

ayam he ; asmi I a m; iti t h us ; ca r a n a yoh at t h e f e e t;patati falls.

Gopznatha: Here I am. (He falls at the Lord's feet.)

Text 99

b hagavan: (alingati ) .

alingati em b r a c es.

(The Lord embraces him.)

Text 100

gopmathah: (nityanandam pranamyajagadananda damoda-rau pranamati ) .

nityanandam to L o rd N i t y a nanda;pranamya bo w i n g d o w n;j agadananda to

Jagadananda;damodara and Damodara;pranamati bows.

(Gopznatha Acarya first bows down before Lord Nityananda. Then he bows
down before Jagadananda and Damodara.)
 Text 101

mukundah: katham abadhamyatha k-amam evabhagavatojagannathasya

darsanam sampadyate

katham ho w ? ; abadham wi t h o u t o b s t r u c tion;yatha as m u c h; ka mam as

desired; eva ce r t ainly; bhagavatah of L o r d ;j agannathasya Ja g annatha;
darsanam th e sight; sampadyate m a y b e .

Mukunda: How can we see Lord Jagannatha without interference and for as
long as we wish?

Text 102

gopmatha: sarvabhaumasya tatha saubhagyodayas ced bhavati.

sarvabhaumasya of S arvabhauma;tatha in t h a t w a y;saubhaga o f g o o d

fortune; udayah th e a ri sal;cet if ; bh a vati i s .

Gopinatha: You can see Him if you get the favor of Sarvabhauma.

Text 103

sarve: tarhi vijnapyatam svayam eva devah

tarhi th e n; vijnapyatam sh o u l d be spoken;svayam pe r s o n a lly;eva

certainly; devah t h e L o r d .

Everyone: Someone should tell Lord Caitanya.

Text 100

gopinathah: svamin vinasarvabhauma sambha-sanam sri jagannatha darsan-am na

sulabham iti manyamahe bhagavato va kidrg iccha

svamin 0 Lo r d ; vi na wi t h o u t ; sa r v abhauma to S a r vabhauma;

sambhasanam sp eaking; sri jaganna-tha of L o rd Jaganntha;darsanam se e i ng;
na no t; sulabham ea s y; iti t h u s ; ma n y a mahe we t h i n k ; bh agavatah o f t h e
Lord; va or ; k i d rk l i k e w h a t ? ;iccha d e s i r e .

Gopinatha: Lord, we think t hat w i t h ou t Your speaking to Sarvabhauma it

w ill not be easy for us to see Lord Jagannatha. Lord, what is Your wish in t h i s
matter.
 Text 105

bhagavan: bhavad i-ccha mameccha

bhavat of y o u; iccha th e d e s i r e;mama of M e ; ic c ha th e d esire.

Bhagavan: Your desire is My desire.

Text 106

gopinatha: tarhi phalitam sarvabhaumasya sukrta dru-mena de.va tad ita itah
padani dharayantu bhagavantah

tarhi th e n; phalitam fr u i t f u l ;sa rvabhaumasya of S arvabhauma;sukrta o f

pious deeds;drumena by the tree; deva 0 Lord; tat th e r e f o r e;itahit ah t h i s
way; padani st e p s; dharayantu may place;bhagavantah the Lord.

G opinatha: The tree of Sarvabhauma s past pious deeds has just borne fruit .
The Lord may place His feet in this direction.

Text 107

bhagavan: adisa margam

adisa sh o w; margam the way.

Bhagavan: Show the way.

Text 108

gopinathah: ita itah. (iti sarve parikramanti ) .

itah he r e;itah he r e ;iti thu s ; sa r ve ev e r y o n e;parikramanti walks.

Gopznatha: This is the way. (Everyone walks.)

Text 109

(tatah pravisati adhyapayan sa sisyah sa-rvabhauma bhattaca-ryah ) .

bhatacaryah: kah ko tra bhoanita

j srijagannathasya madhyahna dhupah-
samvrtto na veti.

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;adhyapayan te a c h i n g; sa w i t h ; si s yah

students;sarvabhauma bhattacaryah Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya; kah who?;
atra he r e; bhah 0 ; j a n i ta kn o w s ;sri ja g a nnathasya of L o r d Jagannatha;
madhya a-hna mid-day;dhupah incense;samvrttah done;na not;va or;
iti thus.

(Instructing his disciples, Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya enters.)

Bhattacarya: Who knows whether or not Lord Jagannatha is offered incense

at noon?

Text 110

gopmathah: ayam ayam bhattacaryasyadhyapanoparamah samvrttah sam.praty

abhyantaram yasyati tat .tvaritam evopasarpami (iti .vicarya) bhagavann ihaiva
ksanam visramitum arhati yav.ad aham agacchami (iti .sa tvar-am upasrtya)
bhattacarya ko 'pi mahanubhavah samprapto 'sti tad abhigamya samaniyatam iti.

ayam th i s; ayam th i s ; bh a ttacaryasya of t h e B ha ttacarya;adhyapana o f t h e

class; uparamah th e e nd; samvrttah ha p p e n e d;samprati no w ; ab h y a ntaram
inside; yasyati wi l l g o; tat th e n ; tv a r i t am qu i c k l y ; eva c e r t a i n l y ;
upasarpami I w i l l a p p r o a ch;iti th u s ; vi c a r ya re f le c t i n g;bhagavan 0 L o r d ;
iha he r e; eva ce r t a i n l y;ksanam fo r a m o m e n t;visramitum to w a i t ; ar h a ti
You deserve; yavat wh i l e ; aham I; ag a c c hami ap p r o a c h;iti th u s ;sa w i t h ;
tvaram sp e ed;upasrtya ap p r o a c hing;bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c a rya;kah api
someone; maha anubh-avat a great soul;sampraptah at t a i n e d;asti ha s ; t a t
that; abhigamya go i n g; samaniyatam sh o u l d be brought;iti t h u s .

Gopinatha: The Bhattacarya has ended his class. He is about to go inside. I

should quickly approach him. (reflecting) L o r d , p l e ase wait here for a moment
while I approach him. (He quickly approaches.) Bhattacarya, a great saint has
come. You should go to see Him.

Text ll l

sarvabhaumah: kiyad dure 'sau

kiyat ho w m u c h ?; dure fa r ; as au h e .

Sarvabhauma: How far away is He?

Text 112

gopinathah: abhyarna eva.

abhyarne ne a rby; eva ce rtainly.

 Gopznatha: He is staying nearby.

Text 113

sarvabhaumah: (utthayabhigacchati. sisyas canugacchanti ).

utthaya ri s i n g; abhigacchati go e s;sisyah di s c i p l e s; ca a l s o ; anugacchati

follow.

(Sarvabhauma stands up and walks. His disciples follow.)

Text llk

nityanandah: aho ayam ayam bhattacaryah sarvabhaumah yad .ayam svayam

agatas tarhi sadhiyan eva bhavati.

ahah ah .; ayam th i s ; ay am th i s ; bh a t t acarya sarvabhauma Sa r v abhauma

Bhattacarya; yat be c a use;ayam He ; sv ayam pe r s o n a l l y;agatah co m e ; ta r h i
then; sadhiyan pe r f e c t; eva c e r t a i n l y;bhavati i s .

Nityananda: Ah. Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya has come of his own accord. This
is perfect.

Text 115

bhattacaryah: (upasrtya) namo narayanaya (iti p .ranamati ).

upasrtya approaching;namah obeisances;

narayanaya to Lord Narayana;
iti t h u s; pranamati b o w s d o w n .

Bhattacarya: (approaching) I offer my respect to Lord Narayana. (He bows

down.)

Text 116

bhagavan: krsne ratih. krsne matih.

krsne on L o rd Krs na; ratih lo v e ; kr s ne on L o r d K r s n a;matih th o ughts.

Bhagavan: May you love Krsna. May you think of Krsna.

Text 117

sarvabhaumah: (svagatam) aho apurvam idam asamsanam tarhy ayam

purvasrame vaisnavo va bhavisyati .

svagatam as ide;ahah ah ! ; pu r v am un p r e c e d e nted;

idam t h i s ;
asamsanam saying; tarhi th e n ; ay am He ; pu r v a pr e v i o u s ;asrame i n t h e
asrama; vaisnavah a Vaisnava;bhavisyati w i l l b e .

Sarvabhauma: (aside) That is an odd thing to say. Perhaps He was a

Vaisnava in His former asrama.

Text 118

(sisyah smayante ).

sisyah the disciples;smayante smile.

(Sarvabhauma's disciples smile.)

Text 119

sarvabhaumah: svaminn itah. (iti bhagavantam adayayatha sthan-am upavesya

svayam apy upavisati ) .

svamin 0 Lo r d ; it ah th i s w a y ; i ti t h u s ; bh a g avantam th e L o r d ; adaya

taking; yatha sthan-am ap p ropriate place;upavesya se ating;svayam h i m s e l f ;
api al s o; upavisati s i t s .

Sarvabhauma: Lord, this way. (He takes the Lord, gives Him a comfortable
seat, and then also sits down nearby.)

Text 120

(sarve upavesam natayanti ) .

sarve everyone;upavesam si t t i n g; natayanti re p r e s e nts dramatically.

(Then everyone sits down.)

Text 121

sarvabhaumah: acarya ayam purvasrame gaudiyo va.

acarya 0 Acarya;ayam He;purva in the previous;

asrame asrama;
gaudiyah a Bengali;va or.

Sarvabhauma: Acarya, in His previous asrama did He live in Bengal?

 Text 122

gopinathah: bhattacarya purvasrame navadvipa v-artino nilambara c-akravartino

dauhitro j agannatha m-isra p-urandarasya tanuj ah.

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya;purva in t h e f o r m e r; asrame as r a m a;navadvipa

vartinah a r e s ident of Navadvipa;nilambara ca-kravartimah o f N i l a m b a r a
Cakravarti; dauhitrah th e s on of the daughter;jagannatha mi-sra pu-randarasya
of Jagannatha Misra Purandara; tanujah t h e s o n . '

Gopznatha: 0 Bh a ttacarya, in His former asrama He was the son of

Jagannatha Misra Purandara. His mother was the daughter of Nilambara
Cakravartz. They were all residents of Navadvzpa.

Text 123

sarvabhaumah: (sa sneh-adaram) aho nilambara cakr-avartino hi mat tata-

satirthah. misra pura-ndaras ca mat tata -pada-nam atimanyah.

sa wi t h; sneha lo v e ; adaram an d r e s p e ct;ahah ah ! ; ni l a m bara

cakravartinah of N i l a m b a ra Cakravarti;hi in d e e d ;mat my ; ta t a o f t h e f a t h e r ;
sa tirtha-h a classmate;misra pura-ndarah Mi s r a Purandara;ca al s o; mat m y ;
tata padan-am of the father; ati many-ah th e o bject of worship.

Sarvabhauma: (with l ove and respect) Ah ! N i l a m b ara Cakravarti was my

father's classmate, and Misra Purandara was highly regarded by my father.

Text 120

gopmathah: sri jagannatha darsan-a saulab-hyam esam uddesyam asti

sri jagannatha of L o rd Jagannatha;darsanam of t he s ight;saulabhyam the

easy attainment; esam of H i m ; ud desyam in r e l a t i o n;asti i s .

Gopinatha: May He be allowed to easily see Lord Jagannatha?

Text 125

sarvabhaumah: sarvathaiva tad bhavi.

kah ko tra bho ahuyatam candanesvarah

sarvatha by a ll means;eva ce r t a i n l y;tat th a t ; bh a vi is ; ka h wh o ? ; a t r a

here;bhoh 0; ahuyatam maybe called; candanesvarah Candanesvara.

Sarvabhauma: By all means. Who will call for Candanesvara?

 Text 126

(pravisya sa tv-aram candanesvaro bhagavantam pranamya pitaram pranamati ).

pravisya en t e r i ng;sa with; tvaram ha s t e;candanesvarah Ca n d a n esvara;

bhagavantam to t he Lor d; pranamya bo w i n g d o w n;pit aram t o h i s f a t h e r;
pranamati b o w s .

(Candanesvara hastily enters. He bows before the Lord, and then he bows
before His father.)

Text 127

sarvabhaumah: candanesvara sripadasyanupadam gaccha yat.hayam sukhena

praty aha-m yatha kam-am sri muk-ham pasyati tatha sarvair eva vidheyam yatha
kenapi badha na kriyate aya.m madiyo manyatama iti.

candanesvara 0 Ca n d a n e svara;sripadasya of t h is sannyasi;anupadam

following; gaccha do ; ya t ha as ; ay am He ; su k h e na ea s i l y;prati e v e r y ;
aham da y; yatha as ; ka m am He w i s h e s;sri mukh-am th e f a ce of Lord
Jagannatha; pasyati se e s;tatha th e n ; sa rvaih by a l l ; e va c e r t a i n l y;vidheyan
should be done; yatha as ; kena api by s o m e o n e;badhah st o p p e d;na n o t ;
kriyate sh o u ld be done;ayam He ; ma d i yah fo r m e ; ma n yatamah i s v e r y
respectable; iti thus.

Sarvabhauma: 0 Ca n d a nesvara, please accompany this sannyasi. Arrange it

so that every day, whenever He likes, and for as long as He likes, He may gaze
on the beautiful face of Lord Jagannatha. Let everyone allow Him. Let no one
stop Him. I have great respect for Him.

Text 128

candanesvara: yathajnapayanti sri

carana-h

yatha as; aj napayanti orders; sri caranah -the Lord.

Candanesvara: As my lord or d ers.

Text 129

sarvabhaumah: svaminn utthiyatam.

svamin 0 Lo r d ; ut t h iyatam m a y g e t u p .
 Sarvabhauma: Lord, let us get up.

Text 130

bhagavan: (nityanandadibhih saha candanesvaram adaya niskrantah.)

nityananda ad-ibhih th e d e votees headed by Lord Nityananda;saha with;

candanesvaram Ca n d e nesvara;adaya ta k i n g ; niskrantah e x i t s .

(Accompanied by Lord Nityananda and the other devotees, and taking

Candanesvara with Him, Lord Caitanya exits.)

Text 131

sarvabhaumah: acarya sth1yatam.

acarya 0 Ac a r y a;sth1yatam s t a y .

Sarvabhauma: Acarya stay.

Text 132

gop1nathah: (ardha niskr-anta eva mukundam hastenakrsya pratyavrtya upavisati ) .

ardha ha l f; niskrantah go n e ;eva ce r t a i n l y;mukundam M u k u n d a ;

hastena by the hand; akrsya pu l l i n g ; pr a tyavrtya re t u r n i n g ;upavisati s i t s
down.

(Half having left the stage, Goprnatha takes Mukunda by the hand, returns
with him, and then sits down.)

Text 133

sarvabhaumah: acarya amum a2okya sneha soka ta-ra2ya-m j atam ni2amb.ara

cakravarti sambha-ndhad ayam at1va snehasp-adam nah. alp1yasi vayasi tur1yasramo
grh1tah katham anena kas tav.ad asyamaha vakyopad-esta

acarya 0 Acarya;amum Him; alokya seeing;sneha of love; soka and

grief; tara2yam trembling; j atam is m a n i f e sted;ni2ambara cakrava-rti w i t h
Nilambara Cakravarti; sambandhat be c a use of the relationship;ayam H e ;
ativa gr e a t; sneha of a f f e ction;aspadam th e o b j e c t; nah fo r u s ; al p1yasi a t a
young; vayasi age; turiya th e f o u r t h; asramah as r a m a;grhitah wa s a c c epted;
katham wh y 7 ; anena by H i m ; ka h wh o 7 ;ta v at th e n ; as ya of H i m ; m a h a
v aky a upadesa -the sannyasa guru.
 Sarvabhauma: Acarya, I tremble with love and sadness when I see Him.
Because of His relationship with Nilambara Cakravarti I love Him dearly. Why
did He accept sannyasa at such an early age? Who is His sannyasa guru?

Text 130

gopmathah: kesava bh-arati

kesava bh-arati Ke s ava Bharati.

Gopinatha: Kesava Bharati.

Text 135

sarvabhaumah: hanta katham ayam bharati sam-pradaye pravartitiavan va.

hanta indeed;katham why?; ayam He; bharati sam-pradaya in t he Bharati-

sampradaya; pravartitavan di d ; va o r .

Sarvabhauma: Why did He accept initiation in the Bharati-sampradaya?

Text 136

gopmathah: nasya tatha bahyapeksa keva.lam tyaga evadarah

na no t; asya of H i m ; ta t ha in t h a t w a y; bahya ex t e r n a l;apeksa

consideration; kevalam on l y ; ty a gah re n u n c i a t i o n;eva ce r t a i n l y;adarah was
considered.

Gopznatha: He did not consider external appearances. His only concern was
r enunciati o n .

Text 137

sarvabhaumah: kim tavad bahyam

kim wh a t ?; tavat in t h a t w a y;bahyam ex t e r n al considerations.

Sarvabhauma: What where those external considerations?

Text 138

gopmathah: sampradayotkarsadi
 sampradaya of t he sampradaya;utkaram ex a l t ed status;adi b e g i n n i ng w i t h .

Gopznatha: The consideration that one sampradaya is better than another.

Text 139

sarvabhaumah: samicinam nocyate as.ramojj valyam na bahyam

samicinam pr o p e r l y; na no t ; uc y a te is s p o k e n;asrama of t h e a srama;

ujjvalyam th e g l o r y; na no t ; ba h y am i s e x t e r n a l .

Sarvabhauma: You did not say the right thi ng. The glory of the sannyasa-
asrama is not external.

Text 100

gopmathah: kevalam gauravayati bahyam etat

kevalam on l y; gauravayati th e r e s p ect;bahyam ex t e r n a l;etat this.

Gopinatha: The sannyasa-asrama is glorious, but the exagerated respect

shown for it is external.

Text lkl

sarvabhaumah: gauravena kim aparaddham tan m.ayaiva bhanyate bhadratara

sampradayika bhikso-h punar yoga pattam -grahayitva vedanta sravan-enayam
samskaraniy ah

gauravena wi t h r e s pect;kim wh a t ? ;aparaddham is the fault; tat t h a t ;

aya by m e ; eva ce r t a i n l y;bhanyate is s a i d; bhadratara be s t ;sampradayika
in the sampradaya;bhiksoh from a sannyasi; punah again;yoga pattam -the
saffron garment of a sannyasi; grahayitva ta k i n g ; vedanta of V e d a n t a ;
sravanena by hearing; ayam he ; sa mskaraniyah is p r o p e r ly ini t i a ted.

Sarvabhauma: What is wr ong with r e spect? I say when one accepts saffron
garments from a sannyasz of the best sampradaya and hears Vedanta philosophy
from him, then one is properly in i t i ated in the order of renunciation.

Text 102

gopmathah: (sasuyam iva) bhattacarya naj nayate sya mahima bhavadbhih. maya
tu yad drstam asti tenanumitam ayam isvara eva veti

sa wi t h; asuyam an g e r;iva as i f ; bh a ttacarya 0 Bh a t t a c a rya;na not;

j nayate is understood; asya of H i m ; ma h ima th e g l o r y ; bhavadbhih b y y o u ;
maya by m e; tu in d e e d ;yat yat wh a t e v e r;drstam se e n;asti h a s b e e n ;
tena by thi s; anumitam un d e r s t o o d;ayam He ; is v a rah t h e S u p r e m e
Personality of Godhead; eva ce r t a inly;va or ; it i t hu s.

Gopznatha: (angry) Bhattacarya, you do not understand His glorious

position. I have personally seen proof that He is the Supreme Personality of
Godhead.

Text 103

mukundah: (svagatam) sadhu bho acarya sadhu da.gdham mejivitam nirvapitam

asti bhavata

svagatam as ide;sadhu we l l s a id;bhoh 0 ; a c a r ya Ac a r y a ;sadhu w e l l s a i d ;

dagdham bu r n e d; me m y ; j i v i t a m li f e ;ni r v a p it am co m f o r t e d;asti i s ;
bhavata by you.

Mukunda: (aside) Well spoken. 0 Acarya, well spoken. My life was burning
with pain and you have brought it relief.

Text 100

sisyah: kena pramanena isvaro yam itijnatam bhavata

kena by wha t?;pramanena ev i d e n c e;isvarah th e S up r e me Personality of

Godhead; ayam He i s;iti th u s jn
; a t am un d e r s t o o d;bhavata b y y o u .

Sarvabhauma's Disciples: What evidence makes you think He is the Supreme

Personality of Godhead?

Text 105

goplnathah: bhagavad anugrah-aanyaj visesena-hy a2aukikena pramanena

bhagavat tattvam -2aukikena pramanena pramatum na sakyate a2aukikatvat

bhagavat of the Lord; anugraha from the mercy; janya born;jnana

knowledge; visesena by specific; hi in d e e d ;a2aukikena su p e r n a tural
pramanena by evidence; bhagavat of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
tattvam th e t r u t h; 2aukikena by m a t e r i a l;pramanena ev i d e n c e;pramatum t o
be proved; na no t ; sakyate is a b l e;a2aukikatvat be c a u se of being supernatural

Goplnatha: The the Supreme Personality of Godhead can be undertood only

by His mercy. Because the Lord is perfectly spiritual in nature, He cannot be
understood by material logic and argument.
 Text 106

sisyah: nayam sastrarthah anumanena na katham isvarah sadhyate

na no t; ayam th i s ; sa stra of t h e s c r i p t u r es;arthah t h e m e a n i n g ;

anumanena by l o g ic; na no t ; ka t h am wh y ? ;is v a rah th e S u p r e me Personality
of Godhead; sadhyate is u n d e rtood.

The Disciples: That is not the philosophy of the Vedas. Why can the
Supreme Personality of Godhead not be understood by logic?

Text 107

gopmathah: isvaras tena sadhyatam nama na .khalu tat tattvam sadhayitum

sakyate tat t.u tad anu-graha janya jnanenaiva tasya prakaranatvat

isvarah th e Supreme Lord; tena by t h a t ; sadhyatam ma y b e k n o w n ; na m a

indeed; na no t ; kh a lu in d e e d ;tat of H i m ; ta t t v am th e t r u t h ; sa dhayitum
sakyate may be known; tat th a t ; tu cer t a i n l y ;tad anug-raha by H is m e rc y;
j anya manifested; j nanena by k n o w l e d ge; eva in d e e d; tasya o f H i m ;
prakaranatvat be c a use of the explanation.

Gopznatha: By logic one may be able to understand that the Supreme

Personality of Godhead exists, but one cannot understand what He is like. Only
by His mercy can one understand Him.

Text 108

sisyah: kva drstam tasya pramakaranatvam

kva wh e r e; drstam se e n;tasya of t h a t ;pr a makaranatvam ev i d e n c e .

The Disciples: Where is the proof of that in scripture?

Text 109

gopinathah: purana vakya e-va.

purana of t he Puranas;vakye in the words; eva ce r t a inly.

Gopznatha: There is proof in the words of the Puranas.

Text 150
 sisyah: pathyatam .

pathyatam quote.

The Disciples: Quote.

Text 151

gopinathah:

athapi te
deva padambuja dv-aya
prasada les-anugrhita eva hi
j anati tattvam bhagavan ma-himno
na canyaeko 'pi ciramvicinvan

atha th e r e fore; api in d e e d; te Yo u r ; de va my L o r d ;pa d ambuj a dva-ya o f

the two lotus feet; prasada of t he me rcy;lesa by o n l y a t ra ce;anugrhitah
favored; eva ce r t ainly; hi i n d e e d ; j a n a ti o n e k n o w s ; t at tvam t h e t r u t h ;
bhagavat of t y he Supreme Personality of Godhead;mahimnah of t h e g re atness;
na never;ca and; anyah another;ekah one;api although;ciram for a long
period; vicinvan sp e c u lating.

Gopznathah: "My Lord, if one is favored by even a slight trace of the mercy of
Your lotus feet, he can undertand the greatness of Your personality. But those
who speculate in order to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are
unable to know You, even though they continue to study the Vedas for many
years."'

Note: This verse is from Srimad-Bhagavatam (10.14.2cj).

Text 153

sisyah: tarhi sastraih kim tad anugra-ho na bhavati.

tarhi th e n; sastraih of s c r i p t u r e; kim w h a t i s t he need?;tad anugra-hah

His mercy; na no t ; bh avati i s .

The Disciples: Then what is the use of studying the scriptures? Study will
not bring the Lord's mercy?

Text 150

goplnathah: atha kim. katham anyatha vicinvann ity uktam

yes; katham why?; anyatha in a n o t h er way;vicinvan sp e c u l a ting;

i ti t h u s ; uktam said.
 Gopznatha: Yes. Therefore the scripture says: "But those who speculate in
order to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are unable to know
You, even though they continue to study the Vedas for many years."'

Text 155

sisyah: (vihasya) tat katham etavanti dinani vrthaiva bhavata pathitam.

vihasya la u g h i n g; tat t h e n ; k a t h am w h y ? ; et a vanti th e s e ;dinani days;

vrtha us e l essly;eva in d e e d; bhavata by y o u ; pa thitam s t u d i e d .

The Disciples: (laughing) Then how many days have you wasted in study?

Text 156

gopmathah: silpa vise-sa eva tat.

silpa vises-ah skills; eva i n d e e d; tat t h a t .

Gopinatha: That was to learn arts and rituals.

Text 157

sarvabhaumah: (vihasya) bhavati tad anugr-aho sti j atah tat tat.tvam tu bhavata
j nayata eva. kincit kathyatam.

vihasya la u g h i n g; bhavati is ; ta d a nugr-ahah Hi s m e r c y; asti is ;j atah

manifested; tat o f H i m ; t a t tvam t h e t r u t h ; tu in d e e d ;bh avata b y y o u ;
j nayate is understood; eva in d e e d; kincit so m e t h i n g; kathyatam m a y b e s aid.

Sarvabhauma: (laughing) If, by His mercy, You have already understood the
Personality of Godhead, then tell us something of what you have learned.

Text 158

gopmathah: tat kathita v-iseso na -bhavati. anubhava vedyam -eva bhavati. ced
asyanugrahas tvayi tada bhavataivanubhavyam

tat th at; kathita sa i d ;vi sesah sp e c i f i c;na no t ; bh a v ati is ; an u b hava b y

direct perception; vedyam to b e k n o w n; eva ce r t a i n l y;bhavati is ; cet i f ;
asya of Hi m; anugrahah me r c y ; tv ayi to y o u ; ta da th e n ;bh a v ata b y y o u ;
eva in d e ed; anubhavyam ex p e r i e nced.

Gopznatha: It cannot be explained. It is only kn own by d i r ect perception.

When you have obtained the mercy of the Lord you wil l be able to directly
perceive it.

Text 159

sisyah: (svagatam) katham ayam asadhvasam evanena saha vyadhikaranam kincij

jalpati, atha va avutto yam iti kincit parihasativa

svagatam as ide; katham ho w ? ; ayam th i s ;as a dhvasam bo l d l y ; eva

indeed; anena saha by h i m; vyadhikaranam di f f e r e n t;kincit s o m e t h i n g ;
jalpati sp e a k s;atha va or ; av u t t ah br o t h e r - i n - l a w;ayam he; iti thus;
kincit f
so m e t h i n g;parihasati jo k e s ; iva as -i

The Disciples: (aside) Why does he speak so boldly in this di fferent way?
Perhaps, considering that he is with his brother in l-aw-, he is joking a little bit.

Text 160

gopmathah: bhattacarya bhavatayad enam isvaram uddisya kincid vyadhikaranam

uktam, tenasahisnutaya kincin mayoktam na ta.vad ati gabh-irair bhavadbhir evam
abhilapitam yujyate athav.a naisa vo dosah

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya;bhavata by y o u; yat wh a t ; en am t h i s ;

isvaram to t he Supreme Lord;uddisya in r e f e r e nce;kincit s o m e t h i n g ;
vyadhikaranam di f f e r e nt;uktam sa i d ;te na by t h i s ;as ahisnutaya b y b e i n g
intolerable; kincit so m e t h i n g;maya by m e ; uk t am sa i d ;na no t ; ta v a t t h e n ;
ati gabhi-raih very deep;bhavadbhih by you; evam th us; abhilapitam said;
yujyate is engaged; athava or ; na no t ; es ah th i s ;vah of y o u ; do s ah f a u l t .

Gopznatha: I could not bear to hear your imp ersonal idea of the Absolute,
and therefore I spoke to refute it.Bhattacarya, you are so grave and profound
that you do not speak anything to refute me. You are not at fault. The scriptures
explain:

Text 161

yac chaktayo v-adatam vadinam vai

vivada samvada -bhuvo bh-avanti
kurvanti caisam muhur atma moham-
tasmai namo 'nanta gunaya b-humne

yat of whom; saktayah th e p o t e n c ies;vadatam sa i d; vadinam o f t h e

speakers;vai indeed; vivada samvada -bhuvah -engaged in debate;bhavanti are;
kurvanti ar e ; ca a l s o ; esam th i s ; mu h uh re p e a t e dly;atma of t h e s elf;
moham be w i l d e rment; tasmai to H i m ; na m ah ob e i s a n c es; ananta li m i t l e s s ;
gunay a qualities; bhumne t h e L o r d .
 "I offer my respectful obeisances to that Supreme Personality of Godhead,
whose transcendental qualities have no limit, and whose potencies bewilder
those absorbed in logic and debate."

Text 162

sarvabhaumah: (vihasya) j natam va.isnavo si

vihasya la u g h i n g;j natam kn o w n ; va i s navah a V a i s n a va;asi you are..

Sarvabhauma: (laughing) I k n o w yo u are a Vaisnava.

Text 163

gopmathah: yady asya krpa syat tada tvam api bhavisyasi

yadi if; asya of H i m; kr pa me r c y ;sy at is ; ta d a th e n ; tv a m yo u ; a p i

also; bhavisyasi w i l l b e .

Gopznatha: (humbly) I f t h e L or d is m e r c i ful to you, you w il l a lso become a

Vaisnava.

Text 160

sarvabhaumah: a2am pa22avena bhava.n gacchatu bhagavad darsa-nanantaram

matr svasur-av ase. tavesvarah sa gano v-asyatam man namna -bhagavat prasa-dena
nimantrayitavyas ca.

a2am enough; pa22avena wi th t h e se flowery words; bhavan yo u ; ga cchatu

may go; bhagavat of t he Lor d; darsana th e s i g h t; anantaram af t e r w a r d s;matr
svasurau ma t e rnal aunt; ase is ; ta va yo u ; is v a r ah Lo r d ; sa g ano w-ith -

associates; vasyatam ma y be subject;man namna -by my n a me; bhagavat

prasadena with bhagavat-prasadam; nimantrayitavyah ad v i s e d;ca a n d .

Sarvabhauma: What is the use of all the flow ery w o r ds? After you have seen
the Deity, you may go to the home of my maternal aunt. Your master and His
company may stay there. You may request the Deity's prasadam in my name.

Text 165

gopmathah: yathaj napayasi

yatha as; ajnapayasi y o u o r d e r .

 Gopznatha: As you order.

Text 166

sarvabhaumah: tad aham api madhyan di-na k-armane prayami (iti sa si-syo
niskrantah.)

tat th a t; aham I; ap i als o ;ma d h yan di-na ka-rmane no on d u t i e s;prayami I

go; iti thus; sa sis-yah wi th h is disciples; niskrantah e x i s t s .

Sarvabhauma: I will go to perform my m i d - day du ti es. (Accompanied by his

disciples, he exits.)

Text 167

gopinathah: mukunda ehy ehi. (iti parikramya) bho mukunda bhattacarya vag-
vajram adyapi me hrdayam krntati. parama kar-unikena bhagavata tad uddhriyate
tadaiva me mano nirvati.

mukunda Mu k u n d a ; ehi c o m e ; e hi c o m e ; i ti t h u s ;pa r i k r a m ya w a l k i n g ;

bhah 0; mukunda Mu k u n da; bhattacarya of Bhattacarya; vak words;
vaj ram th u n d e r bolt; adya no w ; ap i ev e n ;me my ; hr d a y am he a r t ;k r n t a t i
cuts; parama karu-nikena ve ry merciful; bhagavata by t h e L o r d; tat t h a t ;
uddhriyate is d e l ivered;tada th e n ; eva in d e e d ;me my ; ma n a h h e a r t ;
nirvati is p e a ceful.

Gopinatha: Muk u n da, come. Come. (He comes.) 0 M u k u n d a , Bh attacarya's

words were a thunderbolt that has broken my heart. If the supremely merciful
Lord would deliver him, then my heart could be at peace.

Text 168

mukundah: kim asakyam tasya bhagavatah

kim w h a t7; asakyam no t p o s s i ble;tasya bhagavatah f o r t he L or d .

Mukunda: What is not possible for the Lord?

Text 169

gopinathah: tad ehi. sri jagannatha darsanar-tham prayatam bhagavantam

anusarava (iti niskr.anmatah)

tat th e r e fore; ehi c o m e ; sri jagannat-ha darsanar-tham to s ee Lord

Jagannatha; prayatam go n e ; bhagavantam th e L o r d; anusarava w e w i l l f o l l o w ;
iti th u s ; niskranmatah t h e y e x i t .

Gopinatha: Come. The Lord has gone to see Sri Jagannatha. Let us follow
Him. (They both exit.)

Text 170

nepathye: aho adbhutam

tunga bh-rnga yu-va san-gata ph-u22at

pundarika va-ra 2oc-ana 2ak-smi
hingu2a sna-pita suk-2a cat-urthi
sita did-hiti ka2-adhara bim-bam

apl ca

caru karu-nikam arucirangam

brahma daru-mayam etad udeti
ahato 'sya ruci kan-dala vrnd-air
indrani2a man-i darp-ana darp-ah

ahah Oh; adbhutam wo n d e r f u l; tu nga bhrn-ga yuva -sang-ata bees have

landede; phu22at blossoming; pundarika lo t u s e s;vara ex c e l l e n t;2ocana e y e s ;
2aksmi glory; hingu2a snapi-ta suk2a -catur-thi sita d-idhi-ti ka2a -the crescent moon
on the fourth day of its waxing; adhara bimb-am bi m ba fruit lip s; api an d ; c a
and; caru be a u t i f u l; karunikam me r c i f u l a r u c i ra-angam t o H i s h a n d s ome
limbs; brahma darum-ayam ma d e ofs p i r i t u a l w o o d; etat th i s ;ud e ti r i s e s ;
ahatah cr u s hed; asya of H i m ; ru ci k a n da-la vrnda-ih by t eh great splendor;
indrani2a mani -of sapphires; darpana of t h e m i r r o r; darpah t h e p r i d e .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Ah! W o n d e r f ul ! His eyes are glorious as
two blossoming white lotus flowers where two black bees have landed, and His
bimba-fruit lips are like the crescent moon on the fourth day of it s waxing. The
merciful, handsome wooden form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,
whose splendor crushes the sapphire-mirror's pride, has now appeared.

Text 171

gopinathah: aye sri mukha -darsana-m j atam, iva yad ami nityanandadayo mitho
ni rvarnayanti

aye 0; sri m u kha d-arsanam -the sight of His face;jatam is manifested; iva
as; yat wh a t; ami they; nityananda adayah -beginning with Nit y a nanda;
mithah to g e t her;nirvarnayanti d e s c r i b e .

Gopinatha: Ah. Struck with wonder by seeing His handsome face,

Nityananda and the others gaze at Lord Jagannatha, and Lord Jagannatha also
gazes at them.

Text 172

(punas tatraiva)

anyonya ks-ana ra-ga ra-nj itataya dvau nirnimeseksanau

rajetejagatah patt ubhayato nispanda sa-rvangakau
daru br-ahmani liyate kim u nara br-ahmaitad aho nara
brahmany eva hi liyate siva siva brahmaiva va daravam

punah ag ain; tatra th e r e ;eva indeed;anyonya mutual;ksana moment;

raga ranj-itataya wi t h l o v e; dvau bo t h ; ni r n i m eseksanau wi t h u n b l i n k i ng e yes;
raj ete shines;j agatah of t he u ni v e rse;pati th e t wo L o r d s;ubhayatah b o t h ;
nispanda mo t i o n l e ss;sarva al l ; an gakau li m b s ; da ru bra-hmani i n t h e
Brahman made of wood; liyate is m e r g e d;kim u in d e e d ;na ra bra-hma t h e
human Brahman; etat th i s ; ah ah Oh ; na r a b ra hmani in t h e h u m a n B rahman;
eva in d e ed; hi in d e e d ;li ya te is m e r g e d;siva siva Oh . O h . ; br a h ma
Brahman; eva in d e e d; va or ; da r a v am m a d e o f w o o d .

Again the Voice From Behind the Scenes: The two masters of the universe
stand motionless and lovingly gaze at each other with unb l i n k in g eyes. Has the
human form of the Supreme Lord entered the wooden form of the Lord, or has
t he wooden form of the Lord entered the human form of the Lor d ?

Text 173

gopmathah: bhadram bhoh. bhadram eka ev.a

bhagavan asvadyasvadaka bhave-na
dvidhabhuta iva

bhadram good;bhoh 0; bhadram go o d;ekah on e; eva in d e ed;

bhagavan Lord;asvadya to be enjoyed; asvadaka and enjoyer;bhavena with
the nature; dvidha tw o ; ab h ute be c o m e;iva a s i f .

Gopinatha: Won d erful! Ah, w o n d e r f ul! The one Supreme Personality of

Godhead has appeared in two forms: as the enjoyer and the enjoyed.

Text 170

(punas tatraiva)

dvav eva purna karunau -j agad uddidirsu-

dvav eva locana patham a-gato
j jihanau
antah stha nand-a tan-ayo 'nt-ara varti dar-u -

brahmeti kevalam iyan ubhayor hi bhedah

 punah ag ain; tatra th e r e ;eva indeed; dvau bo t h ; eva in d e e d ;p urna-
karunau fu l l of m e r c y;j agat th e w o r l d; uddidirsu de s i r i ng to deliver;dvau
both; eva in d e e d; locana of t h e e yes;patham th e p a t h w a y;jagatah o f t h e
universe; jihanau go i n g ; antah s-tha in t he h eart; nanda t-anayah th e s on of
Nanda; antara v-arti be i ng in t he heart;daru wo o d e n ;br ahma Br a h m a n;i t i
thus; kevalam only; iyan go n e;ubhayoh of both;hi in d e e d;bhedah
difference.

Again the Voice From Behind the Scenes: They are both full of mer cy. They
both yearn to deliver the entire world. A l t h o ug h T hey appear as two persons
before the eyes of this world, there is in tr uth no d i f f e r ence between Lord
Caitanya, who is, in His heart, the son of Nanda Maharaja, and Lord Jagannatha,
the wooden form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Text 175

gopmathah: sadhu bho nityanandadeva, sadhu tattva jno si bhagavato

gauracandrasya tan .manye bhagavad dars-anam krtva pratyavartanta eva sarve tad.
avam api bhagavantam sri jagannatham drstva tvaritam eva punar etav anusarava (iti.
niskrantau)

sadhu good;bho nityanandadeva 0 Nityanandadeva;sadhu good; tattva

the truth; j nah know; asi You are;bhagavato gauracandrasya of Lord
Gauracandra; tat th a t ; manye I t h i n k ; bh a gavat of t h e L o r d; darsanam t h e
sight; krtva ha v i n g d o n e;pratyavartante re t u r n i n g; eva in d e e d ;sarve a l l ;
tat th a t; avam of u s ; api al s o ;bh a gavantam sri jagannatham L o r d S r i
Jagannatha; drstva se e ing;tvaritam qu i c k l y ;eva in d e e d ;punah ag a i n ;etau
Them; anusarava le t us follow; iti th u s ;ni s k r a ntau t h e y e x i t .

G opinatha: Well spoken, Nityanandadeva. Well spoken. You know the tr u t h

of Lord Gauracandra. I think they have finished seeing the Deity and now they
are returning. Let us quickly see Lord Jagannatha, and then follow th em. (They
both exit.)

Text 176

(tatah pravisati pundarikaksa darsana-nanda nihspan-do bhagavan nityanandadayas

candanesvaras ca.)

candanesvarah: hamho mahantah, sampannam yatha sukham -eva bhavatam

bhagavad darsana-m

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;pundarika lo t u s ;ak sa ey e s ;darsana s e e i n g ;

ananda wi t h b l i s s; nihspandah st u n n e d; bhagavan th e L o r d; nityananda w i t h
Nityananda; adayah be g i n n i n g; candanesvarah Ca n d a n esvara;ca a n d ;
hamhah 0; mahantah great one; sampannam attained; yatha sukham -to Your
satisfaction; eva in d e e d; bhavatam is ; bh agavad darsanam -the sight of the
Lord.

(Stunned with joy by the sight of lotus-eyed Lord Jagannatha, Lord Caitanya
enters. Candanesvara, Lord Nityananda, and the others also enter.)

Candanesvara: My Lords, have you now seen Lord Jagannatha to Your full
satisfaction?

Text 177

nityanandadayah: yatha ma-norathameva su sam-pannam

yatha ma-noratham de s i res; eva indeed; su sam-pannam filfilled.

Nityananda and the others: Yes. Our desires are fulfilled.

Text 178

candanesvarah: (svagatam) aho, katham asau vilambate gopinathacaryah kim.

idanim aham karomi na k.im api nigaditam tata caran-aih many.e tasmai eva sarvam
kathitam asti tat ka.tham ayam adyapi nayatah (iti p.arito valokayati)

svagatam as ide;ahah 0 ; k a t h a m wh y ? ;as au he ; vi l a m b ate d e l a y s ;

gopmathacaryah Go p i n a t ha Acarya; kim w h a t ? ; id anim now; aham I ;
karomi wi l l d o; na no t ; k i m api an y t h i n g ;ni g aditam sa i d ;ta ta caran-aih b y
my father; manye I t h i n k ; ta s mai to h i m ; e va c e r t a i n l y; sarvam e v e r y t h i n g ;
kathitam sa i d; asti is ; ta t tha t ; ka t h am wh y ? ; ay am He ; ad y a no w ; a p i
also; na no t ; ayatah ha s c o m e; iti th u s ;pa r i t ah ev e r y w h e r e;avalokayati
they look.

Candanesvara: (aside) Ah ! Wh y i s G o p znatha Acarya late? What should I do

now. My father did not tell me. I th ink he t old everything to Gopznatha. Why
has he not come? (He looks in all directions.)

Text 179

(tatah pravisati tvaram natayan mukundena sahacaryah)

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;tvaram qu i c k l y ;na t ayan re p r e s e nting

dramatically; mukundena saha wi t h M u k u n d a ; acaryah Go p i n a t ha Acarya.

(Gopinatha Acarya and Mukunda quickly enter.)

Text 180
 acaryah: ehi mukunda, ete mi gacchanti .tad ubhayam eva samvrttam .ni2aca2a-
candro 'pi drstah, hemacala gauro 'pi drsyate .(iti sa t-varam upasrtya) candanesvara
tvam ito grham gaccha atah param mayaiva sarvam samadhasyate

ehi come; mukunda Mu k u n d a ; ete ami th e y ;ga cchanti ar e c o m i n g; tat

that; ubhayam bo t h ; eva in d e e d ;samvrttam co m e ;ni 2aca2a ca-ndrah t h e
moon of Nilacala; api al s o; drstah se e n;hemacala ga-urah fa ir as a golden
mountain; api al s o ; drsyate is s e e n; iti t h u s ; sa t v-aram qu i c k l y ; upasrtya
approaching;candanesvara 0 Candanesvara;tvam you; itah here;grham
house; gaccha go; atah param th e n ; ma ya by m e ; eva in d e e d ;sarvam
everything; samadhasyate wi l l be done.

Acarya: Mukunda, come. There they go. How we have seen them both. We
have seen Lord Jagannatha, the moon of Nzlacala, and now we see Lord
Gauranga, who is fair as a golden mountain. (Quickly approaching)
Candanesvara, now you may go home. I will take charge of everything.

Text 181

candanesvarah: yathaha bhavan (iti .bhagavantampranamya niskrantah.)

yatha as; aha sp e a k s;bhavan the lord; iti t h u s ; bh agavantam t o t h e

Lord; pranamya bo w i n g ; niskrantah e x i t s .

Candanesvara: As my lord has spoken. (He bows down before Lord

Caitanya, and then exits.)

Text 182

gopinathah: (upasrtya devam pranamati ) .

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;devam th e L o r d; pranamati bows.

.fn 3

(Gopznatha approaches Lord Caitanya and bows down.)

Text 183

damodarah: bhagavann ayam acaryah pranamati

bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; ayam th i s ; ac a r yah Go p i n a t h a Acarya;pranamati bows.

Damodara: Lord, this is Gopinatha Acarya offering his respects.

Text 180
 bhagavan: (bahir v-rttim natayitva) ehy ehi. (iti tam alingati.)

bahir v-rttim ex t e r n al consciousness;natayitva ma n i f e s ting dramatically;

ehi come; ehi c o m e ; it i t h u s ;ta m hi m ; al i n g a ti e m b r a c e s .

Bhagavan: (returning to external consciousness) Come. Come. (He

embraces him.)

Text 185

gopmathah: deva bhattacaryena sanucara eva nimantrito si tad .ita evagacchantu

(iti purvoddistavasam prapayya bhagavatah pada dha-vanadikam danta
dhavanavasanam sakalam eva paricaranam krtva bhiksottaram sukha nivi-ste sati
tasmin sa vai-manasyam )de.vabhattacaryenanyad api nimantritam asti

deva 0 Lo r d ; bhattacaryena by B h a t t acarya;sa anu-carah wi t h a ssociates;

eva in d e ed; nimantritah in v i t e d ;asi Yo u a r e ; tat th e r e f o r e;itah th u s ; e v a
indeed; agacchantu ma y c o m e; iti t h u s ; pu r va pr e v i o u s l y;uddista i n d i c a t e d ;
avasam re sidence;prapayya en t e r i n g;bhagavatah of t h e L o r d;pada o f t h e
feet; dhavana wa s h ing; adikam be g i n n i ng w i t h;danta te e t h ;dh avana
washing; avasanam se a t;sakalam al l ; eva ce r t a i n l y;paricaranam s e r v i c e ;
krtva ha v i ng done; bhiksa me a l ; ut taram af t e r ;sukha ha p p i l y ;ni v iste
situated; sati be i ng so;tasmin in t h a t ;sa vaim-anasyam wi t h u n h a p p i n e ss;
deva 0 Lord;bhattacaryena by Bhattacarya; anyat another;api even;
n imantrita m i n v i t a t i on ;asti is .

Gopznatha: Lord, the Bhattacarya invites You and Your friends to his home.
Please come this way. (He brings them to the house and washes the Lord's feet.
After arranging for the Lord to brush His teeth and refresh Himself, and after
placing Him in a nice seat and offering a meal, He approaches the Lord and
unhappily says:) 0 Lo r d , t he Bhattacarya has another invitation to present
before You.

Text 186

bhagavan: kim tat?

kim w h a t?; tat is that.

Bhagavan: What is it?

Text 187

gopmathah: sampradayika sannyasin-ah sakasad yoga pattam gra-hayitva

vedantam sravayisyati
 sampradayika of h i s s a m p r a daya;sannyasinah of a s a n n y asi;sakasat a t
once; yoga p-attam th e sannyasi s garment;grahayitva ha v i n g g ive n;vedantam
Vedanta; sravayisyati ca u se to hear.

|"opinatha: He invites You to accept the sannyasi's garment and hear the
Vedanta-sutra from a sannyasi of his sampradaya.

Text 188

bhagavan: anugrhito smi tena bhavatv evam karisyami

anugrhitah gr a t e ful;asmi I a m ; te na by t h i s ;bh avatu ma y b e ; evam thus;

karisyami I will do.

Bhagavan: I am grateful to him. So be it. I will do it.

Text 189

mukundah: deva acaryena tad avad-hi tena vak sphu-linga nika-rena

dandahyamana hrda-yena sthiyate maha .pras-ado 'pi nadya svi krto -'sti.

deva 0 Lord;acaryena by the acarya; tad avad-hi in that way;tena by that;

vak of w o r d s; sphulinga nikar-ena by s parks; dandahyamana b u r n i n g ;
hrdayena he a rt; sthiyate re m a i n s;maha prasa-dah gr e at kindness;api e v e n ;
na no t; adya to d a y ;svi krt ah -a c c e pted; asti i s .

Mukunda: 0 Lo rd, Bhattacarya's words are like sparks that have set
|"opinatha Acarya s heart on fire. He does not think this invitation is a great
kindness.

Text 190

bhagavan: acarya balako smi. yad ayam mam prati snihyati tenaivedam avadit
katham atra duyase?

acarya 0 ac a r y a;balakah a c h i l d ; asmi I a m ; ya t wh at ; ay a m t hi s ;

mam Me ; prati to ; sn i h y a ti lo v e s ;te na by t h i s ; eva in d e e d ;id am t h i s ;
avadit sa i d; katham wh y ? ; at ra he r e ;du y ase yo u a re unh a ppy?

Bhagavan: Acarya, I am a child. It is out of affection for Me that the

Bhattacarya speaks these words. Why are you unhappy?

Text 191
 gopinathah: bhagavan sri caranair idam me salyam hrdayad uddhriyate cet tada
jivitam dharayisye .(iti roditi ).

bhagavan Lo r d; sri c-aranaih by t h e L o r d;idam th i s ;me of m e ; sa l ya m

the arow; hrdayat fr o m t he h e art;uddhriyate is r e m o v e d;cet if ; ta da t h e n ;
jivitam li f e ; dh arayisye 0 will maintain; iti th u s ; ro d i ti c r i e s .

Gopznatha: Lord, only if You remove this arrow from my h e art, will I be abl e
to remain alive. (He cries.)

Text 192

bhagavan: pundarikaksas te manoratham purayisyati da.modara bhavatayam

nimantryatam.

pundarikaksah the lotus-eyed Lord; te of y o u ; ma noratham th e d e s i r e ;

purayisyati wi l f u l f i l l ; da modara 0 Da m o d a r a;bhavata by y o u ; ay am t h i s ;
nimantryatam ma y be explained.

Bhagavan: Lotus-eyed Lord Jagannatha will ful f ill y our d e sire. Damodara,
e xplain everything to Him .

Text 193

damodarah: yathaj napayasi (iti ta.m adaya niskramati.)

bhagavan: j agadananda bhagavatah pundarikaksasya raj ani sesa s-ayan-otthapana

2i2a yatha drsyate tatha yataniyam

yatha as; aj napayasi You order; iti th u s ; tam hi m ; ad a ya t a k i n g ;

niskramati ex i t s j; agadananda 0 ja g a d a nanda;bhagavatah pundarikaksasya o f
the lotus-eyed Lord; rajani ni g h t ; se sa re m n a n t ;sayana sl e e p;utthapana
rising; 2z2a pastime; yatha as ; drsyate is s e e n; tatha so ; ya t a niyam s h o u l d b e
done.

Damodara: As You order. (He takes Gopznatha and exits.)

Bhagavan: Jagadananda, an arrangement should be made that we may see

lotus-eyed Lord Jagannatha's pastimes when He awakens at mangala-arati after
the night is over.

Text 190

(pravisyacaryena saha)

damodarah: bhagavan yathajnam maha prasaden-a bhojito yam atraiva sisayisur

 pravisya entering;acaryena saha with the acarya; bhagavan 0 Lord;
yatha as; aj nam the order;maha p-rasadena with maha-prasadam; bhojitah
eaten; ayam th i s ; atra he r e ;eva in d e e d ;sisayisuh de s i r i ng to take rest;asti
1S.

(Damodara enters with Gopznatha Acarya.)

Damodara: Lord, by Your order he has taken maha-prasadam. Now he

wishes to takes rest.

Text 195

bhagavan: sadhu sadhu

sadhu good; sadhu good.

Bhagavan: Very good. Very good.

Text 196

( iti sarve priya sank-athaya muhurtan gamayanti ) .

(nepathye pani sankh-a dhva-nih ).

iti th u s ; sarve al l ; pr i ya sanka-thaya wi t h h a p py conversation;muhurtan

for a moment; gamayanti go e s ;pani in t h e h a n d; sankha c o n c h s h e ll;
dhvanih s o u n d .

(Speaking happily for a moment, everyone begins to depart.)

(The sound of a conch-shell comes from behind the scenes.)

Text 197

sarve: (sa camatka-ram) aho yama seseva t-riyama yad aya.m

pur devyah -sayanotthitav iva calat sarvang-a bhusa k-vanah-

kim va deva kulasya -varana pater udb-rmhitam brmhitam
ayateti krpa nidheh k-im u krpa devyaj a-gat praninam-
ahvana dhvanir -abhyupaiti madhurah sri pani san-kha d-hvanih-

sa camatka-ram su r p r i sed; ahah Oh ; ya ma sesa iva -as in an hour; triyama

th night; yat wh a t ; ay am th i s ;pur d evyah - t he pu r a -devis;sayana fr o m s l e ep;
utthitau ri s e n;iva as i f ; ca l at mo v i n g ;sa r va al l ; an ga li m b s ;bh u sa o f
decorations; kvanah so u n d s; kim wh a t 7 ;va or ; de v a k u l asya -of the temple;
varana pateh of the Lord; udbrmhitam increased;
brmhitam increased; ayata-
arrived; iti th u s ; kr pa nidheh of t h e o c e an of mercy; kim u i n d e e d ; k r p a -
devya go d desses ofmercy;jagat p-raninam of t he p eople of the world; ahvana-
dhvanih ca l l i n g; abhyupaiti at t a i n s;madhurah sw e e t;sri p-ani s-ankha
dhvanih th e s ound of the conch-shell.

Everyone: (surprised) Th e n i ght is over. The pura-devzs have risen. Their

ornaments are tinkling. The temple elephants are roaring. The sweet sound of
the conchshell announces to the people of the world the waking of Lor d
Jagannatha, who is an ocean of mercy.

Text 198

bhagavan: tad aho avitatham eva gateyam rajani aca.rya

ehi sahaiva
pundarikaksasy a sayanot thanavakasam pasy ama

tat th a t; ahah oh ; av i t a t h am tr u t h ; eva in d e e d ;gata go n e ;iy am t h e ;

raj ani ni g h t; acarya ac a r y a; ehi c o m e ; saha wi t h ; eva i n d e e d ;
pundarikaksasya of t he lot us-eyed Lord;sayana fr o m b e d;uthana rising;
avakasam occasion; pasyama let us see.

Bhagavan: Then it is true that the night is over. Acarya, let us see lotus-eyed
Lord Jagannatha's rising from bed.

Text 199

gopinathah: yathaj napayasi (iti ta.t samay-ocitam karma kartum niskrantah.)

yatha as; ajnapayasi You order; iti t h u s ; tat samaya -to th at tim e; ucitam
appropriate; karma ac t i o n s;kartum to d o ; ni s k r a ntah e x i t s .

G opznatha: As You order. (To perform the du t ies appropriate to that tim e ,
He exits.)

Text 200

(pravisya sa tvaram)-
kascit: kah ko 'tra bhoh? gopinathacaryah kva vartate vrttam taj janasi? (akase
laksyam baddhva )kim br.avisi? acaryah sri krsna ca-itanya -devasya -nikateiti.
bhavatu tatraiva yami (i ti katic.it padani gatva puro valokya) aho ayam esa acaryo
bhavisyati (ity upas.arpati ) .

pravisya en t e r i ng;sa tvaram -with haste; kah wh o ? ; kah wh o ? ; a t r a

here;bhoh oh; gopmathacaryah Gopinatha Acarya; kva where7;vartate is;
vrttam do n e ; tat th a t ;j anasi yo u k n o w ; ak a se in t h e s k y; la ksyam baddhva
glancing; kim what7; bravisi do y ou s ay7;acaryah ac a r y a;sri krsna cai-tanya-
devasya nikate ne ar Sri Krsna Caitanya;iti th u s ; bh a vatu ma y b e ; ta t ra t h e r e ;
eva in d e ed; yami I g o ;it i th us ; ka t i c it padani so m e s t e ps;gatva g o i n g ;
purah ah e a d; avalokya lo o k s ; ahah oh ; ay a m thi s ; e s a h he; acaryah t h e
acarya; bhavisyati wi l l b e; iti th u s ;up a s arpati ap p r o a c h e s.

(A man hastily enters.)

Man: Who, who is here? Where is Gopinatha Acarya? Do you know? (He
g lances at the sky.) W hat do you say? Gopinatha Acarya is with Sri Kr sn a
Caitanyadeva. So be it. I will go there. (He takes a few steps and then looks
ahead.) Ah! Here is the Acarya. (He approaches.)

Text 201

(tatah pravisaty acaryah ).

acaryah: aho j ata pray-o yam samayah sayanotthanasya tad .aham tvarayami
bhagavantam

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;acaryah ac a r y a;ahah o h ; j ata ma n i f e s t e d.

prayah al m o s t; ayam t h i s ; s amayah t i m e ; s ayana fr o m b e d ; utthanasya
rising; tat th a t ; ah am I; tv a r a y a mi wi l l h u r r y ; bh a gavantam t o t h e L o r d .

(Enter Gopznatha Acarya.)

A carya: It is almost time for Lord Jagannatha to rise from bed. I must hu r r y
to the Lord.

Text 202

purusah: (upasrtya) acarya bhattacaryo vijnapayati sr> krsna -caitan-ya devo y-atha
bhagavato j agannatha devasya -sayyotthanam pasyati tatha tvayaiva sange krtva
yataniyam

purusah man; upasrtya approaching;acarya 0 acarya;bhattacaryah

Bhattacarya; vij napayati in f o r m s ; sri krsna c-aitany-a devah -Sri Krsna
C»tanyadeva;yatha as;bhagavato j agannatha devasya -of Lord Jagannatha;
sayya fr om b e d; utthanam r i s i n g ; pasyati se e s ; tatha so ; t v a ya b y Y o u ;
eva certainly; sange in t he c o m p a ny;krtva do i n g ;ya t a nlyam m a y b e d o n e .

Man: (approaches) Acarya, the Bhattacarya sends this instruction: "please

meet with Sri Krsna Caitanyadeva and go with Him to see Lord Jagannatha rise
from bed."

Text 203

gopi«thah: yathaj nam akaravami (iti sri kr.sna cai-tanya -devam tva-rayitum
upasarpati ).

yatha a-jnam as it is ordered;akaravami I will do; iti th u s ; sri k-rsna-

caitanya d-evam Lo rd Caitanya; tvarayitum to h u r r y ; up asarpati ap p r o a c h es.

Gopznatha: I will follow his order. (He approaches Srz Krsna Caitanyadeva
to quickly take Him to the temple.)

Text 200

(tatah pravisati sanucaro devah ).

devah: mukunda vi2okyatam ko vi2amba acaryasya

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;sanucarah wi t h H i s a ssociates;devah t h e

Lord; mukunda 0 Mu k u n d a ; vi2okyatam sh o u l d be seen;kah wh a t ; vi 2 amba
the delay; acaryasya of t he acarya.

(The Lord enters with His associates.)

Deva: Mukunda, see why the Acarya is late.

Text 205

gopmathah: eso 'ham bhagavantam pratiksamano varte

esah he; aham I; bh a g avantam th e L o r d ; pr a tiksamanah wa i t i n g ; varte I

am.

Gopznatha: I am he. I am simply waiting for the Lord.

Text 206

bhagavan: tad agre gamyatam

tad agre ahead;gamyatam go.

Bhagavan: You go first.

Text 207

acaryah: (tatha krtva) bhagavann ita itah. (iti pravesam natayitvajagan mohanam-
asadya) deva pasya

tat kalina ka-vata va-ta nivid-oddh-ate viniskramata

garbhagara garistha -saurabha -bharenam-odam abhyudvaman
nidra bhanga b-hrtalaso -sukham iva vyadaya sese niso
 j rmbharambham ivatanoti sa iyam prasada esa prabhoh

tatha so; krtva do i n g ; bh a gavan 0 Lo r d ; it a i t ah th i s w a y . T h is way;iti

thus; pravesam en t r a nce;natayitva ma n i f e s t ing dramatically; j agan mohanam
Jagan-mohana; asadya at t a i ning; deva 0 Lo r d ; pa s ya lo o k ; ta t k -alma t h a t
time; kavata va-ta ni-vida gr e at doors;uddhate op e n; viniskramata e x i t e d ;
garbhagara ga-ristha sa-urabha bh-arenamodam with a sweet fragrance;
abhyudvaman em i t t i n g; nidra sl e e p ;bhanga br e a k i n g;bhrta al-asah sl e ep;
sukham ha p p i l y; iva as i f ; vy a daya ma n i f e s t i n g;sese in t he r emnant;
anisah mo r n i n g; j rmbharambham mo r n i n g ; iva as i f ; at a n oti ma n i f e s t s;sa
iyam th a t; prasada te m p l e ;esa th i s ; pr a bhoh o f t h e L o r d .

Acarya: (He does that.) T hi s w ay. This way. (He enters the temple and goes
to the place known as Jagan-mohane.) Lord , L o o k ! No w t h a t th e ni ght is over
the great wide-open temple-doors bring the a very sweet fragrance of burning
incense. It is as if the temple of the Lord has awakened in the morning and
opened its mouth with a great, sleepy yawn.

Text 208

api ca. deva ascaryam ascaryam

dipa bhav-a
ghan-andhakara gaha-ne gambhira gamb-hinka
kuksau ta2pata utthitasyajayato 2aksmi pater -2ocane
kalindi salilo-dare vij ayini vatena ghurnayite
pronmatta bhram-aravalidha jathare sat punda-rike iva

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; deva 0 Lo r d ; as c aryam wo n d e r f u l;ascaryam

wonderful; dipa bhava -lamplig ht; ghanandhakara gahan-e in t he great darkness;
gambhira gambh-irika kuksau de ep wit h i n; talpatah from bed; utthitasya r i s e n ;
j ayatah gl o r i o u s; 2aksmi pateh -of the husband of Laksmi; 2ocane ey e s;ka2indi
salilodare in t he Yamuna s waters;vij ayini gl o r i o u s;vatena wi t h t h e b r e eze;
ghurnayite moving;pronmatta bhram-aravali maddened bees;idha jathare
resting within; sat pundar-ike be a utiful lotus;iva a s i f .

Wonderful! Wonderful! Deep wit hin the lamp-il l u m i n a ted temple, Lord
J agannatha, the master of the goddess of fortune, rises from His bed. His roll i n g
e yes are like two intoxicated black bees resting in two wh ite lo tus fl ow er s
moving in the breeze over the dark waters of the Yamuna.

Text 209

( bhagavan garuda stambasy-a pascad avasthaya sa sprham p-asyati ) .

bhagavan the Lor d; garuda stambasy-apascat be h i nd t he Garuda-stambha;

avasthaya st a ying; sa sprham -wi th lo n g i n gs; pasyati g a z e s .
 (The Lord stands behind the Garuda-stambha, and gazes with feelings of
longing.)

Text 210

mukundah: acarya pasya pasya

ksanat pradipava2ayah samantad

gambhirikayah kuharejvalantyah
vilocanotsaribhir asra pu-rair
nyag bhu-ta bha-so 2ikhita ivasan

acarya 0 ac a r y a;pasya lo o k ; pa sya lo o k ; ks a n at i n a m o m e n t ;

pradipava2ayah the lamps; samantat ev e r y w h e re;gambhirikayah kuhare i n t h e
deep darkness; jva2antyah li g h t i n g; vi2ocana ey e s;utsaribhih st r e a m i n g;asra
of tears; puraih wi t h f lo o d s ; nyag bhu-ta bha-sah still; 2ikhita pa i n t e d p ic t u re ;
iva li k e ; asan w a s .

Mukunda: Acarya, look! Look! The lamps ill u m i n ate the entire temple. Tears
stream from Lord Caitanya's eyes. He stands motionless as if He were a painted
picture.

Text 211

gopmathah: pasya pasya

anuv adana praksa-lanam

abhyanga snana -bhusa-nadyam atha
anuba2a-bhoga-2l2a
hari va22ab-ha bhoga -esa tat pascat-

drsyatam adhuna pratar dhupakhyah puja visesah-

pasya lo o k; pasya lo o k ; an u v adana fa c e ;praksalanam w a s h e d ;

abhyanga li m b s; snana ba t h ; bh usanadyam de c o r a ted with ornaments;atha
then; anuba2a bhoga 2i-2aanub-a2a bhoga; h-ari va22abh-a bhoga -hari-vallabha-bhoga;
esa that; tat pascat a- fter;drsyatam ma y be seen;adhuna no w ; pr a t ah early;
dhupakhyah in c e n s e;puj a visesah -worship.

Gopinatha: Look! Look! Lord Jagannatha's face is now being washed. Now
all His limbs are bathed. Now He is offered balya-bhoga and hari-vallabha-
bhoga. Look. Now He is worshipped with an offering of incense.

Text 212

(bhagavan ananda stimita ev-a sa pulakasra-m pasyaty eva.)

 bhagavan the Lor d; ananda s-timitah st u n n ed with bli s s;eva ce r t a i n l y;s a-
pulaka ha i rs standing up;asram an d t e a r s;pasyati ga z e s;eva indeed.

(Stunned, shedding tears, and the hairs of His body standing up in ecstasy,
Lord Caitanya gazes at the Deity.)

Text 213

acaryah: bho bho j agadanandadayah pa.syata pasyata pra.tar dhupasya

prasadannam kiyad anja2au krtva kascin ma2am ca karayoh krtva kascid yugapad eva
samagacchatah kim .etau maha pra-bhave sri krs-na cai-tanyaya dasyatah ken.a va
preritav etau ath.a va sri jagannathenaiva

bho bho j agadanandadayah 0 0 devotees headed by Jagadananda;

pasyata
look; pasyata lo o k ; pr a tah ea r l y i n t h e m o r n i n g; dhupasya o f i n c e n s e ;
prasadannam pr a s adam foods;kiyat ho w m a n y 7 ;anj alau in folded hands;
krtva do i n g; kascit so m e o n e;malam a g a r l a n d;ca an d ; ka r a y oh o f t h e
hands; krtva do i n g ; ka scit s o m e o n e ; y u g apat at t h e s ame time;eva i n d e e d ;
samagacchatah approaches;kim whethewr7;etau they;maha prab-have
powerful; sri krsn-a caita-nyaya to L o rd C aitanya;dasyatah wi l l g i v e;kena b y
whom7; va or ; pr e ritau se n t ;et au th e y ;at ha va or ; sr i j a g a nnathena b y
Lord Jagannatha; eva in d e e d.

Acarya: 0! 0 d e v o t ees headed by Jagadananda, look! Look! Here is someone

carrying the incense and prasadam from the early morning offering. Here is
someone else carrying in his hands Lord Jagannatha s garland. They are walking
together. Will they give these things to Sri Krsna Caitanya. Who has sent them.
Lord Jagannatha has sent them.

Text 210

(pravisya parsadau sri krsna -caitany-am upasarpatah bhagav.an anusrtya

murdhanam avanamayati eko ma.2am prayacchati bhagav.an bahir vaso n-ca2am
prasarayati aparah .prasadannam prayacchati bhagava.n ancale krtva sri
j agannatham pranamyaiva simhavat tvarita g-atir nis-krantah.)

pravisya en t e r i ng;parsadau th e t wo a ssociates;sri krsna c-aitany-am Lord

Caitanya; upasarpatah ap p r o a ch; bhagavan th e L o r d; anusrtya murdhanam
avanamayati lo w e rs His head;ekah on e ; ma lam th e g a r l a n d;prayacchati
gives; bhagavan the Lord;bahir vasah -the outer garment; ancalam edge;
prasarayati op e n s;aparah th e o t h e r; prasadannam pr a s a dam food;
prayacchati gi v e s;bhagavan the Lord; ancale in t he e dge;krtva do i n g ; s r i
jagannatham to LordJagannatha; pranamya bowingdown; eva indeed;
simhavat li k e a lio n; tvarita qu i c k l y ;ga t ih wa l k i n g ;ni s k rantah e x i t s .

(The two priests enter and approach Sri Caitanya.)

 (Lord Caitanya walks up to them and low ers His head. One priest offers Him
the garland. Lord Caitanya spreads out His outer garment. The other priest
places the incense and prasadam in it. Lord Caitanya folds His palms, bows
down before Lord Jagannatha, and quickly exits, walking as a lion.)

Text 215

sarve: ahokim idam ka.tham asmad eva devo niskrantah. tadagacchata kv.ayam
gacchati vi2okayama (i.ti puran niskramya katicit pa-dani gatva purato vi2okya )a.ho
bhagavan sva vas-avar-tma tyaktavan

sarve everyone;ahah Oh ; k im w h a t ? ;id am is t h i s ; ka t h am wh y ; a s m a t

from here; eva i n d e ed; devah th e L o r d; niskrantah le f t ; tat th e n ;ag a c chata
let us go; kva wh e r e ?;ayam He ; ga c chati go e s ;vilokayama le t u s s ee; iti
thus; puran from the temple; niskramya go i n g ; ka t icit pad-ani so m e stemps;
gatva having gone; puratah ahead;vilokya looking;ahah oh; bhagavan the
Lord; sva vasa -to His home; vartma th e p a t h; tyaktavan h a s l e f t .

Everyone: Ah! What is th is? Why did the Lord su d d enly leave? Where is He
going> Let us see. (They leave the temple, walk a few steps, and then look
ahead.) Ah! The Lord has left the path that leads to His home.

Text 216

gopinathah: (nibha2ya) aye damodaradayah sarvabhauma2ayam prati devah

prasthitavan tat ph.a2itam bhattacaryasya sukrta drume-na tad d.amodara
jagadanandau bhagavat sange -prayatam mukundena sardham aham asanna sthala
-eva
tisthami.

nibhalya looking; aye 0;damodaradayah devotees headed by Damodara;

sarvabhauma of Sarvabhauma;alayam to the home; prati to;devah the Lord;
prasthitavan is going; tat th a t ; ph alitam bo r n e f r u i t; bhattacaryasya o f t h e
Bhattacarya; sukrta of p i o u s d e e ds;drumena th e t r e e;tat th e n ; da m odara
j agadanandau Damodara and Jagadananda; bhagavat sange -in the Lord's
company; prayatam go;mukundena sardham with Mukunda;aham I;asanna
sthala ne a rby; eva c e r t a i n l y; tisthami w i l l w a i t .

Gopznatha: (looking) 0 d e v o t ees headed by Damodara, the Lord is going to

Sarvabhauma's house. Now the tree of the Bhattacarya's pious deeds has borne
f ruit. Damodara and Jagadananda, you go with the Lord. Mu k u nda and I w i l l
wait nearby.

Text 217

ubhau: yatha rucitam bh-avate (iti niskra.ntau.)

 ubhau bo t h; yatha r-ucitam as it p l e ases;
bhavate y o u ; i ti t h u s ;
niskrantau t h e y e xi t .

Both: As it pleases you. (They exit.)

Text 218

gopinathah: ehi mukunda. sarvabhaumasya dvitiya ka-ksayam tisthava (it.i tatha

krtva puro 'va2okya) aye etau sarvabhauma bh-rtyau sa vis-mayam ita evopasarpatah
tad apavarya tisthava (it.i dvaropante tisthatah.)

ehi come; mukunda Mukunda;sarvabhaumasya of Sarvabhauma;dvitiya

second; kaksayam in t he c ou r t yard;tisthava le t u s s t a y; iti t h u s ; ta t ha s o ;
krtva doing;purah ahead;avalokya looking; aye oh;etau they;
sarvabhauma of S arvabhauma;bhrtyau t w o s e r v a n ts;sa vism-ayam f i l l e d wi t h
wonder; itah th e r e ; eva i n d e e d;upasarpatah ap p r o a c h;tat th a t ; ap a varya
attaining; tisthava le t u s s t a y; iti t h u s ; dv a r o pante in t h e d o o r w a y;tisthatah
they stand.

Gopinatha: Mukunda, come here. Let us go into Sarvabhauma's courtyard.

(They do that and then look ahead.) Ah! Two of Sarvabhauma's servants are
walking here. They are filled with wonder. Let us stop them. (They approach
the doorway.)

Text 219

(tatah pravisato bhrtyau ) .

ekah: a2e esesannasi kampi mohana mattam -j anadi jado b.hattaca2i eimina-
gahaggatthe vi akide-

tatah th e n; pravisatah en t e r; bhrtyau th e t w o s e r vants;ekah o n e ; a le o h ;

ese this; sannasi sa n n y a si;kampi so m e o n e;mohana mattam -ma g ic spells;
j anadi knows; j adah fr om w h i c h; bhattacali eB h a t - t acarya; imina b y h i m ;
gahaggatthe vi akide -cast a spell.

(The two servants enter.)

First servant: This sannyasi knows magic spells. He cast a spell on the
Bhattacarya.

Text 220

anyah: a2e kl2lseklcfe

 anyah th e other; a2e Oh ; ki 2 ise wh a t ; ki de did He do.

S econd servant: What did He do ?

Text 221

prathamah: a2e na anasi se.jja e-anutthidejjeva bhattaca2i e-ese a-amhado sa

anaghara du -al-e gade ta.do badda en-a kahi am -bhattaca2i a-bhattaca2i a-utthehi
utthehi. se sannasi a ad-otti ta.do hdasamasi a-bhattaca2i eu-tthi-a imassa ca2ane padi
e. tado iminajahannahassa pasa ab-hattam hatthe kadu ab-hunkva tti gadidavanto
tado amhanam isa2e umatte vi aa-ki av-ica2e takkhanam ettena tam bhattam gi2i ava-nte
akidasinane jj eva aki am-uhapakkhalane jj eva gi2.i una -ummatte vi ak-anta ida-sa
a2ange na ana-ja2atthimidavasane ghaggha2a kan-tha sad-de avamha2a 2o -a v-iv-ase vi a-
bhavi am-ahidale 2unthadi. kim huvissadi na anemha

prathamah th e f i r s t; ale Oh ; n a not; anasi yo u k n o w; sejj ae -from bed;

anutthide ri s e n;jj eva in d e e d;bhattacali eB - h a t t a carya; ese a -he; amhadah
suddenly; sa ana-ghara du a-le -from the bedroom; gade we n t ; ta d ah t h e n ;
badda ena -by a boy; kahi am -s a id; bhattaca2i aB - h a ttacarya; bhattaca2i a -

Bhattacarya; utthehi ge t u p; ut thehi ge t u p; se th e ; sa n nasi sa n n y a s i;a

adotti ha s come;tadah th e n ; dh asamasiaf - r i g h t e ned; bhattacali e -

Bhattacarya; utthi-a r i s i ng; imassa of H i m ; ca l a ne at t h e f e e t;padi e f - e l l ;

tadah th e n; imina by H i m ;j ahannahassa of L o rd Jagannatha;pasa abhat-tam
prasadam food; hatthe in the hand; kadu ap - l a c i n g; bhunkva e a t ; t ti t h u s ;
gadidavantah we n t ; ta dah then; amhanam su d d e n l y;isale ma s t e r; umatte
maddened; vi ai n - d e e d; aki avica-le w i t h o ut t h i n k i n g; takkhanam t h a t
moment; ettena on l y ; t am bhattamgili avante -ate; akidasinane w i t h o u t h a v i n g
bathed; jj eva ce r tainly; aki amuha-pakkhalane wi t h o u t h a v ing washed his
mouth; jj eva in d e e d; gili una -ate; ummatte mad; vi ai n- d e e d;kanta idasa-
a2ange the hairs of his body erect with ecstasy; na anaja2-a the tears from his
eyes; tthimida we t t i n g; vasane ga r m e n t s;ghagghala ch o k e d u p; ka ntha
throat; sadde so u n d; avamha2a 2o a vi-va-se -overcome with sickness; vi a -

indeed; bhavi ao n - t he ground; mahidale on t h e s ur f ace;2unthadi ro l l e d about;

kim w h a t?; huvissadi wi l l h a p p e n; na no t ; an e m ha I k n o w .

First servant: I do n't kn ow. As soon as the Bhattacarya rose from bed, the
sannyasi suddenly entered the bedroom. Then the brahmana boy said:
"Bhattacarya, Bhattacarya, wake up! Wake up! The sannyasi has come."
The Bhattacarya was frightened. He got up and fell down at the sannyasi s
feet. Then the sannyasi put some of Lord Jagannatha s prasadam food in the
Bhattacarya's hand and said: "Eat." We have never seen the Bhattacarya eat
prasadam in this way before. He was like a madman. With out giving a moment s
thought he devoured that prasadam at once. He had not bathed. He had not even
washed his mouth. After he ate the prasadam he became like a madman. The
hairs of his body stood up. Tears flowed from his eyes and moistened his
garments. His voice became choked up. He became overwhelmed by some
sickness, forgot everything, and began to roll about on the ground. I do not
know what will happen now .
 Text 222

gopmathah: (akarnya) mukunda srutam

akarnya li s t e n i n g;mukunda Mu k u n d a ; srutam heard.

Gopznatha: (listening) Mukunda, did you hear that?

Text 223

mukundah: tavanutapenaiva devenedam adhyavasitam

tava of you;anutapena by the unhappiness;

eva indeed;devena by the
Lord; idam th i s ; adhyavasitam d i d .

Mukunda: The Lord did this because you were unhappy about Bhattacarya's
condition.

Text 220

bhrtyau: a accha -amh.e gopinahacali am m-aggema (iti n.iskrantau.)

a accha -come; amhe we; gopinahacali am -for Gopinatha Acarya;

maggema wi ll search; iti t h u s ; ni s k r antau t h e y e x i t .

The Two servants: Come. We will look for Gopznatha Acarya. (They exit.)

Text 225

gopinathah: bhadram bhoh. bhadram yadabh.yam aham na drstah, tad itah sthitva
damodara jagadanandau pratipalayava (iti tath.akurutah.)

bhadram good;bhoh Oh; bhadram good;yada when; abhyam by them;

aham I; na no t ; dr s t ah wa s s e e n; tat t h e n ; i t ah h e r e ;st h itva s t a y i n g ;
damodara jagadanandau Da m o d a ra and Jagadananda;pratipalayava l e t us wait ;
iti t h u s; tatha i n t h a t w a y; kurutah t h e y a c t .

Gopznatha: Good. Good. They did not see me. Let us wait here for
Damodara and Jagadananda. (They do that.)

Text 226

(tatah pravisati vismayam natayan damodarah ) .

 damodarah:

vina varim baddho vana madakarindro bhagavata

vina sekam svesam samita iva hrt ta-pa d-ahanah
yadrccha y-ogena vyaraci yad idam pandita pa-teh
kathoram vaj rad apy amrtam iva ceto 'sya sa ra-sam

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;vismayam wo n d e r ; na tayan re p r e s e nting

dramatically; vina wi t h o u t ; va r im a r o p e ;ba ddhah bo u n d ; v a n a
madakarindrah wi l d j u n g le elephant;bhagavata by t he L o r d; vina w i t h o u t ;
sekam sh o wering water; svesam ow n ; samita ex t i n g u i s h e d;iva as i f ; hrt i n
the heart; tapa of s u f f e ring;dahanah fi r e ; ya drccha yog-ena sp o ntaneously;
vyaraci di d ; yat wh a t ;id a m th a t ;pa n d i ta pat-eh of t he king of panditas;
kathoram ha r d e r; vaj rat th a n a t h u n d e rbolt;api ev e n ;am r t am ne c t a r ;i v a
like; cetah he a r t; asya of H i m ; sa r as-am s w e e t .

(Enter Damodara, filled with w o n d e r .)

D amodara: With out a rope the Lord tied this wild j u n gle elephant. Wi t h o u t
showering water He extinguished the forest-fire in his heart. He made the king
of panditas' heart, which was harder than thunder, sweet as nectar.

Text 227

gopinathah: (upasrtya) damodara kim tat.

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;damodara 0 Da m o d a r a;kim wh a t 7 ;tat that.

Gopinatha: (approaches) Dam o dara, what h a p p ened?

Text 228

damodarah: asti rahasyam kathay.isyamah kintu m.aya bhavad artham -ita

agatam dvaranta.rena niskramya labdhavasam bhagavantam anusarama (iti tra.yah
katicit padani p-arikramanti ) .

asti is ; rahasyam a s e c ret;kathayisyamah I w i l l t e l l; ki n tu bu t ; ma y a b y

me; bhavad artham -for your sake;itah here;agatam come; dvarantarena
through the door; niskramya ex i t i n g ; la bdha at t a i n e d;avasam h o m e ;
bhagavantam th e L o r d; anusarama we w i l l f o l l o w; iti thu s ; tr a y ah t h e t h r e e ;
katicit so m e ;padani st e p s ;parikramanti w a l k .

Damodara: It is very confidential. I will t ell y ou. I have come here for your
sake. Let us leave by another door, return home, and approach the Lord. (The
three of them walk a few steps.)
 Text 229

(damodarah vina varim ity adi pathitva sarvam eva kathayati ).

damodarah — Damodara; vina varim iti adi Te x t 2 2 6 ; pa t h i t va re citing;

-
sarvam all; eva — indeed; kathayati — tells.

D amodara: With out a rope the Lord tied this wild j u n gle elephant. Wi t h o u t
showering water He extinguished the forest-fire in his heart. He made the king
of panditas' heart, which was harder than thunder, sweet as nectar. (Damodara
then tells all that had happened.)

Text 230

gopmathah: srutam eva sarvam mithah kathayatos tad bhrtyayoh pramukhatah.

srutam he a r d; eva i n d e e d; sarvam al l ; mi t h ah to g e t h e r;kathayatoh

talking; tat of h i m ; bh r t y a yoh of t w o s e r v a nts;pramukhatah f r o m t h e m o u t h s .

Gopinatha: We already heard all this from the mou ths of two servants as
they talked.

Text 231

damodarah: taviva prasadad idam tasya saubhagyam tad eh.i slghram bhaga.vat
samipam anusarama yad a.yam bhattacaryo pi krtahnikas tatragata praya e-vaidanim
asyasayo gamyah tad id.anim vak prayo-ga eva nabhut. (iti niskramanti.)

tava yo u r; eva i n d e e d; prasadat be c a u se of the mercy;idam th i s ; ta sya

ofhim; saubhagyam go o d f o r t u n e;tat th e r e f o r e; ehi c o m e ;slghram q u i c k l y
bhagavat th e Lor d; samipam ne a r ; anusarama w e w i l l f o l l o w; yat w h a t ;
ayam he;bhattacaryah trheBhattaca na;api a nd;krta d o n e ; a h n i ka h d a i l y
duties; tatra th e r e ; agata co m e ;pr a yah al m o s t ;eva ce r t a i n l y;idanim n o w ;
asya of hi m; asayo gamyah ar r i v a l;tat th e r e f o r e;idanim no w ; va k o f t a l k ;
prayogah need; eva indeed; na no t ; ab hut is ; i t i t h us ; ni s k r a m anti e x i t .

Damodara: Because of your mercy Sa~abhauma attained thls good fortune.

<ome. Let us quickly go to the Lord. The Bhattacarya has finished his daily
religious duties. He has almost come here. Now is not the time to talk. (Th ey
walk.)

Text 232

(tatah pravisati krtasana praigraho -bhagavan nityanandojagadanandas ca.)

 tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;krtasana praigrahah a n d s i ts down;
bhagavan the Lord; nityanandah Nityananda; j agadanandah Jagadananda;ca
also.

(The Lord enters and sits down. Nityananda and Jagadananda also enter.)

Text 233

bhagavan: gagadananda kvasau gopinathacaryah

j agadananda Jagadananda;kva wh e r e ?;asau he ; go pmathacaryah

Gopinatha Acarya.

Bhagavan: Jagadananda, where is Gopinatha Acarya?

Text 230

gagadanandah: ayam ayam damodara muk-undabhyam tvaramana acaryah

ayam he ; ayam he ; da m o dara muk-undabhyam wi t h D a m o d a ra and

Mukunda; tvaramanah hu r r y i n g ; acaryah th e a c a rya.

Jagadananda: The Acarya is hurrying here. Damodara and Mukunda are with
him.

Text 235

gop>nathah: (upasrtya) j ayati j ayati parama karuni-kah

upasrtya approaches;
j ayati j ayati all glory! All glory!;parama karuni-kah
supremely merciful.

Gopznatha: (approaches) Glory, glory to the supremely merciful Lord!

Text 236

j agadanandah: aho katham ayam asruta purvas t-e vyahara vilasah-

ahah oh !; ka tham wh a t ? ;ayam th i s ; as r u ta purvah -u n h e a rd of; te of

you; vy ahara vi lasah -pastimes.

Jagadananda: Ah! What wonderful things did you say?

 Text 237

gopmathah: sa khalu bhavatam eva vedyah (ity upasrtya pranamati ).

sah th a t; khalu in d e e d ;bhavatam by y o u ; eva in d e e d ;vedyah will be

known; iti th u s ;up a srtya ap p r o a c h i n g;pranamati b o w s d o w n .

Gopznatha: That will all become known to you. (He approaches the Lord and
bows down.)

Text 238

nepathye: svamin nayam panthah sri jagannathalayopasarpanaya

svamin Lo r d ; na no t ; ay a m thi s ; pa n t h ah th e p a t h ; sri jagannatha alay-a

upasarpanaya le a d i ng to Lord Jagannatha's temple.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Lord, this is not the path to Lord
Jagannatha's temple.

Text 239

bhagavan: (akarnya) jnayatam acarya kim .etat

akarnya li s t e n i n g;j nayatam kn o w ; ac a rya 0 ac a r y a ; k im w h a t ? ;et a t

that.

Bhagavan: (intently listening) Acarya, what is that sound?

Text 200

gopinathah: nepathyabhimukham avalokya )j natam .j natam ayam a.yam

bhattacaryah srijagannatham adrstvaivabhagavac caranop-asarpanartham agacchati

nepathya abhimuk-ham be h i nd the scenes;avalokya lo o k i n g ;j natam k n o w n ;

j natam known; ayam th i s ; ayam th i s ;bh a t tacaryah Bh a t t a c arya;sri
jagannatham Lord Jagannatha;adrstva not seeing;eva indeed; bhagavat of
the Lord;carana the feet; upasarpana artham -to approach; agacchati comes.

Gopznatha: (looking behind the scenes) I know. I know. It is he. It is he. It

is the Bhattacarya. Without going first to see Lord Jagannatha he has come here
to bow before the Lord's feet.

Text 201
 damodarah: puraivaj natam asti

pura be f o r e; eva indeed; j natam kn o w n ; as ti was.

Damodara: I knew this wo uld h a pp en .

Text 202

(iti sarve tan mu-kham iksamanas tisthanti.)

iti t h us; sarve ev e r y o n e;tan mu-kham ah e a d;iksamanah looking;

t isthanti s t a n d s.

(Everyone looks ahead.)

Text 203

(tatah pravisati vismayotphu22a man-ah sarvabhaumah

sarvabhaumah: (svagatam) aho avitatham evaha gopmathacaryah asma.kam api
ceto yad idrsam ajani tad ayam isvara eva. (iti pravesam natayati )(aca.rya
ut thayabhi gacchati.)
sarvabhaumah: (agre va2okya) acarya kim kurvanti svaminah

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;vismaya wi t h w o n d e r; utphu22a blo ssoming;

manah mind;sarvabhaumah Sarvabhauma;svagatam aside; ahah oh;
avitatham tr u e ; eva in d e e d ;aha sa i d ;go pinathacaryah G o p i n a t h a ;
asmakam of u s; api al s o ;ce tah he a r t ;yat wh a t ; id r s am li k e t h i s ; aj ani
manifested; tad ayam th a t ; is varah Lo r d ; eva in d e e d ; i ti t h u s ; pr a v e sam
entrance; natayati ac t s out;acarya ac a r y a;utthaya ri s e ;abhigacchati c o m e s ;
agre ahead;avalokya looks;acarya 0 acarya; kim what?;kurvanti does;
svaminah th e Svami.

(His heart filled with w o n der and happiness, Sarvabhauma enters.)

Sarvabhauma: (aside) Ah . G o p i n a tha Acarya spoke the truth. My heart now

understands that Srz Caitanya is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

( He eagerly walks.) Ah ! T hi s is the home of my maternal aunt. I wil l en t e r .

(He enters.)

(Gopznatha Acarya rises and greets him.)

Sarvabhauma: (looking ahead) A c a rya, what is the svami doing?

Text 200
 acaryah: ita ita agacchantu bhavantah.

itah itah th i s w a y. This way;agacchantu co m e ; bhavantah y o u .

Acarya: Come this way.

Text 205

sarvabhaumah: (upasrtya bhagavantam dandavat pranamyanj alim baddhva

nana 2i2a -ras-a vas-ataya kurvato 2oka 2z2a-m

saksat kar-e pi ca bhagavato naiva tat tatt-va bod-hah
jnatum saknoty ahaha na puman darsanat sparsa rat-nam
yavat sparsaj janayatitaram 2oha ma-tram na hema

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;bhagavantam th e L o r d; dandavat l i k e a s tic k;

pranamya bo w i n g d o w n; anjalim baddhva wi t h f o l d ed hands;nana v a r i o u s ;
2i2a of pastimes; rasa sw e e t ness;vasataya by b e i ng overcome;kurvatah
doing; 2oka of t h is worl d; 2i2am pa s t i mes;saksat kare -dir e ctly manifested;
api ev e n; ca al s o ;bhagavatah of t h e L o r d; na no t ; ev a in d e e d ;tat tattv-a
the truth of Him; bodhah k n o w i n g ; j n a t um to k n o w ; sa k n oti ab l e ;ah a ha a h a ;
na no; puman pe r s o n;darsanat fr o m s e e ing;sparsa ratna-m to u c h s tone;
yavat as; sparsat from touch; j anayatitaram cr e a t e s;2oha matr-am pe o p le;
na no t; hema g o l d .

Sarvabhauma: (approaching the Lord he folds his hands and offers dandavat
obeisances.) When a sparsamani jewel no longer turns iron into gold, then a
learned devotee will not understand whether the Supreme Personality of
Godhead, who in the course of enjoying various transcedental pastimes
sometimes appears in this material world, is present before him.

Text 206

apl ca

svaj ana hrdaya -sadma n-atha padmadhinatho

bhuvi carasi yatindra cchadm-ana padmanabhah
katham iha pasu ka2pas t-vam ana2panubhavam
prakatam anubhavamo hanta vamo vidhir nah

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; svaj ana of t he devotees;hrdaya he a r t;sadma h o m e ;

natha 0 Lo r d ; pa dma adhinath-ah th e h us band of the goddess of fortune;
bhuvi in t he w o r l d; carasi Yo u m o v e ; yati indra cch-adma-na disguised as a
great sannyasi; padmanabhah lo t u s - navel Lord; katham wh y 7 ; iha he r e ;pa s u
ka2pah li ke an animal; tvam Yo u ; an a 2pa anubhava-m all-powerful; prakatam
manifest; anubhavamah pe r c i e ving; hanta Oh ; va m ah ki n d ; vi d h ih fa t e ;n a h
 0 Lord Padmanabha, who stays in the hearts of the devotees, 0 husband of
the goddess of fortune, You now walk the earth in the form of a sannyasz. How
is a person like myself, who am li t tle more than a dumb anim al, able to see You,
the all-powerful Supreme Lord? Fate is very kind to me .

Text 207

bhagavan: (karnau pidhaya) bhattacarya bhavad va-tsalya pa-tram evasmi ta.t kim
idam ucyate (sv.agatam) aho idanim asyasayah pariksaniyah (p.rakasam) hamho
mahasaya nirucyatam kas tavac chastrarthah

karnau ears; pidhaya covering; bhattacarya 0 Bhattacarya;bhavad vat-salya

patram th e o bje ct of You paternal affection;eva indeed; asmi I a m; tat t h i s ;
kim w h a t?; idam th i s ; uc yate is s a i d; svagatam as i d e;ahah ah ; i d a n i m
now; asya of h i m; asayah th e h e a r t;pariksaniyah wi l l b e t e s ted;prakasam
openly; hamhah 0; m a h a s aya gr e a t o ne;nirucyatam ma y b e q u o t e d; kah
what?; tavat in t h a t w a y; sastra arth-ah w o r d s o fs c r i p t u r e .

Bhagavan: (covers His ears) Bhattacarya! What are you saying? I am simply
a child and you the parent who pr otects and loves Me. (aside) Aha! Now I w i l l
test his heart. (openly) S ir , w hat script ure can you cite to support these words>

Text 208

bhattacaryah: (anj
alim baddhva) bhagavan

sastram nana matam -api tatha ka/pitam sva sva ru-cya-

no cet tesam katham iva mithah khandane panditatvam
tatroddesyam kim api paramam bhakti yogo m-urarer
niskamo yah sa hi bhagavato 'nugrahenaiva labhyah

anjalim baddhva fo l d i ng his hands;bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; sa stram s c r i p t u r e ;

nana matam -many opinions; api al s o ;ta t ha so ; ka / p i t am co n s i d e r e d;sva sva -

rucya to o n es own liki n g; na no t ; u in d e e d ;cet if ; te s am of t h e m ; ka t h a m

how?; iva as i f; mithah to g a t h e r;khandane in d e s t r u c tion;panditatvam
scholarship; tatra th e r e ;uddesyam to b e i n d i c a ted; kimapi s o m e t h i n g ;
paramam great; bhakti yogah -devotional service;murareh of Lord Murari;
niskamah de s ireless;yah wh o ; sah he ; hi in d e e d ;bh a gavatah o f t h e L o r d ;
anugrahena mercy;eva indeed;labhyah attainable.

Bhattacarya: (folding his hands) T o d e m o n s tr ate their intellectual prowess,

philosophers write books to refute the theories of others. Their conclusions are
different from the words of Vedic literature, which describe unmotivated
d evotional service found only by the mercy of the Lord .
 Text 209

apl ca

vedah puranani ca bharatam ca

tantrani mantra api sarva eva
brahmaiva vastu pratipadayanti
tattve 'sya vibhramyati sarva eva

apica furthermore; vedah Vedas;puranani Puranas; ca and; bharatam

Mahabharata; ca and; ta ntrani Ta n t r a s ;mantrah ma n t r a s ;api al s o ;sarve
all; eva in d e e d; brahma Br a h m a n; eva in d e e d ;vastu re a l i t y;pratipadayanti
prove; tattve in truth; asya of H i m ; vi b h ramyati be w i l d e r;sarve al l ; e v a
llldeed.

Although the Vedas, Puranas, Mahabharata, Tantras and mantras all describe
the Supreme Brahman, philosophers are still bewild ered about Brahman's real
nature.

Text 250

yasmin brhatvad atha brmhanatvan

mukhy arthavat tv e savisesatay am
ye nirvisesatvam udirayanti
te naiva tat sadhayitum samarthah

yatah from which;yasmin in w h i c h ; br h a tvat be c a u se ofb e ing great;

atha th e n; brmhanatvat be a c u se ofbeing expanded;mukhya arthava-ttve i n t h e
direct meaning; savisesatayam in h a v i ng qualities;ye wh o ; ni r v i s esatvam n o t
having qualities; udirayanti sa y ; te th e y ;na no t ; ev a in d e e d ;tat t h a t ;
sadhayitum to k n o w ; samarthah a r e a b l e .

The word "brahman" comes from the verbal root "brmh", and so Brahman
means either "the greatest", or "He who pr o tects all living entities." These two
meanings indicate that Brahman is a person with quali t i es. They who repeat the
theory that Brahman has no qualities do not understand this.

Text 251

tatha hi hayasirs.a pancarat-ram

ya ya srutir j alpati nirvisesam

sa sabhidhatte savisesam eva
vicara yoge sati -hanta tasam
 prayo ba2iyah savisesam eva

tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e; hayasirsa p-ancaratram th e H a y asirsa-pancaratra;ya

ya whatever; srutih sc r i p t u r e;ja/pati sa y s ;nirvisesam wi t h o u t q u a l i t i es;sa
that; sa th a t; abhidhatte sa y s;savisesam wi t h q u a l i t i e s;eva in d e e d;vicara
yoge sati in consideration; hanta ah . ; ta s am of t h e m ; pr a yah f o r t h e m o s t
part; ba2iyah mo r e powerful; savisesam with qualities; eva ce r t a inly.

This is described in Hayasirsa-pancaratra:

"Whatever Vedic mantras describe the Absolute Truth impersonally only

prove in the end that the Absolute Truth is a person. The Supreme Lord is
understood in two features: impersonal and personal. If one considers the
Supreme Personality of Godhead in both features, he can actually understand
the Absolute Truth. He knows that the personal understanding is stronger
because we see that everything is full of variety. No one can see anything that is
not full of variety."'

Text 252

tatha hi anan.dad dhy eva khalv imani bhutani jayante anandenaivajatani jivanti
anandam prayanti abhisamvisanti ity adikaya srutya apadana kara-na karm-adi
karakatvena visesavattvapatteh evam .yato va imani bhutani j ayante ity adikaya sa
aiksata ity adau so 'kamayata ity adau ca zksanam parya2ocanam kamah sanka2pah ity
abhyam api visesavattvan na tavan nirvisesatvam upapannam na bhavati. ayate ca
visese rupasyapi visesad ayatatvam na tu t.ad rupam -prakrtamjyotis caranabhidhanad
iti. jyotiso prakrtatvam yatha sadhyate tatha tasya rupasyapiti keval.a nirvis-esatve
sunyavadavasarah prasajyeta tena b.rahma sabdo -mukhya eva mukhyatvena bhagavan
brahmety avasistam tatha c.a brahmeti paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate sva paksa-
raksana graha -grahi2-as tu mukhyartha bhavabhave pi 2aksanaya nirupayitum
asakyam api nirvisesatvam ye pratipadayanti tesam duragraha matra-m vastut.as tu

tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e;anandat fr o m b l i s s;hi in d e e d ;eva in d e e d ;kh alu

indeed; imani th e s e;bhutani en t i t i e s; j ayante ar e b or n; anandena b y b l i s s ;
eva in d e ed;j atani bo r n ;ji v a n ti li v e ;an a n dam bl i s s ;prayanti g o ;
abhisamvisanti en t e r;iti th u s ;ad i k a ya be g i n n i n g ;srutya wi t h S r u t i ; apadana
karana cause;karma action; adi beginning;karakatvena as the doer;
visesavattva apatteh -as having qualities; evam t h u s ; yatah fr o m w h o m ; v a i
indeed; imani th e s e;bhutani en t i t i e s; j ayante ar e b or n; iti th u s ; ad i k a ya
beginning with; sah He ; ai k s ata sa w ;it i thu s ; ad a u be g i n n i n g ;sah H e ;
akamayata de s i red;iti th u s ; ad au be g i n n i n g ;ca an d ; ik s a n am s e e i n g ;
parya2ocanam si g ht; kamah ka m a ; sanka2pah de s i r e;iti thus; abhyam by
both; api al s o; visesavattvat be c a use of having qualities;na no t ; ta v at t h e n ;
nirvisesatvam st a te of not having qualities;upapannam at t a i n e d;na n o t ;
bhavati is ; ayate at t a i n e d;ca an d ; vi s ese qu a l i t i e s;rupasya o f t h e f o r m ;
api an d; visesat fr o m q u a l i t i e s;ayatatvam at t a i n m e n t;na no t ; tu bu t ; t a d
rupam Hi s f o r m; prakrtam ma t e r i a l;jyotih sp l e n d o r;carana f e e t ;
abhidhanat fr o pm t he designation;iti th u s ;jy o t i s ah o f s p l e n d o r ;
aprakrtatvam no n - m a t e rial nature;yatha as ; sadhyate is a t t a i ned;tatha s o ;
tasya of H i m; ru pasya of t h e f o r m; api also ; it i thu s ; ke v a la nirvisesatve i n
not having any qualities; sunyavadavasarah th e y t he ory of voidism;prasajyeta i s
attained; tena by t h i s; brahma Br a h m a n;sabdah th e w o r d ; mu khya p r i m a r y ;
eva indeed;mukhyatvena primarymeaning;bhagavan the Supreme Person;
brahma Br a h ma n; iti th-us; avasistam is a ttained;tatha so ; ca a n d ; br a h m eti
paramatmeti bhagavan iti sabdyate Sr i m a d-Bhagavatam 1.7.11;sva pa-ksa ra-ksana
graha gr-ahilah pr o t e c ting His devotees;tu(indeed; mukhyartha p r i m a r y
meaning; bhava in b e i n g;abhave an d n ot b e ing; api al s o ;la k sanaya b y t h e
indirectmeaning; nirupayitum to d e s c r i be;asakyam im p o s s i b le;api a l s o ;
nirvisesatvam be i ng wit h o ut qualities;ye wh o ; pr a t i padayanti de m o n s t r a te;
tesam of the m; duragraha ma-tram di f f i c u lt to acept;vastutah in t r u t h ; t u
certainly.

The Vedic scriptures also say: "Anandad dhy eva khalv imani bhut ani jayante
a nandenaiva jatani jivanti anandam prayanti abhisamvisanti" (From th e
Supreme trasncendental bliss the living entities are born. By the supreme
transcendental bliss the living entities are maintained. Into the Supreme
transcendental bliss the living entities enter at the time of cosmic anihilation.)
By the use of the word "ananda" (bliss) in the ablative and instrumental cases,
the Sruti-sastra confirms that the Supreme Brahman has the quality of bliss. The
Sruti-sastra also explains: "yato va imani bhutani jayante" (From the Supreme
Brahman all living entities were born.), "Sa aiksata" (The Supreme Brahman
cast His glance.), and "So 'kamayata" (The Supreme Brahman desired.) These
references to glancing and desiring also confirm that the Supreme Brahman
possesses qualities.
The Sruti-sastra further says: "Jyotisas caranabhidhanat (The Supreme
B rahman has a spiritual form.) Th e w or d " j y o t i s ah " h e r e m e ans "not material" .
The form of the Supreme Brahman is not material. In spite of all evidence to the
contrary, the voidists and impersonalitsts will still i n s ist that the Supreme
Brahman has no qualities. They are wrong. The word "b r a hm an" l i t er ally means
"the supremely opulent Personlity of Godhead".
The Personal nature of the Supreme Brahman is also described in the
following statement of Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.7.11):

vadanti tat tattva-vidas

tattvam yaj jnanam advayam
brahmeti paramatmeti
bhagavan iti sabyate

"Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this non du al
substance Brahman, Paramatma or Bhagavan."'

As a man is haunted by a ghost, these impersonalists are haunted by the

desire to establish their philosophy. In this way they reject the obvious meaning
of the scriptures and try to establish their own fanciful and unt enable
c onclusion that the Absolute has neither qualities nor personality. All th ei r
arguments are a useless waste of time.
 Text 253

anando dvi v-idhah prokto

murtamurta p-rabhedatah
amurtasyasrayo murto
murtanando 'cyuto matah

amurtah paramatma ca
j nana ru-pas ca nirgunah
sva sv-a ru-pas ca kuta sth-o
brahma ceti satam matam

amurta mu-rtayor bhedo

nasti tattva vica-ratah
bhedas tu ka/pito vedair
mani tat t-ej a-sor iva

iti hayasirsa pan-caratram

anandah bl i s s; dvi tw o ; vi d h ah ki n d s ;pr o k t ah sa i d ;mu r ta f o r m ;

amurta wi t h o u t f o r m; prabhedatah by t h e d i f f e rence;amurtasya o f t h e
formless; asrayah sh e l t e r;murtah fo r m ; mu r t a fo r m ; an a n d ah b l i s s ;
acyutah in f a l l i b l e; matah co n s i d e red;amurtah fo r m l e s s;paramatma
Paramatma; ca also; j nana rupa-h form of knowledge; ca and; nirgunah
withotu qualities; sva sva r-upah -own fo r m; ca al s o ;ku ta sthah -sta nding on the
boundary; brahma Br a h m a n; ca an d ; it i thu s ; sa t am of t h e d e v o t e es;
matam op i n i o n; amurta murtay-oh of t he f orm and formless;bhedah di f f e r e nce;
na no t; asti is ; ta t t va th e t r u t h ; vi c a ratah fr o m t h e c o n s ideration;bhedah
difference; tu in d e e d; ka/pitah co n s i d e r e d;vedaih by t h e V e d as;mani o f
jewels; tat tej asoh -of the splendor; iva li k e ; i t i thus; hayasirsa panca-ratram
the Hayasirsa-pancaratra.

Their arguments are answered by the following statement of the Hayasirsa-

pancaratra:

" Transcendental bliss is divided into two k i n d s :

1 . formless bliss, and 2. bliss with a form .
Bliss with a form is the shelter and resting place of the formless bliss.
The bliss with a form is the infalli ble Personality of Godhead Lord Krsna.
The learned devotees know that the word "b r a hm an" refers to
1. the formless Brahman, 2. the all-pervading Supersoul, 3. the form of
transcendental knowledge, 0. The Supreme Personality of Godhead whose
spiritual form is beyond the touch of the modes of material nature, and 5. the
i ndividual spirit soul (j i v a) .
They who know the truth say there is no real difference between the formless
bliss and the transcendental bliss with form. The Vedas say these two are
different in the same way as a jewel and its splendor are different."
 Text 250

tatha kapi2a p-ancaratre pi agastyam prati kapi2a v-akyam

dve brahmani tu vij

neye
murtam camurtam eva ca
murtamurta sv-abhavo 'yam
dhyeyo narayano vibhuh

iti pancaratrika ma-tam eva nirmatsaram

tatha so; kapila pa-ncaratre in t h e K a p i la-pancaratra;api an d ; ag astyam

prati to a g a stya;kapila vak-yam Kapila's words; dve brahmani tw o b r a h m a n s ;
tu in d e ed; vij neye kn o w n ; mu r t am fo r m ; ca an d ; am u r t am w i t h o u tf o r m ;
eva certainly; ca an d ; mu r ta fo r m ; am u r ta wi t h o u t f o r m ; sv abhavah n a t u r e ;
ayam th i s; dhyeyah co n s i d e red;narayanah Na r a y a n a;vibhuh Lo r d ; it i t hu s ;
pancaratrika mat-am th e o pi n i on of the Pancaratra;eva indeed; nirmatsaram
without envy.

This same point is explained in the Kapila-pancaratra, where Lord Kapila

says to Agastya Muni: "The Supreme Brahman has two features: personal and
impersonal. One should think of the Supreme Lord, Narayana, as
simultaneously personal and impersonal." This is the unbiased opinion of the
Kapila-pancaratra.

Text 255

kevala nirvis-esa brahm-a vadin-as tu amurtanandam eva brahma iti nirupayantah

sva vasan-aparusyam eva prakatayanti na tu t.e nirvisesatvam sthapayitum saknuvanti.
pancaratrika mata s-vi ka-retu
- anandam brahmano rupam ekam evadvitiyam brahma
ity adi ca siddhyati rupatv.ena murtatvam mani tat tej a-sor -iva ity uktenadvitiyatvam
tena bhagavan eva brahmeti sarva sastra m-atam -vasana .vaisist-hyad eva murtanande
bhagavati 2$2a vigraha-m iti manvana amurtanandam eva brahmeti kecid ahuh.
pancaratrikas tv avigita sista bha-gavad upasaka-tvat tena tad .acariten-aiva vedartha
anumiyante tatha ca.

kevala on l y; nirvisesa fo r m l e s s;brahma;brahman; vadinah sa y i n g;tu

indeed;amurta formless;anandam bliss;
eva certainly;brahma brahman;
iti th u s ; nir upayantah de s c r i b i n g;sva vasanap-arusyam th e supreme person;
eva in d e ed; prakatayanti ma n i f e s t s;na no t ; tu in de e d ;te t h e y ;
nirvisesatvam be i ng wit h o ut qualities;sthapayitum to e s t a blish;saknuvanti a r e
able; pancaratrika mata svi -kare -in -accepting the opinion of the pancaratra; tu
indeed; anandam bl i s s;brahmanah of b r a h m a n; rupam fo r m ; ek am o n e ;
eva in d e ed; advitiyam wi t h o u t a s econd;brahma br a h m a n;iti th u s ;a d i
beginning; ca al s o; siddhyati pr o v e s ;rupatvena murtatvam h a v i n g a form;
mani tat tej asoh -o-f a jewel and its splendor; iva li k e ; it i thu s ; uk t e na b y t h e
statement; advitiyatvam be i n g o ne witho ut a second;tena by t h i s ; bhagavan
bhagavan; eva in d e e d; brahma br a h m a n;iti th u s ;sa r va s-astra matam t h e
opinion of all scripture; vasana v-aisisthyat be c a use of differeing desires;eva
indeet m u r t a n a nd e f o r m o f b l i ss;bhagavati in t h e s u p r e me person;2i2a-
vigraham pa s t i me form; iti th u s ; ma n v ana co n s i d e r i n g;amurtanandam
formless blish e v a in d e e t br ah m a br ah m a n ;it i th us ; ke c it so m e ;a h u h
say; pancaratrikah in t h e p a n c aratra;tu in d e e d;avigita si-sta r e m n a n t ;
bhagavad up-asakatvat fr o m t he devotee of the Lord; tena tad ac-aritena by t h e s e
actions; iva as i f; vedartha th e m e a n i ng of the vedas;anumiyante is c o n s idered;
tatha ca fu r t h e r m o r e .

The impersonalists try to prove that the Supreme Brahman is formless bliss.
All they actually prove, however, is that their hearts are very hard. The
s tatement of the Pancaratra: "anandam brahmano rupam" (the form of th e
Supreme Brahman is full of bli ss.) and the statement of Sruti-sastra: "ekam
evadvitzyam brahma" (Brahman is one without a second) prove that the personal
and impersonal Brahman are two aspects of the same Supreme. This is
confirmed by the statement of the Pancaratra:

"The personal and impersonal Brahman are different in the same way as a
jewel and its splendor are different."

In this way all Vedic scriptures say there is no difference between the
personal and impersonal aspects of the Supreme, and therefore the Supreme
Brahman is in truth the Personality of Godhead, Lord Krsna.

Some philosophers say that the Supreme Brahman is formless bliss, and it is
because of material contamination that one thinks of Him as a blissful person
who enjoys transcedental pastimes. The words of the Pancaratra do not support
this view, but rather glorify the worship of the personal form of the Supreme.
This worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the actual message of
the Vedas. The way the message of the Four Vedas should be understood is
explained in the following verse:

Text 256

sakhah sahasram nigama drumas-ya

pratyaksa siddho n-a samagra esah
purana vakyair -avigita sista -

carais ca tasyavayavo 'numeyah

sakhah br a n c hes;sahasram th u s a n d s;nigama of t h e v e das;drumasya o f

the tree; pratyaksa siddhah -perfectly clear; na no t ; sa magra al l ; es ah i t ;
purana of t he puranas;vakyaih by t e h w o r d s;avigita sista cara-ih -explained;
ca and; tasya of i t ; av a yavah li m b ; an u m eyah co n s i d e r e d

"The spiritual message propounded in the thousand limbs of the tree of the
Vedas is not always perfectly clear to see. In order to clarify the meaning of the
Vedas the branches known as the Puranas have sprouted from the tree of the
Vedas."

Text 257

tatra purana v-acanani y.atha

yan m-itram paramanandam

purnam brahma sanatanam ity adi

tatra th e r e;purana of t h e p u r a n as;vacanani th e w o r d s; yatha as ;y a n

mitram paramanandam purnam brahma sanatanam ity adi th e v e r se beginning
with these words from Srimad Bhagavatam.

That the Supreme Brahman is a person is also confirmed in the following

statement of the Puranas:

yan-mitram paramanandam
purnam brahma sanatanam

"How greatly fortunate are Nanda Maharaja, the cowherd men and all the
inhabitants of Vrajabhumi! There is no limit to their fortune because the
Absolute Truth, the source of transcendental bliss, the eternal Supreme
Brahman, has become their friend."'

Text 258

purnam rupatvena nirvisesam tu brahma apurnam nirup.am ity arthah sistas .tu
satvatah tesam m.atam vasudeva para d-evata vasudeva parat p-aratmanah sankarsano
j ivah ity adi jivaya.ti j ivam karotiti j ivah na tu .svayam j ivah sa cat.ma sabda brahm-a
para brahm-a mamobhe sasvati tanu iti tad ukteh. -tasmad eva j iva srstir i-ty a rthah ato.
murtananda eva krsna iti sastrarthah

purnam full; rupatvena wi t h f o r m; ni r v isesam wi t h o u t q u a l i t i e s;tu

indeed; brahma br a h m a n; apurnam no t f u l l ; ni r u p am d e s c r i p t i o n; iti t h u s ;
arthah th e m e aning;sistah re m a i n i n g; tu in d e e d ;satvatah de v o t e e s;tesam
of them; matam th e o p i n i o n; vasudeva para -devoted to Vasudeva; devata
Deity; vasudeva parat -devoted to Vasudeva; paratmanah th e S upersoul;
sankarsanah Sa nkarsana;j ivah th e l i v i ng entity; iti t h u s ; ad i b e g i n n i n g ;
j ivayati j ivam li f e ; ka r oti d o e s ; i t i thus; j ivah ji v a ; na n o t ;
ca u s es to live;
tu bu t; svayam pe r s o n a lly;jivah a j i v a ;sah He ; ca an d ; at m a t h e
Supreme; sabda the words;brahma Vedas;para brahma -the supreme
Brahman; mama My ; ub he bo t h ; sa s vati et e r n a l;tanu fo r m s ; i ti t h u s ;t a d
ukteh fr om t h at statement; tasmat fr o m t h a t; eva i n d e e d ; j i v a o f t h e j i v a s ;
srstih th e c reation; iti t h u s ; ar t h ah th e m e a n i n g; atah th e n ; mu r ta f o r m ;
anandah bl i s s; eva in d e e d; krsnah Kr s n a ; i ti t h u s ; sa s tra of t h e s c r i p t u r es;
arthah th e m e aning.
 The personal form of the Supreme Brahman is here called "purnam" or
"full". From this we may understand that the impersonal conception of the
Supreme Brahman is "apurnam", not full or i n c o m p l e te. That is the opinion of
the saintly and pure-hearted.
In the scriptural statement "vasudeva-para devata vasudeva-parat
paramatmanah sankarsano jivah" (The demigods are devotees of Lord Vasudeva.
From the Supreme Lord Vasudeva is manifested Lord Sankarsana, who gives life
to the jivas.) The word "j i va " h e r e m e ans "He who gives life to the jivas". It
d oes not mean that Lord Sankarsana is Himself a jiva soul. The word "at m a "
here means either the name or form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
That the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His name are identical is
confirmed by Lord Krsna in thyese words: "I have two forms: My tr anscendental
body and My holy name." The world "jiva" here should be understood to mean
"the creator of the jivas." In this way the message of the Vedic scriptures is that
Lord Krsna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Text 259

bhagavan: sadhu sadhu tad .idanim pundarikaksa dars-anaya sadhaya

sadhu we ll done; sadhu we l l d o n e; tat t h a t ; id a n im no w ; pu n d a r i k aksa o f

the lotus-eyed Lord; darsanaya to s e e;sadhaya m a y b e .

Bhagavan: Well done! Well do ne! Now you may go to see the lotus-eyed
Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Text 260

bhattacaryah: yathajnapayati devah (iti da.modara jagadanandau grhitva

niskrantah.)

yatha as; ajnapayati or d e r s ;devah th e L o r d ; i ti t h u s ; da m o dara

jagadanandau Damodara and Jagadananda; grhitva ta k i n g ; niskrantah e x i t s .

Bhattacarya: As the Lord orders. (Taking Damodara and Jagadananda with

him, he exits.)

Text 261

mukundah: katham ayam etau grhitva gatah

katham wh y ? ; ayam he ; et au th o s et w o ; gr h itva ta k i n g ; ga tah w e n t .

Mukunda: Why di d he take them and go?

 Text 262

gopmathah: asti nigudham. kintu deva sa evayam bhattacaryah

asti is ; nigudham a s e c r e t;kintu ho w e v e r;deva Lo r d ; s a h he; eva

indeed;ayam the same;bhattacaryah Bhattacarya.

Gopinatha: That is a secret. 0 Lo rd, was that the same Bhattacarya.

Text 263

bhagavan: maha bha-gavatasya bhavatah sangad anyathaivaj atah

maha bha-gavatasya a great devotee;bhavatah yo u ; sangat be c a u se of the

association; anyatha th e r w i s e;eva in d e e d;j atah ma n i f e s ted.

Bhagavan: You are a great devotee of the Lord. Because of your association
he has become transformed.

Text 260

gopmathah: (vihasya) evam eva.

vihasya la u g h i n g; evam in t h a t w a y;eva in d eed.

G opinatha: (laughs) It i s s o .

Text 265

(tatah pravisato pati ksepena -damodara jagadanandau ) .

damodara jagadanandau: deva bhattacaryena padya dvayam -bhaiksyam annam ca

bhagavaj jagann-atha bhukta-vasistam prahitam asti

tatah th e n; pravisatah en t e r;pati ksepena -tossing the curtain aside;

damodara Da m o d a ra;j agadanandau an d Jagadananda;deva L o r d ;
bhattacaryena by t he Bhattacarya;padya dvayam -two ve rses;bhaiksyam
annam pr a sadam remnantas;ca an d ; bhagavat jagannatha by L o r d Jagannatha;
bhukta ea t en; avasistam re m n a n t; prahitam gi v e n ;as ti i s .

(Tossing the curtain aside, Damodara and Jagadananda enter.)

Damodara and Jagadananda: Lord, the Bhattacarya gives You these two
verses as well as these remnants of Lord Jagannatha's meal.
 Text 266

bhagavan: anugrhito 'smi.

anugrhitah in d e b t e d;asmi I am.

B hagavan: I am indebted to him .

Text 267

mukundah: padya dv-ayam pasyami (it.i tat kar-at patrikam adaya svagatam
vacayati ).

padya dva-yam two v erses;pasyami I will see; iti th u s ; tat of h i m ; k a r a t

from the hand; patrikam th e p a g e;adaya ta k i n g ; svagatam t o h i m s e l f ;
vacayati re a d s .

Mukunda: Let me look at these verses. (He takes the page and reads to
himself:)

Text 268

vairagya vidya -nij a b-hak-ti yoga-

siksartham ekah purusah puranah
sri krsna -caitan-ya sarira -dhari-
krpambudhir yas tam aham prapadye

vairagya re n u n c i a tion; vidya kn o w l e d g e;nij a ow n ; b h a k ti yoga-

devotional service; siksa artham -to te ach; ekah on e ; pu r usah puranah a n c i e n t
Supreme Lord; sri krsna -caitany-a of Sri Krsna Caitanya;sarira dhari-
manifesting the form; krpa of m e r c y; ambudhih an o c e a n;yah wh o ; ta m t o
Him; aham I; pr a p adye s u r r e n d e r .

"Let me take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Srz Krsna, who
has descended in the form of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to teach us real
knowledge, His devotional service, and detachment from wh atever does not
foster Krsna consciousness. He has descended because He is an ocean of
transcendental mercy. Let me surrender unto His lotus feet.'

Text 269

kalan nastam bhakti yogam nij -am yah

praduskartum krsna caitanya -nama -

avirbhutas tasya padaravinde

gadham gadham liyatam citta bhrngah-
 kalat in t he c ourse of time;nastam de s t r o y ed;bhakti y-ogam de v o t i o nal
service; nij am ow n ; yah wh o ; pr a d u s kartum to m a n i f e s t;krsna c-aitanya-
nama named Krsna Caitanya; avirbhutah appeared;tasya of Him;pada
aravinde at t he lotus feet;gadham gadham de e p l y;/iyatam m a y e n t e r; citta o f
my heart; bhrngah th e b e e .

"Let my consciousness, which is like a honeybee, take shelter of the lotus

feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who has just now appeared as Sri
Krsna Caitanya Mahaprabhu to teach the ancient system of devotional service to
Himself. This system had almost been lost due to the influence of time."'

Text 270

(iti vacayitva bhittau v i2ikhya deva has-te dadati bha.gavan a2okya vidarayati ).

iti t h us; vacayitva ha v i n g r e a d; bhittau o n a w a l l;vi2ikhya wr i t i n g ; de va

of the Lord; haste in t he h a nd; dadati pl a c e s;bhagavan th e L o r d; alokya
seeing; vidarayati te a rs up.

(After reading, he copies the verses on the wall and then places the original
writing in the Lord s hand. The Lord glances at it, and then tears it up.)

Text 271

gopinathah: deva madhyahnejatah tad u.ttara -karan-iyaya sajji bhava-ntu sri

caranah

deva 0 Lo r d ; ma dhya ahne -mi d d - d a y; j atah ma n i f e s t;tad uttara -karani-yaya

sajji bhava-ntu af t ernoon duties shouldbe done; sri carana-h t h e L o r d .

Gopznatha: Lord, now it is m i d d ay. It is time for Your afternoon duties.

Text 272

sarve: evam eva. (iti niskrantah.)

evam in t h at way; eva in d e e d; iti t h u s ; ni s k r a ntah e x i t .

Everyone: So it is. (They exit.)

ct even
 Text I

(tatah pravisati sarvabhaumah ).

sarvabhaumah: aho katham adyasamaya eva gajapatina samahuto smi. tad uc-itam
upasarpitum (i.ty upasarpati ).

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;sarvabhaumah Sa r v abhauma;ahah a h ;

katham wh y ? ; adya no w ; as a maye at t h e w r o ng tim e;eva i n d e e d ;
gaj apatina by K i ng P rataparudra;samahutah ca l l e d;asmi I am; tad uci-tam
proper; upasarpitum to go; iti th u s ; up asarpati ap p r o a c h es.

(Sarvabhauma enters)

Sarvabhauma: Why has Maharaja Prataparudra called for me at this unusual

h our> I must go to him. (H e w a l k s . )

Text 2

( tatah pravisati raja, abhitas ca parivarah ) .

raga:kah ko tra bhoh. samahuyatam bhattacaryah

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;raj a th e k i n g ; abhitah ac c o m p a n i e d;ca also;

parivarah associates; kah who?; kah who?; atra here;bhoh Oh;
samahuyatam sh o u ld be called;bhattacaryah th e B h a t tacarya;

(Accompanied by his associates, the king enters ) .

The King: Who is here? Who is here? Summon the Bhattacarya

Text 3

bhattacaryah: (upasrtya) eso ham anahvanenaivagatah

upasrtya approaching;esah he; aham I am;anahvanena by the calling;

eva in d e ed; agatah a r r i v e d .

Bhattacarya: (approaching) It i s I . I h ave come in response to your call.

Text 0
 raj a: (pranamya) idam asanam .asyatam

pranamya bo w i n g ; id am th i s ;as anam a s e a t;asyatam sit.

The King: (bowing down to offer respects) Here is a seat. Please sit down.

Text 5

(bhattacarya asisam prayujyasanam adhyaste ).

bhattacaryah Bh a t t a carya;asisam prayujya gi v i n g a blessing;asanam

adhy aste sits.

(The Bhattacarya first blesses the king, and then sits down.)

Text 6

raja: bhattacarya srutam maya ko pi maha prab-havah parama karu-niko

yatindrah samprati gaudad agato sti.

bhattacarya 0 Bhattacarya; srutam heard;maya by me;ko pi someone;

maha prab-havah very powerful; parama karu-nikah very merciful; yati indra-h
the king of sannyasis; samprati no w ; ga u dat fr o m B e n g a l;agato asti h a s c o m e .

The King: Bhattacarya, I have heard that a very exalted and merciful
sannyasz has come here from Bengal.

Text 7

bhattacaryah: atha kim.

atha kim yes.

Bhattacarya: Yes. It is so.

Text 8

raj a: katham maya tasya carana vandana-m kriyate

katham ho w 7 ; maya by m e ; ta s ya of H i m ; ca r a na to t h e f e e t;vandanam

obeisances; kriyate i s d o n e .

The King: How may I offer respects to His feet?

 Text 9

bhattacaryah: idam tv ati d-urghatam virala p-racaranam tesam niskincanenaiva

darsanam 2abhyate t.atrapi dina k-atipayany adyadaksinasyam disi ca2itah santi.

idam th a t; tu in d e e d ;ati du-rghatam ve r y d i f f i c u l t; virala p-racaranam

secluded; tesam of t h e m; niskincanena by a s annyasi; eva i n d e e d;darsanam
the sight; 2abhyate is attained; tatrapi st i l l ; di na ka-tipayani fo r a f ew days;
adya no w; daksinasyam disi in t h e s o u t h;calitah santi h a s g o n e .

Bhattacarya: That is difficult to attain. He lives a secluded life and allows

only those in the renounded order to see Him. Also, for some days He has been
traveling in the south.

Text 10

raja: kim iti jagannatha mah-aprabhoh samipam vihaya calitavantah

kim w h y7; iti th u s j; agannatha mah-aprabhoh of L o rd Jagannatha;

samipam ne a r ness;vihaya le a v i n g;calitavantah go t r a v e ling.

The King: Why would He leave Lord Jagannatha and go traveling?

Text 11

bhattacaryah: tirthi kurva-nti tirthani svantah sthena -gadabhrta iti samanyanam

eva mahatam ayam nisargah ayam .tu bhagavan eva svayam

tirthi kurvan-ti ma k e h o ly places;tirthani sa i n t l y p e rsons;svantah sthena-

gadabhrta with Lord Krsna in their hearts; iti th u s ; sa manyanam ge n e r a lly;
eva indeed; mahatam of s a i n t ly persons;ayam th i s ; ni s argah t h e n a t u r e ;
ayam th i s; tu in d e e d ;bhagavan th e L o r d; eva c e r t a i n l y; svayam pe r s o n a lly.

Bhattacarya: The sastra says:

tzrthz-kurvanti tzrthani
svantah-sthena gadabhrta

"My Lord, devotees like Your good self are verily holy pl aces personified.
Because you carry the Personality of Godhead within your heart, you turn all
places into places of pilgrimage."'

That is the nature of saintly persons. The sannyasz of whom you speak is like
 Text 12

raja: (sa v-ismayam) bhattacarya bhavantas ced idam bruvanti tat satyam evaitat
tada kim iti yatna p-urah s-aram bhavatatra naraksi

sa vi-smayam wi t h w o n d e r; bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c a rya;bhavantah y o u ;

cet if; idam th i s ;br u v anti sa y ; tat th a t ; sa t yam tr u t h ; e va i n d e e d ; etat
this; tada th e n; kim w h y 7 ; i t i t h u s ;ya t n a pu-rah sa-ram ef o r t; bhavata b y
you; atra he r e ; na not; araksi b r o u g h t .

The King: (struck with wonder) Bhattacarya, if what you say is true. Why
did you not try to keep Him here?

Text 13

bhattacaryah: maharaj a

brahmadayo 2oka pa2a-

yad bhru -bhan-ga tara-nginah
vina sva karu-na devi-m
para tantr-yam na so 'rhati

maharaj a 0king;brahma aday-ah headed by Brahma;2oka pa2ah-the

dmeigods; yad bhru -bhan-ga kn i t t i ng eyebrows; taranginah wa v e s;vina
without; sva karun-a devim -His me rcy; para tantry-am de p e n dence;na n o t ;
sah He; arhati i s w o r t h y .

Bhattacarya: When he knits His brow, Brahma and the other demigods
tremble in fear. Unless He grants His mercy, He will not submit to the control of
anyone else.

Text lk

tathapi

kati na vihitam stotram kakuh katiha na ka/pita

kati na racitam pranaty agadika-m bhaya darsana-m
kati na ruditam dhrtva padau tathapi sajagmivan
prakrti mahatam -tu/yau syatam anugraha nigraha-u

tathapi ne v e r t heless; kati h o w m a n y 7 ;na no t ; vi h i t am pl a c e d ;stotram

prayers; kakuh sw e et words; kati how many7; iha h e r e; na no t ; k a / p i t a
considered; kati h o w m a n y7; na no t ; ra c i t am do n e ;pr a n a ti agadikam-
obeisances; bhaya fe a r; darsanam gl a n c e; kati h o w m a n y 7 ;na no t ; r u d i t a m
cried; dhrtva ho l d i n g ; padau fe e t ; ta thapi ne v e r t h e l ess;
sah He ;j agmivan
went; prakrti mahatam -nat u r a lly exalted; tu/yau eq u a l;syatam m a y b e ;
anugraha mercy;nigrahau and cruelty.

How many times did I not pray to Him ? Ho w m an y t i m e s did I no t beg Him
with faltering words? How m any t i mes did I not sp eak fearsome threats of
suicide? How many times did I not grasp His feet and cry? Sti ll, He went. For
very exalted persons mercy and cruelty are the same thing.

Text 15

raj a: (sotkantham) punar atragamisyanti

sotkantham wi t h e a gerness;punah ag a i n;atra he r e ;ag amisyanti w i l l

come.

King: (with eagerness) W il l H e ever come here again?

Text 16

bhattacaryah: atha kim. sanginas tv atra vartante

atha kim ye s; sanginah fr i e n d s;tu in d e e d ;at ra he r e ;va r t a nte a r e .

Bhattacarya: Yes. His friends are here.

Text 17

raja: katham ekaki calitah.

katham wh y ? ; ekaki a l o n e ; cali tah w e n t .

King: Why did He tr avel alone?

Text 18

bhattacaryah: tadrsah katham ekaki tathapi .maya samicina viprah sange niyuktah
santi.

tadrsah li k e t ha t; katham wh y ? ; ek aki alone; tathapi st i l l ; ma ya b y m e ;

samicina go o d; viprah br a h m a n a s;sange as comany; niyuktah en g a g ed;
s anti ar e.

Bhattacarya: Why did He tr avel alone like that? I arranged for many honest
brahmanas to accompany Him.
 Text 19

raja: kiyad duram tavat

kiyad duram ho w f a r ?; tavat then.

K ing: How far did they go with H i m ?

Text 20

bhattacaryah: goadavarim yavat te yasyanti bh.agavams tu setubandha pa-ryantam

gamisyatity anumiyate

goadavarim Go d a v a ri;yavat as ; te th e y ;ya s yanti wi l l g o ; bh a gavan t h e

Lord; tu bu t ; se tubandha par-yantam as far as Setubandha;gamisyati w i l l g o ;
iti th u s ; anumiyate is c o n s i d e red.

Bhattacarya: They went as far as the Godavari River, but the Lord continu ed
alone to Setubandha, I think .

Text 21

raja: brahmanas tavad duram kim u na presitah

brahmanah th e b ra hmanas;tavad duram th a t d i s t a nce;kim wh y ? ; u

indeed; na no t ; pr esitah s e n t .

King: Why did the br ahmanas not go with Him fo r t hat d i s t ance?

Text 22

bhattacaryah: tasyananumateh godava.ri paryan-tam tu ramanandanurodhat tesam

sango 'ngi krtah -

tasya Hi s; ananumateh be c a use of not permission;godavari paryant-am u p

to Godavari;tu but; ramananda to Ramananda;anurodhat because ofmercy;
tesam of the m; sangah co m p a n y; angi krtah a- c c epted.

Bhattacarya: He would not allow them. To give mercy to Ramananda Raya,

the Lord met him on the shore of the Godavarz River.

Text 23

raja: kas tavat tasyanurodhah

 raja: kas tavat tasyanurodhah .

King: What mercy did he receive?

Text 24

bhattacaryah: gantavyam iti niscaye krte mayoktam godavari tir-e ramanando

vartate so .'vasyam evanugrahyah

gantavyam to go; iti th u s ; ni s caye th e d e c ision;krte do n e ; ma ya b y m e ;

uktam sa i d; godavari tir-e on t he bank of the Godavari;ramanandah
Ramananda; vartate is ; sah he ; av a syam ce r t a i n l y;eva in d e e d ; anugrahyah
the object of mercy.

Bhattacarya: I told the Lord that He should meet Ramananda on the shore of
the Godavarz and be merciful to him.

Text 25

raja: katham tasyedam saubhagyam

katham ho w ? ; tasya of h i m ; id am th i s ;sa u bhagyam g o o d f o r t u n e ; .

King: How did Ramananda become so fortunate?

Text 26

bhattacaryah: maharaj a sa khalu sahaj a vaisna-vo bhavati. purvam ayam asmakam

upahasa patram -asit sampra.ti bhagavad anugra-he j ate tan mahim-a jnata no j ata

maharaj a 0 ki n g ; sah he ; kh a lu in d e e d ;sahaj a na t u r a l l y; vaisnavah a

devotee; bhavati is ; pu rvam be f o r e ;ayam he ; as m a kam of u s ; up a hasa
patram the object of jokes; asit wa s ; samprati no w ; bh a g avad anugra-hejate
in the Lord s mercy; tan mahima -jnata kn o w i n g h is glory;nah of u s ;j ata
manifested.

Bhattacarya: King, he is by nature a Vaisnava. In the past I would laugh at

him, but now I know how great he is.

Text 27

raja: sruto sti maya tvayi yadrsas tasyanugrahojatah

srutah he a r d; asti is ; ma ya by m e ; tv a yi in y o u ; ya d r s ah l i k e w h i c h ;
tasya of H i m; anugrahah me r c y ;j atah ma n i f e s t ed.

King: I heard the Lord was merciful to you.

Text 28

bhattacaryah: bhagavat pr-abhavo hi svatah prakasi

bhagavat of t he Lord; prabhavah th e p o w e r; hi in d e e d ;svatah s e l f ;

prakasi manifest.

Bhattacarya: The Lord is independent. He is merciful as He sees fit.

Text 29

(pravisya)
dauvarikah: bhattacarya bhavat pres-ita vipra godavarito nivartita bhavantam
pratiksante

pravisya enters; dauvarikah doorkeeper;bhattacarya 0 Bhattacarya;

bhavat by y o u; presitah se n t ;viprah br a h m a n a s;godavaritah f r o m t h e
Godavari; nivartita re t u r n e d;bhavantam yo u ; pr a t i k sante w a i t .

Doorkeeper: (enters) Bhattacarya, the brahmanas you sent have returned

from the Godavarz River. They wait to see you.

Text 30

bhattacaryah: utkanthate raj a prave.syantam ihaiva

utkanthate ea ger;raj a th e k i n g ; pravesyantam ma y e n t e r;iha he r e ;eva

llldeed.

Bhattacarya: The king is eager to see them. Let them enter.

Text 31

dauvarikah: yathaj napayasi (iti pun.as tan adaya pravisati ).

yatha as; ajnapayasi yo u o r d e r;iti th u s ;pu n ah ag a i n ; t an t h e m ; a d a y a

bringing; pravisati e n t e r s .

Doorkeeper: As you order. (Bringing them, he again enters.)

 Text 32

bhat tacary
ah: aho agacchatagacchata

ahah ah;agacchata come; agacchata come.

B hattacarya: Ah! Come in! Come in !

Text 33

(vipra upasrtya rajanam asirbhir abhyarcya sarvabhaumam pranamanti ) .

viprah th e b ra hmanas;upasrtya ap p r o a c hing;raj anam th e k i n g ; asirbhir

abhyarcya offer benedictions; sarvabhaumam to Sarvabhauma; pranamanti
bow.

(The brahmanas approach, offering blessings to the king, and bowing down
before Sarvabhauma.)

Text 30
fn 2.

r aj a: upavisyamulam kathayata (sarve .upavisanti ) .

upavisya si t t i ng down; amulam fr o m t h e b e g inning;kathayata pl e a se tell;

sarve al l; upavisanti s i t .

King: Please sit down. Tell everything from the beginning.

(Everyone sits down.)

Text 35

bhattacaryah: ekatama eva kathayatu.

ekatamah on e ; eva in d e e d;kathayatu sh o u l d s p e ak.

Bhattacarya: One of you tell us the news.

Text 36

ekah: itas tavad a2a2anathadevam ava2okya stutva maha matta ka-rmdra-vad

ankusa kusala ga-ti kusa-las t-varaya rayatisayair apy asmabhir anugantum duhsakah
saka2am eva sumeror audicyena praba2atara maruta vi-bhajya ca2itam niravadhi
bhagavan nama san-kirtan-a vikasvara -svara par-a bha-gadha-ri krta dhar-adha-ra
dhorani dhira dhvanir adhvani bataika mano bhiviksyamano j anair 2aghiyasa
kalenaiva kurma ksetram uttirnavan .

ekah on e; itas tavat th e n ; a2a2anathadevam Lo r d A l a lanatha;ava2okya

seeing; stutva of f e r i ng prayers;maha m-atta k-arindravat li k e a great maddened
elephant; ankusa k-usa2a g-ati k-usa2as tvaraya wa l k i ng very quickly; rayatisayair
apy asmabhih by u s; anugantum to f o l l o w ; du hsakah un a b l e ;sakalam a l l ;
eva indeed;sumeroh Mount Sumeru;audicyena in the north; prabalatara
maruta a s tro ng wind; vibhajya calitam go i n g ; ni r a vadhi bhagavan na-ma
sankirtana ch a n t i ng the holy names;vikasvara sv-ara pa-ra bh-agadhari kr-ta
dharadhara dh-orani dh-ira dh-vanih like a thundering cloud;adhvani on the road;
bata indeed;eka ma-nah concentrated;abhiviksyamanah being seen;janaih
by people; 2aghiyasa li t t l e; ka2ena in t i m e ; eva in d e e d ;ku rma kse-tram
Kurmaksetra; uttirnavan e n t e r e d .

One Brahmana: He left here and went to Alalanatha, where He saw the Deity
and offered prayers. He walked very quickly, as an unrestricted wild elephant.
It was very difficult for us to follow beh ind H im . He was like a strong win d
sweeping south from Mount M eru in th e no r th. He chanted the Holy name as if
H e were a thundering cloud. The travelers on the road all gazed at Him wi t h
wonder. In this way He quickly arrived at Kurm aksetra.

Text 37

sarvabhaumah: etad abhyantare bhiksa nabhut.

etat th a t; abhyantare th e r e ;bhiksa fo o d ; na no t ; ab h ut w a s .

Sarvabhauma: He did not eat anything on the way?

Text 38

viprah: nabhud eva.

na no t; abhut wa s ; eva i n d e e d .

B rahmana: He did not .

Text 39

bhattacaryah: bhavadbhih kim krtam.

bhavadbhih by y o u; kim wh a t ? ;kr t am wa sdone.

B hattacarya: What did you do ?

 Text 00

viprah: asmabhis tuyatha la-bham kincid asitva drsyamana evayam anugamyate

tatas tatraiva kurmaksetre kurmadevam pranamya stutva kurma n-amno dvij a v-arasya
grham uttirnavan s.amanantaram tenaivanimantritah krta b-hiksas cayad anyat
krtavan tad apy adbhutam.

asmabhih by u s; tu in d e e d ;ya tha la-bham as attained;kincit s o m e t h i n g ;

asitva ea t ing; drsyamana se e n;eva in d e e d;ayam He ; an u g amyate w a s
followed; tatah th e n ; ta t ra th e r e ;eva in d e e d ;ku r maksetre at K u r m a k s e tra;
kurmadevam to L o rd K u r m a; pranamya bo w i n g ; st utva pr a y i n g ;ku r m a
namnah Ku r m a 's name;dvij a var-asya of a great brahmana;grham t h e h o m e ;
uttirnavan en t e r e d;samanantaram af t e r; tena by H i m ; eva i n d e e d ;
nimantritah ta u g h t; kr ta bhi-ksah ac c e pted food;ca al s o ;yat wh a t ; a n y a t
else; krtavan di d ; tat th a t ;api al s o ;ad b h utam w o n d e r f u l .

B rahmana: We ate whenever we could and we followed behind Him . In t h i s

way He went to Kurmaksetra, bowed down before the Deity, offered prayers,
and stayed at the home of an exalted brahmana named Kurma. Requested by
t his brahmana, He accepted a meal, and then He did something very wonderful .

Text Wl

bhattacaryah: kim tat.

kim w h a t?; tat wa sthat.

Bhattacarya: What was that?

Text 02

viprah: tatraiva kascid vasudeva nama v-ipro galat kusthah -kustha krimi n-ikara-
karambita bahu2a -rudhira -rasapuy-a k2inna -sarvan-gah kadacit panipatyamanan
krimm utthapya tatraiva nivesayan anudvigno bhagavan magna -mana i-va kenapy
akathito pi svayam eva bhagavataprapi ananta .rasa vi2-ambe-naiva cira ka2a 2a-bdha-
para suhrd iv-a gadhataram ayatabhyam bhujabhyam ayam tatha vidha ev-a
paryarambhi samanantaram tena viprena

tatra th e r e;eva in d e e d;kascit so m e o n e;vasudeva nama -named Vasudeva;

viprah a b r a h ma na;galat kusthah -leprosy; kustha krimi nik-ara -with worms;
karambita mi x e d ; bahu2a mu c h ; ru d h ira rasa bl - o o d;apuya an d p u s ; k2inna
wet; sarva al l; angah li m b s ; ka d acit so m e t i m e s;panipatyamanan falling
down; krimin wo r m s ; ut t h apya pi c k i n g u p;ta t ra th e r e ;eva i n d e e d ;
nivesayan pl a c ing; anudvignah no t d i s t r e ssed;bhagavat in t h e L o r d; magna
immersed; manah hi s m i n d; iva li k e ; ke n a pi by s o m e o n e;akathitah n o t
spoken to; api ev e n;svayam pe r s o n a lly;eva ce r t a i n l y;bhagavata b y t h e
Lord; aprapi at t a i n e d;ananta li m i t l e s s;rasa ne c t a r;vilambena a l o n g t i m e ;
eva in d e ed; cira ka2a a l o ng t i m e; 2abdha at t a i n e d;para gr e a t ;suhrt f r i e n d ;
iva as if; gadhataram de e p l y;ayatabhyam l o n g ; b hujabhyam w i t h a r m s ;
ayam He; tatha v-idhah in that way;eva indeed;paryarambhi embraced;
samanantaram th e n; tena by t h a t ;vi p rena b r a h m a n a .

Brahmana: In that place lived a brahmana named Vasudeva who was

afflicted with leprosy. All his li mbs were covered with wo r ms, blood and pus.
H e suffered acutely. Whenever a worm fell from his bo dy, he would pick it u p
and put it back. He was a great devotee, his mind always absorbed in thin k ing of
the Lord. Still, he was humble and would never claim he was a great devotee.
When Lord Caitanya met him, He embraced him with Hi s l ong arms as if he
were a dear friend He had not seen for a long time. Then the brahmana quoted
this verse from Srzmad Bhagavatam:

Text 03

kvaham daridrah papiyan

kva krsnah sri nike-tanah
brahma band-hur iti smaham
bahubhyam pari rambhi tah

kva wh e r e ?; aham am I ; da r i d r ah po o r ; pa p i yan si n f u l ; kv a w h e r e ? ;

krsnah Lo rd K r s n a; sri niket-anah f u l l in s ix o pu l e nces; brahma-bandhuh f r i e n d
of a brahmana; iti th u s ; sma in d e e d ;aham I ; b a h u b hyam w i t h H i s a r m s ;
parirambhitah embraced.

"Who am I? A sinful, poor friend of a brahmana. And who is Kr sna? The

Supreme Personality of Godhead full in six op u l ences. Nonetheless, He has
embraced me with His two arms." '

Text 00

iti pathann eva sadyo ti dyoti p-rakrta -sundar-angah samaj ani tad anu .punas
tenoktam. bhagavan katham ayam idrso me nigrahah krtah. tatha vidhena -maya
amayavina vina duhkham nirudvegena sthitam samprati sampratipadyamana
manataya sarva eva mano vrttaya u-ttistheyuh. bhagavatoktam brahman .na punas te
bhagavad anusma-ranam antarena manaso bahya vyapara -bhavisyanti. tad alam
udvegeneti

iti th u s ; pathan re c i t i n g;eva in d e e d ;sadyah at o n c e; ati dyoti sp - l e ndid;

prakrta sundaran-gah ha n d some;samaj ani be c a me;tad anu t h e n ; pu nah
again; tena by h i m; uk t am sa i d ;bh a gavan 0 Lo r d ; ka t h am wh y ? ;ay am t h i s ;
idrsah li k e t h i s; me to m e ; ni g r a hah cr u e l t y ;kr t ah do n e ;t a t ha vidhena -in
that way; maya by m e ; amayavina wi t h c u r e ;vina wi t h o u t ; du h k ham
unhappines; nirudvegena wi t h o ut a gitation; sthitam si t u a t e d;samprati n o w ;
sampratipadyamana ma n i f e s ted;manataya wi t h p r i d e ; sarve al l ; eva i n d e e d ;
manah of t he min d; vrttaya ac t i v i t i e s;uttistheyuh ar e s it uated;bhagavata b y
the Lord; uktam sa i d ; brahman 0 br a h m a n a ;na no t ; pu n ah ag a i n ;te o f
you; bhagavad a-nusmaranam remembering the Lord; antarena w i t h o u t ;
manasah of t he min d; bahya v-yapara ex t e r n al activities;bhavisyanti w i l l b e ;
tat th er efore; alam wh a t i s t he need?;udvegena o f a nx i e ty; iti t h u s .

After reciting this verse he became at once cured of leprosy and his body
b ecame splendidly handsome. He then said: "My Lo rd, how di d I get a body li k e
this? My body was overtaken by disease and now it is completely cured. I am
afraid that now my mind w il l b e c ome filled with p r i d e" . And I w i l l b e again
a ttracted to the material worl d " .
The Lord then said:"0 brahmana, never again will You forget the Lord and
n ever again will your heart become involved in the external things of this wor l d .
Why should you be anxious?"

Text 05

raja: bhattacarya satyam evayam isvarah any.atha idrk karu-najivasya na ghatate

kustha hari-tvam tu yogindrasyapi sangacchate

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya;satyam tr u t h ; eva in d e e d ;ayam He ; is v a r a h

the Supreme Lord; anyatha ot h e r w i s e;idrk li k e t h i s ; ka r una me r c y ji
; v a sya
to a living entity; na no t ; gh a t ate is p o s s ible;kustha haritv-am r e m o v i n g
disease; tu bu t; yogmdrasya of a g r e ay yogi;api ev e n ;sangacchate i s .

King: Bhattacarya, Caitanya must be the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If

He were not He could not be so kind to a living enti ty. Even the greatest mystic
yogz cannot cure leprosy.

Text 06

bhattacaryah: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatahthen?

Bhattacarya: Then? Then?

Text 07

viprah: tatas ca nrsimha ksetram -upagamyagamyanubhavo bhagavantam

nrsimham drstva stutva pranamya pradaksini krtya pr-atasthe

krsna krsnajaya krsna krsna he

krsna krsnajaya krsna he
krsna krsnajaya krsna krsna he
krsna krsnajaya krsna he
krsna krsnajaya krsna pahi nah

ittham ambuda v-ikasvara s-vara-

snigdha mugdha v-acanamrta d-ravaih
hladayan srutimatam sruti d-vayam
cittam apy apaharan sajagmivan

tatah th e n; ca an d ; nr s i m ha ks-etram Nr s i m h a - k s e tra;upagamyagamya

arriving;anubhavah experience; bhagavantam nrsimham Lord Nrsimha;drstva
seeing; stutva pr a y i n g;pranamya bo w i n g d o w n;pr adaksini kr-tya
circumambulating; pratasthe st o o d; krsna 0 Kr s n aj; aya gl o r y ; h e 0 ; p a h i
save; nah us; ittham th u s ; am b uda vik-asvara sva-ra th u n d e r; sn igdha
glistening; mugdha sw e e t;vacana wo r d s ; amrta dra-vaih wi t h f lo w i n g n e c tar;
hladayan pl e a sing;srutimatam of t h e y w ho h a ve ears;sruti dva-yam th e e ars;
cittam th e h eart; api al s o ;apaharan st e a l i n g;sah H e ; j a g m i v an w e n t .

B rahmana: Then, with great strength and vigor, the Lord walked to Nr s i m h a-
ksetra. He saw the Deity, offered prayers, bowed down, and circumambulated.
Then He went south. He was like a splendid golden mountain fi l l in g the south
with waves of light. The waves of mercy from His glance made the hearts of all
living entities melt with love of Krsna. As He walked He chanted:

"Krsna krsna jaya krsna krsna he

krsna krsna jaya krsna he
krsna krsna jaya krsna krsna he
krsna krsna jaya krsna he
krsna krsna jaya krsna pahi nah!"

He chanted these words in a voice like thunder. With t h ese sweet, nectar
words, He charmed the hearts of all living entities who had ears.

Text 08

sarvabhaumah: satyam evattha tasyaiva.m eva prakrtih

satyam eva attha it is t r u e; tasya of H i m ; ev am t h i s ; e va i n d e e d ;

prakrtih nature.

S arvabhauma: This is true. All this fit Hi s nat u r e .

Text 09

viprah: tato godavari tiram asa-dya vihita visramej-agaj jana man-obhi-rame

nirupama krpabhir-ame prema saubhaga-vati bhagavati kanaka ketakopa-vana iva
parima2amodita dig va2ay-e sa-ka2a guna ni2a-ye sv-ayam prakasik-aya tat prathaya k-o
yam ko yam iti krta samuhah -samuhah ksauni suranam t-atra mi2itavan. nimantritas
ca kenapi samanan.taram ananta rahasye s-arvatah sancarati j ana caya srav-ana k-ante -
tad udante mantrakrstaiva graha grhitaiva v i smaya camatkara vikara visamsthula
iva ramananda r-ayah samupeyivan .

tatah th e n; godavari of t h e G o d a vari; tiram th e s h o r e;asadya r e a c h i n g ;

vihita v-israme re s t;j agat of t h e w o r l d;j ana of t h e p e o p le;manah th e h e a r ts;
abhirame charming;nirupama peerless; krpa mercy; abhirame glorious;
prema of l o v e; saubhagavati go o d f o r t u n e;bhagavati th e L o r d ; ka naka
golden; ketaka ke t a ki flo w e rs;upavane ga r d e n;iva li k e ; pa r i m a l a with nice
fragrance; amodita fr a g r a nt; dik of t h e d i r e c t i o ns;va2aye th e c irc le;saka2a
all; guna vi r t u e s; nilaye in t h e a b o d e;svayam pr-akasikaya by b e i ng self-
manifest; tat pra-thaya by t h at fame;kah wh o ? ; ay am th i s ; ka h w h o ? ;
ayam th i s; iti th u s ;kr t a s am-uhah mu l t i t u d e ; samuhah mu l t i t u d e ; ksauni
suranam of b r a h manas;tatra th e r e ;mil it avan me t ; ni m a n t ritah re q u e s t e d;
ca also; kenapi by s o m e o n e;samanantaram af t e r; ananta li m i t l e s s;rahasye
secret; sarvatah ev e r y where;sancarati go e sj; ana cay-a of t he people;sravana
kante de ar to the ears;tad uda-nte th e n; mantra by a m a n t r a; akrsta p u l l e d ;
iva as if; graha grh-ita po s s essed by a ghost;iva as i f;vismaya cam-atkara
vikara visa-msthula fi l l ed with wo n d e r; iva as i f ; ra m a nanda ray-ah Ra m a nanda
Raya; samupeyivan a r r i v e d .

Brahmana: Then Lord Caitanya, who enchants the entire world, and who is
very merciful, rested on the shore of the Godavarz River. He was like a golden
ketakz flower with a sweet fragrance spread in all directions. When the
brahmanas saw the self-effulgent Lord they became attracted by His
transcendental potency, and they came near Him. When they saw the Lord's
transcendental form, which was filled with l ove of Kr sna, and which was a
jewel-mine of all transcendental virtues, they exclaimed: "Who is th is? Who is
this? The brahmanas then met together and discussed what they had just seen.
Attracted by their words, and appearing like a man possessed, Ramananda Raya,
struck with wonder, and his appearance filling others with w o n der also,
approached Lord Caitanya.

Text 50

raja: ramananda dhanyo si dhanyo si yasya .te nayana visayi -bhutas -te sri
caranah

ramananda 0 Ramananda;dhanyah fortunate; asi you are;dhanyah

fortunate; asi yo u a r e;yasya of w h o m ; te of y o u ; na y a na visayi b-hutah -come
before the eyes; te of y o u ; sri caranah -t he Lo r d 's feet.

King: Ramananda, you are fortunate. You are fortunate. With your own eyes
you have seen the lotus feet of the Lord.

Text 51

viprah: samanantaram agatyaiva carana kamala p-arisare s-areriyamanasru

nipatati sma svayam eva. aye tvam eva ramanando siti bhagavata sanugraham ukte
atha kim iti ca pratyuce tad anu bhagavatapi sarvabhaumanurodhena bhagavad-
alokanam abhistam mameti mayatra ksanam avasthitam t.atsu v-ihitam eva vihitam
bhavatayat svayam eva samupasede tad ucyatam kincid ity abhani. tato yadyapi
ramanando hi ko 'yam kim nama kim mahima kim asayah kim tattvam iti kim api
bhagavad vi-sayaka jnana vi-sesanabhij nas tathapi cira k-a2a k-a2ita sa-tata sa-khya
sukha su-bhaga ga-m bh-avuka iva nihsadhvasa eva kim api pathitum upacakrame

mano yadi na nirjitam kim amuna tapasyadina

katham sa manaso j ayo yadi na cintyate madhavah
kim asya ca vicintanam yadi na hanta ceto dra-vah
sa va katham aho bhaved yadi na vasanaksalanam

samanantaram th e n ; agatya ar r i v i n g ;eva ce r t a i n l y;carana fe e t ;ka mala

lotus; parisare ne a r; sareriyamanasru sh e d d i ng tears; nipatati f e l l d o w n ; sma
indeed;svayam personally; eva indeed;aye 0; tvam you;eva indeed;
ramanandah Ra m a nanda;asi ar e ; i ti t h u s ; bh a g avata b y t h e L o r d ;
sanugraham me r c i f u l l y; ukte i n t h e w o r d s; atha t h e n ; k im w h a t ? ;i ti t h u s ;
ca and; pratyuce re p l i e d;tad anu th e n ; bh agavata by t h e L o r d; api a l s o ;
sarvabhauma of Sarvabhauma;anurodhena by the mercy; bhagavat of the Lord;
alokanam th e s ight; abhistam de s i r e d;mama of m e ; i ti t h u s ;ma ya b y m e ;
atra he r e; ksanam fo r a m o m e n t;avasthitam st o o d ; t at t h a t ; su v ih it-am
nicely placed; eva in d e e d; vihitam pl a c e d;bhavata b y t h e L o r d; yat w h a t ;
svayam pe r s onally; eva in d e e d;samupasede sa t; tat t h a t ; uc y a tam s h o u l d b e
said; kincit s o m e t h i ng; it i t h u s ;ab h a ni sa i d ;ta t ah th e n ;ya d yapi a l t h o u g h ;
ramanandah Ra m a nanda;hi in d e e d ; kah w h o ? ; ay am t h i s ;k im w h a t ? ;
nama in d e e d; kim w h a t ? ; ma hima gl o r y ; k im w h a t ? ;as ayah re s t i n g p la ce;
kim w h a t?; tattvam th e t r u t h ; i ti t h u s ;k i m w h at ? ; api al s o ;bh a gavat t o
the Lord; visayaka in r e l a t i o n;jnana kn o w l e d g e;visesana de s c ription;
abhij nah kn o w i n g; tathapi st i l l ; ci ra k a2a -for a long time; ka2ita satata -sakhya-
sukha subhag-a gam b-havuk-ah feeling great transcendental happiness;iva a s i f ;
nihsadhvasa co n f i dentially; eva in d e e d; kimapi so m e t h i n g;pathitum t o
recite; upacakrame be g a n; manah th e h e a r t ; y a di i f ; na not ; n i r j i t a m
conquered; kim w h a t ? ; amuna wi t h t h i s ; ta pasyadina be g i n n i ng with austerity;
katham ho w ? ; sah th i s ;ma n asah of t h e m i n d ;j ayah co n q u e s t;yadi if ; n a
not; cintyate is m e d i t a ted;madhavah Ma d h a v a; kim w h a t ? ; as ya of h i m ; c a
and; vicintanam me d i t a t i o n;yadi if ; na no t ; ha n t a ce r t a i n l ycetah ; of the
heart; dravah me l t i n g; sah th a t ;va or ; ka t h a m ho w . ; ah a h Oh ; bh a v et i s ;
yadi if; na no t ; vasana of d e s i r e s;ksalanam p u r i f i c a t i o n.

Brahmana: Ramananda then approached the Lord and, with tears in his eyes,
fell down before the Lord's lotus feet. The Lord then mercifully said: "Ah, you
are Ramananda?" Ramananda said: "Yes, I am Ramananda." The Lord said,
"Following Sarvabhauma's instructions, I have come here to see you. I will si t
beside you. I will ask questions, and you will give answers. Who is the Supreme
Personality of Godhead? What is His name? What are His glories? What is the
shelter of everything? What is the Absolute Truth?" In this way Lord Caitanya
spent a long time asking questions about the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Immersed in the happiness of transcendental friendship, Ramananda
confidently recited the following verse to answer the Lord s questions. He said,
"If one cannot control his mind, then what is the use of performing austerities?
If the mind is not fixed in th o u ght of Lord M a d h ava (Krsna), then what is the
u se of controlling the mind? If the heart does not melt with l ove for Lord K r s n a ,
then what is the use of meditating on Him? If one does not abandon all material
desires, then what is the use of melting in love for Lord Kr s na?"

Text 52

bhagavan: bahyam etat ka .vidya

bahyam ex t e rnal; etat th a t ; ka wh a t ? ;vi d ya re a l k n o w l e d g e .

Bhagavan: That is external. What is real knowledge?

Text 53

ramanandah: hari bhak-tir

eva na punar veda-di nisp-annatata

hari to L o rd H a r i; bhaktih de v o t i o n al service;

eva in d e e d; na no t ; p u n a h
again; veda adi -beginning with the Vedas; nispannatata r e j e c t io n.

Ramananda: Devotion to Lord Hari (K r s na) is real knowl edge. Knowledge of

the material portion of the Vedas and other scriptures is not real knowledge.

Text 50

bhagavan: kirtih ka

kirtih fa m e ; ka what?

Bhagavan: What is real fame?

Text 55

ramanandah: bhagavat paro yam -iti ya khyatir na danadi ja -

bhagavat parah a devotee of the Lord; ayam he ; it i t hu s ;y a w h at ;

-

khyatih fa m e ; na not; dana gi v i ng in charity; adi be g i n n i n g w i t h; ja

produced.

Ramananda: Real fame is to be famous as a great devotee of the Lord. To be

famous as a great philanthropist who gives money in charity is not real fame.
 Text 56

bhagavan: ka srih .

ka wh a t ?; srih we alth.

Bhagavan: What is real wealth?

Text 57

ramanandah: tat priy-ata na va dhana jana gra-madi bhuyisthata.

tat-priyata l o v e for the Lord; na no t ; v a or; dhana mo n e y;jana

followers; grama vi l l a g e s;adi be g i n n i n g;bhuyisthata gr e a t n e ss.

Ramananda: Real wealth is love for Krsna. To possess money, followers, and
villages is not real wealth.

Text 58

bhagavan: kim duhkham.

kim w h a t?; duhkham su f fering.

Bhagavan: What is suffering?

Text 59

ramanandah: bhagavat priyas-ya

viraho no hrd vranad-i vyatha-

bhagavat priyasy-a of a devotee of the Lord;virahah se p a r a tion;na no t; u

indeed; hrd vrana -adi vya-tha -a wound to the heart or other suffering.

Ramananda: Real suffering is not to have the association of a dear devotee of

Lord Krsna. A wound at the heart or some other kind of material suffering of the
body is not real suffering.

Text 60

bhagavan: bhadram ke mukt.ah.

bhadram ggod; ke who?;muktah are the liberated souls.

Bhagavan: Good. Who are the liberated souls?

 Text 61

ramanandah:

pratyasattir hari ca-ranayoh sanurage na rage

pritih prematisayini harer bhakti yo-ge nayoge
astha tasya pranaya ra-bhasasyopadehe na dehe
yesam te hi prakrti sa-rasa hanta mukta na muktah

pratyasattir hari ca-ranayoh for Lord Haris feet; sanurage wi t h l o v e; na n o t ;

rage in m a t erial things; pritih lo v e ;pr e matisayini wi t h g r e at love;harer bhakti
yoge in Hari-bhakti-yoga; na no t ; yo ge in o t h e r y o g a;astha s i t u a t i o n ;
tasya of h i m; pr anaya rab-hasasya gr e at love;upadehe in t he spiritual form;
na no t; dehe in t h e m a t e rial form;yesam of w h o m ; te th e y ;hi i n de e d ;
prakrti sar-asa by nature; hanta ce r t a i n l y; muktah l i b e r a t e d;na not;
muktah th e so-called liberated souls.

Ramananda: They who love Krsna's lotus feet and do not love anything else,
who delight in bhakti-yoga, the yoga of devotional service and are not attracted
to astanga-yoga or any other kind of yoga, who place their love in the
transcendental form of Lord Kr sna, and not in th eir own ex t ernal material body,
is actually liberated and free from the material world. Non-devotees who claim
to be liberated are not so.

Text 62

bhagavan: bhavatu.
kim geyam

bhavatu it is so; kim w h a t ? ; geyam sh o u l d be sung.

Bhagavan: It is so. What should be glorified in song?

Text 63

ramanandah: vraj a keli

kar-ma-

vraj a o f Vraja; keli-karma p a s t i m e s .

Ramananda: Krsna s pastimes in Vraja.

Text 60

bhagavan: kim iha sreyah

kim w h a t?; iha h e r e ;sreyah th e best.

B hagavan: What is the best thing in the wo r l d ?

Text 65

ramanandah: satam sangatih

satam of t he devotees;sangatih th e a ssociation.

Ramananda: The association of saintly devotees.

Text 66

bhagavan: kim smartavyam

kim w h a t?; smartavyam sh o u l d be remembered.

Bhagavan: What should be remembered?

Text 67

ramanandah: aghari nama-

ag hari Kr s n a 's; nama name.

Ramananda: Krsna's name.

Text 68

bhagavan: kim anudhyeyam

kim w h a t?; anudhyeyam sh o u l d be meditated.

Bhagavan: On what should one meditate?

Text 69

ramanandah: murareh padam

murareh Kr s n a 's;padam feet.

Ramananda: Krsna's feet.

 Text 70

bhagavan: kva stheyam

kva where?;stheyam should be stayed.

Bhagavan: Where should one reside?

Text 71

ramanandah: vraja eva.

vraj e in Vraja; eva in d eed.

Ramananda: In Vraja.

Text 72

bhagavan: kim sravanayor anandi

kim what?; sravanayoh on the ear;

anandi happy.

Bhagavan: What should make the ear happy?

Text 73

ramanandah: vrndavana kridai-ka

vrndavana Vrndavana;krida pastsmes;eka alone.

Ramananda: Only Krsna s pastimes in Vrndavana.

Text 70

bhagavan: kim upasyam atra

kim w h a t?; upasyam sh o u l d be worshiped;atra here.

Bhagavan: Who should be worshiped there?

Text 75

ramanandah: mahasi sri krsna rad-habhi-dhe

 mahasi gr e at; sri krsna r-adha abhidhe Ra d h a -Krsna.

Ramananda: Srz Srz Radha-Krsna are the supreme object of worship .

Text 76

bhagavan: bhadram uc.yatam ucyatam

bhadram go o d; ucyatam sp e a k;ucyatam sp eak.

Bhagavan: Good. Speak on. Speak on.

Text 77

ramanandah: (svagatam) itah param kim vaktavyam pras.nanurupam uditam eva.

adhunayad vaktavyam tenasya sukham bhavati na veti najanami (i ti .ksanam
abhicintya prakasam ).

nirvana nimb-a phala-m eva rasanabhij nas

cusyantu nama rasa tattva -vido v-ayam tu
syamamrtam madana mant-hara gopa -rama-
netranj a2z cu2uk-itav asitam pibamah

svagatam as ide;itah param th e n ; k im w h a t 7 ;va k t avyam ca n b e said;

prasna qu e s tions; anurupam ac c o r d i n g;uditam sp o k e n ;eva indeed;
adhuna no w; yat wh a t ; va k t a vyam ma y b e s aid;tena by H i m ; as ya o f h i m ;
sukham ha p p i n ess;bhavati is ; na no t ; va or ; i t i th u s ; na n ot ;j a n a m i I
know; iti t h u s ; ks anam fo r a m o m e n t;abhicintya th i n k i n g ;pr a k asam s a y s
aloud; nirvana of i m p e r s o n al liberation;nimba phalam -the bi t t er nimba fruit;
eva in d e ed; rasa anabhi-jnah th e y w h o do n o t u n d e r s t ands w e etness;cusyantu
drink; nama in d e e d;rasa tattva v-idah -they who do understand sweetness;
vayam we; tu but;syama dark; am-rtam nectar;madana by Kamadeva;
manthara ag i t a ted;gopa rama -gopis; netranj ali co r n e rs of the eyes;
culukitau dr u n k ; as itam da r k ; pi b a mah w e d r i n k .

R amananda: (aside) W ha t m or e can I say to answer the Lord? I do n o t

know what further words I can say that will give Him ha p p i n ess. (Reflecting for
a moment, he says openly) T hey wh o cannot taste sweetness will drink t h e
bitter nimba juice of impersonal liberation. We, however, who know w hat is
sweet, drink the dark, sweet nectar the amorous gopzs drank through the
corners of their eyes."

Text 78

bhagavan: punar anyad ucyatam samanarthakam etat

 punah ag ain; anyat an o t h e r;ucyatam sh o u l d be said;samana same;
arthakam me a n i n g; etat t h i s .

Bhagavan: Go on speaking like this.

Text 79

ramanandah: itah param pratipadyam eva nasti. kim anyad vaktavyam (i.ti
manasi vicarya prakasam ).

n1can eva pathas cakora yuv-at1 yut-henayah kurvate

sadyah sphatikayanti ratna gha-titam yah pada pith-avalim
yah praksalita mr-stayor j a2a 2av-a pra-syanda san-kakrtas
tah krsnasyapadabjayornakha ma-ni jyo-tsnasciram pantuvah

itah param be y o nd thi s; pratipadyam to b e e xp l a ined;eva in d e e d;na n o t ;

asti is; kim wh a t 7 ;an yat el s e ;vaktavyam ma y b e s aid;iti th i s ; ma n a si i n
the mind; vicarya co n s i d e ring;prakasam op e n ly says;n1can lo w ; eva i n d e e d ;
pathah path;cakora yuva-t1 yuth-ena the cakora bird couples;yah who;
kurvate do ; sadyah at o n c e; sphatikayanti ma k e l i k e c rystal;ratna ghati-tam
studded with jewels; yah on e w h o ; pa da p1tha-va2im fe et; yah wh o ; pr a k s a2ita
mrstayoh wa s h e d;j ala lava -prasy-anda sank-akrtah me l t i ng into tears;tah t h e y ;
krsnasya of L o rd K rs na; pada fe e t ; abj ayoh lo t u s ; nakha na i l s ;ma ni j e w e l s ;
jyotsnah sp l e n d o r;ciram forever; pantu m a y p r o t e ct vah u s .

R amananda: I cannot say anything beyond this. (He thinks for a moment ,
and then says openly) Licked by the cakora birds of the young gop1s, making
the Lord s footprints shine like crystal studded with jew els, and making the
candrakanta jewels of the gop1s eyes melt into many tears, may that moonlight
of Lord Krsna's toenails protect you all.

Text 80

bhagavan: kavyam evaitat punar uc.yatam

kavyam po e t r y; eva indeed; etat th i s ; punah ag a i n ;ucyatam sh o uld be

sald.

Bhagavan: This is poetry. Speak again.

Text 81

ramanandah: (ksanam vicintya)

sr1vatsasya ca kaustubhasya ca rama devyas ca -garhakaro

 radha pada s-aroja yavaka raso vaksah s-thala s-tho hareh
ba2arka dyuti manda2iva timirais chandena vandi krta
ka2indyah payasiva piva v-ikacam sonotphalam patu nah

srivatsasya of S rivatsa;ca an d ; ka u stubhasya of K a u s t u b ha;ca an d ; r a m a

devyah the goddess of fortune; ca and; garhakarah the form;radha of Radha;
pada sa-roj a lotus feet; yavaka ra-sah re d lac; vaksah st-hala on t he chest;
sthah si t u a ted; hareh of H a r i; ba2arka ri s i n g s un;dyuti sp l e n d o r;manda2z
circle; iva li k e ; ti m i r a ih by d a r k n e s s;chandena by v e r s e;vandi kr-ta pr a y e rs;
kalindyah of t he Yamuna;payasi in t h e w a t e r;iva li k e ; pi va vi-kacam
blossomed; sona re d; utphalam lo t u s ; pa tu ma y p r o t e c t;nah u s .

Ramananda: (reflecting for a moment) Shining as a rising sun prayed to by

the darkness or as a blossoming red lotus in the Yamuna s water, and eclipsing
the goddesss of fortune, the Kaustubha gem, and the Srzvatsa mark, may Srz
Radha's red-lac lotus-foot-mark on Lord Hari's chest, protect us all.

Text 82

bhagavan: idam api tatha.

idam th i s; api al s o ; ta t ha li ke that.

Bhagavan: It is like that.

Text 83

ramanandah: (caranau dhrtva)

sakhi na sa ramano naham

ramaniti bhidavayor aste
prema raseno-bhaya mana i-va
madano nispipesa balat

atha va

aham kanta kantas tvam iti na tadanim matir abhun

mano vrttir lup-ta tvam aham iti nau dhir api hata
bhavan bharta bharyaham iti yad idanim vyavasitas
tathapi prananam sthitir iti vicitram kim aparam

caranau bo th f eet;dhrtva ho l d i n g ; sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;na no t ; sa h H e;

ramanah lo v e r; na no t ; ah am I; ra m a n i gop i - b e l o v e d;iti th u s ; b h i d a
difference; avayoh of u s ; as te is ; pr e ma rasena -by thenectarifl o v e; ubhaya
both; manah he a r t s;iva in d e e d ;madanah ka m a d e v a;nispipesa cr u s h e s;
balat vs olently; atha va or ; ah am I; ka n t a bel o v e d ;ka n tah be l o v e d;tvam
You; iti th u s ; na no t ; ta d a n im th e n ; ma t ih co n c e p t i o n;abhut wa s ; ma n ah
of the mind; vrttih ac t i v i t i e s;2upta lo s t ; tvam Yo u ; ah am I ; i t i th u s ; n a u
We; dhih co n c e ption; api al s o ;ha ta de s t r o y e d;bhavan Yo u ; bh a rta
husband; bharya wi f e ; ah am I; i t i th u s ; ya t wh at ; id a n im no w ; vy a v a s itas
tathapi st i l l; prananam of l i f e - b r e ath;sthitih si t u a t i o n; iti t h u s ; v i c i t r a m
wonderful; kim w h a t ? ;aparam s u p r e m e .

Ramananda: (assuming the role of Srimati Radha talking to a gopi-friend, he

grasps Lord Caitanya's feet and says:) 0 gopi-friend, He is not My lover, and I
am not His lover. There is now no di f f erence between Us. The god of love has
crushed both our hearts into a powder and made a paste of the nectar of perfect
love.
I no longer think "I am Your beloved and You are My beloved". For Us the
conception of "I" and "Y ou" is now destroyed. Still, I continue to think " You ar e
My husband, and I am Your wi f e." What could be more surpri sing than this?

Text 80

sarvabhaumah: tato bhagavata kim uditam.

tatah th e n; bhagavata by t h e L o r d; kim w h a t ? ; ud i t am wa s said.

Sarvabhauma: What did the Lord say then?

Text 85

viprah: tada yad ava2ok-itam tadaka2aya

dhrta phana -iva bhogi garudiyasya ganam

tad uditam -ati raty a-karn-a yan sa-vadh-anam
vyadhikaranataya vananda vaivas-yato va
prabhur atha kara padme-nasyam asyapy adhatta

tada th e n; yat wh a t ; av a 2okitam se e n;tada th e n ; ak a 2aya li s t e n; dhrta

phana wi t h h o o d s; iva as ; bh o gi a s n a k e ;garudiyasya of a s na ke-doctor;
ganam si n g ing; tad uditam -said; ati raty aka-rna -on the ear;yan savadh-anam
carefully; vyadhikaranataya by d i s e ase;va or ; an a nda vaivasy-atah by b l i s s;
va or; prabhuh th e L o r d ; at ha th e n ; ka ra p admen-a wi t h H is l o t us hand;
asyam the mou t h; asya of h i m ; api al s o ;ad h a tta h e l d .

Brahmana: Listen to the description of what I saw. Lord Caitanya became

like a cobra, itshood expanded as it hears a snake-doctor chant a mantra to
neutralize the power of venom. Overwhelmed either by some disease, or by
trancendental bliss, Lord Caitanya suddenly placed His lotus hand over
Ramananda's mouth.

Text 86
 raja: bhattacarya ko yam sandarbhah .

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya;kah wh a t ? ;ayam th i s ;sa ndarbhah t h e

explanation.

King: Bhattacarya, what is the meaning of this?

Text 87

bhattacaryah: maharaj a nirupadhi hi prema kathancid apy upadhim na sahate iti

purvardhe bhagavatoh krsna rad-hayor anupadhi prema srutva tad eva purusarthi
krtam bhagavata mu.kha pid-hanam casya tad rah-asyatva pra-kasakam

maharaj a 0 ki n g ; ni r u padhi li m i t l e s s;hi in d e e d ;prema lo v e ; ka t h ancit

somehow; api al s o; upadhim de s i g n a t ion;na no t ; sa h a te t o l e r a t e s; iti t h u s ;
purva the fsrst; ardhe ha l f; bhagavatoh of t h e L o r d; krsna rad-hayoh of R a dha
and Krsna; anupadhi wi t h o u t d e s ignation;prema th e l o v e; srutva h a v i n g
heard; tat th a t ; eva i n d e e d ;purusarthi krta-m fu l f i l l i ng t he goals of human life;
bhagavata by t he Lord; mukha mo u t h ; pi d h a nam co v e r i n g;ca al s o ;asya o f
Him; tad rahas-yatva th e secret;prakasakam re v e a ling.

Bhattacarya: King, the love that Radha and Krsna bear for each other is
completely pure and free from any impurity. When Lord Caitanya heard
Ramananda openly describe that pure love He stopped him by placing His hand
over his mouth. That love is too confidential to be openly described in this
world.

Text 88

viprah: tada cikura kalapa-m dvidha krtva tenaiva tac carana -yugam -vestayitva
nipatya gaditam

maha rasika s-ekhata-h sarasa natya 2-72a gu-ruh-

sa eva hrdayesvaras tvam asi me kim u tvam stumah
tavaitad api sahaj am vividha bhumika -svi krtir- -

na te nayati bhumika bhavati no ti vismapin-i

(iti citam carana kamalam -dhrtva rudann asit madhye m.adhye kincid gadati ca.)

akasmiko nu vidhina nidhir abhyanayi

bhagnah kim indur amrtasyayad esapatah
ananda bhuruha -phalam s-u vipac ca-rinam-
drstam yad eva tava deva padaravindam

bhagavan yathaivadya maya svapne drstam tathaiva saksad api (iti puna.r api
padau dhrtva roditi bhagavan .gadham parisvajate )atah para.m nimantrayitva. vipra
varena samagatya deva aparahno j atah ity ukto bhagavan madhyandina karmane
calitavan vayam api tac c-aranaravindam pranamya tad ahar eva pratyajigamisavah
smQ.

tada th e n; cikura k-alapam ha i r ; dv idha krtva di v i d i n g in t wo p a r t s;tena

by him; eva in d e e d; tat ca-rana yu-gam Hi s f eet; vestayitva co v e r i n g;nipatya
falling; gaditam sp o k e n; maha ra-sika se-khatah th e k i ng of they who relish
transcendental mellows; sarasa sw e e t;natya dr a m a ; 2z2a pastimes; guruh t h e
guru; sah He; eva indeed;hrdaya of the heart; isvarah the Lord;tvam You;
asi ar e; me of m e ; k im w h a t ? ; u i n d e e d tv ; am Yo u ; st u m ah w e g l o r i f y w i t h
prayers; tava of Y o u; etat th i s ; api al s o ;sa haj am natural; vividha bh-umika
svi krt-ih as suming various forms;na no t ; te of Y o u ; na y a ti le a d s ;bhumika
form; bhavati is ; nah us ; at i v i s -mapini fi l l i n g w i t h w o n d e r;iti th u s ;c i t a m
carana kam-alam lo t us feet; dhrtva ho l d i n g ; ru d an cr y i n g ;as it wa s ; ma d h ye
madhye in t he mid d l e; kincit so m e t h i n g;gadati sa y s ;ca an d ; ak a s mikah
suddenly; nu in d e e d;vidhina by f a t e ;nidhih tr e a s u r e;abhyanayi b r o u g h t ;
bhagnah br o k e n; kim w h e t h e r ? ; induh mo o n ; am r t a sya of n e c t a r;yat w h a t ;
esah th i s; patah fa l l i n g ; ananda of b l i s s;bhuruha of t h e t r e e;phalam t h e
fruit; su vipa-t cari-nam of c alamities;drstam si g h t ; yat wh a t ; eva i n d e e d ;
tava of You;deva 0 Lord;pada feet; aravindam lotus; bhagavan 0 Lord;
yatha as; eva indeed; adya no w ; ma ya by m e ; sv a p ne in a d r e a m;drstam
seen; tatha as; eva ce r t a i n l y;saksat di r e c t l y;api al s o ;iti th u s ;p u n a h
again; api al s o;padau fe e t ;dhrtva ho l d i n g ; ro d iti cr i e s ;bhagavan t h e L o r d ;
gadham firmly; parisvaj ate em b r a ces;atah param th e n ; ni m a ntrayitva
requesting; vipra varen-a wi th t he great brahmana;samagatya ar i v i n g; d eva 0
Lord; aparahnah af t e r n o o n; ja t ah m a n i f e s t e d;iti th u s ;uk t ah s a i d ;
bhagavan the Lord; madhyandina karm-ane for m i d d ay duties;calitavan w e n t ;
vayam we ; api al s o ; tat Hi s ; ca r a na aravi-ndam lo t u s f eet;pranamya
bowing; tat th a t ; ah ah da y ;eva ce r t a i n l y;pratyajigamisavah w e r e t u r n e d ;
sma in d e ed.

Brahmana: Ramananda then divided the hair on his head into two part s.
Falling down before Lord Caitanya, and placing His parted hair around Hi s
lotus feet, Ramananda said: "You are the charming king of they who reli sh
transcendental mellows. You are the charming teacher of the transcendental
pastimes of dancing. You are the Lord of the heart. Who has the power to
properly glorify You? It is natural for You to assume many different forms, but
this form of a sannyasz is not very natural for You. This sannyasz form of Yours
is very surprising for me." R a m ananda grasped Lord Caitanya's feet and cried
for a long time. At last he finally said: "Has my destiny brought me a mine of
precious jewels, or to a flood of nectar flowing from the mo on> 0 L o rd , now I
am able to see Your lotus feet, which are the ripe fruits of the tree of
transcendental bliss. 0 Lord, what I had pr eviously seen in a dream I am now
able to see directly." Ramananda then again clutched the Lord's lotus feet and
began to cry, and Lord Caitanya responded by embracing Ramananda. Then one
of Ramananda Raya's brahmana ministers approached and said: "Lord, the
a fternoon is now beginning." Lord Caitanya then left to perform His m i d d a y
duties. We bowed down before His lotus feet, and on that day we began our
return j ourney.
 Text 89

sarvabhaumah: tad adhuna visramyatam bhavadbhih.

tat th e n; adhuna no w ; vi s r a myatam sh o u l d be rested;bhavadbhih by you.

Sarvabhauma: Now you should all take rest.

Text 90

viprah: yathajnapayati bhavan

viprah: yatha as;ajnapayati order;bhavan you.

The Brahmana: As you order.

Text 91

(raja paritosakam dadati vipra.h sadaram adaya niskrantah.)

( tatah pravisati dauvarikah ) .
dauvarikah: devakarnata patin-amaha rajen-apresitam upayanam adaya tad
amatyo ma22abhatta nama -pandita rajo d-varam adhyaste

raja th e k i n g; paritosakam gi f t ; da dati gi v e s ;viprah th e b r a h m a n a s;

sadaram wi t h r e s pect;adaya ta k i n g ; niskrantah ex i t ; ta t ah th e n ;pr a v isati
enters;dauvarikah the doorkeeper;deva 0 Lord; karnata patina -maha rajena-
by the king of Karnataka; presitam se n t; upayanam gi f t ; ad a ya ta k i n g ;t a d
amatyah hi s m i n i s t e r;ma22abhatta nama -named Mallabhatta; pandita raj ah-
king ofbrahmanas; dvaram at t he d oo r; adhyaste s t a y s .

(The king gives them gifts and they respectfully exit.)

(A doorkeeper enters.)

Doorkeeper: The king of Karnataka has sent his learned brahmana minister
Mallabhatta with a gift. The learned brahmana waits at the door.

Text 92

sarvabhaumah: jnayate sau maha pandito b-havati.

jnayate is known; asau he ; ma ha panditah -a gr e at scholar; bhavati is.

Sarvabhauma: I know him. He is a very learned brahmana.

 Text 93

raja: pravesyatam

prav esy atam may enter.

King: He may enter.

Text 90

d auvarikah: yathaj napayati devah (it.i niskramya tam adaya pravisati ) .

yatha as; ajnapayati or d e r s ;devah th e l o r d ; i t i thus; niskramya exiting;

tam hi m; ad aya ta k i n g ;pr a visati e n t e r s .

Doorkeeper: As my lord orders. (He exits and re-enters with Mallabhatta.)

Text 95

sarvabhaumah: agacchantu bhattah. (ity utthanam natayati ) .

agacchantu ma y come; bhattah th e g r e at scholar;iti th u s ; ut t h a nam

natay ati ri s e s.

Sarvabhauma: A great scholar has come. (He rises.)

Text 96

ma22abhattah: (rajanam asirbhir abhyarcya) bhattacarya kim idam kriyate naham.

tavabhyutthaniyah. atha va

sadaiva tungah ki2a kancanaca2ah

sadaiva gambhiratamah payodharah
sadaiva dhira vinayaika bhusana-
2aksmih prakrtyaivaj anaih samiyate

raj anam the king; asirbhir abhyarcya blesses;bhattacarya 0 Bhattacarya;

kim w h a t?; idam th i s ; kr i y a te is d o n e ; na no t ; ah a m I; ta v a o f y o u ;
abhyutthaniyah sh o u ld be standing;atha va or ; sa da al w a y s ;eva i n d e e d ;
tungah ex a lted; ki2a in d e e d; kancanaca2ah the golden mountain; sada
always;eva indeed;gambhiratamah most deep;payodharah ocean;sada
always; eva in d e e d; dhira th o u g h t f u l ;vinayaika bhusana -with the ornament of
humbleness; 2aksmih La k s m i; prakrtya by n a t u r e ;eva in d e e dj; anaih b y
people; samiyate is worshiped.
 Mallabhatta: (offering blessings to the king) B h a t t acarya, what is this?
There is no need to stand on my account. The golden mountain Sumeru always
stands very tall. The seas are always very deep, goddess Laksmi is the natural
object of the people's worship, and the saintly devotees are always decorated
with the virtue of humbl eness.

Text 97

raja: idam asanam

idam th i s; asanam s e a t .

King: Here is a seat.

Text 98

ma22abhattah: yathaj nam upavisami (ity .upavisati ) .

yatha as; ajnam request; upavisami I s i t ; iti thu s ; up a v isati s i t s . )

Mallabhatta: As you request, I will sit. (He sits.)

Text 99

raja: api kusalam karnata pateh-

api wh e t h e r?; kusalam we l l a nd h appy;karnata pateh -the ki ng of

Karnataka.

King: Is the king of Karnataka well and happy?

Text 100

ma22abhattah: yasya bhavad vidhah -suhrdas tasya satatam eva tat. kintu
sampratam adhikam api

yasya of whom; bhavad vidhah -like you; suhrdah fr i e n d s;tasya o f h i m ;

satatam al w a ys;eva in d e e d;tat th a t ; ki n tu ho w e v e r ;sampratam n o w ;
adhi kam more; api even.

Mallbhatta: Because he has friends like your good self, therefore he is always
in an auspicious condition of li fe. However, now one very auspicious thing has
happened to him.
 Text 101

raja: kidrsam tat.

kidrsam li k e w h a t ?; tat that.

King: What is that?

Text 102

ma22abhattah: maharaj a etasmaj j anapadatah sa tirt-ha yat-ra vyg-j ena druta

kanaka dyu-tlr yatlndrah ko py eko yad ava-dhi hanta daksinasam sampraptas tad
avadhi so pi nirvrtatma

maharaja 0 gr e a t k i n g;etasmat fr o m t h a t;janapadatah fr o m t h e c it y; sa-

tlrtha yatr-a vyaj-ena on t he pretext of going on pllgrimage;druta m o l t e n ;
kanaka go ld; dyutih sp l e n d o r; yatindrah t h e k i n g of sannyasis;ko pi
someone; ekah al o n e;yad avad-hi th e n; hanta in d e e d ;daksinasam t h e s o u t h ;
sampraptah at t a i ned;tad avad-hi th e n; so pi He ; ni r v r t a t ma f i l l e dw i t h b l i s s .

Mallabhatta: 0 gr eat ki ng, on the pretext of going on pilgr i m age, a certain

regal sannyasl, His complexion the color of molten gold, came from this country
to the south. His presence in the south filled the king of Karnataka with bl i s s.

Text 103

sarvabhaumah: (sotkantham) bhattah kathayantu kathayantu.

sotkantham ea g er;bhattah Bh a t t a;kathayantu sp e a k;kathayantu speak.

Sarvabhauma: (eager) Bhatta, go on speaking. Go on speaking.

Text 100

raja: kathamiva

katham wh a t ?; iva like.

King: What is it?

Text 105

ma22abhattah: yathottaram eva daksinasyam disi kiyantah karma nisthah ka-ticid

eva j nana nistha vir-a2a eva satvatah pracuratarah pasupatah pracuratamah
pasandinah .tena tesam anynonya vada visamsthulanam uccavaca nirvacana caturya-
dhuryanam sva s-va matacarya v-aryanam prasangena prayaso bahulodvega eva no
mahl-palah.

yatha as; uttaram north; eva in d e e d; daksinasyam disi i n t h e s o u t h ;

kiyantah ho w m a n y ?; karma ni-sthah de v o t ed to fruitive work; katicit h o w
many?; eva in d e e d;j nana ni-stha in t e n e nt on speculative knowledge;viralah a
few; eva in d e e d;satvatah de v o t e es;pracuratarah ma n y ; pa supatah Sa i v i t e s;
pracuratamah ma n y ; pasandinah bl a s p h e mers;tena by t h a t; tesam o f t h e m ;
anynonya va-da conversation;visamsthulanam great;uccavaca ni-rvacana ca-turya
dhuryanam wi t h g r e at debates to establish the supremacy of a particulat view;
sva sva -ma-tacarya va-ryanam of t he teachers of various schools;prasangena
contact; prayasah mo s t l y; bahula ud-vega wi th g re at anxiety; eva in d e e d;nah
our; mahi pal-ah king.

Mallabhatta: As in the north, in the south there are many karmzs, many
jnams, a few Vaisnavas, very many Sivaites, and very many blasphemers. The
leaders of these different groups engage in bitter debate, each attempting to
establish the supremacy of his own view. This situation made our king very
anxious.

Text 106

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then.

King: Then? Then?

Text 107

ma22abhattah: akasmika praves-a matren-aiva tasya yati pater d-isi vidisi sananda
camatkaram sa mudhe-sv a bala vr-ddha -tarune-su lokesu didrksayopanatesu pandita
m anda2esv api parama nayana -subhag-aya vapur 2aksmyaiva prakati krtam -
mahimanam anubhuya vinopadesenapi karhy eva syam iti tat kala sam-udit-vara
vasana visesen-aj ata pulakas-ravah sarva eva sva sva mat-a pr-acyav-ena tat patha -

pravistha babhuvuh. tasya parampara sravane-na labdha parama-nando smin nara

2oka pa2as ta-d visesaca-ritam avagantum gudha vesenab-rahmanan prahityayavat
setubandham tatah pratyagamanavadhi ca tasya 2aukika camatka-ram tat tan muk-had-
anubhavan bhava dava da-hana j-valam eva vismrtavan

akasmika sudden;pravesa entrance;matrena only by;eva certainly;

tasya of H i m; ya ti pateh th - e leader of the sannyasis;disi vidisi in a ll d i r e c t ions;
sananda camatka-ram wo n d e r f ul bliss; sa mudhesu -with the fools; a bala vrdd-ha-
tarunesu up to c hi l d r e n, youths, and the old; lokesu th e p e o ple;
didrksayopanatesu ea ger to see;pandita mandales-u in the learned circles;api
even; parama nayana s-ubhagay-a great auspiciousness for the eyes;vapuh f o r m ;
laksmya by t he goddess of fortune;eva in d e e d;prakati krtam ma n i f e s t e d;
mahimanam gl o r y; anubhuya se e i n g;vina wi t h o u t ; up a desena te a c hing;api
also; karhi wh e r e ?; eva in d e e d;syam I a m ; i t i t h u s ;ta t k -ala t h e n ;
samuditvara v-asana v-isesena in a certain condition; jata p-ulaka ha i r s erect;
asravah sh e dding tears;sarve ev e r y o ne;eva in d e e d;sva sv-a m-ata
pracyavena own c o n c eptions;tat pa-tha that path; pravistha en t e r e d;
babhuvuh were;tasya of Him;parampara series; sravanena by hearing;
2abdha attained paramanandah s p i r i t u al bli ss;; asmin in t h i s ; na ra 2o-ka
palah ki n g ; tad vis-esacaritam th i s a ction;avagantum to u n d e r s tand;gudha
vesena in disguise; brahmanan br a h m a n a s;prahitya ap p j r o a ched;yavat a s ;
setubandham Se tubandha;tatah th e n ; pr a t yagamanavadhi to H i s r e t u r n; ca
and; tasya of H i m; / aukika o r d i n a r y ; camatkaram wo n d e r ;tat tan -mu-khat
from many mouths; anubhavan ex p e r i e ncing;bhava da-va da-hana jvalam t h e
forest-fire ofrepeated birth and death; eva in d e e d;vismrtavan f o r g o t .

Mallabhatta: When this regal sannyasi entered the south, young and old all
became struck with wond er. When the brahmanas, eager to see Him,
approached and saw the splendor of His transcendental form, wi t h out any
prompting they thought to themselves, " When will I become like that?" At t h a t
time they become overwhelmed with ecstatic love. The hairs of their bodies
stood erect and tears flowed from their eyes. They all gave up the various
theories they had previously accepted, and they became the followers of this
sannyasi. When our king heard of this he became overwhelmed with bl i ss. To
learn the specific details of this sannyasi s activities, the king disguised himself
as an ordinary citizen and approached the brahmanaas. When he heard from
their mouths of this sannyasi's wonderful activities traveling to and from
Setubandha, the king became overwhelmed and he completely forgot that he
was staying in the forest-fire of repeated birth and death.

Text 108

raja: amatya dhanyo sauyusmadiyo mahi palah. -

amatya 0 mi n i s t e r;dhanyah fo r t u n a t e;asau he ; yu s madiyah yo u r ; m a h i

palah king.

King: Minister, your king is for t u n ate.

Text 109

sarvabhaumah: kim kim srutam kincit ka.thyatam.

kim w h a t?; kim w h a t ? ;sr u tam he a r d ; k i n c it s o m e t h i n g ;ka thyatam tell.

Sarvabhauma: What, what did he hear> Tell us.

 Text 110

raja: amatya kathyatam.

amatya mi n i s t e r; kathyatam tell.

King: 0 mi n i s t er, please tell us.

Text ll l

ma22abhattah: ekasminn ahani nij a suk-havesena viga2ad vi2-ocana ja2a sak-a2a

dhauta kal-a dha-uta sar-iram romanca san-cayena muku2aku2ayamana kad-amba
bhuruhakaram bhagavan nam-a san-kirtana sa -gad-gada sva-ram sva ram-hasa
svananda vai-vasyena vartma par-icayabhavato pi yatha var-tmaiva calantam
bhagavantam alokya pasandino vaisnavo yam bhavati bhiksur bhagavat pra-sada
namnaivedam grahisyati tad .etad annam enam asayamah iti sva bhoj-ana yog-yam
asucitarannam sthalyam nidhaya puro gatva svamin bhagavat pras-adam imam grhana
iti sravayitva samucire cirena bha.gavan sarvaj no pi bhagavat pras-ada nam-na tat
tyagam asahamana eva panau grhitva tat sahitam eva panim udgamya calitavan
samanantaram eva mahata kenapi vihagena cancu pute -krtva tad annam bhagavat
kara talata-h samadaya samuddmam

ekasmin on o n e; ahani da y ; nij a sukh-avesena wi th b l i s s; viga2ad vi2oc-ana

j ala wit tears streming from his eyes; sakala dhaut-a wa shed; kala dhaut-a
sariram bo d y ; ro manca sanca-yena wi th h e airs standing up; mukula b u d s '
akulayamana fslled;kadamba kadamba; bhuruha tree;akaram form;
bhagavat of t he Lord; nama th e n a m e s; sankirtana gl o r i f y i n g;sa gadga-da
svaram in a choked up voice; sva ramha-sa overcome; svananda vaivas-yena
overcome with bliss; vartma parica-yabhavatah on t he path; api ev e n ;ya t ha a s ;
vartma th e p ath; eva in d e e d;calantam wa l k i n g ; bhagavantam t h e L o r d ;
alokya se e ing;pasandinah bl a s p h e mers;vaisnavah de v o t e es;ayam t h i s ;
bhavati be c o mes;bhiksuh sa n n y a si;bhagavat of t he L o r d;prasada m e r c y ;
namna wi t h t he name; eva in d e e d;idam th i s ;gr a h isyati wi l l t a k e ;tat t h a t ;
etat th a t; annam fo o d ; en am th i s ;as ayamah sh e l t e r;iti th u s ;sva bhoj an-a
yogyam su i t a ble to eat;asucitarannam impure f-ood; sthalyam in the place;
nidhaya placing; purah before;gatva having gone;svamin 0 Lord;bhagavat
prasadam bh a gavat-prasadam;imam this; grhana pl e a se take;iti t h u s ;
sravayitva sa y i n g; samucire sa i d ;cirena in a l o n g t i m e ;.bhagavan t h e L o r d ;
sarvaj nah om n i s c ient; api an d ; bh a gavat prasada -namna -calledbhagavat-
prasada; tat th a t; tyagam rejecting; asahamanah no t t o l e r ating;eva i n d e e d ;
panau in the hand; grhitva ta k i n g ; tat th a t ; sa h itam wi t h ; ev a i n d e e d ;
panim ha n d; udgamya ta k i n g ;calitavan we n t ; sa manantaram th e n ; ev a
indeed; mahata gr e a t; kenapi by a c e r t a in;vihagena bi r d ; ca ncu pute i n i - t s
beak; krtva ha v i ng d one;tad annam th a t f o o d;bhagavat kara talat-ah f-rom the
Lord's hand; samadaya taking; samuddmam flying.

Mallabhatta: One day, absorbed in transcedental bliss, His garments wet

w ith tears and His hairs of His body standing up as kadamba flowers in bloom ,
overcome with bliss, in a choked voice He chanted the Lord's holy name as He
walked on the road. Seeing Him, some atheists said to themselves, "This is a
Vaisnava. He will accept alms from us if we tell Him th e food if bh agavat-
prasadam." The atheists then took some impure food fit only for d o gs, and
placed it before the sannyasi, saying, "0 svami, please accept this bhagavat-
prasadam." Even though, He knew all that had happened, when He heard the
words "bhagavat-prasadam" He could not reject it, but in stead He took the plate
of food in His hand. At that moment a great bird swooped down, took the plate
from the His hand, and with the plate in its beak, flew away.

Text 112

sarvabhaumah: aho mohasya mahimaisam.

yan may-aya mudha dhiy-o

bhavanti bhuvanesvarah
tam apiha bhramayitum
ksudranam ayam udyamah

ahah oh; mohasya of i l l u s i o n; mahima th i s l g o r u; esam th i s ; y a n

mayaya by His illuosry potency;mudha dhiy-ah bewildered;bhavanti become;
bhuvanesvarah th e m o st intelligent; tam th a t ; api a l s o ;i ha h e r e ;
bhramayitum to b e w i l d e r; ksudranam of t h e s ma ll;ayam th i s ;ud ya mah
endeavor.

Sarvabhauma: Ah, this is the greatness of the illusory potency. Even the
great demigods controlling the universe are bewildered by the illu sory potency
m aya. Certainly maya can easily bewilder the tiny creatures of this wor l d .

Text 113

ma22abhattah: anye dyur a-nyatra kutrapi brahmana grhe ya-drcchayopagatas tam

brahmanam kevalam rama rama rameti nama matra j-apa paraya-nam drstva gatavan
pratyagamana samaye -punas tam alokayitum tatraiva samuttirnas tam eva krsna
krsna krsnety evam apantam
j drstva prstavan brahmana katham gamana samaye-
rama rama ramety evamjapan bhavan aloki. adhuna krsna krsna krsnety evajapann
alokyate tat katha.yasya tattvam iti. tada sa uce bhagavan tavaiva prabhavo yam
yatah saisavavadhi rama nama m-atra ja-pa parayan-o ham bhagavad darsana-
matrena krsna krsna krsnety eva me vadanan nihsarati. balad apy aham etan
nivartayitum na saknomiti tavaiva darsana doso ya-m na mama iti.

anye dyuh a-nother time; anyatra kutrapi in another place;brahmana grhe -

at a brahmana's home;yadrcchaya spontaneously;upagatah arrived;tam him;

brahmanam th e b ra hmana;kevalam on l y ; ra ma rama rama iti nama t h e n a m e s
Rama Rama Rama; matra on l y ;ja pa ch a n t i n g ;pa rayanam de v o t e d;drstva
seeing; gatavan we n t; pratyagamana samaye -on return; punah again; tam
 him; alokayitum to s e e;tatra th e r e ;eva in d e e d ;samuttirnah ri s e n ; t a m
him; eva in d e e d; krsna krsna krsna iti Kr s n a K r s na Krsna;evam t h u s ;
j apantam ch a n t i n g; drstva ha v i n g s een;prstavan as k e d; brahmana 0
brahmana; katham wh y ? ; gamana s-amaye wh e n going; rama rama rama iti
Rama Rama Rama; evam in t h is way;j apan ch a n t i n g;bhavan yo u ; al o ki s e e n ;
adhuna no w; kr s na krsna krsna iti Kr s n a K r s na Krsna;eva in d e e d;j apan
chanting; alokyate se e n;tat kathaya te l l ; as ya of t h i s ; ta t t vam th e t r u t h ; i t i
thus; tada th e n; sah he ; uc e sa i d ;bh a gavan 0 Lo r d ; ta va of Y o u ; e v a
indeed; prabhavah po w e r; ayam th i s ;ya t ah fr o m w h i c h ; sa isava av-adhi f r o m
childhood; rama na-ma th e name of Rama;matra on l y ;j apa c h a n t i n g ;
parayanah de v o t e d;aham I; bhagavat of t he Lor d; darsana t h e s i g h t ;
matrena on ly b y; krsna krsna krsna iti Kr s n a K r s na Krsna;eva ce r t a i n l y;me
of me; vadanan fr o m t he mo u t h; nihsarati co m e s ;balat fo r c i b l y ;api a l s o ;
aham I; etan th e s e ;nivartayitum to s t o p ; na no t ; sa k n o mi I a m a b l e ;i t i
thus; tava Yo u r; eva in d e e d ;darsana th e s i g h t; dosah th e f a u l t; ayam t h i s ;
na no t; mama mi n e ; it i t hu s .

Mallabhatta: Another time He saw a brahmana staying at home and chanting

the holy names Rama Rama Rama. When the Lord arrived there the brahmana
suddenly started chanting Krsna Krsna Krsna. The Lord then asked him: "0
brahmana, at first you were chanting Rama, Rama, Rama, and now you are all of
a sudden chanting Krsna Krsna Krsna instead. Please tell Me why you have
changed." The brahmana replied: "0 Lord, since childhood I am devoted to
chanting the holy name Rama. Somehow or other, however, when I see You, the
names Krsna Krsna Krsna spontaneously come from my mouth. I have no power
to stop these names of Krsna. It is not my fault that these names of Krsna come
from me. They come only because I have seen You".

Text llk

raja: bhattacarya ko tra sandarbhah

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya;kah wh a t ? ;atra he r e ;sa ndarbhah t h e

meaning.

King: Bhattacarya, what is the meaning of this?

Text 115

bhattacarya: maharaj a yadyapi samanartham ubhayam eva.

ramante yogino 'nante

satyanande cid atmani -
iti rama padenasa-u
param brahmabhidhiyate

maharaj a 0 ki n g ; ya dyapi al t h o u g h ;samana eq u a l;ar t ham me aning;

ubhayam bo t h; eva i n d e e d ; ra mante en j o y ;yo ginah yo g i s ; anante l i m i t l e s s ;
satya sp i r i t u a l; anande bl i s s; cid atmani sp i r i t u a l self; iti t h u s ; r a m a -
padena by teh word Rama; asau th i s ; param brahma th e S u p r e me Brahman;
abhidhiyate is c alled.

Bhattacarya: Although the names Krsna and Rama are the same, still they are
also different. The name Rama is described in the scriptures in these words:

"The Supreme Absolute Truth is called Rama because the transcendentalists

take pleasure in the unlim i ted true pleasure of spiritual existence."'

Text 116

krsir bhu vac-akah sabdo

nas ca nirvrti vac-akah
tayor aikyam param brahma
krsna ity abhidhiyate

yatha as; krsih krs;bhu vaca-kah attractive fearture; sabdah word; nah
na;ca and; nirvrti vaca-kah pleasure;tayoh of them;aikyam one;param
brahma Su p r e me Brahman;krsna Kr s n a ; iti t h u s ; ab h i d hiyate i s c a l l e d .

The name Krsna is described in these words of the the scriptures:

"The word k rs' is the attractive feature of the Lord's existence, and na '
m eans spiritual pleasure. When the verb k r s " i s ad ded to the affix n a ' , i t
b ecomes Krsna, which indicates the Absolute Truth . " '

Text 117

iti para brahm-arthatvam samanam eva tathapi ratimatam rama ity ukte
raghunatha sphurti-h. krsna ity ukte vraj a raj a ku-mara -sphurti-r iti. sri krsna-
caitanyadevasya krsnatmakatvat tad darsan-e krsna sphurti-r evasphuratiti rahasyam

iti t h us; para brahma -t he Supreme Brahman; arthatvam t h e m e a n i n g ;

samanam the same; eva i n d e e d; tathapi st i l l ; ra t i m a tam o f t h o s e w ho
understand transcendental mellows; rama ity ukte t h e w o rd R ama;raghunatha
sphurtih is t he descendent of the Raghu dynasty;krsna i ty ukte t h e w o rd K r s n a ;
vraj a raj a kum-ara -sphurtir -iti is t he son of the king of Vraja;sri krsna -

caitanyadevasya of S ri Krsna Caitanyadeva;krsnatmakatvat be c a u se of being the

same as Krsna; tad darsane -on seeing Him; krsna sphurtih -t he ma n i festation of
Krsna; eva in d e ed; sphurati is m a n i f e s t; iti t h u s ; ra h a syam th e s e c ret.

In this way although Krsna and Rama are the same because they are both
names of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, still the name Rama refers to
Lord Ramacandra, and the name Krsna refers to the son of the king of Vraja.
Because Sri Krsna Caitanyadeva is Lord Krsna Himself, when the brahmana saw
Him, the name Krsna spontaneously appeared on his mouth. That is the secret
meaning of these activities. The glory of Krsna s name is also described in these
words of the scriptures:

Text 118

apl ca

sahasra na-mabhis tulyam

rama-nama varanane
sahasra nam-nam punyanam
trir avr-ttya tu yat phalam
ekavrttya tu krsnasya
namaikam tat prayacchati

iti rama nam-atah krsna nam-asreyah

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; sahasra nam-abhih wi t h t h o u s a nds ofna mes;tulyam

equal; rama nam-a the name of Rama;varanane 0 Pa r v a t i;sahasra nam-nam o f
thousands ofnames; punyanam pu r e ; tr ir a v r t ty-a th r e e t im e s;t u b u t ; y a t
what; phalam re s u l t; ekavrttya on e t i m e ; tu in d e e d ;kr s nasya o f K r s n a ;
nama na m e; ekam on e ; tat th a t ;pr a y a cchati gi v e s ;iti th u s ;r a m a
namatah th a n t he name Rama;krsna of K r s n a;nama th e n a m e ; sreyah
better.

"This holy name of Lord Ramacandra is equal to one thousand names of Lord
Visnu. The pious results derived from chanting the thousand holy names of
Visnu three times can be attained by only one repetition of the holy name of
Krsna."' Therefore the name of Krsna is better than the name of Rama.

Text 119

ma22abhattah: satyam etat asmabhir .api bhu pa2asya -sadasidam eva niranayi
evam daksinasyam disi ye ye visnu bhaktas -te ki2a raghunatha bhakti -dvaraiv-a vana
vase pancavatyadisu raghunatha carita c-aru sth-ala d-arsana-t tatraivanuraktis tesam
svabhaviki sampra.ti yatmdram enam alokya krsna paksa p-ata eva -babhuvuh. evam
kvacana sthale kam api brahmanam ati murkhat-aya sabdarthavabodha virahena-
suddhi varjitam -bhagavad gitam pa-thantam prayasah sarvair eva vihasyamanam atha
cayavat patham tavad eva pu2akasru vivasam -vi2okya, aho ayam uttamo dhikarzti
bhagavams tam avadit brahmayat pathyate tasya ko rthah iti. sa pratyuce svamin
naham artham kim api vedmi api tu partha ratha stha-m totr-a panim tam-ala syamam-
sri krsnam y-avat pathami tavad eva vilokayami iti. tada bhagavatoktam uttamo
dhikari bhavan gita pathasya i-ti tam a2i2inga. tad anu sa kha2u gita patha jad-
anandad api pracurataram anandam asadya svamin sa eva tvam iti bhumau nipatya
pranamann atisaya vihvalo ba-bhuva.
 satyam th e t ru t h; etat th a t ; as mabhih by u s ; api al s o ;bhu palasya o f t h e
king; sadasi in t he assembly;idam th i s ; e va i n d e e d ;nir anayi d e s c r i b e d ;
evam th u s; daksinasyam disi in t h e s o u t h; ye ye w h o e v e r;visnu b-haktah
Vaisnava; te th e y; kila in d e e d ;ra ghunatha to L o r d R a m acandra;bhakti
dvara by d e votion; eva i n d e e d; vana v-ase re sidence in the forest;
pancavatyadisu be g i n n i ng with Pancavati;raghunatha of L o r d R ama;carita
pastimes; caru be a u t i f u l; sthala pl a c e ;darsanat fr o m s e e ing;tatra there;
eva indeed; anuraktih at t a c h m e n t;tesam of t h e m; svabhaviki n a t u r a l ;
samprati no w ; ya t i n dram ki n g o f s a n n yasis;enam th i s ; al okya se e i n g;krsna
paksa pat-ah de votees of Krsna; eva i ndeed; babhuvuh h a v e b ecome; evam i n
this way; kvacana sthale i n s om e place; kam api a c e r t a in; brahmanam
b rahmana; ati-murkhataya w i t h g r eat folly; sabda o f t h e w o r ds; artha t h e
m eaning; avabodha u n d e r s tanding; virahena w i t h o u t ; su d dh i p u r i t y ;
v arjitam w i t h o u t ; b h agavad-gitam B h a g a vad-gita; pathantam r e c i t i n g ;
p rayasah m o s t ly; sarvaih b y e v e r y o ne; eva c e r t a i n ly; vihasyamanam l a u g h e d
a t; atha t h en ; ca a n d ; y a va t a s ; p a t h a m r ecitation; tavat t h e n ; ev a indeed;
pulaka h airs standing erect; asru t e a rs; vivasam o v e r c o me; vilokya s e e i n g ;
a hah oh; ayam t h i s ;u t t a ma h g r e a t e st; adhikari d e v o t ee; iti t h u s ;
b hagavan th e L o rd; tam t o h i m ; a v a di t s a i d ; b r a hm a b r a h m a n a ; yat w h a t ;
pathyate i s recited; tasya of t h at; kah w h a t ? ; ar tha h t h e m e a n i ng; it i t h u s ;
sah he; pratyuce r e p l i ed ; svamin L o r d ; n a n o t ; a h a m I ; a r t h a m th e
m eaning; kim api a n y t h i n g ; vedm i I u n d e r s t a nd; api a l t h o u g h ; t u i n d e e d ;
p artha of A r j u na; ratha o n t h e c h a r i ot; stham s t a n d i n g ; to tr a the reins;
panim i n His hand; tamala a s a tamala tree; syamam d a r k ; sr i - k r snam Sri
Krsna; yavat w h en ; pathami I r e a d ;ta vat th e n ; e va i n d e e d ; vil o kayami I
see; iti th u s ; tada th e n ; bh a gavata by t h e L o r d;uk tam sa i d ;ut t a mah b e s t ;
adhikari de v o t e e;bhavan yo u ; gi ta of t h e G i t a ;pathasya re c i t i n g;iti t h u s ;
tam hi m; a2i2inga em b r a c ed;tad anu t h e n ; sah he ; kh a 2u in d e e d ;gita o f
the Gita; patha jat pr o d u c ed from the recitation;anandat fr o m t h e b l i s s;api
even; pracurataram gr e a t;anandam bl i s s ;asadya at t a i n i n g;svamin 0 L o r d ;
sah He; eva i n d e e d; tvam Yo u ; it i th u s ; b h u m au t o t h e g r o u n d; nipatya
falling; pranamann of f e r i ng obeisances;atisaya vihvala-h ov e rcome;babhuva
became.

Mallabhatta: That is the truth. I have often explained these points in the
royal assembly. Still, in the south most Vaisnavas are devoted to Lord
Ramacandra. Because Lord Ramacandra enjoyed many pastimes in the Pancavati
forest and other places in the south, the devotees' attachment to Him is perfectly
natural. Now when they see this regal sannyasz in their midst, they become
devoted to Lord Krsna. At one place the Lord saw an uneducated brahmana
reciting the Bhagavad-gzta with great effort and very bad pronunciation.
Although everyone weas laughing at him, seeing that this brahmana was
overcome with ecstatic love of Krsna, and was shedding tears and the hairs of
his body were standing erect, the Lord declared this brahmana to be a pure
devotee of Lord Krsna (uttama-adhikari). The Lord said to him: " B r ahmana,
w hat are you reciting?" The brahmana replied: "My Lo rd, I do not k now t h e
meaning of the words. What I do know is that when I re cite these words of
Bhagavad-gzta I see standing before me Lord Krsna, whose complexion is dark
as a tamala tree. I see Him standing on Arju n a's chariot, the reins in His hand."
The Lord then said " You are the best scholar of Bhagavad-gita" and embraced
him. At that moment the brahmana felt bliss much greater then he felt when
reciting Bhagavad-gita. He said: "Lord, You are the same Krsna", and
overwhelmed, fell to the ground to offer respects to the Lord.

Text 120

sarvabhaumah: ucitam evasya tathajnanam. nirantara bh-agavat sp-hurti ni-rmala

hrdayatvena yathartha sph-urtir eva bhavati.

ucitam pr o p e r; eva in d e e d;asya of h i m ; ta t ha so ;jn a n am k n o w l e d g e ;

nirantara et e r n a l;bhagavat of t h e L o r d;sphurti ap p e a r a nce;nirmala p u r e ;
hrdayatvena in t he heart;yathartha ap p r o p r i a t e;sphurtih ap p e a r a nce;eva
indeed; bhavati i s .

Sarvabhauma: He is the real scholar of Bhagavad-gita. Because the Supreme

Lord is always present in His heart, his heart is pure, and because his heart is
pure, the Supreme Lord personally came before him.

Text 121

ma22abhattah: evam evasmat sadasi vicaritam asti evam .anantaiva vicitra katha
tais tair gudha purus-aih kathita kati kathaniya bhavati.

evam th u s; eva in d e e d;asmat of t h a t ; sadasi in t h e a ssembly;vicaritam

considered; asti is ; evam th u s ; an a nta li m i t l e s s;evba in d e e d;vicitra
wonderful; katha to p i c s ;tais taih by t h e m ; gu dha hi d d e n ;pu r usaih b y
persons; kathita sp o k e n; kati how many.; kathaniya spoken;bhavati are.

Mallabhatta: Among my associates we share the same opinion. This

mysterious person performed many wonderful activities. How many can I tell to
you?

Text 122

sarvabhaumah: evam etat

evam th u s; etat this.

Sarvabhauma: That is so.

Text 123

raja: (sotkantham) hanta kada bhagavan viksitavyah

 sotkantham ye a r ning; hanta oh ; ka d a wh e n ? ;bh agavan t h e L o r d ;
viksitavyah wi l l be seen.

K ing: (yearning) Ah ! W h e n w i l l I see the Lord ?

Text 120

(nepathyehantaviksana sa-mayo 'yam tada2amvi2ambena ).

hanta Oh ; vi k sana of s e e i n g;samayah th e t i m e ; ayam th i s ; ta t th a t ;a l a m

vilambena do n 't delay.

A Voice Behind the Scenes: Ah! Now we may see Him again! Don't delay!

Text 125

raja: (sa hars-am) bhattacaryayathayam yatha pras-tavam evajagannatha

darsana sam-ayam prastauti tatha manye sri k.rsn-a caita-nyo py agata pray-ah

sa hars-am jubilant; bhattacarya Bh a t t a c arya;yatha as ; ayam he ; y a t h a

as;prastavam prayers; eva indeed;j agannatha of Lord Jagannatha;darsana
seeing; samayam ti m e ; prastauti pr a y s ;ta tha so ; ma n ye I c o n s i d e r;sri krsna-
caitanyah Sri K r s na Caitanya;api al s o ;agata co m e ;pr a yah a l m o s t .

King: (jubilant) B h a t t acarya, my prayers are answered. I think He is now

asking to see Lord Jagannatha. Sri Krsna Caitanya has come!

Text 126

bhattacaryah: bhattaraka evam eva.

bhattaraka 0 ki n g ; ev am th u s ; eva in d eed.

Bhattacarya: King, it is true.

Text 127

raj a: bhattacarya ayam purusottamah purusottama ksetrasya -bij a bhutam k-im api
bhavisyati asmat k.i2a bahava evanandankurajayeran ni2aca2a .candrasy-a seva
saubhagya viseso pi -bhavisyati

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya;ayam th i s ; pu r usottamah Su p r e me Person;

purusottama ksetrasya -of Purusottama-ksetra;bij a bhutam -the seed; kim api
something; bhavisyati wi l l b e ; asmat fr o m H i m ; ki l a in d e e d ;ba havah m a n y ;
eva certainly; ananda of blisses; ankurah sprouts;
j ayeran come; nz2aca2a-
candrasya of t he moon of Nil a cala;seva de r v i c e;saubhagya good fortune;
visesah specific; api al s o ;bhavisyati w i l l b e .

King: Bhattacarya, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Krsna Caitanya

is the seed of Purusottama-ksetra. The Caitanya-seed has sprouted the many
happinesses of the devotees. Now by serving Him we w il l be able to serve Lord
Jagannatha directly.

Text 128

sarvabhaumah: satyam etat pun.yatmano hi naradeva devamsa bh-uta

eva. tena
bhavatam manasi yad unmi2ati tad eva satyam

satyam tr u t h; etat th a t ;pu n ya pu r e ; at m a nah so u l ; hi i nd e e d ;

naradeva king;deva of the Lord; amsa bhu-tah empowered incarnation;eva
indeed; tena by h i m; bh avatam ma y b e; manasi in t h e h e a r t;yat w h a t ;
unmi2ati ri s e s;tat th a t ; eva in d e e d ;satyam t r u t h .

Sarvabhauma: Saintly kings are empowered incarnations of the Supreme

P ersonality of Godhead. Whatever thoughts appear in their mi nds are the truth .

Text 129

nepathye: hanta bhoh. satyam satyam

hanta ah !; bhoh ah ! ; sa t yam tr u t h ; sa t yam t r u t h .

A Voice Behind the Scenes: Ah! Ah! I t's tr ue! It's true!

Text 130

raja: (sa harsam-) adyapi tathaivavak sakunam. tat pasyajnayatam ko yam

sa wi t h; harsam ha p p i n e s s;adya no w ; api al s o ;ta t ha so ; eva i n d e e d ;

vak wo r d s; sakunam au s p i c i o us omen;tat th a t ;pa sya lo o k ;j n a y a ta.m
should be known; kah w h o 7 ; ay am t h i s .

King: (jubilant) T h ese wo rds are an auspicious omen. Look. Let us see who
has come.

Text 131

bhattacaryah: tairthikas tairthikantarena sahajagannatha darsanotk-antham

prapancayati
 tairthikah a p i l g r i m; ta ir thika pi l g r i m s ;an tarena ot h e r ;saha w i t h ;
jagannatha Lord Jagannatha;darsana to see; utkantham eagerness;
prapancayati manifests.

Bhattacarya: Accompanied by many other pilgrims, a pilgrim is eager to see

Lord Jagannatha.

Text 132

(pravisya)
dauvarikah: deva ati sat-varam dhavamanah katicit purusah samayanti

pravisya en t e r i ng; deva Lord; ati satv-aram ve ry qui c kl y; dhavamanah

running; katicit ma n y ; pu r u sah pe o p l e ;samayanti c o m i n g .

Doorkeeper: (enters) Lord, a crowd of people is running very quickly.

Text 133

raja: jnayatam nirastrah sastra va te mi

j nayatam sh o u ld be known; nirastrah wi t h o u t w e a p o ns;sa astra-h w i t h

weapons; va or ; te ami t h e y .

King: See whether they have weapons or not.

Text 130

dauvarikah: (niskramya punah pravisya ca.) deva nirastra eva sarve

niskramya ex i t s;punah ag a i n;pravisya en t e r s; ca a n d ; de va l o r d ;

nirastrah wi t h o u t w e a pons;eva in d e e d;sarve a l l .

Doorkeeper: (exits and again enters) Lord, none of them have weapons.

Text 135

sarvabhaumah: nunam pratyavartate sa eva devah

nunam ce r t ainly; pratyavartate re t u r n e d;sah He ; eva in d e e d ;devah t h e

Lord.

Sarvabhauma: The Lord has returned.

 Text 136

(punar nepathye sambhuya harim vada harim vadeti ko2aha2ah ).

punah ag ain; nepathye be h i nd t he scenes;sambhuya be i n g; harim vada

harim vada iti ha r i b o l! h a r i b o l!;ko2aha2ah tu m u l t u o us sounds.

(From behind the scenes there is a tumultuous roar of "Hari bol! Hari bol!")

Text 137

sarvabhaumah: avitatham eva bhagavan pratyavrttah

avitatham tr u t h ; eva in d e e d ;bhagavan th e L o r d; pratyavrttah re turned.

Sarvabhauma: The Lord has definitely returned.

Text 138

nepathye:

tirthesv amisu sakalesu tatha na trptir

jatasya satvaram atah purusottame sah
pratyayayau kalaya j angama ratna -sanu-
ratnakarasya sa vidhe-h su mukh-o vidhir nah

tirthesu in h o ly p la ces;amisu th e y ; sakalesu al l ; ta t ha so ; na n ot ;

trptih sa t i s faction;j atasya bo r n ; satvaram qu i c k l y ;at ah th e n ;pu r u s ottame
in Purusottama-ksetra; sah He ; pr a tyayayau re t u r n e d;kalaya se e j; angama
moving; ratna je w e l; sanu pe a k ; ra t n akarasya of t h e o c e an;sa vidheh -of
destiny; su mukha-h ki n d n e ss; vidhih de s t i n y;nah t o u s .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Alth ough He traveled to all holy pl aces of
pilgrimage, He was not satisfied to stay at them. Now He is run n ing to
Jagannatha Purz. Look! He is like a jewel mountain-peak on the shore of the
ocean. Destiny is again kind to us.

Text 139

sarvabhaumah: maharajayad ayam gopmathacarayah sa harsam -alapati tad ayam

agata eva bhagavan tad aham .upasarpami

maharaj a 0 gr e at king;yat wh a t ; ay am th i s ; go p i nathacarayah G o p i n a t h a

Acarya; sa harsam -joyously; alapati sa y s ;tat th a t ; ay am He ; ag a t ah a r r i v e d ;
eva in d e ed; bhagavan th e L o r d; tat th a t ;ah am I; up a s a r pami m e e t .
 Sarvabhauma: 0 great king, it is Gopinatha Acarya that happily speaks these
words. The Lord has come. I must go to meet Him.

Text 100

raja: tvaratam tvaratam m.a22abhatta tvam apy adhuna visramam kuru. vayam api
karya vi-sesaya gacchama

(iti niskrantah sarve ).

tvaratam hu r r y ; tv a ratam hu r r y ; ma 22abhatta 0 Ma l l a b h a t t a;tvam y o u ;

api al s o; adhuna no w ; vi s r a mam kuru re s t ; va yam we ; ap i al s o ;k a r y a
visesaya for specific duties;gacchama mu s t g o; iti th u s ;ni s k r a ntah e x i t ;
sarv e all.

King: Hurry! Hurry! Mallabhatta, you must stop your narrations for now. Let
us go to do what must be done.

(Everyone exits.)

ct Ei t

Text 1

(tatah pravisati sarvabhaumadibhir damodara jagadanandadbhis

c anugamyamanah sri krsna -caitany-ah ) .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;sarvabhauma adibhir -he a ded by Sarvabhauma;

damodara jagadananda adbhih -headedby Damodara and Jagadananda; ca also;
anugamyamanah fo l l o w e d; sri krsna c-aitany-ah Lo rd Caitanya.

(Enter Sri Krsna Caitanya, accompanied by Sarvabhauma, Damodara,

Jagadananda, and others.)

Text 2

sri krsna cai-tanyah-: sarvabhauma etavad duram paryatitam bhavat sadrsah k-o pi
na drstah keva2ame.varamananda rayah sa -tva2au.kika eva bhavati.
 sarvabhauma Sa rvabhauma;etavat th u s ; du ram fa r ; pa r y a t itam w a n d e r e d ;
bhavat s-adrsah li ke the Lord; ko 'pi so m e o n e;na no t ; dr s t ah se e n ;ke valam
only; eva cer tainly; ramananda r-ayah Ra m a nanda Raya;sah he ; tu i n d e e d ;
alaukikah ex t r a o r d inary; eva i n d e e d; bhavati i s .

Srz Krsna Caitanya: Sarvabhauma, although I have traveled for a great

distance, I have not seen anyone like you. Only Ramananda Raya is like you. He
is extraordinary.

Text 3

sarvabhaumah: deva ata eva niveditam so vasyam eva drastavya iti.

deva 0 Lo r d ; ata eva t h e r e f o r e; niveditam re q u e s ted;sah he ; av asyam

necessarily; eva i n d e ed; drastavyah sh o u l d b e s een. iti.

Sarvabhauma: Lord, that is why I said You should see him.

Text 0

sri krsn-a caita-nyah: kiyanta eva vaisnava drstas te pi narayanopasaka eva. apare
tattvavadinas te tatha vidha -eva. niravadyam na bhavati tesam matam. apare tu saiva
eva bahavah pasa.ndas tu maha praba-la bhuyamsa eva. kintu bhattacarya ramananda
matam eva me rucitam.

kiyantah ho w m a n y 7; eva i n d e e d; vaisnavah Va i s n a vas;drstah se e n;te

pi they;narayanopasakah worshipers of Lord Narayana; eva indeed;apare
others; tattvavadinah fo l l o w e rs of Madhvacarya;te th e y ; ta tha vidhah -in t h a t
way; eva indeed; niravadyam pu r e ; na no t ; bh a v a ti is ; te s am o f t h e m ;
matam th e conception; apare ot h e r s;tu in d e e d ;saivah Sa i v i t e s; eva
certainly; bahavah many; pasandah offenders; tu indeed;maha prabal-a very
strong;bhuyamsah numerous; eva indeed;kintu however; bhattacarya 0
Bhattacarya; ramananda matam -the o pinion of ramananda; eva i n d e e d; me M e ;
ruci tam pl e ased.

Srz Krsna Caitanya: I have seen many Vaisnavas who are worshippers of
Lord ¹ r a y a n a . In the same way I have seen others who are tattvavadzs. Their
opinions are not faultless. I have seen many others who are worshipers of Lord
Siva. I have seen many very powerful atheists. Bhattacarya, I only liked th e
opinions of Ramananda.

Text 5

sarvabhaumah: bhavan mata eva-pravisto sau na tasya mata kartrta sv-amin at.ah
param asmakam apy etad eva matam bahu matam sar-va sastra pra-tipady-am caitad
iti.
 bhavat of Y ou; matah op i n i o n ; e va i n d e e d ;pravistah en t e r e d;asau t h a t ;
na no t; tasya hi s ; ma ta k-artrta wh o m a d e t he opinion;svamin 0 Lo r d ; a t a h
param then; asmakam of u s; api al s o ;et at th i s ; e va i n d e e d ; ma tam
thought; bahu m-atam ma ny o pi n i o n s; sarva sa-stra p-ratipadyam pr o v ed in all
scriptures; ca al s o; etat t h i s ;i ti t h u s .

Sarvabhauma: His opini ons are not his own. He has accepted Your opinions.
I also accept all Your opinions. Your opini ons are perfectly supported by all th e
scriptures.

Text 5

gopmathacaryah: bhattacarya bhagavato vasthana stha-nam cintitam asti

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya;bhagavatah of t he L o r d; avasthana stha-nam

residence; cintitam co n s i d e red;asti i s .

Gopinathacarya: Bhattacarya, has someone arranged a residence where the

Lord will stay?

Text 6

bhattacaryah: (apavarya) acarya rajnaiva cintitam.

apavarya aside;
acarya acarya;rajna by the king; eva indeed;cintitam
planned.

Bhattacarya: (aside) A c arya, the king has arranged it.

Text 7

gopinathacaryah: (janantikam) kidrsam tat.

j anantikam as i d e;kidrsam tat wh atkind?

Gopinathacarya: (aside) W ha t r e s i d ence?

Text 8

bhat tacary ah: kasimisrasy alay ah

kasimisrasya of K a si Misra;alayah the home.

Bhattacarya: Kasi Misra s house.

 Text 9

gopmathacaryah: sadhusadhu s.imha d-vara n-ikata v-arti bhavati.yatah sakasat

sukhenaiva j agannatha d-arsanam bhavisyati (.iti samudra k-ulat purusottama g-ramam
visanti ).

sadhu sadhu we ll don e! well done!; simha dv-ara ni-kata va-rti ne ar the Simha-
dvara gate; bhavati is ; ya t ah wh i c h ; sa k asat th e n ; su k hena ha p p i l y ; eva
indeed; j agannatha of L o rd Jagannatha;darsanam th e s ig ht;bhavisyati w i l l b e ;
iti th u s ; samudra ku-lat fr o m t he o cean shore;purusottama gra-mam t h e t o m e
of Purusottama; visanti e n t e r s .

Gopznathacarya: Well done! Well do ne! It is near the Simha-dvara gate. He

may very easily see Lord Jagannatha.
(They leave the ocean shore and enter the town of Jagannatha Purz.)

Text 10

(tatah pravisanti bhagavaj jaga-nnatha pras-ada mala -pana-yo j agannathadeva

pasupalakah kasimisrah pariksa maha -patra-mca.)

tatah th e n; pravisanti en t e r ;bhagavat jagannatha of L o r d Jagannatha;

prasada pr a sadam;mala ga r l a n d s;panayah in t h e i r h a n d s;jagannathadeva
pasupalakah the servants of Lord Jagannatha; kasimisrah Ka s i M i s r a;pariksa
maha patram -the superintendent of the temple; ca a n d .

(Enter Kasi Misra, some servants of Lord Jagannatha, and the superintendent
of the temple. The servants of Jagannatha carry in their hands prasadam
garlands worn by Lord Jagannatha.)

Text 11

sarve: ayam ayam sri krsna c-aitany-ah svami (iti sot.kantham upasarpanti ) .

ayam He ; ayam He ; sr i k r s na c-aitany-ah svami Sri K rs na Caitanya Svami;

iti th u s ; sotkantham ea g e r l y;upasarpanti a p p r o a c h .

Everyone: There He is! There is Srz Krsna Caitanya Svamz! (They eagerly
approach.)

Text 12

sarvabhaumah: bhagavan ete bhagavatah pasupalah esa kasim.isra nama esa- .

sarvadhikari pradvivako bhagavatah

 bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; ete th e s e ;bhagavatah of t h e L o r d;pasupalah se r v a n t s;
esah he; kasimisra n-ama na m ed Kasi Misra;esah he ; sarvadhikari pradvivako
bhagavatah th e superintendent of the Lord's temple.

Sarvabhauma: My Lord, these are the servants of Lord Jagannatha. This

person is named Kasz Misra. This is the superintendent of the temple.

Text 13

(kasimisra pa-riksa ma-ha pa-tre upasrtya dandavan nipatatah. pasupalah:

(malam kanthe datva pranamanti ) .

kasimisra Ka si Mis ra;pariksa ma-ha pat-re the superintendent of the temple;

upasrtya ap p o r a ching;dandavat as s tic ks;nipatatah fa l l d o w n; ma lam a
garland; kanthe on t he n eck; datva pl a c i n g;pranamanti b o w s d o w n .

(Kasz Misra and the superintendent approach and offer dandavat obeisances.
The servants of Lord Jagannatha place the garland around Lord Caitanya's neck,
and then they also offer obeisances.)

Text lk

bhagavan: aho kim etat bhagav.at parsa-da bhavanto mad aradhya eva katham
a yogyam etat kriyate (iti sa.rvan pranamyalingati ) .

ahah oh; kim wh a t ? ;et at th i s ; bh a gavat parsa-da the associates of the

Lord; bhavantah be i n g; mat Me ; ar a d h ya wo r s h i p i n g ;eva in d e e d ;ka tham
why?; ayogyam im p r o p e r; etat th i n g ; kr i y a te is d o n e ;iti th u s ;sa r v an a l l ;
pranamya bo w i n g d o w n; alingati em b r a c e s .

Bhagavan: Ah! Why do Lord Jagannatha's servants worship Me? Why is this
wrong action done? (Lord Caitanya offers obeisances to everyone and embraces
them.)

Text 15

pasupalah: sarvabhauma bhagavato divasvapna samaya-h samprati j atah kim .

idanim tatraiva gatva svamina sthatavyam kim va visramya snanadi krtva

samagantavyam

sarvabhauma 0 Sarvabhauma;bhagavatah of the Lord; diva day; svap-na

nap; samayah ti m e ; samprati no w ;j atah ma n i f e s t e d;kim wh e t h e r ? idanim
;
now; tatra th e r e ;eva in d e e d;gatva ha v i n g g o n e;svamina by t h e S vami;
sthatavyam to be stayed;kim wh e t h e r ?;va or ; vi s r a m ya re s t i n g ;snanaa
bath; adi be g i n n i n g; krtva ha v i n g d o n e;samagantavyam g o n e .
 The Servants of Lord Jagannatha: Sarvabhauma, now is the time of Lor d
Jagannatha s midday nap. Will the svamz go now to Lord Jagannatha, or first rest
and bathe and then go to Him?

Text 16

sarvabhaumah: snatva deva da-rsanam kartavyam

snatva ha v i ng bathed; deva of t he L o r d; darsanam th e s i g h t; kartavyam

will be done.

Sarvabhauma: First He will b a the and then go to see the Lord.

Text 17

k asimisrah: tad ita evagacchantu (iti .svalayam upasarayati ) .

tat th e n; itah th i s w a y ; eva in d e e d ;agacchantu He m ay c o m e;iti thus;

sva ow n; alayam to t e h h o m e ;upasarayati ap p r o a c hes.

Kasi Misra: Please come this way. (He leads them to his house.)

Text 18

sarvabhaumah: bhagavann idam khalv asyaiva misrasya puram sri caran-anam

krte sodhayitva sthapitam asti tad atr.aiva pravisantu bhagavantah

(iti pravesam natayanti. pasupaladayah pranamya niskrantah.)

bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; id am th i s ; kh a lu in d e e d ;asya of h i m ; eva i n d e e d ;

misrasya of K a si Misra;puram th e h o u s e;sri carana-nam fe e t; krte d o n e ;
sodhayitva pu r i f i e d; sthapitam pl a c e d;asti is ; ta t th e n ; at r a her e ; e v a
indeed; pravisantu ma y e nt e r;bhagavantah th e L o r d; iti th u s ;pr a v e sam
natayanti en t e r s;pasupaladayah he a d ed by teh sewrvants of Lord Jagannatha;
pranamya bo w i n g ; niskrantah e x i t .

Sarvabhauma: Lord, this is Kasi Misra s house. It was specially cleaned and
prepared for You. The Lord may enter now.

(He enters. The servants of Lord Jagannatha offer obeisances and exit.)

Text 19

(tatah pravisanti bahava evotkala vasino ma-hasayah ) .

 tatah th e n; pravisanti en t e r ;bahavah ma n y ; eva in d e e d ;ut k ala of
Orissa; vasinah re s i dents;mahasayah ex a l t e d.

(Many exalted residents of Jagannatha Purz then enter.)

Text 20

kecit:

tadanim asmakam samajani na tadrk sub-hagata

gatas tenasmakam parama ka-runaneksana pat-ham
idanim no bhagyam samaghatatayaj jan-gamam imam
svayam niladrisam bata nayana pat-air vicinumah

(ity upasarpanti ).

tadanim th e n; asmakam of u s ; samaj ani wa s ; na no t ; ta d r k l i k e t h i s ;

subhagata au s piciousness;gatah go n e ; tena by t h i s ; asmakam of u s ; pa r ama
karuna su p r e me mercy;na no t ; ik s a na of t h e e y e s;patham t h e p a t h w a y;
idanim no w ; nah of u s ; bh a g yam go o d f o r t u n e; s amaghatata i s ; y a j
jangamam moving entities; imam th i s ; svayam pe r s o n a l l y;niladrisam t h e
master of Nilacala; bata in d e e d; nayana patai-h wi t h g l a n ces;vicinumah w e
perceive; iti th u s ; upasarpanti a p p r o a c h .

Some People: 0 Lord, when You first came here we were not fortunate, for
we remained unable to see You, the supremely merciful. Now we have become
fortunate, for now with our own eyes we see the master of Jagannatha Purz.
(They approach.)

Text 21

sarvabhaumah: bhagavann ayam bhagavato 'navasara kalang-a sevako -'ntarango

ganardana nama -ayam s.varna vetra d-hari p-arsadah krsna dasa n-ama -ayam.
lekhanadhi kari si khi mahati -bhratarau tasy a cetau ay am da.sa maha s-o ara -nam-a-
mahanasadhikari ete nisa.rga bhaktah -sri jagannathasya ime can.danesvara murari-
simhesvara brahmanottama raj a maha p-atrani -svabhava vaisnav-ah ayam p.rahara
raj a maha p-atram -paramo bhagavad bhaktah -ayam p.radyumna misrah -ayam v.isnu
dasah ime ramananda raya sa-hodar-ah tan mad.hye -yam vaninatha bhattana-yakah
ayam tasyaj anako bhavananda rayah i-me can.ye gaudotkala vasinah -sarve tvac cittas -

tvad gata pran-a dan-davat pranamanti etan atm.iyatvenanugrahitum arhati

bhagavan Lord;ayam this;bhagavatah of the Lord; anavasara of

anavasara;kala at the time;anga the body;sevakah servant;antarangah
personal; j anardana nama n-amed janardana; ayam th i s ; svarna go l d e n ;vetra
staff; dhari ho l d i n g ; parsadah pe r s o n al associate;krsna dasa nam-a n-amed
Krsna dasa; ayam he ; le khanadhikari sc r i b e ;sikhi mahati S - i k hi M a h i t i ;
bhratarau br o t h e r s;tasya of h i m ; ce tau se r v a n t s;ayam he ; da sa maha s-o ara-
nama na m ed Dasa-maha-so-ara;mahanasadhikari th e h e ad cook of the Deity
kitchen; ete th e y; nisarga na t u r a l;bhaktah de v o t e e s;sri jagannathasya o f
Lord Jagannatha; ime th e y; candanesvara Ca n d a n esvara;murari M u r a r i ;
simhesvara Simhesvara;brahmanottama exalted brahmanas;raj amaha
patrani the king s advisors; svabhava v-aisnavah by n a ture devotees;ayam t h i s ;
prahara raj m-ahaa pa-tram the king s advisor; paramo bhagavad bh-aktah a great
devotee of the Lord; ayam th i s ; pr a dyumna m-israh Pr a d y u m na Misra;ayam
this; visnu da-sah Vi s nu dasa; ime th e y ; ra m ananda ra-ya sa-hodarah Ra ma nanda
Raya s brothers; tan m-adhye am o ng them; ayam th i s ; va n inatha
bhattanayakah Va n i n a t ha Bhattanayaka;ayam th i s ; ta sya of h i m ;j anakah
the father; bhavananda ray-ah Bhavananda Raya;ime they;ca and;anye
others; gauda of B engal; utkala a n d O r i s s a;vasinah re s i d e nts;sarve al l ; t v a c
cittah th e ir hearts fixed on You;tvad gat-a pra-na th e ir lives dedicated to You;
dandavat li k e a stick;pranamanti bo w ; et an th e y ;at m i y a tvena a s o w n m ;
anugrahitum to be k i n d; ar hati s h o u l db e .

Sarvabhauma: Lord, here is the devotee named Janardana. At the time of

anavasara he becomes the personal servant of Lord Jagannatha's golden staff.
His name is Krsna dasa. Here is Lord Jagannatha s scribe, Sikhi Mahztz. These
two men are his brothers. This is Dasa-mahaso-ara, the head cook of the Deity-
kitchen. All these men are sincere devotees of Lord Jagannatha. These exalted
brahmanas are Candanesvara, Murari, and Simhesvara. They are the advisors of
the king.
They are all sincere Vaisnavas. Here is Praharaja. He is the chief minister of
the king. He is a great devotee of the Lord. Here is Pradyumna Misra. Here is
Visnu dasa.
These are Ramananda Raya s brothers. In their midst here is Vanznatha
Pattanayaka. This is Ramananda s father, Bhavananda Raya. These men offering
dandavat obeisances are residents of Bengal and Orissa. They have surrendered
their hearts and lives to You. It is right that You be merciful to them all and
accept them as Your devotees.

Text 22

bhagavan: atmana evami katham .esam atmiyatvam visesato j agannatha sevakah-

atmanah Mine; eva in d e e d; ami t h e y ; ka t h am ho w ; es am o f t h e m ;

atmiyatvam Mine; visesatah sp e cifically;j agannatha sevakah -servants of Lord
J agannatha.

Bhagavan: How can they be My devotees? They are servants of Lord

Jagannatha.

Text 23

sarvabhaumah: bhagavan j agannathasya bhavatas ca krsna caitanyatv-am

avisistam eva. tathapy asti kascid bhedah .asau daru brahma bhavan nara brahma .

bhagavan 0 Lord;jagannathasya of LordJagannatha; bhavatah of You;ca

and; krsna c-aitanyatvam be i ng Krs na Caitanya;avisistam wi t h o u t d i f f e rence;
eva indeed; tathapi st i l l ; as ti is ; ka s c it so m e t h i n g bhedah
; di f f e r e n ce;
asau He; daru of wood;brahma Brahman; bhavan You; nara human;
brahma Br a h ma n.

Sarvabhauma: Lord, Lord Jagannatha and You are not different. You are both
Krsna. There is only one difference between You: He is the Supreme Personality
of Godhead in the form of a wooden Deity, and You are the Supreme Personality
of Godhead in a humanlike form .

Text 20

bhagavan: (karnau pidhaya)

atyuktir esa tava sarvabhauma

tanoti kamam sravasoh katutvam
tiksno hi gaudasya rasasya pakas
tiktatvam ayati na caiti randham

karnau bo t h e ars;pidhaya co v e r i n g;atyuktih wr o n g ; e sa t h i s ; ta va o f

you; sarvabhauma 0 Sarvabhauma; tanoti ex t e n d s;kamam de s i r e;sravasoh
of the ears; katutvam bi t t e r n e ss;tiksnah bi t t e r; hi in d e e d ga
; udasya rasasya
pakah ga u d a-rasa-paka juice;tiktatvam bi t t e r n e ss;ayati at t a i n s;na not; ca
and; eti at t a ins; randham sw e e t n e ss.

B hagavan: (Covering His ears) Sarvabhauma, that is a lie. It is bitter for th e

ears. It is bitter as gauda-rasa-paka juice. It is not sweet.

Text 25

sarvabhaumah: bhagavan gauda desasya -rasasya pakah surasa evayatravirasid

bhagavan

bhagavan Lord; gauda desasya -rasasya pakah gauda-rasa-paka juice;

surasah sw e et; eva i n d e e d; yatra wh e r e ;av irasit de s c e n d ed;bhagavan the
Lord.

Sarvabhauma: Lord, You appeared in Gauda-desa (Bengal), so now the rasa-

paka juice of Gauda-desa is very sweet.

Text 26

bhagavan: virama virama atah para.m sri pundarik-aksa darsanasy-a samayo j atah
 virama st o p !; virama st o p ! ; at ah param th e n ; sri p undarikaksa o f t h e
lotus-eyed Lord; darsanasya of s eeing;samayah th e t i m e ;j atah is m a n i f e s t.

Bhagavan: Stop! Stop! Now it is t im e to see lotus-eyed Lord Jagannatha.

Text 27

sarvabhaumah: evam eva. tad upasarpantu bhagavantah (i.ti

bhagavantam agre
krtva parikramanti ) .

evam th u s; eva in d e e d; tat t h e n ; up a sarpantu ma y g o; bhagavantah t h e

Lord; iti t h u s ; bh agavantam th e L o r d; agre in f r o n t ; kr t va p l a c i n g ;
pari kramanti th ey walk.

Sarvabhauma: The Lord may go now. (He makes the Lord go first,
and then
follows behind Him.)

Text 28

nepathye:

ayam esa drso rasayanam

paramananda puris-varah purastat
damanartham aghaugha karin-am
dhrta danda-h samaye samujjihite

ayam esa He; drsah of t h e e yes;rasayanam ne c t a r;paramnanda

purisvarah Paramananda Puri; purastat in t h e p r e sence;damana artham -to
punish; aghaugha karina-m th e sinful; dhrta danda-h ho l d i ng a rod; samaye a t
the time; samujjihite is m a n i f e edst

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Holding a sannyasz danda to punish the
sinful, Paramananda Purz has now come before us. The sight of him is nectar for
the eyes.

Text 29

sarvabhaumah: (akarnya) aho avasara.h samvrtta eva devasya yad ayam

prastauti

akarnya hearing;ahah ah!;avasarah time;samvrttah come; eva indeed;

devasya of the Lord; yad ayam th i s ; pr a stauti p r a y s .

Sarvabhauma: Ah. This person declares it is time to see Lord Jagannatha.

 Text 30

sri k-rsna c-aitanyah: (svagatam) aho paramananda p-urisvaras tavan munmdra

madhava p-urisvarasya sisyah yatra khalv agraj asya visvarupasya samagram
aisvaram tej ah pravistam sa eva va samagatah b.havatu devam vilokya tattvam asya
j neyam

svagatam as ide;ahah ah . ; pa r a mananda pu-risvarah Pa r a mananda Puri;

tavat th e n; munindra m-adhava pu-risvarasya of M a d h a vendra Puri; sisyah
disciple; yatra wh e r e ; khalu in d e e d ;agraj asya el d e r bro t her;visvarupasya o f
Visvarupa; samagram aisvaram op u l e n c e;tej ah po w e r; pravistam e n t e r e d ;
sah he;eva indeed;va or;samagatah arrived;bhavatu may be;devam the
Lord; vilokya se e i n g;tattvam the -truth; asya of H i m ;j neyam m a y b e k n o w n .

Sri TKrsna Caitanya: (aside) Ah. T hi s is Paramananda Puri, the disciple of

the great sage Madhavendra Puri. All the transcendental potency of My elder
brother Visvarupa has entered the body of Paramananda Puri. He has now come.
W hen he sees Lord Jagannatha, he will understand the truth .

Text 31

sarvabhaumah: iyam puro bhagavatah paramananda puri -tad e.nam pravisanti

(iti sarve bhagavata saha sri jagannatha darsa-nartham niskrantah.)

iyam th i s ; purah be f o r e ;bhagavatah th e L o r d; paramananda puri-

Paramananda Puri; tat th e r e f o r e;enam it ; pr a v i santi en t e r ;iti thu s ; s a r v e
all; bhagavatah th e L o r d; saha wi t h ; sri ja g a nnatha darsa-nartham to s ee Lord
Jagannatha; niskrantah e n t e r .

Sarvabhauma: This is Paramananda Puri who has come into the Lord's
presence. These people have come to enter the temple of Lord Jagannatha.

(Accompanied by the Lord, everyone exits to see Lord Jagannatha.)

Text 32

( tatah pravisati paramananda puri ) - .

paramananda puri: (s-otkantham)

kadasau drastavyah sa khalu bhagavan bhakta tanuman-

iti praudhotkantha vi2u2itam -aho manasam idam
cirad adya pratah sa kha2u phala kalo mam-a punar
naj ane kidrksam j anayati phalam bhagya vitapi -

iti parikraman bhagavan sri jagannatha ksamyatam tvam anal.okyayad agre tam-
upasarpami tat tadrsim utk-antham sarvjnajananty eva (puro valokya) aho ihaiva
bhavitavyam bhagavata tena yatah

jagannatha d-varad api bahu2a k-o2aha2a k-rtam

samuho 2okanam iha sarati naivapasarati
ato manye dhanye dharani tava punyena militah
sa evayam devah kanaka ru-cir atraiva bhavita

tad aham upasarpami (i.ty upasarpati ).

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;paramananda pu-ri Pa r a mananda Puri;sa

with; utkantham lo n g i n g; kada wh e n ? ;asau He ; dr a s tavyah wi l l b e s een;
sah He; khalu in d e e d ;bhagavan th e L o r d; bhakta tan-uman in t he f o rm of a
devotee; iti th u s ; pr a udha gr e a t ;utkantha wi t h l o n g i n g;vi2u2itam ov e r c o me ;
ahah oh; manasam he a r t; id am th i s ;ci r at fo r a l o n g t i m e; adya n o w ;
pratah th i s m o r n i n g; sah He; kha2u in d e ed; pha2a fr u i t ; ka 2ah t i m e ;
mama my; punah ag a i n ;na no t ;j ane I k n o w ; ki d r k s am l i k e w h a t ? ;
j anayati cr e a t es;phalam fruit; bhagya of g o od fort u ne;vitapi tr e e ;iti t hu s ;
parikraman walking;bhagavan Lord;sri jagannatha Jagannatha;ksamyatam
may forgive;tvam You; analokya not seeing; yad agre -before whom; tam
Him; upasarpami I a p p r o a c h;tat tadrs-im li k e t h a t; utkantham l o n g i n g ;
sarvj na all-kno wi n g;j ananti kn o w s ; eva ce r t a i n l y;purah ah e a d ;avalokya
seeing;ahah oh; iha here;eva indeed;bhavitavyam may be;bhagavata tena
with the Lord; yatah be c a u s e; j agannatha of L o rd Jagannatha;dvarat b y t h e
door; api al s o;bahu2a gr e a t; ko2aha2a tu m u l t; kr t am ma d e ;sa muhah
multitude; 2okanam of p e o p le;iha he r e ;sarati go e s ;na no t ; ev a i n d e e d ;
apasarati go e s;atah th e n ; ma n ye I t h i n k ; dh a n ye fo r t u n a t e;dharani e a r t h ;
tava yo u r; punyena by p i e t y; mil it ah me t ; sah He ; ev a in d e e d ;ayam H e ;
devah the Lord; kanaka as gold; rucih splendid;atra here;eva indeed;
bhavita wi l l b e; tat th a t ; ah am I; up a s a r pami wi l l a p p r o a c h;iti t h u s ;
upasarpati ap p r o a ches.

(Paramananda Purz enters.)

Paramananda Purz: (with lon ging) " W h e n w i l l I se e the Supreme Personality

of Godhead appear in the form of a devotee?" My he art yearns for this. Perhaps,
a fter a long time, the time will come when this desire will bear fru it. I do n o t
know what kind of fr uit the tree of auspiciousness will bear for me then.
(He walks.) 0 L or d Jagannatha, please forgive me. Without seeing You first,
I immediately went to see Sri Krsna Caitanya. You know everything, so You also
know the very strong desire in my heart.
(He looks ahead.) Ah! The Lord w il l be com ing to this pl ace. A great
tumultuous sound has risen from the direction of the gate to Lord Jagannatha's
temple.
A crowd has gathered. It does not disperse.
0 fortunate earth planet, because of your many pious deeds, the Supreme
Personality of Godhead in a golden form wil l ap p ear on your surface. I will
follow. (He follows.)
 Text 33

(tatah pravisati parij anaih sardham sri jagannatha d-arsanananda n-ispandah sri
krsna c-aitanya ).

sri k-rsna ca-itanyah: (smrtim abhiniya) aho paramananda pu-risvarah sampratam

agamisyativa 2aksyate ya.tah

bhagavad da-rsana su-kham anu

sukhantaram kim api sampratam bhavi
asanna-sarma-samsi
prasadaka akasmiko manasah

(iti sotkantham tisthati.)

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;parijanaih as s o c i ates; sardham wi t h ; s r i

j agannatha of L o rd Jagannatha;darsana fr o m t he sight;ananda w i t h b l i s s ;
nispandah st u n n e d; sri krsn-a cait-anya Sri Krs na Caitanya;smrtim abhiniya
remembering; ahah oh ; pa r a mananda puri-svarah Pa r a mananda Puri;
sampratam no w ; ag amisyati wi l l c o m e ;iva as i f ; 2aksyate is s e en;yatah
because; bhagavat of t he Lord; darsana fr o m t h e s ig ht;sukham ha p p i n e s s;
anu fo l l o w i n g; sukha ha p p i n e s s;antaram ot h e r ; kim api s o m e t h i n g ;
sampratam no w ; bh avi is ; as a nna sarm-a gr e at auspiciousness;samsi
proclaiming; prasadakah au s p i c iousness;akasmikah un e x p e c ted;manasah o f
the heart; iti th u s ; sa wi t h ; ut k a n t h am lo n g i n g ;ti s thati s t a n d s .

(Accompanied by His associates, and overwhelmed with bl iss from seeing

Lord Jagannatha, Sri Krsna Caitanya enters.)

Srz Krsna Caitanya: (remembering) Ah ! I see Paramananda Purz is coming

here. First I felt the happiness of seeing Lord Jagannatha. Now I feel a different
happiness. My heart suddenly feels very happy. This delcares that something
auspicious will now come. (He eagerly waits.)

Text 30

paramananda puri: (a-grato 'va2okya) aho ayam asau

j ayati ka2ita ni2a sai-2a ca-ndre-

ksana rasa car-vana -ranga ni-staran-gah
kanaka manl sl2a v-l2asa -vaks-ah -

sthala galad asr-am aj a-sra roma ha-rsah-

agratah ah e ad; avalokya lo o k i n g ; ah ah oh ; ay a m asau He ;j ayati g l o r i e s ;

ka2ita ni2a sai2a -can-dra -the moon of Nilacala; iksana eyes; rasa ne c tar;
carvana ta s ting;ranga ha p p i n e s s;nistarangah ov e r c o m e;kanaka g o l d ;
mani je w e l; si2a ro c k ; vi2asa pa s t i m e s;vaksah stha2a on
-the chest; ga2at
flowing; asram tears; ajasra roma harsah bo d i l y h a i rs standing erect.

Paramananda Purz: (looking ahead) Ah! It is He! Glories to Him,

overwhelmed with bliss by drinking the nectar of the sight of Nzlacala's
Jagannatha-moon, the hairs of His body erect with bliss, and His splendid chest
a great wall of gold and jewels flooded with streams of tears!

Text 35

sri kr-sna ca-itanyah: (agrato valokya) ayam evasau yad idam akasmikam
agamanam ihaitasya, (ity utthaya pranamya) svamin purisvaro si

agratah ahead;avalokya looking;ayam he;eva indeed;asau he;yat

what; idam th i s ; akasmikam su d d e n;agamanam ar r i v a l;iha he r e ;et asya o f
him; iti th u s ; ut t h aya ri s i n g ;pr a namya bo w i n g d o w n; svamin 0 l o r d ;
purisvarah Purisvara; asi y o u a re .

Srz Krsna Caitanya: (looking ahead) Suddenly he comes this way. (The Lord
bows down and then stands up.) Lord, are you Paramananda PurV

Text 36

paramananda puri: -(sa samb-hramam) bhagavan tvad darsa-nartham evayam aham

utkanthito varanasita agacchann asmi

sa samb-hramam respectful; bhagavan Lo r d ; tv ad darsa-nartham to s ee You;

eva llldeed; ayam this; aham I; ut k a n thitah ye a r n i n g;varanasitah f r o m
Varanasi; agacchan coming; asmi I a m .

Paramananda Purz: (with reverence) Because I have a great desire to see You
I have come here from Varanasz.

Text 37

sri krsna c-aitany-ah: anugrhito smi.

anugrhitah th e o b j e ct of kindness;asmi I am.

Srz Krsna Caitanya: You are very kind to Me.

Text 38

(upasrtya)

jagadanandah: svamin, ita itah. (iti visramayati ) .

 upasrtya ap p r o a ching;svamin Lo r d ; it ah itah t h i s w a y . T h is way; iti t h u s ;
visramayati stops.

Jagadananda: (approaching) Lord, here, here. .. (He stops.)

Text 39

sarvabhaumah: bhoh svaminn idam ati cit-ram

ye ke 'pi yah kascana sampravaha

nadas ca nadyas ca bhavanti bhumau
kasyapi ratnakaram antarena
kutrapi nastha na ca sannivesah

bhoh 0; svaminn Lo r d ; id a m th i s ; at i c i t r -am ve r y w o n d e r f ul; yeke pi yah

kascana wh a t e ver; sampravaha st r e a ms;nadas canadyas c a a n d r i v e r s ;
bhavanti ar e; bhumau o n t h e e arth; kasyapi of w h i c h ; ra t n akaram th e o c e a n;
antarena wi t h o u t; ku t rapi so m e w h e r e;na no t ; as t ha si t u a t i o n;na n o t ; c a
also; sannivesah en t r a nce.

Sarvabhauma: Lord, this is very wonderful. All streams and rivers of the
earth must enter the ocean. They cannot go to any other place.

Text 00

nepathye:

aho rasa kalavat-o bhagavato rasacaryakam

grahitum iva murtatam vyadhita bhiksu vesam -vapuh
yad etad avani tale sak-ala eva damodara
svarupam iti bhasate tad aprthak-taya prematah

ahah Oh; ra sa in r a s a s;kalavatah be c a u se of expert knowledge;

bhagavatah of t he Lord; rasacaryakam th e t e a cher of rasas;grahitum to a c c e pt;
iva as if; murtatam th e f o r m ; vya dhita ma n i f e s t e d;bhiksu vesam -in the
appearance of a sannyasi; vapuh fo r m ; yat wh a t ; et at th a t ; av a ni tale on- t h e
surface of the earth; sakala al l ; e va c e r t a i n l y; damodara svarupa-m Da m o d ara
Svarupa; iti t h u s ; bhasate is s p l e didly manifested;tad aprthakta-ya be c ause of
not being different; prematah f r o m l o v e .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: On the order of the Lord, who is the most
learned in rasas, he has assumed this form of a sannyasz to become the teacher
of transcendental rasas. Because he is not different from the Lord in his feelings
of love for Krsna, he is called Damodara-svarupa (the form of Lord Krsna) in
this world.
 Text Wl

sarvabhaumah: aho lokanam atra bhagavati naisargiki ratih. yad idam parokse pi
sarve bhagavattam evasya gayanti

ahah ah; /okanam of t h e w o r l d; at ra he r e ;bh agavati i n t h e L o r d ;

naisargiki na t u r a l; ra tih lo v e ;yat wh a t ; id a m thi s ; pa r o k se in v i s i b l e;api
even; sarve ev eryone;bhagavattam gl o r i o us qualities;eva ce r t a i nly;asya o f
Him; gayanti s i n g .

Sarvabhauma: Ah! The entire world is naturally attracted to the Supreme

Personality of Godhead. Even when they cannot see Him, everyone still sings
His glories.

Text 02

sri krsn-a cait-anyah: (srutim abhiniya) aho damodara svar-upam iti namakarnitam
kaccid ayam api samagamisyativa laksyate

srutim abhiniya li s t e n i n g ahah

; oh ; da m o dara svar-upam iti D a m o d a r a
Svarupa; nama na m e; akarnitam he a r d ;ka ccit th a t ;ay am he ; ap i a l s o ;
samagamisyati co m e s;iva as . l a k s yate.

Srz Krsna Caitanya: (listening) Ah ! I h ear the name "Damodara Svarupa"

and I see someone coming towards Me.

Text 03

sarvabhaumah: svamin prayaso bhavad avatar-e kecit purvam kecit pascac ca

bhavadiya eva sarve vateruh samay.e sarvair eva militair bhavitavyam ata ev.a sa
pravaha ity uktam.

svamin Lo r d ; prayasah mo s t l y ; bhavad avatare -Your in c arnation; kecit

some; purvam before; kecit some; pascat after;ca and; bhavadiya Your;
eva in d e ed; sarve so m e ; avateruh de s c e nded;samaye at t he t im e;sarvaih
byall; eva in d e e d; militaih me t ; bh a v itavyam wi l l b e ; at a e va th e r e f o r e;sa
pravaha with streams; iti th u s ;uk t am s a i d .

Sarvabhauma: 0 Lord, when You descend to this world Your eternal

a ssociates also descend, some preceding and some following You. This tim e
they have also descended to this world. They are like many streams and rivers
entering the ocean.

Text 00
 (tatah pravisati damodara s-varupah ).
damodara s-varupah: (akase 2aksyam baddhva)

he2oddhukita k-hedaya visadaya pronmi2ad a-modaya

samyac chastra v-ivadaya rasadaya cittarpitonmadaya
sasvad b-hakti vi-nodaya samadaya madhurya m-aryadaya
sri ca-itanya daya ni-dhe tava daya bhuyad amandodaya

(ity upasarpati ).

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;damodara sv-arupah Da m o d a ra-svarupa;

akase in the sky; 2aksyam baddhva looking; he2oddhukita kh-edaya driving
away material lamentation; visadaya pu r e ; pr onmilad am-odaya bl i s s ful;
samyat pa c i f iced; sastra sc r i p t u r e s;vivadaya de b a t e;rasadaya sw e e t;citta
heart; arpita pl a c e d;unmadaya bl i s s ;sasvat et e r n a l;bhakti o f d e v o t i o n ;
vinodaya pa s times;samadaya gi v i n g ; madhurya of s w e e t n ess;maryadaya t h e
limit; sri cait-anya Sri C aitanya;daya nid-he 0 oc e an of mercy;tava Y o u r ;
daya me r c y; bhuyat ma y b e; amandodaya gr e a t;iti th u s ;up a s arpati
approaches.

(Damodara Svarupa enters.)

Damodara Svarupa: (looking up to the sky) 0 o c e a n of m e r cy, Srz Caitanya

Mahaprabhu. Let there be an awakening of Your auspicious mercy, which easily
drives away all kinds of material lamentation. By Your mercy, everything is
made pure and blissful. It awakens transcendental bliss and covers all gross
material pleasures. By Your auspicious mercy, quarrels and disagreements
arising among different scriptures are vanquished. Your auspicious mercy
causes the heart to jubilate by pouring forth tr anscendental mellows. Your
mercy always stimulates devotional service, which is full of joy. You are always
glorifying the conjugal love of God. May transcendental bliss be awakened
within my heart by Your causeless mercy.' (He approaches)

Text 05

gopmathacaryah: (puro valokya svagatam) aye srutam maya caitanyananda

sisyah parama virakto -bhagavad bhakto -ti vidvan -kascid damodara svarupa-m nama
yah khalu guruna bahutaram abhyarthito 'pi vedantam adhityadhyapayeti na ca tac ca
k rtavan api tu .

samasta hanaya tu-riyam asramam

j agraha vairagya vasena k-evalam
sri krsna pa-dabj a -paraga r-agatas-
tucchi cakarain-am aho vahann api

sa evayam tad bhagavate -nivedayami (ity upas.rtya) bhavan, ayam ayam sruta
caro damodara svarupah-
 purah ah e a d; avalokya lo o k i n g ; svagatam as i d e;aye oh ; s r u t a m heard;
maya by m e; caitanya of L o r d C a i t a nya;ananda bl i s s ; sisyah t h e s t u d e n t ;
parama v-iraktah very renoucned;bhagavad b-haktah devotee of the Lord; ati
vidvan very learned; kascit someone; damodara s-varupam nama named
Damodara Svarupa; yah wh o ; kh a lu in d e e d ;guruna wi t h g u r u ; ba h utaram
many; abhyarthitah ap p e a led;api ev e n ;vedantam Ve d a n t a;adhitya s t u d y i n g ;
adhyapaya st u d y; iti th u s ;na no t ; ca and ; ta t th at ; ca and ; kr t a v an d i d ;
api al s o; tu in d e e d ;samasta ha-naya re n o u n c i ng everything; turiyam t h e
fourth; asramam as r a ma;j agraha ac c e pted;vairagya va-sena by renunciation;
kevalam on l y; sri kr-sna pa-dabj a pa-raga ra-gatah out of lko ve for the pollen of
the Lords feet; tucchi cak-ara ma d e insignificant;enam th i s ; ah ah oh ; v a h a n
carying; api al s o; sa eva ayam he ; tad bha-gavate th e L o r d; nivedayami I w i l l
request; iti th u s ; upasrtya ap p r o a c h i n g;bhavan yo u ; ay am ayam th i s ;s r u t a
carah he a r d; damodara sva-rupah Da m o d a ra Svarupa.

Gopinathacarya: (looking ahead, he says to himself) I have heard of this

person named Damodara Svarupa. He is very renounced and learned, and he is a
devotee of the Lord. He is a disciple of Caitanyananda. Even though his guru
repeatedly ordered him to study Vedanta-sutra and teach Vedanta to his
disciples, Damodara Svarupa would not do it. Thinking the world unimportant,
he renounced everything. I will tell the Lord. (He approaches.) Lord, the
learned scholar Damodara Svarupa is here.

Text 06

bhagavan: kva sah kva s.ah (iti s.otkantham upasarpati ) .

kva wh e r e ?; sah is h e; kva wh e r e ? ;sah is h e ; iti th u s ;so t k a ntham

eagerly; upasarpati approaches.

Bhagavan: Where is he? Where is he? (He eagerly approaches.)

Text 07

s varupa damoda-rah: (upasrtya padayoh pranamati ) .

sri krsna ca-itanya-h: (bahubhyam utthapyalingati.)

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;padayoh at t he f eet;pranamati bo w s ; ba hubhyam

with both arms; utthapya li f t i n g ; al ingati em b r a c e s .

(Svarupa Damodara approaches and bows down before His feet. Sri Krsna
Caitanya lifts him up and embraces him with both arms.)

Text 08
 nepathye:

isvara p-uri n-isevana-

ratah svatah krsna b-haktas ca
ayam eti visada h-rdayo
viraktiman sakala vi-sayesu

isvara pu-ri ni-sevana ra-tah de voted to the service of Isvara Puri;svatah

personally; krsna bh-aktah de v o t ee of Krsna;ca an d ; ay a m he; eti go e s ;
visada hr-dayah pu re heart; viraktiman re n o u n c e d;sakala vi-sayesu fr om all
worldly pleasures.

A Voice from Behind the Scenes: He is a devotee of Lord Krsna and a sincere
servant of Isvara Purz. His heart is pure and he is renounced, detached from the
obj ects of material sense-gratification.)

Text 09

sarvabhaumah: (akarnya) aye bhagavat pura -pari-carakah ko pi samayati kas.

tavad asau pariksa mah-a patr-asya pratinidhir va nasau tatha viraktah

akarnya li s t e n i n g; aye oh ; bh a g a vat pura -paric-arakah a servant of the

Lord; ko 'pi so m e o n e;samayati co m e s ;kah wh o ? ; ta v at th e n ; as au h e ;
pariksa maha -patra-sya of the temple superintendent;pratinidhih me s s e nger;
va or; na no t ; as au he ; ta t h a so ; vi r a k t ah r e n o u n c e d .

Sarvabhauma: (listening) Ah ! On e of Lo rd Jagannatha's servants

approaches. Who is he? Is he an assistant of the temple-superintendent? No. He
is in the renounced order.

Text 50
sri krsna -caitany-ah: aho purisvarasya sakasat kascid ayativa

ahah ah; purisvarasya of I s v a ra Puri;sakasat fr o m t h e n; kascit so meone;

ayati co m e s;iva a s i f .

Sri Krsna Caitanya: Ah. T hi s person seems to have come from Isvara Puri.

Text 51

sarvabhaumah: (alokya) j animah (iti niru.payati ) .

alokya se e ing;j animah we k n o w ; iti thu s ;ni r u p a yati l o o k s .

Sarvabhauma: (looking) I know him. (He looks very carefully.)

 Text 52

(tatah pravisati govinda n-ama kascit ).

govindah:

prahito 'smisvara pu-rya

mahaprabhoh sa vi-dha evayahiti
upasannam tad idam atho
na vedmi nij bh-agya
a ma-himanam

(ity upasrtya pranamya canj alim baddhva )sv.amin

drstam maya prathamam asyayad eva rupam

tenaiva nirvrtir aho mama nanya ves-am
pasyami tam tvam upayahi tam ity aham te
sampresitas carana sim-ni purisvarena

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;govinda nam-a na m ed Govinda; kascit

someone; prahitah se n t; asmi I a m ; is v a ra pury-a by I s v a ra Puri;
mahaprabhoh of Lord Mahaprabhu;sa vidh-ah like that; eva indeed;yahi go;
iti th u s ; upasannam wo r s h i p e d;tad idam th a t ; at h ah th e n ; na no t ; ve d mi I
know; nij a bhagy-a mahi-manam the glory of my good fortune;iti t h u s ;
upasrtya ap p r o a ches;pranamya bo w i n g ; ca an d ; anj alim baddhva w i t h
folded hands; svamin 0 Lo r d ; dr s t am se e n ;ma ya by m e ; pr a t h amam f i r s t ;
asya of hi m; yat wh a t ; eva in d e e d ;ru p am fo r m ; te na by t h a t ; eva i n d e e d ;
nirvrtih ha p p i n e s s;ahah oh ; ma ma my ; na not ; a n y a v e sam -a n o t h e r ;
pasyami I see; tam hi m ; tv am Yo u ; up a y a hi go ; ta m hi m ; it i th us ; a h a m
I; te You; sampresitah se n t; carana simni -to th e feet;purisvarena by I s v a ra
Puri.

(The person named Govinda enters.)

Govinda: (aside) Isvara Purz sent me here, saying, "Go to Caitanya

Mahaprabhu". I cannot understand the limits of my great good fortune. (He
approaches and offer obeisances with folded hands.)
My Lord, Isvara Purz said to me: "When I first saw Krsna
Caitanya I became filled with happiness. I do not see any other place for you.
Go to Him". In this way Isvara Puri has sent me to Your feet.

Text 53

sri krsna ca-itanya-h: asti tathaiva mayi tesam akhandam eva vatsalyam,

asti is ; tatha so ; eva in d e e d ;mayi to M e ; te s am of t h e m ; ak h a ndam

unbroken; eva in d e e d; vatsalyam a f f e c t i o n.
 Srz Krsna Caitanya: This is Isvara Purz s great fatherly love for Me.

Text 50

sarvabhaumah: tvam tasya paricarakah

tvam yo u; tasya hi s ; pa r i c arakah s e r v a n t .

Sarvabhauma: You were Isvara Puri's disciple and servant?

Text 55

govindah: atha kim.

atha kim yes.

Govinda: Yes.

Text 56

sarvabhaumah: svamin katham asau brahmanetaram paricarakatvenanugrhitavan

svamin 0 Lo r d ; ka t h am ho w ? ; as au hi m ; br a h m a na br a h m a n a;itaram
another;paricarakatvena as a servant; anugrhitavan accepted.

Sarvabhauma: My Lord, how can You accept another brahmana as Your

servant?

Text 57

sri krsna -caitany-ah: bhattacarya maivam vadih

hareh svatantrasya krpapi tadvad

dhattenasajati kulady -apeksam-
suyodhanasyannam apohya harsaj
j agraha devo vidurannam eva

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya;ma do n t ; ev am in t h i s w a y; vadih s p e a k ;

hareh of L o rd Hari; svatantrasya in d e p e n d ent;krpa me r c y ; api al s o ;ta d vat
then; dhatte pl a c es;na no t ; sa t h i s ; j a t i bi r th ; ku l a fam i l y ; ad i b eg i n n i n g
with; apeksam co n s i deration;suyodhanasya of D u r y o d h a na;annam t h e m e a l ;
apohya rejecting; harsat happily;jagraha accepted;devah the Lord;vidura
of Vidura; annam th e m e a l; eva i n d e e d .

Srz Krsna Caitanya: Bhattacarya, don t talk in that way. The independent
S upreme Personality of Godhead bestows His mercy with out th i n k in g of bi r t h ,
caste, or any other external thing. Alth ough He would not eat the food offered
by the ksatriya Duryodhana, Lord Krsna happily accepted the food offered by
the sudra Vidura.

Text 58

sarvabhaumah: evam eva

evam in t h at way; eva in d eed.

Sarvabhauma: That is true.

Text 59

sri krsn-a cait-anyah: bhavatu. yadyapi pujyanam paricarakena sva pari-carya

karayitum nayujyate tath.api tad ajna-ya tathaiva kartavyam (iti .tam anugrhnati.)

bhavatu so be it;yadyapi al t h o u g h;pujyanam wo r s h i p a b l e;paricarakena

by servant; sva pari-carya ow n s e rvice;karayitum to d o ; na no t ; yu j y a t e i s
proper; tathapi nevertheless; tad ajnay-a by h i s o r d e r; tatha in t h a t w a y ; ev a
indeed; kartavyam sh o u l d be done; iti t h u s ; t am h i m ; an u g r h n ati i s k i n d .

Srz Krsna Caitanya: So be it. Alth ough it is not ri ght to accept service from
the servant of a worshipable superior, if the superior orders, one must accept.
(He accepts Govinda and shows kindness to him.)

Text 60

(pravisya sa tvaram -) .
mukundah: svamin brahmananda bharat-i bhavantam didrksamana agato sti. yady
aj napayasi tad ihaivanayamah

pravisya en t e r i ng;sa tvaram -ha s tily; svamin Lord; brahmananda bharati-

Brahmananda Bharati; bhavantam Yo u ; di d rksamana wi s h i n g to see;agato asti
has come; yadi if ; ajn a payasi Yo u o r d e r; tat t h e n ; ih a her e ; eva i n d e e d ;
anayamah w e w i ll b r i n g .

(Mukunda hastily enters.)

Mukunda: Lord, Brahmananda Bharatz has come. He is very eager to see
Y ou. Give the order and we will b r in g him h e r e .

Text 61

sri krsna cai-tanyah-: santam manyah k.halu bhavanty ami. tan manyaiva
gantavyam .

santam pe a ce;maanyah wo r s h i u p a b le;khalu in d e e d ;bhavanti i s ; a m i

he; tat th e r e fore;manya to t h e w o r s h i pable; eva i n d e e d;gantavyam s h o u l d
be gone.

S rz Krsna Caitanya: Quiet. He is My superior. I should go to hi m .

Text 62

sarvabhaumah:

a2aukikanam api 2aukikatvam

alaukikatva pra-thanaya nunam
bhuvah prayanam kila visnu pad-ya
divam nayatyeva sarira bhaj
-ah

( iti bhagavantam agre krtva parikramanti ) .

a2aukikanam of t h ey who are extraordinary;api ev e n ; 2aukikatvam

ordinariness; a2aukikatva be y o nd the world; prathanaya to s p r e a d;nunam
indeed;bhuvah on the earth; prayanam gone;kila indeed;visnu pady-a the
water that washed Lord Visnu's feet; divam he a v e n;nayati b r i n g s ; eva i n d e e d ;
sarira bhaj a-h they who have material bodies;iti th u s ;bh agavantam t h e L o r d ;
agre be fore; krtva pl a c i n g ;parikramanti w a l k s .

Sarvabhauma: When exalted persons act humbly as if they were ordinary

men, the result is extraordinary. For example, even though the goddess Ganges
naturally resides at the lotus feet of Lord Visnu, she voluntarily descends to this
m aterial world and carries the conditioned souls back to the spiritual wo r l d .

(Placing the Lord in front, they walk .)

Text 63

(tatah pravisati carmambaro brahmanandah ) .

brahmanandah: (puro valokya) ayam eva sri krsna c-aitany-ah tatha h.i

kanaka parigha -dirgha d-irgha b-ahuh-

sphutatara kancana -ketaki da-labhah-
nava damanak-a ma2ya 2a-2yama-na
dyutir ati caru gati-h sam-ujjihite

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;carma of s k i n ; am b arah g a r m e n t ;

brahmanandah Brahmananda;purah ahead;avalokya looking;ayam He;
eva indeed; sri krsna cai-tanyah -Lord Ca itanya;tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e;kanaka
golden; parigha staff;dirgha lo n g;dirgha lo n g; bahuh ar ms;sphutatara
blossoming; kancana go l d e n; ketaki kr t a k i ; da la pe t a l ;ab hah s p l e n d o r ;
nava ne w; damanaka of d a m a n a ka flowers;ma2ya ga r l a nd; 2a2yamana dyutih
splendor; ati c-aru g-atih gr a c eful; samujjihite is m a n i f e s ted.

(Wearing a deerskin garment, Brahmananda enters.)

Brahmananda: (looking ahead) H ere is Sri Kr sna Caitanya. His arms like
long golden clubs, His complexion like glistening golden ketaki flow ers, and His
transcendental form splendidly decorated with a garland of fresh damanaka
flowers, gracefully walking Sri Krsna Caitanya has now appeared before me.

Text 60

sri krs-na cai-tanyah: (upasrtya tam ava2okyapi carma ce2a-tvam atmano

nabhimatam iti bodhayan savahittham )m.ukunda kvasau

upasrtya ap p r o a ching; tam hi m ; av a l o k ya se e i n g;api al s o ;ca rma

celatvam we a r i ng a deersking garment; atmanah se l f; anabhimatam n o t
recognizing; iti th u s ; bo dhayan kn o w i n g ; savahittham wi t h p r e t e n se;
mukunda 0 Mu k u n d a ; kva wh e r e ? ;asau h e .

Sri Krsna Caitanya: (not i cing the deerskin garment, He pretends not to see
him.) Muk u nda wh ere is he?

Text 65

mukundah: ayam ayam

ayam he ; ayam he.

Mukunda: This is he.

Text 66

sri krsna c-aitany-ah: na hi sa ced abhavisyat tada katham carma celatven-a bahya
vesavesa vasatvam -asyabhavisyat

na no t; hi in d e e d ;sah he ; ce t if ; ab h a v isyat we r e ;ta da th e n ; k a t h a m

why?; carma celatvena -with a deerskin garment; bahya vesavesa -vasatvam -as
external garment; asya of h i m ; ab havisyat w o u l d b e .

Sri Krsna Caitanya: This is not he. If this were Brahmananda, then why
would he wear this outer garment of deerskin?

Text 67
 brahmanandah: (akarnya svagatam) aho asmai carma c-elatvena na rocata
iva .
bhavati hi

dambhaika m-atra p-rathanaya kevalam

carmambaradi na vastu sa-dhanam
caladbhir urvim rj
unaiva vartmana
sukhena gamyasya samapy ato 'vadhih

kim etena (it.i carmajihasati ) .

akarnya he a r i n g; svagatam as i d e;ahah oh ; as m ai to H i m ; c a r m a

celatvena ha v i ng a deerskin garment;na no t ; ro c a te pl e a s e s;iva a s i f ;
bhavati is ; hi in d e e d ;da mbhaika fa l s e prid e;matra on l y ; pr a t h anaya t o
expand; kevalam on l y ; ca rma de e r s k i n;ambara ga r m e n t ;adi b e g i n n i n g w i t h ;
na no t; vastu re a l ;sadhanam sp i r i t u al pra ctice;caladbhih b y t h e y w ho m o v e ;
urvim on the earth; rjuna properly;eva indeed;vartmana on the path;
sukhena easily;gamyasya go i n g ; samapyatah at t a i n e d;avadhih th a t ; k i m
what.; etena wi t h t h i s; iti th u s ;ca r ma th e s k i n ;ji h a s ati r e j e c t s .

B rahmananda: (listening) Ah . H e is not p l eased with my deerskin. Thi s

deerskin garment is simply a way to flaunt my false pride. It is not useful. They
who live a simple, honest life are actually in a good position to attain
advancement in spiritual realization. What is the use of this thing? (He discards
the deerskin outer-garment.)

Text 68

s ri krsna -cai tany -ah: (damodaram ni riksate ) .

damodarah: (i6ngitam baddhva sa tvaram -bahir vasah -prayacchati ) .
b rahmanandah: (paridadhati ) .
sri krsna c-ai tany -ah: (upasarpy a pranamati ) .

damodaram Da m o d a ra;niriksate se e s;i6ngitam hi n t e d ;baddhva g i v i n g ;

sa tvaram -quickly; bahir vasah -ou ter garments; prayacchati g i v e s ;
paridadhati pl a c e s;upasarpya ap p r o a c hing;pranamati b o w s .

(Sri Krsna Caitanya glances at Damodara. Understanding Lord Caitanya s

hint, Damodara at once gives Brahmananda an outer garment of cloth.
Brahmananda dresses himself in the cloth outer-garment. Sri Krsna Caitanya
approaches Brahmananda and then bows down before him.)

Text 69

brahmanandah: (sa sadhvasa-daram) svamin loka siksartha-m yadyapi bhavatam

idam ucitam eva tathapi no ti bhaya jan-akam etat tad aparam .naitad anustheyam
pasya pasya
ni2aca2asya mahima na hi madrsena
saktyo nirupayitum evam a2aukikatvat
ete cara s-thirataya pratibhasamane
dve brahmani yad iha samprati gaura n-ile

sa sa-dhvasa wi th fear; adaram an d r e s p ect;svamin 0 Lo r d ; lo k a t he

world; siksa ar-tham to t e a ch;yadyapi al t h o u g h;bhavatam of Y o u ; id am t h i s ;
ucitam pr o p e r; eva in d e e d;tathapi st i l l ;nah of u s ; at i b h-aya janakam
making external; etat th i s ; tad aparam th e n ; na no t ; et a t thi s ; an u s theyam
to be situated; pasya pasya lo o k ! l o o k !; ni2aca2asya of N i l a c ala;mahima g l o r y ;
na no t; hi in d e e d ;ma drsena li k e m e; saktyah po w e r s ;nirupayitum t o
describe; evam th u s ; alaukikatvat be c a u se of extraordinariness; ete t h e y ;
cara mo v i n g; sthirataya an i n e r t ; pr atibhasamane re f le cted;dve t w o ;
brahmani Br a h m a ns;yat wh i c h ; ih a her e ; sa mprati no w ; ga u ra fa i r ; n i l e
and dark.

Brahmananda: (both fri ghtened and struck with awe) L o r d , a l t h o ugh in

o rder to teach the people of this world w hat You have done is proper, still it f i l l s
me with fear. Therefore it is not right to do th is. The glories of this city of
¹l acala are so great and wonderful that it is not possible for a person like me to
properly describe them. In ¹ l a c a l a th e Supreme Personality of Godhead now is
manifest in two forms: one a dark stationary form, and the other a moving form
with a fair complexion.

Text 70

sri krsna -caitan-yah: samprati sabda-sya vartamanatvad aciragate bhavaty eva

gaura brahm-ata namaika desa v-arti -brahm-a sabda-tvac ca

samprati sabdas-ya the word now; vartamanatvat be c a u se of meaning the

present; acira qu i c k l y; agate ar i v e d;bhavati is; eva in d e ed; gaura
brahmata th e c onception of a fair Brahman;nama na m e ; eka desa v-arti b-rahm-a
sabdatvat be c ause the word brahman is in one place;ca a l s o .

Sri Krsna Caitanya: You say "now". That means at this moment the Supreme
Personality of Godhead is present here in a golden form. Because in your name
the word "brahma" r e f ers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, therefore
y ou are that golden form of the Lord .

Text 71

brahmanandah: vyapya vyapaka -bhavatve-naiva

tad anumiyate vyapyatv.am ca
carma tyagenaiv-aj nayatam

vyapya li m i t e d; vyapaka un l i m i t e d ;bhavatvena be c a use of the nature;

eva in d e ed; tat th a t ; an u miyate is c o n s i d e red;vyapyatvam th e s t a te of being
 limited; ca an d ; ca rma of d e e r s k i n;tyagena by r e n u n c i a t i o n;eva ce rtainly;
j nayatam is understood.

B rahmananda: There are a difference between the limited and the unli m i t e d .
Because I have now rejected my deerskin garment, it should be understood that
I am a limited jiva soul.

Text 72

sarvabhaumah: samyag ahuh sripadah

samyag ri g h t l y; ahuh sp e a k s;sripadah Sr i pada.

Sarvabhauma: Sripada Brahmananda speaks the truth.

Text 73

brahmanandah: sarvabhauma pasya pasya

suvarna varn-o hemango

varangas candanangadi

sarvabhauma Sa rvabhauma;pasya lo o k ! ; pa sya lo o k ! ; su v arna o f g o l d ;

varnah color;hema of gold; angah body; varangah handsome;
candanangadi an o i n t ed with sandal paste.

Brahmananda: Sarvabhauma, see! See! The Visnu-sahasra-nama describes

t he golden form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the word s :

suvarna-varno hemango
varangas candanangadi

Text 70

iti namany etenaiva sanvayatvam pratipedire candan.angaditvam samprasada

candanakta dorenai-va bhagavadbhih srijagannathadevair eva kriyamanam asti pasya.
pasya bhagavad rupa ma-trasy-a paramananda pradatv-am kim punah svayam
bhagavatah sri krsnasy-a aho citr.am

iti th u s ; namani na m e s ;etena b y t h i s ; eva i n d e e d ; sanvayatvam w i t h t h e

meaning; pratipedire e x p l a i ns; candanangaditvam t h e w o r d c a ndanangadi;
s amprasada decoration; candana s a n dal paste; akta a n o i n t ed; dorena with
lines; eva-indeed; bhagavadbhih sri-jagannathadevaih b y L o r d Jagannatha; eva
indeed; kriyamanam b e i n g d o ne; asti i s ; p a sya pasya l o o k ! L o o k ! ; bh agavad-
rupa-matrasya o f the Lord's form; paramananda-pradatvam g i v i n g
transcendental bliss; kim w h a t 7 ; p u na h m o r e ; s v ayam bhagavatah sri-
k rsnasya of L ord K r sna Himself; ahah O h ; c i t ra m w o n d e r f u l .

The name "candanangadi" refers to Lord Jagannatha when He is decorated

with lines drawn in sandalwood paste. See! See! The appearance of the Lord in
His Deity form brings supreme transcendental bliss. What can be said of Lord
K rsna? Ah! This is all very wonderful .

Text 75

anandanubhavaika-sadhanam aho rupam ghanananda-cid-

bahyantahkaranormi-vrtti-virahasyapadakam pasyatam
hitvanandathu-labdhaye hrdi nirakaram tu yais cintyate
manye tan bhramayaty aho bhagavato sa kapi durvasana

ananda of b l i ss; anubhava pe r c e p tion;eka on e ; sa dhanam m e t h o d ;

ahah oh; ru pam th e f o r m ; gh ana in t e n s e;ananda bl i s s ; cit s p i r i t ; ba h ya
external; antahkarana in t h e h e a rt;urmi wa v e s ;vrtti ac t i o n s vir ; ahasya
separation; apadakam to H is s andals;pasyatam sh o u ld be seen;hitva p l a c i n g ;
anandathu of b l i s s; labdhaye fo r t he attainment;hrdi in t h e h e a r t; nirakaram
without form; tu in d e e d ;yaih by w h o m ; ci n t y a te co n s i d e r e d;manye I t h i n k ;
tan th e y; bhramayaty be w i l d e r;ahah in d e e d ;bhagavatah of t h e L o r d; sah
he; kapi so m e t h i n g; durvasana ma t e r i al desires.

When one sees the blissful, all know ing form of the Supreme Personality of
Godhead, one's senses, heart, and mind all become stunned with tr anscendental
bliss. They who reject the Lord's personal form and instead meditate on
something formless in their hearts are bewildered. They do not und erstand the
truth of the Personality of Godhead. Their hearts are filled with m a t erial
deszres.

Text 76

apl ca

amurtatvam tattvam yadi bhagavatas tat katham aho

madasuyadinam api na bhagavat tattva ga-nana-
na murtamurtatve bhavati niyamah kim tu paramo
ya anando yasmad api sa ca sa iso mama matam

api ca fur t h e r m o re; amurtatvam fo r m l e s s ness;tattvam tr u t h ; ya di i f ;

bhagavatah of t he Lord; tat th e n ; ka t h am wh y ? ; ah ah oh ; ma d a s uyadinam
of they who are proud and envious; api al s o ;na no t ; bh a g avat o f t h e L o r d ;
tattva th e t r u t h; ganana co n s i d e red;na no t ; mu r t a fo r m ; am u r t a t v e
formlessness; bhavati is ; ni yamah or i g i n ; kim wh e t h e r ?tu ; ce r tainly;
paramah su p r e me;yah wh a t ; an a ndah bl i s s ;yasmat from which; api a l s o ;
sah He; ca a n d ; sah He ; is a h th e L o r d ; ma ma my ; ma t a m o p i n i o n .
 If the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the formless totality of existance,
then why are not the proud and envious demons also the Supreme Spirit? In
tuth, the Supreme is not limi ted by either form or fo r m l e ssness. He has a feature
with form and He also has a feature without form. He is Hi m self full of
transcendental bliss, and He is the source of transcendental bliss for others.
That is my opinion.

Text 77

sarvabhaumah: svamin evam eva. anandamayo bhyasat ity atra vyakhyatam

caitat sva.yam anandah paran apy anandayati ya.tha pracura dh-anah parebhyo pi
dhanam dadatiti pracuryarthe mayad iti. kintu tat krp-a ced bhavati tada nirakara
bhavanato pi punah sri vig-raha ma-dhurya eva nipatati. uktam cabhiyuktaih

svamin 0 lo r d ; evam th u s ; eva ce r t a i n l y;anandamayah f u l l o f b l i s s ;

abhyasat fr om c onstant existence;iti th u s ; at ra he r e ;vy a k h yatam e x p l a i n e d ;
ca and; etat th i s ; svayam pe r s o n a l l y;anandah bl i s s ;paran ot h e r s ;api
also; anandayati de l i g h t s;yatha as ; pr a cura dha-nah a w e althy man;
parebhyah to o t h e rs;api al s o ;dh anam we a l t h ; dadati gi v e s ;iti t h u s ;
pracuryarthe for increasing; mayat th e a f f ix maya;iti th u s ; ki n tu h ow e v e r ;
tat Hi s ; krpa me r c y ;cet if ; bh a v a ti is ; ta d a th e n ;ni r a k a ra bhav-anatah
being formless; api al s o;punah ag a i n;sri vigra-ha of t he L o rd s form;
madhurye sw e e tness;eva in d e e d; nipatati fa l l s ;uk t am sa i d ;ca a l s o ;
abhiyuktaih wi t h r e a s ons.

Sarvabhauma: Lord, that is right. What you have said is confirmed by th e

Vedanta-sutra, which says: "anandamayo 'bhyasat" (The Supreme is full of bl i s s,
and He gives bliss to others.)
The affix "maya" in "anandamaya" means both "possessor" and " g i v e r", just
as wealthy philanthropist possesses wealth and also gives it to others. If one
attains the Supreme Lord's mercy, he becomes able to give up the impersonalist
idea of the Supreme and understand the transcendental sweetness of Supreme
Person s spiritual form. This is explained in these words of Bilvamangala
Thakura:

Text 78

advaita vithi pat-hikai-r upasyah

svananda simhasa-na labdha -diksah-
sathena kenapi vayam hathena
dasi krta gopa -vadhu vi-tena -

advaita of m o n i s m; vithi pathikaih -on th e p ath; upasyah w o r s h i p e d ;

svananda simhasan-a labdha d-iksah -initiated into impersonalism; sathena by a
cheater; kenapi so m e o ne;vayam we ; ha t h ena fo r c i b l y; dasi krta m- a de into a
maidservant; gopa vadhu vite-na b-y He who jokes with the gopis.
 "Although I was worshiped by those on the path of monism and in i t i a t ed
into self-realization through the yoga system, I am nonetheless forcibly turned
into a maidservant by some cunning boy who is always joking with the gopis."'

Text 79

damodarah: (brahmanandam prati) sripada maya nimantritah stha ta.d idanim

ananta ka-raniyaya gacchantu

brahmanandam prati to B r a h m a nanda;sripada 0 Sr i p a d a;maya b y m e ;

nimantritah stha re m i n d e d; tat th a t ;id a n im no w ; an a n ta ka-raniyaya f o r t h e
duties; gacchantu sh o u ld go.

Damodara: (to Brahmananda) Sr i p ada, may I remind you it is t im e to go and

attend to your duties.

Text 80

sri krsn-a caita-nyah: svamin evam eva yujyate

svamin lo r d ; evam th u s ; eva in d e e d ;yujyate is right.

S ri Krsna Caitanya: Lord, it is ri g h t .

Text 81

brahmanandah: yad abhirucitam bhavate (iti da.modaradibhih katibhih saha

niskrantah.)

yat what; abhirucitam pl e a s es;bhavate sh o u l d b e ; i ti t h u s ; da m o dara

adibhih he a d ed by Damodara;katibhih saha wi t h s o m e; niskrantah e x i t s .

Brahmananda: As it please Your Lordship. (Accompanied by Damodara and

some others, he exits.)

Text 82

sri krsna ca-itanya-h: sarvabhauma tvam api gantum arhasi

sarvabhauma 0 Sa r v a bhauma;tvam yo u ; api al s o ;ga n t um arhasi s h o u l d

go.

Sri Krsna Caitanya: Sarvabhauma, you also should go.

 Text 83

sarvabhaumah: deva kincin nivedaniyam asti

deva 0 Lo r d ; ki n cin so m e t h i n g ;nivedaniyam to be asked; asti is.

Sarvabhauma: Lord, I have something to ask.

Text 80

sri krs-na cai -tany ah: kim tat.

kim what7; tat that.

Sri Krsna Caitanya: What is it?

Text 85

sarvabhaumah: svamin abhayam ced diyate tada nivedyate

svamin 0 Lo r d ; ab hayam fe a r l e s sness;

cet if ; di y a te is g i v e n; tada then;
nivedyate it m ay be asked.

Sarvabhauma: Lord, if You assure me that I may speak without fear, then I
will speak my request.

Text 86

sri krsna -caitany-ah: asadhvasam eva kathyatam.

asadhvasam wi t h o ut fear; eva in d e e d;kathyatam ma y b e s po ken.

Srz Krsna Caitanya: You may speak without fear.

Text 87

sarvabhaumah: bhupa2ah sri caranav-a2okanaya samutkanthate. yady anumanyase

tada tam anayama

bhupa2ah the king; sri carana -Yo ur fe et; ava2okanaya to s ee;

samutkanthateyearns; yady if ; an u manyase yo u p e r m i t; tada th e n ; t a m him;
anayama w e w i ll b r i n g .

Sarvabhauma: The king is very eager to see Your feet. If You give
p ermission, we will br ing him h e r e .

Text 88

sri k-rsna ca-itanyah: (karnau pidhaya) sarvabhauma bhavatapidam ucyate

niskincanasya bhagavad bh-aj anonmukhasya

param param jigamsor bhava sa-garasya
sandarsanam visayinam athayositam ca
ha hanta hanta visa bh-aksanato 'py asadhu

karnau ears; pidhaya covering; sarvabhauma 0 Sarvabhauma;bhavata by

you; api also; idam th i s ; ucyate is s a i d; niskincanasya o f o n e w ho h a s
nothing;bhagavat of the Lord;bhajana the service; unmukhasya eager; param
param the far shore; jigamsoh wi s h i ng to cross;bhava sag-arasya of t he ocean
ofbirth and death; sandarsanam th e s ig ht;visayinam of m a t e r i a l i s ts;atha a n d ;
yositam of w o m e n; ca an d ; ha oh ; ha n t a oh ; ha n t a oh ; vi s a o f p o i s o n ;
bhaksanatah th a n eating;api ev e n ;asadhu w o r s e .

Sri Krsna Caitanya: (covers His ears) Sarvabhauma, what are you saying?
Alas, for a person who is seriously desiring to cross the material ocean and
engage in the transcendental loving service of the Lord wi t h out m a t erial
motives, seeing a materialist engaged in sense gratification, and seeing a woman
w ho is similarly interested, is more abominable than drink ing poison wi l l i n g l y . '

Text 89

sarvabhaumah: svamin satyam evaitat kintv a.sau sri jagannatha sevak-ah

svamin 0 Lo r d ; sa tyam tr u e ; e va i n d e e d ; etat th i s ; ki n tu h o w e v e r ;

asau he; sri jagannatha sevaka-h a servant of Lord Jagannatha.

Sarvabhauma: My Lo rd, what You say is true. Still, the king is a sincere
servant of Lord Jagannatha.

Text 90

sri krsna ca-i tany a-h:

akarad api bhetavyam

strmam visayinam api
yathaher manasah ksobhas
tatha tasyakrter api

yady evam punar ucyate tadatra na punar aham drastavyah

 akarat fr o m t he for m; api ev e n ;bh etavyam fr i g h t e n e d;strmam o f a
woman; visayinam of a h e d o nist;api al s o ;ya t ha as ; ah eh o f a s n a k e ;
manasah of t he min d; ksobhah ag i t a t i o n; tatha so ; ta s ya of h i m ; a k r t e h
from the form; api ev e n ;ya di if ; ev a m th u s ;pu n ah ag a i n ;uc yate i s s a i d ;
tada th e n; atra he r e ;na no t ; pu n a h ag a i n ;ah am I; dr a s t a vyah w i l l b e
seen.

Sri Krsna Caitanya: Just as one is immediately frightened by seeing a live

serpent or even the form of a serpent, one endeavoring for self-realization
should similarly fear a materialistic person and a woman. Indeed, he should not
even glance at their bodily features.' If you say this once more, you will n ever
see Me again.

Text 91

sarvabhaumah: (tusnim tisthati.)

tusnim tisthati be c o m es silent.

(Sarvabhauma is silent.)

Text 92

sri krsna -caita-nyah: bhattacarya ati kalo b-abhuva.

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c ary;ati kalah -l a t e; babhuva it is.

Sri Krsna Caitanya: Bhattacarya, it is late.

Text 93

sarvabhaumah: yatha rucitam -svamine (iti nis.krantah.)

yatha as; rucitam it pleases; svamine th e Lor d; iti th u s ;ni s k r a ntah e x i t s .

Sarvabhauma: As it pleases my Lord. (He exits.)

Text 90

sri krsna ca-itanya-h: mukunda yadi daksinasyam disi gate sati sripada
nityanandena kva gatam

mukunda 0 Mu k u n d a ;ya di if ; da k s i n asyam disi in t h e s o u t h; gate g o n e ;

sati wh e n; sripada nityanan-dena by L o rd Ni t y a nanda; kva wh e r e 7;gatam
gone.
 Sri Krsna Caitanya: Mu k u n da, when I was in the south, where did Sripada
Nityananda go?

Text 95

mukundah: gaude uktam cedam bhagavad ag-amana sa-mayam anumaya punah

sarvair advaita pr-amukhaih saha mayatragantavyam iti.

gaude in Bengal; uktam sa i d; ca an d ; id am th i s ;bh a g avat o f t h e L o r d ;

agamana ar i v a l; samayam ti m e ; an umaya fo l l o w i n g ;punah ag a i n ;sarvaih
byall; advaita pra-mukhaih th e d e v o teesheadedbyA d v a i t a;saha wi t h ; m a y a
by Me; atra he r e ; agantavyam sh o u l d be gone. iti.

M ukunda: To Bengal. He said: "When the Lord returns I w il l go to Hi m w i t h

Advaita and all the devotees."

Text 96

gopmathah: sampratam dvairajyadikam api nasti. panthas ca sugamah gund.ica

yatra ca nediyasi tada.gamana sama-gri sarvaivasti kintu .svaminam pratyagamana
varta tavad dura gami-ni ced bhavati. athava krtam sandehena

dhvantam vidhuya kiranair uditasya bhanos

candrasya vajagati ke kathayanti vartam
2okottarasya ki2a vastuna eva seyam
sai2i svayam svam abhitah prakati karoti-

t at svamin jagannathadevasya sayahna dhupa -samay-o jatah yady .anumanyase (ity .

ardhokte sadhvasam natayati ) .

sampratam no w ; dv a irajyadikam wa r b e t w e en the two countries;api a l s o ;

na no t; asti is ; pa n t h ah th e r o a d s;ca an d ; su gamah ea s y to travel;gundica
yatra the journey to Gundica; ca an d ; ne diyasi ne a r ; ta da th e n ;ag a mana
samagri re t u r n; sarva al l ; eva in d e e d ;asti is ; ki n t u bu t ; sv a m i n am t h e
Lord; pratyagamana of t he r eturn;varta ne w s ; ta v at th e n ; du ra s l o w ;
gamini go i n g; cet if; bhavati is ; at hava or ; kr t a m do n e ; sa n dehena w i t h
doubt; dhvantam de s t r o yed;vidhuya sh a k i n g; ki r a naih wi t h l i g h t ; ud i t asya
risen; bhanoh of t he sun; candrasya of t h e m o o n; va or ;ja g a ti i n t h e
universe; ke wh o ? ; kathayanti te l l s ;va rtam th e n e w s ; lokottarasya o f t h e
extraordinary; kila in d e e d;vastuna in t r u t h ; eva in d e e d ;sa th a t ;iy am t h i s ;
sai2i mo u n t a in; svayam pe r s o n a lly;svam abhitah ar o u n d ; pr a kati karoti -

manifests; tat th a t ; svamin 0 Lo r d ;ja g a n nathadevasya of L o rd Jagannatha;

sayahna ev e ning; dhupa ar a t i;samayah ti m e ;j atah is m a n i f e s t;yadi i f ;
anumanyase You permit; iti th u s ;ar d ha ha l f ; uk t e sp o k e n ;sadhvasam w i t h
timidness; natayati dr a m a t i z es.
 Gopznatha: For now there is no war between the two countries and the roads
are easy to travel. The journey to Gundica is short. All the devotees have made
a rrangements to come. However, if there were news that Your Lordship wer e
returning to them, then what would be the use of their taking the trouble to
come here?
W ith their rays of light the sun and moon di spel the darkness of the world .
Who disputes it? It is the nature of very exalted personalities to manifest
themselves by their own wi ll . My L o rd , now it is t im e for L ord Jagannatha s
dhupa-arati. If You give Your permission .. . ( F r i g h t e n ed, he stops himself in
mid-sentence.)

Text 97

sri krs-na cai-tanyah: acarya gamyatam dhupavalokanaya ah.am api purisvara

svarupabhyam saha sankathanaya gacchami (iti .bhagavanniskrantah.)

acarya ac a rya;gamyatam it m a y be gone;dhupa th e d h u p a - arati;

avalokanaya to s ee;aham I; ap i al s o ;pu r i s vara svar-upabhyam wi t h P u r i s vara
and Savrupa; saha wi t h ; sankathanaya to t a l k ; gacchami I g o ; i ti t h u s ;
bhagavan the Lord; niskrantah e x i t s .

Sri Krsna Caitanya: Acarya, you may go to see the dhupa-arati. I will go to
speak with Paramananda Puri and Damodara Svarupa. (The Lord exits.)

Text 98

gopmathah: aho niskranta eva bhagavan tad a.ham api dhupam drstva punas
tatraiva milisyami. (iti k aticit padany -adadhati ).

ahah ah; niskrantah le f t ; eva in d e e d ;bhagavan the Lord; tat t h e n ;

aham I; api al s o ;dh u pam th e d h u p a - a rati;drstva having seen; punah a g a i n;
tatra th e r e;eva in d e e d;milisyami I w i l l m e e t ; iti thus; katicit s o m e ;
padani st e ps;adadhati t a k e s .

Gopznatha: Ah! The Lord has gone. After I see the dhupa-arati I will m e et
with Him again. (He takes a few steps.)

Text 99

nepathye:

asanne ratha vijaye kh-ilesvarasya

prapto yam dharini patih pra-taparudrah
bhuyo 'yam yati vrsabhasy-a gaura murteh -

pratyaksi karana kr-te praya-tna krt syat -

 asanne ma nifested; ratha vij aye in t h e R athayatra festival;akhilesvarasya o f
the Supreme Lord; praptah at t a i n e d;ayam th i s ; dh a rini patih t h e k i n g ;
prataparudrah Prataparudra;bhuyah again;ayam He;yati v-rsabhasya
greatest sannyasi; gaura murteh go l d e n for m; pratyaksi k-arana k-rte fo r a direct
meeting; prayatna k-rt en d e a vor;syat w i l l b e .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: There is King Prataparudra, come for the
Rathayatra festival of Lord Jagannatha, and there is Lord Caitanya, the golden-
complexioned leader of the sannyaszs. I will try to arrange for Them to meet.

Text 100

gopinathah: aho ayam bhattacaryasya2apah sruyate tan .mahipa2ena gaj apatina

samagatam iva bh.avaty api abhyarno yam ratha ma-hotsavah tad .aham sri
j agannatham alokya yavad agacchami (iti .niskrantah.)

ahah oh; ayam he; bhattacaryasya of t he Bhattacarya;alapah w o r d s ;

sruyate are heard;tan th a t; mahipalena by t h e k i n g; gaj apatina Pr a t a parudra;
samagatam c o m e ;iva as if; bhavati is ; api al s o ;ab h yarnah ne a r ;ayam t h e ;
ratha maho-tsavah ratha festival; tat th a t ; ah am I; sr i j a g a -nnatham L o r d
Jagannatha; alokya having seen; yavat as ; agacchami I c o m e ; iti t hu s ;
niskrantah exits.

Gopinatha: Ah! I hear the words of the Bhattacarya. He has come must have
come here with King Prataparudra. It is almost time for for the Rathayatra
festival. For now I will see Lord Jagannatha, and then I will return. (He exits.)

Text 101

(tatah pravisati bhattacaryah ) .

bhattacaryah: agamana sama k-alam -eva yad aham ahuto smi gaj apatina
tenonnitam sri krsna c-aitany-a darsana-rtham ayam utkanthate. (iti
parikramyavalokya ca.) aho ayam ayam avanipatih yavad .upasarpami (ity .

u pasarpati ) .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;bhattacaryah Bh a t t a c arya;agamana sama -

kalam ar r i v a l; eva in d e e d ; y a t w h a t ;ah a m I; ah u t o a smi a m c a l l e d ;

gaj apatina by K i ng P rataparudra;tena by h i m ; un n i t am raised; sri krsna -

caitanya darsana-rtham to s ee Lord Caitanya;ayam utkanthate he y e a rns;iti

thus; parikramya wa l k i n g ; avalokya lo o k i n g ;ca an d ; ah ah ah a ;a y a m
ayam he ; avanipatih th e k i n g ; ya vat as ; up a sarpami I a p p r o a ch iti t h u s ;
upasarpati ap p r o a ches.

(Bhattacarya enters.)

Bhattacarya: As I was coming, King Prataparudra called for me. He is very

eager to see Srz Krsna Caitanya. (He walks and looks.) Ah. This, this is the
king! Let me approach him. (He approaches.)

Text 102

(tatah pravisaty asana st-ho raj a maha pa-trani ca.)

raj a: (sotkantham atma ga-tam)

abhun na cesta mama rajya ces-ta

sukhasya bhogas ca babhuva rogah
atah param cet sa na vtksate mam
na dharayisye bata jivanam ca

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;asana stha-h on a thr o n e; raj a th e k i n g ; maha

patrani ministers; ca al s o; sa utka-ntham wi t h l o n g i n g; atma gata-m as i d e;
abhut wa s; na no t ; ce s ta ac t i o n ;ma ma of m e ; ra j ya roy a l ; ce sta a c t i o n ;
sukhasya of happiness;bhogah enjoyment;ca and; babhuva is; rogah
disease; atah param th e n; cet if ; sa h He ; na no t ; vi k s a te se e s ;mam m e ;
na no t; dharayisye I w i l l m a i n t a i n; bata in d e e dj; ivanam li f e ; ca a n d .

(The king enters and sits on a throne. His ministers also enter.)

King: (Filled with longings, he says to himself) I no longer wish to perform

my royal duties. For me, the enjoyment of happiness has become a disease. If
He will not see me, I will not maintain my life.

Text 103

sarvabhaumah: athah sa cintita -iva laksyate maha raj ah -yad u.panatam api mam
na gocari karoti -tat svayam eva pariciye jayatu .j ayatu maha raj ah-

athah th e n; sa cintitah -t h o u g h t f u l; iva as i f ; la k s yate is s e e n;maha

rajah th e k i n g; yat wh a t ; up a n atam ap p r o a c h e d;api al t h o u g h;mam m e ;
na no t; gocari karoti -m a k es in the range of perception; tat th a t ; svayam
personally; eva ce r t a inly;pariciye I examine; j ayatu al l g l o r i e s;j ayatu a l l
glories; maha raj ah -to the king.

S arvabhauma: I see the king is absorbed in thought. Even thought I am ri gh t

before him, he still does not see me. I will examine him. All gl o r i es, all glories
to the king!

Text 100

r aj a: (avadhanam natayitva) katham. bhattacaryo si ehi. ehi. .(iti pranamati ) .

avadhanam natayitva pa y s attention;katham wh a t 7 ;bhattacaryah

Bhattacarya; asi yo u a re; ehi c o m e . e hi c o m e ; i ti t h u s ;pr a n a m ati b o w s .

King: (notices Sarvabhauma) W ha t is it? You are Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya.

Come here. Come. (He bows down.)

Text 105

sarvabhaumah: (asirbhir abhinandyopavisati ).

asirbhir abhinandya of f e r i n g b l e s sings;upavisati sits.

(Sarvabhauma offers blessings and then sits down.)

Text 106

raj a: bhattacarya niveditam bhavata bhagavate sri krsn-a cait-anyaya

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya; niveditam r e q u e s ted;bhavata by y o u ; bh a gavate

sri krsn-a caita-nyaya to L o rd C aitanya.

King: Bhattacarya, did you place my request before Lord Sri Krsna Caitanya?

Text 107

sarvabhaumah: athakim.

atha k im ye s .

Sarvabhauma: Yes.

Text 108

raja: kim ajnaptam

kim w h a t?; aj naptam o r d e r e d .

King: What did he say?

Text 109

sarvabhaumah: kim kathayami.

kim w h a t?; kathayami wi ll I say.

 S arvabhauma: What wil l I sa y ?

Text 110

raja: (sa vi-sadam) tadaiva mayajnatam asti yad bhavata svayam upetya sa
harso22asam na kathitam. ha dhik.

sa vi-sadam un h a ppy; tada th e n ; e va i n d e e d ;maya by m e ;j natam

known; asti is ; yat wh a t ; bh a v ata by y o u ; sv ayam pe r s o n a l l y;upetya
approaching; sa ha-rsa u22-asam with happiness; na no t ; ka t h it am sa i d ;h a
dhi k alas.

K ing: (unhappily) I k n o w . Yo u h a p p ily come to me, but you wil l no t t ell m e

what He said. Alas!

Text ll l

adarsaniyan api nica jatm

samviksate hanta tathapi no mam
mad eka -varj -am krpayisyatiti
nirniya kim so 'vatatara devah

adarsaniyan no t to be seen;api ev e n ;nica jatin l o w clas s p e o p l e ;

samviksate se es;hanta al a s;tathapi ne v e r t h e less;nah no t ; mam me ; m a d
eka varj a-m the only exception; krpayisyati wi l l b e m e r c i f u l;iti th u s ;n i r n i y a
concluding;kim what?;sah He; avatatara appeared;devah Lord.

Alas, has Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu made His advent deciding that He wil l
deliver all others with the exception of me? He bestows His merciful glance
upon many lower-class men who are usually not even to be seen.'

Text 112

(ksanam sancintya) aye sruyatam

j nataiva tasya kila satya girah pr-atij na

sampraty aho kriyata esa mayapi paksah
pranams tyajami kim u va kim u va karomi
tat pada pan-kajy-ugam
a na-yanadhvaninam

(iti sa baspam -tisthati.)

ksanam for a mome nt; sancintya th i n k i n g ; a ye o h ; sr u y a t am l i s t e n ;

j nata kn o w n ; e va indeed; tasya of H i m ; ki la in d e e d ;satya girah t r - u t h f u l
words; pratij na pr o m i s e;samprati no w ; ah ah ah ; kr i y a t e is d o n e ;esah H e ;
maya by m e; api al s o ;pa ksah si d e ;pr a nan li f e ; ty aj ami I r e n o u n c e;kim u
indeed; va or ; kim u in d e e d ;va or ; ka r o m i I d o ; ta t p a da pankaja yugam
His lotus feet; nayana of t he e yes;adhvaninam on t h e p a t h;iti th u s ;s a -
baspam wi th t ears; tisthati s t a y s .

(He reflects for a moment.) L i s t en. I know w hat He must have said. What He
has said is the truth. Now I w il l say something. I say that either His lotus feet
enter the pathway of my eyes, or I will give up my l i fe. (He sheds tears.)

Text 113

sarvabhaumah: (svagatam) atibhumim gato yam asyanuraga pa-ra bh-agah ki.m

karomi

punar gatva bruyam ahaha tad idam naiva ghatate

na nirbandhas tasya dradhima gar-ima dra-ghima gha-nah
su dur-varo 'py asya prathita pati-ma pra-udhima vah-o
maha rag-ah kascit kam api na vijetum prabhavati

tad adhuna yuktih kriyate (pra.kasam) maha raj a -samasvasihi samasvasihi asty.
upayah ko 'pi bhavan man-oratha taroh -phala pras-avaya

svagatam as ide;atibhumim to t h e l i m i t ; ga tah go n e ; ayam th i s ;as ya o f

him; anuraga para -bhag-ah lo v e; kim wh a t ? ;ka r o mi wi l l I d o ; pu n ah a g a i n ;
gatva go n e; bruyam I will say; ahaha ah a ; tad idam th i s ; na no t ; e v a
indeed; ghatate is ; na no t ; ni r b a n dhah bo u n d ; ta s ya of h i m ; dr a d h ima
garima dragh-ima ghana-h very intense;su durva-rah in s u r m o u n t a ble; api e v e n ;
asya of hi m; prathita patim-a praud-hima vahah -expanded; maha ragah -great
love; kascit so m e t h i n g; kam api so m e h o w;na no t ; vi j etum t o c o n q u e r ;
prabhavati is able; tat th a t ; adhuna no w ; yu k t ih met h o d ;kr i y a te i s ;
prakasam op e n l y; maha raja -0 great king; samasvasihi be c alm;samasvasihi
be calm; asti is ; upayah me a n s ;ko 'pi so m e t h i n g;bhavan manor-atha taroh -of
the tree of your desire; phala th e f r u i t; prasavaya f o r b r i n g i n g .

Sarvabhauma: (aside) T hi s is the greatest love. What w i l l I d o n ow ? W il l I

talk with Him again? Nothing will come of it. Al t h o ugh the ki n g's love is very
great, it does no have the power to defeat the unshakeable resolve of Srz
Caitanya. Ah! Now there is a solution. (Openly) K i n g , t ake heart. Take heart.
There is a way the tree of your desire can bear fruit.

Text llk

raj a: j anasi ced ucy atam

j anasi yo u k n o w; cet if; ucyatam say.

King: If you know a way say it.

 Text 115

sarvabhaumah: yadyapi bhavato yam anuraga d-uta eva tat s-angam asya karayita
tathapy asmad yuktir vartani jivanopayi b-havitum arhati

yadyapi although;bhavatah of you;ayam thisd; anuraga of l o v e; dutah

messenger; eva ce r tainly; tat sa-ngam Hi s c om pany; asya of H i m ; k a r a y i t a
will do; tathapi st i l l ; as mat fr o m t h a t ;yu k t ih me t h o d ;va r t a ni ne w s j; i v a n a
life; upayi bh-avitum to d o; ar h ati de s e r v e s.

S arvabhauma: Although the messenger that is Your love for Him w il l m a k e

the actual arrangement for Your meeting with Srz Caitanya Mahaprabhu, still my
advice can give some help.

Text 116

raja: ucyatam kayuktih.

ucyatam sa y; ka wh a t ? ;yu k t ih the plan.

King: What is your pl an? Tell it .

Text 117

sarvabhaumah: (janantikam) kevalam anuragam eva dutam krtvadvitiya eva raja

vesam vihaya kenapy avidita eva bhagavato j agannathadevasya rathotsava vasare-
nrtya vinoda-srama-m apanetum vijanam aramam avagahamanam anandasvada
viratabahir vrtika-m akasmad upetya vilokayantu bhagavantam bhavanta iti ito
'nyatha na tad ghatate

j anantikam]to him; kevalam al o n e ;anuragam love;eva indeed;dutam

messenger; krtva ma k i n g ; advitiyah wi t h o u t a s econd;eva in d e e d;raj a r o y a l ;
vesam garments;vihaya ab a n d o n i n g;kenapi so m e h o w;aviditah u n k n o w n ;
eva indeed;bhagavato j agannathadevasya of Lord Jagannatha;rathotsava
vasare in t he Rathayatra festival;nrtya da n c i n g;vinoda pa s t i m e s;sramam
exaustion; apanetum to r e m o v e;vijanam so l i t a r y;aramam g a r d e n ;
avagahamanam en t e ring; ananda bl i s s ;asvada ta s t i n g;virata go n e ;ba hih
external; vrtikam ac t s ; akasmat su d d e n l y;upetya at t a i n i n g;vilokayantu m a y
see; bhagavantam th e L o r d; bhavanta yo u ; it i th us ; it a h th e n ; a n y a t h a
otherwise; na no t ; tat th a t ;gh a t a te m a y b e .

Sarvabhauma: (to the king alone) D u r i n g th e Rathayatra festival of Lord

Jagannatha there will be a great festival of dancing. To relieve the fatigue of
dancing, Srz Caitanya will enter a solitary garden. Remove your royal robes and
opulent external garments. Dressed simply, and accompanied only by th e
messenger of your spiritual love, enter that garden. In that way you can
approach the Lord and personally see Him.

Text 118

raja: (sasvasam apavarya) evam eva. kintuyathedam bhavantam vina ko pi na

j anati tatha vidheyam

sasvasam wi th re lief; apavarya to h i m a l o n e;evam th u s ; eva c e r t a i n l y ;

kintu ho w e v e r;yatha as ;id am th i s ;bh a vantam yo u ; vi na ex c e p t ;k o p i
someone; na no t ;ja n ati kn o w s ;ta t ha so ; vi d h e yam s h o u l d b e .

K ing: (relieved, he says to Sarvabhauma alone) So be it. No one but wi l l

know this plan.

Text 119

bhattacaryah: evam eva.

evam th u s; eva in d eed.

Bhattacarya: So be it.

Text 120

( pravisya dauvarikah ) .
dauvarikah: deva rajadhanitah kascid ekah sa tvaram -upasanno sti pranidhih.

pravisya en t e r s;dauvarikah a d o o r k e e per;deva 0 king; raj adhanitah from

the capitol; kascid ekah so m e o n e;sa tvaram -qu i c k l y; upasannah co m e ;asti
is; pranidhih a m e s senger.

(The doorkeeper enters.)

Doorkeeper: Lord, a messanger has just come in great haste from the capitol.

Text 121

raja: pravesyatam

prav esy atam may enter.

King: He may enter.

Text 122
 dauvarikah: (sa t-varam niskramya tam adaya pravisya ca.) deva ayam ayam .

sa tv-aram qu i c k l y; niskramya ex i t i n g ;tam hi m ; ad a ya ta k i n g ;pr a v isya

enters; ca an d; deva Lo r d ; ay am he ; ay a m h e.

D oorkeeper: (hastily exits and then returns with the messenger) My L o r d ,

this is he.

Text 123

raja: pranidhe kathaya sambhramasya karanam

pranidhe 0 messenger; kathaya te l l ; sambhramasya of h a s t e;karanam the

reason.

King: Messenger, tell the reason you have come in such haste.

Text 120

pranidhih: deva

parah sahasrah sahasaiva pare

citrotpalam ye manuj ah sa mudh-ah
kim tairthikas te para cakra-jah kim
srutvaiva ko2aha2am agato 'smi

deva Lo r d; parah sahasrah ma n y t h o u s ands;sahasa su d d e n l y; eva i n d e e d ;

pare on the other shore; citrotpalam o f t h e C i t r o t p a la River;ye w h o ;
manuj ah pe ople; sa mudha-h wi t h c o n f u s ion; kim wh e t h e r 7 ;tairthikah
pilgrims; te th e y; para en e m y ;ca k raj ah so l d i e r s;kim wh e t h e r 7 srutva
;
hearing; eva in d e e d; ko2aha2am tu m u l t; agatah co m e ; as mi I a m .

Messenger: Lord, thousands of men have come to the far shore of the
Citrotpala River. Whether they are pilgrims or the enemy soldiers I do not
know. I heard the tumultu ous sounds they are making and I im m e d i ately ran
here.

Text 125

sarvabhaumah: tairthika eva. anyatha puraiva vartabhavisyat tad anum.iyate

gaudiya evaite bhagavatah sri krsna ca-itanya-sya priya parsadah -bhavatu.. mahaty
evasau madhura gosthi ga-risthanam bhavisyati bhagavata saha kapi gosthi

tairthikah pi l g r i m s ; eva in d e e d; anyatha ot h e r w i s e;pura be f o r e ;eva

indeed; varta ne w s ; abhavisyat wo u l d h a ve been;tat th a t ; an u miyate i s
considered; gaudiyah Be n g a lis;eva in d e e d;ete th e y ; bh agavatah sri krsna-
caitanyasya of L o rd C aitanya;priya th e d e a r;parsadah as s o ciates;bhavatu
may be; mahati gr e a t;eva in d e e d;asau th i s ; ma d hura sw e e t ;gosthi w o r d s ;
garisthanam gr e a t; bhavisyati willbe; bhagavatasaha wi t h t h e L o r d; kapi
some; gostht co n v e rsation.

Sarvabhauma: They are pilgrims. If not, then we would have heard about
them. I can guess they are the Bengalis who are dear associates of Lord Srz
K rsna Caitanya. They will meet the Lord and speak sweet words with H i m .

Text 126

(nepathye ka2aka2ah ).
sarvabhaumah: maharaga satyam evami narendra sar-as tira-m samayatah yad.
ayam ananda ko2-aha2ah sruyate

ka2aka2ah tumu l t; maharaj a 0 ki n g ; sa t yam tr u t h ; eva i n d e e d ; a mi t h e y ;

narendra sara-s tira-m the shore of Narendra-sarovara;samayatah as s embled;
yat what; ayam th i s ; ananda of b l i s s; ko2aha2ah tu m u l t; sruyate i s h e a r d .

(A tumultuous sound comes from behind the scenes.)

Sarvabhauma: 0 k i ng , they must have come at the shore of the Narendra-

sarovara lake. I hear the tumultu ous sounds of their happiness.

Text 127

raja: satyam evaitat

satyam tr u e; eva in d e e d;etat this.

King: It is true.

Text 128

sarvabhaumah: maharaj a yadi rocate tada valabhim aruhya pasyantu kautukam.

maharaj a 0 ki n g ; ya di if ; ro c a te pl e a s e s;
tada th e n ; va l abhim t h e
topmost parapet; aruhya cl i m b i n g ;pasyantu ma y s e e;kautukam t h e w o n d e r .

Sarvabhauma: 0 k i ng , if you l i ke , climb to the top m ost parapet and look at

the wonderful scene.

Text 129
 raj a: yatha r-ucitam bhavate .(iti va2abhim aruhya panthanam ava2okya ca.)
sarvabhauma ka esa bhagavan nirmalya malam adaya tvaramanas tairthikanam
abhimukham dhavati

yatha as; rucitam pl e a s e s;bhavate yo u ; iti thu s ;va l a b him th e p a r a p e t;

aruhya cl i m b i n g; panthanam th e p a t h w a y; avalokya se e i n g;ca a n d ;
sarvabhauma 0 Sa r v a bhauma;kah wh o ? ; esah he ; bh a gavat o f t h e L o r d ;
nirma2ya pr a sadam;ma2am ga r l a nd; adaya ta k i n g ;tv a ramanah h u r r y i n g ;
tairthikanam th e p i l g r i m s; abhimukham to ; dh a v ati r u n s .

King: As you please. (They climb to the parapet and look at the path.)
Sarvabhauma, who is this carrying Lord Jagannatha s prasadam-garlands and
hurrying to meet the pilgrims?

Text 130

sarvabhaumah: ayam damodaro bhagavac cait-anyasya priya par-sadah bha.gavata

advaitadi priy-a suhr-dam agamanam srutva bhagavat pras-ada mal-aya puras krty-a tan
eva samanetum ayam presita iva laksyate

ayam he ; damodarah Da m o d a r a;bhagavac caita-nyasya of L o rd C aitanya;

priya the dear; parsadah as sociate;bhagavata wi t h t he L o r d; a dvaita adi-
beginning with Advaita; priya de a r ; suhrdam fr i e n d s ;agamanam a r r i v a l ;
srutva he a r ing; bhagavat prasa-da malay-a wi th t he Lords prasadam garlands;
puras krtya -before; tan them; eva in d e e d; samanetum to m e e t; ayam h e ;
presitah se n t; iva as i f ; la k s yate is seen.

Sarvabhauma: It is Lord Caitanya s dear associate Damodara. When the Lord

heard that Advaita Acarya and His other dear friends had come, He sent
Damodara to meet them, offer them Lord Jagannatha's prasadam garlands, and
bring them to Himself.

Text 131

raja: evam asti ko pi tatra bhagavac caitany-anugraha patram-

evam th u s; asti is ; ko ' pi so m e o n e ;tatra th e r e ;bh agavac caitany-a o f

Lord Caitanya;anugraha patram -the object ofmercy.

King: So it is. He must have received Lord Caitanya s mercy.

Text 132

sarvabhaumah: atha kim. anyatha katham evam syat tad ajnap.aya

gopinathacaryahvanaya tenaiva sarve pariciyante
 atha kim ye s ; anyatha ot h e r w i s e;katham ho w 7 ; evam th u s ;s y a t may be;
tat then;ajnapaya give the order; gopinathacarya Gopinathha Acarya;
ahvanaya to c all; tena by h i m ; eva in d e e d ;sarve al l ; pa r i c iyante a r e
counted.

Sarvabhauma: Yes. Otherwise how could this be. Order that Gopznatha
Acarya be called. He knows all these devotees.

Text 133

(pravisyapati ks-epena)

acaryah: eso ham asmi tad .ajnapayatu devah kim vidheyam iti.

pravisya en t e r i ng; apati ksep-ena tossing aside the curtain; esah he ; aham
I; asmi am; tat th e n ; aj n a payatu may order; devah th e l o r d; kim w h a t 7 ;
vidheyam to be done;iti t h u s .

(Tossing the curtain aside, Gopznatha hastily enters.)

Acarya: I am he. The king may order me. What is to be done>

Text 130

raj a: sarvabhauma adisa

sarvabhauma Sa rvabhauma;adisa tell.

King: Sarvabhauma, tell him.

Text 135

sarvabhaumah: bhavatami sarve pariciyante tad asman api pratyekam

paricayy antam

bhavata by y o u ; ami sarve al l t h e s e;pariciyante ar e k n o w n; tat t h a t ;

asman th e m; api al s o ;pr a t yekam ea c h o n e;paricayyantam i d e n t i f y .

Sarvabhauma: You know all th ese devotees. Please identify them one by one.

Text 136

gopmathacaryah: badham (ity upav.isati ) .

badham ce r tainly; iti th u s ; up a v isati s i t s .

 Gopznatha Acarya: Certainly. (He sits down.)

Text 137

(nepathye hari sa-nkirtana d-hvanih ).

sarvabhaumah: (akarnya)

sankirtana dh-vanir ayam purato vibhakta

sabdartha eva samabhuc chravana pr-amodi
sabda gra-hena tad an-antaram anya rup-o
labdhartha eva punar anya vid-ho babhuva

nepathye be h i nd the scenes;hari san-kirtana dhv-anih so u n ds of hari-

sankirtana; akarnya li s t e n s;sankirtana dhv-anih so u nd of sankirtana;ayam
this; puratah be f o r e; vibhakta sab-darthah th e c lear meanings of the words;eva
indeed; samabhut is ; sravana pra-modi fo r th e ars;sabda gra-hena by taking the
sounds; tad anan-taram th e n; anya rupa-h an o t h er form; labdha o b t a i n e d ;
arthah meaning;eva certainly; punah again;anya vidh-ah another way;
babhuva 1s.

(A tumultuous sound of Hari-sankzrtana from behind the scenes.)

Sarvabhauma: (listens) T hi s sankzrtana delights the ear, but it is di f f i c ult to

understand the words. First they seem to be one group of words, and then again
another, and then again another.

Text 138

rgj a: (nirupya) idrsam kirtana kausal-am kvapi na drstam

nirupya lo o k i n g ; id rsam li k e t h i s ; ki r t a na ki r t a n a ;ka usalam au s p i c i o u s ;

kvapi an y w h e re; na no t ; dr s t am s e e n .

King: (looking) I h av e never seen a kzrtana wonderful as this.

Text 139

sarvabhaumah: iyam iyam bhagavac caitanya -srstih -

iyam He ; iyam He ; bh a g avac caitanya -Lo rd Ca i tanya;srstih th e c a u s e.

Sarvabhauma: Lord Caitanya is the cause of this kirtana.

Text 100
 raj a: acarya yasmai bhagavan malam ayam arpitavan ayam kah.

acarya 0 a c a r y a ; y asmai to w h o m ; bh a gavan malam th e L o r d s g a r land;

ayam He ; arpitavan gi v e n ; ayam H i m ; k a h w h o?

King: Acarya, to whom is Damodara giving the Lord's garlands?

Text lkl

gopinathacaryah: kathayami pratyekam ay.am advaitah ay.am nityanandah.

kathayami I w i l l t e l l; pratyekam ea c h o n e;ayam He ; ad v a itah A d v a i t a ;

ayam He; nityanandah Nityananda.

Gopinatha Acarya: I wil l t el l you one by one. He is Advaita. He is

Nityananda.

Text 102

sarvabhaumah: ayam pariciyate

ayam hi m ; pa r iciyate i s k n o w n .

Sarvabhauma: Do you know that person?

Text 103

raj a: katham asau katicij janaih -saha prthag ayati

katham wh y ? ; asau he ; ka t i c ij janaih -saha fr o m t he o thers;prthag apart;

ayati g o e s .

King: Why does he stand apart from the others?

Text 100

sarvabhaumah: sarvadrtatvad anya sangam -nehate

sarva for all; adrtatvat ou t o f r e s p e c t;anya wi t h t h e o t h e r s;sangam

company; na no t ; ih a te k e e p s .

Sarvabhauma: Out of deep respect for everyone he does not associate with
the others.
 Text 105

gopmathacaryah: ayam srivasah ayam ayam vakresvarah ayam acaryaratnah

ayam ayam vidyanidhih.

ayam he;srivasah Srivasa; ayam he;ayam he;vakresvarah Vakresvara;

ayam he ; acaryaratnah Ac a r y a r a tna;ayam he ; ay am he ; vi d y a n idhih
Vidyanidhi.

Gopinatha Acarya: He is Srivasa. He is Vakresvara. He is Acaryaratna. He is

Vidyanidhi.

Text 106

sarvabhaumah: balye maya drstav etau

balye in c h i l d h o o d; maya by m e ; dr s t au se e n ;etau they.

Sarvabhauma: I saw those two in childhood.

Text 107

gopinathacaryah: ayam haridasah ayam .ayam gadadharah ayam .murarih. ime

srivasasya sahodarah ayam .gangadasah ayam .nrsimhacaryah ime c.anye navadvipa
vasinah etem.amapy apurvah ajna.cedbhavati tadajnatvagacchami

ayam he;haridasah ayam .ayam he;gadadharah Gadadhara;ayam he;

murarih Mu r a r i ; i me t h e y ; sr i v asasya sahodarah th e b r o t h e rs of Srivasa;
ayam he ; gangadasah Ga n g a dasa;ayam he ; nr s imhacaryah Nr s i m h a A c a rya;
ime th ey; ca an d ; an ye ot h e r s ;navadvipa of N a v a d v i pa;vasinah re s i d e nts;
ete the y; mama of m e ; api al s o ;ap u r vah no t b e f o r e;ajna or d e r ;cet i f ;
bhavati is ; ta da th e n ;j natva kn o w i n g ; ag acchami I c o m e .

Gopinatha Acarya: He is Haridasa. He is Gadadhara. He is Murari. They are

Srzvasa s two brothers. He is Gangadasa. He is Nrsimha Acarya. These others are
all residents of Navadvzpa. These are people I have never seen before. If you give
the order I will learn who they are and return.

Text 108

raja: tathaiva kriyatam

tatha th u s; eva in d e e d;kr iyatam s h o u l d be d on e .

King: Please do it.

 Text 109

gopmathacaryah: yatha ru-citam devaya (iti sa tv-aram parikramya nepathya st-ho

bhutva tvaritam punah pravisyaca.)sarvabhauma esa acarya p-urandarah e.sa hari
bhattah. esa raghavah e.sa narayanah e.sa kamalanandah e.sa kasisvarah e.sa
vasudevo mukundasyajyayan ay.am sivanandah es.a ca narayanah es.a va22abhah. esa
srikantah ki.m bahuna sarva evami sri ca-itanya pa-rsadah naiko py atra tairthikah.

yatha as; rucitam it pleases; devaya th e lor d; iti th u s ;sa t va-ram q u i c k l y ;

parikramya wa l k i n g ; nepathya sth-ah be h i nd the scenes;bhutva b e i n g ;
tvaritam qu i c k l y; punah ag a i n ;pr avisya en t e r i n g;ca al s o ;sarvabhauma 0
Sarvabhauma; esah he ; acarya pur-andarah Ac a r ya Purandara;esah he ; ha ri
bhattah Hari Bhatta; esah he; raghavah Raghava;esah he;narayanah
Narayana; esah he; kamalanandah Ka m a l a nanda;esah he ; ka sisvarah
Kasisvara; esah he; vasudevah Va s u d e va;mukundasya of M u k u n d a ;jyayan
the older brother; ayam he ; si v anandah Si v a n a nda;esah he ; ca a l s o ;
narayanah Na r a y ana;esah he ; va22abhah Va l l a bha;esah he ; srzkantah
Srikanta; kim wh a t ? ; bahuna mo r e ;sarve al l ; eva in d e e d ; a mi t h e y ; s r i
caitanya pars-adah Lo rd Caitanya's associates;na no t ; ekah on e ; api e v e m ;
atra he r e; tairthikah i s a p i l g r i m .

Gopinatha Acarya: As it pl eases the king. (He quickly wal ks, stays for a
short time behind the scenes, and quickly enters again.) Sarvabhauma, he is
Acarya Purandara. He is Hari Bhatta. He is Raghava. He is Narayana. He is
Kamalananda. He is Kasisvara. He is Mukunda s older brother Vasudeva. He is
Sivananda. He is Narayana. He is Vallabha. He is Srikanta. How can I describe
them all? They are all Sri Caitanya's associates. Not one of them is an ordinary
pilgrim.

Text 150

raja: katham amijagannatha2ayam prsthatah krtva agratas caitanya krsna2a-yam

eva pravisanti

katham wh y ? ; ami th e y j; agannatha alayam -Lo rd Jagannatha's temple;

prsthatah krtva pl a c i ng at the beack;agratah ah e a d;caitanya krsna -of L o r d
Caitanya; alayam th e h o m e; eva in d e e d;pravisanti e n t e r .

King: Why do they turn f rom L ord Jagannatha's temple and enter Srz Krsna
Caitanya's home?

Text 151

sarvabhaumah: esa eva naisargikasya premno mahima.

 esah th i s; eva c e r t a i n l y; naisargikasya na t u r a l;premnah of l o v e ; mahima
the glory.

S arvabhauma: That is the glory of their natural love for Hi m .

Text 152

raj a: (punar anyato va2okya ).aye katham ayam vaninatho ramanandanuj ah sa

tvarah pracuratarair maha pr-asadannadibhir upasarati

punah ag ain; anyatah in a n o t h er dir e ction;avalokya l o o k i n g ; aye o h ;

katham why?;ayam he;vaninathah Vamnatha; ramananda of Ramananda;
anuj ah the younger brother; sa tva-rah qu i c k l y; pracurataraih w i t h a b u n d a n t ;
maha pra-sada ann-a adi-bhih wi th m a h a-prasadam food and other things;
upasarati ap p r o a ches.

King: (again looking in another direction) W h y i s R a m ananda's younger

brother Vaninatha running with a great quantity of maha-prasadam food and
other things?

Text 153

sarvabhaumah: hrdaya jno yam sri caita-nya bhag-avatah tad a.nuk-ta eva maha
prasadair upacaritum etan anusarpati

hrdaya th e h eart;j nah kn o w i n g ; ayam he ; sr i c a i t an-ya bhaga-vatah o f

Lord Caitanya; tat by H i m ; an u k ta no t s a i d ; eva c r t a i n l y ;ma ha prasa-daih
with maaha-prasadam; upacaritum to s e r v e;etan th e m ; an u sarpati ap p r o a c h es.

Sarvabhauma: He knows Lord Caitanya's heart. Lord Caitanya did not ask
him, but to serve them he comes with maha-prasadam anyaway.

Text 150

raja: bhattacarya mundanam copavasas ca sarva tlrthesv -ayam vidhih iti vacanam
u22anghyami adyamaha prasada-m uri karisya-nti

bhattacarya O B h a t t a c ana;mundanam shavingthhead;ca an d ; u p a v a s ah

fasting; ca and; sarva al l ; tl r t h e su in h o l y p l a c e s;ayam th i s ; vi d h ih t h e r u l e '
iti t h u s; vacanam wo r d s ; u22anghyami tr a n s g ressing;adya to d a y; maha
prasadam maha-prasadam; url karisyan-ti they will accept

King: Bhattacarya, the scriptures say: "When visiting any pilgr i m age-place
one must shave his head and fast for a day". Today these people will accept
maha-prasadam and thus transgress the words of scriptu~e.
oText 155

sarvabhaumah: bhattaraka sa khalv anyah panthah. sa tu bhagavatah paroksikI hy

ajna i.yam tu saksat k-arinI t.atrapi bhagavatasva h-astenaprasadI k-riyamanam
j agannatha p-rasadannam atra ka vipratipattih. tatha ca

bhattaraka 0 ki n g ; sah th i s ;kh a lu in d e e d ;an yah an o t h e r ;panthah p a t h ;

sah th i s; tu in d e e d ;bhagavatah of t h e L o r d;paroksikI hi d d e n ; hi i nd e e d ;
aj na or der; iyam th i s ; tu in d e e d ;sa ksat ka-rinI di r e c t ly manifested;tatrapi
still; bhagavata by t he L o r d; sva ha-stena wi t h H is won hand; prasadI
kriyamanam gi v i ng p rasadam;j agannatha pr-asadannam th e p rasadam of Lord
Jagannatha; atra he r e ; ka wh a t : v i p r a t i p a ttih fault; tatha s o ; ca a n d .

Sarvabhauma: My king, they follow a different path. Lord Caitanya has

secretly given them His order, and thus they accept prasadam directly from the
hand of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. What is the fault in that?
The scriptures say:

Text 156

yada yasyanugrhnati
bhagavan atma bhavi-tah
sajahati matim loke
vede ca parinisthitam

yada when; yasya of w h o m ; an ugrhnati is m e r c i f u l; bhagavan t h e L o r d ;

atma bhavit-ah de votee;sah he ;j ahati gi v e s u p;matim co n c e p t i o n;lo ke i n
the world; vede in t he V edas; ca a n d ; pa r in isthitam f a i t h .

"When a person is fully engaged in devotional service, he is favoured by the

Lord, who bestows His causeless mercy. At such a time, the awakened devotee
gives up all material activities and ritualistic performances mentioned in the
Vedas."*

Text 157

api ca tat karma hari tosam y-at ity ukter asya tosam evaisam uddesyo na tIrtha
yatra phalam-

api ca fur t h e r m o re; tat th a t ; ka r ma wo r k ; ha r i of L o r d K r s n a ; tosam t h e

pleasure; yat wh a t ; iti thu s ; uk t eh of t h e s t a t e ment;asya of H i m ; to s am
pleasure; eva indeed; esam of th em; uddesyah to b e i n d i c a ted;na n o t ;
tIrtha to a h o ly place;yatra tr a v e l;phalam f r u i t .

The scriptures also say: "One should act only to please Lord Hari." Their
wish is to please the Lord, not to gain some benediction by visiting a pilgrimage
place.
 Text 158

raja: evam eva. kintu kathaya rathayatra kadeti t.vad u-padisto mantra eva me hrdi
2agnah t.ad atra nimisa m-atro pi ka2ah ka2payata iva me

evam th u s; eva in d e e d;kintu bu t ; ka t h a ya te l l ; ra t h a yatra Ra t h a y a t ra;

kada wh e n 7; iti th u s ; tv ad up-adistah sa id by you; mantrah th e p l a n; eva
indeed; me my ; hr di in t h e h e a r t; 2agnah re s t s;tat th a t ;at ra he r e ;n i m i s a
a moment; matrah on l y ; api a2s-o; ka2ah ti m e; ka2payate be c o m es a kalpa;iva
like; me f o r m e .

King: So be it. Tell me. When will the Rathayatra festival be. The plan you
told me waits in my heart. For me every moment has become long as a
millenium.

Text 159

sarvabhaumah: parasvah

parasvah day after tommorrow.

Sarvabhauma: The day after tomorrow.

Text 160

raja: kah ko tra bhoh. ahuyatam pariksa maha -patram -kasimisras ca.

kah wh a t !; kah wh a t ! ; at ra he r e ;bh oh oh ! ; ah u y a t am sh o u l d be called;

pariksa maha -patram - the temple superintendent; kasimisrah Ka s i M i s r a; ca
and.

King: What! Call for Kasz Misra and the temple-superintendent.

Text 161

(pravisya kascit pranamya )devay.athajnapayasi (iti nisk.ramya tav adaya punah

pravisya ca.) deva sampraptav etau

pravisya en t e r s; kascit so m e o n e;pranamya bo w i n g ; deva 0 lo r d ; y a t h a

as; ajnapayasi yo u o r d e r ; i ti t h u s ;ni s k r a m ya le a v i n g ;tau bo t h ; a d a y a
taking; punah ag a i n;pravisya en t e r i n g; ca a n d ; de va lo r d ; sa m praptau
arrived; etau b o t h .

(A certain person enters and bows downs.)

 Person: Lord, as you have ordered. (He exits,
and then, bringing them both,
again enters.) Lord here they are.

Text 162

raja: maha pa-trajagannathadevasyayatra vi-dhau bhagavac ca-itanya hr-daya

jnenamuna kasimisrenayad yad adisyate tad eva mad ad-esa itijnatva
vyavahartavyam

maha pa-tra te m p l e-superintendent;j agannathadevasya o f L o r d

Jagannathadeva; yatra vid-hau for the festival; bhagavat cai-tanya o f L o r d
Caitanya; hrdaya th e h e a rt;jnena kn o w i n g ; am una by h i m ; ka s i m isrena K a s i
Misra; yad yat wh a t e v e r;adisyate is o r d e r e d; tat th a t ; eva in d e e d ;mat m y ;
adesah or der; iti th u s ;jn a t va un d e r s t a n d i n g;vyavahartavyam s h o u l d b e
done.

King: 0 tem p l e-superintendent, know that du r ing the Rathayatra festival

whatever is ordered by Kasz Misra, who knows Lord Caitanya s heart, is ordered
by me. Do whatever he says.

Text 163

maha patrah -yathaj napayati devah

yatha as; ajnapayati rders; devah the king.

Superintendent: As the king commands.

Text 160

raj a: misra tvayapi bhagavac caitany-a cittanuv-rttir ahar ahar ev-a karya

misra 0 Mi s r a ; tvaya by y o u ; api al s o ;bh a gavat caitanya -of L o r d

Caitanya; citta th e h e a rt;anuvrttih fo l l o w i n g ;ahar ahah - d ay by day; eva
indeed; karya should be done.

King: Misra, every day act according to the desires in Lord Caitanya s heart.

Text 165

misrah: madiyam abhistam evaitat

madiyam my ; ab h istam wi s h ; eva in d e e d ;etat that;.

 Misra: That is my wish.

Text 166

raj a: api ca ye 'mi yavanto gaudah samayatah santi tesam api yatha
svacchandyena bhagavad d-arsanam bhavati tatha ca vidheyam

api al s o; ca an d ; ye wh o ; am i they ; ya v a n t ah as ; ga u dah Be n g a l i s ;

samayatah co m e; santi ar e ;te sam of t h e m ; api al s o ;ya t ha a s ;
svacchandyena as they wish; bhagavad da-rsanam th e sight of the Lord; bhavati
is; tatha so; ca an d ; vi d h eyam s h o u l d b e .

King: Also, please give all facility to the Bengali devotees that have come
here. Arrange that they may see Lord Jagannatha whenever they wish.

Text 167

ubhau: yathaj na devasya (iti .niskrantau.)

yatha as; ajna th e o r d e r; devasya of t h e k i n g; iti th u s ;ni s k r a ntau e x i t .

Both: As the king commands. (They both exit.)

Text 168

raj a: bhattacarya upasrtya vi2okayedam anynonya sambh-asana kautu-ha2am sati.

tadrse dhikare mayeva tadrsa param-ananda bhoga-d vancitena katham bhavitavyam
aham api bhavisyad ratha -vij aya -karya-karya parika-2anayavahito bhavami. (iti
niskrantah.)

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya;upasrtya ap p r o a c hing;vilokaya lo o k i n g ;i d a m

this; anynonya sambh-asana kautuh-alam gr e at conversation;sati be i n g ; ta drse
in that way; adhikare qu a l i f i e d;maya by m e ; iva as i f ; ta d r sa l i k e t h a t ;
paramananda bhogat -out of great bliss; vancitena ch e a t e d;katham h o w ? ;
bhavitavyam ma y b e; aham I; ap i als o ;bh a v isyat ab o u t to t a ke place;ratha
vijaya Ra t h a yatra festival;karya sh o u l d b e d o n e; akarya s h o u l d n o t b e d o n e ;
parikalanaya conside-ring; avahitah pl a c e d;bhavami I am; iti th u s ; ni s krantah
exits.

King: Bhattacarya, come here. See how they eagerly talk among themselves. I
a m king of this city. How am I cheated of the bliss they enjoy? Now I mu s t
carefully consider what should and should not be done during the Rathayatra
festival about to take place. (He exits.)

Text 169
 sarvabhaumah: mamabhistam eva narapatir adistavan tad adhuna tathaiva
karomi .(iti gopinathacaryena katicit p-adani gatva) aho puratah

ananda h-unkara g-abhira g-hoso

harsani2o22asita ta-ndavormih
2avanya va-hi hari bh-akti si-ndhus
calah sthiram sindhum adhah karoti

tad upasarpavah (i.ty upasarpatah ).

mama of m e; abhistam de s i r e;eva in d e e d;narapatih th e k i n g ; ad istavan

ordered; tat th a t ; adhuna no w ; ta t ha so ; ev a in d e e d ;ka r o mi I d o ; i t i th u s;
gopmathacaryena by G o p i n a tha Acarya;katicit pad-ani so me steps;gatva
having gone; ahah oh ; pu r a tah in t h e p r e s ence;ananda of b l i s s; hunkara
calls; gabhira deep;ghosah sound; harsa bl iss;ani2a breeze;u22asita joyful;
tandava of d ancing; urmih wa v e s ;2avanya sa l t - w a ter ocean;vahi c a r r y i n g ;
hari of L o rd H a r i; bhakti de v o t i o n al service;
sindhuh th e o c e an;calah
moving; sthiram un m o v i n g ; sindhum oc e a n;adhah be l o w ; ka r o ti do e s ;t a t
that; upasarpavah le t us approach; iti t h u s ; up a s a rpatah th e y a p p r o ach.

Sarvabhauma: The king s order is the same as my desire. Now will execute
it. (He takes a few steps with Gopinathacarya). Ah. Making thunderous sounds
of transcendental bliss, and its waves dancing in the winds of great happiness,
this moving ocean of love for Lord Krsna eclipses the stationary ocean of salt-
water, Let us approach. (They both approach.)

Text 170

( tatah pravisanti ukta praka-rah sarve advaita pramu-khah ) .

tatah th e n; pravisanti en t e r ;uk ta prakar-ah as d escribed;sarve all;

advaita by Advaita; pramukhah headed.

(As described, the devotees, headed by Advaita, enter.)

Text 171

advaitah: (puro 'va2okya) damodara punar ma2antaram grhitva ko 'yam ayati

purah ahead;avalokya looking;damodara 0 Damodara;punah again;

mala ga r land; antaram an o t h e r;grhitva ho l d i n g ; kah wh o 7 ;ay am h e ;
ayati comes.

Advaita: (looking ahead) Damodara, who is this coming to us with a

garland?
 Text 172

damodarah: ayam bhagavat p-arsva v-arti govindah (pravisya sa tv-aram govindo

malam arpayati ).

advaitah: (sadaram grhnati ).

ayam he ; bhagavat pa-rsva va-rti th e L o rd s constant companion;govindah

Govinda; pravisya en t e r s;sa tva-ram qu i c k l y; govindah Go v i n d a ;malam
garland; arpayati gi v e s;sadaram respectfully; grhnati ac c e p t s .

Damodara: It is the Lord's constant companion, Govinda.

(Govinda hastily enters and offers the garland. Advaita respectfully accepts
the garland.)

Text 173

damodarah: idam idam kasimisrasrama pada-m tat pravisantu (adv.aitadayah

pravesam natayanti ) .

idam th i s; idam th i s ; ka s imisra of K a s i M i s r a;asrama pada-m the asrama;

tat th a t; pravisantu en t e r;advaita aday-ah he a ded by Advaita;pravesam
natayanti th e y e nt er.

Damodara: This way. This way. Enter Kasi Misra s asrama .

(Headed by Advaita, the devotees enter.)

Text 170

sarvabhaumah: aho ascaryam

yugante 'ntah kukser iva parisare pa22ava 2aghor-

ami sarve brahmandaka samuda-yadeva vapusah
yatha sthanam -labdhavasaram iha manti sma satasah
sahasram 2okanam bata 2aghuni misrasrama pade -

ahah ah; ascaryam wo n d e r f u l ; y u ga o f t h e y u g a; ante at t h e e nd;antah

in; kukseh th e belly;iva as i f ; pa r isare at t h e t i m e;pa22ava 2aghoh -on a
banyan leaf; ami t h ey ; sarve al l ; br a h mandaka samuday-at fr om t he rising of
the universes; eva in d e ed; vapusah of t he bo d y ; y a t ha sthanam -in the places;
labdha at t a ined; avasaram op p o r t u n i t y; iha he r e ;ma n ti sma m e a s u r e d ;
satasah hu n d r e ds; sahasram th o u s a n ds;lokanam of p l a n e t s;bata i n d e e d ;
laghuni li g h t ; misrasrama pade in-the home of Misra.
 S arvabhauma: Ah! W o n d e r f ul! At th e end of the cosmic mill enium t h e
Supreme Personality of Godhead assumes the form of a small child resting on a
banyan leaf. At that time the entire universe easily enters His small stomach. In
the same way hundreds and thousands of planets have now entered the asrama
of Kasz Misra.

Text 175

(puro 'valokya) aye ayam asau

advaitendor udaya janito22asa sim-atisayi

sri cai-tanyamrta jala nid-hi ringativottarangah
purnanando 'py ayam avikrtah sasvad uccair akhandah
khandanandair api katham aho bhuyasim pustim eti

purah ahead;avalokya looking;aye ah; ayam asau he;advaitendoh of

the moon pf Advaita; udaya r i s i n g ; j a n i ta pj r o d u c e d u22asa
; jo y; sima
boundary; atisayi be y o n d; sri cait-anya of L o rd C a i t anya;amrta ne c t a r;j ala
nidhi oc e a n;ringati cr a w l s ;iva as i f ; ut t a r angah wa v e s ;purna f u l l ;
anandah bl i s s; api al s o ;ayam He ; av i k r t ah wi t h o u t c h a n g e;sasvat
eternally; uccaih greatly; akhandah unbroken; khanda broken;anandaih with
bliss; api al s o; katham ho w ? ; ah ah oh ; bh u y a sim pustim in c r e a s e;eti
attains.

( He looks ahead.) Ah! Th ere He is. The rising of the moon of Lord Ad v ai t a
has caused a flood of great tidal waves in the nectar ocean of Sri Caitanya. Sri
Caitanya is eternally filled with all po ssible transcendental bliss. How can His
bliss suddenly increase so greatly?

Text 176

(tatah pravisati yatha nirdist-ah sri caitany-ah purisvara svarup-adayas ca.)

sri krsna -caitany-ah: (upasrtya nityanandam pranamyadvaitam parisvaj ate ) .
a dvaitah: (pratiparisvaj ate ) .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;yatha nirdista-h as described;sri caitany-ah

Lord Caitanya; purisvaraa Pa r a m a nanda Puri;svarupa Da m o d a ra Svarupa;
adayah he a ded by; ca al s o ;upasrtya ap p r o a c h i n g;nityanandam t o L o r d
Nityananda; pranamya of f e r i ng obeisances; advaitam Ad v a i t a;parisvajate
embraces; pratiparisvajate re t u r ns the embrace.

(As described, Sri Caitanya, Paramananda Puri, Damodara Svarupa, and the
others, enter. Srz Caitanya approaches Nityananda and bows down to offer
respects. Srz Caitanya then embraces Advaita. Advaita returns the embrace.)

Text 177
 sarvabhaumah: (nirupya)

premaranya k-arindrayor iva mithah premna madotsiktayor

anyonyam kara g-hattana ca-tulayos tara sv-aram garjatoh
anynonyam galad a-sru d-ana p-ayasa samsiktayor etayor
anynonyam parirambha esajayatad advaita ca-itanyayoh

nirupya lo o k i n g ; prema of l o v e ; aranya in t h e f o r e s t;karmdrayoh o f t w o

regal elephants; iva li k e ; mi t h ah to g e t h e r;premna by l o v e ; mada uts-iktayoh
mad; anyonyam together; kara gh-attana cat-ulayoh wandering; tara sva-ram
calling; garj atoh ro a r i n g; anynonyam to g e t h e r;galat flo w i n g ; as ru t e a r s ;
dana gi f t; payasa wi t h w a t e r; samsiktayoh sp r i n k l e d; etayoh o f T h e m ;
anynonyam to g e t her;parirambhah em b r a c e;esah th i s ;j ayatat g l o r i e s ;
advaita of L o rd A d v a ita;caitanyayoh an d of L o rd C aitanya.

Sarvabhauma: (looking) G l o r i e s to the embrace of Lord Advaita and Lord

Caitanya who, splashed with flow in g streams of tears, flooded with love, and
Their arms around each other, are like two regal elephants in the jungle of
divine love!

Text 178

sarve: (itas tato bhuvi dandavan namanti.)

bhagavan: (sarvan evalingana samb-hasana darsa-nadibhir anugrhnati.)
a dvaitah: (adrsta purva-n paricayayati ) .
sri krsna -caitan-yah: (adrsta purva-n api tan svayam eva nama graha-m
sambodhayati ) .

itas tatah he re and there;bhuvi on t h e g o r u n d;dandavat l i k e s t i c k s ;

namanti bo w d o w n; sarvan al l ; eva in d e e d ;al ingana em b r a c e s;
sambhasana co n versation; darsana se e i ng;adibhih b e g i n n i ng w i t h ;
anugrhnati ar e k i n d; adrsta purvan -not se en before;paricayayati in t r o d u c e s ;
adrsta purvan -not seen before;api al s o ; tan th e m ; sv a yam pe r s o n a l l y;eva
indeed; nama graham -sambodhayati ca l ls the names.

(From all directions eveyone bows down to offer respects. They fall to the
ground like sticks. By embracing, conversing, and greeting in various ways. Lord
Caitanya gives His mercy to eveyone. Advaita introduces those whom Lord
Caitanya has never seen before. These devotees whom He has never seen before,
Srz Caitanya addresses by name.)

Text 179

gopmathah: aho ati citram -

ksemam te raghava nanu sivam vasudeva priyam te

 hamho narayana nanu sivananda kalyanam asse
bhavyam he sankara nu kamalananda kasisvarau vam
bhadram srikanta tava kusalam svasti narayanasya

apl ca

iti priyoktya madhurardraya sanair

adrsta pu-rvan api drstavat pr-abhuh
sambodhayaty esa kim isatathava
premaiva va praktana esa sarva vit-

ahah oh; ati cit-ram ve r y w o n d e r f ul; ksemam au s p i c i o us;te t o y o u ;

raghava 0 Ra g h a va;nanu in d e e d;sivam au s p i c i o p u s ness; vasudeva 0
Vasudeva;priyam dear;te to you;hamhah 0; narayana Narayana;nanu
indeed; sivananda 0 Si v a n a nda;kalyanam au s p i c i o u s;asse is ; bhavyam
good; he 0; sankara Sa n k a ra;nu in d e e d ;kamalananda Ka m a l a n anda;
kasisvarau and K asisvara;vam to y o u ; bh adram go o d n e s s;s rikanta 0
Srikanta; tava yo u r ; ku s alam au s p i c i o u s ness; svasti au s p i c iousness;
narayanasya of N a r a yana;api ca an d ; iti th u s ;pr i y o k t ya w i t h s w e e t wo r d s ;
madhurardraya me l t i n g w i th s weetness;sanaih gr a d u a lly;adrsta n o t s e e n;
purvan be f o r e; api ev e n ;dr s tavat se e n;prabhuh th e L o r d ; sambodhayati
calls; esah He; kim wh a t . ; is a ta Lo r d ; at h a va or ; pr e ma lo v e ;eva i n d e e d ;
va or; praktanah si n c e t i me imm e mo rial;esah th i s ; sarva vit -knowing
everything.

Gopinatha: Ah! W o n d e r f ul ! L ord C a i t anya addresses these devotees, saying:

"Raghava, are you happy? Vasudeva, is everything auspicious for you? Narayana,
is everything prosperous for you? Sivananda, is everything well for you ?
Sankara, are you happy. Kamalananda and Kasisvara, are you blessed with good
fortune? Srzkanta, is everything well with y ou? Narayana, is everything
auspicious for you?" Speaking these affectionate sweet words, Lord Caitanya
addresses these devotees He has never seen before, just as if they were old
friends He had seen many times in the past. Is it that Lord Caitanya knows
everything, or is it that the bond of love between Him and these devotees has
existed for countless lifetimes in the past?

Text 180

sri krsna c-ai tany -ah:

adyayam me samaj ani mahan utsavah svah parasvah

vanye nilacala sasadha-rasyotsavo gundicakhyah
tulyau yadyapy ahaha hrdayananda nisyanda
-hetu -

yatradvaita prakatana-m asav utsavo me pramodah

(iti pratyekam advaitadin bhagavaj jagannat-ha prasada -mala can-danab-hyam

bhusayitva sri hastena p-rasadanam kincit kincid dadati ) .
 adya no w; ayam th i s ; me of m e ; sa m a ja ni is ; ma h an gr e a t ;ut savah
festival; svah to m o r r o w; parasvah th e n e xt day; va or ; an ye o t h e r s ;
nilacala of N i l a c ala;sasadharasya of t he m o o n; utsavah fe s t i v a l;gundica
Gundica;akhyah named; tulyau equal;
yadyapi although;ahaha aha;
hrdaya he a r t; ananda bl i s s ;nisyanda flo w i n g ; he tu ca u s e yatra
; where;
advaita Ad v a i t a; prakatanam ma n i f e s tation;asau th i s ; ut savah fe s t i v a l;me
ofMe; pramodah ha p p i n e ss;iti t h u s ; pr a t y e kam to e a c h o ne;advaita ad-m
beginning with Advaita; bhagavat jagannatha of L o r d Jagannatha;prasada
prasadam; mala ga r l a n d s;candanabhyam an d s andal paste;bhusayitva
ornamenting; sri ha-stena wi t h H is o wn hand; prasadanam an o i n t i n g; kincit
kincit so m e t h i n g; dadati g i v e s .

Srz Caitanya: Today there has been a great festival for Me, and tomorrow
and the day after will be the Gundica festival of Lord Jagannatha, the moon of
Nzlacala. Although these are both great festivals, it is today s festival of seeing
Advaita Acarya that fills my heart with b l i ss. (He decorates Advaita and each of
the other devotees with flower garlands and sandalwood-paste prasadam of Lord
Jagannatha, and He also, with His own hand, gives them prasadam-food.)

Text 181

sarvabhaumah: na mayedanim upasartavyam mam .alokya rasantaram bhavitum

arhati gata .praya-m evaitad dina dvay-am yatrayah samagrisam avadhanaya rajna
niyukto smi. tad adhuna tatraiva gacchami acary.a tvam atraiva tistha (iti
niskrantah.)

na no t; maya by m e ; id a n im no w ; up a s a rtavyam sh o u l d be approached;

mam me ; alokya se e i n g;rasa ra s a ;antaram di f f e r e n t;bhavitum arhati w i l l
be; gata prayam -almost passed; eva indeed; etat th i s ; dina da y s ;dvayam
two;yatrayah of t h e f e stival;samagrisam I a r r a n g e;avadhanaya f o r t h e
arrangements; rajna by t h e k i n g; niyuktah ar r a n g e d;asmi I a m ; ta t t ha t ;
adhuna now; tatra there;eva indeed;gacchami I go;acarya 0 acarya;
tvam yo u; atra he r e ;eva in d e e d ;ti s tha st a y ;iti thu s ; ni s k r a ntah e x i t s .

Sarvabhauma: I should not stay here. Seeing me brings a different kind of

rasa. Two days have almost passed since the king ordered me to arrange for the
Rathayatra festival. For this I should now go. Acarya, you please stay. (He exits.)

Text 182

gopi«thah: (upasrtya) j ayati j ayati mahaprabhuh.

upasrtya a p p r o a ching;ja yati g l o r i e s ; j a y a ti g l o r i e s ; m a h a prabhuh t o L o r d

Mahaprabhu.

Gopinatha: (approaching) G l o r i es! Gl o r ies to Lord Mahaprabhu!

 Text 183

sri c-aitanyah: katham acaryo si ehi pranamadvaitam

gopmathah: (tatha karoti ).

katham whether7; acaryah acarya;asi you are;ehi come; pranama bow

down; advaitam to A d v a i t a; tatha th a t ; ka r o ti d o e s .

Srz Caitanya: Is this Gopznatha Acarya. Come. Offer respects to Advaita.

(Gop inatha does that.)

Text 180

advaitah: (alingya) j anami bhavantam visaradasya j amataram

alingya em b r a c ing;j anami I k n o w ; bh a vantam yo u ; vi s a radasya o f

Visarada; j amataram th e s on-in-law.

Advaita: (embracing him.) I k n o w y o u . You are the Visarada s son-in-law.

Text 185

sri caita-nyah: svata eva mahattaro yam acary.a vaninathena saha yuktya
sarvesam avasthanam kalpyatam

svatah pe r sonally; eva in d e e d;mahattarah a g r e at devotee;ayam h e ;

acarya 0 ac a r y a;vaninathena wi t h V a n i n a t h a;saha wi t h ; yu k t ya p r o p e r l y ;
sarvesam of all; avasthanam re s i d e nces;kalpyatam sh o u l d be arranged.

Sri Caitanya: He is a great devotee. Acarya, You and Vaninatha please make
arrangements to accomodate all the devotees.

Text 186

gopinathah: yathajnapayati bhavan (iti nisk.rantah.)

yatha as;ajnapayati order;bhavan You; iti th u s ; ni s krantah exits.

Gopznatha: As You order. (He exits.)

Text 187

sri caitanyah-: vasudevayadyapi mukundo me prak sahacaras tathapi tvam adya

drsto 'py ati prak priya-tamo 'si
 vasudeva 0 Vasudeva;yadyapi although;mukundah Mukunda; me Me ;
prak be f o r e; sahacarah friend; tathapi ne v e r t h e less;tvam yo u ; ad ya now;
drstah se en; api al s o ;ati p-rak priyatamah mo r e d e a r; asi y-ou are

Sri Caitanya: Vasudeva, although Mukunda was My friend before met

I you,
now that I see you,
you are more dear to Me than he

Text 188

vasudevah: (sa da-inyam) bhagavan kvaham varako mukundastu tavanugrhita eva

ciram tena isvaranugraha ka-lasya jan.mataya kaniyan apy asau mamajyayan eva.

sa dai-nyam wi th h u m b l e n ess;bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; kva wh e r e ;ah am a m I ;

varakah in s i g n i f i cant; mukundah Mu k u n d a ; tu b u t ; ta v a Yo u ; an u g r h i t ah
object of mercy; eva in d e e d; ciram fo r a l o n g t i m e;tena wi t h h i m ; is v a ra o f
the Lord; anugraha kala-sya th e mercy;j anmataya by b i r t h ; ka n iyan y o u n g e r ;
api akthough;asau he;mama my;jyayan elder; eva indeed.

Vasudeva: (humbly) L o r d , w ha t am I. I am v ery fa l len and insignificant.

Mukunda, received Your mercy long before I did. Although he is younger by
birth, he is older than me in the matter of receiving Your mercy.

Text 189

sri caitan-yah: sivananda tvam apy ativa mayy anurakto siti janami.

sivananda 0 Si v a n a nda;tvam you; api also; ativa gr e a tly; mayi in Me;

anuraktah lo v e ; asi yo u a r e ;i t i thus;
j anami I know.

S rz Caitanya: Sivananda! You love Me dearly. I know th a t .

Text 190

sivanandah:

nimajj ato 'nanta bhavarnavantas

crraya me kulam rvasr labdhah
tvayapi labdham bhagavann idanim
anuttamam patram idam dayayah

(iti bhumau ni patati.)

nimajjatah me r g e d;ananta 0 un l i m i t e d L o r d;bhava of t h e m a t e rial world;

arnavantah in the ocean; ciraya for a long time;me my; kulam seashore;
iva li k e ; asi Yo u a r e ;2abdhah ob t a i n e d;tvaya by Y o u ; api al s o ;2abdham
attained; bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; id a n im no w ; an u t t a mam th e u l t i m a t e;patram
object; idam th i s ; dayayah of m e r c y; iti th u s ;bh u m au t o t h e g r o u n d ;
nipatati falls.

Sivananda: 0 my L o rd ! 0 u n l i m i t e d o ne! Al t h o ugh I was merged in the

ocean of nescience, I have now, after a long time, attained You, just as one may
attain the seashore. My dear Lord, by getting me, You have attained the right
person upon whom to bestow Your causeless mercy.' (He falls to the ground.)

Text 191

sri cai-tanyah: raghava tvam ati pre-ma pat-ram asi me

raghava 0 Raghava;tvam you;ati great;prema of love;

patram the
object; asi yo u a re; me o f M e .

Srz Caitanya: Raghava, I have great love for

you.

Text 192

r aghavah: (anuttarenaiva pratyuttarayan pranipatati ) .

anuttarena wi t h o ut an answer;eva indeed; pratyuttarayan an s wering;

pranipatati bo ws down.

(Without speaking any words, Raghava replies by bowing down.)

Text 193

s ri caitany-ah: svarupa yadyapy ayam sankaro damodaranuj as tathapi me (ity .

ardhokte damodaram niriksate ) .

svarupa 0 Sv a r u p a;yadyapi al t h o u g h;ayam he ; sa n k a rah S a n k a r a ;

damodara th a n Damodara;anuj ah yo u n g e r; tathapi st i l l ; me fo r m e ; i t i
thus; ardha ha l f ; uk te sp o k e n ;damodaram Da m o d a r a;niriksate s e e s .

Srz Caitanya: Svarupa, although Sankara is Damodara s younger brother, still,

for Me... ( G l an cing at Damodara, He stops in mid-sentence.)

Text 190

damodarah: natha mamedam ati saubhagya-m etat ayam samap.yatam vak sesah -

natha 0 Lo r d ; ma ma of m e ; id am th i s ;at i s aubhagy-am mo r e f ort u na te;

etat th a t; ayam th i s ; sa mapyatam sh o u l d be finis hed;vak of t he words;
sesah the remainder.

Damodara: . . for Me he is more fortunate than his older brother." Lor d ,

" .

Your words should be completed in this way.

Text 195

sri ca-itanyah: damodare sadarah snehah at.ra tu nirakaram prema ta.d ayam
atraiva bhavat sa-mipe tisthatu. govinda tvayapy anukulyam vidheyam

damodare in Damodara;sa with;adarah reverence;snehah love;atra

here; tu bu t ; ni r a k aram wi t h o u t l i m i t ; pr e ma lo v e ; tad ayam th a t ; a t r a
here; eva in d e e d; bhavat yo u r ; sa mipe ne a r ; ti s thatu ma y s t a y; govinda 0
Govinda; tvaya by y o u; api al s o ;an u k ulyam ki n d n e s s;vidheyam s h o u l d b e
given.

Srz Caitanya: Damodara s love is mixed with feelings of awe and reverence,
but Sankara s love is not mixed with anyt h i ng. It is pu re. That is way he may
stay in My company. Govinda, you must always be very kind to Sankara.

Text 196

ubhau:yathaj napayatidevah

yatha as; ajnapayati or d e r s ;devah theLord.

Both of Them: As the Lord orders.

Text 197

(pravisya sa tvaram)-
gopmathah: svamin yathaj nam eva sarvam su sampad-itam visesat.o gadadharasya
yamesvarasya samipe samicmam eva stha2am sarva ka2ikam -j atam asti

pravisya en t e r s;sa tvaram -qu i c k l y; svamin 0 Lord; yatha as ; ajnam t h e

order; eva in d e e d; sarvam al l ; su sampad-itam ar a n g ed;visesatah sp e c ifically;
gadadharasya of G a dadhara;yamesvarasya Yamesvara; samipe n e a r;
samzcinam pr o p e r; eva in d e e d;stha2am pl a c e;sarva ka2ikam -permenant;
j atam manifest; asti i s .

(Gopznatha hastily enters.)

Gopznatha: Lord, everything is arranged according to Your order. Especially

a nice permanent residence has been arranged near Yamesvara for Gadadhara
Pandita.
 Text 198

sri c-aitanya: advaita ayam dvitiyo munindra iva purisvarah yah kila tava guroh
priya si-syah ta.dainam pranama

advaita Ad v a i t a; ayam th i s ; dv i t iyah se c o n d ;munmdra Vy a s a d e va;iva

like;purisvarah Paramananda Puri;yah who; kila indeed;tava your;guroh
of the guru; priya th e d e a r; sisyah di s c i p l e;tada no w ; en am t o h i m ;
pranama b o w .

Sri Caitanya: Advaita, this is Paramananda Puri. He is like a second

Vyasadeva. He is the dear disciple of Your own guru. You should offer respects
to him.

Text 199

a dvaitah: (tatha karoti sarv.e tathaiva pranamanti ) .

tatha th u s; karoti do e s ;sarve al l ; ta t ha th u s ; e va c e r t a i n l y; pranamanti

bow.

(Advaita does that. Everyone alse also bows down to offer respect.)

Text 200

sri caitan-yah: advaitacarya ayam ayam svarupah svaru.pam asyastiti nirukter

avikrta evayam mama hrdayam evayam iti j aniyah.

advaitacarya 0 Ad v a i t a Acarya;ayam ayam th i s ; svarupah D v a r u p a ;

svarupam fo r m; asya of h i m ; as ti is ; it i thu s ; ni r u k t eh w i t h o u t t e l l i n g ;
avikrta not changed; eva indeed;ayam he;mama My; hrdayam heart;
eva indeed; ayam he ; it i thu s ;j aniyah i s k n o w n .

Srz Caitanya: Advaita Acarya, this is Svarupa. He is in his own or i g i n al

spiritual form. Even without My t e l l ing him , he always knows what is in My
heart.

Text 201

advaitah: evam eva. (iti pranamti sarve pr.anamanti ).

evam th u s; eva i n d e e d; iti th u s ;pr a n a mati bo w s d o w n ; sarve a l l ;

pranamanti bow down.
 Advaita: It is so. (He bows down. Everyone bows down.)

Text 202

gopmathah: bhagavann ajnapyatam amisam visramaya

bhagavan 0 Lord;aj napyatam ordered;amisam of them;visramaya please

stop.

Gopznatha: Lord, simply give the order and everyone will leave to take rest.

Text 203

sri cai-tanyah: acarya svayam evocyatam yahiti maya katham vaktavyam

acarya 0 ac a r y a;svayam pe r s o n a lly; eva i n d e e d;ucyatam is s a i d;yahi

please go; iti t h u s ; ma ya by m e ; ka t h a m how7; vaktavyam ma y be said.

Sri Caitanya: Acarya, you have already said "Please go". What can I say
now?

Text 200

(advaitadayah: (ingitam baddhva niskrantah.)

advaita adaya-h the devotees headed by Advaita;ingitam th e h i n t ; baddhva

understanding; niskrantah e x i t .

(The devotees headed by Advaita understand the hint and they all exit.)

Text 205

sri caitany-ah: svamin purisvara pranayin svarupa adyaham purno smi.

svamin 0 Lo r d ; pu r i svara Pa r a m a n a nda Puri;pranayin af f e c t i o nate;

svarupa Sv arupa;adya to d a y ; aham I; pu r n a h fu l l ; as mi a m .

Sri Caitanya: Paramananda Puri Svami, dear Svarupa, today My life is a

perfect success.

Text 206

svarupah: svamin
isvaro yena purno 'pi
parsadair eva puryate
purno 'pi rajanmatho
rikta evamsubhir vina

tadagacchantu sa.yahnoatah
j b.havantam antarena purisvaro py akrta b-hiksa eva.

svamin 0 Lo r d ; is v arah th e S u p r e me Personality of Godhead;yena b y

whom; purnah fu l l ; api alt h o u g h ;pa r s adaih by a s s o ciates;eva ce r t a inly;
puryate is filled; purnah fu l l ; api al t h o u g h ;ra ja ninathah th e m o o n ; r i k t a h
without; eva in d e e d; amsubhih ra y s o f l i g h t ; vina wi t h o u t ; ta da t h e n ;
agacchantu co m e; sayahnah ev e n i n g;j atah is m a n i f e sted;bhavantam Y o u ;
antarena wi t h o u t; purisvarah Pa r a m a nanda Puri;api al s o ;ak r ta n o t t a k e n ;
bhiksah me a l; eva c e r t a i n l y .

Svarupa: My Lord, although the Supreme Personality of Godhead is by

Himself perfect and complete, still, it is the company of His devotees that makes
Him perfect and complete. He is like the moon, which is complete and full in
itself, but still incomplete with out its rays of moonli ght. It is now evening. They
should go now. Out of respect for You, Paramananda Puri has not yet taken his
meal.

Text 207

sri caita-nyah: evam eva (iti niskrantah.)

evam th u s; eva in d e e d;iti th u s ;ni s k r a ntah t h e y e x i t .

Srz Caitanya: So be it.

(They exit.)

Text 208

nepathye:

s ata dhrtir ap-i dhrti hmah -

sahasra nayano -'pi paramandhah
nila girmdu -syandan-a
yatra sandarsa-notkanthyat

sata dhrtih L- o rd Brahma;api al t h o u g h;dhrti hmah w- i t h o ut c o m p o sure;

sahasra nayanah -thousand-eyed Lord Indra; api al s o ;paramandhah b l i n d ;
nila girmdu -of the moon of Nilacala;syandana yatra R- athayatra;sandarsana t o
see; utkanthyat ou t of e agerness.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Yearning to see Lord Jagannatha's

Rathayatra festival, the peaceful demigod Brahma has lost all composure, and
Indra, who has a thousand eyes, has become blind.

Text 209

gopinathah: (akarnya) aho muhurtam iva gatam dina dv-ayam y.ad ayam
rathayatra pr-asango bhattacaryena prastuyate tan nibhalayami. (iti kiyad duram
gatva) aho citram

akarnya li s t e n i n g;ahah oh ; mu h u r t am th e m o m e n t ; iva as i f ; ga t a m

gone; dina dv-ayam two days; yat wh a t ; ayam th i s ;ra t h a yatra pra-sangah i n
the Rathayatra festival; bhattacaryena by B h a t t a c arya;prastuyate is p r a i sed;
tan th e m; nibhalayami I w i l l s e e;iti th u s ; ki y a d duram a s m a l l d i s t ance;
gatva go i n g; ahah ah ! ; c i t r a m wonderful.

Gopinatha: (listening) No w S a rvabhauma's efforts in the past two days for

R athayatra are being praised. I will lo ok. (He goes a short distance.) Ah .
Wonderful!

Text 210

murtas traya iva veda

sambhos trmiva nayanani
tisra ivamara-sarito
dharah purato ratha trayi s-phurati

murtah fo r m s ; trayah th r e e ;iva li k e ; ve d ah Ve d a s ;sambhoh o f L o r d s iv a ;

trmi th r e e; iva li k e ; na y a nani th e e y e s;tisra th r e e ;iva li k e ; a m a r a
saritah Ga n g es rivers;dharah flo w i n g ; pu r a tah be f o r e ;ra tha ch a r i o t s;trayi
three; sphurati ar e m a n i f est.

The Rathayatra carts are like three Personified Vedas, three eyes of Lord
Siva, or three celestial Ganges Rivers.

Text 211

nepathye:

ayato dya rathotsavasya divaso devasya ni2aca2a

dhisasyadya puro natisyati nij anandena gauri harih
visrantim natanavasana samaye -kartadya j ati vane -

hantadyaiva manorathah saphalatam yasyaty ayam madrsah

ayatah ar r i v e d; adya no w ; ra t h o t savasya of t he R athayatra festival;

divasah the day; devasya ni2aca2a dhisasya -of Lo rd Jagannatha; adya t o d a y ;
purah in the presence; natisyati wi l l d a n c e;nijanandena wi t h b l i s s ; gauri
harih Lo r d G a u ra Hari;visrantim wi t h o u t f a t i g u e;natana da n c i n g;avasana-
samaye at the time of resting; karta do i n h ; ad ya t o d a y ; j a t i v -ane i n a j a s m i n e
garden; hanta indeed;adya today;eva indeed;manorathah the desire;
saphalatam fr u i t f u l n e ss;yasyati wi l l a t t a i n;ayam th i s ; ma d r sah o f o n e l i k e
me.

Again a Voice From Behind the Scenes: The day of Lord Jagannatha's
Rathayatra festival has come. Today Lord Caitanya will dance in transcendental
bliss. Exhausted from dancing, today He will rest in this garden of jasmine
f lowers. Ah! Today my desire will bear fru i t .

Text 212

gopinathah: aho gajapater maharajasyalapa iva sruyate tad ava-dhatavyam

avasyam idam (iti .nirupya) satyam evayam bhattacaryena saha sankathayann
utk«thate maharajah pas.yami ko vilambo j agannatha rath-arohanasya (iti .pasyati
nepathye kohaladi nirg-hosah ).

ahah oh; gajapater maharajasya of K i n g P ra taparudra;alapah t h e w o r d s ;

iva li k e ; sruyate ar e h e a rd;tad avad-hatavyam to be determined;avasyam
must be; idam th i s ; iti thu s ; ni r u p ya lo o k i n g ;sa tyam tr u t h ; eva i n d e e d ;
ayam he ; bhattacaryena saha wi t h B h a t t acarya;sankathayan t a l k i n g ;
utkanthate ye a rns; maharaj ah th e g re at king;pasyami I s e e ;kah w h a t 7 ;
vilambah de l a y;j agannatha of L o r d Jagannatha;ratha o n t h e c h a rio t ;
arohanasya as cent;iti th u s ; pa s yati se e s ;nepathye be h i nd t he scenes;
kohaladi nirgh-osah tu m u l t u o us sounds.

Gopinatha: Ah. I hear what sounds like the voice of King Prataparudra. I
must see. (He looks) Ah . It is th e k i ng. He is eagerly talking with Sarvabhauma.
What is the delay in Lord Jagannatha s ascending His chariot. I will see. (He
looks.)

(A tumultuous sound comes from behind the scenes.)

Text 213

gopinathah: (nirupya) aho

hrdayam iva mahah samadhi bhajam-

udaya girer iva -sirsam usnarasmih
ayam akhila drsam ra-sayana srih -

ratham adhirohati ni2a sai2a nat-hah-

nirupya lo o k i n g ; ahah oh ; hr d a y am th e h e a r t;iva li k e ; ma h ah s p l e n d o r ;

samadhi bhajam -of they who are in trance; udaya gireh o- f the eastern horizon;
iva li k e ; sirsam th e h e a d; usnarasmih th e s u n; ayam th i s ;ak h i la drsam o - f
all eyes; rasayana of n e c t a r; srih th e b e a u t y;ratham th e c h a r i o t;adhirohati
ascends; ni2a s-ai2a nathah the Lord of Nil a cala.

Gopinatha: (looks) The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Jagannatha,

who appears as an efulgence in the hearts of yogis rapt in meditation, who
appears as the Surya Narayana Deity rising on the eastern horizon, and whose
handsome form is nectar for everyone's eyes, has now ascended His chariot.

Text 210

(punar nirupya)

advaitadyair akhi2a suh-rdam manda2air mandyamano

gayadbhis taih katibhir aparaih sri sva-rupa pra-dhanaih
srimad vak-resvara mu-kha suk-havista bhu-yistha ban-dhuh
sindhuh premnam ayam iha narmarti gauro yatmdrah

punah again;nirupya lo o king; advaita by Advaita;adyaih he aded;akhila

suhrdam all f r i e nds;mandalaih by t h e c i r c l e s;mandyamanah de c o r a ted;
gayadbhih si n g i n g; taih by t h e m ; ka t i bhih by s o m e ; aparaih ot h e r s ;sri
svarupa prad-hanaih headed by Damodara Svarupa;srimad vakr-esvara muk-ha
headed by Vakresvara; sukha ha p p i l y; avista en t e r e d;bhuyistha g r e a t ;
bandhuh friend; sindhuh ocean;premnam of love;ayam He; iha here;
narmarti co n t i n u a l ly dances;gaurah Lo r d G a u r a;yati of s a n n y a sis;indrah
the monarch.

(He looks again.) Surrounded by His close friends headed by Advaita Acarya,
accompanied by Svarupa Damodara and many other devotees chanting the holy
names, and delighting Vakresvara Pandita and many other devotees, Lord
Caitanya, the ocean of divine love, the golden-complexioned king of sannyasis,
dances without stopping.

Text 215

(nepathy e ka2aka2ah ) .

gopmathah: (sa harsam-)

gaudakhyair atha karsibhir jana cayair a-daya vame kare

he2o22asi ta pina rajj -u pa-ta2i sa-nkars-ana vy aj atah-
sthayam sthayam aho kvacid drutataram dhavaty amandam kvacid
dhavam dhavam aho sthitah sthirataram svecchavasah syandanah

nepathye be h i nd thw scenes;ka2aka2ah tu m u l t; sa harsam -wi th j o y ;

gauda Gaudas; akhyaih na m e d; atha th e n ; ka r s ibhih by j u b i l a n t ;ja na
cayaih pe o p l e;adaya ta k i n g ;va me in t h e l e f t; kare ha n d ; he la c o n t e m p t ;
u22asita ju b i lant; pina fa t ; ra jj u pata2i r- o pes;sankarsana pu l l i n g ; vyaj atah
on thepretext; sthayam sthayam st o p p i n g; ahah oh ; kv a c it s o m e w h e r e ;
drutataram qu i c k l y; dhavati ru n s ; am a ndam qu i c k l y ; kv a cit s o m e w h e r e ;
dhavam dhavam ru n n i ng a nd runn i n g; ahah oh ; st h i t ah s t a n d i n g ;
sthirataram mo t i o n l e s s;svecchavasah on H is o wn desire;syandanah m o v i n g .

(Tumultuous sounds from behind the scenes.)

Gopznatha: (jubilant) P u l le d by men named Gaudas holding very stout

ropes in their left hands, Lord Jagannatha s chariot sometimes stops and
sometimes swiftly moves. The pulling of the Gaudas is only the superficial
r eason for the stopping and starting of Lord Jagannatha's chariot. In tru th, Lor d
Jagannatha moves only by His own desire.

Text 216

(punar nepathye sankirtana ko2-aha2ah ).

gopmathah: (alokya sa-kautukam)

pracalati j agannathe gauro 'pasarpati sammukhat

sthitavati j agannathe gaurah prasarpati tat para-h
ati kutu-kinav eva devau parasparam utsukau
ka2ayata iva kridam ni2aca2endra muni-svarau

punah ag ain; nepathye be h i nd t he scenes;sankirtana of s a n k i r t a na;

ko2aha2ah tumul t; a2okya se e i n g;sa kautu-kam wi t h w o n d e r; praca2ati g o e s ;
jagannathe Lord Jagannatha; gaurah Lo r d G a u r a;apasarpati follows;
sammukhat fr o m t he f ro n t; sthitavati s t a n d i n g ; j a g a nnathe w h e n L o r d
Jagannatha; gaurah Lo r d G a u r a;prasarpati go e s ;tat parah -t h e n; ati
kutukinau very eager;eva indeed;devau both Lords;parasparam each other;
utsukau eager; ka2ayata lo o k ; iva li k e ; kr i d am pa s t i m e s;ni2aca2endra o f
Lord jagannatha; munisvarau an d L o rd C a i tanya.

(Again a tumultuous sound of sankzrtana from behind the scenes.

Gopznatha: (looks and becomes filled with w o n d er ) W h e n L o r d Jagannatha

moves forward, then Lord Caitanya also moves before Him. When Lord
J agannatha stops and stands still, then Lord Caitanya also stand still in Hi s
presence. In this way the two Lor ds, the master of Nzlacala and the greatest of
the devotees, eagerly enjoy transcendental pastimes in each other's presence.

Text 217

(punar nibhalya) aho

sthitavati balagandi mandapa-syopakantham

bhagavati j agadise santa nrtyo yatin-drah
upavanam anugacchan parsadaih premavadbhih
 saha j ayati nitanta s-rantito visramaya

punah again;nibha2ya looking; ahah aha;sthitavati st opping;ba2agandi-

mandapasya of t he balagandi temple;upakantham ne a r; bhagavati t h e L o r d ;
jagadise Ja gannatha;santa pe a c e;nrtyah da n c i n g ;yatindrah Lord Caitanya;
upavanam a garden; anugacchan en t e r i n g;parsadaih wi t h a s s ociates;
premavadbhih af f e ctionate;saha wi t h ; j ayati al l g l o r i e s;nitanta sr-antitah
exhausted; visramaya f o r r e l i e f.

(He looks again.) Gl ory to L ord C a i t anya! Now that Lord Jagannatha has
stopped near the Balagandi temple, with His lov ing associates Lord Caitanya
enters a garden to find relief from the great fatigue of dancing.

Text 218

tad adhuna nara pati-napi gudha vese-na tatrabhisartavyam iti

bhattacaryasyengitenajnatam asti tad .aham api sa tvar-am upasarpami (ity.
upasarpati ) .

tat th a t; adhuna no w ; na ra pati-n th e k i n g ; api al s o ;gu dha vese-na i n

disguise; tatra th e r e ; abhisartavyam sh o u l d e nt e r;iti th u s ; bh a t tacaryasya o f
the Bhattacarya; ingitena by t he signal;j natam un d e r s t o o d;asti is ; ta t t he n ;
aham I; api al s o ;sa tvara-m ha s t i l y; upasarpami ap p r o a c h;iti t h u s ;
upasarpati ap p r o a ches.

King Prataparudra, not dressed in royal robes, understand's Sarvabhauma's

signal to enter. Let me quickly go there. (He approaches.)

Text 219

(tatah pravisati nrtyanandanubhava nispan-do nimilita nayano -nayanabhirama

upavana manda-pam adhyasya prasaryamana 2o2ac c-arana -kama2-a na2a d-anda -yuga2o-
ga2a2 2ocana -ja2a dhauta -vaksah -saksad iva premanandah sri krsna -caitany-ah prati
taru mu2am -ekaikam upavistas tusnika parsadas ca.

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;nrtya da n c i n g ;ananda bl i s s ;anubhava b y

the experience; nispandah st u n n e d; nimilita cl o s e d;nayanah ey e s ;nayana t o
the eyes; abhiramah pl e a s ing;upavana of t h e g arden;mandapam t h e
enclosure; adhyasya pl a c i n g;prasaryamana go i n g ; 2o2at ro l l i n g; carana f e e t ;
kama2a lo tus; na2a danda -stems; yuga2ah pa ir; ga2at mo v i n g ; 2ocana e y e s ;
jala water; dhauta wa s h e d;vaksah ch e s t;saksat di r e c t l y;iva li k e ; p r e m a
of love; anandah bl i s s;sri krsna ca-itanya-h Lo rd Caitanya;prati taru mul-am -at
the root of every tree; ekaikam on e by o n e;upavistah ly i n g ; tu snika s i l e n t ;
parsadah as sociates;ca a l s o .

(Stunned with bliss from the pastimes of dancing, His eyes closed shut,
bringing great delight to the eyes of those who see Him, walking into the garden
with His two legs, which are more graceful than two moving lotus stems, tears
from His eyes washing His chest, and seeming like the personified bliss of love
f or Krsna, Lord Caitanya enters. His associates also enter and silently lie down ,
one by one, each under a different tree.)

Text 220

bhagavan:

athata ananda du-gham padambuj am

hamsah srayerann aravinda loc-ana

(iti slokardham eva bhuyo bhuyah pramilita nay-ana eva pathati ).

atha th e n; atah th e n ; an a nda of b l i s s ;dughamthe source; padambuj am

lotus feet; hamsah sw a n; srayeran ta k e s he tler;aravinda loca-na lo t us eyes;
iti th u s ; sloka th e v e r s e;ardham ha l f ; eva in d e e d ;bhuyah ag a i n;bhuyah
and again; pramilita cl o s e d;nayanah ey e s;eva in d e e d;pathati r e c i t e s .

Bhagavan: "0 lotus-eyed Lord, for this reason the swanlike devotees take
shelter of Your lotus feet, which are the source of all transcendental bliss."

(His eyes closed, He recites this half-quatrain again and again.)

Note: This is a verse from Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2c1.3).

Text 221

goplnathah: (alokya) aho premanandasvada mah>m-a devasya anubhutasya nrtya

kalina bhagavat krsna -saksat -karan-andasya brahmanandato pi camatkara
karanatvam carvanayasvadayati athetl .uccavaca sastra s-akala -pratipa-dyavabodha
parisamaptau ata iti .brahmanandad api camatkara karaka-tvat hamsa.h sarasara
vivecana catura-h padambujam srayeran kutah .ananda dugham -iti svanubhutananda
mahatmya sucanam -idam

alokya » o k s ; ah ah ah a ;pr e ma of l o v e ;ananda bl i s s ;asvada t a s t e ;

mahima th e g lo ry; devasya of th e L o r d; anubhutasya ex p e r i e nced;nrtya o f
dancing; kalina at t he t i m e; bhagavat krsna -Lord krsna; saksat kara d- i r ectly
manifest; anandasya of b l i s s ; brahmanandatah th a n t he bliss of Brahman;api
even;camatkara of wonder;karanatvam the origin; carvanaya to experience;
asvadayati ta s t e;atha th e n ; iti thu s ; uc c a vaca hi g h a nd l o w; sastra
scriptures;sakala al l ; p r a t i p a dya es t a b l i s hing ; a v abodhaparisam-aptau i n t h e
conclusion; atah th e n ; iti th u s ;br a h m anandat th a n t he b li ss of Brahman;
api even;camatkara karakatva-t because of being the source of wonder;
hamsah the swans;sarasara vivecana -caturah -expert at knowing what is
important; pada fe e t; ambujam lo t u s f lo w e r;srayeran ta k e s he iter;kutah
where7; ananda dugham -bliss; iti th u s ; sv anubhuta ex p e r i e n ced;ananda o f
bliss; mahatmya of t he g lory; sucanam in d i c a t i o n;idam thus.

Gopinatha: (looks) Ah! How gl or i ous is Lord Caitanya's tasting of the

mellows of transcendental love! At the time of His dancing He directly saw Lord
Jagannatha, and this sight of the Lord has brought Him a tr anscendental bliss
far more wonderful than the brahmananda bliss of the impersonalitsts. In the
two lines He quoted, the word "atha" (now) means "now that we have
understood the conclusion of all revealed scriptures", "atah" (therefore) means
"because this happiness is far more wonderful than the happiness experienced
by the impersonalitsts, therefore. . . " an d " h a m s ah" means "the great devotees
who can distinguish what is valuable and what is not". These devotees take
shelter (srayeran) of Lord Krsna's lotus feet (padambujam). Why? Because the
Lord's lotus feet are the source of all transcendental bliss (ananda-dugham).

Text 222

(parito va2okya) aho ita eva sarve para bha-gavatah tath.a hi

nihspandam ujj va2a ruca-h su sikh-ah su purn-a

snehas tamah ksaya -krtah -prati sakh-i mula-m
abhanti sobhana dasa-s ta ime mahanto
nirvata mang-a2a maho-tsava dipa -ka2pa-h

b havatu. atraiva kvapi nibhrtam upavisya rajnah pravesam pratipalayami (i t i .

t atha karoti ) .

paritah in a ll d i r e c tions;avalokya lo o k i n g ; ah ah ah ; i t a h thus; eva

indeed; sarve al l; para gr e a t ;bhagavatah de v o t e es;tatha th u s ; hi i nd e e d ;
nihspandam st u n n e d; ujjva2a rucah -splendor; su sikhah -la m p s; su purna-
filled; snehah lo v e; tamah da r k n e s s;ksaya krtah -d e s troyed; prati e a c h
sakhi t r ee; mulam ro o t ; ab h anti ma n i f e s t e d;sobhana au s p i c io us;dasah
condition; te th e y ; ime th e y ; ma h a ntah gr e a t ;nirvata u n i n t e r r u p t e d ;
manga2a of auspiciousness;maha utsava -great festival; dipa la m p s ; ka2pah
like; bhavatu ar e ; atra he r e ; eva in d e e d ;kv api so m e w h e r e;nibhrtam
hidden; upavisya en t e r i n g;raj nah of t h e k i n g;pravesam en t r a n c e ;
pratipalayami I will wait; iti th u s ; ta t ha in t h a t w a y; ka r oti d o e s .

(He looks in all directions.) Ah ! H er e are all the great devotees of the Lord.
Here, under each tree, are the fortunate, exalted devotees of the Lord like so
many auspicious, splendid, unflickering festival lamps burning in a wi n d l e ss
place, their glorious flames the sikhas on their heads, their full reservoirs of oil
great love for the Lord, and their light a light that destroys the darkness of
material ignorance. I will wait for the king secretly to come here. (He does that.)

Text 223

(tatah pravisati tyakta raj a vesah -pari-hita dhauta va-sana yu-galo raj -a ) .
 raj a: (sotkantham)

utkantha bhaya t-arkayor balavator acchadanam kurvati

mam uccais tarali k-aroti caranau ha dhik katham stabhnutah
hamho deva pariksayadya bhavatah prayah pariksa mama
prananam api bhavini na hi mama pranesu ko 'pi grahah

(iti sanaih sanaih parikramati ).

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;tyakta ab a n d o n e d;raj a ki n g s; vesah

garments; parihita ac c e p t ed;dhauta washed; vasana ga r m e nts;yugalah t w o ;
raj a the king; sotkantham wi t h l o n g i n g; utkantha lo n g i n g i n g;bhaya o f f e a r ;
tarkayoh an d l o g i c; balavatoh po w e r f u l; acchadanam co v e r i n g;kurvati d o e s ;
mam me ; uccaih gr e a t l y;tarali kar-oti tr e m b l e s;caranau fe e t ; ha dhik a l a s . ;
katham ho w ? ; stabhnutah st u n n e d; hamhah 0 ; d e v a Lor d ; pa r i k s aya f o r
searching; adya no w ; bh a vatah of Y o u ; pr a yah mo s t l y ;pa r i k sa s e a r c h ;
mama of m e; prananam of l i f e - b r e ath;api al s o ;bhavini wi l l b e ; na no t ; h i
indeed; mama my ; pr a n esu in b r e a t h s;ko pi so m e o n e grahah
; ta k i n g ;i t i
thus; sanaih sanaih ve ry s lowly;parikramati w a l k s .

(Having abandoned His royal dress and clothed himself in sim p le, clean
garments, the king enters.)

King: (Eager) Stopping my str ong doubt and fear, my eagerness has made
me restless. Alas! Why are my legs are stunned? Ah! By searching for the Lord I
h ave been also examining my own li fe. My l i f e-breath is not my own p r o p e r t y .

(He walks slowly.)

Text 220

gopinathah: (raj anam nirvarnya) aho citram

prabhava matrai-ka nrdeva -cihno-

viro rasah supta ivayam agre
ananda sankabh-aya tarka m-israh-
krcchrena vinyasyati pada padmam-

raj anam the kin g; nirvarnya ob s e r v i n g;ahah oh ; ci t r am w on d e r f u l ;

prabhava po w e r; matra on l y ; eka so l e ;nr d e va of t h e k i n g ; cihnah s i g n ;
virah he r o i c; rasah ra s a ;suptah as l e e p;iva as i f ; ay am he ; ag r e i n t h e
presence; ananda bl i s s; sanka do u b t ; bh aya fe a r ;ta r ka th i n k i n g ;mi s r a h
mixed; krcchrena sp o n t a neously;vinyasyati pl a c e s;pada padmam -lot us feet.

Gopznatha: (Observing the king) Ah ! W o n d e r f ul ! Th e k i n g's heroic power

seems to have fallen asleep. Overwhelmed by bliss, fear, and doubt, the king is
a ble to move his feet only with great difficul ty .
 Text 225

(paritah sarve atma g-atam) aho mangala s-utra mudrita k-aro yam raj a
prataparudrah katham ayam grhita ta-pasvi ve-so kasmad upasarpati svaminam
udvego bhavi. tad avalokayama kim ayam karotiti

paritah everywhere;sarve everyone;atma ga-tam aside;ahah ah;mangala

sutra br a h m a na s thread;mudrita ka-rah wi t h t he m a r k; ayam th e ; ra j a k i n g ;
prataparudrah Prataparudra; katham wh y 7 ; ayam he ; gr h i ta t ap-asvi ves-ah
accepted the dress of a renunciant; akasmat su d d e n l y; upasarpati ap p r o a c hes;
svaminam th e L o r d; udvegah up s e t;bhavi is ; ta t th a t ; av a l o kayama l e t u s
see; kim wh a t 7; ayam t h i s .k a r o t i t i .

I n all directions everyone says to themselves: Ah! Wh y has Ki n g

Prataparudra, wearing a brahmana's thread and dressed in the garments of an
austere brahmana, suddenly come here> Our master will certainly be upset. Let
us see what He does.

Text 226

raja: (sanair itas tato va2okayan sahasaivopasrtya do2ayamanam bhagavac

carana kama-la yuga-m parigha dirgh-abhyam dorbhyam drdhataram a2ingati.)

sanaih sl o w l y; itas tatah th i s w ay and that way;avalokayan l o o k i n g ;

sahasa suddenly; eva in d e e d;upasrtya ap p r o a c h i n g;dolayamanam s w i n g i n g ;
bhagavat caran-a kama-la yugam -thew Lord's lotus feet; parigha dirgha-bhyam
with his long; dorbhyam ar m s ; drdhataram fi r m l y ; al i n g ati em b r a c e s.)

(Carefully looking this way and that, the king quickly appr oaches Lord
Caitanya's lotus feet and firmly embraces them with his pow er ful arm s .)

Text 227

sarve: (a2okya) aho mahan ayam anarthah nimi2it.a nayana -kama2en-a

svanandavesa vivasen-a bhagavatayam alaksita eva yad bhagava-c caranau -dadhara tad
asya na vidmah kim bhavi

alokya lo o k i n g; ahah oh ; ma h an gr e a t ;ayam th i s ;an a r t hah ca t a s t r o phe;

nimi2ita cl o s ed;nayana ey e s;kama2ena lo t u s; sva ow n ; an a n da bl i s s ;avesa
vivasena ov e rwhelmed; bhagavata by t he L o r d; ayam hi m ; a2 a ksitah n o t
seen;eva indeed;yad bhagava-c caranau -the Lord's feet;dadhara held;tat
that; asya of h i m; na no t ; vi d m ah we k n o w ; ki m wh at . ; bh a vi w i l l b e .

Everyone: (looking) Ah ! A g r eat catastrophe! The king holds the Lord's

lotus feet. His eyes closed in transcendental bliss, the Lord does not recognize
t he king. How has this happened> We do not know .

Text 228

bhagavan: (svanandasya eva nimz2itaksa eva nibha2anenaiva gadham parisvajya ).

ko nu rajann indriyavan
mukunda ca-ranambuj am
na bhaj et sarvato mr-tyur
upasyam amarottamaih

(iti punah punah pathati ).

sva ow n; anandasya of b l i s s; eva in d e e d;nimi2ita cl o s e d;aksah eyes;

eva indeed;nibhalanena by seeing;eva indeed; gadham fi r mly; parisvajya
embrtacing; kah wh o 7 ; nu in d e e d ;ra jan 0 ki n g ; in d r i y a v an po s s e s sing
senses; mukunda cara-na amb-uj am Lo rd Muk u n d a 's lotus feet; na no t ; bh aj et
worships; sarvatah ev e r y w h e re;mrtyuh de a t h ;upasyam w o r s h i p e d ;
amarottamaih by t he d emigods;iti th u s ;pu n ah ag a i n ;pu nah a n d a g a i n ;
pathati recites.

(His eyes closed in transcendental bliss, Lord Caitanya does not see the king.
The Lord firmly embraces him.)

Lord: "0 king, what person who knows he will soon die will d e cl ine to
worship Lord Mukunda's lotus feet, which are worshiped even by the
demigods."

(The Lord repeats this verse again and again.)

Text 229

gopmathah: aho kautukam

sahasam kva ca gunaya kalpate

kvapi dusanataya ca siddhyati
sahasena yad akari bhubhuj a
tat tapobhir akhilais ca napyate

ahah Oh; ka utukam wo n d e r f u l ;sahasam su d d e n l y;kva w h e r e 7 ; ca a n d ;

gunaya fo r q ua lit ies;kalpate is qualified; kvapi so m e w h e r e;dusanataya b y
wickedness; ca also; siddhyati be c o m es perfect;sahasena su d d e nly;yat w h a t ;
akari do e s;bhubhuj a by t he k i n g; tat th a t ; ta p o bhih au s t e r i t i e s;akhilaih b y
all; ca also; na no t ; ap y a te i s a t t a i n e d.

Gopinatha: Won d erful! Can recklessness be a virtue? The fault of

recklessness sometimes brings the greatest perfection. By recklessness the king
has attained what cannot be had even by the greatest austerities.

Text 230

(punar nibhalya)

maha m-a22air yasya prakata bh-uj a va-ksah st-ha2a ta-ti

vinispesodbhagna st-hibhir iva vidadhre vikalata
sa evayam madyat ka-ri va-ra ka-rakranta ka-dali
taru sta-mbhakaro bhavati bhagavad ba-hu du-litah

punah again;nibha2ya looking; maha ma-22aih by great fighters;yasya of

whom; prakata ma n i f e s ted; bhuja a r m s ; va ksah ch e s t;sthala pl a c e ;tati
expansion; vinispesodbhagna sthi-bhih cr u s hed;iva li k e ; vi d a dhre h o l d s ;
vikalata co n s i d e red;sah he ; eva in d e e d ;ayam he ; ma d y at ma d ; k a r i
elephant; vara gr e a t;kara tr u n k ; ak r a n ta cr u s h e d ;ka dali pl a n t a i n t r e e ;
taru tr e e; stambhakarah st u n n e d; bhavati is ; bh a gavat o f t h e L o r d; bahu i n
the arms; dulitah em b r a c e d.

(He looks again.) Al t h o ugh he has the power to crush the arms and ribs of
the strongest fighters, now that he is embraced by Lord Caitanya's arms, the
king is like a plantain tree crushed by the embrace of a mad elephant's trunk.

Text 231

(nepathye ka2aka2ah ).
bhagavan: (raj anam parisvajya tat ka2aka-2aka2ita ratha -prasth-ana satvar-ah punar
j agannatha didrks-aya tatha vidha -sanand-a stha ev-a niskramati.)
sarve: (yatha yatham -tam anuniskramanti.)

nepathye be h i nd the scenes;ka2aka2ah tu m u l t; rgj anam t h e k i n g ;

parisvajya em b r a c i ng;tat ka2aka-2a that tumult; aka2ita h e a r i ng; ratha o f t h e
chariot; prasthana mo v e m e n t; satvarah qu i c k l y ;pu nah a g a i n ; j a g a n natha
Lord Jagannatha; didrksaya wi t h a d e sire to see;tatha vidha i-n that way;sa
with; ananda bl i s s;sthah st a n d i n g;eva in d e e d;niskramati wa l k s ;ya t h a
yatham as; tam Him; anuniskramanti follow.

( Tumultuous sounds from behind the scenes. Hearing the tumultu o u s

sounds of the Rathayatra chariot s beginning to move, and overwhelmed with
bliss and with great desire to again see Lord Jagannatha, Lord Caitanya leaves
t he king and exits. Everyone follows Him .)

Text 232

gopinathah: (upasrtya) maharaj a j agannatha darsanar-tham gato devah samprati.

bhavanto pi calitum arhanti. (ity ananda tandritam -rajanam adaya niskrantah. iti
niskrantah sarve ).

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;maharaj a 0 king; j agannatha d-arsanartham t o s e e

Lord Jagannatha; gatah go n e; devah the Lord; samprati no w ; bh a vantah y o u ;
api al s o; calitum arhanti s h o u l d g o ;iti th u s ; ananda ta-ndritam o v e r c o m e
with bliss; raj anam th e k i n g; adaya taking; niskrantah th e y e xi t;iti t h u s ;
niskrantah ex i t ; sarve a l l .

Gopinatha: My king, Lord Caitanya has gone to see Lord Jagannatha. Now
you should go there also.

(Taking with him the ki ng, who is now ov ercome with bl i ss, Gopznatha
exits.)
(Everyone exits.)

ct Nine

Text 1

(tatah pravisati kinnara mithu-nam.)

purusah: priye gatagatebhyo 'pi samvatsarebhyah khalujagannathasya
gundicotsavah parama raman-iyo drstah

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;kinnara a K i n n a r a ;mithunam c o u p l e ;

purusah ma n; priye de a r ;ga ta agateb-hyah co m i ng and going; api a l s o ;
samvatsarebhyah th a n years;khalu ce r t a i n l y;j agannathasya o f L o r d
Jagannatha; gundica Gi n d i c a; utsavah fe s t i v a l;parama raman-iyah v e r y
beautiful; drstah s e e n .

(Enter a Kinnara couple)

The Man: Beloved, this year Lord Jagannatha s Gundica festival was more
beautiful than any year before.

Text 2

stri: katham vi a -

katham wh y ? ; vi a t h us . -

T he Woman: Why is t h a t ?
 Text 3

purusah: asminn abde tu murtimatanandenaiva kanaka g-iri g-aurenayatmdra

vesa d-harina bhaktavatarena sri k-rsna ca-itanyena mahotsavo yam surasatvena
parama ra-maniyo vihitah.

asmin th i s; abde ye a r; tu in d e e d ;mu r t imata in t h e f o r m; an andena w i t h

bliss; eva in d e e d; kanaka gi-ri ga-urena wi t h t he splendor of a golden mountain;
yatindra the great sannyasi; vesa ga r ments; dharina we a r i n g;bhakta o f a
devotee; avatarena in t he i nc arnation;sri kr-sna cai-tanyena by L o rd C aitanya;
mahotsavah gr e ta festival;ayam th i s ; surasatvena wi t h s w e e tness;parama
very; ramaniyah be a u t i f u l; vihitah i s .

Man: Because this year Sri Krsna Caitanya, who is personified bliss, who is
splendid as golden Mount Meru, who wears the garments of the geratest
sannyasz, and who has descended to this world to accept the role of devotee,
a
has come, the festival was very sweet.

Text 0

stri: haddhi haddhi aham kadham sangena nida ma e.dat-thu na paridam

haddhi al a s !; haddhi al a s !;aham I; ka d h am wh y ? ; sa n gena w i t h

association; nida at t a i n e d;ma eb y - m e ; da t t hu to s e e ;na no t ; p a r i d a m
attained.

Woman: Alas! Alas! Why did I no t m eet Him? Why di d I no t see Him ?

Text 5

purusah: priye agaminy abde darsaniyo bhavatya

priye be l o v e d;agamini co m i n g ; ab de ye a r ;darsaniyah wi l l b e s een;

bhavatya by you.

Man: Beloved, next year you will see Him.

Text 6

stri: a amini ad-de ha-i evam ho-i.

a amini c- oming;adde ye a r; ha i of ; ev - am —
t hus; ho-i i s .

Woman: If He is still in Jagannatha Purz next year.

 Text 7

purusah: i tah prabhrti tenatraiva sthatavy am

itah th u s ; prabhrti be g i n n i n g ;tena by -Him; atra t h e r e ; eva i n d e e d ;

sthatavyam wi l l s t a y.

Man: From now on He wil l stay there.

Text 8

stri: ettha ko ni amo-.

ettha th e r e; kah wh a t ? ;ni ama-h re a s o n.

Woman: How do you know that?

Text 9

purusah: janami tattvam.

j anami I know; tattvam the truth.

Man: I know.

Text 10

stri: kadham j anidam

kadham ho w ?;j anidam known.

Woman: How do you know?

Text 11

purusah: parasparam kathayatam taj jananam -taj jananan-cita caritra -vidam -

kathayaiva

parasparam kathayatam co n v e r s ing;taj jananam -o f h i s fo l l o w e rs; taj

j ananancita caritra v-idam -who know His pastimes; kathaya by t h e t a l k; eva
llldeed.

Man: By listening to the conversations of His followers. They know all about
His pastimes.

Text 12

stri: kerisi sa kaha

kerisi li k e w h a t ?;sa th a t ; ka ha talk.

Woman: What did they say?

Text 13

purusah: priye sruyatam asy.a tri

vid-ha eva lokanugraha pra-karah

priye be l o v e d;sruyatam listen; asya of H i m ; tri v i dh-ah th r e e k i n d s;eva

certainly; loka to t h e p e o ple;anugraha of m e r c y ; pr a k arah m e t h o d .

Man: Beloved, listen. The Lord grants His mercy to this wo rld in t h ree ways.

Text lk

stri: kerisi tinna viho.-

kerisi li k e w h a t ?; tinna th r e e ;vihah ways.

Woman: What three ways?

Text 15

purusah: ekah saksat kari d-vitiya.h para hrdaya -praves-a laksan-ah trtiyas.
cintana matrav-irbhava rupah-

ekah on e; saksat kari d- i r e ct appearance;dvitiyah se c o n d;para o f o t h e r s ;

hrdaya th e h eart;pravesa en t e r i n g; laksanah ch a r a c terized;trtiyah t h e t h i r d ;
cintana matra -by meditation;avirbhava appearance;rupah form.

Man: First, by directly appearing before His devotee. Second, by personally

entering His devotee's heart. Third, by appearing in His devotee's thoughts.

Text 16

stri: vive i akaheh-i.-

vive i ad i s t - in-guishing; kahehi pl e a se tell.

 Woman: Please explain.

Text 17

purusah: ye khalu purusottama ks-etragamana sa-marthas tesam saksat k-ari ta.tha

hi prati sa-mvatsaram sarahamso nana de-satah sarve j agannatha da-rsanato pi tad
darsana ba-ddhotkantha adrsta pu-rva asruta pu-rvah parah sahasrah pranina
upavistani

ye who; khalu in d e e d;purusottama kse-tra to P u r u s aottama-ksetra;

agamana to c o me; samarthah ab l e ; tesam fo r t h e m; saksat ka-ri d i r e c t
appearance; tatha hi fu r t h e r; prati sam-vatsaram ev e ry year;sarahamso nana
desatah fr om many different countries; sarve al l ;j agannatha dar-sanatah t h a n
the sight of Lord Jagannatha; api ev e n;tad dar-sana to s ee Lord Caitanya;
baddhotkantha more eager; adrsta not seen;purvah before;asruta not heard;
purvah be f o r e;parah de v o t e d;sahasrah thousands; praninah li v i n g e nt i t i e s;
upavistani en t e r e d.

Man: The Lord directly appears before the pilgrims who come to
Purusottama-ksetra. Each year many thousands of pilgrims, more than anyone
has ever seen or heard of before, cross from many different countries to
Purusottama-ksetra. They are more eager to see Lord Krsna Caitanya then they
are to see Lord Jagannatha Himself.

Text 18

stri: tado tado

tadah th en ? ; t adah then?

Woman: Then? Then?

Text 19

purusah: tatas tesu gaudiyah priya gaudiyanam madhyeye ti priyah -sataso

drstavantas te pi subhadrstavantoyathami.

tatah th e n; tesu am o n g t h e m;gaudiyah Be n g a l i s;priyah d e a r ;

gaudiyanam to t he Bengalis;madhye in the midst; ye wh o ; a ti p r i y ah - v e r y
dear; satasah hu n d r e d s; drstavantah sa w; te th e y ; api al s o ;su b ha
auspiciousness; adrstavantah no t s eeing;yatha a s ; a mi t h e y .

Man: Among all these people the pilgrims from Bengal are most dear to the
Lord, and among these a few hundred Bengalis are especially dear to Him. They
are very happy to see the Lord, but when they cannot see Him they cannot see
happiness anywhere.

Text 20

narahari ra-ghunandana p-radhanah

katicana khanda bh-uvo 'py akhanda bh-agyah
prathamam imam adrstavanta ete
prati sa-radam purusottamam labhante

narahari Na r a h a r i;raghunandana Ra g h u n a ndana;pradhanah b e g i n n i n g

with; katicana so m e ; khanda bh-uvah from Khanda-grama; api al s o; akhanda
very; bhagyah fo r t u n a t e;prathamam fi r s t ; im am th i s ; ad r s tavantah n o t s e e n;
ete the y; prati sar-adam ee ry autumn;purusottamam Pu r u s o t t a ma-ksetra;
labhante at t ain.

Narahari, Raghunandana, and the other residents of Khanda-grama are very

fortunate. Although at first they were not able to see the Lord, eventually they
were able to come to Purusottama-ksetra every autumn.

Text 21

kulina gram-ina api ca gunaraj anvaya bhuv-o

jana ramananda prab-hrtayaime deva suhrd-ah
tatha nyayacaryadaya upacita prema -saras-a
maha vidva-mso mi prati sarad-a matro-pagaminah

kulma grami-nah th e people of Kulina-grama;api ca al s o; gunaraj a o f

Gunaraka Khan; anvaya bhuvo -j anah the family;ramananda prabh-rtayah headed
by Ramananda; ime th e y; deva suhrda-h fr i e n ds of the Lord; tatha s o ;
nyayacarya by Bhagavan Acarya; adayah headed;upacita proper;prema love;
sarasas sweet; m-aha very; vidvamsah le a r n e d;ami th e y ;pr a ti sarada -eve ry
autumn; matra on l y ; up a gaminah c o m e .

The residents of Kuhna-grama, the family of Gunaraja Khan, and the

associates of Ramananda Vasu, are all very dear friends of the Lord. They, the
philosopher Bhagavan Acarya, and the other wise devotees filled with the nectar
of pure love, come to Purusottama-ksetra every autumn.

Text 22

bhagavan nama ny-ayacaryas tu purusottama eva bhagavac caitanya -darsanak-anksi

yavaj jivam sth-itah. evam esam saksad anugrah-ah agamana.samarthanam tu para
hrdayam aruhyanugrahah kriyate hrdayaro.ha yogyas tv -advaita nakula b-rahmac-ary
adayah.

bhagavan nama n-amed Bhagavan;

nyayacaryah the philosopher;
tu indeed;
purusottame at Purusottama-ksetra; eva indeed; bhagavat c-aitanya L o r d
Caitanya; darsana to s ee;akanksi e a g e r ; y a v at a s ; j i v a m li f e ; s t h i t a h
situated; evam th u s ; esam of t h e m ; saksat di r e c t ;anugrahah m e r c y ;
agamana to come;asamarthanam of they who are not able; tu indeed; para
hrdayam in the heart; aruhya ascending;anugrahah mercy;kriyate is;
hrdaya th e h eart; aroha as c e n t;yogyah su i t a b l e;tu bu t ; ad v a i ta A d v a i t a ;
nakula br-ahmacari Na k u l a Brahmacari;adayah b e g i n n i ng wit h .

The philosopher Bhagavan Acarya is so eager to see the Lord that he vowed
to stay his whole life in Purusottama-ksetra. For those unable to come to see
Him, the Lord gives His mercy by personally entering their hearts. In this way
the Lord has entered the hearts of Advaita Acarya, Nakula Brahmacari, and
others also.

Text 23

stri: kimci kadhehi.

kimci so m e t h i n g; kadhehi pl e a se tell.

Woman: Tell me something about it.

Text 20

purusah: advaitaroha varta -tu prathiyasi tat ka.thanam bahu kala -sadhy-am
nakula brahm-acari hrday-arohah sruyatam

advaita in t he h eart of Advaita Acarya;aroha of t h e a scent;varta t h e s t o r y ;

tu in d e e d; prathiyasi is f a m o u s; tat th a t ; ka t h a nam te l l i n g ;bahu m a n y ;
kala ti m e s; sadhyam do n e ;na kula brahm-acari of N a k u la Brahmacari;
hrdaya in t he h eart; arohah th e a s cent;sruyatam sh o u l d b e h e a rd.

Man: The story of the Lord entering Advaita Acarya's heart is very famous. It
has been told many times. Listen, I will t ell you how th e L ord entered Nakula
Brahmacarz's heart.

Text 25

stri: kadhehi avahidamhi

kadhehi sp e ak;avahidamhi I am lis tening.

Woman: Tell. I am li stening.

Text 26
 purusah: asti kascid ambu grame parama v-aisnava ajanma b-rahmacari nakulo
nama tasyaikasmin divase graha g-rastasyeva kasyam api dasayam utpannayam
anandasra p-ulaka n-irbharasya darsana matrenaiva sarvesam hrdaya k-uhare sri
caitanyaveso yam asyajata iti pratyayam utpadayata eva katicid aho ra-tra gatah

asti is ; kascit so m e o n e;ambu gr-ame in A m b u - g r a ma;parama va-isnavah a

greatdevotee;ajanma frombirth;brahmacari abrahmacari;nakulah Nakula;
nama na m e d; tasya of h i m ; ek a smin on e ; di v a se da y ; gr a ha gr-astasya a m a n
possesed; iva li k e ; kasyam api a c e r t a i n;dasayam st a t e;utpannayam a t t a i n e d ;
ananda of b li s s;asra te a r s;pulaka ni-rbharasya ha i rs standing up;darsana b y
seeing; matrena on l y ; eva in d e e d ;sarvesam of a l l; hr daya ku-hare i n t he c ore
of the heart; sri cai-tanya of L o rd C a i tanya;avesah en t r a n c e;ayam th i s ; as ya
of him; j atah ma n i f e s ted;iti th u s ;pr a t yayam ev i d e n c e;utpadayate i s
manifested; eva in d e e d; katicit so m e ;ah ah da y s ;ra t r ah an d n i g h t ; ga tah
gone.

Man: In the village of Ambu-grama lives a great devotee and lifelong

brahmacari named Nakula. One day he became like a man possessed. Tears of
joy flowed from his eyes, and the hairs of his body stood erect. When they saw
him, all the people became convinced that Srz Caitanya had entered his heart.
He passed many days and nights in this way.

Text 27

stri: tado tado

tadah th e n ?; tadah then?

Woman: Then? Then?

Text 28

purusah: tad anu

gaura tvisa kap-isayan kakubhah samantad

ananda bhoga p-arilopi-ta bahya v-rttih-
a ba2a vrd-dha -tarunai-r atha 2aksa sankhya-ir
lokair abhut
pranayibhih paripujyamanah

tad anu th e n; gaura wi t h a g o l d e n;tvisa sp l e n d o r;kapisayan i l l u m i n a t i n g ;

kakubhah samantat al l t he directions;ananda bhoga -in experiencing bliss;
pari2opita lo s t; bahya ex t e r n a l;vrttih th i n g s ;a fr o m ; ba 2a c h i l d r e n ;
vrddha el d e rly; tarunaih an d y o u n g ; atha th e n ; la k sa sankhyai-h b y
considering the qualities; lokaih by t h e p e o ple;abhut wa s ;pr a nayibhih
affectionate; paripujyamanah w o r s h i p e d .
 Man: Filling the skies with a golden splendor, and so blissful he was not
aware of external events, He was worshiped by countless affectionate people,
both young and old.

Text 29

stri: tado tado

tadah th e n ?; tadah then?

Woman: Then? Then?

Text 30

purusah: tato daivat tasmin kale tatragatena bhagavac cait-anya par-sadena

sivanandena tam udantam atyanta sand-ihyamanatayasrutya didrksuna manasi krtam
aho kim etasya darsanena saksad eva maya drsto sti bhagavan tad.aloka suk-ha
sadrsam kim asya darsanena bhavisyati sukham. naiva iti nivartamanena punar
manasi krtam aho yady ayam sarva loka -bahi-r vart-amanam mam svayam evahuya
sva sami-pam nitva mamakam ista mant-ram prakhyapayati tada satyam evatra
tasyaveso j atah iti cin.tayitva prasarino j ana samu-hasya bahih sthitavati sivanande
yavad avesam tusnim sthito 'py asau kah ko 'tra bhoh. dure vartamanah sivananda
ahuyatam iti nidesa matr-ena dhavadbhir eva katibhir itas tato a grah-am vicinvadbhir
ati dure-sthitam tam adaya tan nikata-m ayayau anan.taram catenasivananda
bhavata manasi vicaritam yat tadakarnyatam bhavadiya ista manta-s catur aksar-o
gaura gopal-adevatakah ity akalyya tena nirnitam satyaiveyam pratheti

tatah th e n; daivat by p r o v i d e n c e;tasmin kale at t h a t t i m e; tatra t h e r e ;

agatena co m e; bhagavat caitan-ya parsad-ena an associate of Lord Caitanya;
sivanandena by Sivananda;tam hi m ; ud a n tam ma n i f e t e d;atyanta
sandihyamanataya wi t h g r e at doubt; asrutya he a r i n g;didrksuna wi t h a d e s ire
to see; manasi in t he heart; krtam di d ; ah ah oh ; ki m wh at ? ;et a sya o f h i m ;
darsanena by t he sight; saksat di r e c t l y;eva in d e e d;maya by m e ; dr s t ah
seen; asti is ; bhagavan th e L o r d; ta da th e n ; al o ka si g h t ;su k ha ha p p i n e s s ;
sadrsam li k e; kim wh a t ? ;as ya of h i m ; da r s anena by t h e s ig ht;bhavisyati
will be; sukham ha p p i n e ss;na no t ; eva in d e e d ;iti thu s ;ni v a r t a manena
being; punah ag a i n; manasi in t h e h e a rt; krtam di d ; ah a h oh ; ya d i i f ;
ayam th i s; sarva al l ; lo ka wo r l d s ;ba h ih ou t s i d e vartamanam
; be i n g ; ma m
me; svayam pe r s onally; eva in d e e d;ahuya ca l l i n g ;sva samipam -ne ar h i m ;
nitva be i ng brought; mamakam my ; is t a wo r s h i p e d ;mantram m a n t r a ;
prakhyapayati names; tada th e n; satyam tr u t h ; eva in d e e d ;at ra h e r e ;
tasya of H i m; avesah en t r a n c e; j atah ma n i f e s ted;iti th u s ; ci n t a yitva
thinking; prasarinah go i n g j; ana samuhasy-a the people; bahih o u t s i d e ;
sthitavati si t u a t e d;sivanande Si v a nanda;yavat as ; avesam en t r a n c e;tusnim
silent; sthitah be c o m e;api al s o ;asau he ; ka h k ah wh o ? w h o ? ; at ra h e r e ;
bhoh oh;dure far away; vartamanah being;sivanandah Sivananda;
ahuyatam ca l l e d;iti th u s ; ni d e sa matrena -by th at calling; dhavadbhih
running; eva in d e e d; katibhih ho w m a n y ? ;it as tatah he r e a nd the re;agraham
vicinvadbhih ca l l i n g; ati dure ve r y f ar away;sthitam si t u a t e d;tam h i m ;
adaya ta k i n g; tan n-ikatam ne a r h i m; ayayau ca m e ;anantaram th e n ; c a
and; tena by h i m; sivananda Si v a n a nda;bhavata by y o u ; ma nasi i n t h e h e a r t ;
vicaritam co n s i d e red;yat wh a t ; ta da th e n ; ak a r n yatam sh o u l d be heard;
bhavadiyah yo u r ; is ta m-antah ma n t r a; catur a-ksarah fo u r s y l l a ble;gaura
gopa2adevatakah Ga u r a -Gopala mantra;iti th u s ; ak a 2yya se e i n g;tena b y h i m ;
nirnitam co n c l u d e d;satya tr u t h ; eva in d e e d ;ayam th i s ;pr a t h eti i s
manifested.

Man: At that time, by the arrangement of providence, Sivananda Sena, a

personal associate of Lord Caitanya, came to that place. Hearing about Nakula
Brahmacari, Sivananda felt doubt in his heart. He desired to see Nakula
Brahmacarz with his own eyes. He thought: "Why sh ould I be eager to see
Nakula Brahmacari, when I can directly see Lord Caitanya Himself? Will I
become like these people, overcome with happiness to see Nakula Brahmacarz? I
think not."
Again in his heart he thought: "If I stay far from the crowds around him, and
h e personally calls me to him and tells me my wo r s h i p able mantra, then I wi l l
k now it is true that Lord Caitanya has personally entered within h i m. " T h i n k i n g
this, he went there and stayed far away from the crowds. At the very moment
Sivananda arrived at the outskirts of that place, Nakula Brahmacari suddenly
became silent. He said: "Who, who has come here? At this moment Sivananda is
in the outskirts of this place. He should be called here". On this order many
men went searching for Sivananda and calling for him by name. They found
huim and brought him tp N a k ula Brahmacarz. Nakula then said to him: "0
Sivananda, please listen with all your heart. Your worshipable mantra is the
four-syllable Gaura-Gopala mantra." W h e n Si vananda heard this he believed
that it was true that Lord Caitanya had entered Nakula Brahmacari's heart.

Text 31

stri: ajj a utta titt-a okerisi-

ajj a utta 0 -n o ble husband; titta ah th e

-thir d; kerisi li ke what?

Woman: 0 noble husband, what is the third way the Lord appears before his
devotees?

Text 32

purusah: trtiyas tu cintana matravir-bhavo yah so pi sruyatam ekada ta.syaiva

sivanandasya bhagineyah srikanta ekaka eva prathamam sri purusott-amam agatya
bhagavac caitanya -caranau -dadarsa asminn e.va samaye kautuka .vasat puri-svara
svarupadi samaksam -bhagavata kincij j agade j agad eka band-huna -srikanta asminn
abde dvaitadayo dayoddhura vaktavyas teyatha nayanti. mayaiva tatra gantavyam
iti. api ca sivanando pi bhagavan matulo va-ktavyah pause masi tatropasannena maya
bhavitavyam .tatraj agadanando sti tatraiva bhiksa kartavya iti nivrttena srikantena
bhagavat s-andese kathite sati sarve dvaitadayas ca2anodyamac chiti2z b-abhuvah.
sivanandas tu bhagavad a-gamanam abhi2i2asisur bhagavad b-hiksayam idam 2agisyatiti
krtvabhagavat p-riyatvenavastukavastu k-adali g-arbhotthaka n-isadi s-amagri
samavadhanaya sthitavan.

trttyah th e t h i rd w a y; tu in d e e d ;cintana m-atra in m e d i t a t i o n; avirbhavah

appearance;yah which; so pi that;sruyatam should be heard; ekada one
day; tasya of h i m; eva indeed;sivanandasya Sivananda;bhagineyah nephew;
srikanta Sr i k a n t a;ekaka on e by o n e; eva in d e e d;prathamam fi r s t ; sri
purusottamam at P ur u s ottama-ksetra;agatya ar r i v i n g;bhagavat cai-tanya o f
Lord Caitanya; caranau th e f e e t;dadarsa sa w; asmin in t h i s ;eva i n d e e d ;
samaye ti m e; kautuka vas-at out of cur i o usity; purisvara sva-rupadi sam-aksam
before Paramananda Puri, Damodara Svarupa, and others; bhagavata by the Lord;
kincit so m e t h i n g;j agade wa s said;j agad eka -ban-dhuna the only friend of the
world; srikantahO Srikanta; asmin th i s ; abde ye a r ;advaita ada-yah th o s e headed
by Advaita Acarya; daya udd-hura fi l l ed with me rcy; vaktavyah sh o u l d be said;
te th e y; yatha as ; na yanti le a d ;ma ya by m e ; eva in d e e d ;ta t ra t h e r e ;
gantavyam sh o u ld be gone; iti t h u s ; api ca al s o ;sivanandah Si v a n a nda;api
also; bhagavan of t he Lord; matulah ma t e r n al unc le;vaktavyah sh o u l d be said;
pause masi in the month of Pausa; tatra th e r e ; upasannena wo r s h i p e d; maya
by me; bhavitavyam wi l l b e; ta tra th e r eja ; gadanandah Ja g adananda;asti i s ;
tatra th e r e;eva in d e e d;bhiksa me a l ; ka r t avya s h o u l d b e; iti t h u s ;
nivrttena do n e ; srikantena by S r i k a n t a;bhagavat sand-ese in the Lord's
message; kathite sa i d; sati wh e n ; sa r ve al l ; ad v a ita by A d v a i t a ;adayah
headed; ca2anodyamat ou t of eagerness;siti2z babhu-vah overcome; sivanandah
Sivananda; tu in d e e d; bhagavat of t h e L o r d;agamanam t h e a r r i v a l;
abhi2i2asisuh de siring; bhagavad bhiks-ayam a meal for the Lord;idam t h i s ;
lagisyati do e s; iti t h u s ; kr t v a ha v i n gd o n e; bhagavat t o t h e L o r d ;
priyatvena be c a use of being dear;vastukavastu kadal-i garbh-otthaka nisadi-
beginning with plantrains and other things; samagri in g r e d i t e nts;
samavadhanaya fo r a ssembling;sthitavan d i d .

Man: The third way is when the Lord appears in the meditation of his
devotees. Please listen. Sivananda s nephew Srzkanta once went to Purusottama-
ksetra, where he saw the feet of Lord Caitanya. At that time, in the company of
Paramananda Puri, Svarupa Damodara, and the other devotees, Lord Caitanya,
the only friend of the entire world, cheerfully said to Srzkanta: "Please tell
Advaita Acarya and the other great devotees they should not come to see Me this
year. I will go to see them. Tell your uncle Sivananda that I will come to see him
in the month of December. Jagadananda is there and he will give Me offerings of
food". When Srzkanta repeated the Lord's orders to them, Advaita Acarya and all
the other devotees immediately stopped all arrangements to travel to see the
Lord. When he heard the Lord wi shed to come, Sivananda gathered saka, moca,
and other ingredients for cooking the Lord s favorite foods, and patiently waited
for the Lord's arrival.

Text 33
 stri: tado tado .

tadah th e n ?; tadah then?

Woman: Then? Then?

Text 30

purusah: tato daivad godavaritah samayatena ramananda ray-enopabodhito

bhagavan na gantum iste

tatah th e n; daivat by p r o v i d e n c e;godavaritah on t h e G o d a vari;

samayatena met;ramananda ray-ena Ramananda Raya;upabodhitah known;
bhagavan the Lord; na no t ; ga n t um to g o ; is te w i s h e d .

Man: When the appointed time came, by the arrangement of providence the
Lord was staying on the bank of the Godavarz River with Ramananda Raya, and
the Lord had no wish to leave.

Text 35

stri: tado tado

tadah th e n ?; tadah then?

Woman: Then? Then?

Text 36

purusah: tato sau sivanandah sri nrsimh-a brahm-acariti prathitam parama

yogindram saksan nrsimham iva pradyumna brahm-acaritvena purva khyata-v api
bhagavataiva nrsimhopasana siddhat-vena nrsimhananda iti karita samjna-m samaye
samuvaca svamin ayasyami iti krtva bhagavan nayatah vastuka .sakam -avalokya
mano duhkham -eva ayate
j

tatah th e n; asau he ; si v anandah Si v a n a nda;sri nrsimha -brahma-cari S r i

Nrsimha Brahmacari; iti th u s ;pr a t h itam ca l l e d ;parama yogindr-am gr e at yogi;
saksat di r e c tly; nrsimham Lo r d N r s i m h a; iva li k e ; pr a d yumna
brahmacaritvena as Pradyumna Brahmacari;purva previously;khyatau
known; api al s o ; bhagavata by t h e L o r d; eva in d e e d ;nrsimha o f L o r d
Nrsimha; upasana wo r s h i p; siddhatvena by p e r f e ction;nrsimhananda
Nrsimhananda; iti th u s ; ka r i ta samj nam -name d; samaye a t t he t i m e ;
samuvaca said; svamin 0 Lo r d ; ay a s yami I w i l l c o m e ;iti thu s ; kr t v a d o i n g ;
bhagavan the Lord; nayatah br i n g i n g ;vastuka sakam sa k - a;avalokya s e e i n g ;
manah in h is heart; duhkham su f f e r i n g;eva in d e e d;j ayate i s b o r n .
 Man: There is a great yogz named Nrsimhananda Brahmacarz, who is like
Lord Nrsimhadeva Himself. He had been named Pradyumna Brahmacarz, but
because of his perfect worship of Lord Nrsimha, he was given the name
"Nrsimhananda" by Lord Caitanya Himself. At that time Sivananda went to
Nrsimhananda Brahmacarz and said: "0 Lord, although Lord Caitanya promised
"I will come to visit", He has not come. When I see the vegetables I have
gathered for Him, my heart becomes filled with grief."

Text 37

stri: tado tado

tadah th e n ?; tadah then?

Woman: Then? Then?

Text 38

purusah: tatas tenoktam. mayaivanetavyo dina dvay-am apeksatam iti tat

prabhava jno sau tathaiva sraddadhe sa ca .nrsimhanando nrsimhanando pi tam
samayam arabhya samadhi stho -dina dvay-antare sivanandam ahuya aye bhagavac
caitanyo raghavalaye samanito sti. pratar atragamisyati mayaiva paktavyam bhiksa
ca datavya iti srutva tasminn api tathodyukte sati svayam usasi krta snana-h sucitaro
bhutva pake pravrttah sveccha purva-m yathestam eva pacitavan anant.aram tasminn
eva samaye sri caitan-yasyaj agannathasya nrsimhasya ca prthak trayo bhoga vibhajya
nispanditah. anantaram tat tan na-mna -samarpya bahir bhuya nimilita caksur-
antarena caksusa pasyati trma eva bhogan eka eva bhagavan bhunkte. anantaram
sanj ata mahan-ando galad asru d-hara-h saravam uccalh pranayamarsa krtaks-epam iva
bhadram bho bhadram j agannathena saha tavaikyam atoagannathasya
j bhogo
bhujyatam nama mama .nrsimhasya bhogah katham bhujyate nrsim.ho dya mayayam
uposita ity uccair akrandan sivanandenoktam svamin katham akrusyate iti.

tatah th e n; tena by h i m ; uk t am sa i d ;ma ya by m e ; eva i n d e e d ;

anetavyah wi l l b e b r o u g h t ; dina da y s ;dv ayam fo r t w o ; ap e ksatam w a i t ; i t i
thus; tat prabhav-a his power;j nah kn o w i n g ; asau he ; ta t ha th e n ; e v a
indeed; sraddadhe had faith; sah he ; ca al s o ;nr s i mhanandah Nr s i m h a n a nda;
nrsimhanandah Nr s i m h a n a nda;api al s o ;tam hi m ; sa m a yam ti m e ; ar a b hya
beginning; samadhi sthah i- n trance;dina dvayant-are af t er two days;
sivanandam Sivananda;ahuya calling; aye oh; bhagavat caitanya-h Lord
Caitanya; raghavalaye at R aghava s house;samanito'hrought; asti is ; pr a t ah i n
the morning; atra he r e ; agamisyati wi l l c o m e ; maya by m e ; eva i n d e e d ;
paktavyam should be cooked;bhiksa meal; ca al s o; datavya sh o u l d be given;
iti th u s ; srutva he a r i n g;tasmin in t h i s ; api al s o ;ta t ha th e n ; ud y u k te sati
being so; svayam pe r s o nally;usasi at d a w n; kr ta snanah -ba thed; sucitarah
clean;bhutva being;pake in cooking;pravrttah engaged;sveccha purvam -on
his desire; yathestam as desired;eva in d e e d;pacitavan co o k e d;anantaram
then; tasmin in t h a t; eva in d e e d ;samaye ti m e ; sri caitanyasya o f L o r d
Caitanya; j agannathasya of L o rd Jagannatha;asya of H i m ; ca an d ; p r t h a k
kinds; trayah th r e e ;bhoga fo o d s ;vibhajya di v i d i n g ;nispanditah s t o o d ;
anantaram th e n; tat ta-n n-amna by n a m e; samarpya of f e r i n g;bahih o u t s i d e ;
bhuya be i n g; nimilita c-aksuh wi t h c l o s ed eyes;antarena wi t h o u t ; caksusa
eyes; pasyati se e s;trma th r e e ;eva in d e e d ;bhogan me a l s;ekah on e ; e v a
indeed;bhagavan Lord;bhunkte ate;anantaram then;sanjata born;
mahanandah gr e at bliss;galat flo w i n g ; as ru of t e a r s;dharah s t r e a m ;
saravam flo w i n g ; uccalh gr e a t l y;pranaya of l o v e ; amarsa an g e r;kr ta d i d ;
aksepam rebuke;
iva as if;
bhadram good;bhah oh;bhadram good;
j agannathena saha wi t h L o rd Jagannatha;tava of Y o u; aik yam on e n e s s;atah
therefore; j agannathasya of L o rd Jagannatha;bhogah th e m e a l;bhujyatam m a y
be eaten; nama ce r t a inly; mama my ; nr s i m h asya of L o r d N r s i m h a;bhogah
the meal; katham wh y ? ; bhujyate is e a t e n;nrsimhah Lo r d N r s i m h a; adya
today; maya by m e; ayam He; upositah fa s t s; iti t h u s ; uc c aih l o u d l y ;
akrandan cr y i n g; sivanandena by S i v ananda;uktam sa i d ;svamin l o r d ;
katham wh y ? ; akrusyate i s b e i ng cried; iti t h u s .

M an: Then Nrsimhananda said: "Please wait patiently. In two days I wi l l

bring Him here". Aware of Nrsimh ananda's spiritual potency, Sivananda
believed him. From that time Nr si m h ananda, who was very pleasing to Lord
Nrsimhadeva, became absorbed in meditation on Lord Caitanya. After two days
he called for Sivananda and said to him: "I have now br ought Lord Caitanya to
R aghava Pandita s home. Tomorrow mor n ing He will c ome here. I wil l
personally cook for Him. Please give to me all kinds of cooking ingredients.
Hearing this, Sivananda gave him all kinds of cooking ingredients. The next day
Nrsimhananda arose at dawn, bathed, and being very pure and clean, cooked
Lord Caitanya s favorite foods. When the cooking was completed, he divided it
in three parts for his Deities of Lord Caitanya, Lord Jagannatha and Lord
Nrsimha. After he had offered the food to the three Deities, he left the Deity
room. He then closed his eyes in meditation and saw Lord Caitanya eat all three
offerings. At that moment Nrsi m h ananda became full of bliss and tears flowed
from his eyes.
Filled with the anger of love, he then loudly rebuked the Lord, saying, "Well
done! Oh well done! You are one with Jagannatha, so You may eat His offering,
b ut why do You eat the food I offered to Lord Nr s i m ha? Now Lord N r s i m h a
must fast!" Then he began to cry loudly. Sivananda approached him and said,
"My lord, why are you crying?"

Text 39

stri: tado tado

tadah th e n ?; tadah then?

Woman: Then? Then?

 Text 00

purusah: tatas tenoktam tava gosvamina caitanyena bhoga t-rayam eva bhuktam
nrsimhasyopavaso j atah iti.

tatah th e n; tena by h i m ; uk t am sa i d ;ta va yo u r ; go s vamina caitanyenaby

the Caitanya Gosvami; bhoga tr-ayam th e t h r ee meals;eva in d e e d; bhuktam
eaten; nrsimhasya Lo r d N r s i m h a; upavasah fa s t;j atah ma n i f e s ted;iti t h u s .

Man: Nrsimhananda then rpelied: "Your Caitanya Gosvamz ate all three
offerings and left Lord Nrsimhadeva to fast."

Text Wl

stri: tado tado

tadah th e n ?; tadah then?

Woman: Then? Then?

Text 02

purusah: tatah sivanandenoktam svamin nrsimhartham anya bhoga sama-gri

kartavyeti tatha .krte sv-astho babhuveti sthite sivanandasya samsayo j atah kim
anenavesa vasad -evoktam atha va satyam eva iti manasi krtva punar anyasmin
samvatsare purusottamam asadya bhagavac caitan-ya savidh-e gatah prasan.gato
nrsimhanandasya tan mahim-a kathan-e vantara bhuta -paka kriya -tasyati samici-nety
api vadati bhagav.ati sarvesu sandihanesu maya gate samvatsare pause masi tasya
bhiksa krtva tatra t.asya paka kausa-lam jnatam ity ukte punah sarve sandigdha eva
sthitah. sivanandas tu nihsandeho babhuveti vyakhyatas te tri vidho -nugraha
prakarah

tatah th e n; sivanandena by S iv ananda;uktam sa i d ; svamin 0 l o r d ;

nrsimha artham -for Lo rd Nrs imha; anya an o t h e r;bhoga samagr-i set of
cooking ingredients; kartavya sh o u l d be done;iti th u s ; ta t ha i n t h a t w a y ;
krte do n e; svasthah ha p p i ly s it uated;babhuva be c a m e;iti th u s ; s t h i t e
situated; sivanandasya of S ivananda;samsayah do u b t ;j atah bo r n ; k i m
whether?; anena by h i m ; av e sa vasat be c -ause ofhaving entered;eva i n d e e d ;
uktam sa i d; atha va or ; sa t yam tr u t h ; eva in d e e d ;iti th u s ;ma n a si i n t h e
heart; krtva ha v i ng d o n e;punah ag a i n;anyasmin in a n o t h e r;samvatsare
year; purusottamam Purusottama-ksetra; asadya go i n g; b hagavat caitanya -Lo r d
Caitanya; savidhe ne a r; gatah go n e ;pr asangatah fr o m a s s ociation;
nrsimhanandasya of N r s i m h a nanda;tan mahima k-athane -in the description of
his glories; avantara bhuta m- a nifested;paka kriya c- o k i n g;tasya of h i m ; a t i
samicina ri g h t; iti th u s ;ap i al s o ;va d a ti sa y s ;bhagavati i n t h e L o r d ;
sarvesu in all; sandihanesu in d o u b t s; maya by m e ; ga te go n e ;samvatsare i n
 the year; pause masi in t he Pausa month; tasya of h i m ; b h i k sa m e a l ; k r t v a
having done; tatra th e r e ;tasya of h i m ; pa ka co o k i n g ;ka u salam s k i l l ;
j natam known; iti t h u s ; uk te sa i d ;pu n ah ag a i n ;sarve al l ; sa ndigdhe i n
doubt; eva in d e e d;sthitah si t u a t e d;sivanandah Si v a n a nda;tu a l s o ;
nihsandehah fr ee of doubt; babhuva be c a m e;iti th-us; vyakhyatah sa i d; t e
they; tri three; vidhah kinds;anugraha p-rakarah mercy.

Man: Then Sivananda said to him," Please cook again for Lord Nrsim h a . "
N rsimhananda did that, and became happy and cheerful again. At that tim e
Sivananda in his heart began to doubt, "Is this appearance of Lord Caitanya
s imply a story made up by Nrsi m h ananda, or is it the tru t h ? "
In another year Sivananda went to Purusottama-ksetra and again met Lord
Caitanya. When Nrsimhananda was present, Lord Caitanya praised him and
specifically mentioned his excellent cooking. Before the doubting devotees Lord
Caitanya praised the offering Nrsimhananda gave Him during December of the
previous year.
Lord Caitanya insisted that He had gone to Nrsimhananda's home to see how
expert he was in the art of cooking. When everyone heard this, they doubted
that Lord Caitanya had actually gone to Nrsimhananda's home. At that moment
Sivananda became free from all doubts. He believed the Lord. In this way I have
described the three ways the Lord shows His mercy.

Text 03

stri: accari am a-ccari am t-a ed.am pi kadhehi. ramanandena kaham tattha gandum
niseho kido

accari am ac-cari am -wonderful! wonderful!; ta edam th i s ; p i also;

kadhehi te l l; ra manandena by R a m a nanda;kaham wh y ? ; ta t t ha t h u s ;
gandum to go; nisehah forbidden; kidah was.

Woman: Wond erful! W o n d e r f ul ! Now t ell me wh y Ramananda forbade Lord

Caitanya to go to Bengal.

Text 00

purusah: priye sa tavad bhagavato ti pranayi -tad vicched-am na sahate tena tad.
uparodhan mathuramjigamisur api varsa dvayam -adya sva iti krtva vilambito
bhagavan

priye beloved;sah he; tavat th e n; bhagavatah t o t h e L o r d; ati v e r y ;

pranayi af f e c tionate;tat from Him; vicchedam se p a ration;na no t ; sa h ate
tolerates; tena by h i m; tad uparodha-n st o p p i n g; mathuram t o M a t h u r a ;
jigamisuh w i s h in g to go; api al s o ;va rsa ye a r s ;dvayam two; adya n o w ;
svah pe rsonally; iti t h u s ; kr t va do i n g ;v i l a m b itah d e l a y e d; bhagavan t h e
Lord.
 Man: Beloved, because he is full of love for the Lord, Ramananda cannot
tolerate any separation from Him. Even though for a long time the Lord wished
to go to Vrndavana, he delayed His departure for two years on Ramananda's
account.

Text 05

stri: ado varam etthajjeva vattissadi ah.ava mahuram gamissadi

adah th e n; varam af t e r ;etthajj eva th e r e;vattissadi wi l l s t a y; ahava or;

mahuram to M a t h u r a; gamissadi w i l l g o .

Woman: Will the Lord stay here or go to Mathura?

Text 06

purusah: priye adhuna tu ciram anuniya tam eva ramanandam tenanumatam

gauda vart-many eva gantum udyato 'sti.

priye 0 beloved; adhuna no w ; tu in d e e d ;ci r am fo r a l o n g t i m e; anuniya

requested; tam hi m ; eva in d e e d ;ra manandam Ra m a n a nda;tena b y h i m ;
anumatam pe r m i t t e d; gauda vartm-ani on t he p ath to Bengal;eva i n d e e d ;
gantum to go; udyatah ri s e n; asti i s .

Man: Beloved, repeatedly requested by the Lord, Ramananda finally gave his
permission. The Lord is now traveling on the path to Bengal.

Text 07

stri: ajja utta pu-no ettha a amissa-di

ajj a utta 0 -n o ble husband; punah ag a i n;ettha he r e ;a amissa-di w i l l c o m e .

Woman: 0 noble husband, will the Lord again come here?

Text 08

purusah: atha kim.

atha k im ye s .

Man: Yes.

Text 09
 stri: ettha tthi sandeho j.ado mahura kkhu edassa pi a t-thanam.

ettha here; tthi i s ; sa n dehah d o u b t ; j a d a h be c a u s e;mahura M a t h u r a ;

kkhu i n d e ed; edassa of H i m; pi a -t h e fa v o r i t e;tthanam p l a c e .

W oman: Because He is most fond of Mathura, I doubt He will r e t urn h e r e .

Text 50

purusah: yadyapy evam tathapi

a pam-aram pranina uddidirsor

ni2aca2endor ati-bharam etam
2aghu kar-isyan purusottama stho-
bhuyo 'pi bhavi purusottamo 'yam

yadyapi al t h o u g h; evam th u s ; t a t hapi s t i l l ; a p am-aram d o w n t o t he m o s t

fallen; praninah th e l i v i ng entities;uddidirsoh de s i r i ng to deliver;ni2aca2endoh
of the moon of Nilacala; ati-bharam g r eat burden; etam th i s ; 2aghu kari-syan
makinglight; purusottama sthah -in Pu r u s ottama-ksetra; bhuyah f u r t h e r; api
also; bhavi maybe; purusottamah the Supreme Person; ayam He.

Man: That may be so, but still, to lighten the burden of Lord Jagannatha,
who descended to this world to deliver the fallen souls, the Supreme Person Srz
Caitanya will again return to Purusottama-ksetra.

Text 51

stri: am ho-i evam ho-i.

am ye s; ho-i i s ; ev am t h u s ;h o -i i s .

Woman: Yes. He will come here again.

Text 52

nepathye: bhattacarya katham ramanandenasmin karmani krtanumatih.

bhattacarya 0 Bh a t t a c arya; katham w h y ? ; ra m anandena by R a m a nanda;

asmin in t h i s; karmani wo r k ; kr t a do n e ; an u m a tih p e r m i s s i o n .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Bhattacarya, why did Ramananda allow
Him to do this?
 Text 53

purusah: priye srutam idam yad abhihitam maya tad evadhuna tad v-iccheda-
vidhuro gajapatir api sarvabhaumena saha sankathayann aste ta.d avam api
bhagavantam ni2aca2a ca-ndram ganenopasthatum gacchava (.iti niskrantau.)

priye be l o v e d;srutam heard; idam th i s ; yat wh a t ;ab h i h itam d o n e ;

maya by m e; tat th a t ; eva in d e e d ;adhuna no w ; ta d v i-ccheda by s eparation
from Him; vidhurah su f f e r i n g;gajapatih Ki n g P r a t a parudra;api a l s o ;
sarvabhaumena saha wi t h S arvabhauma;sankathayan ta l k i n g ; aste is ; t a t
that; avam of u s; api al s o ;bh agavantam th e L o r d; ni2aca2a ca-ndram t h e
moon of Nilacala; ganena by t he mu l t i t u d e; upasthatum to p l a c e;gacchava l e t
us go; iti th u s ; ni s krantau e x i t .

Man: Beloved, listen to this. It is as I said. King Prataparudra, distressed by

separation form the Lord, is talking with Sarvabhauma. Let us go sing and offer
prayers to Lord Jagannatha.

(They both exit.)

Text 50

(tatah pravisaty asana stho r-aja sarvabhaumas ca.)

raj a: bhattacarya ramanandasyanugraha pasa -grant-hi saithi-lyenaiva bhagavan

grathitah.

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;asana sthah -sitting on a throne; raj a t h e k i n g ;

sarvabhaumah Sarvabhauma;ca also;bhattacarya 0 Bhattacarya;
ramanandasya of R amananda;anugraha of m e r c y;pasa ro p e s ;granthi k n o t ;
saithilyena by l o o s ening;eva in d e e d;bhagavan th e L o r d; grathitah g o n e .

(The King enters and sits on a throne. Sarvabhauma also enters.)

King: Bhattacarya, untying the knot in the rope of His mercy to Ramananda,
the Lord has escaped.

Text 55

s arvabhaumah: isvarena sardham kim adhikaro hathah kartum sakyate tathapi .

varsa dvayam -eva vilambitah.

isvarena th e Lor d; sardham wi t h ; ki m wh at 7 ; ad h i k a rah ab l e ;ha t hah

force; kartum to d o ; sakyate is a b l e; tathapi st i l l ;va r sa dvayam -for two years;
eva indeed;vilambitah delayed.

Sarvabhauma: Who can force the Supreme Personality of Godhead to do

anything> Still, He delayed his departure for two years.

Text 56

raja: bhattacarya ramanandena me mahan evopakarah krtah. tatha

hi

anito rajadhanyah pathi puru ka-runah karitam ceksanam me

sparsah padambuj asya vyadhita mama durapo pi samyak su-khapah
vak piy-usam ca sanugraham ati ma-dhuram payitam srotra pey-am
yan nabhud bhuri ya-tnais tad ajani sahasa sunyam antas tathapi

bhattacarya 0 Bhattacarya; ramanandena by Ramananda;me my; mahan

great; eva indeed; upakarah he l p ; kr t ah do n e ;ta t ha hi st i l l ; an i t ah b r o u g h t ;
raj adhanyah of t he capitol;pathi on t h e p a t h; puru kar-unah gr e at mercy;
karitam do n e ; ca an d ; ik s a nam th e e y e s;me of m e ; sparsah t h e t o u c h ;
padambujasya of t he lot us feet;vyadhita do n e ; ma ma fo r m e ; du r a pah
difficult to attain; api al t h o u g h;samyak suk-hapah ea s ily attained;ca a n d ;
sa eith; anugraham me r c y ; ati mad-huram ve r y s we et;payitam d r u n k ;
srotra by teh ears; peyam drunk;yat what; na not;abhut was; bhuri great;
yatnaih wi t h e f o r t; tat th a t ; aj ani manifested; sahasa su d d e nly; sunyam
void; antah wi t h i n ; ta t hapi s t i l l .

King: Bhattacarya, Ramananda did me a great favor. He led the merciful

Supreme Lord to the pathway of my eyes. He made the very-difficult-to-attain
touch to the Lord's lotus feet very easy for me to attain. He mercifully gave the
sweet nectar of the Lord's words to my ears to drink. Still, now that the Lor d
has gone, my heart has become a barren desert.

Text 57

sarvabhaumah: maharaja ramanando hi bhagavatottama eva. tatha hi pranaya

rasanaya dhrtanghri padma-h sa bhavati bhagavata pradha-na uktah. tenasya bhagavan
vasa eva. atastad uparod-hena bhagavata tvayy etadrso 'nugrahah krtah.

maharaj a 0 king;ramanandah Ramananda; hi indeed;bhagavata uttama-

great devotee; eva indeed; tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e;pranaya of l o v e ; ra s anaya
for the nectar; dhrta pl a c e d;anghri fe e t ;pa dmah lo t u s ; sah he ; bh a v ati i s ;
bhagavata pradhan-ah the best of devotees;uktah sa i d; tena by h i m ; as ya o f
him; bhagavan th e L o r d; vasah th e r e s i dence;eva ce r t a i n l y;atah t h e r e f o r e ;
tad uparodh-ena control; bhagavata by t h e L o r d; tvayi in y o u ; et a d rsah l i k e
this; anugrahah ki n d n e s s;krtah d o n e .

Sarvabhauma: 0 ki n g , Ramananda is a great devotee of the Lord. He is

described in the Bhagavatam verse that says: "He who with the rope of love ties
his heart to the lotus feet of the Lord, is the best of devotees".
A devotee like him brings the Supreme Personality of Godhead under his
control. It is because of Ramananda's mercy that Lord Caitanya has been
merciful to you.

Text 58

raja: ramanandena kiyad duram anuvrajitavyam

ramanandena by R amananda;kiyat ho w ? ; du r am fa r ; an u v rajitavyam

followed.

King: How far did Ramananda travel looking for Him?

Text 59

sarvabhaumah: bhadraka par-yantam iti srutam

bhadraka Bhadraka;paryantam as far;

iti thus; srutam heard.

Sarvabhauma: I heard He traveled as far as Bhadraka.

Text 60

raj a: svaminah sange kiyantas calitah.

svaminah of t he Lor d; sange in the company; kiyantah how many?;

cali tah w e n t .

King: How many went with the Lord?

Text 61

sarvabhaumah: purisvara damod-ara jagadananda gopma-tha govind-adyah pancasa

CVQ.

purisvara Paramananda Puri;damodara Damodara;jagadananda

Jagadananda;gopinatha Gopinatha;govinda and Govinda;adyah beginning
with; pancasa fi v e; eva i n d e e d .

Sarvabhauma: Paramananda Puri, Damodara, Jagadananda, Gopinatha, and

Govinda. Those five.

Text 62

raja: hanta
yad api jagad adhiso ni2a s-ai2asya nathah
prakata p-arama t-ejo bhati simhasana s-thah
tad api ca bhagavac c-hri k-rsna c-
aitanyadevo
ca2ati punar udicim hanta sunyo tri 2o-ki

hanta in d e e d;yat wh a t ; api al s oj; agad a-dhisah Lo r d j a g annatha;ni2a

sailasya nathah th e L o rd of Nil a cala;prakata ma n i f e s ted;parama g r e a t ;
tej ah po wer; bhati sh i n e s ;simhasana st-hah on t he thro ne; tad api st i l l ; c a
also; bhagavat sr-i kr-sna ca-itanyadevah Lo rd C aitanya;calati go e s ;punah
again; udicim no r t h ; ha nta in d e e d ;sunyah vo i d ; tr i l o k -i th e t h r e e world s;

King: Even though the almightly Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord

Jagannatha, the master o f ¹l a c ala, remains sitting on His throne, i f Lord Caitanay
has again gone north, then all the three worlds are now a barren desert

Text 63

sarvabhaumah: rajan nirupadhi prem-no hidrsah prakasah

raj an 0 ki n g ; ni r u padhi li m i t l e s s;premnah oflove; hi in d e e d;idrsah l i k e

this; prakasah ma n i f e station.

S arvabhauma: King, real, unlim i ted love is like thi s .

Text 60

raja: asmadiyah ko pi na gatah prabhor anupadam

asmadiyah li k e m e; ko 'pi so m e o n e;na no t ; ga t ah go n e ;pr a b hoh o f t h e

Lord; anupadam following.

K ing: Persons like myself are not allowed to follow the Lo r d ?

Text 65

sarvabhaumah: raj an premnaivedam ucyate kva tasya tvadiya janapeksa tathapi.

tavadhikaram yavat tava lekham adaya purvam eva kascid gato sti. karisyati ca sa
eva sarva samadh-anam

prati vasati nav-ma vasam agre vidhaya

prati grhan up-acarair bhutibhih purayitva
krta suracana-m uccais tatra tatrabhiyuktaih
pada viharana -khedam -dhunvate te visantah

bhagavams tu ramanandasya krtir iyam ity evaj anati

 raj an 0 ki n g ; pr e mna wi t h l o v e ; eva in d e e d ;idam th i s ; uc y a te i s s a i d ;
kva wh e r e ?; tasya of h i m ; tv a diya janapeksa a p e r s on like you;tathapi s t i l l ;
tava of you; adhikaram qu a l i f i c a t io n;yavat as ; ta va of y o u ; le k h am w r i t i n g ;
adaya ta k i n g; purvam pr e v i o u s;eva in d e e d;kascit so m e o n e;gatah g o n e ;
asti is; karisyati wi l l d o ; ca al s o ;sah he ; ev a in d e e d ;sarva s-amadhanam
every place; prati va-sati ev e ry home;navma ne w ; va s am re s i d e n c e;agre
before; vidhaya pl a c i n g;prati gr-han ev e ry home;upacarair bhutibhih
purayitva fi l l i n g ; kr ta su-racanam writing; uccaih gr e a t l y;tatra tatra h e r e a n d
there; abhiyuktaih en g a g ed;pada fe e t;viharana ta k i n g ;kh edam s u f f e r i n g ;
dhunvate sh a kes; te of y o u ; vi santah en t e r i n g;bhagavan th e L o r d; t u
indeed; ramanandasya of R a mananda;krtih de e d s ;iyam th i s ;it i thu s ; e v a
indeed; j anati knows.

Sarvabhauma: 0 k i ng , th ese are the words of love. Where is there anyone

like you? Here comes someone carrying a message for you. He will answer all
your questions. Your men have already entered every home. They fill each house
with sweet words. Now their feet have become tired. They tremble with fatigue.
Lord Caitanya knows what Ramananda has done.

Text 66

(pravisya)
dauvarikah: deva ramananda rayo -dvaram adhitisthati.

pravisya enters;
dauvarikah doorkeeper;deva lord;ramananda rayah-
Ramananda; dvaram at t he doo r; adhitisthati w a i t s .

(A dookeeper enters.)

Doorkeeper: My lord, Ramananda Raya stands at the door.

Text 67

raja: tvaritam aniyatam

tvaritam qu i c k l y; aniyatam s h o u l d be bro ught.

King: Bring him at once.

Text 68

dauvarikah: yathaj napayasi

(iti niskramya tam adaya pravisati ) .
r amanandah: (upasrtya pranamati ) .

yatha as; aj napayasi yo u o r d e r; iti thus; niskramya ex i t i n g ; tam him;

adaya br i n g i n g; pravisati en t e r s;upasrtya ap p r o a c h i ng;pranamati bows.

Doorkeeper: As you command. (He exits and returns with Ramananda.

Ramananda approaches and offers respectful obeisances.)

Text 69

raja: (sadaram upavesya) kathaya kiyad duram bhavan anugato devam

sa wi t h; adaram re s p e c t;upavesya of f e r i ng a seat;kathaya te l l ; k i y a t

how7; duram far;bhavan you; anugatah followed;devam the Lord.

King: (respectfully offering Ramananda a seat) Tell me, how far did you go
searching for the Lord.

Text 70

ramanandah: ita ito nivartasveti prati pada-m ukto pi bhadraka pary-antam

anugatavan asmi mah.arajadustyajo hi vyavahara mar-gah yata.h

tam api parama dino-ddhari karu-nya sindh-um

siva siva parihaya tvad bhiya-ivagato ham
katham ahaha naj atas tatra me deha patah-
kulisa kathi-na murte-r ha yato ham nivrttah

(ity asruni muncati.)

ita itah he r e and there;nivartasva go ; iti thu s ; pr a t i p a dam -e v e ry step;

uktah sa i d; api ev e n ;bh adraka parya-ntam up t o B h a draka;anugatavan
followed; asmi I; ma h a raja 0 ki n g ; du s t yajah di f f i c u l t to a bandon;hi
certainly; vyavahara marga-h pa t h; yatah be c a u s e;tam Hi m ; ap i a l s o ;
parama very; dma po o r ; ud dhari li f t i n g u p; ka r u nya of m e r c y ;sindhum
ocean; siva siva al a s. alas.;parihaya ab a n d o n i n g;tvad bhiya -af raid of you;
eva in d e ed; agatah co m e ;aham I; ka t h a m hp w 7 ; ah a ha al a s ! ;na n o t ;
j atah bo r n; ta t ra th e r e ;m e my; deha of the body;patah fall; kulisa
thunderbolt; kathina ha r d ; mu r t eh bo d y ; ha al a s . ya
; t ah be c a u s e;aham I ;
nivrttah ha v e returned;iti th u s ;as r u ni te a r s muncati
; sh eds.

Ramananda: Even though at every step I was begged "Let us stop going from
here to there", I went as far as Bhadraka. 0 ki ng, it was very hard to leave the
search. Alas! Alas! I am afraid Lord Caitanya, the ocean of mercy, the deliverer
of the fallen, has left. I don't know why I h ave not died yet. It is only because
my body is hard and strong as a thunderbolt I can return. (He sheds tears.)

Text 71
 sarvabhaumah: ramananda tvam ati dhiro si .katham evam uttamyasi. isvaro hi
tatha v-idha 2-z2aevavraja v-asinovihayamathuram gatah punas tato pi dvaravatyam .
punas tato pi kvacit kvacit t.atratyah katham sahanti sma tad v-iraham yadyapi
duhsaha eva bhagavad v-irahas tathapi sa eva tam sahayate t.ad alam anusocanena
rajanam adhunasantvayitum arhasi napunahsa k-heda p-rakatanena khedayitum.

ramananda Ra m a nanda;tvam yo u ; ati dh-irah ve r y i n t e l l i g ent;asi a r e ;

katham wh y ? ; evam th u s ; ut t a myasi yo u a r e u n h a ppy;isvarah t h e S u p r e me
Lord; hi in d e e d; tatha vid-ha li k e t h a t; 2z2ah pastimes; eva i n d e e d; vraj a
vasinah th e residents of Vraja;vihaya ab a n d o n i n g;mathuram t o M a t h u r a ;
gatah we n t; punah ag a i n;ta tah th e n ; api ev e n ;dv a r a vatyam in Dvaraka;
punah ag ain; tatah then; api al s o;kvacit kvacit in m a n y p l a c es;tatratyah
staying there; katham ho w ? ; sahanti sma we r e a ble;tad vir-aham se p a ration
from Him; yadyapi st i l l ; du h sahah un b e a r a ble; eva i n d e e d;bhagavat f r o m t h e
Lord; virahah se p a ration;tathapi st i l l ; sah He ; e va i n d e e d ;tam t h a t ;
sahayate to l e rates;tat th a t ; al am en o u g h ;an usocanena wi t h l a m e n t ation;
raj anam the kin g; adhuna no w ; sa n tvayitum to c o m f o r t ;ar h asi s h o u l d d o ;
na no t; punah ag a i n;sa khe-da pra-katanena wi t h d d i s p laying grief;
khedayitum to make unhappy.

Sarvabhauma: Ramananda, you are intelligent. Why do you lament. The

Supreme Lord always performs pastimes like this. He left the people of Vraja
and went to Mathura, and He left Mathura and went to Dvaraka, and then He
left Dvaraka and went here and there.
How can the devotees bear separation from the Lord? Even though separation
from Him is intolerable, still the Lord gives the devotees stregnth somehow to
t olerate it. What is the use of this lament. You should be comforting the kin g .
Y ou should not make him unh appy with t hi s l am ent .

Text 72

raja: kathaya

kathay a speak.

King: Speak.

Text 73

ramanandah: bhavad adhikar-am yavad bhavadiyaeva gacchanti tad urdh.vam-

madiyah pathi prajna eva gauda rastram -yavad yasyanti kecit tesam kiyad durata
evagamisyanti kecid du.rataram yasyanti

bhavad adhikara-m yo u r s; yavat as ; bh avadiya y o u r m e n ; eva i n d e e d ;

gacchanti go; tad urdhvam -above; madiyah my; pathi on the road; prajna
intelligence; eva i n d e ed; gauda rastram -to the kingdom of Bengal; yavat a s ;
yasyanti will go; kecit so m e ; tesam of t h e m ; ki y at ho w ? ;du r a t ah f a r ; e v a
indeed; agamisyanti wi l l c o m e ; kecit so m e ; du r ataram ve r y f a r;yasyanti will
go.

Ramananda: My most int ell igent men have traveled all over your kin gd om
searching for the Lord. Some have gone as far as the Bengali border. Some are
returning now from far away, and some are still searching in distant places.

Text 70

(pravisya)
dauvarikah: deva mahaprabhum anuvraj anto ye rayasya manuj as calitah santi
tesam kim antah samayatah

pravisya enters; deva lo r d; mahaprabhum Lo r d M a h a p r abhu;

anuv raj antah returned;ye who; rayasya of Ramananda Raya;manuj ah men;
calitah santi gone; tesam of them; kim wh a t 7 ;antah wi t h i n ; sa m ayatah
come.

(Doorkeeper enters.)

Doorkeeper: My lo rd , the men Ramananda Raya sent to search for the Lord
have now returned.

Text 75

raj a: pravesyatam acirenaiva

pravesyatam sh o u ld enter;acirena qu i c k l y ; eva indeed.

King: Have them come in at once.

Text 76

dauvarikah: (tatha karoti ) .

(pravisya)
purusah: j ayati j ayati devah

tatha so; karoti do e s ;pr a visya en t e r i n g;j ayati j ayati gl o r i e s, glories;

devah t o t he king .

(The Doorkeeper does that. The men enter.)

M en: Glory! Glory to the ki n g !

Text 77
 ramanandah: kathayata re kiyad duram bhagavanto gatah .

kathayata te l l; re oh ; ki y a t ho w ? ; du r a m fa r ;bh a g avantah t h e L o r d ;

gatah has gone.

Ramananda: Tell us: How far did the Lord go?

Text 78

purusah: kuliya gr-amam yavat

kuliya gra-mam Ku l i y a - grama;yavat as f ar as.

A Man: As far as Kuliya-grama.

Text 79

( sarvabhauma muk-ham niriksate ) .

sarvabhaumah: deva navadvipa pare -pare gang-am kascana tan nam-a gramo sti.

sarvabhauma mukh-am Sarvabhauma's face; niriksate sees;deva lord;

navadvipa pare -pastnavadvipa; pare gang-am on the other side of theGanga;
kascana a certain; tan nama -na m ed that; gramah to w n ; as ti i s .

(The king glances at Sarvabhauma.)

Sarvabhauma: My lord, Kuliya is the name of a town on the farther shore of
the Ganges, past Navadvipa.

Text 80

raja: amulam kathaya

a fr o m; mulam th e b e g i n n i n g;kathaya tel.

King: Tell the whole story from the beginning.

Text 81

purusah: deva ito devadhikaram yavat tavat tava prabhavenaiva nirvahita vartma-
saukarya acankramanenaiva sarve gatavantah gauda sim.ni pr-avestum trayah
panthanah. dvayam ruddham ekas tu j a2a durgah -tam evod.disya ca2ite sati tat
simadhikari tu rusko ruskosa kara iva -sarvesam marma ha maha -madya p-o durvr-tta
cakra cuda ma-nih it-odesad .ye gacchanti tesam durgatih kriyate iti srutva sarvesam
eva bhayam utpannam. maha prabhavo -ko pi na sravayati asmat sim.adhika-rinoktam
atra kiyan vilambah kriyatam yavan mayanena sandhi sandhiyate ity etavat kathana
sama kalam eva tasyaiva kascid asmat s-imadhikarinah samipam agatah .

deva lo r d; itah th e n ;de vadhikaram th e k i n g d o m; yavat as f ar a s;tavat

that far; tava of y o u; pr abhavena by t he p o w e r; eva in d e e d;nirvahita v-artma
saukarya the roads are closed; acankramanena by not going; eva indeed;
sarve all; gatavantah ha v e g one;gauda si-mni in t he b o u n d ary of Bengal;
pravestum to enter; trayah three;panthanah roads;dvayam two;ruddham
blocked; ekah on e ; tu in d e e dj; ala wi t h w a t e r; durgah im p a s s a ble;tam t h a t ;
eva in d e ed; uddisya in r e l a t i o n;calite sati go n e ;tat si-madhikari o n t h e
border; tu in d e e d;rusko ruskosa ka-ra fr i g h t e ned;iva as i f; sarvesam o f a l l ;
marma ha -woun d ing the heart; maha ma-dy a pa-h maddening; durv rt ta ca-kra
of bad roads; cuda ma-nih th e c rest-jewel;itah th u s ; de sat f r o m t h e c o u n t r y ;
ye who; gacchanti go ; te sam of t h e m ; du r gatih a d i f f i c u lt p a t h;kriyate i s ;
iti th u s ; srutva he a r i n g;sarvesam of a l l; eva in d e e d ;bhayam f e a r ;
utpannam ma n i f e sted;maha pra-bhavah gr e at power; ko 'pi so m e t h i n g;na
not; sravayati te l l s ;asmat sim-adhikarina by t h e b i r d er guard;uktam s a i d ;
atra he r e; kiyan ho w m a n y ? ;vilambah de l a y;kr i ya tam is d o n e ;yavan a s ;
maya by m e; anena wi t h h i m ; sa n dhi sandhiyate is m e t; iti th u s ;et a v at i n
that way; kathana te l l i n g; sama sa m e ;ka lam ti m e ; eva in d e e d ;ta sya o f
Him; eva in d e e d; kascit so m e o n e;asmat sima-dhikarinah th e b o r d er guard;
samipam ne a r; agatah c a m e .

Man: My lord, by your power all the roads in your kingdom are now closed.
No one is traveling on them. Three roads lead to the Bengali border. Two are
closed and one is flooded with water. This last road is the crest jewel of all bad
roads. It tortures anyone who tries to travel on it. It is very di f f i c ult for anyon e
now to leave the country. Everyone is afraid to travel on this road. No one has
spoken any news of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. The border guards have not
seen anyone. No one has approached the border.

Text 82

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

Text 83

purusah: agatya kathitam. yadi tvam anumanyase tada bhavad desad ag-acchantam
sri krsna ca-itanya-devam aham vilokaye

agatya ap p r o aching; kathitam sa i d ;ya di if ; tv a m you ; an u m a n yase

allow; tada th e n ; bhavad desat fr - om your country;agacchantam co m i n g ; sri
krsna caitanyad-evam Lord Caitanya;aham I;vilokaye search.
 Man: Then I approached one of the guards and said," If you allow me, I wil l
leave your kingdom to search for Srz Krsna Caitanya".

Text 80

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

Text 85

purusah: tato nenoktam. tri catu-rais ced ayati tadayatu nameti srutva tathaivagato
bhagavat pad-a sam-ipa bhu-mau nipatitas ciram prananama tata .sarvair uktam
bhagavann asya sahayyenaiva sukhena gantum sakyate enam .prati krpavalokah
kriyatam iti tad anurodhena tam prati krta drk -pate -bhagavati sah yavanah
pulakasru gadg-ada svar-o bhavan graha gras-ta ivaj atah tato .gopinathacaryenoktam
aye mahaprabhur ayam sukhena katham calati

tatah th e n; anena by h i m ; uk t am sa i d ; tr i c a t ur-aih th r e e or four;cet i f ;

ayati co m e ; tada th e n ; ay a tu ma y c o m e ;nama na m e ;iti thu s ;s r u t v a
hearing; tatha th e n ; eva in d e e d ;agatah co m e ;bh agavat pada -sami-pa
bhumau ne ar the Lord's feet;nipatitah fa l l e n;ciram f r o a l o n g t i m e ;
prananama bo w e d; tatah then; sarvaih by a l l; uk tam sa i d ;bh agavan t h e
Lord; asya of h i m; sahayyena by h e l p; eva in d e e d ;sukhena ea s i l y;gantum
to go; sakyate is a ble;enam hi m ; pr a ti to ; kr p a of m e r c y ;av a lokah g l a n c e ;
kriyatam is d o n e; iti th u s ; ta t tha t ; an u r o d hena ea s i l y;tam hi m ; pr a t i t o;
krta do n e ; drk pate -glance; bhagavati on the Lord; sah he ; ya vanah y a v a n a ;
pulaka ha i rs standing up;asru te a r s;gadgada svarah -a cho ked voice; bhavan
being; graha grasta-h po ssesed;iva as i f;j atah ma n i f e s t ed;tatah t h e n ;
gopinathacaryena by Gopinatha Acarya; uktam said;aye 0; mahaprabhuh
Mahaprabhu; ayam he ; su khena ea s i l y;katham ho w ? ; ca l ati g o e s .

Man: Then the guard said: "A group of th ree of four men recently crossed
the border. One of them bowed down before the feet of the leader and said, 0
Lord, with this person's help we can travel very easily. Please glance mercifully
on him.' When the leader glanced, this yavana became like a man possessed. His
hairs stood up, his voice became choked, and he shed tears." At that moment
Gopznatha Acarya said, "Ah! How will Srz Caitanya Mahaprabhu travel here?

Text 86

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

 King: Then? Then?

Text 87

purusah: tatas tenoktam kiyad duram bhavadbhir gantavyam ta.d anu

gopmathenoktam gantavyam tavat paniyahati pa-ryantam idanim.

tatah th e n; tena by h i m ; uk t am sa i d ;ki y ad duram ho w f a r ? ;bhavadbhih

by you;gantavyam should be gone; tad anu then;gopinathena by Gopinatha;
uktam sa i d; gantavyam sh o u l d be gone;tavat th e n ; pa niyahati pa-ryantam a s
far as Panihati; idanim t h e n .

Man: Then the yavana asked, "How far would you like to go?" Goprnatha
Acarya replied, "We will go as far as Panrhatr".

Text 88

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah?

King: Then? Then?

Text 89

purusah: tatah

praphu22a roma g-a2ad asru d-hara-h

sa gadgad-am kincid asau j agada
aho madlyam mahadeva bh gy aam
d vaesya sahayya vldhau -bhavey am

iti. saka2a saj jan-a na-vikai-r vahyamana navina taranir madhya grha sa-2ini p-unah
praksalita ksanenadhinadi samana-yita ananta.ram naukantaramsvayam apy aruhya
bhagavanta enam adhirohantv iti nigadite devena saha sarve tam aruruhah atha sa.
evajala cara da-syu b-haya n-ivaran-aya svayam agre saro bhu-tva mantresvaram uttirya
picchanada grama p-aryant-am agatavan nivrtti sa.maye b-hagavataj agannatha
prasada manoha-rakhya modaka-h prasadi krtah ta-n avap.ya harim vadety avisto
bhutva maha bhagavat-a dasam ap-annah

tatah th e n; praphu22a roma w-ith hairs erect;ga2ad asru dha-rah -shedding

streams of tears; sa gadgadam -with a choked voice;kincit so m e t h i n g;asau h e ;
j agada sa id; ahah oh ; ma d i y a m my; mahat great; eva indeed; bhagyam
good fortune; devasya of th e L o rd; sahayya-vidhau in help; bhaveyam may be;
i ti t h u s ; sakala a l l ; saj-jana d e v o t e es; navikaih b y b o a t ; vahyamana c a r r i e d ;
navina n ew ; taranih b o a t ; m a d h y a-grha-salim w i t h a c a bit in the mi d d l e;
punah a g a in; praksalita washed; ksanena in a m o m e nt; adhinadi-
s amanayita c a r r i ed; anantaram t h e n ; n a uk a b o a t ; a n t aramsvayam a n o t h e r ;
api also; aruhya c l i m b i n g ; b h a g avantah t h e L o r d ; enam t h i s ; a d h i r o h antu
m ay climb; iti t h u s ; n i g a dit e s a i d ; d evena saha w i t h t h e L o rd; sarve a l l ;
tam th at; aruruhah c l i m b e d ; ath a t h e n ; sa h H e ; e v a i n d e e d ; j ala-cara-
dasyu o f p i r a t es; bhaya f e ar ; nivaranaya t o d i s p el; svayam p e r s o n ally; agre-
sarah in f r o nt ; bhu tv a b e i n g ; m a n t r esvaram t h e b est of mantras; uttirya
rising; picchanada-grama-paryantam u p t o P i c c h anada g r a m a ;agatavan c a m e ;
nivrtti sa-maye at the time of stopping; bhagavata by t he Lo r d ; j a g a nnatha
prasada Lord Jagannatha-prasadam; manoharakhya mo-dakah ca n d i es named
manohara laddus; prasadi kr-tah be i ng merciful; tan th a t ;av a pya a t t a i n i n g ;
harim vada Ha r i b o l .; iti th u s ;av i s tah en t e r e d;bhutva be c o m i n g;maha
bhagavata das-am the condition ofa great devotee;apannah at t a i n e d.

M an: Then, the hairs of His body standing erect, and tears flowing from Hi s
e yes, this person said in a voice choked with emoti on , "I am very fortunate.
Now I will be able to serve the Supreme Lord". At that mom ent a boat equipped
with a cabin and carrying some honest men as passengers, arrived at that place
on the shore.
The passengers disambarked, the pilot washed the boat, and when the boat
was cleansed, he said to the passengers, "Now you may come aboard again".
Then the Lord and the other passangers entered the boat.
Concerned about the presence of pirates on the river, the Lord personally
stayed at the boat's prow chanting various mantras for protection. When they
reached the village of Picchanada, the Lord called out "Hari bo l! " an d
distributed Lord Jagannatha s manohara-laddu prasadam to everyone. In this
way the Lord manifested the symptoms of a pure devotee.

Text 90

(raj a vismayam natayati ) .

sarvabhaumah: evam evesvarasya 2i2a tatha h.i

asthane 'pi prathayati krpam isvaro 'sau sva tantrah-

sthane 'py uccair j anayatitaram nunam audasyam eva
ramo devah sa guham akarod atmaniyam sakhayam
krsnah stotraih pranamati vidhau hanta mauni babhuva

raja th e k i n g; vismayam natayati is f i l l e d w i th w o n d e r;evam th u s ; e va

indeed; isvarasya of t he L o r d; 2i2a th e p astimes;tatha hi f u r t h e r m o r e ;
asthane wi t h o ut a place; api ev e n ;pr a thayati gi v e s ;kr pam me r c y ;is varo
asau the Lord; sva tantrah - i n d e pendent; sthane in a p l a c e;api al s o ;uccaih
greatly; j anayatitaram gi v e s greatly;nunam indeed; audasyam ge n e rosity;
eva indeed; ramo devah Lo r d R a m a;sah He ; gu h am to G u h a ; ak a rot d i d ;
atmaniyam ow n ; sa khayam fr i e n d ;kr s nah Lo r d K r s n a ;stotraih by p r a y e r s ;
pranamati bo w s ; vidhau Brahma; hanta in d e e d; mauni si l e n t ;babhuva
became.
 (The king is struck with wonder.)

Sarvabhauma: These are the pastimes of the Lord. The independent Lord
may shower His mercy on a person who seems to be unqualified, and again He
may completely ignore a person who seems very qualified. Lord Ramacandra
befriended the candala Guhaka, and Lord Krsna remained silent and indifferent
to the Lord Brahma who was bowing before Him and speaking many prayers.

Text 91

purusah: tad aj n-aya bhagavat kir-tanam kurvantas te navikas tatha taranim

avahayanta yathatkenahna paniyahati gra-me samuttirnah sma

tad aj na-ya by His order; bhagavat kir-tanam Bh a g avat-kirtana;kurvantah

doing; te th e y; navikah tr a v e l i ng by boat;tatha th e n ; ta r a nim t h e b o a t ;
avahayanta le a v ing;yatha as ; ekena in o n e ; ah na da y ;pa n i yahati gra-me a t
Panihati; samuttirnah sma a r r i v e d .

Man: By the Lord's order everyone on the boat chanted the names of Lord
Krsna. Within one day the boat carried them to Pamhatz, where they
disembarked.

Text 92

raj a: tatra ko vartate

tatra th e r e; kah wh o ? ; va r t a te i s .

King: Who is in Pamhatz?

Text 93

sarvabhauma: raghava pandita-h

raghava pandita-h Raghava Pandita.

Sarvabhauma: Raghava Pandita.

Text 90

purusah: tato yad abhut tad ascaryam

tatah th e n; yat wh a t ;ab h ut ha p p e n e d;tat th a t ; as caryam w o n d e r f u l .

 Man: Then a wonderful th ing happened.

Text 95

raja: kathamiva

katham wh a t ?; iva ike.

King: What was that?

Text 97

purusah: deva

yavad devo na sura sari-tas tira sim-anam aptas

tavat sarvamjanam ayam abhud dhanta kim tad bravimi
kim tatrasid ahaha dharani dhu-2ayo 2oka rup-ah
kim tara va manuja vapu-sah petur urvyam nabhastah

evam ganga tatata-h kastenaiva tad vatim -abhyayayau devah

deva 0 lo r d ; ya vat as ; de vah th e L o r d ; na no t ; su r a s arit-ah f r o m t h e

Ganges; tira sima-nam to t he shore; aptah at t a i n e d;tavat th e n ; sa rvam j anam
ayam ev e ryone;abhut be c a m e;hanta in d e e d; kim w h a t ? ; tat t h a t ;
bravimi I s a y; kim w h a t ? ; ta t ra th e r e ;as it wa s ; ah a ha ah a ; dh a rani o f t h e
ground; dhu2ayah dust; 2oka rupah - the people; kim w h a t ? ; tarah st a r s ;va
or; manuj a vapus-ah human forms; petuh fe l l ; ur v yam t o t h e g r o u n d ;
nabhastah fr om t he sky; evam th u s ; ga nga tatatah -fr om th re Ganges' shore;
kastena gr e atly; eva in d e e d;tad vattm -to his home; abhyayayau w e n t ;
devah the Lord.

Man: My lord, when Srz Caitanya alighted on the shore of the Ganges, He
was immediately surrounded by a great crowd. How w il l I d e s cribe it? Will I say
there were as many people as grains of dust on the earth? Will I say the people
were like the host of stars fallen from the sky to the ground? Then, with great
difficulty, the Lord made His way from the shore of the Ganges to the home of
Raghava Pandita.

Text 98

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

 Text 99

purusah: tatas tam rajanim tatraiva gamayitva paredyavi nauka v-artmanaiva

calitavan

atho avicchinna su-bha pr-avaha

nirantaraya capalor mahas ta
nirantaram visnu pa-davatara
gangeva dirghaj ana pa-nktir asit

tatah th e n; tam th a t ; ra j anim ni g h t ; ta t ra th e r e ;eva i n d e e d ;

gamayitva ha v i ng brought;paredyavi nauka var-tmanaiva calitavan traveled by
boat; athah th e n; avicchinna sub-ha pra-vaha the auspicious stream;
nirantaraya al w a y s;capaloh mo v i n g ; ma hah sp l e n d o r;tah th a t ; ni r a n t a ram
always; visnu of L o rd V i s n u;pada of t h e f e e t;avatara de s c e nt;ganga t h e
Ganges; iva li k e ; dirgha lo n g ;j ana pan-ktih li n e of people;asit w a s .

Man: The Lord spent the night there and then on the follow ing day
continued His boat journey.
On the way He was followed by a great crowd of people. Their hands moving
like waves, the people seemed like a very long, pure and splendid, Ganges river
t hat had just descended from the feet of Lord Visnu .

Text 100
0
tatah kumara hatte -srivasa pandt-ta vatim -abhyayau tatra .ca ganga tirad -vati
paryanta gaman-e yatra yatra padam arpayatisas tatra pada raj asa-m grahanaya pani
pani patan-ena sa pantha hanta gartamaya eva babhuva. tatrottirna eva bhagavati
j agadanandah sivanandalaye bhagavad agoca-ra eva gatavan tatra te.na ciram eva
sthitam iti tad asaktya -bhagavan atranetavya iti racana vaisist-hyam api krtavan

tatah th e n; kumara hatte -in Kumara-hatta; srivasa pandit-a vatim -the house
of Srivasa Pandita; abhyayau we n t ; ta t ra th e r e ;ca an d ; ga n ga tirat f - r o m t h e
Ganges' shore; vati paryant-a gamane -going to the house; yatra yatra w h e r e v e r ;
padam foot; arpayati pl a c e s;isah th e L o r d ; ta t ra th e r e ;pa da raj asam -the
dust of the feet; grahanaya to t a k e; pani pani pa-tanen-a in hands; sah t h a t ;
pantha pa t h; hanta indeed;gartamaya for holes;eva indeed;babhuva
became; tatra th e r e; uttirnah ri s e n ;eva in d e e d ;bhagavati t h e L o r d ;
jagadanandah Jagadananda;sivanandalaye at Sivananda's house; bhagavad
agocara unseen by the Lord; eva indeed;gatavan went; tatra there;tena by
Him; ciram for a long time; eva in d e e d; sthitam st a y e d;iti th u s ; t a d
asaktya by a tt achment to Hsm;bhagavan th e L o r d; atra th e r e ;an etavya t o
bring; iti th u s ; ra c ana vaisisthy-am sp e cific arrangements;api ev e n;kr t a van
made.

Then the Lord arrived Srivasa Pandita s house in Kumarahatta. As the Lord
walked from house to house on the Ganges' shore, the people, eager to gather
the dust of His feet with their hands, made great holes in the path.
When the Lord disembarked, Jagadananda, unseen by Him, went to
Sivananda's house. The Lord then entered Srzvasa's house, and, out of great love
for His devotee, stayed there a very long time.

Text 101

pracirasyopari vitapinam sarva sa-khasu bhumau

rathyam rathyam anu pathi pathi pranisu praptavatsu
uccair uccair vada harim iti praudha gh-osesu devo
ratri ses-e tarim adhi sivananda nit-ah pratasthe

atha th e n; pracirasyopari vitapinamsarva sak-hasu o n t h e b r a n c hes ofth e

trees; bhumau on t he ground; rathyam rathyam anu pathi pathi on t h e r o a d s ;
pranisu th e p eople;praptavatsu met; uccair uccaih lo u d l y ; va da harim i ti H a r i
bol; praudha gho-sesu in loud sounds; devah th e L o r d; ra t ri sese -in t he night;
tarim adhi sivananda nita-h pratasthe we nt to Sivanandas house.

Then the Lord began to travel again. At night He slept on the ground under a
tree, and during the day He traveled, followed by great crowds chanting "Hari
bol!", on the roads. In this way He gradually reached Sivananda's house.

Text 102

tato j agadanandenobhayoh parsvayoh kada2i stamb-ha purna -kumbh-a muku2-a

dipava2ibhih su racan-a visese-na sivananda vat> p-arya-ntam abhimanditam
va«maruddhah smita su ma-dhu-ra vadan-o j agadananda krtam -iti manyamano vame
vasudeva vatl pa-tham -api tatha vidham -alokya kim ito gre gantavyam kim iti iti
sandihano vasudevenoce bhaga.van agrata.h sivananda vatim -evalankuru iti. tatha
kurvano j agadanandena dharita carana-mbuj as tadlya bhagav-ad grham -pravistah
anantaram tac carano-dakam grha patalop-ari kincid vikirya kiyad antah pure -

parij anebhyo j agadanandenaiva dattam anantar.am muhurtam sthitva vasudeva vatim-

agatya ksanam avasthaya punas taranim aruhya ca2ltavati bhagavati carana ja2a
grahanartham a kantha -magnan-am j ananam yad vaiyagr-yam j atam tad avalokya
bhagavatas tatha na ke 'pi nivavrtire

tatah then;
jagadanandena by Jagadananda;ubhayoh both;parsvayoh
sides; kada2l-stambha P lantain trunks; purna-kumbha f u l l P o ts; muku2a fl o w e r
buds; dipava2ibhih la m p s; su racana v-isesena -by the nice arrangement;
sivananda vati pary-anta-m to Sivananda s house;abhimanditam de c o r a ted;
vartma on t he path; aruddhah go i n g ; smita su madh-ura -vadanah -with a sweet
smile; j agadananda krtam b-y Jagadananda done; iti t h u s ; ma n yamanah
considering; vame on t he l eft;vasudeva vati patham -t-he path to pasudeva s
home; api al s o; tatha vidham -in that way; alokya seeing; kim w h a t 7; itah
then; agre be f o r e; gantavyam s h o u l d be gone; kim w h a t 7 ; i ti t h u s ; i t i t h us ;
sandihanah doubting;vasudevena by Vasudeva;uce said;bhagavan 0 Lord;
agratah ah e ad;sivananda v-atim Si v a nanda s house;eva in d e e d; alankuru
please decorate; iti th u s ; ta t ha so ; ku r v a n ah do i n g ja
; g a danandena b y
Jagadananda;dharita held;caranambujah lotus feet;
tadiya b-hagavad g-rham
the house; pravistah en t e r e d;anantaram th e n ; tac ca-rana of t he f eet;
udakam wa t e r; grha p-atalopari on t h e p e o ple of the house;kincit s o m e t h i n g ;
vikirya sp r i n k l i n g; kiyat ho w m u c h ? ;an tah pu-re in t he h o u s e;
parij anebhyah to friends; j agadanandena by jagadananda;eva in d e e d; dattam
given; anantaram then; muhurtam a m o m e n t;sthitva si t u a t e d;vasudeva
vatim Va s u deva s house;agatya ar i v i n g; ksanam a m o m e n t ;avasthaya
staying; punah ag a i n; taranim th e b o a t; aruhya en t e r i n g;calitavati w e n t ;
bhagavati th e L o r d; carana fe e t j; ala wa t e r ;gr ahanartham to t a k e ;a kan-tha
magnanam im m e r s ed up to the neck;j ananam of p e o p l e;yad vai-yagryam a
circle; j atam ma n i f e sted;tat th a t ; av a lokya se e i n g;bhagavatah o f t h e L o r d ;
tatha th e n; na no t ; ke ' pi an y o n e ;ni v avrtire r e t u r n e d .

Jagadananda had decorated the sides of the path to Sivananda's house with
banana tree, full water pots, flower buds, and lamps. When Lord Caitanya saw
a ll this, He smiled, thinki n g , "Jagadananda has done this". Seeing Vasudeva's
house on the left, the Lord became doubtful of what to do, and He asked,
"Should I continue on?"
Vasudeva then replied, "Lord, Sivananda's nicely decorated house is ahead".
When the Lord entered the house, Jagadananda washed His feet, and sprinkled
the water on his family and fri ends. Then, after staying for a moment at
Vasudeva s house, the Lord again entered a boat and continued His journ ey. In
order to obtain the water touched by the Lord's feet, the people then entered the
water up to their necks.
Seeing them, the Lord became merciful. In this way they all obtained the
w ater that touched the Lord's feet. As He traveled everyone followed Him on th e
shore and no one turned back.

Text 103

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

Text 100

purusah: tato dvaita vatim abh-yetya hari dasenabh-ivanditas tathaiva tarani

vartmana navadvipasya pare kuliya nama gr-ame m-adhava dasa vaty-am u-ttirnavan.
navadvipa lokanugr-aha hetoh sap-ta dinani ta-tra sthitavan. tatra ca navadvipat para
gamane.

tatah th e n; advaita vatim to-A d v a ita s house; abhyetya go i n g; hari dasena -

by Haridasa; abhivanditah of f e r ed obeisances;tatha th u s ; eva in d e e d ;t a rani-
vartmana by b o a t; navadvipasya of N a v a d vspa;pare on t he f ar shore;k uliya-
nama g-rame Kuhya-grama;madhava d-asa v-atyam the home of Madhava dasa;
uttirnavan we n t ; na vadvipa lo-ka to t he people of Navadvipa;anugraha m e r c y ;
hetoh for t he purpose; sapta se v e n;dinani da y s ;ta t ra th e r e ;sthitavan
stayed; tatra th e r e; ca an d ; na v a dvipat fr o m n a v a d v ipa;para to t h e f a r t h e r
shore; gamane i n g o i n g .

Man: Then the Lord went to Adv aita's house, where Haridasa offered
obeisances to His feet. Then the Lord went to Ku l i y a-grama on the shore
opposite from Navadvipa. In Kuliya-grama, the Lord stayed at the house of
Madhava dasa. The Lord was very kind to the people of Navadvipa. He stayed
there for seven days. Then He left Navadvzpa and went to the other side of the
Ganges.

Text 105

ya atarah kakinikaika mat-ra

astt prativyakti sa tu kramena
bamhiyasisv apy atha nausu so 'bhut
karsapananam adhikadhiko 'pi

ye who; atarah kakinikaika matr-a ev e ry day; astt wa s ; pr a tivyakti m a n y

people; sah that; tu in d e e d; kramena in d u e c o u r s e;bamhiyasisu api atha
nausu ma ny boats;sah th a t ; abhut we r e ; ka r s apananam c a r r i n g ;
adhikadhikah many; api al s o.

Each day many boats carried the people of Navadvipa across the Ganges to
where Lord Caitanya was.

Text 106

apl ca

durgam badhnati vamsair drdhatara vipulai-r madhavo yan nisayam

tat pratas curna bhavam -vraj ati j ana ghatagh-attanena kramena
saptahany evam eva vyajani janimatam darsanotkanthya bhajam-
sanghatto yatra devah svayam amaradhunim snatum iso 'pi nesah

api ca an d; durgam fo r t ; ba d hnati cr e a t e s;vamsaih w i t h b a m b o o ;

drdhatara vipulaih -big and strong; madhavah Ma d h a v a;yan wh a t ; ni s ayam a t
night; tat th a t ; pr a tah in t h e m o r n i n g ; curna bhavam -tu r n ed to dust; vraj ati
goes; j ana ghataghat-tanena many people; kramena in due course; saptahani
seven days; evam th u s; eva in d e e d;vyaj ani ma n i f e s ted; j animatam o f p e o p l e ;
darsana to s ee;utkanthya bhaj am -eager; sanghattah do n e ; yatra w h e r e ;
devah the Lord; svayam pe r s o n a lly;amaradhunim th e G a n g e s;snatum t o
bathe; isah ab l e; api al t h o u g h ;na no t ; is a h t h e L o r d .
 Every night Madhava dasa built around his house a strong bamboo fence, and
every morning the crowds of people tore the fence apart. The crowds of people
eager to see the Lord were so great that He was not even able to bathe in the
Ganges.

Text 107

evam sapta di-nani tatra sthitva punas tata va-rtmanaiva calitavan

sa yatra yatropasasara devo

vrttantah prak tata eva lokah
tatas tato bhur api bhuri bhugna
visisya vismapayate phanindram

evam th u s; sapta se v e n;dinani da y s ;ta t ra th e r e ;sthitva s t a y i n g ;

punah ag ain; tata vart-mana on t he shore;eva indeed; calitavan we n t ; sah
He;yatrayatra wh e r e v e r;upasasara we n t ; devah th e L o r d ; vr t t antah d o i n g ;
prak be f o r e; tate on t e h s h o r e;eva indeed; lokah pe o p l e; tatas tatah t h e n ;
bhuh the ground; api al so;bhuri gr e atly;bhugna broke;visisya
vismapayate fi l l i ng w i th w o n d e r; phanindram An a n t a Sesa.

After seven days to Lord continued His journey on the Ganges shore.
Wherever the Lord went the crowds of people were so great that the earth
planet became bent. This greatly surprised the serpent king Ananta.

Text 108

srutam ca gaudesvarasya rajadhanyah pare ganga-m calate bhagavatah pascad

ubhayoh parsvayos ca2antzm 2oka ghatam -a2okya gaudesvaro ganga tata -

ghatamanopakarikam arudho vismitah kim idam iti yada prstavams tada kesava vasu-
namna tad amatye-na kathitam sura trana s-ri krsna -caitany-o nama ko pi maha
purusah purusottaman mathuram prayati tad didrksa-ya ami loka sancaranti iti. tatas
tenapy uktam ayam isvaro bhavati yasyaivam vidham -lokakarsanam iti. atah param
ca srutam tatah ki.yad duram gatva punah pratyavrtto na tena patha mathuram
gamisyati api tu purusottamam agatya vana pathena-iveti najanimah satyam asatyam
vadati

srutam he a r d; ca an d ; ga u da of B e n g a l;isvarasya o f t h e k i n g ;
rajadhanyah of t he capitol;pare gangam -on the other shore of the Ganges;
calate go e s;bhagavatah th e L o r d; pascat be h i n d ; ub hayoh bo t h ; pa r s vayoh
of sides; ca2antim go i n g; 2oka ghatam -people; a2okya seeing;gaudesvarah the
king of Bengal; ganga tata on t - he Ganges shore;ghatamanopakarikam d o n e ;
arudhah cl i m b e d; vismitah su r p r i s e d;kim wh a t 7 ;id am th i s ;it i t hu s ;
yada when; prstavan as k e d; tada th e n ; ke sava vasu nam-na -by the person
named Kesava Vasu; tad amatyena -his minister; kathitam sa i d ; sura trana t h - e
protector of the demigods; sri krsna cai-tanyo -nama named Lord Caitanya; ko
'pi someone; maha purusah a g r e at person;purusottaman fr o m P u r u s o t tama-
ksetra; mathuram to M a t h u r a;prayati go e s ;tad didrksaya de s i r i ng to see Him;
ami loka th e se people;sancaranti go ; it i thu s ; ta t a h th e n ;te na b y H i m ;
api al s o ;uk t am sa i d ;ay am He ; is v a r ah th e S u p r e me Lord;bhavati i s ;
yasya of whom; evam v-idham li k e t h i s; loka th e p e o p l e;akarsanam at t r a c t s ;
iti th u s ; atah param th e n ; ca a n d ; sr u t am he a r d ;ta t ah th e n ; ki y ad duram
how far?; gatva ha v i ng gone;punah ag a i n;pratyavrttah re t u r n e d;na n o t ;
tena by Hi m; patha th e p a t h; ma thuram to M a t h u r a ;gamisyati wi l l g o ; a p i
also; tu in d e e d; purusottamam Pu r u s o t t a ma-ksetra;agatya ar r i v i n g;vana
pathena by t he forest path;eva indeed; iti th u s ; na no t ;j animah w e k n o w ;
satyam tr u t h; asatyam no t t r u t h ; va d ati t e l l s .

Then, followed by a large crowd, the Lord entered the capitol of the king of
Bengal on the farther shore of the Ganges. When the king of Bengal saw this he
became struck with wond er. He asked, "What is this?" His mi n i ster Kesava Vasu
replied, "0 ki ng, this is an exalted personality named Sri Krsna Caitanya. He is
now traveling from Purusottama-ksetra to Mathura. The people following Hi m
are very eager to see Him". Then the king said, "He must be the Supreme
P ersonality of Godhead to have so many people following Hi m " .
I heard that after traveling a little furth er, the Lord tu r ned back and did no t
continue His journey by that path, but, after returning to Purusottama-ksetra,
went to Mathura by the forest path. I don't know w h e t her that story is true or
not.

Text 109

nepathye: satyam bhoh satyam

agatas ca sahasa sa ekako

ni2a sai2a ti-2akam -vi2okya ca
2oka sanku2-a bhiya v-anadhvana
nihnutah sa mathuram j agama ca

satyam tr u e; bhoh oh ; sa t y am tr u e ; ag a t ah ar r i v e d ; ca a n d ; sa h asa

suddenly; sah He ; ekakah al o n e ; ni2a sai2a ti2-akam -the tilaka decoration of
Nilacala; vilokya seeing; ca and; 2oka sanku2a -bhiya -afraid of the crowds of
people; vanadhvana by t he forest path; nihnutah hi d d e n ; sah He; mathuram
t o Mathura;jagama w e n t ; c a also.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: It's true, Oh , i t's tr ue. Lord Caitanya
r eturned alone and gazed at Lord Jagannatha, the tilaka decoration of ¹ l a c a l a .
Fearing great crowds, Lord Caitanya then went to Mathura by the forest path.

Text 110

raj a: (sa vismayam-) kasimisrasya svara iva sruyate tad ahuyatam

 sa vismayam wi t h w o n d e r; kasimisrasya of K a si Mi s ra;svarah t h e s o u n d ;
iva as if; sruyate is h e a r d; tat th a t ;ah u yatam sh o u l d be called.

King: (struck with wo n d er) I h e a r the sound of Kasz Misra s voice. Call for
him.

Text ll l

(pravisya sa tva-ram ).
kasimisrah: deva ayam ayam anahuta evagatah

pravisya en t e r s;sa tva-ram hastily; deva lo r d ; ayam ayam He ; an a h utah

withoutbeing called; eva in d e e d; agatah c o m e .

(Kasi Misra hastily enters.)

Kasi Misra: My lord, even without being called I have come.

Text 112

raja: kathaya kim tattvam idam

kathaya te l l; kim wh e t h e r ? ;tattvam tr u t h ; id am this.

King: Tell me: Is it the truth?

Text 113

kasimisrah: satyam eva loka bhiya t-ato pi nivrttah. tato pi kenapy avidita eva
calitavan

satyam tr u e; eva in d e e d;loka of t h e p e o p l e;bhiya wi t h f e a r;tatah then;

api al s o; nivrttah tu r n e d ; ta t ah th e n ;api al s o ;ke n api w i t h s o m e o n e ;
avidita no t k n o w n ; eva in d e e d ;calitavan w e n t .

Kasz Misra: It is true. Afraid of so many foll ow ers, He secretly left with
another person.

Text llk

raj a: sarvabhauma asmakam .tu samah panthah viccheda duhkhas-ya tulya

phalatvat ekakinas t.asya nirvahah katham bhavatu.

sarvabhauma 0 Sa r v a bhauma;asmakam of u s ; tu in d e e d ;samah s a m e ;

panthah pa t h; viccheda of s e p aration;duhkhasya of t he s uf fering;tulya s a m e ;
phalatvat be c a use ofhaving the fruit; ekakinah al o n e ;tasya o f H i m ;
nirvahah go n e; katham ho w ? ; bh a vatu i s .

King: Sarvabhauma, because we all taste the same fruit of the pain of
separation, we all now walk on the same path. How could He have left us and
gone all alone?

Text 115

kasimisrah: bhiksayogyah kiyanto viprah presitah santi. bhagavata tu tan na

j nayate

bhiksayogyah sa n n yasis;kiyantah ho w m a n y ; vi prah br a h m a n a s;presitah

sent; santi ar e ; bhagavata by t h e L o r d; tu in d e e d ;tat th a t ;na no t ;j n a ya te
is known.

Kasi Misra: How many br ahmanas and sannyasis have left this place? This
one sannyasz, however, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Text 116

raja: sadhu misra sadhu kim apy uktva gatam

sadhu we ll said; misra 0 Mi s r a ;sa dhu we l l s a i d; kimapi so m ething;

uktva ha v i ng said;gatam w e n t .

King: Well said, 0 Mi s r a. We ll said. Did He say anything before He left.

Text 117

kasimisrah: agata prayo h-am iti.

agata re t u r n; prayah so o n ; ah am I; it i t hu s.

Kasz Misra: He said. "I will return soon."

Text 118

raja: tat kim dinam bhavisyati bhattac.aryajanghajivinah kiyanto yatha bhagavato

vartam prapayanti

tat th a t; kim w h e t h e r ? ; dinam da y ; bh a visyati wi l l b e ; b h attacarya 0

Bhattacarya; j anghajivinah me s s engers;kiyantah ho w m a n y ? ;yatha a s ;
bhagavatah of t he Lord; vartam ne w s ;pr a payanti m a y a t t a i n .

King: Will the day of His return ever come? Bhattacarya, how many
messengers do we have? They should gather news of the Lord.

Text 119

sarvabhaumah: ucitam evaitat

ucitam pr o p e r; eva in d e e d;etat that.

Sarvabhauma: That is a good plan.

Text 120

raja: kasimisra mahapatram candanesvaram mad ajn-aya samadisa yathaivam

karoti

kasimisra 0 Ka s i M i s r a;mahapatram th e t e m p l e -superintendent;

candanesvaram Va n d a nesvara;mad aj na-ya by my ord e r; samadisa te l l ; ya t ha
as; evam so; karoti d o e s .

King: Kasi Misra, tell Candanesvara Mahapatra by my order he should

arrange for that.

Text 121

kasimisra: deva pariksa maha-patram nivedya mayaiva tat karita-m asti katicid.
agata praya -eva.

deva lo r d; pariksa mahap-atram th e m a h a patra;nivedya te l l i n g;maya by

me; eva in d e e d; tat karitam -d o n e ; asti is ; ka t i c it so m e t h i n g agata
;
returned; prayah al m o s t; eva c e r t a i n l y .

Kasz Misra: I have already spoken with the Mahapatra. He will do it. He has
already sent out some men.

Text 122

(pravisya)
dauvarikah: deva mahaprabhor varta harino d-vari
vartante

pravisya en t e r i ng; deva 0 lord;mahaprabhoh of Lord Caitanya;

varta
news; harinah ca r r i e rs;dvari at t h e d o o r;vartante a r e .

(Enter doorkeeper)

Doorkeeper: Lord, some men bringing news of the Lord Caitanya

Mahaprabhu are waiting at the door.

Text 123

raja: pravesyantam

pravesyantam sh o u ld enter.

King: Have them enter.

Text 120

d auvarikah: (tatha karoti ) .

(pravisya)
varta har-inah: j ayati j ayati devah

tatha so; karoti do e s ;pr a visya en t e r i n g;j ayati gl o r y j; ayati glory;

devah t o t he king .

(The Doorkeeper does that. The men bringing news enter.)

Men Bringing News: Glory, glory to the king!

Text 125

raja: kathayata kimjanitha.

kathayata te l l; kim wh a t 7j; anitha you know.

King: Tell what you know.

Text 126

varta harinah-: sarvam evajanimah

pratyavrttah sa madhu purato d-rsta vrndava-na srih -

kunje kunje tarani tanya ku-2atah -k2pta ke2ih -

gatva govardhana giri var-e kan-ane kanane ca

bhrantva bhrantva dina katipaya-m vartmaniso vyaloki

sarvam everything; eva indeed; j animah we know; pratyavrttah returned;

sah He; madhu puratah -from Mathura; drsta seen;vrndavana of Vrndavana;
srih th e beauty; kunje kunje in g r o v e after grove;tarani tanya of-t he Ymauna;
ku2atah fr om t he shore; k2pta ke2ih en -joyed pastimes;gatva g o i n g ;
govardhana giri vare -to-Govardhana Hill;kanane kanane in forest after forest;
ca also; bhrantva bhrantva wa n d e r i ng and wandering;d ina katipayam -fo r
some days; vartmani on t h e p a t h; isah th e L o r d ; vyaloki wa s s e e n.

Men Bringing News: We k no w ev erythi ng. The Lord left Math ura City and
saw the beauty of Vrndavana. He enjoyed pastimes in every forest grove and
every place by the Yamuna's shore. He went to Govardhana Hill, and for some
days He was seen wandering in forest after forest.

Text 127

raja: aye vrndavanekim kim krtam bhagavata tajjanasi

varta ha-rinah: atha kim. tat san-ge samagatanam kesancid bhagya bh-aj am
mukhatah srutam
raja: kathyatam.

aye oh; vrndavane in V r n d a v a na; kim kim w h a t ? ; kr t am d o n e ;

bhagavata by t he Lord; tat th a t ;j anasi yo u k n o w ; at ha kim y e s ; tat sang-e i n
His company; samagatanam co m e ; kesancit so m e ;bhagya bhaj -am fo r t u n a te;
mukhatah fr o m t he m o u t h; srutam he a r d ;ka thyatam t e l l .

King: Ah! Wh at, what did the Lord do in V r n d a v ana? Do you know ?
Men Bringing News: Yes. We heard from the mouths of fortun ate people
who met Him there.
King: Tell.

Text 128

varta harina-h:

avirbhavad avadhi sa nij

ananda vrndai-ka kando-
yadyapy uccaih prathayatitaram tad vikara -praka-ran
vrndaranyopagama samay-e hanta te te taranga
vrddhim prapur yad upari vacas cittayor -na nivesah

avirbhavat fr o m t he appearance;avadhi un t i l ; sah He ; ni ja ow n ; a n a n d a

bliss; vrnda ab u n d a nce;eka kandah -only source; yadyapi al t h o u g h;uccaih
greatly; prathayatitaram manifesting; tad vikara -prakara-n tr a n s formations of
ecstasy; vrndaranya in V r n d a v a na;upagama samaye -at the time of entering;
hanta in d e e d; te te th e y ; ta r anga wa v e s ;vrddhim in c r e a s e;prapuh a t t a i n e d ;
yat what; upari ab o v e;vacah wo r d s ; cit tayoh an d t h o u g h s;na n o t ;
nivesah en t rance.

Men Bringing News: Since the Lord first appeared on this earth, He has been
filled with transcendental bliss. But now that He has entered the forest of
Vrndavana, the waves of that ecstatic bliss have increased many times. Neither
my mind or words have the power to enter into an understanding of that bliss.
 Text 129

kvacanacayamuna v-ananta 2-aksmim

avakalayann anuraktim ukta-kantham
vi2apati parirabhya 2obhya-bahuh
prati 2a-tikam prati sa-khi so khi2esah

kvacana so m e where;ca an d ;ya m una of t h e Y a m u n a; vana fo r e s t;anta

end; 2aksmim beauty; avaka2ayan se e ing; anuraktim l o v e ; u k t a -kantham
saying; vilapati sa y s;parirabhya em b r a c e s; 2obhya-bahuh w i t h e a ger arms;
prati 2at-ikam ev e ry vine;prati sa-khi ev e ry tree;sah He; akhi2esah the Lord of
all.

When the Supreme Lord saw the beauty of the Yamuna River or of
Vrndavana forest, He became filled with ecstatic love. He cried without
restraint, and He eagerly embraced each tree and vine with His arms.

Text 130

apl ca

naiciki nicay-a viksa-na moda-d

unmadah skha2itavan ga2ad asruh-
syandamana suras-indhur ivasid
vata bhagn-a iva meru-tatantah

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; naiciki nicay-a su r a bhi cows;viksana se e i n g;modat b y

happiness; unmadah ma d d e ned;skha2itavan fe l l; ga2ad asruh -flo w i ng te ars;
syandamana flo w i n g ; surasindhuh Ga n g e s;iva li k e ; as it wa s ; va ta b y t h e
wond; bhagnah br o k e n; iva a s ;m e r u -tatantah M o u n t M e r u .

W hen He saw the surabhi cows in Vr n d avana He became wild wi t h

happiness. The tears flowed from His eyes as a celestial Ganger River and He
fell to the ground as the top of golden Mount Meru bl own to the earth by a great
wmd.

Text 131

raj a: tatah.

t atah th e n ?

King: Then?

Text 132
 varta harinah: tatas taih kathitam

mada mudita mayura k-anthakanta -

dyutim abhiviksya kutascid apy akasmat
skha2ati 2uthati vepate virauti
dravati visidati hanta murcchatisah

tatah th en; taih b y t h e m ; k a t h i tam s a i d ;ma da m-udita ov e r c o me with

happiness; mayura pe a c o cks; kantha o f t h e n e c k;kanta dy-utim s p l e n d o r ;
abhiviksya se e ing; kutascit s o m e w h e r e; api al s o ;ak asmat s u d d e n l y ;
skha2ati falls; 2uthati r o l l s ab out; vepate tr e m b l e s;virauti ca l l s o u t;dravati
runs; visidati la m e n t s;hanta in d e e d;murcchati fa i n t s ;isah t h e L o r d .

Men Bringing News: They told us that when He saw a peacock feather He
fell down, rolled about on the ground, trembled, cried out, ran to and fro, wept,
and fainted unconcious.

Text 133

apl ca

kvapi vatsa ku2am -ucca2a pucc-ham

dhavamanam anuviksya vanantah
kantakavalini vartmani sadyo
viksitangam abhitah skha2atisah

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; kvapi so m e w h e r e;vatsa ku2am -calves; ucca2a

puccham with tails raised; dhavamanam ru n n i n g ; anuviksya s e e i n g ;
vanantah in t he f orest; kantakavalini i n b r a m b l e s;vartmani b y t h e r o a d ;
sadyah at once;viksita se e i n g;angam b o d y ; a bhitah n e a r ; s khalati f e l l ;
i sah the Lord .

Once when the Lord saw calves running in Vrndavana forest with tails raised
He fainted in ecstasy and fell into brambles by the roadside.

Text 130

raja: tatah.

t atah th e n ?

King: Then?

Text 135
 varta harinah:

kunja s-imani kadapi yadrccha

murchaya nipatitasya dharanyam
alihanti harina mukha p-henan
apibanti sakuna nayanambhah

kunj a si-mani in t he forest; kadapi on c e ;ya drccha sp o n t a n e ously;

murchaya fa i n t i n g; nipatitasya fe l l ; dh a ranyam to t h e g o r u n d; alihanti l i c k e d ;
harina by a deer; mukha of the mouth; phenan foam;apibanti drank;
sakuna by b i r d s ; nayana of t h e e ye s;ambhah t e a r s .

One time in the forest He fainted and fell to the ground in ecstasy. Then the
deer licked the foam from His mouth and the birds drank the tears that had
fallen from His eyes.

Text 136

apl ca

patayalur asav upatyakayam

api govardhana bhud-harasya devah
anuraga sudh-abdhi madh-ya bhag-no
na hi bhagno 'pi
bahir vyatham viveda

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e;patayaluh fe l l ; as au He ; up a t yakayam fr o m a g r e a t

height; api al s o;govardhana bhudh-arasya of G o v a rdhana Hill; devah t h e L o r d ;
anuraga of l o v e ; sudha ne c t a r;abdhi oc e a n;madhya in t h e m i d s t; bhagnah
broken; na no t ; hi in d e e d ;bh agnah br o k e n ; api al s o ;ba h ih o u t s i d e ;
vyatham hu r t ; vi v eda k n e w .

Once, at Govardhana Hill He fell from a great height. Although His body
became broken, because He was drowing in the ocean of ecstatic love. He was
not aware that He was hurt.

Text 137

anuvanam anukunj a viksama-ne

rudati vibhav anurakti mukta k-antham-
rurudur iva latas ca sakhinas ca
dvija mrga raj-ir abh-aji murchayaiva

anuvanam th e f orests;anukunja an d t he g ro ves;viksamane se e ing;rudati

cries; vibhau th e L o r d; anurakti of l o v e ;mu k ta wi t h o u t r e s t r aint;kantham
throat; rurudur cried; iva -as if; /atah vi n e s ;ca an d ; sa k h inah tr e e s ;ca a n d ;
dvij a bi r d s; mrga de e r ;ra jih mu l t i t u d e ;ab haji wo r s h i p e d;murchaya
fainted; eva in d e e d.
 When He saw the forest groves of Vrndavana He became overwhelmed with
love and He cried without restraint. Seeing this, the trees and vines also cried,
and the deer fainted in ecstasy.

Text 138

vilapati karuna sv-arena deve

j aladhara dh-ira ga-bhira ni-hsvane pi
ciram anuvilapanti baspa ka-nthah
kvacana ca 2asyam apasya ni2akanthah

vilapati cr i e s;karuna of g r i e f;svarena wi t h s o u n d s;deve t h e L o r d ;

j aladhara cl o u d s;dhira gab-hira nih-svane de ep thundering sounds; api a l s o ;
ciram a l o ng tim e; anuvilapanti la m e n t s;baspa wi t h t e a r s;kanthah i n H i s
throat; kvacana so m e w h e re;ca an d ; la s yam da n c i n g ;apasya a t t a i n i n g ;
nilakanthah pe a c ock.

When the Lord, overcome with grief, roared like a thunderbolt, the peacocks
stopped dancing, and they also cried for a long time without restraint.

Text 139

evam aty anura-ga vaika-2yad isvaratvenaiva dharyamana deham -tam a2okayadbhih

punyavadbhir balabhadra bhatt-acaryadibhir aho anartho yam apatita iti cintayadbhir
ba2ad iva vrndavanan niskasito bhagavan iti na cira ka2ava-sthitis tatra tasyeti

evam th u s; aty anurag-a vaikaly-at ov e r c ome with great love;isvaratvena a s

the Supreme Lord; eva in d e e d; dharyamana ma i n t a i n i n g;deham bo d y ; t a m
that; a2okayadbhih seeing;punyavadbhih pious;ba2abhadra bhatta-carya
adibhih devotees headed by Balabhadra Bhattacarya; ahah ah; anarthah not
good; ayam he; apatita fe l l; iti thu s ; ci n t a yadbhih th i n k i n g ; ba lat f o r c i b l y ;
iva as if; vrndavanat fr o m V r n d a v a na;niskasitah ta k e n;bhagavan t h e L o r d ;
iti th u s ; na no t ; c i r a k a l a -along time; avasthitih stayed; tatra t h e r e ;
tasya of H i m; iti t hu s .

In this way the Lord was always overwhelmed with ecstatic love. Balabhadra
Bhattacarya and the other devotees began to worry about the Lord's welfare.
They thought: "This is not good." Then they forced the Lord to leave Vrndavana.

Text 100

yah prag eva priya

guna gan-airga-dha baddho p-imukto
gehadhyasad rasa iva paro murta evapy amurtah
premalapair drdhatara parisvang-a rangaih p-rayage
tam sri rupam sa-mam anupame nanujagraha devah
 yah wh o ; pr ak be f o r e ;eva in d e e d ;priya de a r ;gu na qu a l i t i e s;ganaih
multitudes; gadha b-addhah tightly bound; api al so;muktah fr e ed;
gehadhyasat fr om t he bondage of family life;rasah ne c t a r;iva as i f ; p a r a h
transcendental; murtah fo r m ; eva in d e e d ;api als o ;am u r t ah f o r m l e s s ;
prema of l o v e; alapaih wi t h w o r d s ; drdhatara very firm; parisvanga ra-ngaih
with blissful embaces; prayage in P r a yaga;tam hi m ; sr i r u-pam Ru p a G o s vami;
samam wi th;anupamena Anupama; anuj agraha was kind;devah the Lord.

The Lord then left Vrndavana and went to Prayaga, where He met Srzla Rupa
Gosvamz. From the very beginning Srzla Rupa Gosvamz was deeply attracted by
the transcendental qualities of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Thus he was
permanently relieved from family li fe. Srzla Rupa Gosvamz and his younger
brother, Vallabha, were blessed by Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Althought the
Lord was transcendentally situated in His transcendental eternal form, at
Prayaga, He told Rupa Gosvami about trancendental ecstatic love of Krsna. The
Lord then embraced him very fondly and bestowed all His mercy upon him.'

Text lkl

raj a: sarvabhauma ati p.res-tha vrnd-avano pi katham asau sva2pam eva ka2am
tatravatasthe

sarvabhauma 0 Sarvabhauma;ati presth-avery dear;vrndavanah

Vrndavana; api al t h o u g h; katham wh y ? ; as au He ; sv a l pam sh o r t ; e v a
indeed; kalam ti m e ; ta t ra th e r e ;av atasthe st a y e d.

K ing: Sarvabhauma, Vrndavana is the place most dear to the Lord. Why di d
He stay there such a short time?

Text 102

sarvabhaumah: j agannathena tad viraham

-asahamanena samakrsta iva

j agannathena of L o rd Jagannatha;tad viraham -the separation;

asahamanena by i n t o l e rance;samakrstah pu l l e d ;iva a s i f .

Sarvabhauma: He was drawn back because He could not bear the separation
of Lord Jagannatha.

Text 103

priya svarupe d-ayita svarupe-

prema svarupe s-ahaj abhirupe
nij anurupe prabhur eka rupe -

tatana rupe sva vilasa rup-e -

 priya de a r;svarupe Svarupa; dayita de a r;svarupe Sv a r u p a;prema-
svarupe the form of l o v e; sahaja na t u r a l l y;abhirupe be a u t i f u l;nija o w n
form; anurupe like;prabhuh the Lord;eka one;rupe form; tatana
manifested; rupe Ru p a; sva v-ilasa ow n p a s times;rupe f o r m .

Indeed, Srila Rupa Gosvami, whose dear friend was Svarupa Damodara, was
the exact replica of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, and he was very, very dear to the
Lord. Being the embodiment of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu s ecstatic love, Rupa
Gosvami was naturally very beautiful. He very carefully foll owed the prin c i p l es
enunciated by the Lord, and he was a competent person to explain properly th e
pastimes of Lord Krsna. Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu expanded His mercy to Srila
Rupa Gosvami just so he could render service by writ ing tr anscendental
literatures.'

Text 100

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

Text 105

varta harin-ah: tatas ca varanasyam

candrasekhara iti prathitasya

ksmasurasya bhavane bhuvanesah
praktanaih sukrta rasibh-ir asya
pratyapadyata tada sa yatmdrah

tatah then;ca and; varanasyam in Varanasi; candrasekharah

Candrasekhara; iti th u s ; pr a thitasya ma n i f e s t ed;ksmasurasya o f t h e
brahmana; bhavane in t he hom e; bhuvanesah th e L o rd of the worlds;
praktanaih pr e v i o u s;sukrta rasibhih -wi th th e abundance of pious deeds;asya
of him; pratyapadyata st a y e d;tada th e n ; sah He ; ya t i of s a n n y a s i s;
indrah
the king.

Men Bringing News: At V a r anasi the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the

leader of the sannyasis, stayed at the home of a brahmana named Candrasekhara
b ecause that brahmana had performed many pious deeds in his previous birth s .

Text 106

raja: tatas tatah.

 tatah t h e n? tatah t h e n ?

King: Then? Then?

Text 107

varta ha-rinah:

tam etya pasyety anuraga pu-rvam

visvesvaro visvam iha nyayunkta
kuto 'nyatha tavati tu2ya-ka2e
tu2ya kriy-ah sarva jan-o babhuva

tam Hi m ; etya at t a i n i n g;pasya se e ;iti th u s ;an u r a ga lo v e ; pu r v am

before; visvesvarah th e m aster of the universe;visvam th e u n i v e rse;iha h e r e ;
nyayunkta en g a ged;kutah wh e r e ? ;anyatha ot h e r w i s e;tavati so ; t u 2 ya-ka2e
another time;tu2ya kriy-ah equal action;sarva janah everyone;babhuva was

Men Bringing News: Full of l o ve, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the
Supersoul in everyone's heart, commanded everyone: "Go to Sri Caitanya
M ahaprabhu and gaze at His transcendental form." W h a t o t her op p o r t u n i t y
would the people of this world have to see the Supreme Personality of Godhead
Himself?

Text 108

brahmacari grhi b-hiksu -vanas-tha

yajnika vrata paras c-a tam iyuh
matsaraih katipayair yati mukhy-air
eva tatra na gatam na sa drstah

brahmacari br a h m a c aris;grhi ho u s e h o l d e rs; bhiksu s a n n y a sis;vanasthah

vanaprasthas; yaj nika p e r f o r m ers of Vedic sacrifices; vrata parah -fo llo we rs of
vows; ca al s o; tam to H i m ; iy u h wen t ; ma t s a raih en v i o u s ;ka tipayaih b y
some; yati mukhya-ih he a d ed by sannyasis;eva in d e e d; tatra th e r e ;na n o t ;
gatam go n e; na not; sah He ; drstah wa s s e en.

Brahmacaris, householders, sannyasis, vanaprasthas, performers of Vedic

sacrifices, and followers of austere vows, all w ent to see the Lord. Only some
envious sannyasis and others did not go to see Him.

Text 109

raja: sarvabhauma kim iti tatha vidhanam -api tadrsam matsaryam

 sarvabhauma 0 Sa r v a bhauma; kim w h y ? ; i ti t h u s ;ta t h a vidhanam l i k e
that; api al s o; tadrsam li k e t h a t; matsaryam e n v y .

King: Sarvabhauma, why were they envious?

Text 150

sarvabhaumah: maharaj a yavan mano ja-yo na

bhavati tavad eva bhagavati
matsarata na kincid api muncati.

maharaj a 0 gr e at king;yavat as ; ma n ah of t h e m i n d ;j ayah c o n q u e s t ;

na no t; bhavati is ; ta v at so ; e va i n d e e d ; bhagavati fo r t h e S upreme Lord;
matsarata en v y; na no t ; k i n c it a n y t h i n g api
; ev e n ;mu n c ati r e n o u n c e s .

Sarvabhauma: 0 king, as long as one has not conquered the mind, he will
not become free from envy to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Text 151

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

Text 152

varta harina-h: tatas ca

gaudendrasya sabha vibhus-ana manis -tyaktva ya rddham sriyam

rupasyagraja esa eva tarunim vairagya laksmi-m dadhe
antar bhakti -rasena -purna hrdayo -bahye vadhutakrtih
saivalaih pihitam maha sara iv-a priti pradas -tad vidam-

tatah th e n; ca a n d ; ga u dendrasya of g t he k i ng of Bengal;sabha o f t h e

assembly; vibhusana or n a m e nt; manih je w e l ; ty a k tva ab a n d o n i n g;yah w h o ;
rddham sriyam opulence;rupasya of the form;agrajah younger brother;
esah he; eva i n d e e d ; ta runim yo u n g ; va i r a gya of r e n u n c i a t i o n;laksmim
goddess; dadhe pl a ced; antah wi t h i n ; bh a kti of d e v o t i o n al service; rasena
with the nectar; purna fu l l ; hr d a yah he a r t ;bahye ou t s i d e ;avadhutakrtih t h e
form of an avadhuta; saivalaih wi t h m o s s;pihitam co v e r e d;maha sarah g- r eat
lake; iva as if; priti pradah -d e l i g ht ing; tad vidam -they who know.

Men Bringing News: Srzla Sanatana Gosvamz, the elder brother of Srzla Rupa
Gosvamz, was a most important min i ster in the government of Hussain Shah,
the ruler of Bengal, and he was considered a most brilli ant gem in th at
assembly. He possessed all the opulences of a royal position, but he gave up
everything just to accept the youthful goddess of renunciation. Although he
externally appeared to be a mendicant who had renounced everything, he was
filled with the pleasure of devotional service within his heart. Thus he can be
compared to a deep lake covered with moss. He was the object of pleasure for all
the devotees who knew the science of devotional service.'

Text 153

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

Text 152

varta hari-nah:

tam sanatanam apagatam aksnor

drsti matr-am atimatra daya-rdrah
a2i2inga parighayata dorbh-yam
sanukampam atha campaka gaur-ah

tam hi m; sanatanam Sa n a t ana Gosvami;apagatam ar r i v e d; aksnoh o f t h e

eyes; drsti matra-m a glance;atimatra dayar-drah full of compassion; a2i2inga
embraced; parighayata dorbh-yam wi t h g r e at arms;sanukampam w i t h m e r c y ;
atha th e n; campaka as a campaka flower;gaurah f a i r .

M en Bringing News: As soon as Sanatana Gosvamz arrived in front of Lor d

Caitanya, the Lord, seeing him, became merciful to him. The Lo rd, who has the
complexion of a golden campaka flower, opened His arms and embraced him
while expressing great affection.'

Text 153

raj a: katham iva tasya darsanam j atam

katham ho w . ; iva li k e ; ta s ya of H i m ; da r s a nam si g h t ;j atam ma n i f e s t e d.

King: How did he come to see the Lord?

Text 150

varta harinah: -srutam idam tan mukhad ev-a.

 srutam he a r d; idam th i s ; tat of h i m ; mu k h at fr o m t h e m o u t h ; eva
llldeed.

M en Bringing News: We h e ard of that from his own m o u t h .

Text 155

raja: kathyatam.

kathy atam sp eak.

King: Please speak.

Text 156

varta hari-nah:

autkanthyaika pura-h sara-h prathamato ye yanti nathagrato

niskramanti na isa nam-a nira-tah sasrah sa rom-odgamah yatayatavatam kramam
viganayams tat pada -dhuli-r j usan
sarvajnena bahih sthito bhagavata kair apy ayam nayitah

autkanthyaika wi t h e a g erness;purah sarah -flo o d e d; prathamatah fi r s t ;y e

who; yanti ar e ; natha th e L o r d ; ag ratah be f o r e ;niskramanti go ; na n ot ;
isa of t he Lord; nama th e n a m e; niratah en g a g e d;sasrah wi t h t e a r s;sa
romodgamah wi t h h a i rs erect;yatayatavatam co m i n g a nd going;kramam o n e
after another; viganayamh co n s i d e ring;tat pada -of His feet; dhulih the dust;
j usan taking; sarvaj nena al l - k n o w i n g; bahih ou t s i d e ;sthitah s t a n d i n g ;
bhagavata by t he Lord; kair apy by s o m e o n e;ayam he ; na y i t ah b r o u g h t .

Men Bringing News: Sanatana thought to himself: "So many people are
flooded with eagerness to see the Lord. They who return from having seen the
Lord, are absorbed in chanting the holy names. They shed tears and the hairs of
their bodies stand erect in ecstasy. I see these people going to and from th e
Lord, but I myself remain outside. I will now ap p r o ach the Lord and obtain the
dust of His feet.

Text 157

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

 Text 158

varta h-arinah: tatascana m e p r i y a s c atur v-edity adi pathitvasa tv-aram

avatiryayam dorbhyam parirabdha iti.

tatah th e n; ca an d ; na no t ; me me ; pr i y a h dea r ; ca t ur ve-di t h e f o u r

Vedas; iti th u s ; adi th e v e r s e beginning with;pathitva re c i t i n g;sa tv-aram
hastily; avatirya de s c e nding;ayam He ; do r b hyam w i t h b o t h a r m s ;
parirabdhah em b r a c ed;iti t h u s .

Men Bringing News: W hen He saw Sanatana, the Lord recited the verse:
"The most learned brahmana is not as dear to Me as a pure devotee of the Lord" ,
a nd at once embraced him with both arm s .

Text 159

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

Text 160

varta harin-ah: tatas tatraiva kapi kim vadan-ti sruta

tatah th e n; tatra th e r e ;eva ce r t a i n l y;kapi so m e t h i n g ;kim vadant-i

rumor; sruta h e a r d .

Men Bringing News: About that I heard a rumor.

Text 161

raja: kasau.

ka wh a t ?; asau that.

King: What is that?

Text 162

varta harinah:-

purusottamam etya taih punar

 gamayitva katicid dinany api
ramitaih prabhunaiva tad g-iro 'py
atha vrndavanam eva gamsyate

purusottamam Purusottama-ksetra; etya at t a i n i n g;taih by t h e m ; pu n ah

again; gamayitva go i n g; katicid di-nani so m e d ays;api al s o ;ra m itaih
enjoying; prabhuna wi t h t he L o r d; eva in d e e d ;tad gi-rah Hi s w o r d s; api a l s o ;
atha th e n; vrndavanam Vr n d a v a n a;eva in d e e d;gamsyate wi l l b e a ttained.

Men Bringing News: The ru mor is that the Lord w il l r e t ur n to Pu r u s ottama-

ksetra, stay for few
a days, and again go to Vrndavana.

Text 163

raja: kim devena sahaiva va kim pascat

kim w h y?; devena saha wi t h t he L o r d; eva in d e e d;va o r ; kim wh at ? ;

pascat then.

King: What did the Lord do then? Who was He with?

Text 160

varta harin-ah: pascad eva bhavisyati yato .varanaslta ekakinaiva bhagavata

calitam iti drstam anyad .api tatra kim api srutam

pascat af t er; eva indeed; bhavisyati wi l l b e ; ya tah be c a u s e;varanasitah

from Varanasi; ekakina al o n e ;eva in d e e d;bhagavata wi t h t h e L o r d; calitam
gone; iti thus; drstam se e n;anyat an o t h e r;api al s o ;ta t ra th e r e ; k imapi
something; srutam h e a r d .

Men Bringing News: The Lord was last seen leaving Varanasz alone. But
there is something else I heard.

Text 165

sarvabhaumah: kim tat.

kim w h a t?; tat that.

Sarvabhauma: What is it?

Text 166

varta harinah: -
ka2ena vrndavana ke2i v-arta
2upteti tam khyapayitum visisya
krpamrtenabhisiseca devas
tatraiva rupam ca sanatanam ca

ka2ena in time; vrndavana of V r n d a v a na;ke2i of t he pastimes;varta t h e

news; 2upta lo s t; iti th u s ; ta m th a t ; kh y a p ayitum to m a k e k n o w n; visisya
specifically; krpa of c o m p a s s ion;amrtena wi t h t h e n e c t a r;abhisiseca
sprinkled;devah the Lord;tatra there;eva indeed;rupam Rupa; ca and;
sanatanam Sa natana;ca a l s o .

Men Bringing News: In th e course of time, the transcendental news of

Krsna's pastimes in Vrndavana was almost lost. To enunciate those
transcendental pastimes, Srz Caitanya Mahaprabhu, at Prayaga, empowered Srzla
Rupa Gosvamz and Sanatana Gosvamz with the nectar of His mercy to carry out
this work in Vrnd avana.'

Text 167

ramanandah: samucitam evaitat

samucitam ap p r o p r i a te;eva ce r t a i n l y;etat this.

Ramananda: That is appropriate.

Text 168

(nepathye durato j aya jayety uccaih ko2aha2ah ).

nepathye be h i nd the scenes;duratah fr o m f ar away;j aya jaya iti j a y aj a y a ;

uccaih ko2aha2ah great tumult.

(From behind the scenes, in the distance, are tumultuous sounds of "Jaya!
Jaya! ")

Text 169

s arvabhaumah: (akarnya) aye samagata iva bhagavan sri krsna ca-itanya-h yad .
ayam apurva eva ko2aha2ah sruyate

akarnya he a r i n g; aye oh ; sa m agatah ar r i v e d;iva as i f ; bh agavan t h e

Lord;sri krsna ca-itanya-h Lord Caitanya;yad ayam He; apurvah not before;
eva in d e ed; ko2aha2ah tu m u l t; sruyate i s h e a r d .

Sarvabhauma: (listening) Ah ! L or d Srz Krsna Caitanya has come! Never

have such loud calls been heard.

Text 170

punar nepathye:

adyasmakam sa ph-alam abhavaj janma netre krtarthe

sarvas tapah sapadi virato nirvrtim prapa cetah
kim va brumo bahulam aparam pasyajanmantaram no
vrndaranyat punar upagato ni2a sa-i2am yatindrah

adya no w; asmakam ou r ; sa ph-alam fu i t f u l ; ab havat i s j a n m a b i r t h ;

netre ey es; krtarthe su c c e ssful;sarvah al l ; ta p ah au s t e r i t i e s;sapadi a t o n c e ;
virato nirvrtim ha p p i n e s s;prapa at t a i n e d;cetah he a r t; kim wh e t h e r ?va
; or;
brumah we s ay;bahulam gr e a t;aparam su p r e m e ;pasya lo o k ! ;j anma b i r t h ;
antaram another; nah of us; vrndaranyat from Vrndavana;punah again;
upagatah ar r i v e d; nz2a sai2a-m to Nilacala; yatindrah th e l e a der of the
sannyasis.

Again a Voice From Behind the Scenes: Again our lives have meaning! Now
our eyes have attained their goal. Now our hearts, long burning in pain, are
filled with happiness! What more can we say? Look! We are brought back to
life. Lord Caitanya, the leader of the sannyaszs, has left Vrndavana and returned
to ¹l a c ala!

Text 171

raja: kim aparam vilambadhve tatraiva gacchama (iti sa.rve niskrantah.)

kim wh a t ?; aparam mo r e ; vi l a mbadhve we s h o u ld delay;tatra t h e r e ;

eva in d e ed; gacchama we w i l l g o; iti th u s ;sa r ve al l ; ni s k r a ntah e x i t .

King: Why should we hesitate? Let us go there at once!

(Everyone exits.)

Text 172

(tatah pravisati sri krsna ca-itanya-s tat kalopana-tau paramananda puri sva-rupa-u
ca parito didrksopanatah kasimisradayas ca.)

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;sri krsna ca-itanya-h Lo rd Caitanya; tat

kalopanatau th e n; paramananda puri svar-upau -Paramananda Puri and Svarupa
Damodara; ca also;paritah everywhere;didrksopanatah eager to see;
kasimisra adayah -the devotees headed by Kasi Misra. ca.)
 (Sri Krsna Caitanya enters. He is followed by Paramananda Puri and Svarupa
Damodara. Eager to see the Lord, Kasi Misra and other devotees follow.)

Text 173

sri ca-itanyah: (purisvaram prati svamin

tirtha dv-ayam yad api tulyam idam mahantah

kasy ad-ayo pi puratah kalusapahari
ananda da-h kila tathapi mahanta eva
yad yusmad iks-ana suk-ham hi sukhaya tena

ato hitvadrsam sangas tirthantara sev-anad api param ramya iti sighram evayatam

purisvaram Paramananda Puri; prati to ; sv a min 0 lo r d ; ti r t h a d va-yam t w o

holy places; yat wh a t ; api al s o ; tu l y am eq u a l ;id am th i s ;ma h a ntah g r e a t ;
kasy aday-ah be ginning with Varanasi; api al s o ;puratah be f o r e ;kalusa s i n s ;
apahari re m o v i n g; ananda dah -giv i ng bliss; kila in d e e d ;ta thapi s t i l l ;
mahantah gr e a t; eva in d e e d;yat wh a t ; yu s m at of y o u ; ik s a na of t h e g l a n c e;
sukham ha p p i n ess;hi in d e e d;sukhaya fo r h a p p i n e ss;tena by t h a t; atah
then; hitva gi v i n g; drsam ey e s ;sangah co m p a n y; ttrtha ho l y p l a c e;antara
another; sevanat fr o m s erving;api ev e n ;pa ram be t t e r ;ra m ya d e l i g h t f u l ;
iti th u s ; sighram fo r a l o ng t i m e;eva in d e e d;ayatam c o m e .

Sri Caitanya: (to Paramananda Puri) L o rd , Pu r u sottama-ksetra and Sri

Vrndavana are both very exalted places of pilgrimage. Varanasi and other
pilgrimage places purify the sins of the conditioned souls and bring them great
bliss. Still, the night of you is what br i ngs happiness to Me. The sight of you is
my pilgrimage place. I will stay with you alw ays.

Text 170

purisvarah: asti tadrsam no bhagadheyam yad ati .kalam b-hagavad viraha -dava -

dahanena na dagdhah smah

asti is ; tadrsam li k e t h i s ; nah ou r ; bh a g adheyam go o d f o r t u n e;yat w h a t ;

ati kalam -for a long time; bhagavad viraha -of separation from the Lord; dava
dahanena by the forest fire; na not; dagdhah smah were burned.

Paramananda Puri: These words are our great good fortune. Now no longer
will we be burned by the forest fire of the Lord's separation, which torm ented
us for such a long time.

Text 175

(sa tvaram up-asrtya sarvabhauma ramanand-au dandavat pranamatah sri

caitanyas tav alingati.)

sa t-varam qu i c k l y; upasrtya ap p r o a c h i ng;sarvabhauma Sa r v abhauma;

ramanandau and Ramananda;dandavat li k e a stick;pranamatah f a l l i n g d o w n ;
sri c-aitanyah Lo r d C a i t anya;tau th e m b o t h; al ingati em b r a c e s .

(Sarvabhauma and Ramananda quickly enter and offer dandavat obeisances.

Srz Caitanya embraces them.)

Text 176

kasimisrah: svamin j agannatha va2-2abhavakasanantaram sri jagannathah

sisayisur api bhagavantam pratiksate tat tvaritam eva tam avalokayantu

svamin Lo r d ;j agannatha Lo r d J agannatha;va22abhavakasana ea ting the

vallabha-bhoga meal; antaram af t e r; sri jaga-nnathah Lo r d Jagannatha;
sisayisuh wi s h i ng to sleep;api ev e n ;bhagavantam th e L o r d; prattksate w a i t s ;
tat th a t; tvaritam qu i c k l y ; e va i n d e e d ;tam Hi m ; av a l o k a yantu m a y s e e .

Kasz Misra: Lord, now that He has finished His vallabha-bhoga meal, Lord
Jagannatha is taking His nap. Let us wait for Him to wake and then at once we
will go to see Him.

Text 177

sri caitan-yah: ehi purisvara ehi. .

(iti sarvaih saha niskrantah.)

( iti niskrantah sarve ) .

ehi come; purisvara Pa r a m a nanda; ehi c o m e ;iti thu s ; sa r v a ih saha w i t h

everyone; niskrantah ex i t s ;iti th u s ;ni s k r a ntah ex i t ; sa r ve a l l .

Sri Caitanya: Come! Paramananda, come!

(Accompanied by everyone, He exits.)
(Everyone exits.)

Act Ten

Text 1

(tatah pravisati kascid vaidesikah ) .

 vaidesikah: srutam maya praty abdam eva gundica s-amaye advaitacaryadayah
sarvesri krsna c-aitanya darsanartham gacchanti tesam abhibhavakatayasivananda-
nama kascit tasyaiva bhagavatah parsado vartmanah kantakayamananam ghatta
pa2anam ghatta d-eyadi g-hna v-ighna n-ivarakaa c-anda2am api pratipa2yanayati t.ad
aham api tam anusandadhami yatha tasya sanga eva gamyate (.iti katicit p-adani
gatva )a.ye purato yam samicino j ana alokyate tad ayam eva drastavyah (i.ty
upasarpati ).

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;kascit so m e o n e;vaidesikah a f o r e i g ner;

srutam he a r d; maya by m e ; pr a ti ev e r y ;ab dam ye a r ; eva in d e e d ;gundica
of the Gundica festival; samaye at t he time;advaitacarya ad-ayah he a d ed by
Advaita Acarya; sarve al l; sri kr-sna cai-tanya da-rsanartham to s ee Lord Caitanya;
gacchanti go ; tesam of t h e m ; ab hibhavakataya as p r o t e ctor;sivananda na-ma
named Sivananda; kascit so m e o n e;tasya of h i m ; eva in d e e d ;bhagavatah o f
the Lord; parsadah as s ocsate;vartmanah of t he p ath; kantakayamananam o f
impediments; ghatta pala-nam pr o t e c tor; ghatta dey-a adi -ghn-a vig-hna niv-araka
remover of various obstacles; a can-dalam do wn to t he outcastes;api e v e n ;
pratipalya pr o t e c t i n g;nayati leads; tat th a t; aham I; ap i als o ; ta m t ha t ;
anusandadhami I s e a rch;yatha as ; ta sya of h i m ; sa n ga as s o c i a tion;eva
indeed; gamyate is g one;iti th u s ; ka t i c it so m e ;pa d ani st e p s ;gatva h a v i n g
gone; aye 0; puratah in t h e p r e sence;ayam th i s ; samicmah ri g h t ;j anah
person; alokyate is seen; tat th a t; ayam he ; eva in d e e d ;dr a stavyah s h o u l d
be seen; iti th u s ; upasarpati ap p r o a c h es.

(A foreigner enters.)

Foreigner: I heard every year, at the time of the Rathayatra festival, Advaita
Acarya and the devotees in Bengal go to see Sri Krsna Caitanya. A close
a ssociate of the Lord, named Sivananda, who is expert at dealing with the tol l -
collectors like great thorn bushes growing on the highways, guides and protects
t he devotees in these travels. I am very eager to find him. I w il l s e arch for hi m .
(He takes a few steps.) Ah! I see an honest-looking man ahead. Let me ask him.
(He approaches.)

Text 2

(tatah pravisaty advaita sevakah -kascid gandharva nama )- .

g andharvah: aye niyukto smi svaminadvaitena yatha .

ayatah purusottamasya gamane kalah subho 'yam vayam
yamah sa tvaram e-va samprati sivanandas tvaya bhanyatam
prasthanasya dinam vidhaya likhatu kvaikatra sarve vayam
gacchantah sahasa bhavema militah pascat puro bhavatah-

i dam aham upaimi. (iti parikramati ) .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;advaita sevakah -a servant of Advaita Acarya;

kascit so m e one;gandharva Ga n d h a r v a;nama na m e d ; aye Oh ; n i y u k t a h
engaged; asmi I a m; svaminaadvaitena by L o r d A d v a i t a ; y a t ha a s ; ay a t a h
come; purusottamasya in P u r u s o t tama ; gamane going; kalah ti m e;subhah
auspicious; ayam th i s ; va yam we ; ya m ah ho u r s ;sa tv-aram qu i c k l y ; eva
indeed; samprati no w ; si v anandah Si v a n a nda;tvaya by y o u ; bh anyatam m a y
be said; prasthanasya of t he place;dinam da y ; vi d haya pl a c i n g ;li k a tu m a y
write; kva wh e r e ?;ekatra on e p l a c e;sarve al l ; va yam we ; ga c c hantah g o i n g ;
sahasa at once; bhavema militah ma y m e e t; pascat af t e r;puro bh-avatah
before; idam th i s ; aham I; up a i mi com e ; it i thu s ; pa r i k r a m a ti w a l k s .

(Enter Advaita's servant named Gandharva.)

Gandharva: Lord Advaita sent me. He said: "Now is the auspicious time for
us quickly to go to Purusottama-ksetra. Please speak this message to Sivananda:
P lease decide on a day for our departure. Write a note to tell us and we will al l
assemble for the journey.'" (He walks.)

Text 3

vaidesikah: (upasrtya) bhratah kva yasi

vaidesikah foreigner;
upasrtya approaching;bhratah brother;kva where;
yasi are you going.

Foreigner: (approaching) B r o t h er, wh ere are you going?

Text 0

gandharvah: (ayata ity adi pathati ) .

ayata ity adi Te x t 2; pa thati re c ites.

Gandharva: Lord Advaita said to me: "Now is the auspicious time for us
quickly to go to Purusottama-ksetra. Please speak this message to Sivananda:
P lease decide on a day for our departure. Write a note to tell us and we will al l
assemble for the journey.'"

Text 5

vaidesikah: (sa harsam a-tma gatam) ya-c chrutam maya tad avitatham eva.
tathapi prcchami (prakasa.m) bhratah. aparicitam pratipalya sa kim nayati

sa harsam -happily; atma gatam as - ide;

yat wh a t ; sr u tam he a r d ;ma ya b y
me; tat th a t; avitatham no t a l i e ; eva in d e e d ;tathapi st i l l ;pr c c hami I a s k ;
prakasam op e n l y; bhratah br o t h e r ; aparicitam inexperienced; pratipalya
protecting; sah he; kim wh e t h e r ?;nayati b r i n g s .

F oreigner: (jubil ant, he says to himself) T h e n w hat I h e ard is not a lie. I wi l l

ask him. (openly) B r o t h er, will Si vananda give protection and guidance to an
inexperienced traveler and lead him to Purusottama-ksetra?

Text 6

gandharvah: bhratah. kukkuro 'pi tena pratipalya nito 'sti kim punar manusah.

bhratah 0 brother;kukkurah a dog;api even; tena by him; pratipalya

protected; nito asti wa s b r o u g ht;kim punah ho w m o r e ? ;manusah a h u m a n .

Gandharva: Brother, Sivananda even protected a dog and led it to

Purusottama-ksetra. Why should he not do the same for a human being?

Text 7

vaidesikah: bhratah. kathaya kidrsam tat.

bhratah br o t h e r; kathaya te l l ; ki d r s am li k e w h a t ? ;tat that.

Foreigner: Brother, what are you saying?

Text 8

gandharvah: bhagavato mathuragamanat purvam ekasminn abde sarvesu parah

sahasresu 2okesu ca2itavatsu kascit kukkuro pi ropita yadrcc-hikecchah sivananda
nika?te ca2itah. sivanando pi sange sange calantam alokya sa sraddh-am
e vanusandhatte prativas.ati samaye nucchistam evannam tasmai prayacchati yatra .
nady adi par-am -tatra tad artham p-rthag yathestam ataram datva navam arohayati s o .
'pi tad anupad-am eva praty aham ca-lati evam va.rtmanas tribhaga paryant-am gate
kutrapi divase tad bhaksyam annam vismrtya bhrtyena na dattam pascat ta.m
anavalokya aho adya sune bhaksyam na dattam ity anutapata svayam itas tato nama
graham ahvayatapi na tasya darsanam labdham. tad avadhi p-urusottama paryanta-m
eva na drstah pascan m.anah kastataram evasyaj atam tad anu d.aiva gatya -

purusottame samuttirnam tam eva svanam j aladhi tiropaka-ntham ekakina upavistasya

bhagavats caitanyasya samipe drstva sivanandah saparadham iva pranamya dure
sthito va2okayati bhagavan .j agannatha prasada -narike2a -sasyam k-handasah
praksipya dadati krsnam b.ruhiti ca vadati sa ca ekai.kam bhaksayati krsna krsna
krsnety api vadati tad apurva.m alokya sivanandah punas tam pranamya svaparadham
ksamapayati sma punas tad .avadhi so -param na kenapy adrsyata manye ten.aiva
sarirena svarupantaram 2abdhva 2okantaram praptah .

bhagavatah of t h e L o r d; mathura to M a t h u r a ;agamanat f r o m t h e j o u r n e y ;

purvam be f o r e; ekasmin on e ; ab de ye a r ;sarvesu al l ; pa r ah s-ahasresu
thousands; 2okesu pe ople; ca2itavatsu go i n g; kascit on e ; ku k k u r ah do g ; a p i
also;ropita y-adrcchikecchah followed; sivananda n-ikate ne ar Sivananda;
calitah we n t ; sivanandah Si v a n a nda;api al s o ;sange sange in t he company;
ca2antam go i n g; a2okya se e i n g;sa sr-addham wi t h f a i t h; eva i n d e e d ;
anusandhatte fo l l o w e d; prativasati ev e r y h o m e ;samaye a t t h e t i m e ;
anucchistam no t l e f t o ver; eva in d e e d; annam fo o d ; ta s mai t o h i m ;
pray acchati gi v e s;y atra wh e r e ; nady ad-i pa-ram ac r o ss the river; tatra t h e r e ;
tad art-ham for t hat purpose;prthag s p e c i f i c; yathestam ataram fa r e ;datva
giving; navam bo a t; arohayati brought aboard; so api he ; tad an-upadam
following; eva in d e e d; praty aha-m ev e ry day;calati go e s ;evam t h u s ;
vartmanah of t he path; tribhaga par-yantam un t i l T r i b h a g a;gate g o n e ;
kutrapi so m e w h e re;divase on a d a y;tat hi s ; bh a k syam me a l ; an nam f o o d ;
vismrtya fo r g e t t i n g;bhrtyena by t h e s ervant;na no t ; da t t am gi v e n ;pa scat
afterwards; tam hi m ; an a valokya no t s e e i ng;ahah ah a ; ad ya to d a y ;sune
the dog; bhaksyam me a l; na no t ; da t t am gi v e n ;it i th u s ;an u t a patah
distressed; svayam pe r s onally; itas tatah he r e a nd there;nama n a m e ;
graham ca l l i n g; ahvayata ca l l i n g;api al s o ;n a not; tasya o f h i m ;
darsanam th e sight; labdham at t a i n e d;tad avad-hi th e n; purusottama
paryantam to Purusottama; eva even;na not; drstah se e n;pascat t h e n ;
manah mi n d ; ka stataram di s t r e s sed;eva in d e e d;asya of h i m ;j atam
manifested; tad anu th e n ; daiva gatya -by de s tiny;purusottame in P u r u s o t ama;
samuttirnam ap p e a red;tam hi m ; eva in d e e d ;svanam th e do g ; j a l a d h i
tiropakantham by t he w a ters shore;ekakina al o n e ; upavistasya s i t t i n g ;
bhagavatah of t he Lord; caitanyasya Ca i t a n y a;samipe ne a r; drstva s e e i n g ;
sivanandah Si v ananda;saparadham of f e n s es;iva as i f; pr a namya b o w i n g
down; dure far away; sthitah st a n d i n g;avalokayati se e s;bhagavan t h e L o r d ;
j agannatha of L o rd Jagannatha;prasada pr a s adam;n arikela sasyam -coconut;
khandasah br e aking; praksipya th r o w i n g ; dadati gi v e s ;kr snam K r s n a ;
bruhi sa y;iti th u s ;ca an d ;va d a ti sa y s ;sah he ; ca al s o ;ek a ik am a l o n e ;
bhaksayati fe e d s;krsna krsna krsna Kr s n a K rs na Krsna;iti th u s ; api a l s o ;
vadati sa y s;tat th a t ; ap u rvam un p r e c e d e nted;alokya se e i n g;sivanandah
Sivananda; punah ag a in; tam to h i m ; pr a n a mya of e r i n g o b e isances;
svaparadham ow n o f f e nses;ksamapayati sma nu l l i f i e d; punah ag a i n;ta d
avadhi th e n; sah he ; ap a r am th e n ;na no t ; ke n a pi by a n y o n e ;adrsyata
was seen; manye I t h i n k ; te na by h i m ; eva in d e e d ;sarirena b y t h e b o d y ;
svarupantaram ow n o r i g i n al spiritual form;2abdhva at t a i n i n g; 2okantaram t h e
spiritual world; praptah a t t a i n e d .

Gandharva: One year before Lord Caitanya went to Mathura, as thousands of

d evotees were traveling to Purusottama-ksetra, a dog began faithfully to foll ow
Sivananda. Seeing the dog faithfully foll o w ing him , Sivananda began to look
after it.
At mealtime he fed the dog, not with leftovers, but with f ood especially
cooked for it. When the travelers had to take a ferry across a river, Sivananda
p aid the boatman extra to carry the dog. In this way the dog faithfully fo l l o w e d
Sivananda every day. Th e n , o n e d ay , w hen the jou r ney was already three-
f ourths over, Sivananda s servant forgot to give the dog its food. From that tim e
on on one could find the dog anywhere. The grief-stricken Sivananda called out:
"Alas! Today my dog was not fed!"
Sivananda went here and there calling out the dog's name, but he could not
find it anywhere.
All the way to Purusottama-ksetra Sivananda could not find the dog. In his
heart he became filled with grief. Then, by the will of p r o v i d ence, he again saw
the dog. The dog was at Purusottama-ksetra, on the beach near Lord Caitanya.
When he saw the dog, Sivananda at once bowed down to become free from
any offenses he had committed to it. Lord Caitanya was then throwing pieces of
Jagannatha-prasadam coconut-pulp to the dog, and ordering it, "Say the word
Krsna.'".
The dog was eating the pieces of coconut pulp one by one, and it was also
chanting "Krsna, Krsna, Krsna". When Sivananda saw all this he again bowed
down to the dog to become free from his offenses to it.
After that incident no one could see the dog anywhere. I think the dog must
h ave attained another body and entered the spiritual wor l d .

Text 9

vaidesikah: bhratah. adya me subho divasah yad i.yam sri krsna -caita-nya katha-
karnatithir jata. yo devah kukkuram api bhagavan nama -grahayam asa tasya nr loke-
prati yat krpa b-havisyati tat kim uta. tad bhratah. pathi gacchatam esam vartma
kantaka-bhuta ghatta palah -kidrsam vyavaharanti

bhratah 0 br o t h e r; adya to d a y ;me of m e ; su b hah au s p i c i o u s;divasah

day; yad iyam th a t ; sri krsna -caitan-ya katha - new of Lord Caitanya; karna i n
my ears; atithih a g u e s t; jata m a n i f e s t e d;yah w h o ; de v ah t h e L o r d ;
kukkuram a dog; api even;bhagavan nama -the Lord's holy name; grahayam
asa chanted; tasya of h i m ; nr l o ke pr-ati to t h e h u m a n s;yat krpa -whose
mercy; bhavisyati w i l l b e; tat t h a t ? ; k im w h a t ? ; u ta i n d e e d ; t at t h a t ;
bhratah 0 br o t h e r;pathi on t h e p a t h w a y;gacchatam go i n g ; esam o f t h e m ;
vartma on t he path; kantaka-bhuta b e c o me thorns;g hatta palah - t o l l -
collectors; kidrsam li k e w h a t ?;vyavaharanti d o .

Foreigner: Brother, today is an auspicious day for me, for today the news of
Sri Krsna Caitanya s pastimes has become a guest in my ear. Lord Caitanya
made even a dog chant the holy name of the Supreme Lord. If this is Lor d
Caitanya's mercy to dogs, I wonder what kind of mercy He bestows to human
beings? 0 brother, how do the bramble-bush-like toll-collectors treat devotees
when they travel on the roads?

Text 10
 gandharvah: bhratah sruyatam

prabhavad eva devasya

praty a-bdam anugacchatam
yatayata su-kham bhuri
sarvesam evaniscitam

tatha kvacanabde kastam ca bhavati.

bhratah 0 br o t h e r; sruyatam li s t e n;prabhavat by t h e p o w e r;eva

certainly; devasya of the Lord;praty ab-dam everyyear;anugacchatam
following; yatayata suk-ham ea sily coming and going;bhuri ma n y ; sa r vesam
all; eva in d e e d; niscitam de t e r m i n e d;tatha so ; kv a c ana on e ; ab de y e a r ;
kastam mi s h a p; ca an d ; bh a vati i s .

Gandharva: Brother, listen. Every year, by the powerful in f l u ence of Lord

Caitanya, all the devotees easily travel to and from Purusottama-ksetra without
any hindrance. Only one year was there any trouble.

Text 11

vaidesikah: kidrsam tat.

kidrsam li k e w h a t ?; tat that.

Foreigner: What happened?

Text 12

gandharvah: kvacanabde sarvesu mad isvara -prabhr-tisu parah sahasr-esujanesu

ca2itesu saka2a janabhibhavakena sivanandenapi sa parikar-ena ca2itam. sa eva prati
ghattam mad isvarad-i gana va-rj am -yavanto gacchanti tavatam eva ghatta deyasya-
pratibhavi bhutva s-vayam evaj anam prati yatra ya2 2agati tasya nirnayanurupam
paricchedyam datvayati 2okah„s.ukham gacchanti evam ga.cchatsu satsu remuna
janapade ghatta palanam -adhikari kascid gajapater amatyo gajapati maharaj-e
daksinam disam iyusi svatantrah san tatraivagatah tena dura.tmana 2anghita
maryadena karam vardhayitva pratyekam j anan viganayya gatanam abdanam api tat
kramenaiva 2ekhayitva punji bhutam s-u2kam adatum sivanandah kastha nigadena-
baddhah tad band.han-e sarva eva mad isvarada-yah paramodvigna akrtahnika eva
tasthuh.

kvacanabde one year; sarvesu in a l l; mad isvara pr-abhrtis-u he aded by my

lord; parah sahasresu -thousands; j anesu of p e ople; ca2itesu go i n g; saka2a
jana everyone;abhibhavakena by the leader; sivanandena Sivananda;api
 also; sa parikarena wi t h h is a ssociates;calitam we n t ; sah he ; eva i n d e e d ;
prati g-hattam ev e ry toll; mad i-svara by my l o r d; adi gana v-arjam w i t h o u t
hindrance; yavantah as ;gacchanti go ; ta v a tam so ; eva in d e e d ;ghatta
deyasya of t o l l; pratibhavi b-hutva do i n g; svayam pe r s o n a lly;eva i n d e e d ;
j anam prati to t h e p e ople;yatra wh e r e ;ya2 wh a t ; 2agatistays; tasya o f h i m ;
nirnaya co n s i d e ring;anurupam fo l l o w i n g ;paricchedyam datva g i v i n g t he toll;
yati go e s;2okah pe o p l e; sukham ea s i l y;gacchanti go ; ev am t h u s ;
gacchatsu go i n g; satsu as t he people;remuna janapade in the town of Remuna;
ghatta pa-lanam adhikari th e l e a der of the toll-collectors;;kascit s o m e o n e ;
gaj apateh of King Prataparudra;amatyah the minister; gaj apati m-aharaj e K i n g
Prataparudra; daksinam disam to t he south;iyusi go n e ;svatantrah
independent; san be i n g; tatra th e r e ;eva in d e e d ;agatah ca m e ;tena b y h i m ;
duratmana wi c k e d; 2anghita tr a n s g ressed; maryadena pr o p r i e t y; karam t h e
toll; vardhayitva in c r e a sing;pratyekam ev e ry o ne;j anan th e p e o p le ;
viganayya hi n d e r i n g; gatanam go n e ; abdanam of y e a r s;api ev e n ;t a t
kramena in t h at way; eva in d e e d;2ekhayitva wr i t i n g ; punji bhu-tam
increasing; sulkam to l l ; ad a tum to c o l l e c t;sivanandah Si v a n a nda;kastha
nigadena by shackles of trouble;baddhah wa s b ou n d; tad ban-dhane i n t h a t
bondage; sarve all; eva in d eed;mad isva-ra aday-ah headed by my lord;
paramodvigna very distressed; akrtahnika wi t h o u t s i g n;eva in d e e d;tasthuh
stood.

Gandharva: One year my master Advaita Acarya and the other devotees
traveled on the path to Purusottama-ksetra, and as usual Sivananda led them
and dealt with all the toll-collectors. One day, when King Prataparudra was in
the south, the leader of the toll-collectors, an independent-minded mini ster in
the king's cabinet, came to the town of Remuna. Counting all the devotees, that
wicked fellow demanded a very large toll, far more than what had been asked in
any previous year, and after all was said and and done he had Sivananda put in
chains as a criminal. My master Advaita Acarya and the other devotees were so
upset they could not do any of their regular activities that day.

Text 13

vaidesikah: tatah.

tatah then?

Foreigner: Then?

Text lk

gandharvah: tato ratrer yaqma dvaye ga-te tenaiva pamarena sivanando yasti
dharakena kenacid anucarenajuhuve sa tadani.m paramodvigna asit kadacid ay.am
praharatiti caitanya caranam -smrtva va22abhena saha tat purata iyiva-n anantara.m
suptotthitam dipika dharibhir bahubhih parivrtam viksya bibhayam cakara .
anantaram amatyena prsthah aye tvam sa parikarah samayato si anenoktam atha
kim. punah sa uce tvam kasya lokah. anenoktam sri k-rsna c-aitanyasya punas
tenoktam tvam caitanyasya aham j agannathasya j.agannatha c-aitanyayoh ko mahan.
anenoktam mama tu krsna ca-itanya eva mahan. ity akarnya priti su-mukho bhutva
saparadha iva aye maya svapno drstah s.ri k-rsna ca-itanyo mam uktavan madiyo lokas
tvaya baddho ti tv-aritam eva mucyatam iti. tad ayam aparadho me ksantavyah ta.va
kincid api datavyam nasti sukhena pratar utthaya sarvaih saha gamyatam ity uktva
dipika dh-arinau dvav uktavan asya parikaro yatra vartate tatrayam sthapyatam iti.
tathayate tada sarve smad isv-aradaya ahnikam arabdhavantah

tatah th e n; ra treh of n i g h t ; ya q ma dv-aye tw o p a i r s; gate go n e ; tena b y

him; eva in d e e d;pamarena wr e t c h e d;sivanandah Si v a n a nda;yasti
dharakena by the guard; kenacit someone; anucarena follower;aj uhuve
called; sah he ; tadanim th e n ; pa r a modvignah ve r y a gi tated;astt w a s ;
kadacit on e t i m e; ayam he ; pr a h a rati st r u c k ;it i thu s ; ca i t a n ya car-anam t h e
feet of Lord Caitanya; smrtva re m e m b e ring;va22abhena saha wi th v allabha; tat
puratah be f o re him; iyivan went; anantaram th e n ; supta f r o m s l e e p ;
utthitam ri s e n; dipika la m p s ;dh aribhih ca r r y i n g ;bahubhih b y m a n y ;
parivrtam surrounded;viksya seeing;bibhayam cakara frightened;
anantaram th e n; amatyena by t h e m i n i s t e r;prsthah as k e d;aye Oh ; t v a m
you; sa pari-karah wi t h a ssociates;samayatah come; asi yo u a re; anena b y
him; uktam sa i d; atha kim y e s ; pu nah ag a i n ;sah he ; uc e sa i d ;tv am y o u ;
kasya of w h o m 7; lokah th e p e o p l e; anena by h i m ; uk t am sa i d ;sri k r s na-
caitanyasya of L o rd Srr Krsna Caitanya;punah ag a i n; tena by h i m ; u k t a m
said; tvam yo u ; caitanyasya of L o r d C a i t a nya;aham I ; j agannathasya o f L o r d
Jagannatha;jagannathacaitan-yayoh of LordJagannatha or Lord Caitanya; kah
who7; mahan is g re ater;anena by h i m ; uk t am sa i d ;ma ma my ; tu i n dee d ;
krsna caitan-yah Kr s na Caitanya;eva ce r t a i n l y; mahan gr e a t e r;iti t h u s ;
akarnya he a r i n g;priti sumuk-hah ha p p y; bhutva be c o m i n g;saparadhah a s i f
having committed an offense; iva as i f; aye Oh ; ma y a by m e ; sv a pnah
dreamed; drstah sa w; sri krsna -caitany-ah Sri Krs na Caitanya;mam t o m e ;
uktavan said;
madiyah my; /okah person;tvaya by you;baddhah bound;
ati tvaritam -qu i c k ly; eva in d e e d ;mucyatam sh o u l d be set free;iti th u s ; t a t
that; ayam he ; aparadhah of f e n s e;me to M e ; ks a ntavyah wi l l b e f o r g i v en;
tava of you; kincit so m e t h i n g;api al s o ;da t avyam sh o u l d be given;na n o t ;
asti is; sukhena ha p p i l y;pratah in t h e m o r n i n g ; ut thaya ri s i n g ;sarvaih
saha wi th e veryone; gamyatam co m e ;iti thu s ; uk t va ha v i n g s a i d; dipika
dharinau ho l d i ng lamps;dvau tw o ; uk t a v an sa i d ;as ya of h i m ; p a r i k a r a h
associate; yatra wh e r e ;vartate is ; ta t ra th e r e ;ay am he ; st h a pyatam m a y
stay; iti th u s ; ta tha so ; ya t e go n e ;ta da th e n ; sa r ve al l ; a s m ad isvara-
adayah he a ded by my Lord; ahnikam da i l y a c t i v i t i es;arabdhavantah b e g a n.

Gandharva: Then, when four hours of the night had passed, one of the
guards called for Sivananda. Fearing that he was about to be beaten, Sivananda
meditated on Lord Caitanya's feet as he walked there with Vallabha Bhatta.
Seeing the minister risen from sleep and surrounded by many men bearing
torches, Sivananda became afraid.
 The minister asked him, "You have come here with all these men?
"Yes". Sivananda replied.
"Who is your master?" The minister said.
"Srz Krsna Caitanya", Sivananda replied.
The minister then said: "You are the servant of Srz Krsna Caitanya, and I am
the servant of Lord Jagannatha. Who is greater: Caitanya or Jagannatha?
"My Krsna Caitanya is greater", Sivananda replied.
When he heard this, the minister became very happy. He was very humbl e,
as if he had committed a grave offense. He said: "I dreamed last night that I saw
Sri Krsna Caitanya and He said to me: You have shackled my servant. Set him
free at once'. I am a great offender. Please forgive me. There is no need for you
to pay any toll. In the morning you may all happily r ise and peacefully go on
your way". Saying this, the minister turned to two t o r ch-bearing guards and
said, "Stay and protect this man and his friends from any harm". Af ter th at, on
the following morning, my master Advaita Acarya and and all the devotees
p erformed their morning du t ies and continued their jou r n ey .

Text 15

vaidesikah: aho vicitraiva caitanyadevasya karuna prabhavah aisvaryam ca.

ahah oh; vicitra wo n d e r f u l ;eva in d e e d ;caitanyadevasya o f L o r d

Caitanya;karuna of the mercy; prabhavah power; aisvaryam opulence;ca
and.

Foreigner: Ah! Lord Caitanya's mercy, power and opulence are very
wonderful.

Text 16

gandharvah: tvam kuto 'si

tvam yo u; ku tah fr o m w h e r e ?;asi are.

Gandharva: Where are you from?

Text 17

vaidesikah: aham uttara radhatah-

aham I; ut t ara no r t h e r n ;ra d hatah fr o m R a d h a -desa.

Foreigner: I am from no r t h ern Radha-desa.

 Text 18

gandharvah: katham ekaki

katham wh y ? ; ekaki a l o n e .

Gandharva: Why are you alone?

Text 19

vaidesikah: narahari das-adibhir aham presitah

narahari das-adibhih by N a r a hari dasa and the others;aham I a m; pr e sitah

sent.

Foreigner: I was sent by Narahari dasa and the other devotees there.

Text 20

gandharvah: kim artham

kim wh a t ?; artham pu r p ose.

Gandharva: Why?

Text 21

vaidesikah: kadasau purusottamam ganteti j natum.

kada wh e n ?; asau he ; pu r u sottamam to P u r u s o t t a ma;ganta wi l l g o ; i t i

thus; j natum to know.

Foreigner: To learn when Sivananda will leave for Purusottama-ksetra.

Text 22

gandharvah: tad ihaiva mad isvaralay-a nikate tis-thah. yavad ahamjnatva

samagacchami anye kec.id dasa jana bhavan iva tatra calanto mad isvarenai-va
sthapitah. mayaiva saha yuyam yasyatha iti.
 tat th a t; iha he r e ;eva in d e e d ;mad i-svara of my L o r d; a2aya t h e h o m e ;
nikate ne a r; tisthah st a y i n g ; y a v at a s ; ah am I ; j n a t v a u n d e r s t a n d i n g ;
samagacchami I m e e t; anye kecit so m e o t h e rs;dasa te n ;ja na me n ; bh a v a n
you; iva li k e ; t a t r a there; ca2antah go i n g; mad is-varena wi t h my L o r d; eva
indeed; sthapitah es t a blished;maya by m e ; eva in d e e d ;s aha w i t h ; y u y a m
you;yasyatha will go; iti t h u s .

Gandharva: For the time being stay here near my master's house. When I
have learned the answer to your question I will return. Ten men like yourself
are now staying at my master's house. He promised them, "You will all go with
Me to Purusottama-ksetra".

Text 23

vaidesikah: katham tesu bhavad isva-rasya tadrsanugraho j atah

katham wh y 7 ; tesu to t h e m ; bh avad isva-rasya of y o ur master;tadrsa like

that; anugrahah me r c y;j atah ma n i f e s ted.

Foreigner: Why is your master so hospitable to them?

Text 20

gandharvah: tesv ekah parama madh-uro 2oka 2ocan-a rasay-anam iva navina vaya-
ramaniya rupah -sahaj avatirna sri kr-sna -prema -rasa b-ahya-ntara sarasa-h srinatha
nama dvij a ku2aca-ndrah tam a.ti 2obhan-zyam drstva mad isvara-h paramam pipriye
uktam ca maya rahasi sri krsna -caitan-yam bhavan darsayisyate manya sange-
gantavyam iti. grhatas tad anurod-hena masam arabhya dasanam evayoga ksema-m
karoti

tesv among them; ekah on e ; pa r ama madhu-rah ve ry c harming; 2oka 2ocana-

rasayanam ne c t ar for the eyes;iva li k e ; na vma vaya -youth; ramaniya rupah-
handsome; sahaj avatirna sp o n t a neously come;sri krsna -for Lo rd Caitanya;
prema lo v e; rasa nectar; bahya ex t e r n a l;antara wi t h i n ; sa r asah ne c t a r e an;
srinatha nama -named Srinatha;dvij aku2acan-drah a moon of the brahmanas;
tam hi m; ati 2obhaniy-am ve ry charming; drstva se e i n g;mad isvarah -my L o r d ;
paramam pipriye be c a me very affectionate;uktam sa i d ; ca an d ; ma ya b y M e ;
rahasi in s ecret;sri krsna ca-itanya-m Lo rd Caitanya; bhavan y o u ;
darsayisyate wi l l be seen;manya sange -in glorious company; gantavyam
should be gone; iti th u s ;gr h a tah fr o m h o m e ; tad anurodh-ena by H is kin d n e ss;
masam the mont h; arabhya be g i n n i n g;dasanam of t e n ; eva in d e e d ;yoga
ksemam su i table; karoti d o e s .

Gandharva: Among them is a very charming and handsome youth youth

named Srmatha, who is like a brilliant moon shining in the community of
b rahmanas, or like a nectar-elixir that brings life to the eyes of the entire world ,
or like the personified nectar of pure devotional love for Lord Kr sna descended
to this world.
W hen first He saw him, my master Advaita became at once very fond of him .
He said to him: "Stay in My company and you wil l h ave a private audience with
Sri Krsna Caitanya. Don't go to see Him with anyone else". My master has kept
him and ten others as guests for a whole month now. He is very happy to see
that all their wishes are fulfill ed .

Text 25

vaidesikah: bhavatv aham ihaiva sthitva bhavantam pratikse

bhavatu ma y b e ; aham I; i h a h e r e ;eva in d e e d ;sthitva staying;
bhavantam yo u; pr atikse I w a i t .

F oreigner: So be it. I will stay here and wait for your re tu r n .

Text 26

gandharvah: aham api sivanandam anusarpami (ity .ubhau niskrtantau.

viskambhakah.)

aham I; api al s o ;si vanandam Si v a n a nda;anusarpami wi l l f o l l o w ; i t i

thus; ubhau b o th; niskrtantau ex i t ; vi s kambhakah vi s k a m b h a ka interlude.

Gandharva: And I w il l go to f in d Si v ananda.

(They both exit.)

(Thus ends the Viskambhaka interlude.)

Text 27

(tatah pravisati sivanandas tat sangeyiy-asavah kiyanto nye ca.)

sivanandah: (tatraikam prati) aye tvam kuto si

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;sivanandah Si v a n a nda;tat sangeyiya-savah i n

the company of ther pilgrims; kiyantah ho w m a n y 7 ; anye o t h e r s ; ca a n d ;
tatra th e r e;ekam on e ; pr a ti to ; ay e oh ; tv a m y o u ; k u t a h f r o m w h e r e 7 ;
asi are.

(Sivananda enters accompanied by many other pilgri m s .)

 Sivananda: (to one person) Ah! Where are you from?

Text 28

sah: mahatman govardhana d-asenaham tvat sa-mipam presitah

mahatman 0 gr e a t soul;govardhana da-sena by Govardhana dasa;aham I;

tvat sam-ipam to y o u; presitah a m s e n t .

Man: 0 great one, Govardhana dasa sent me to you.

Text 29

sivanandah: am jna.tam rag.hunathoddesartham gamisyati bhavan

am yes;j natam kn o w n ; ra g h u natha ud d e s a -artham for Raghunatha dasa;

gamisyati wi l l g o; bhavan y o u .
Sivananda: Yes. I understand. You have come for Raghunatha dasa.

Text 30

sah: atha kim.

atha k im ye s .

Man: Yes.

Text 31

sivanandah: kim tad uddesen-a

kim w h a t?; tad uddesen-a in relation to him.

Sivananda: What is the use of trying to find him?

Text 32

anyah: mahasaya sa tvaya pariciyate

 mahasaya 0 lo r d ; sah he ; tv a ya by y o u ; pa r i c i yate i s k n o w n .

A nother Man: Lo rd , do you know of h i m ?

Text 33

sivanandah: sruyatam

acaryo raghunandanah sa ma-dhurah sri va-sudeva pr-iyas

tac chi-syo raghunatha ity adhi gu-nah pranadhiko madrsam
sri cai-tanya krp-atireka sat-ata sni-gdhah svarupanugo
vairagyasya nidhir na kasya vidito ni2aca2e tisthitam

sruyatam sh o u ld be heard;acaryah Ac a r y a;raghunandanah Ra g h u n a ndana;

sa mad-hurah sw e et; sri vas-udeva priy-ah de ar to Sri Vasudeva;tat hi s ; sisyah
disciple; rag hunathah Ra g hunatha;i ti th u s ; ad hi gun-ah vi r t u o u s;prana
adhikah mo r e d ear than life;madrsam of t h o s e like me;sri cait-anya o f L o r d
Caitanya; krpa me r c y; atireka gr e a t ;satata al w a y s;snigdhah af f e c t io nate;
svarupa of S varupa Damodara;anugah fo l l o w e r; vairagyasya o f r e n u n c i a t i o n ;
nidhih tr e a s ure;na no t ; ka s ya of w h o m ? ; vi d it ah kn o w n ; ni 2 aca2e i n
Nilacala; tisthitam si t u a t e d.

Sivananda: Listen. Raghunatha dasa is a disciple of Yadunandana Acarya,

who is very gentle and is extremely dear to Vasudeva Datta, a resident of
Kancanapalh. Because of Raghunatha dasa s transcendental qualities, he is
always more dear than life for all of us devotees of Sri Caitanaya Mahaprabhu.
Since he has been favored by the abundant mercy of Srz Caitanya Mahaprabhu,
he is always pleasing. Vividly prov i d ing a superior example for the renounced
order, this very dear follower of Svarupa Damodara Gosvamz is the ocean of
renunciation. Who among the residents of Nzlacala [Jagannatha Purzj does not
know him very well?'

Text 30

apl ca

yah sarva 2okaika -mano 'b-hirucya

saubhagya bhuh kac-id akrsta pacya -

yatrayam aropana tu2ya ka-2am -

tat prema sak-hi pha-lavan atu2yam

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e;yah wh o ; sa r va al l ; 2o ka pe o p l e ;eka so l e ;ma nah

hearts; abhirucya pl e a s ing;saubhagya of g o o d f o r t u n e; bhuh re a l m ; ka c it
something; akrsta pacya m- a ture;yatra wh e r e ;ayam he ; ar o p a na tulya -

ka2am the same time; tat prema sakh-i th e-tree fo love for Him; pha2avan
bearing fruit; atuly am in c o m p a r able.

Because he is very pleasing to all the devotees, Raghunatha dasa Gosvami

easily became like the fertile earth of good fortune in wh ich it was suitable for
the seed of Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu to be sown. At the same time that the
seed was sown, it grew into a matchless tree of the love of Srz Caitanya
Mahaprabhu and produced fruit .'

Text 35

tathapy agaccha mayaiva pratipa2ya netavyo si ya.vad advaitadevajna na 2abhyate

t avad eva vi2ambah. (iti cintayati ) .

tathapi st i l l; agaccha co m e ;maya wi t h m e ; eva in d e e d ;pr atipalya

protectingl netavyah w i l l b e b r o u g ht; asi yo u ; ya v at as ; ad v a itadeva o f L o r d
Advaita; aj na th e o rder; na no t ; 2a bhyate is o b t a i n e d;tavat so ; eva i n d e e d ;
vilambah de l a y; iti th u s ; ci n t a yati t h i n k s .

Still, I will guide you to Purusottama-ksetra. For the time being please wait.
We have not yet received word from Adv aita Acarya. (He thinks.)

Text 36

( tatah pravisati gandharvah ) .

gandharvah: aye ayam ayam sivanandah tad ya.vad upasarpami (ity u.pasarpati ) .

tatah then;pravisati enters;gandharvah Gandharva;aye oh; ayam he;

ayam he ; sivanandah Si v a n a ndaq;tat th a t ;ya v at as ; up a sarpami I a p p r o a c h ;
iti th u s ; upasarpati ap p r o a c h es.
(Gandharva enters)

Gandharva: Sivananda, I have come.

(He approaches.)

Text 37

sivanandah: (puro 'va2okya )aye pur.ato 'yam acarya gosvami-no bhrtya iva
2aksyate tad bhadr.amjatam yad arth.am c-intyate tad evasampannam

purah ahead;avalokya lo oking;aye oh; puratah be f ore;ayam he;

acarya gosvamin-ah of Acarya Gosvami;bhrtyah se r v a n t l;iva as ; 2aksyate i s
j atam ma n i f e s ted;yad artham -for that
seen; tat th a t; bhadram go o d n e s s;
purpose; cintyate co n s i d e red;tat th a t ; e v a indeed; sampannam fulfilled.

Sivananda: (looking ahead) Ah ! I see a man that seems to be Lord Advaita's

s ervant. Auspiciousness to you! May all your desires be fulfill ed !

Text 38

(upasrtya)
gandharvah: mahasaya aj napayati bhagavan advaita go-svami bhavantam.

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;mahasaya 0 lo r d ; aj napayati or d e r s ;bhagavan t h e

Lord; advaita gos-vami Ad v a i ta Gosvami;bhavantam y o u .

Gandharva: (approaching) 0 g r ea t one, Lord Advaita Gosvami has a

message for you.

Text 39

gandharvah: avihito 'smi. kathyatam.

avihitah at t e n t i v e;asmi I a m ; ka t h ya tam s p e a k .

Sivananda: I am listening with attention. Please speak the message.

Text 00

gandharvah: (ayatah ity adi punah pathati ) .

ayatah ity adi — Text; pu n ah —again; pathati r ec i t e s .

Gandharva: Lord Advaita said to me: "Now is the auspicious time for us
quickly to go to Purusottama-ksetra. Please speak this message to Sivananda:
P lease decide on a day for our departure. Write a note to tell us and we will al l
assemble for the journey.'"

Text Wl

sivanandah: aham api tad ajnam pr-atiksamana evasmi

aham I; api al s o ; tat of H i m ; aj nam th e o r d e r;pratiksamanah w a i t i n g ;

eva in d e ed; asmi I a m .
 Sivananda: I have been waiting for this message.

Text 02

gandharvah: visesah kascid asti

visesah specific; kascit so m e t h i n g;asti is.

Gandharva: There is something more.

Text 03

sivanandah: ko 'sau

kah wh a t ?; asau that.

Sivananda: What is it?

Text 00

gandharvah: asminn abde snana yatra -ca drastavyeti

asmin th i s; abde ye a r; snana yatra -t he snana-yatra;ca al s o; drastavya

will be seen; itit thus.

Gandharva: "This year the devotees will see the snana-yatra festival".

Text 05

sivanandah: abhistam evaitad akhilasya tat sad.haya -bhagavanto jnapyantam

ayam aham dinani nirdhara caranantikam gacchann asmi tavad a.ham srivasa
pandita prabhrti-bhir nirnetum tatra gacchami tvam ap.i sadhaya (iti nisk.rantah.)

abhistam de s ired;eva in d e e d;etat th i s ; ak h i l asya by a l l ; t at sadhaya -fo r

that; bhagavantah of t h e Lo r d ; j n a p y a ntam wi l l b e p r e s e nted;ayam h e ;
aham I; di nani da y s ;ni r d h ara ho l d i n g ;ca ranantikam to H i s f e e t;gacchan
going; asmi I am; tavat so ; aham I; sr i v a sa pandita p-rabhrtib-hih he a d ed by
Srivasa Pandita; nirnetum co n c l u d e d;tatra th e r e ;gacchami I g o ; tv am y o u ;
api al s o; sadhaya fo r t h a t; iti th u s ;ni s k r a ntah e x i t s .
Sivananda: All the devotees wish this. Accompanied by Srivasa Pandita and
the other devotees, I will approach the lotus feet of the Lord and ask His
consent. You also come and ask Him.

(They all exit.)

Text 06

(tatah pravisaty apati ks-epena sarvabhaumah ).

sarvabhaumah: yadyapi bhagavato sminn arthe nanumatir j ata. tathapi hathad

evaham varanasim gatva bhagavan ma-tam grahayam iti hathad eva tatra gacchann
asmi na.j ane kim bhavati. yadyapi bhagavata acchadhinaiva karuna tathapi karuna
paratantratvam tasyeti kadacit karunapi svatantra bhavatiti karunaya eva sahayyena
yad bhavati tad eva bhavisyati (iti .parikraman purato valokya )ah.o yad ami ekatra
samupacita anekaso nana desi-yajanah parato drsyante tad ami tairthika eva. (punar
nibhalya) aye sarva eva gaudiyah (pu.nar nirupya )ay.am ayam advaitacaryah aya.m
ayam nityanandavadhutah aya.m ayam srivasah aya.m ayam haridasah aya.m
gadadhara dasa-h ime .govinda ghos-adayah esa .makaradhvaj ah esa .kasmathah. ete
narahari pram-ukhah ete .kulma gram-ina ramanandadayah ete n.ityananda pars-ada
gauri dasa-dayah kim .bahuna. sarve caitanya pars-ada eva samagacchanti tad.
b hadram evajatam adyatraiva sthitva pratyekam ete sambhasaniyah (ity .upasarpati ) .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;apati ksepe-na to s sing aside the curtain;

sarvabhaumah Sa rvabhauma;yadyapi al t h o u g h;bhagavatah o f t h e L o r d ;
asmin in t h i s; arthe ma t t e r ;na no t ; an u m a t ih p e r m i s s i o n ; j a ta m a n i f e s t e d ;
tathapi st i l l; hathat fo r c i b l y ;eva in d e e d ;aham I; va r a n a sim to V a r a n a s i;
gatvahaving gone; bhagavan matam -the Lo rd s opinion; grahayam tk a e ;i t i
thus; hathat forcibly; eva in d e e d; tatra th e r e ;gacchan go i n g ; asmi I a m ;
na no t; jane I k n o w ; ki m wh at 7 ; bh a vati is ; ya d y a pi al t h o u g h ;bh agavata
by the Lord; acchadhina co v e r e d;eva in d e e d;karuna me r c y ; ta t hapi s t i l l ;
karuna me r c y; paratantratvam un t d e r t he control;tasya of h i m ; it i t hu s ;
kadacith om e t i m e s;karuna me r c y ;iti thu s ; sv a t antra in d e p e n d e n t;bhavati
is; iti th u s ; ka r unaya of m e r c y; eva in d e e d ;sahayyena by h e l p; yat w h a t ;
bhavati is ; tat th a t ; eva in d e e d ;bhavisyati wi l l b e ; iti thu s ;pa r i k r a m a n
walking; puratah be f o r e;avalokya lo o k i n g ;ah ah ah ; ya t w hat ; a m i t h e y ;
ekatra in o ne pla ce;samupacita ri g h t ; an ekasah ma n y ; n a na desiya -fr o m
many countries; j anah pe r s ons;paratah fr o m t h e o t h e r;drsyante ar e s een;tad
ami th e y; tairthikah pi l g r i m s ;eva in d e e d ;punah ag a i n ;nibhalya l o o k s ;
aye Oh; sarve al l ; eva in d e e d ;gaudiyah Be n g a l i s;punah ag a i n;nirupya
looking; ayam ayam He ; ad vaitacaryah Ad v a i t a Acarya;ayam ayam H e ;
nityanandavadhutah Ni t y a n a nda Avadhuta;ayam ayam he ; sr i v asah Sr i v a s a;
ayam ayam he;haridasah Haridasa;ayam he;gadadhara dasah -Gadadhara
dasa;ime they;govinda ghosaday-ah the group headed by Govinda Ghosa;
esah he;makaradhvaj ah Makaradhvaja;esah he; kasmathah+kasinatha; ete
they;narahari pramukh-ah the group headed by Narahari; ete they;kulina
graminah the people of Kulina-grama; ramanandadayah th e g r o up headed by
Ramananda; ete th e y; nityananda parsadah -the associates of Lord Nityananda;
gauri dasadayah he a d ed by Gauri-dasa;kim wh a t ? ;bahuna more; sarve a l l ;
caitanya of L o rd C a i tanya;parsadah as s ociates;eva in d e e d;samagacchanti
come; tat th a t; bhadram go o d ; eva in d e e dj; atam ma n i f e s t ed;adya n o w ;
atra he r e; eva in d e e d;sthitva be i n g s it u a ted;pratyekam ev e ry o ne;ete t h e y ;
sambhasaniyah co n v e rsing;iti th u s ; up a sarpati ap p r o a c h e s.

(Tossing the back-curtain aside, Sarvabhauma hurriedly enters.)

Sarvabhauma: Even if the Lord does not give permission, I will st il l go to

Varanasi. I will convert the people there to the Lord s Vaisnava faith. If I rebel
and go there, what will happen? I don't know. Even though the Lord's mercy is
subject to His own wish, still, in one sense He is Himself the servant of His own
mercy. In this way His mercy may be independent and not subject to His
control. With the assistance of His mercy this may still be possible. (He takes a
few steps and then looks ahead) Ah ! H ere are many men from di f f erent
c ountries. I see that they are all pilgrim s .
(He looks again) Ah. They are Bengalis. (He looks again) He is Advaita
Acarya. He is Nityananda Avadhuta. He is Srivasa. He is Haridasa. He is
Gadadhara dasa. They are Govinda dasa and his friends. He is Makaradhvaja. He
is Kasinatha. They are Narahari and his friends. They are Ramananda and the
people of Kuhna-grama. They are Gauri-dasa and the other associates of Lord
Nityananda. What more need I say? All the associates of Lord Caitanya have
come.
This is certainly very auspicious. I will go to them and speak with each one.
(He approaches.)

Text 07

(tatah pravisanti bhagavad darsan-artham prasthitaadvaitadayah ) .

advaitah: aye puratah sarvabhauma iva drsyate ko 'rthah.

tatah th e n; pravisanti en t e r ;bhagavad darsan-artham to s ee the Lord;

prasthita si t u a t e d;advaitadayah th e d e v o tees headed by Advaita;aye o h ;
puratah be f o r e; sarvabhaumah Sarvabhauma; iva as i f; drsyate is s e e n; kah
what?; arthah th e p u r p o s e..

(Advaita Acarya and the other devotees, all very eager to see the Lord, enter.)

Advaita: Ah! I see Sarvabhauma. Why has he come?

Text 08

sarvabhaumah: (upasrtyadvaitam pranamati evam any.an api dure hari.dasam

vi2okya )ku2a jaty .anape-ksay-a haridasaya te namah.
 upasrtya ap p r o a ching;advaitam to A d v a i t a;pranamati bo w s ; evam t h u s ;
anyan ot h e r s; api al s o ;du re fa r a w a y;haridasam Ha r i d a s a;vilokya s e e i n g ;
kula jati no b l e b i r t h; anapeksaya no t c o n s i d ering;haridasaya to H a r i d a sa;
te to you; namah ob e i s a nces.

Sarvabhauma: (He approaches and offers obeisances to Advaita and the

o thers. He also notices Haridasa staying far away.) 0 H a r i d a sa, with ou t
considering the family of your bi r th , I o f fer my respectful obeisances to you.

Text 09

h aridasah: (dure pasarpan sa sad-hvasam pranamati ) .

dure far away;apasarpan go i n g ; sa sad-hvasam wi t h a we; pranamati bows.

(Haridasa is taken aback. He bows down with great awe and reverence.)

Text 50

advaitah: sarvabhauma bhavadbhih katham sri krsna -caita-nya pada-ravindasya

viccheda uri krtah-.

sarvabhauma 0 Sarvabhauma;bhavadbhih by you;katham why?; sri krsna-

caitanya of L o r d C a i t a nya;pada fe e t;aravindasya of t h e l o t u s f e e t;
vicchedah se paration; uri krtah -a c c e pted.

Advaita: Sarvabhauma, why have you left the lotus feet of Srz Krsna
Caitanya?

Text 51

sarvabhaumah: evam eva. (iti sarvam kathayati ) .

evam th u s; eva in d e e d;iti th u s ;sa r v am ev e r y t h i n g;kathayati tells.

Sarvabhauma: It is like th is. (He tells everything.)

Text 52
advaitah: hamho adyatraiva sarve visramantu bhattaca.ryena saha gosthi
kartavya
 hamhah Oh; adya now; atra here; evaindeed; sarve all;visramantu
should stop; bhattacaryena saha wi t h t he Bhattacarya;gosthi co n v e r s ation;
kartavy a should be.

Advaita: Now everyone should stop. We talk with Sarvabhauma.

Text 53

sarve: yatha rucitam bhavadbhyah

yatha as; rucitam pl e a s s;bhavadbhyah y o u .

Everyone: As it pleases You.

Text 50

(iti yatha yatham -vasam kurvanti.)

iti t h us; yatha yatha-m as appropriate;vasam re s i d e nce;kurvanti do.

(They each arrange their own residence at the campsite.)

Text 55

srikantah: (sivanandam prati) bho matula mahas-aya aham agreyami yadi vo

'numatir bhavati.

sivanandam prati to S i v a nanda;bhah 0 ; m a t u l a m ahas-aya no b le maternal

uncle; aham I; ag re in t h e p r e s e nce;yami go ; ya di if ; va h o f y o u ;
anumatih pe r m i s s ion; bhavati i s .

S rzkanta: (to Sivananda) N o ble maternal uncle, if you give permission, I wi l l

go ahead.

Text 56

sivanandah: yatha sukham s-adhaya

yatha as; sukham happiness;sadhaya do.

 Sivananda: Do as you please.

Text 57

srikantah: (pranamya niskramati.)

pranamya bo w s ; niskramati e x i t s .
(Srzkanta offers obeisances and exits.)

Text 58

advaitah: ehi bhattacarya ehi. .vasam krtva samaye sarvam srotavyam (iti.
niskrantah.)

ehi co m e; bhattacarya Bh a t t a c arya;ehi co m e ;vasam residence; krtva

having made; samaye at t he tim e; sarvam al l ; sr o tavyam may be heard; iti
thus; niskrantah e x i t s .

A dvaita: Come, Bhattacarya. Come. I will arrange my camp and then I wi l l

hear everything.

(They all exit.)

Text 59

( tatah pravisatah svarupa govind-au ) .

svarupah: srutam gaudatah sarve dvaitadayah samagacchanti

tatah then;pravisatah enter;svarupa Svarupa Damodara;govindau and

Govinda; srutam he a r d;gaudatah fr o m G a u d a;sarve ev e r y o n e;advaita b y
Advaita; adayah he a d e d;samagacchanti s o m e s .

(Svarupa and Govinda enter.)

Svarupa: I heard Advaita Acarya and all the devotees have come from
Bengal.

Text 60

govindah: samprati tan madhya vartmani -parityajya srikanto dhunaiva

samayatah .

samprati no w ; tan madhya v-artmani on t h e p a t h;parityajya a b a n d o n i n g ;

srikantah Srikanta; adhuna now; eva indeed;samayatah come.

Govinda: Now they must be leaving the main highway. Srzkanta has already
arrived.

Text 61

svarupah: kvasau.

kva wh e r e ?; asau he.

Svarupa: Where is he?

Text 62
govindah: mahaprabhuna saha sankathayann aste

mahaprabhuna Lo r d m a h a prabhu;saha wi t h ; sa n kathayan ta l k i n g ; aste i s .

Govinda: He is talking with Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu.

Text 63

s varupah: tad avam api srnuvah (ity up.asarpatah ) .

tat th e n; avam we ; api al s o ;sr n u vah wi l l h e a r;iti th u s ;up a s arpatah

they approach.

Svarupa: Let's listen.

(They approach)

Text 60

(tatah pravisati sukhopavistah purisvarena saha sa mahaprabhuh kiyad dure -

srikantas ca.)

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;sukha co m f o r t a b l y;upavistah se a t e d;

purisvarena saha wi t h P a ramananda Puri;sah He; mahaprabhuh Lord
Caitanya; kiyad dure a l i t t l e d istant;srikantah S r i k a n t a; ca a n d .

(Lord Caitanya enters and sits on a comfortable seat. He is accompanied by

Paramananda Purz, and, at small distance, by Srzkanta.)

Text 65

mahaprabhuh: srikanta kathaya ke ke samayanti

srikanta 0 Sr i k a n t a;kathaya te l l ; ke ke wh o ? ; sa mayanti h a s c o m e .

Mahaprabhu: Srikanta, tell Me: Who has come?

Text 66

srikantah: prabho sarva eva tvadiyah asm.inn abde na ko pi tatra vartate adrs.ta
sri cara-nas ca kecit.

prabhah Lord; sarve al l; eva in d e e d ;tvadiyah Yo u r d e v o t e es;asmin i n

this; abde ye a r; na no t ; ko pi any o n e ;ta t ra th e r e ;va r t ate st a y s;adrsta
who have not seen; sri caran-ah Yo ur feet; ca a l s o ; kecit s o m e .

Srzkanta: Lord, all Your devotees have come. This year not a single person
stayed behind. Some of the devotees have never see Your lotus feet before.

Text 67
svarupah: (upasrtya) j ayati j ayati mahaprabhuh.

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;j ayati gl o r i e s;j ayati gl o r i e s;mahaprabhuh t o L o r d

Mahaprabhu.

Svarupa: (approaching) Glory, glory

to Lord Mahaprabhu!

Text 68

mahaprabhuh: ehy ehi svarupa (iti sva .samipam

- upavesayati ).
srikantah: (svarupam pranamati ) .

ehi come; ehi c o m e ;svarupa Sv a r u p a; iti t h u s ; sva samipam -ne a r

Himself; upavesayati gi v e s a seat;svarupam to S v a rupa;pranamati b o w s .
 Mahaprabhu: Come, come here Svarupa. (He gives him a seat nearby.)

(Srzkanta offers obeisances to Svarupa.)

Text 69

mahaprabhuh: srikanta tatas tatah ke te drsta pu-rvah

srikanta 0 Sr i k a n t a;tatas tatah th e n ; ke wh o ? ; te th e y ;ad r s ta pu-rvah

not seen before.

Mahaprabhu: Srzkanta, of those who have come, who has not seen Me
before?

Text 70

srikantah: prabho advaitacaryasya putra visnu dasa -gopa-la dasa-dayah any.as

cadvaita sang-e kascid akhila jana priy-ah srinatha nam-a

prabhah Lord; advaitacaryasya of A d v a i t a Acarya;putrah th e s o n s; visnu

dasa Vi s nu dasa;gopala dasa -Gopala dasa; adayah be g i n n i ng wit h; anyah
others; ca al s o; advaita sange -in the company of Advaita Prabhu; kascit
someone; akhila jana priya-h de ar to all; srmatha nama -na m ed Srinatha.

Srikanta: Lord, Advaita Acarya s sons, beginning with Vi snu dasa and
Gopala dasa. Also there is Advaita s friend Srznatha, who is loved by all the
devotees.

Text 71

mahaprabhuh: katham asau sivananda sangam -tyaktva tat sange ay-ati

katham wh y ? ; asau he ; si v ananda sangam -the company of Sivananda;
tyaktva le a v i ng; tat sange in-His company; ayati c o m e .

Mahaprabhu: Why di d S r i n a tha leave Sivananda's group and instead become

one of Advaita's group?

Text 72

srikantah: tenoktam maya nibhrte bhavan mahaprabhoh samipe nitva tad

visesanugraho grahayitavya iti tad asvasena-
 tena by him; uk t am sa i d ;ma ya by m e ; ni b h r te in s e c r e t;bhavan y o u ;
mahaprabhoh Lo r d C a i tanya;samipe ne a r; nitva br i n g i n g ;tad v-isesa
anugrahah Hi s s pecial mercy;grahayitavyah wi l l b e g i v e n;iti th u s ; t a d
asvasena by the assurance.

S rzkanta: Advaita said to him: "I w il l g ive you a priv ate audience with Lor d
Mahaprabhu, and He will be especially merciful to you." That was Advaita's
promise to him.

Text 73

mahaprabhuh: (vihasya svarupam prati) sruyatam

advaitopayanam idam iti svadu bha-viti karyam

premaitasmin kim api bhavatapy atra maitri svar-upe
tvam casmin sankara su mad-huram bhavam udbhavayethah
sarvesam hi prakrti mad-huro hanta tulyena yogah

(vihasya svarupam prati) sruyatam advaitopayanam idam iti svadu bhav-iti

karyam premaitasmin kim api bhavatapy atra maitri svaru-pe tvam casmin sankara su
madhuram bhavam udbhavayethah sarvesam hi prakrti madh-uro hanta tulyenayogah

Mahaprabhu: (laughs and says to Svarupa) Listen, Advaita's strategy is

charming Svar.upa, become Srinatha s dear friend Sank.ara, you also become
Srinatha's dear friend He is .the most gentle and soft hearte-d of all the devotees

Text H

ubhau: yathaj
napayati devah

yatha as ajnapayati o r d e r s ; devah the Lord.

Both: As the Lord orders.

Text 75

mahaprabhuh: punah ke.

punah again;ke wgo?

Mahaprabhu: Who else?
 Text 76

srikantah: vasudevapatyam matulasya putrau

vasudeva of Vasudeva;apatye the son; matulasya of t he m a ternal uncle;

putrau two sons.

Srzkanta: Vasudeva's son. And then there are the two sons of my maternal
uncle.

Text 77

mahaprabhuh: tau drsta pur-vau

tau th e y; drsta se e n;purvau be fore.

Mahaprabhu: The two sons have seen Me before.

Text 78

srikantah: kaniyams tu yah so drsta sri ca-ran-ah

kaniyan th e y o u n g er;tu bu t ; ya h wh o ; sa h he ; ad r s ta no t s e e n;sri

caranah Yo ur f eet.

Srikanta: The younger one has not yet seen Your feet.

Text 79

mahaprabhuh: (purisvaram prati) svamin tava dasah

purisvaram prati to P a r a mananada Puri;svamin 0 Sv a m i ;ta va your;

dasah servant.

Mahaprabhu: (to Paramananda Puri) Svami, this person is your servant?

Text 80

srikantah: prabho evam eva.

 prabhah Lord; evam th u s ; eva ce rtainly.

Srzkanta: Lord, it is the same person.

Text 81

mahaprabhuh: tatas tatah.

t atah th e n?; tatah then?

Mahaprabhu: Then? Then?

Text 82

srikantah: ramananda vaso-r apatyam evam .anye pi

ramananda vaso-h of Ramananda Vasu;apatyam the son;

evam thus;anye
o thers; api a l s o .

Srikanta: There is Ramananda Vasu s son, and then again there are also
many others.

Text 83

mahaprabhuh: svamin purisvara hamho svarupa asminn abde etesam krte khalv
ami mad darsan-am lapsyante

svamin 0 Svami;purisvara Paramananda; hamhah 0; svarupa 0 Svarupa;

asmin abde th is year;etesam of t h e m; kr te do n e ; k h a lu i n d e e d ; ami t h e y ;
mat of Me; darsanam th e s i g h t; lapsyante w i l l a t t a i n .

Mahaprabhu: 0 Paramananda Purz Svamz, 0 Svarupa, thzs year, for the sake
of all these people, they will all see Me.

Text 80

ubhau:(svagatam) aho kah sandarbho 'syavacasah bhavatu..svayam eva

sphutisyati.

svagatam as ide; ahah oh ; k a h w h a t ? ;sa n darbhah th e m e a n i n g;asya of

Him; vacasah of t he wor d s; bhavatu is ; svayam pe r s o n a l l y;eva i n d e e d ;
sphutisyati w i l l b e c ome clear.
 Both: (aside) W ha t do t h ese words mean? The meaning will become clear in
due course of time.

Text 85

mahaprabhuh: asminn abde bhupala da-rsanam acaryasya bhavisyati

asmin th i s; abde ye a r; bhupala of t h e k i n g ; darsanam t h e s i g h t ;

acaryasya of t he Acarya;bhavisyati will be.

M ahaprabhu: This year Advaita Acarya will meet with the ki n g .

Text 86

srikantah: deva maya durad avagatam tena tad anab-hijno smi.

deva 0 Lo r d ; ma ya by m e ; du r at fr o m f a r ; av agatam un d e r s t o o d;tena

by this; tad anab-hij nah not k n o w i n g; asmi I a m .

Srzkanta: Lord, I came from far away. I do not un d erstand these things.

Text 87

purisvarah: (svagatam) aho avagatam gate 'bde advaitacaryenayad bhupalah

sambhasitas tena sa ekakrosaso dyapi bhagavato manasijagarti

svagatam as ide;ahah oh ; av a gatam un d e r s t o o d;gate pa s t ; abde y e a r ;

advaitacaryena by A d v a i ta Acarya;yat wh a t ; bh upalah th e k i n g ; sambhasitah
conversed; tena wi t h H i m ; sah th a t ; ek a k rosasah an g e r;adya no w ; a p i
even; bhagavatah of t he Lor d; manasi in t h e m i n d ; j agarti a w a k e n s .

Paramananda Puri: (aside) Ah . I u n d e r s t and. Last year Advaita Acarya had a

c onversation with the king. Cri t i c ism for this action is now awakening in Lor d
Caitanya's mind.

Text 88

mahaprabhuh: purisvara vasudeva caritam e-va me

rocate

purisvara 0 Paramananda Puri; vasudeva of V a s udeva;caritam the

character; eva in d e e d; me Me ; ro c a te pl e a s e s.

Mahaprabhu: Paramananda Puri, Vasudeva s character is very pleasing to

Me.

Text 89

purisvarah: bhagyavan evasau yasya parokse pi bhagavantah prasamsanti

bhagyavan th e L or d; eva in d e e d;asau He ; ya s ya of w h o m ; pa r o k se n o t

visible; api ev e n;bhagavantah th e L o r d; prasamsanti pr a i s e s .

Paramananda Purz: He is very fortunate. Even when he is not present the

Lord praises him.

Text 90

(nepathye ka2aka2ah ).
purisvarah: (akarnya) deva upasanna evami yad .ayam ko2aha2ah sruyate

nepathye fr om b ehind the scenes;ka2aka2ah tu m u l t; akarnya h e a r i n g ;

deva 0 Lo r d ; upasannah co m e ;eva in d e e d ; ami t h e y ; ya t wh a t ; ay a m t hi s ;
ko2aha2ah tumul t; sruyate i s h e a r d .
(There is a tumultuous sound from behind the scenes.)

Paramananda Puri: (listening) Lord, they have come. I hear the tumultuous
sounds of their arrival.

Text 91

mahaprabhuh: govinda bhagavat prasada -malam -grhitvopasarpatu bhavan

govinda 0 Go v i n d a;bhagavat prasada -malam -the Lord s parasadam garlands;

grhitva taking; upasarpatu ap p r o a ch;bhavan y o u .

Mahaprabhu: Govinda, go and fetch Lord Jagannatha's prasadam garlands.

Text 92

govindah: yathaj napayasi (iti niskr.antah.)

 yatha as; ajnapayasi You order; iti th u s ; ni s k rantah e x i t s .

Govinda: As You order. (He exits.)

Text 93

(pravisya)
vanmathah: (pranamyanj alim baddhva) deva maha pr-asadannadini bhagavatah
sri jag-annathasya

pravisya en t e r s;pranamya bo w i n g ; anj alim baddhva fo l d i n g h is hands;

deva Lo r d; maha pra-sada ma h a -prasadam;anna fo o d ; ad mi b e g i n n i n g w i t h ;
bhagavatah sri jag-annathasya of L o rd Jagannatha.

Vaninatha: (enters and offers obeisances with folded hands) L o rd , h ere are
maha-prasadam foods and other things offered to Lord Jagannatha.

Text 90

mahaprabhuh: vanmatha sadhu samaya jno si yad .adhunadvaitadinam

agamanam akalayyaivam krtavan yava.d govinda eti tavat kvapi samavesaya
vaninathah: (tatha karoti ) .

vanmatha Va n i n a t ha; sadhu go o d ; samaya wh a t i s r i g h t;jnah kn o w ; a s i

you are; yat wh a t ; adhuna now; advaita by Advaita;adinam headed;
agamanam ar r i v a l; akalayya se e i n g;evam th u s ; kr t a v an di d ; ya v at a s ;
govindah Go v i n d a; eti go e s ;tavat th e n ; kv a pi so m e w h e r e;samavesaya
bring in; tatha so ; ka r o ti d o e s .
Mahaprabhu: Vaninatha, you know what is approp r i ate. Govinda has left,
and, as you can see, Advaita and all the others devotees are now arriving. Please
make arrangements for their reception.

(Vaninatha does that.)

Text 95

(pravisya)
kasimisrah: bhagavan svah khalu bhagavatah snana mahotsa-vah

pravisya entering;bhagavan 0 Lord;svah tomorrow; khalu indeed;

bhagavatah of t he Lord; snana mahotsava-h the bathing festival.

Kasz Misra: (enters) L o rd , t o m o r row w il l b e L ord Jagannatha s bathing

festival.

Text 96

mahaprabhuh: am j anami k.intu bho misra yathasminn abde a pa-maram api

snana m-ahotsavam madiya ga-udiyah sukhena pasyanti tatha kartavyam

am yes;j anami I k n o w ; ki n t u bu t ; b h a h 0; m i s r a M i sr a ; y a t h a a s ;
asmin abde th is year;a pa-maram do w n to t he most fallen;api ev e n ;snana
mahotsavam th e bathing festival;madiya My ; ga u d i yah Be n g a li fol l o we rs;
sukhena easily;pasyanti se e ;tatha so ; ka r t a vyam s h o u l d be d on e .

Mahaprabhu: Yes, I know. Mi s ra, this year please arrange that all My Bengali
followers, including even the least among them, will be able to see the bathing
festival of Lord Jagannatha.

Text 97

kasimisrah: svamin bhupatinadisto 'smi asminn abde madiyavarodhadayah ke 'pi

deva snan-am na draksyanti te ya.tra cakra vesto-pari sthitva purvam deva snan-am
pasyanti tatraiva sarve gaudiya arohaniyah

svamin 0 Lo r d ; bh upatina by t h e k i n g ; adistah or d e r e d;asmi I a m ; a s m i n

abde this year; madiya by me; avarodhadayah stopped;ke 'pi someone; deva
snanam the Lord's bathing; na no t ; dr a k s yanti wi l l s e e ;te th e y ;y a t r a
where; cakra vestop-ari on t he cakra-vesta;sthitva st a y i n g;purvam b e f o r e ;
deva snana-m the Lord s bathing; pasyanti wi l l s e e;tatra th e r e ;eva i n d e e d ;
sarve al l; gaudiyah th e B e n galis;arohaniyah c l i m b e d .
Kasz Misra: Lord, the king ordered me that this year no one should see the
bathing festival from wit hin the Deity ro om. How ever, all Your Bengali
followers may easily see the bathing festival from the cakra-vesta.

Text 98

mahaprabhuh: svasti tasmai

svasti go o d; tasmai for that.

Mahaprabhu: That will be good.

Text 99
 (punar nepathye sankirtana dhvanih ).

punah ag ain; nepathye be h i nd t he scenes;sankirtana of s a n k i r t a na;

dhvanih s o u n d s .

(Sounds of Sankzrtana behind the scenes.)

Text 100

purisvarah: svamin cara gan-esam prapta ami

svamin Lo r d ; cara gan-esam Ca r a -ganesa;prapta at t a i n e d;ami they.

Paramananda Puri: My Lord, they have now reached the place known as
Cara-ganesa.

Text 101

mahaprabhuh: svarupa tvam agrato bhigaccha pascad aham api

svarupa 0 Svarupa;tvam you;agratah ahead;abhigaccha go;mrl pascat

behind; aham I; api a l s o .

Mahaprabhu: Svarupa, you go ahead. I will

stay behind.

Text 102

svarupah: yathajnapayasi (iti nis.krantah.)

yatha as; ajnapayasi You order; iti th u s ; ni s k rantah e x i t s .

Svarupa: As You order. (He exits.)

Text 103

purisvarah: (svagatam)
aksepo 'pi mahan asau prakatitah sampraty ayam cadaro
bhuyan eva vikasyate bhagavatadvaitam prati snihyata
sauhardasya sa evam eva mahima deva sva bhavat sva-tor
bandhunam guna dosayor a-pi gune drstir na dosa grahah -
 svagatam as ide;aksepah to s s ed;api al t h o u g h;mahan gr e a t ;asau h e ;
prakatitah ma n i f e s t;samprati now; ayam th i s ; ca an d ; ad a r ah r e s p e c t ;
bhuyan gr e a t; eva i n d e e d v i k a s yate i s m a n i f e s ted;bhagavata b y t he L o r d ;
advaitam Ad v a i t a; prati to ; sn i h y a ta is a f f e c t io nate;sauhardasya o f
friendship; sah th i s ; evam th u s ; e va i n d e e d ;mahima th e g l o r y; d eva 0
Lord; sva bh-avat by t he nature; svatoh of H i m ; ba n dhunam of f r i e n d s;guna
virtues; dosayoh and f aults;api al s o ;gune in t h e v i r t u e s; drstih si g h t ;n a
not; dosa of f a u l t s; grahah ac c e p t a nce.

Paramananda Puri: (aside) Lord Caitanya is very affectionate and respectful

to Advaita Acarya. This is the glory of true friendship: although the befriended
person has both faults and virtues the friend sees only the virtues. He has no
power to see the faults.

Text 100

mahaprabhuh: purisvara uttistha. vayam apy abhigacchamah

purisvara 0 Pa r a m a nanda Puri;uttistha rise; vayam We ; api also;

abhigacchamah will go.

Mahaprabhu: Paramananda, rise. Let us go now.

Text 105

purisvarah: uttisthantu gosvaminah (iti pu.rad abhyupagacchanti ) .

uttisthantu ri s e s;gosvaminah th e G o s vami; iti th u s ;pu r at from the

building; abhyupagacchanti they go.

Paramananda Puri: The Gosvami rises.

(They all leave the building.)

Text 106

(tatah pravisati bhagavat prasada -ma2a 2am-bhan-a 2abdha d-vi guna -ha-rso -

nrtyananda nirbhrto -dvaitah paritah kirtayantas cabhitah sivanandadayas ca. advaito

durad agacchantam mahaprabhum alokya nrtyann eva bhumau patati ).

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;bhagavat prasada m-ala bh -agavat-prasadam

garlands; 2ambhana hanging; 2abdha attained;dvi guna do-ubled;harsah
happiness; nrtya of d a n c i n g; ananda bl i s s ;nirbhrtah fi l l e d ;ad vaitah A d v a i t a ;
paritah everywhere;kirtayantah chanting; ca and;abhitah everywhere;
sivananda a-dayah the devotees headed by Sivananda; ca a l s o; advaitah
Advaita;durat from far away;agacchantam coming;mahaprabhum Lord
Caitanya; alokya se e i ng;nrtyan da n c i n g ;eva in d e e d ;bhumau o n t h e g r o u n d ;
patati falls.

(Enter Advaita Acarya, dancing in great bliss, and doubly happy because He
is wearing the flower-garland prasadam of Lord Jagannatha. The place if filled
with devotees, headed by Sivananda, and all performing kzrtana. Although
having come a great distance, and although in the midst of dancing, Lord
Advaita at once falls to the ground to offer respectful obeisances as soon as He
sees Lord Caitanya.)

Text 107

sivanandah: sva tana-yam prati sarvan sravayitva )pas.ya pasya ayam ayam

vidyud dam-a dyut-ir atisayotkantha kant-hi rave-ndra

kridagami kanaka pari-gha drag-himoddama bahu-h
simha grivo -nava dina-kara dyot-a vidy-oti vasa-h
sri gaur-angah sphurati purato vandyatam vandyatam bhoh

sva hi s; tanayam so n ; pr a ti to ; sa r v an al l ; sr a v a yitva ex p l a i n s;pasya

pasya look! look!; ayam He; ayam He; vidyud dama -dyuti-h splendid as
lightning; atisaya gr e a t;utkantha lo n g i n g s;kanthi th r o a t ;ra va s o u n d s ;
indra ki n g ; kr i da pa s t i m e s;agami ap p r o a c h i n g;kanaka go l d e n;parigha
clubs; draghima gr e a t;uddama gr e a t;bahuh ar m s ;simha li o n ; gr i v ah n e c k ;
nava ne w; dinakara su n ; dy o ta vidyoti -s p l e n d o r; vasah ga r m e n t s;sri
gaurangah Lo r d C a i tanya;sphurati is manifested; puratah be f o r e;vandyatam
should offer obeisances; vandyatam sh j o u ld o f f er obeisances;bhoh o h .

S ivananda: (describing everything to his son) L o ok ! L o ok ! Hi s com p l exi on

splendid as lightning, His graceful motions a regal lion s motions, His long arms
golden clubs, His neck a lion s neck, and His garments glorious as the sunrise,
Lord Gauranga is now present before us. Oh, offer obeisances to Him again and
again!

Text 108

(iti sarve bhumau pranamya punar yavad uttisthanti tavad evadvaita gosthi -

pravistam bhagavantam punar digbhir anvesayanti ) .

iti th u s ; sarve ev e r y o n e;bhumau to t h e g r o u n d;pranamya f a l l i n g ;

punah ag ain;yavat as ; ut t i s thanti rises; tavat th e n; eva in d e e d ;advaita of
Lord Advaita; gosthi gr o u p ; pr avistam en t e r e d;bhagavantam t h e L o r d ;
punah ag ain; digbhih wi t h t h e d i r e c tions;anvesayanti s e e k .

(Everyone falls to the ground to offer obeisances. When they rise they all fix
their gaze on Lord Caitanya, who has come in the midst of Lord Ad v aita s
followers.)

Text 109

sivanandah: (nirvarnya)

advaita cai-tanya drd-hopaguhane

no ko 'pi kincit paricetum isvarah
caitanyam advaitam itiksatej ano
'dvaitam ca caitanyam itiksate ksanam

nirvarnya lo o k i n g ; advaita Lo r d A d v a i t a;caitanya an d L o r d C a i t a nya;

drdha fi r m; upaguhane em b r a c e;ko pi so m e o n e ;kincit s o m e t h i n g ;
paricetum to t h i n k ; is varah th e L o r d ; ca itanyam Ca i t a n y a;advaitam Advaita;
itiksate se es;j anah pe o p l e;advaitam Ad v a i t a;ca an d ; ca i t anyam C a i t a n y a ;
itiksate se es;ksanam m o m e n t .

S ivananda: (looking) No w L o r d C a i t a nya and Lord Adv aita are firmly

embracing each other. One moment the people think one is Caitanya and the
other Advaita, and the next moment they think the former one is Advaita and
the other is Caitanya.

Text 110

pasyata bhoh

advaitam agre vinidhaya devo

didrksaya tasya gatah purastat
pravesayaty eva nij asramantar
vilambya sarve kramato visantu

pasyata lo o k; bhoh oh ; ad v a i t am Advaita; agre be f o r e; vinidhaya p l a c i n g ;

devah the Lord; didrksaya wi t h t h e d e sire to see;tasya of H i m ; ga t ah g o n e ;
purastat from the presence; pravesayati ca u s es to enter;eva in d e e d;nija
own; asrama as r a ma;antah wi t h i n ; vi l a m bya de l a y i n g;sarve al l ; kr a m a tah
one after another; visantu e n t e r .

Oh look. Eager to see Lord Advaita, Lord Caitanya takes Him to His asrama.
After pausing for a moment everyone enters the asrama one by one.
 Text ll l

(iti sarvan nivarya kramat pravesayanti m.ahaprabhur upavisya pratyekam

advaitadin yatha ya-tham a2ingana sa-mbhasanava2okanadibhir anandayitva bhagavat
prasadannam sri h-astena musti p-rapuram dadati a.dvaitadayo yatha k-ramam
grhnanti.)

iti th u s ; sarvan al l ; ni v a r ya op e n i n g ;kr a m at gr a d u a l l y;pravesayanti

they enter; mahaprabhuh Lo r d C a i t a nya;upavisya si t t i n g ;pratyekam t o e a c h ;
advaitadin be g i n n i ng with Ad v a ita; yatha ya-tham on e by one; alingana
embracing; sambhasana ta l k i n g; avalokana se e i n g;adibhih b e g i n n i n g ;
anandayitva pl e a s ing;bhagavat pra-sadannam bh a g avat-prasadam food;sri
hastena wi th H is own hand; musti fi s t ;pr a puram fu l l ; da d a ti g i v e s ;
advaitadayah the devotees headed by Advaita; yatha kra-mam one by one;
grhnanti ac c e pt.

(One by one, everyone enters. Lord Caitanya sits down. He pleases Advaita
and each of the other devotees with embraces, words of conversation, glances,
and other exchanges of affection. With His own h and He gives them bhagavat-
prasadam. One by one, Advaita and the others eat the prasadam.)

Text 112

bhagavan: bho bho adya naparam bhoktavyam cakra vestop-ari

sarvair eva rajani
mukhe samarodhavyam yatha .sukhena snana mahot-savo drsyate

bho bhah oh! oh!; adya now; na not;aparam more;bhoktavyam to be

eaten; cakra vestop-ari ab o ve the cakra-vesta;sarvaih by a l l; eva i n d e e d ; raj ani
mukhe in t he beginning of night; samarodhavyam sh o u l d be climbed;yatha a s ;
sukhena easily;snana mahots-avah the great bathing festival;drsyate is s een.

Bhagavan: For now let us not eat any more prasadam. At sunset we will go
up to the cakra-vesta and from there we will easily see the great bathing festival
of Lord Jagannatha.

Text 113

sarve: yathaj napayanti (iti niskr.antah.)

yatha as; aj napayanti He orders; iti th u s ; ni s krantah exit.

Everyone: As the Lord orders. (They exit.)

 Text llk

svarupah: bhagavan svayam api yatha s-amayahnikam kartum arhanti.

bhagavan 0 Lo r d ; svayam pe r s o n a l l y;api al s o ;ya t ha sa-mayahnikam d a i l y

duties; kartum arhanti sh o uld do.

Svarupa: Lord, now You should perform Your regular duties.

Text 115

bhagavan: yatha rucitam vah (it.ipuri sva-mina saha niskrantah.)

yatha as; rucitam pl e a s e s;vah y o u ; i t i thus; puri sva-mina saha with

Paramananda Puri; niskrantah e x i t s .

Bhagavan: As it pleases you. (Accompanied by Paramananda Puri, He exits.)

Text 116

svarupah: kasimisra bhupalo rajadhanitah sampratam aganta kim gundica-nikate.

kasimisra 0 Ka s i M i s r a;bhupalah th e k i n g ; ra jadhanitah fr o m t h e c apitol;

sampratam no w ; ag anta w i l l c o m e ; k im w h e t h e r ; g undica-nikate t o G u n d i c a .

Svarupa: Kasi Misra, has the king left the capitol and come to Gundica?

Text 117

nepathye: ayatah

ay atah co me .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: He has come!

Text 118

kasimisrah: gosvamin yathayam prastauti tathagata iva laksyate

gosvamin 0 Gosvami; yatha as ; ayam he ; pr a s t auti sa y s ;ta tha so

agatah come; iva as i f ; la k s yate is s e e n.

Kasz Misra: Gosvamz, hearing these words is like seeing him come.

Text 119

svarupah: tarhi snana da-rsanam sukhena bhavi.

tarhi th e n; snana ba t h i n g ;darsanam si g h t ; sukhena ea s i l y;bhavi will be.

Svarupa: Then we will easily see the bathing festival.

Text 120
kasimisrah: tattvam j anami. (iti niskrantah.)

tattvam t r u t h ; j a n ami I k no w; iti thus; niskrantah exits.

Kasz Misra: I know. (He exits.)

Text 121

svarupah: govinda ehi bhagavantam anugacchava (iti n.iskrantah.)

govinda 0 Govinda; ehi come; bhagavantam the Lord;

anugacchava let us
follow; iti t h u s ; ni s k rantah e x i t .

Svarupa: Govinda, come. Let us follow the Lord.

(They exit.)

Text 122

(tatah pravisati vadabhi stho raj-a purohitas ca.)

raja: purohita asminn abde maya iha sthitenaiva snanam drastavyam anyatha.
bhagavato gaurangasya sankoco bhavisyati

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;vadabhi sthah o-n the roof;raj a t h e k i n g ;

purohitah pr i e s t;ca al s o ;pu rohita 0 pr i e s t ;asmin th i s ; ab de ye a r ;ma ya
by me; iha h e re; sthitena s t a y i ng; eva i n d e ed;snanam ba t h i n g ;drastavyam
would be seen; anyatha ot h e r w i s e;bhagavato gaurangasya of L o rd C a itanya;
sankocah re l u c tance;bhavisyati w i l l b e .
 (Enter the king and his chief priest. They are standing on the palace roof.

King: 0 pr i e st, this year I will see the bathing festival from this place.
Otherwise Lord Gauranga will be reluctant to come and see it.

Text 123

purohitah: ucitam evaitat

ucitam pr o p e r; eva in d e e d;etat that.

Chief Priest: That is proper .

Text 120

raja: kah ko tra bhoh. ahuyatam kasimisrah

kah kah w ho 7 w h o7; atra he r e ;bh oh oh ; ah u y a t am ca l l e d ;ka simisrah

Kasi Misra.

King: Who, who is there. Call for Kasz Misra.

Text 125

(pravisya)
kasimisrah: ayam asmi ajnap.ayatu devah

pravisya en t e r s;ayam he; asmi I am;aj napayatu may order;devah the

king.

Kasz Misra: (entered) H ere I am. The king may give me his order.

Text 126

raja: misra

ye gaudiya iha bhagavatah parsadas taj jana va -

tesam ye va tad anugami-no hanta ye va sa bhrtyah-

sarve 'smat stri tanay-a su-hrdo ya-tra yatropavisya
snanam pasyanty ati sukham am-i santu tatropavistah
 misra 0 Mi s r a ;ye wh o ; ga u d i yah Be n g a l i s;iha he r e ;bh agavatah o f t h e
Lord; parsadah as s ociates;tat janah Hi s p e o p l e; va or ; te s am of t h e m ; y e
who; va or ; tad a-nugaminah fo l l o w i ng H i m; ha nta in d e e d ;ye wh o ; va or ;
sa b-hrtyah wi t h s ervants;sarve all; asmat ou r ; stri wi v e s ;ta n aya c h i l d r e n ;
suhrdah fr i e n d s;yatra yatra wh e r e v e r;upavisya si t t i n g ;snanam t h e b a t h i n g ;
pasyanti they see; ati su-kham ea sily; ami t h e y ; sa ntu ma y b e ; ta t ra t h e r e ;
upavistah se ated.

King: 0 Kasi Mi s ra, let all of Lord Caitanya s Bengali friends, associates,
followers, and servants enter the special viewing boxes otherwise used by my
wives, children, and friends, and from these places let them all see the bathing
festival with great happiness.

Text 127

kasimisrah: maharaja bhagavad ajna-ya purvam eva tathaiva sampaditam asti

maharaja 0 great king; bhagavat of the Lord; ajnaya by the order;

purvam pr e v i o usly; eva ce r t a i n l y;tatha as ; ev a indeed; sampaditam
confirmed; asti i s .

Kasz Misra: King, you have confirmed the order already given by Lord
Caitanya.

Text 128

raja: su vihitam-.
su vihitam -so be it.

King: Very good. So be it.

Text 129

( pravisya kascit padantik-ah ) .

kancuki: deva devyo vijnapayanti asmabhir deva snanam -drastum agatam tan
nabhud iti.

pravisya en t e r i ng; kascit padantik-ah pa l a ce guard;deva 0 king; devyah

the queens; vijnapayanti in f o r m ; as mabhih by u s ; de va of t h e L o r d ; snanam
the bathing; drastum to s e e;agatam co m e ; tat th a t ; na no t ; ab h u t wa s ;i t i
thus.

Palace Guard: (enters) 0 k i n g , th e qu eens send this message: "We have

come to see the Lord's bathing festival, but now we find that we cannot see it!"

Text 130

raj a: katham no bhavisyati ih.aiva sthitva tabhir api drastavyam p.asyayam tat
prakaro 'sti ka/pitah.

katham ho w ? ; nah of y o u ; bh a visyati wi l l b e ; iha he r e ;eva i n d e e d ;

sthitva st a ying; tabhih by t h e m ; api al s o ;dr a s tavyam ma y b e seen;pasya
look; ayam th a t ; tat pra-karah ac t i v i t y; asti is ; ka / p i t ah d o n e .

King: How is that? Bring them here and they will see very easily. See what is
happening now!

Text 131

kasimisrah: deva pasya pasya

snana/ay asy abhimukham su saud-ham

attam gatas candra kara-bhiguptam
deva ivaite vi/asanti bhaktah
sarve nabho madh-ya ivopavistah

deva 0 king; pasya lo o k; pasya lo o k; snana of bathing;a/ayasya of the

room; abhimukham facing; su saudh-am pa lace; attam go n e ; gatah g o n e ;
candra kara -by the moonlight; abhiguptam il l u m i n a t e d;devah d e m i g o d s ;
iva li k e ; ete th e y ;vi / asanti sh i n e ;bh aktah th e d e v o t e es;sarve al l ; na bho
madhye in t he sky; iva as i f ; up avistah e n t e r e d .

Kasz Misra: 0 k i ng , lo ok! Lo ok! I l l u m i n a ted by the moonli ght as they stand
on the cakra-vesta above the bathing-room, the devotees are splendid as
demigods in the sky.

Text 132
raj a: sadhu pravesita ime sri krsna ca-itanya -parsada-h tad adh.una sadhayatu
bhavan jaganna.tha vij aya samayo -nediyan ivaj atas tad ucita ka-rman-e naparam
vl/ambasva.

sadhu we l l; pravesitah en t e r e d;ime th e y ; sri k r s na ca-itanya -of L o r d

Caitanya; parsadah th e associates;tat th a t ; ad huna no w ; sa d hayatu m a y b e ;
bhavan yo u; j agannatha of L o r d Jagannatha;vij aya vi c t o r y; samayah t i m e ;
nediyan is n ear;iva as i f ;j atah ma n i f e s t;tad ucita ap p -ropriate for that;
karmane work;na not;aparam further; vi/ambasva delay.
 King: The associates of Srz Krsna Caitanya are in their places. Now is the
time for the appearance of Lord Jagannatha. Go and do whatever is needed for
the festival. Don't delay.

Text 133

kasimisrah: yathajnapayati (it.i niskrantah.)

yatha as; aj napayati or d e r s;iti thus; niskrantah exits.

Kasz Misra: As it is ordered. (He exits.)

Text 130

( tatah pravisanti mahisyah ) .

mahisyah: j ayadu j ayadu maha ra o- -

tatah th e n; pravisanti en t e r ;ma hisyah th e q u e e ns;j ayadu gl ories;

j ayadu gl o r i e s;maha ra ah - -to the king.

(The queens enter.)

Q ueens: Glory, glory to the kin g !

Text 135

r aja: (devim prati) ehi devi ehi. kr.tarthi kuruja-nah. (iti sa slagha-m upavesya ) .
devl pasya pasya

ime caitanyadevasya
parsada visva pavana-h
kiyataiv a vi lambena
tam apy alokayisyasi

t ad etan pranama (devi pr.anamati ) .

devim prati to t h e q u e en;ehi co m e ;devi 0 qu e e n ;ehi co m e ;k r t a r t h i

kuru ma k e successful; j anah bi r t h ; iti th u s ;sa s lagham -w i t h pr a i s e;
upavesya gi v es a seat;devi 0 qu e e n;pasya lo o k ; pa s ya lo o k ; im e t h e y ;
caitanyadevasya parsadah th e associates of Lord Caitanya;visva pavanah-
purifying the world; kiyata ho w l o n g ; eva in d e e d ;vilambena wi t h a d e l a y;
tam th a t; api al s o ;al o kayisyasi yo u w i l l s e e;tat th a t ; et an t o t h e m ;
pranama bo w; devi the queen; pranamati b o w s d o w n .
 King: (to a queen) Q u e en, come. Come. Make your life all-successful and
perfect. (With great respect he offers her a seat.) Queen, look! Look! There are
t he associates of Sri Caitanya. These men purify the entire wor ld. Soon you wi l l
see them more closely. Bow down to offer respect to them.

(The queen bows down.)

Text 136

raj a: pasya pasya mahad idam ascaryam

maha jyaisthi yog-e bhavati bhagavad dev-a kul-aga

patakodancantity ati-suvidito yam j ana rav-ah
iti sraddhonnetrayugapad abhipasyanti ta imam
lihanti taj jihv-am iva tuhina bha-nor ivavapuh

pasya lo o k; pasya lo o k ; ma h at gr e a t ;id a m this; ascaryam wonder;

maha jyaisthi yoge-]great; bhavati is; bhagavad deva -kula-ga demigods; pataka
flag; udancanti r i s es; iti t h u s ; a t i - suviditah k n o w n ; ay am th i s ;j ana o f t h e
people; ravah the sound; iti t h u s ; sr a ddha w i t h f a i t h; unnetrah w i t h r a i s e d
eyes; yugapat at t he same moment;abhipasyanti se e ;te th e y ;im am t h i s ;
lihanti l i v k ; taj ji h v a-m to n g u e ;iva as i f ; tu h i na bhano-h of t he moo n; iva
like; vapuh t h e f o r m .

King: Look! Look! This is wo n d er ful. Lord Caitanya's followers are like so
many demigods standing by the flag atop the temple. As, their eyes wide open
with devotional faith, they gaze at Lord Jagannatha, the cooling moon seems to
be licking them with a tongue that is the flag moving in the breeze.

Text 137

mahisi: de asacca-m jj eva esaj anassu i -

de a0 k- i n g;saccam tr u t h ;jj eva in d e e d;esa th i s ;j anassu i —spea-k.

Queen: Lord, do you speak the truth?

Text 138

raj a: pasya svayam api (ity utpa.tantimp atakam darsayati ).

pasya see; svayam yo u r s elf; api a l s o ; i ti t h u s ; u t p a t antim m a n i f e s t ;

patakam th e fla g; darsayati s h o w s .
King: See for yourself. (He shows her the moving flag.)

Text 139

(nepathye kahala dh-vanih ).

raja: (akarnya) devi pasya pasyajagannathadevasya vijaya sa-mayo jatas tad
akalayami sri kr-sna ca-itanyasyagamanam (i.ti tatha krtva sa ha-rsam )a.yam ayam
sri kr-sna ca-itanyah pa.sya pasya

avirala jana san-ghe sarvam urdhvordhva var-ti

sphurati bhagavato 'yam mandalah sri mu-khasya
tarad uru -vid-ha ham-se vari ras-av ivoccaih
ka2aya kim api hemnah padmam uddanda na2-am

nepathye fr om b ehind the scenes;kaha2a dhv-anih tu m u l t; ak arnya

listening; devi 0 qu e e n ;pasya lo o k ; pa s ya lo o k ;j agannathadevasya o f L o r d
Jagannatha; vij aya sam-ayah the glorious moment;j atah ma n i f e s ted;tat t h a t ;
akalayami I s h o w; sri k rsn-a caita-nyasya agamanam th e a rrival of Lord Caitanya;
iti th u s ; ta tha so ; kr t v a do i n g ;sa h ars-am ha p p i l y; ayam He ; ay a m He ; s r i
krsna caita-nyah Lo rd C a itanya;pasya lo o k ; pa sya lo o k ; av i r a la jana sang-he
in the multitudes ofpeople; sarvam al l ; ur d h vordhva varti -g o i ng hi g h er and
higher; sphurati ma n i f e s ted;bhagavatah of t he L o r d; ayam th i s ;ma n dalah
circle; sri mukh-asya of t he face;tarad uru v-idha -hams-e like a swan; vari rasau-
in water; iva as ; uccaih gr e a t l y;kalaya lo o k ; ki m a pi so m e t h i n g ;hemnah o f
gold; padmam lotus; uddanda nalam -raised stem.

(Tumultuous sounds from behind the scenes.)

King: (listening) Q u e en, look! Lo ok! Lord Jagannatha has come! Now I can
see Srz Krsna Caitanya coming. (He becomes jubilant.) I t i s He . It is He. It is Srz
Krsna Caitanya! Look! Look! His handsome face is above the crowd of devotees
surrounding Him. Look! His face is like a blossoming, many-petalled golden
lotus growing in a lake and surrounded by the flock of swans that are His
devotees.

Text 100

devi: ajj a utta ahma-nam ussavado ussavantaramapadidam jado j a .annaha-

damsana tthininam -goracanda damsana-m j adam

ajj a utta no b -le husband;ahmanam I; us s avado ussavantaramapadidam t h e

greatest of festivals; j adah ma n i f e sted;j a annaha -of Lord Jagannatha; damsana
tthininam th e s ig ht;goracanda of L o r d C a i t anya;damsanam t h e s ig ht; j a d a m
manifested.
 Queen: Noble husband, now we have attained the greatest of all festivals.
Although we originally came only to see Lord Jagannatha, now we have attained
the splendid glory of seeing Srz Gauracandra.

Text lkl

(sanskrtena)

mahah pu-rah sadyo visaya ra-sa sa-msosana vid-hau

pracando martanda vy-atikara ivasya prasrmarah
aharyam madhuryam bhagavad an-uragamrta kir-o
maha var-sma ko 'yam kanaka nid-hir aksnoh pathi gatah

sanskrtena in S anskrit; mahah of s p l e n d o r;purah flo o d ; sa d yah a t o n c e ;

visaya of m a t e rial desire;rasa th e w a t e rs;samsosana dr y i ng u p; vidhau
manifest; pracando martanda vya-tikarah a p o w e r f ul sun;iva li k e ; as ya o f H i m ;
prasrmarah ma n i f e s ting;aharyam et e r n a l;madhuryam sw e e t n e ss;bhagavad
anuraga of love for the Supreme Lord; amrta nectar;kirah showering;maha
varsma gr e at rain; kah wh o ? ; ay am He ; ka n a ka of g o l d ; ni d h ih t r e a s u r e ;
aksnoh of t he eyes;pathi on t h e p a t h;gatah g o n e .

Who is this golden treasure walking on the pathway of our eyes? He is like a
brilliant sun that dries up the waters of material desire in the heart. He is
eternal. He is very sweet and charming. He showers the nectar of pure love for
the Supreme Personality of Godhead in all dir ections.

Text 102

- asya
api ca nirmanchayani vidhubhir mukha bimbam
niraj ayani ca rucam kanaka pradip-aih
sampuj ayani pada padma-m asu prasun-aih
pratyadadani karunam api laksa dehaih-

(iti pranamati ) .

api ca fur t h e r m o re; nirmanchayani I w i l l o f f e r arati;vidhubhih w i t h m o o n s ;

mukha bimbam -face; asya of H i m ; ni r aj ayani I w i l l o f f e r arati; ca a l s o ;
rucam sp l e ndor; kanaka go l d e n;pradipaih wi t h l a m p s ;sampuj ayani I w i l l
worship; pada fe e t; padmam lo t u s ; asu of b r e a t h s;prasunaih w i t h f lo w e r s ;
pratyadadani I will take; karunam me r c y ; api ev e n ;la k sa wi t h t h o u s a n d s ;
dehaih of b o d i es;iti th u s ;pr a n amati b o w s d o w n .

With a host of moons I will o f fer arati to His face. With a host of golden
l amps I will offer arati to the luster of His transcendental form. With th e fl o w e r s
of my breaths I will offer arati to His lotus feet. In many thousands of bodies I
will aspire for His mercy.

(She bows down to offer respects.)

Text 103

raj a: yathartho yam anubhavo bhavatyah ta.d akalaya sri

jagannatho pi
snana2aya m-adhya ru-dhah . devi: (a2okya pranamati ).

yatharthah pr o p e r; ayam th i s ; an u bhavah de v o t i o n;bhavatyah yo u r ; t a t

that; aka2aya lo o k; sri jagannathah Lo r d J agannatha;api al s o ;snana2aya
madhya to t he bathing place;rudhah co m e ;al okya lo o k i n g ;pr a namati b o w s .

King: Your devotion is perfectly proper. Look! Lord Jagannatha has come to
the bathing place.

(The Queen looks and then offers obeisances.)

Text 100

(nepathye punah kaha2a dhva-nih ).

raj a: devi pasya pasya sri jagannatha snana-m

nepathye be h i nd the scenes;punah ag a i n; kahala dhvan-ih tu m u l t ; d evi 0

queen; pasya lo o k; pasya lo o k ; sri ja g an-natha snana-m the bathing of Lord
J agannatha.

(Tumultuous sounds from behind the scenes.)

King: Queen, look! Look! Lord Jagannatha is being bathed.

Text 105

devi: (ubhayato drstim adhaya) ajj a utta mah-aj j eva koduhalam.

ubhayatah at b o t h; drstim gl a n c e adhaya

; pl a c i n g;a jj a utta 0 -noble
husband; mahaj gr e a t;j eva in d e e d;koduhalam w o n d e r .

Queen: (looking back and forth) Noble husband, this is very unusual.

Text 106
 raja: kim tat.

kim w h a t?; tat that.

K ing: Why is it ?

Text 107

devi: (sanksrtena)

anyonyabhimukha sth-itau vinimisav anyonya san-darsane

snanambhonayanambhasoh p/uta tan-u durvaraya dharaya
karunyaika ma-ha nid-hi bhava bha-ya pra-dhvamsanaikausadhi
devau tu/ya ruci -puro vi2asatah prasyama gau-rav api
sanksrtena in S anskrit; anyonya ea c h o t h e r;abhimukha sthi-tau f a c i n g ;
vinimisau wi t h u n b l i n k i ng eyes;anyonya ea c h o the r;sandarsane ga z e;snana
bathing; ambho nay-ana amb-hasoh wi th tears; p/uta flo o d e d ; ta nu b o d i e s ;
durvaraya great; dharaya with streams;karunya of mercy;eka mah-a nidh-au
great ocean; bhava of r e p eated birth and death;bhaya the fear; pradhvamsana
destroying; eka so l e;ausadhi me d i c i n e;devau Lo r d s ; tu /ya eq u a l ;r u c i
splendor; purah be f o r e;vi/asatah sh i n i n g ;prasyama da r k ; ga u rau a n d f a i r ;
api also.

Queen: Facing each other, gazing at each other with unb l i n k in g eyes, Their
bodies flooded, one with bathing water and the other with a stream of tears, two
great oceans of mercy that are two medicines to cure the fears of repeated birth
and death, though one is black and the other fair, both shine with the same
splendor.

Text 148

raja: satyam etat

satyam th e t ru t h; etat that.

K ing: This is the truth .

Text 109

devi: ajj a utta nivvu-dho sinana mahusav-o de assa jad-o dak.sina muha vi/-o ana- -

kkhane ado sara igoracan-dama

 ajj a utta 0 no b l e h u s band;nivvudhah ov e r ; sinana mahusavah t h e b a t h i n g
festival; de assa of t he Lo rd; ja d ah ma n i f e s t e d;daksina to t h e r i g h t;muha v-ilo-
ana k-khane gaze; adah then; sara i -dir e ction; goracandama Lo r d C a i t a nya.

Queen: Noble husband, the Lord's bathing festival is now over. Lord
Gauracandra no longer gazes to the right. Now He looks in another direction.

Text 150

raja: evam eva.

agrato 'sya viralayatej anah

prsthatas tv aviralayate punah
parsadas tu parito bhuj abhuji
sraddhaya vidadhati sma mandalam

evam so; eva in d e e d;agratah be f o r e ;asya of H i m ; vi r a l a yate s t a n d s ;

j anah pe o p l e; prsthatah be h i n d ; t u indeed; aviralayate st a n d s;punah a g a i n ;
parsadah company; tu certainly; pari tah everywhere; bhuj aabhu-ji arm in
arm; sraddhaya wi t h f a i t h; vidadhati sma ma d e ; mandalam a c i r c l e .
King: It is true. Now no one stands in front of the Lord. Everyone has
assembled behind Him. Linking arms, the devotees have made a circle around
Him.

Text 151

nepathye:

anavasaratam abhyayate prabhur j agadisvare

viraha vidhur-am hantavastham j agama yatisvarah
bhavati visada preman-andavatarataya yada
hy abhinivisate yasmims tasmims tadaiva sa tan mayah-

anavasaratam abhyayate no w is ma ni fest;prabhuh Lo r d C a i t a nya;

jagadisvare in Lord Jagaannatha; viraha vidhura-m th e pain of separation;
hanta in d e e d; avastham si t u a t i o n;j agama at t a i n e d;yatisvarah t h e k i n g o f
sannyasis; bhavati is ; visada pu r e ; pr e ma lo v e ; an a nda bl i s s ;avatarataya
with the descent; yada as ; hi in d e e d ;abhinivisate en t e r s;yasmin w h e r e ;
tasmin th e r e; tada th e n ; eva in d e e d ;sah He ; ta n m a yah - l i k e t h a t .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Now Lord Caitanya, the king of sannyasis,
is overcome with grief b e cause of His separation from Lord Jagannatha. He is
filled with the anguish of love. He is rapt in th ought of Lord Jagannatha.
 Text 152

raja: (akarnya) aye niscitam idam uktam kasimisrena t.atpunar akalayami

vakya s-esam (iti savadhanas tisthati punas tatraiva ).

akarnya he a r i n g; aye Oh ; ni s c itam de c i d e d;idam th i s ;uk t am s a i d ;

kasimisrena by K a si Misra; tat t h a t ; pu n ah ag a i n ;ak a layami I h e a r ;va kya
of words; sesam the remainder; iti t h u s ; sa vadhanah ca r e f u l l y;tisthati s t a n d s ;
punah ag ain; tatra th e r e ;eva indeed.

King: (listening) Ah . T h ese words must have been spoken by Kasi Misra.
Let me listen to what he says next. (He listens with great attention.)

Text 153

snanam no tu2asi nise-cana vidh-ir no cakra sand-arsanam

no nama grah-anam ca no nati tatir -no hanta bhiksapi no
sri ni2a-ca2a cand-ramo navasara vyaj -at tvayaivecchaya
svi krtya-sa viyo-ga duhk-ham anisam nihspandam akrandati

snanam ba t hi ng; na no t ; u i n de e d ;tu 2 asi tu l a s i;nisecana vidhi-h b a t h i n g ;

na not; u indeed;cakra cakra;sandarsanam seeing; na not; u indeed;
nama graha-nam ch a nting the name; ca an d ; na no t ; u in d ee d ; n a ti t a t i h -
obeisances; na no t; u i n d e e d ; ha nta in d e e d ;bhiksa fo o d ; api al s o ;na n ot ;
u in d eed; sri ni2aca-2a candr-amah the moon of Nilacala; anavasara vyaj at -on
the pretext of a festival; tvaya by Y o u; eva in d e e d ;ic chaya by t h e d e s ire;svi
krtya ac c e pting;sa viyoga -duhkh-am the pain of separation; anisam d a y a nd
night; nihspandam mo t i o n l e ss;akrandati c r i e s .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: He no longer bathes Himself, waters

tulasi, gazes at the temple's cakra, chants the holy name, bows down to offer
obeisances, or even eats. Anguished by separation from Lord Jagannatha, He is
stunned. Day and night He sheds tears.

Text 150

raja: aho pramado yavad anavasaram tavad eva ced evam syat tada kim bhavati

ahah oh;pramadah madma n; yavat as;anavasaram the anavasara period;

tavat so; eva i n d e e d; cet if ; ev am th u s ;sy at is ; t a d a then; kim w h a t ? ;
bhavati w i l l b e .

King: Ah! ~ h a t w i l l b e c ome of Him if d u r in g th e entire anavasara period He

is a madman like this?
 Text 155

(punas tatraiva)

nanyo 'py upayah priya ki-rtanasya

sankirtananandathum antarena
rasantarayeti yad eva kartum
svarupa evodyamam atanoti

punah ag ain; tatra there; eva indeed;na not;anyah another;api even;

upayah me a n s; priya de a r ;ki r t a nasya ki r t a n a ;sankirtana s a n k i r t a n a ;
anandathum bl i s s;antarena wi t h o u t ; ra sa me l l o w ; an t a rayeti an o t h e r;ya t
what; eva indeed;kartum to do;svarupah Svarupa; eva indeed;udyamam
atanoti does.

Again a Voice From Behind the Scenes: Svarupa said: "Although He is

naturally very attached to kzrtana, now His kzrtana has become joyless. Now He
cannot taste the nectar of transcendental happiness". Svarupa has now begun to
sing a different kind of kzrtana.

Text 156
raja: bhadram bho bhadram (devi.m prati) priye tvam ito pasara akar.ayami tavad
enam kasimisram iti.
bhadram good; bhah Oh;bhadram good;devim prati to the queen;priye
beloved; tvam yo u ; it ah fr o m h e r e ;apasara sh o u l d g o;akarayami I will call;
tavat th e n; enam fo r h i m ; ka s i misram Ka s i M i s r a;iti t h u s .

King: Well done! Oh well done! (to his queen) Beloved, please go now. Now
I will call for Kasi Misra.

Text 157

devi: j aha anavedi (iti nisk.ranta ) .

jaha as ; anavedi or d e r e d;iti th u s ;ni s k r a nta e x i t s .

Queen: As it is ordered. (She exits.)

Text 158
 (tatah pravisati kasimisrah ).
kasimisrah: jayati jayati devah .

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;kasimisrah Ka s i M s r a;j ayati gl o r y ;j ayati

glory; devah to the king.

(Kasz Misra enters.)

K asz Misra: Glory, glory to the kin g .

Text 159

raja: misra kathaya kim uktam bhavata

misra Mi s r a; kathaya te l l ; kim wh at . ; uk t a m sa i d ;bh a vata b y y o u .

K ing: Misra, did you tell hi m ?

Text 160

kasimisrah: yad uktam tathaiva tat.

yat what; uktam sa i d; tatha so ; eva in d e e d ;tat that.

Kasi Misra: I did w hat you asked.

Text 161

raja: kathaya svarupa gosvam-ina kim mantritam asti

kathaya te l l; svarupa gosvam-ina by Svarupa Gosvami;kim what?;

mantritam ad v i s e d;asti i s .

King: Tell me: W h a t di d Sv arupa Gosvami advise?

Text 162
kasimisrah: bhagavata svi krte tatha -vidha vira-ha vaikalya-nubhave tad
apanodartham sakalair eva suhrdbhih saha mantritam. adya sayam yadi gopinatha
vij aya darsanan-antaram bhagavata madhuratara bhagavat -kirtanam -sruyate tada
rasantaram bhavati. tasmims ca sati virahavesah slathata iti sammantrya rohini
kunda vidhe par-amaptais tadiya hrdaya jn-air eva katipayair madhura madhuram-
kirtanam arabdhitam asti
 bhagavata by t he Lord; svi k-rte ac c e pted;tatha v-idha in t h a t w a y;v iraha-
vaikalyanubhave th e pain of separation;tad a-panodartham to r e m o ve that;
sakalaih by a l l; eva in d e e d ;suhrdbhih saha wi t h f r i e n d s;mantritam a d v i s e d ;
adya th i s; sayam ev e n i n g;yadi if ; go p i n a tha v-ij aya d-arsananantaram a f t e r
seeing the Gopinatha-vijaya; bhagavata by t he L o r d; madhuratara ve r y s w e e t;
bhagavat ki-rtanam bh a g avat-kirtana;sruyate is h e a rd; tada th e n ; r a s a
mellow; antaram an o t h e r;bhavati is ; ta s min in t h a t ; ca a n d ; sa ti b e i n g ;
viraha av-esah separation; slathate be c o me loosened;iti th u s ; sa mmantrya
advising; rohini ku-nda vid-he in Rohini- ku n d a; paramaptaih at t a i n e d;tadiya
hrdaya jnaih by t h e y w ho u n d e rstand His heart;eva in d e e d;katipayaih b y
some; madhura ma-dhuram ve ry sweet;kirtanam ki r t a n a ;arabdhitam t o b e g i n ;
a sti i s .

Kasi Misra: He said Lord Caitanya is now overcome with grief because of
separation from Lord Jagannatha. He said all Lord Caitanya s friends should
help to drive away His grief. If at sunset the vijaya Deity of Lord Gop i n atha is
brought out, and the devotees sing kzrtana very sweetly, then Lord Caitanya
will enter the nectar mellows of devotional happiness, and His feelings of grief
will become slackened.
Hearing this advice, some of the devotees have gone to Rohinz-kunda and
begun a very melodious kzrtana.

Text 163

raj a: misra katham idam alokyate

misra Mi s r a; katham whether?; idam th i s ; al okyate is s e e n.

King: Misra, is it possible to see this kirtana?

Text 160

kasimisrah: j agatim ced arohasi

j agatlm wa l l ; cet if; arohasi you climb

K asz Misra: If you climb this wa l l .

Text 165
r aj a: tathaiva kriyate (iti tena s.aha tad aroham n-atayati ) .

tatha so; eva in d e e d;kr iyate is d o n e ;iti th u s ; te na saha w i t h h i m ; « d

aroham natayati climbs.

King: It will be don e.

(They both climb the wall.)

Text 166

(nepathye madhuratara sa-nkirtana ka-2aka2ah ).

kasimisrah: (nirupya) bho maharaja pasya pasya

viraha vya-thaiva murta

karuno rasa eva murtiman divasam
asid ya esa samprati
kirtana ka2a-to 'yam anyathaj atah

nepathye be h i nd the scenes;madhuratara ve r y s we et;sankirtana o f

sankirtana; ka2aka2ah tu m u l t; nirupya se e i n g;bhah oh ; ma h a r aj a k i n g ;
pasya lo o k; pasya lo o k ; vi r a ha vyath-a the pain of separation; eva i n d e e d ;
murtah pe r s o nified;karunah pa t h o s ;rasah me l l o w ; eva in d e e d ;mu rtiman
personified; divasam da y; asit was; yah wh a t; esah th i s ; samprati n o w ;
kirtana ka2at-ah from the sounds of kirtana; ayam th a t ; an yatha o t h e r w i s e ;
j atah ma n i f e sted.

(Sounds of a very sweet kzrtana from behind the scenes.)

Kasz Misra: (looking) 0 k i n g , l o ok ! L o ok ! D u r in g the day He is the

personification of anguish in separation from His beloved, but now this sweet
kzrtana has changed Him entirely.

Text 167

raja: bhavati hi

ananda kandali-tam asya vapur yadayam

bhavam sprsaty atha tam eva bahir vyanakti
yaih puryate sphatikaja ghatika rasais tais
tad varna b-hag bh-avati tan upadarsayanti

bhavati is ; hi in d e e d ;an anda by b l i s s;kandalitam to u c h e d;asya o f H i m ;

vapuh the body; yada wh e n ; ay am He ; bh a v am lo v e ;sp rsati t o u c h e s ;
atha th e n; tam th a t ; eva in d e e d ;bahih ou t s i d e ;vyanakti ma n i f e s t s;yaih
by which; puryate is f i l l e d; sphatikaja cr y s t a l;ghatika ma n i f e s t e d;rasais taih
by that mellows; tad varna bh-ak th -at color;bhavati is ; tan t h a t ;
upadarsayanti shows.
 King: As soon as the blissful mellows of devotional love touch His heart,
they are at once shown for all to see. He is like a clear crystal that at once shows
whatever color is placed before it.

Text 168

(punar nepathye gana dh-vanih ).

raja: (akarnya) kim etad gitam

punah ag ain; nepathye be h i nd t he scenes;gana dh-vanih so u n ds of singing;

akarnya he a r i n g; kim wh a t ? ;et at th i s ;gi t am s i n g i n g .

(The sound of a song is heard from behind the scenes.)

King: (listening) W h a t i s t hi s song?

Text 169

kasimisrah: bhagavad vams-i nada -mad-huri prati-padakam idam {gaudiya

bhasopanibaddham iti devena nakalayyate

bhagavat of t he Lord; vamsi of t h e f lu t e ;nada of t h e s o u n d; madhuri t h e

sweetness; pratipadakam de s c ription;idam th i s ;ga udiya bhasa -upani-baddham
in the Bengali language; iti th u s ; de vena by t h e L o r d;na no t ; ak a l a yyate i s
heard.

Kasi Misra: It is a song in Bengali describing the sweetness of Lord Krsna's

flute music. His majesty cannot hear this song?

Text 170

raja: aho citramyad esah

gaurah krsna iti svayam pratiphalan punyatmanam manase

niladrau natatiha samprathayate vrndavaniyam rasam
adyah ko pi puman navotsuka vadhu kr-snanur-aga vyatha -

svadi citram aho vicitram ahaho caitanya 2tlayitam-

(punar nirupya) aye cira kalam ek-asyaiva gita padasya d-hruvam eva giyate

ahah oh; citram wo n d e r f u l ;yat wh a t ;es ah th i s ;ga u r ah fa i r ; kr s n a h

Krsna; iti th u s ; svayam pe r s o n a l l y;pratiphalan re f le c t i n g;punyatmanam o f
the saintly devotees; manase in t he heart; niladrau in N i l a c a l a;natati d a n c e s ;
iha he r e; samprathayate is p r a y e d;vrndavaniyam of V r n d a v a na;rasam t h e
mellows; adyah fi r s t; ko 'pi so m e o n e puman
; pe r s o n;nava yo u n g ; ut s uka
eager; vadhu gi r l; kr s na fo r K r s n a ;anuraga of l o v e ; vyatha a g i t a t i o n ;
asvadi ex p e riencing;citram wo n d e r f u l;ahah oh ; vi c i t r am w o n d e r f u l ;
ahahah oh; caitanya of L o r d C a i t a nya;2z2ayitam pa s t imes;punah a g a i n ;
nirupya lo o k s ; aye oh ; ci r a k -alam fo r a l o ng t i m e;ekasya of o n e ; eva
indeed; gita of t he song;padasya ve r s e;dhruvam re f r a i n; eva i n d e e d ;
giyate is sung.

King: Oh. it is wo n d er ful. Fair complexioned Lord Caitanya is now reflected

as dark complexioned Lord Krsna in the hearts of the saintly devotees. As He
dances in ¹ l a c ala He manifests the nectar mellows of Vrndavana forest. He is
the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is now eager to taste the
transcendental mellows of love the passionate young gopzs feel for Lord Krsna.
These pastimes of Lord Caitanya are wonderful. They are very wonderful. (He
looks again.) Ah. He has spent a very long time singing this one song.

Text 171

kasimisrah: prathamato yasyam 2i2ayam manah pravivesa na tatah punar avartate

prathamatah first; yasyam in w h i c h ; 2i2ayam pa s t i m e;manah h e a r t ;

pravivesa en t e rs;na not; tatah th e n ; punah ag a i n ;avartate le a v e s .

Kasi Misra: Once Lord Caitanya's mind enters a certain pastime it is very
difficult for it to depart.

Text 172

raja: bhavaty evam eva. (iti punar alokya sa har.sam -)aho k.idrsam asya
madhury am pasy a .pasy a

j anutksepa bhuj av -adhunana pada ny-asak-si viksepa-nair

hantanandayato manamsi suhrdam visvam j adi kurvata-h
nisthevair mukham asya bhati subhaga smeram -sahanandatah
phenair hema saroruh-am vrtam iva stryanair ivendur himaih

bhavati is ; evam th u s ; eva ce r t a i n l y;iti th u s ;pu n ah ag a i n ;al o kya

looking; sa harsam -happily; ahah oh ; ki d r s am li k e w h a t 7 ; asya o f H i m ;
madhuryam th e s we etness;pasya lo o k ; pasya lo o k ;j anu kn e e s ;utksepa
shaking; bhuj au ar m s; adhunana sh a k i n g;pada fe e t ;nyasa pl a c i n g;aksi
eyes; viksepanaih wi t h t o s s ing;hanta indeed; anandayatah bl i s s;manamsi
hearts; suhrdam of f r i e n d s;visvam th e w o r l d ; j adi kurvatah -ma k i ng stunned;
nisthevaih wi t h f o a m; mukham th e m o u t h ; as ya of H i m ; bh a ti i s m a n i f e s t ;
subhaga ha n dsome; smeram sm i l e ; saha wi t h ; an a n datah bl i s s ;phenaih b y
foam; hema go l d; saroruham lo t u s ; vr t am co v e r e d;iva as i f ; st r yanair iva
like; induh th e m o o n; himaih w i t h m i s t ;

King: It is so (He looks again and becomesjoyful ) .Ah! How sweet it is! Look!
Look With the shaking of His knees, the trembling of His arms, the movements of
His feet, and the restless glances of His eyes, Hefills the hearts of His friends with
bliss and makes the whole world stunned with wonder
His handsome smiling mouth is covered with foam produced from His ecstatic
bliss. In this way His mouth is like a golden lotus flower covered with drops of dew,
or like the moon shrouded in a heavy mist.

Text 173

(punar alokya sa .vism-ayam )ay.e

ka esa nihsadhya sam-asya man-dalan

nisthevam akrsya piban pramodate
candrad bahir bhutam ivamrta drav-a
syo22asinam phenam aho cakorakah

punah ag ain; alokya lo o k i n g ; sa vism-ayam wi t h w o n d e r; aye oh ; k a h

who?; esah th i s; nihsadhya sama-sya mand-alan fearlessly; nisthevam th e f oa m;
akrsya ta k i n g; piban dr i n k i n g ;pr a modate de l i g h t s;candrat t h e m o o n ;
bahih ou t s i de; bhutam ma n i f e s ted;iva li k e ; am r ta ne c t a r ;dr a vasya f lo w i n g ;
u22asinam happy;phenam foam;ahah oh;cakorakah calora bird.

( He looks again and become struck with w o n d e r .)

W ho is this person happily and fearlessly drink ing the foam fallen from Lo r d
Caitanya's mouth? This person is like a cakora bird dr i n k in g the sweet nectar
moonlight.

Text 170

kasimisrah: subhananda namaya-m vaisnavah

subhananda nama -named Subhananada; ayam th i s ; vaisnavah de v o t e e .

Kasi Misra: He is a devotee named Subhananda.

Text 175

raj a: aho ekam eva gita dhruva p-adam e-ka eva

t.arasvarah ek-a evo22a.so
gathakanam yama dvayamyavad bhagavato pi samanaevananda prakasa-
c amatkarah .tad amibhi rasantarena virahavesa t-arango duri krtah prakr t a -
rasantaram kenantarayantu ubhayathaivabhagavata ahnika v-igamah.

ahah oh;ekam one;eva indeed;gita d-hruva p-adam the refrain; ekah

one; eva in d e e d; tara sv-arah so u n d; ekah on e ; eva in d e e d ;u22asah
happiness; gathakanam of t he singers;yama dv-ayam fo r t wo y a mas;yavat a s ;
bhagavatah of t he Lord; api al s o ;samana eq u a l ;eva in d e e d ;ananda o f
bliss; prakasa ma n i f e station;camatkarah wo n d e r ; tat th a t ; am i b h ih b y t h e m ;
rasa an-tarena by another mellow; viraha of s e p a ration;avesa en t r a n c e;
tarangah wa v e s;duri kr-tah fa r a wa y;prakrta na t u r a l ; ra sa m e l l o w s ;
antaram di f f e r e nt; kena by w h o m 7 ; antarayantu en t e r s;ubhayatha b o t h ;
eva in d e ed; bhagavata by t he L o r d; ahnika da i l y a c t i v i t e s;vigamah s t o p .

King: For six hours now the singers have been singing a single line from th e
refrain of a single song, and all this time Lord Caitanya has been absorbed in
very wonderful feelings of ecstatic bliss. By giving the Lord this nectar of
transcendental bliss, these singers have chased far away the grief of the Lord's
feelings of separation. Whether He is grief-stricken out of feelings of separation,
or whether He is filled with tr a nscendental bliss by the remedies presented by
these devotees, the Lord still ignores all His ordinary daily activities.

Text 176

kasimisrah: tathapi virahaveso bhaktanam duhsahah (iti p.unar nibha2ya.) deva

nirvyudho yam nrtyotsavah yad am.i bhagavantam dhrtva sva vasam -prati gacchanti

tathapi st i l l; vir ahavesah se p a ration;bhaktanam of t h e d e votees;

duhsahah un b e arable;iti th u s ; pu n ah ag a i n ;ni b halya lo o k i n g ;de va 0 L o r d ;
nirvyudhah se p a ration;ayam wh a t ; nr t y o tsavah fe s t i v al of dancing;yat w h a t ;
ami th e y; bhagavantam th e L o r d; dhrtva ho l d i n g ;sva vasam -prati t o H i s o w n
home; gacchanti they go.

Kasz Misra: The Lord's anguish in separation is very hard for the devotees to
bear. (He looks again.) Now th e festival of dancing is over. Now the devotees
are taking Lord Caitanya to His home.

Text 177

raja: bhadram sambhavyate kadacid ahnikam api tad adhuna misra bhagava.t
samipam gamyatam aham ihaiv.a ksanam nidrami.

bhadram go o d; sambhavyate wi l l b e; kadacit so m e t i m e s;ahnikam d a i l y

activities; api al s o; tat th a t ; ad h u na no w ; mi s ra 0 Mi sr a ; bh a gavat
samipam ne ar the Lord; gamyatam sh o u l d be gone;aham I; ih a her e ; e v a
indeed; ksanam fo r a mo m e n t; nidrami sl eep.

King: Now all will be well. At some time the Lord will perform His regular
activites. 0 Misra, now you may go to the Lord. I will stay here and sleep for a
moment.

Text 178

kasimisrah: yathajnapayasi (i.ti niskrantah.)

yatha as; ajnapayasi yo u o r d e r;iti th u s ;ni s k r a ntah e x i t s .

Kasi Misra: As you order. (He exits.)

Text 179

raja: gato misras tad iha nidrami. (iti nidram natayitva punar utthaya )aho.
vibhateyam vibhavari yata.h

gatah go n e; misrah Mi s r a ;tat th e n ;ih a her e ; ni d r a m i I will sleep; iti

thus; nidram natayitva sl e e p i ng;punah ag a i n;ut thaya ri s i n g ; ah ah o h ;
vibhata ma n i f e sted;iyam th i s ; vi b havari su n r i s e yatah
; be c a u s e .

King: Misra has gone. Now I may sleep. (He sleeps and then wakes up.) Ah!
Now it is sunrise.

Text 180

astaca2odaya mahi d-haray-os tatantam

sitamsu candak-iranav upasedivamsau
tulya tvisau m-rdutaya vahatah pragasya
varsiyasah ksanam ivopari 2ocanatvam

(iti parito vi2okayati ) .

astaca2odaya mahi dh-arayo-s tatantam on t he eastern horizon;sitamsu t h e

moon; candakiranau an d t he sun;upasedivamsau ri s i n g; tulya tvisau -equally
splendid; mrdutaya wi t h e s we etness;vahatah ca r r y; prag be f o r e ;asya o f
that; varsiyasah sh o w e r i ng; ksanam fo r a m o m e n t;iva as i f ; up a ri a b o v e ;
2ocanatvam the eyes;iti th u s ;pa r i t ah ev e r y w h e r e;vi2okayati l o o k s .

The sun and moon are now rising together on the eastern horizon. Shining
very sweetly and splendidly,
they have both appeared before my eyes. (He looks
in all directions.)
 Text 181

nepathye: aho mahat kautukam

pratah praty ah-am arghya ga-ndha tu-lasi pu-spadibhih pujayaty

advaite bhagavantam antara su-khaveso22asad ro-mani
smitva tair hathato hrtair ati ra-senadvaitam abhyarcayan
devo vurvuritair mukhe ngu2i da-2air udvadya va-dyam vyadhat

apl ca

yasya nyasya karabj a kos-a kuh-are puj opacaram prabhoh

puj am kartu man-ah prayati kutukad advaitadevo nv aha-m
srinathah sa sada prabhor guna nidh-eh sandarsana spa-rsana
prema2apa krp-akataksa ka2a-ya purnantaro gayata

ahah oh; mahat gr e a t ;ka utukam wo n d e r ;pr a t ah in t h e m o r n i n g ; praty

aham ev ery day;arghya ar g h y a;gandha sc e n t s;tulasi tu l a s i;puspa f lo w e r s ;
adibhih be g i n n i ng wit h; puj ayati wo r s h i p s;advaite Ad v a i t a;bhagavantam t h e
Lord; antara sukh-a aves-a u22as-ad roma-ni His bodily hairs standing up with bliss;
smitva sm i l i n g; taih wi t h t h e m ; ha t h atah by f o r c e ;hrtaih ta k e n ;ati r a sen-a
very sweetly; advaitam Ad v a i t a; abhyarcayan wo r s h i p i n g;devah t h e L o r d ;
vurvuritair mukhe on t h e f a ce;angu2i da2ai-h with fin gers; udvadya vadya-m
speaking; vyadhat done; api ca also; yasya of whom;nyasya pl aces;karabj a
kosa kuhar-e in the hollow of His lotus hand; pujopacaram in s t r u m e n ts of
worship;prabhoh of the Lord; puj am worship; kartu to do;manah heart;
prayati go e s;kutukat ha p p i l y ; ad vaitadevah Ad v a i t a; anv aham -every day;
srinathah Sr i n a t ha;sah he ; sa da al w a y s ;prabhoh of t h e L o r d;guna nidheh-
an ocean of virtues; sandarsana si g h t; sparsana to u c h ; pr e ma of l o v e ; alapa
talking; krpa of m e r c y; kataksa kalaya -wi th si d e long glances;purnantarah
filled; aj ayata is m a n i f ested.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Ah. it is very wo n d er ful. His bodily hai r s
standing erect in transcendental bliss, each morning Lord Advaita worships
Lord Caitanya with arghya, scents, tulasz leaves, flowers, and other offerings.
S miling, Lord Caitanya forcilbly takes the articles of worship in His own h a n d s
and, speaking sweet words, worships Advaita's face. Advaita then takes the
articles of worship back in His lo tus hands. In this way, day after day, Advaita
comes, eager to worship Lord Caitanya. By the sight, touch, friendly wo r ds, and
merciful sidelong glance of Lord Caitanya, who is an ocean of transcendental
virtues, all of Srmatha s desires become fulfilled.

Text 182
 raja: aye. katham ayam tulasi misrah pariksa maha patram kim api prastauti .tac
chrotavyam yat sa t-varam ita evabhigacchati .

katham wh e t h e r?; ayam th i s ; tu l a si misrah Ti l a s i M i s r a;pariksa maha

patram th e t e m p le-superintendent; kimapi so m e t h i n g;prastauti sa y s ;tat
that; srotavyam to be heard;yat wh a t ; sa tv-aram qu i c k l y ; i t a h from here;
eva indeed;abhigacchati goes.

King: Is it Tulasz Misra, the temple-superintendent, speaking these words?

He walks very quickly. Let me listen to what he says.

Text 183

(pravisya)
tulasimisrah: devajagannathasya rathayatra nediyasiti gundica man-dira ma-rj ana
ksalanartham svayam eva mahaprabhus tatrodyatah

pravisya en t e r i ng; deva 0 Lo r d ;j agannathasya of L o r d j a gannatha;

rathayatra th e R athayatra;nediyasi ne a r; iti t h u s ; gu n d ica man-dira o f t h e
Gundica temple; marjana ksal-anartham to c l e a nse;svayam pe r s o n ally;eva
indeed;mahaprabhuh Lord Caitanya; tatra there;udyatah eager.

Tulasi Misra: (enters) 0 k i n g , L or d Jagannatha s Rathayatra festival is near.

Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu is now very eager to clean the Gundica temple.

Text 180

raja: priyam me priyam kincid .ajnaptam asti

priyam pl e a s ing;me to me; priyam de a r; ki ncit so m e t h i n g ;aj naptam

ordered. asti.

King: Very good. That makes me very happy. What is the Lord's order?

Text 185

tulasi: yathajnaptam tat kasimisrenaiva sampaditam

yatha as; ajnaptam or d e r e d;tat th a t ; ka s imisrena by K a s i M i s r a;eva

indeed; sampadi tam fulfilled.

Tulasi: Kasi Misra has already carried out His order.

 Text 186

raja: kim tat.

kim what?; tat that.

King: What was that?

Text 187

tu2asi: yavantas ta2 2oka-s tavatya eva sammarjanyo ghatas tu tato dhikah.

yavantah as; ta2-2okah pe o p l e; tavatyah that many; eva i n d e e d ;

sammarj anyah fo r c le aning;ghatah wa t e r p o t s;tu in d e e d ;ta tah t h a n t h a t ;
a dhikah m o r e .

Tulasz: His order is there should be more water-pots than men cleaning.

Text 188
raja: etavan matram

etavan th a t; matram only.

King: That is all?

Text 189

tulasimisrah: kim anyena tat prayoj a-nam

kim w h a t?; anyena el s e;tat prayoj an-am ne e d.

Tulasi Misra: What else would He need?

Text 190

(nepathy e ka2aka2ah ) .
tu2asimisrah: deva pasya pasya

sri hastenav-ilipya candana rasaih pr-atyekam esam vapur

 niksipyapy adhikam dharam bhagavato nirma2ya ma2yani ca
u22asa druma manjarir iva karam sangrahayan sodhini
madyat t-unga matanga jalasa g-atir gauro viniskramati

nepathye be h i nd the scenes;ka2aka2ah tu m u l t; deva ki n g ; pa s ya l o o k ;

pasya lo o k; sri h-astena with His hand; vilipya an o i n t i n g ; candana ra-saih
with sandal paste; pratyekam ea ch one;esam of t h e m; vapuh fo r m ; ni k s i pya
placing; api also;adhikam more; dharam placed;bhagavatah of the Lord;
nirma2ya sc ents;ma2yani ga r l a n d s;ca an d ; u2 2asa of h a p p i n ess;druma o f
the tree; manj arih flo w e r s;iva as i f ; ka r am ha n d ;sa n grahayan t a k i n g ;
sodhini pu r i f y i n g; madyat ma d d e n e d; tu n ga gr e a t ;ma tanga el e p h a n t;j alasa
gatih gr a c efulness;gaurah Lo r d G a u r a;viniskramati walks.

(Tumultuous Sounds from Behind the Scenes:)

Tulasz Misra: 0 k i ng , l o ok ! L o ok! W it h Hi s ow n h and L ord C a i t anya anoints

each devotee with sandal paste and places a Jagannatha-prasadam flower-garland
on each pair of shoulders. Holding the cleaning instruments, His hands are like
new sprouts on the tree of transcendental bliss. He walks with the gracefulness
of a maddened elephant.

Text 191

apl ca

nirgacchanti muda manoratha ratha-ih santosa dantav-alair

aty u22asa -turan-gamair bhava jayejaitra ivamz bhatah
romancavali kancu-kadhya vapus-o sranta sravai-r bibhrato
baspair varunam astram eva sa madam -hunkara jhankarinah

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; nirgacchanti go ; mu da ha p p i l y ;ma n oratha rathai-h o n

the chariots of desire; santosa dantava-2aih wi th happiness; aty u22asa-
turangamaih wi t h t he h o r s es of transcendental happiness;bhava jaye i n t h e
conquest ofrepeatedbirth and death;jait ra vi c t o r i o u s iva ; as i f ; ami t h e y ;
bhatah so l d iers; romancavali ha i r s e rect;kancuka adhya -wi th the armor;
vapusah bo d i e s; asranta sravaih -tir e l ess; bibhratah ho l d i n g ; baspaih w i t h
tears; varunam astram wa t e h w e a p o n ;eva in d e e d ;sa madam -bl i s sfully;
hunkara jhankarinah ma k i n g l o ud sounds.

Blissfuly shouting, armored with bo d ily h a irs erect in ecstasy, carrying

water-weapons of their tears, victorious in their war w it h r e p eated birth and
death, and riding on chariots of desire pulled by horses of transcendental bliss,
the soldiers have come.

Text 192
 raj a: dhig
u bhupatvam. kadaham esam madhye yah kascid eva bhavan
bhagavantam anuvrajami tu2asimisra katham idam kautukam amu2am akarnyate

dhig fi e; u i n d e e d ; bhupatvam th e s t a t us of being a king;kada w h e n ? ;

aham I; esam of t h e m ; ma dhye in t h e m i d s t; yah kascit so m e o n e;eva
indeed; bhavan be i n g; bhagavantam th e L o r d; anuvrajami I w i l l f o l l o w ;
tu2asimisra 0 Tu l a s i M i s r a;katham ho w ? ;id am th i s ; ka u t u kam w o n d e r ;
amulam fr o m t he beginning;akarnyate i s h e a r d .

King: Fie on my being a king! When w il l I b e c ome one of these followers of

Lord Caitanya? 0 Tulasz Misra, how will I h e ar all about these blissful
pastimes?

Text 193

tu2asimisrah: asti kascin madiyah purusah sa eva sarvam samaka2ayyagata

prayah.

asti is ; kascit so m e o n e;madiyah my ; pu r u s ah ma n ; sah he ; ev a in d eed;

sarvam al l; samakalayya se e i n g;agata praya-h ab o ut to come.

Tulasi Misra: I have a servant who will see all these pastimes and soon
return here.

Text 190

raja: priyam me priyam

priyam happiness; me my; priyam happiness.

King: This will give me great happiness, great happiness.

Text 195
(pravisya sa tvarah ka-scid raj anam pranamya)
purusah: maharaj a sarvam avalokyagatam

pravisya en t e r i ng;sa tvarah h- a stily;kascit someone; raj anam t o t he ki n g ;

pranamya bo w i n g ; maharaja 0 great king; sarvam al l; avalokya ha v i n g s een;
agatam c o m e .

(A man hastily enters and bows down before the king.)

 Man: 0 ki ng, I saw everything, and now I have come.

Text 196

raja: kathaya

kathay a te ll.

King: Speak.

Text 197

purusah: deva avadhiyatam

panau krtva madhura mrd-ule sodhanim urdhvam urdhvam

sarvaih sardham svayam ayam asau gundica man-dapantah
tu2a tantu-n ma2ina raja-sah sarayann eva tais tair
vyapto gaurah sasadhara iva vyakta 2aksm-a babhuva

deva 0 ki n g ; avadhiyatam be a t t e n t i ve;panau ha n d s ; kr t va d o i n g ;

madhura mrdu-le sw e et;sodhanim cl e a n i n g;urdhvam urdhvam hi g h e r a nd
higger; sarvaih sardham wi t h e v e ryone;svayam pe r s o n a lly;ayam asau H e ;
gundica mand-apantah in t he G in d i ca temple; tu2a tantun -webs; ma2ina raj as-ah
dust; sarayan to s s i ng out; eva in d e e d; tais taih wi t h t h e m ; vy a ptah c o v e r e d ;
gaurah Lo r d C a i tanya;sasadharah mo o n ; iva li k e ;vy a k ta 2aksma -mani fested
signs; babhuva be c ame.

Man: 0 ki ng, li sten carefully. After with Hi s own soft hands personally
cleaning the Gundica temple with all His devotees, and after sweeping out all
the dust and cobwebs, spotted with di rt, Lord Ca i t anya seemed like a golden,
spotted moon.

Text 198

anantaram

hastaprapye kam api samuparopya kasyapi camse

ma bhaisir ity ahaha nigadan megha gambhir-ayoktya
abhyun netrah sa -raj asa ta-nur ma-rjayitvordhvam urdhvam
bhittih simhasanam atha talam sodhayam asa devah
anantaram th e n; hasta of t h e h a n d;aprapye un a t t a i n a ble;kam api
something; samuparopya cl i m b i n g; kasyapi of s o m e o n e;ca an d ; am se o n t h e
shoulder; ma do n t; bhaisih fe a r ;iti thu s ; ah a ha ah a ; ni g a dan s a y i n g ;
megha gambhiraya li k e t h u n d e r; uktya wi t h w o r d s ; abhyut li f t e d ;ne trah
eyes; sa r-aj asa t-anuh body; marj ayitva wa s h i n g; urdhvam urdhvam hi g h e r a nd
higher; bhittih th e w a l l; simhasanam th e a l t a r; atha th e n ; ta l am th e s u r f a c e ;
sodhayam asa cl e aned;devah t h e L o r d .

When a place on the wall was beyond the reach of His hands, He cl i m bed on
the shoulder of a devotee, saying, with a voice like thunder , "Don't be afraid".
Lifting his eyes, in this way He washed the walls and the altar.

Text 199

apl ca

bahir vas-o ncalyam avakara cay-am sodhanikaya

samahrtyapurya svayam atha bahih sarayati sah
kvacid hastaprapyavadhi sa rab-hasam marsti ca kalam
suhrd varg-air gayaty api sa kutukam gapayati ca

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; bahir vasa-h ou t er garment;ancalyam in t h e e d g e;

avakara caya-m mu l t i t u d e; sodhanikaya cl e a n i n g;samahrtya g a t h e r i n g ;
apurya fi l l i n g; svayam pe r s o n a lly;atha th e n ; ba h ih ou t s i d e sarayati
;
throws; sah He ; kv acit so m e w h e r e;hasta ha n d ; ap rapya n o t a t t a i n i n g ;
avadhi un t i l ; sa rabh-asam en t h u s iastically;marsti cl e a n e d;ca an d ; k a l a m
part; suhrd varga-ih by f r i e n ds; gayati made to sing; api al s o;sah H e ;
kutukam ha p p i l y; gapayati ma d e to s in g; ca a l s o .

Gathering it in the upturned edge of His outer garment, He threw dirt an d

dust outside. He earnestly cleaned where other hands could not reach. His
friends encouraged Him to sweetly sing and He also encouraged them to sing
with great joy.

Text 200

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

Text 201

purusah: evam mula mandapa -jaganmohana bhogama-ndapanam

marj ananantaram
kupat ke 'pi samuddharanti katarah kasyapi haste dadau
so 'py anyasya kare sa capara k-are so 'mbhah kare kasyacit
ittham srnkhalaya ghatan atha nayan purnan apurnams tyajan purnapurna
parigraha ty-aj anayoh siksam vyatantj j anah

evam thus;mula m-andapa Mula-mandapa;j aganmohana jagan-mohana;

bhogamandapanam bhoga-mandapa; marj ana cleaning;anantaram then;
kupat fr om a well; ke pi so m e ;sa muddharanti br i n g i n g ;ka tarah s o m e ;
kasyapi of s o m e;haste in t h e h a n d;dadau ga v e ;sah he ; api al s o ;an y a sya
of another; kare in t h e h a n d;sah he ; ca a n d ; ap a ra of a n o t h e r;ka re i n t h e
hand; sah he ; ambhah wa t e r ; ka re in t h e h a n d; kasyacit o f s o m e o n e ;
ittham th u s ; srnkhalaya by a c h a i n;ghatan wa t e r p o t s;atha th e n ; na ya n
bringing; purnan fu l l ; ap u r nan em p t y ; ty aj an re j e c t i n g;purna fu l l ; a p u r n a
and empty; parigraha ta k i n g ; tyajanayoh an d s e n d i n g b a c k;siksam
instruction; vyatanlt di d ;j anah t h e p e o p l e .

Man: Then the Lord cleaned the Mula-mandapa, Bhoga-mandapa, and Jagan-
mohana rooms. Some devotees drew buckets of water from a well. They handed
the buckets to others, who handed them to others, who handed them still
others. In this way the devotees formed a chain by which full bu c k ets traveled
in one direction and empty buckets in the other.

Text 202

apl ca

kecid gaura gira m-anojna matay-ah sincanti simhasanam

bhittih kecana ke 'pi tasya karayor vary arpan-am kurvate
kecit tat pada p-ankaj -opari ghataih sincanti santosatas
tat ke 'py anjalina pibanti dadate kecic ca murdhany api

api ca fur t h e r m o re; kecit so m e ;gaura of L o r d C a i t a n ya;gira b y t h e

words; manojna de s i r e;matayah th o u g h t s ;sincanti sp r i n k l e d;simhasanam
the altar; bhittih wa l l s ; kecana so m e ;ke pi so m e ;ta s ya of H i m ; ka r a y oh o n
the feet; vari wa t e r; arpanam pl a c e d;kurvate do ; ke c it so m e ;tat pada -

pankaj opari on H is l o t us feet;ghataih wi t h p o t s ; sincanti s p r i n k l e ;

santosatah ha p p i l y; tat th a t ; ke pi som e ; anj alina wi t h c u p p e d hands;
pibanti dr i n k ; da d ate pl a c e ;kecit so m e ; ca a n d ; mu r d h a ni o n t h e h e a d ;
a pl a l l d .

By the order of the Lord some intelligent devotees poured water on the altar.
Some poured water on the wall with t h eir han ds, some poured pots of water on
the Lord's lotus feet, with cupped hands some drank that water, and some
poured that water over their heads.
 Text 203

raja: tatas tatah.

tatah th e n ?; tatah then?

King: Then? Then?

Text 200

purusah: tat purvavat kramena praksalya dhauta pa-da eva sarve sva sva -vas-obhis
tat kra-mena sa212any apasarayam babhuvuh. tatha krtva anganam uttzrya tac
chodhanarambhe
tat th a t; purvavat as b e f o re; kramena on e a f t er another;praksalya
washing; dhauta pad-a wa shed; eva in d e e d;sarve ev e r y t h i n g;sva sva-
vasobhih wi t h t h e ir own clo thes;tat kram-ena on e by one; sa2i2ani w a t e r ;
apasarayam babhuvuh removed;tatha then;krtva havmg done; anganam
courtyard; uttirya go i n g ; tac sodh-anarambhe in t he c leaning.

Man: When everything had been washed perfectly clean, the devotees dried
everything inside the temple with th eir own cl o t h i ng. When the inside of the
temple was clean the devotees began to clean the courtyard.

Text 205

pankti bhuyo-paviste nij a jana nikare -kautukan madhya varti-

cinvan vasah prapu-ram cira samup-acitah sarkaras catvarasya
pasyamah ke katima vidadhati vicita ity avocad yadesas
tarhy evami pramodad aham ahamikaya cetum udyogam iyuh

evam sva caritam -iva niravakaram sva hrdaya-m iva snigdham ca sarvatas catvara
talam krtva te mi bhagavat kirtana-m arebhire
pankti bhuya -form ing a line; upaviste en t e r e d;nij a jana nikare -His o w n
people; kautukat enthusiastiaclly; madhya varti -in the midst; cinvan
collecting; vasah prapura-m fi l l i ng the cloth; cira samupa-citah pl a c ed in the
cloth; sarkarah du s t ; catvarasya of t h e c o u r t yard;pasyamah we s e e;ke
who?; katima ho w m u c h ; vi d adhati pl a c e s;vicita co l l e c t e d;iti th u s ; av o cat
said; yada wh e n; isah th e L o r d ; ta r hi th e n ;eva in d e e d ;ami t h e y ;
pramodat happily; aham I; ahamikaya pe r s o nally;cetum to c o u n t ; ud yogam
iyuh en d e avor;evam th u s ; sva caritam -p a s times; iva li k e ; ni r a v akaram sva
hrdayam in t he h eart;iva li k e ; sn igdham af f e c t i o nate;ca al s o ;sarvatah
everywhere; catvara talam th - e courtyard;krtva do i n g ; te ami t h e y ; bh a gavat
kirtanam bh a g a vat-kirtana;arebhire d i d .

Accompanied by the devotees, the Lord began accumulating pebbles and

grains of dirt, placing it all on His cloth. When the Lord said, "Let us see who
can collect the most dirt", everyone began to work with gr eat enthusiasm. As
they worked in this way, everyone s heart became filled with devotional love,
and they began a great kzrtana chanting Lord Krsna's holy name.

Text 206

tatha hi

ksobham ksoni mr-gaksyah sthaganam iha raveh kampam asa va-dhunam

stambham vatasya kurvann amara pa-rivrdhasyasram aksnam sahasre
cedam saptarsi gos-thyah parama ras-amayo22asam auttanapader
dhyana dhv-amsam virinceh sajayati bhagavat kir-tanananda nad-ah

tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e; ksobham ag i t a t i o n;ksoni on e a r t h;mr gaksyah d o e -

eyed girls; sthaganam st o p p i n g;iha he r e ;ra v eh th e s u n ; ka mpam t r e m b l i n g ;
asa vad-hunam the demigoddesses of the directions;stambham s t o p p i n g ;
vatasya of t he win d; kurvan do i n g ;am a ra pari-vrdhasya o f K i n g I n d r a ;
asram te a rs; aksnam ey e s;sahasre th o u s a n d;ca an d ; id am th i s ; sa p tarsi
gosthyah th e seven sages;parama rasa-maya sw e et; u22asam j o y ;
auttanapadeh of D h r u v a; dhyana me d i t a t i o n;dhvamsam br e a k i n g;virinceh o f
Brahma; sah th a t;j ayati gl o r i e s;bhagavat kirta-na of b h a gavat-kirtana;
ananda bl i s s; nadah t h e s o u n d .

Glory to the blissful sounds of the chanting of the holy name, which agitated
all beautiful doe-eyed girls on earth, stopped the sun in its course, made the
demigoddesses of the four direction tremble, stopped the wind, made King
Indra shed tears from his thousands of eyes, made the seven sages perspire,
filled Dhruva Maharaja with joy, and interru p ted the meditations of Lord
Brahma!

Text 207

tatas ca

nartitva ksanam eva caru madhuram gauro harir nartayam

cakre dvaita tanuj am -eka madhur-am gopala dasabhi-dham
nrtyann eva sa murcchitah sukha vasad de-hantaram yann iva
dvaite khidyati pani padma v-alanad -devah sa tam pranayat

tato hari dhvanir -uccair uccacara

tatah th e n; ca an d ; na r t i t va da n c i n g ;ks anam fo r a m o m e n t;eva i n d e e d ;

caru beautiful; madhuram sweet;gauro harih Lord Caitanya;nartayam cakre
made to dance;advaita tanujam -Advaita's son; eka madhuram -sweet; gopala
dasabhidham named Gopala dasa; nrtyan dancing;eva indeed;sah he;
murcchitah fa i n t e d; sukha v-asat wi t h e cstasy;dehantaram an o t h er body;yan
which; iva li k e ; ad vaite Ad v a i t a;khidyati di s t r e s s ed;
pani p-adma v-alanat
from the lotus hand; devah th e L o r d; sah He ; ta m hi m ; pr a n a y at g a c e ;
tatah th e n; hari of H a r i ; dh v anih th e s o u n d; uccaih lo u d l y ; uc cacara c a l l e d .

Then Lord Gaura Hari began gracefully to dance and He induced Lord
Advaita's good son Gopala dasa to dance also. As He danced, Gopala became
overcome with ecstatic happiness, and He suddenly fell to the ground dead.
Lord Advaita began to lament bitterly, but when Lord Caitanya placed His hand
on Gopala dasa and brought him back to li fe, the kzrtana suddenly exploded
with a great tumult of the chanting of the holy name.

Text 208

raja: aho me dura drst-am yad etad api na drstam

ahah al as;me my ; du ra d rs t-am mi s f o r t u n e;yad etat th a t ; api al s o ;n a

not; drstam s e e n .

King: Alas! I am very unfortun ate. I did not see any of these pastimes.

Text 209

purusah: tato narasimha natha -mand-apam ca samskarya dhavayitvendradyumna

s arasi krta jala vihara-h sarvair eva tad abhya-rna vartin-i kusumodyane visasrama tad .
anuvaninatha pattan-ayakenopanitani bhagavat prasad-adini sarvair evasevitani

tatah th e n; narasimha natha -manda-pam the Nr s i m ha temple; ca a l s o ;

samskarya cl e a ning;dhavayitva di v e d ;in d radyumna sarasi -in I n d r a d yumna
Lake; krta jala vihara-h en j o y ed water pastimes;sarvaih wi t h a l l; eva i n d e e d ;
tad abhyar-na vartini -near; kusumodyane in a flower garden;visasrama rested;
tad anu th e n; vaninatha pattanay-akena by V a n i n atha Pattanayaka;upanitani
brought; bhagavat prasada-dini bh a g avat-prasadam;sarvaih by a l l; eva i n d e e d ;
sevi tani ho n o r e d.

Man: Then the Lord cleansed the Nrsimha temple, then He enjoyed water
sports with the devotees in the Indradyumna Lake, and then they all rested in a
nearby flower-garden. After that Vanznatha Pattanayaka brought Bhagavat-
prasadam and they all honored it.

Text 210
 nepathye:

netrotsavah sarva janasya bhavi

svah sri p-ateh sri mukha d-arsanena
itiva cittotsava esajato
mahotsavasyapi mahotsavo yah

netra fo r t he eyes;utsavah a f e s tival;sarva janasya of e v e r yone;bhavi w i l l

be; svah to m o r r o w; sri pa-teh of t he L or d; sri m-ukha da-rsanena by seeing His
face; iti th i s ; iva li k e ; ci t ta of t h e h e a r t; utsavah festival; esah th i s;j atah
manifest; mahotsavasya of t he great festival;api al s o ;mahotsavah g r e a t
festival; yah w h i c h .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Tomorrow, Lord Jagannatha will create a
great festival for everyone s eyes by again revealing His handsoem face. This
thought has created a great festival of happiness in everyone's heart.

Text 211

raja: maha patra -kasimisro yam yatha lapati tatha manye bhavantam eva
sravayati tad a.dhuna netrotsavasya krtakrtaveksanam acaratu bhavan

maha patra -0 ma h a - patra;kasimisrah Ka s i M i s r a;ayam th i s ;ya t ha a s ;

lapati sp e a ks;tatha so ; ma n ye I t h i n k ; bh a v antam yo u ; eva i n d e e d ;
sravayati te l l s; tat th e n ; ad h u na no w ; ne t ra fo r t h e e y e s;utsavasya o f a
festival; krta do n e ;ak r ta aveks-anam acaratu ma y d o; bhavan y o u .

King: 0 maha-patra, this must be Kasi Misra speaking to Lord Caitanya.

Please go now and see that this great festival for the eyes is nicely performed.

Text 212

tulasimisrah: yathajnapayasi (iti nis.krantah.)

yatha as; aj napayasi yo u o r d e r; iti th u s ;ni s k r a ntah e x i t s .

Tulasi Misra: As you or d er. (He exits.)

Text 213

(tatah pravisati kasimisrah ) .

kasimisrah: aho ati madhuram -bhavi

kasisvara ksapita lo-ka caya-h pur-astad

 govinda pa2ita vi2asa gatih purastat
parsva dvaye ca sa purisvara s-a s-varupau
netrotsavaya sa bhavisyati gaura c-andrah

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;kasimisrah Ka s i M i s r a;ahah Oh ; a t i

madhuram ve ry sweet;bhavi wi l l b e ; ka sisvara Ka s i s v ara;ksapita cl e a r e d;
2oka ca-yah the crowd; purastat be f o r e;govinda Go v i n d a ;pa2ita vi-2asa ga-tih
purastat followinggbehind; parsva dv-aye on t he two sides;ca an d ; s a
purisvara sa -sv-arupau Puri and Svarupa; netrotsavaya a f e stival for the eyes;
sah He; bhavisyati wi l l b e ; gaura ca-ndrah Lo r d C a i t a nya.

(Kasz Misra enters.)

Kasi Misra: Ah. It w il l be very sweet. With Kasisvara clearing a way through
t he crowd in front, with G o v i nda happily fo l l o w ing behi nd, and wi t h
P aramananda Puri and Svarupa at His sides, Lord Caitanya will go to what wi l l
be a great festival for His eyes.

Text 210
raja: aho manasa saha sankathayan mam api navalokate misra

ahah Oh; manasa saha wi t h t he m i n d; sankathayan co n v e r s ing;mam me;

api al s o; na no t ; av a l o kate se e s;misra M i s r a .

King: Ah, Misra is now talk ing to his own m i nd . T hat is why he does not
even see me here.

Text 215

kasimisrah: (daksine ksi niksipya) aho nispanda manda-naivaratha trayi v-isesato

'yam sri jagannathasya rathah

utsarpi darpan-a sahasra -vibhavi-ta srih -

sac caru ca-mara -sucma -cayaih -paritah

tej omayah samayam etya viraj amana
anandayan nayanam eva ratho vibhati

daksine ri g h t; aksi ey e ;ni k s ipya to s s i n g;ahah oh ; ni s p a nda

mandanaivaratha trayi t- h r ee decorated chariots;
visesatah sp e c ifically; ayam
this; sri jagannathasya of L o rd ja gannatha;rathah th e c h a r i o t; utsarpi darpana-
sahasra vibhavita -srih be -autiful with thousands of mirrors;sac caru cam-ara-
sucina cayaih -glorious with beautiful camara wisks; paritah ev e r y w h e r e ;
tej omayah sp lendid; samayam ti m e ; et ya at t a i n i n g ;viraj amanah s h i n i n g ;
anandayan de l i g h t in g; nayanam th e e y e s; eva i n d e e d;rathah t h e c h a r i o t ;
vibhati is m a n i f e sted.
 Kasz Misra: (looking to the left) Ah , h ere are the three decorated chariots.
Here is Lord Jagannatha s chariot. Beautifully decorated with th ousands of
mirrors and camara wisks, Lord Jagannatha s great splendid chariot delights the
eyes.

Text 216

(sammukham avalokya) aye katham ihaiva raj a (u.pasrtya) j ayati j ayati

maharaj ah m.aharaj iha
a sthitenaiva tvaya ratharohanam bhagavato valokaniyam
pascat snanottaram sva sev-a vidheya

sammukham ahead;
avalokya looking;aye oh;katham why7;iha here;
eva in d e ed; raj a th e k i n g ; upasrtya ap p r o a c h i n g;
j ayati j ayati gl o r i e s, glories;
maharajah to t he k i n g; maharaj a 0 ki n g ; ih a her e ; st h i tena st y a i n g;eva
indeed; tvaya by y o u; ra t ha th e c h a r i o t;arohanam cl i m b i n g ;bhagavatah o f
the Lord; avalokaniyam to b e s een;pascat fr o m b e h i n d ; snana t h e b a t h i n g ;
uttaram af t e r; sva seva -service; vidheya sh o u ld be done.

(Looking ahead) Ah! How has the king come here> (He approaches.) Glory,
glory to the king. 0 k i ng , here you will see Lord Jagannatha ascend His chariot.
Then, when the bathing of Lord Jagannatha is ended, you will d i r e ctly serve
Him.

Text 217

raj a: ratha vij aya -seva m-e niyatapi tatha mam notkanthayati yatha mahaprabhor
nrtya darsan-a sprha-

ratha vijaya -seva -serving the Lord on His chariot; me by m e ; n i y a t a

brought; api ev e n; ta tha so ; ma m me ; na no t ; ut k a n t h a yati at t r a c t s;
yatha
as; mahaprabhoh of L o rd C aitanya;nrtya da n c i n g ;darsana th e s i g h t; sprha
dessre.

King: I do not desire to serve Lord Jagannatha on His chariot as much as I

yearn to see the dancing of Srz Caitanya Mahaprabhu.

Text 218

kasimisrah: ratharohanejate sati yamardhantarita eva mahaprabhor nrtyarambho

bhavl.

ratharohanejate sati wh e n t he L o rd has ascended the chariot;

yamardhantarita an hour and a half; eva indeed; mahaprabhoh of Lord
Caitanya; nrtyarambhah da n c i n g;bhavi w i l l b e .

Kasi Misra: An hour and a half after Lord Jagannatha has ascended the
chariot, Lord Caitanya will begin to dance.

Text 219

raja: (sa vit-arkam)

itas cet pasyeyam bhavati paritoso na manasas

tato va pasyeyam tad api sulabham naiva bhavati
pravesas tad gos-thyam mama na ghatate tad vrta-taya
tad anta-r vart-itvat katham u kalaye tasya natanam

tathapi yavan natanam tavad eva tatraiva stheyam tat .krpa -devy -eva saranam

sa vita-rkam re f le cting; itah th e n ; cet if ; pa s y e yam I s e e ;bhavati i s ;

paritosah ha p p i n e ss;na not; manasah of t he heart; tatah th e n ; va o r ;
pasyeyam I see; tad api th e n; sulabham ea s i ly attainable;na no t ; e v a
indeed; bhavati is ; pr a vesah en t r a n c e;tad gosth-yam in H is c ompany; mama
my; na no t ; gh atate is ; tad v rt ata-ya by t h a t; tad antar -vartit-vat be c ause of
being within; katham wh y 7 ; u in d e e d ;ka l a ye I s e e ;tasya of H i m ; na t a nam
dancing; tathapi st i l l ;ya vat as ; na t a nam da n c i n g ;ta vat so ; eva i n d e e d ;
tatra th e r e;eva in d e e d;stheyam sh o u l d be stayed;tat krpa d-evi -the goddess
of His mercy; eva in d e e d; saranam s h e l t e r .

King: (reflecting) If I am able to see the bliss of Lord Caitanya's dancing my

heart will never tire of seeing it. It will not be very easy for me to see it. He is
surrounded by His devotees, and I have no power to enter among them. How
will I see Lord Caitanya's dancing? If I take shelter of His mercy, I will be able
to see His pastimes of dancing.

Text 220

kasimisrah: maharaja kancuki dvara m-ahisibhir abhyarthitam asti bhagavato

gauracandrasya nrtya darsana-rtham ihavasthanam

maharaj a 0 ki n g ; ka n cuki dvara -by the guard; mahisibhih by the queens;

abhyarthitam asti pr a y e d;bhagavato gauracandrasya of L o rd C a i t anya;nrtya
darsanartham to s ee the dancing;iha he r e ;avasthanam p l a c e .

Kasi Misra: 0 king, the palace guard says the queens ask to see the dancing
of Lord Caitanya.
 Text 221

raja: sukhena pasyantu k.rtarthayantu locanejanus ca.

sukhena easily; pasyantu ma y s e e;krtarthayantu ma k e s u c cessful;locane

eyes;j anuh li f e; ca a n d .

King: They may easily see it. It will m ake th eir eyes and life successful.

Text 222

kasimisrah: tat tvarasva bha.gavato ratharohana kal-ah sannikrsta eva.

tat th en; tvarasva hu r r y ; bh agavatah of t h e L o r d; ra tha ch a r i o t ;ar o hana

ascent; kalah ti m e ; sannikrstah c o m e ; eva i n d e e d ; .

Kasi Misra: Hurry T he .tumultuous sounds mean Lord Jagannatha has ascended
His chariot

Text 223

raja: evam eva.

evam s o; eva r n d e e d .

King: So be it.

Text 220

kasimisrah: aham api bhagavan nikate e-vagacchami (ity ub.hau niskrantau.)

aham I; api al s o ;bh agavat th e L o r d ; n ik a te n e a r ; e va i n d e e d ; gacchami

go; iti thus; ubhau bo t h ; niskrantau e x i t .

Kasz Misra: Now I must go to the Lord. (They both exit .)

Text 225

(tatah pravisanti kancukinopagamyamanas tam eva vadabhim arudha mahisyah ).

 kancuki: devyah pasyantu

samprapto ratha k-andharam tanu b-hrtam netrair manobhih samam

sri n-i2aca2a c-andrama ratha p-atham samprapa gauri harih
bhavakrantatayaiva netra manasi tesam varam muncatah
purvam naiva param tu purva p-arayoh satyam ba2iyan parah

tatah th e n; pravisanti en t e r ;ka ncukina th e p a l a ce uard;upagamyamanah

following; tam th a t ; eva in d e e d ;vadabhim ro o f ; ar u d hah c l i m b e d ;
mahisyah qu e e ns;devyah qu e e n s;pasyantu ma y s e e;sampraptah a t t a i n e d ;
ratha ka-ndharam ch a r i o t; tanu bh-rtam of t he l i v i ng entities;netraih w i t h e y e s ;
manobhih wi t h m i n d s ; samam wi t h ; sri n i2-aca2a ca-ndrama the moon of
Nilacala; ratha of t he c hariot;patham th e p a t h w a y;samprapa at t a i n e d;gauri
harih Lord Caitanya; bhavakrantataya by overwhelming;eva indeed;netra
eyes; manasi and hearts; tesam of t h e m; varam be t t e r ;mu ncatah f r e e i n g ;
purvam former; na no t ; eva in d e e d ;param la t t e r ;tu in d e e d ;pu rva
parayoh of f o r m er and latter;satyam tr u t h ; ba 2iyan st r o n g e r;parah latter.

(Accompanied by the palace guard, the queens enter the palace roof.)

Palace Guard: 0 queens, look! Taking the eyes and minds of everyone with
Him, Lord Jagannatha has now ascended His chariot as Lord Gaura Hari stands
on the path before Him. Everyone's eyes and minds have at once turned from
Lord Jagannatha to Lord Caitanya. This proves the statement of sastra "bahyan
parah" (The second one is stronger).

Text 226

apl ca

mandalais tribhir asau sva jananam

avrto j ayati kancana gaurah-
bij a kosa iv-a vari ruhasy-a
pro22asat tara sah-asra -da2asya-

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; manda2aih ci r c l e s;tribhih by t h r e e ;asau He ; s v a

jananam of H is o wn p eople;avrtah su r r o u n d e d ; j a y a ti g l o r i e s ; kancana
gaurah Lo r d C a i tanya;btj a kosah -the whorl; iva li k e ; v a ri r u h asya -g r o w i n g
in the water; pro22asat tara bl o -ssoming;sahasra da2asya -thousand-petalled
lotus.

Glory to golden-complexioned Lord Caitanya who, surrounded by three rings

of devotees, is like the whorl of a blossoming thousand-petalled lotus flower.

Text 227
 devyah: (sotkantham niriksya pranamanti ).

sotkantham ea g erly;niriksya lo o k i n g ;pr a namanti bow.

(The queens gze at Him and then bow down to of fer respect.)

Text 228

kancuki: devyah pasyantu pasyantu

kasisvaro j ani bahir valayasya mukhyo

govinda uttamatamo j ani madhyamasya
abhyantarasya manivaj jayati svarupah
samajikah kila purisvara isvaragre

devyah the queens;pasyantu lo o k ; pa syantu lo o k ; ka s isvarah Ka s i s v ara;

aj ani is; bahih ou t s i d e ;valayasya th e c i r c l e;mukhyah he a d ;govinda
Govinda; uttamatamah hi g h e s t;aj ani is ; ma d hyamasya i n t h e m i d d l e ;
abhyantarasya wi t h i n t h a t; manivat li k e a j e w e l;j ayati gl o r i o u s ;svarupah
Svarupa;samajikah group; kila indeed;purisvarah Paramananda Puri;
isvara th e L o r d; agre b e f o r e .

Palace Guard: 0 q u e ens, look! Look! Kasisvara is the leader of the devotees
outside the three circles, Govinda is the leader of the devotees who comprise the
circles, in the center of the circles Svarupa shines like a glistening jewel, and
Paramananda Puri stands right before Lord Caitanya.

Text 229

(punar nibhalya) aho mahat kautuk-am.

sankocad virali karoti n-ajanas caitanya padasra-yams

tais tair gadha nirantar-avrtataya gauram ca no pasyati
sotkantham nayana dvayim -tata ito vyaparayann antaram
samprepsur haricandanamsa vilasad -bahur n-rpo bhramyati

punah ag ain; nibhalya lo o k i n g ;ah ah oh ; ma h at k autuka-m gr e at wonder;

sankocad virali karoti - t i g h t ening the circle; na n o t ; j a n a h a p e r s o n caitanya
;
padasrayan th e y w ho have taken shelter of Lord Caitanya's feet;tais taih b y
them; gadha nirantara-vrtataya by t i g h t ly covering;gauram Lo r d G a u r a; ca
and; na no t ; u in d e e d ;pasyati se e s ;sotkantham ea g e rly;n ayana dvayim -t w o
eyes; tatas itah th e r e; vyaparayan pl a c i n g;antaram in ; sa m p repsuh a t t a i n e d ;
haricandana Ha r i c a ndana;amsa sh o u l d e r;vilasat sh i n i n g ; bahuh a r m ;
nrpah th e k i n g; bhramyati pu s h e s aside.
 (Looks again) Ah! It is very wo n d er f ul. The devotees have woven the circles
so tightly around Lord Caitanya that the king cannot see Him. The king yearns
to see Lord Caitanya with his own eyes. With his arms the king now pu sh es
Haricandana's shoulder.

Text 230

devyah: assa j adisi ukkantha tadisam jj eva vavaharadi

assa of him; j adisi ukkantha lo n g i n g ;tadisam th i s ;jj eva in d eed;

vavaharadi is.

Queens: This king hopes in this way to see the Lord.

Text 231

kancuki: aho pramadah

raj aksi vartm-a bhidu-ram haricandano sau

srivasam antarayati sva karen-a mandam
rusto j aghana tam asau pratirustam enam
raj aiva santvayati sanunayam nayena

ahah oh; pramadah ma d n e s s;raja of t h e k i n g ; aksi ey e s ;vartma p a t h ;

bhiduram bl o c k i n g; haricandanah Ha r i c a n d ana;asau he ; sr ivasam Sr i v a s a;
antarayati pu s h e s;sva karen-a wi th h is hand; mandam ge n t l y; ru s tah a n g r y ;
j aghana hi t s; tam hi m ; as au he ; pr a t i r u s tam an g r y ;enam him; raj a k i n g ;
eva in d e ed; santvayati pa c i f i e s;sanunayam nayena sp e a king sweet words.

Palace Guard: (looks for a moment) Oh ! T h i s is m a d n ess! Srzvasa was

blocking the path before the king s eyes. Haricandana gently pushed Srzvasa
with his hand, and then Srivasa became angry and slapped Haricandana. Now
the king is speaking sweet words to pacify them both .

Text 232

devyah: tadisanam niravecchanam ko vara oharica-ndano

tadisanam niravecchanam of t h e se great devotees; kah w h o ? ; vara ah -

insignificant; haricandanah Ha r i c a n dana.

Queens: Who is Haricandana in comparison to these great devotees?

 Text 233

kancuki: pasyantu pasyantu

uddama ta-ndava vi-dhau j agad is-varasya
sarve paraspara ka-ra gr-ahanam vidhaya
bahu prasary a pari tah pradisanti sasvad
bhumau skhalattara tan-oh ksata sa-nkayaiva

pasyantu lo o k; pasyantu lo o k ; ud d a ma tan-dava vid-hau in enthusiastic

dancing; j agad isv-arasya of L o rd jagannatha;sarve al l ; pa raspara ka-ra
grahanam ta k i ng hands;vidhaya pl a c i n g; bahu a r m s ; pr a sarya moving;
paritah ev e r y w h e re;pradisanti po i n t ; sa svat a l w a y s; bhumau a r m s ;
skhalattara fa l l e n; tanoh bo d y ; ks a ta san-kaya t o s s ed; eva i n d e e d .

Palace Guard: Look! Look! Lord Caitanya dances enthusiastically. Now He

has fallen to the ground. Now the anxious devotees surround Him. They extend
t heir arms to pick Him u p .

Text 230

devyah: danim suhena disa i -

danim no w ; suhena ea s i l y;d isa i s e - e .

Queens: Now we see it.

Text 235

kancuki: pasyantu

ksanam utplutena mrgendra

ka2pam ksanam adhavati matta naga tu-2yam-
bhramati ksanam apy alata
cakra prabham -ananda tarangat-o yatindrah

pasyantu lo o k; ks anam a m o m e n t ; utp2utena l e a p i n g;mrgendra ka2pam -as

a lion; ksanam an o t h er mome nt; adhavati ru n s ; ma t ta naga tu2y-am-as a
maddened elephant; bhramati ci r c l e s;ksanam api an o t h e r m o m e n t;alata cakra -

prabham a cir c l i ng firebrand; ananda of b l i s s; tarangatah by t h e w a v es;

yatindrah the king of sannyasis.

Palace Guard: Look! One moment Lord Caitanya leaps as a lion, the next
moment He runs as a maddened elephant, and the next moment, tossed by the
waves of transcendental bliss, He dances as a circling firebrand.

Text 236

apl ca

antar bh-ava vi-dam udara m-anasam adyah svarupo yada

yad gatum disatidam eva sakalah priyaiva tad gayati
tasyarthas tanuman iva pratiphalan gauro narinrtyate
stambhasru sva-ra bh-anga ka-mpa pu-laka pra-sveda-murccha-smitaih
api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; antar bha-va vid-am of t hey who know His heart; udara
manasam gr e at hearts;adyah fi r s t ; svarupah Sv a r u p a;yada wh e n ; y a t
which; gatum to s i n g; disati sh o w s ;id am th i s ; eva in d e e d ;sakalah a l l ;
priya de a r;eva indeed; tat th a t ; gayati si n g s ;tasya of t h a t ; ar t h ah t h e
meaning; tanuman po s s essing the body;iva li k e ; pr a t iphalan r e f le c t i n g ;
gaurah Lo r d C a i tanya;narmrtyate da n c es without stopping;stambha s t u n n e d ;
asru tears; svara bhan-ga choked voice;kampa trembling;pulaka hairs erect;
prasveda pe rspiration; murccha fa i n t i n g; smitaih s m i l e s .

Now Svarupa, the leader of the close devotees who know the Lord's heart,
sings a song about the intense love in the Lord's heart. Now golden Lord
Caitanya has become like the personification of Svarupa s song. Shedding tears,
his voice choked, his body trembling, perspiring, and fainting, and His bodily
hairs standing up, the Lord dances without stopping.

Text 237

devyah: accari am kk-hu edam pemmananda camak-karassa

accari am w- o nderful;kkhu in d e e d ;edam th i s ; pe mma of l o v e ; ananda o f

ecstasy; camakkarassa w o n d e r .

Queens: These symptoms of ecstatic love are a great wonder.

Text 238

kancuki: pasyantu

anandambunidher na vedmi katamair uccavacair urmibhir

nrtyonmada madena g-aura bhagavat-y ananda murccham -gate
nisthevah kathino 'sram asravad abhuc chvaso na samlaksyate
kantih keva2am ujjva2aiva suhrdam asvasa btjayate -
 pasyantu lo o k; ananda of b l i s s;ambunidheh of t he o cean;na not; vedmi I
know; katamaih ho w m a n y ; ucca a-vacaih hi g h a nd lo w; urmibhih b y w a v e s ;
nrtya da n c i n g; unmada madena wi t h m a d n e ss;gaura b-hagavati Lo r d C a i t a nya;
ananda in b l i s s; murccham fa i n t i n g;gate go n e ;nisthevahmucuous; kathinah
hard; asram te a r s;asravat flowed; abhut wa s ; svasah si g h i n g;na n o t ;
sam2aksyate is seen;kantih sp l e n d o r;keva2am on l y ; ujjv a2a sp l e n d i d; eva
indeed; suhrdam of f r i e n d s;asvasa ho p e ; bijayate f a n s .

Palace Guard: Look! Lord Caitanya is tossed by the high waves of the bliss
o f ecstatic love. Now He falls unconcious. Tears and mucuous stream from Hi m .
He seems to have stopped breathing. Only the sight of His splendid golden form
keeps the hopes of His friends alive.

Text 239

devyah: isaro tti samvittijje ano-ji ana-m dharedi ann.adha edam kim damsidum
sakkl-a(A.

isarah th e L o r d; tti th u s ;sa m vittijj ead - i e d; nah no t ;j i a n a m -l i f e ;

dharedi ma i n t a i ns; annadha ot h e r w i s e;edam th i s ; k im h o w ? ; da m s idum
sakki adi -are able.

Queens: The Lord has not died. He is alive. Otherwise how could th e
devotees peacefully gaze upon Him?

Text 200

kancuki: (punar nibhalya) ahoj i v i tam ahojivitam

romancah punar unmisanti nayane bhuyo 'pi parasruni

nisthevas ca punah prarohati punah svaso 'dharam dhavati
sarvesam abhito bhitah samudayaty ah2ada ko2aha-2o
devo j agarayam cakara hrdayam svananda murcch-am tyaj an

punah ag ain; nibhalya lo o k i n g ;ah ah oh ;ji v i t a m al i v e ;ah ah o h ;

jivitam al i v e ;ro mancah hairs; punah ag a i n;unmisanti op e n ;na yane e y e s ;
bhuyo api ag a in;parasruni te a r s ;nisthevah sa l i v a;ca punah a g a i n ;
prarohati flows; punah ag a i n;svasah si g h s;adharam li p s ; dh a vati r u n ;
sarvesam everyone;abhito abhitah th e r e ; samudayati ar i s e s;ahlada o f
happiness; ko2aha2ah tu m u l t; devah th e L o r d ;ja garayam cakara a w a k e n s ;
hrdayam th e h eart;svananda of b l i s s; murccham fa i n t i n g; tyaj an a b a n d o n i n g .

Palace Guard: (looking for a moment) A h ! H e i s al i ve! He is alive! The hairs

on His body stand erect, tears stream from His eyes, saliva flows from Hi s
mouth, and the breath again runs to His lips. In all di r e ctions everyone shouts
with joy. The Lord has given up His unconciousness. He has again awakened
His heart.

Text 201

devyah: ammahe glvldamha glvldamha

ammahe ah;j i v i d amha we a r e al i ve;ji v i d amha we a r e a live.

Queens: Wonderful! Now we are brought back to life! Now we are alive
again!

Text 202

kancukl: (punar nibhalya) aho adb.hutam.

yenaiva gltena babhuva murccha

tenaiva bhutyo j ani samprabodhah
kim eka evaisa sa ko 'pi mantrah p r a y o g a samh-ara vidh-au svatantrah

punah again;
nibhalya looking;ahah oh;adbhutam wonderful;
yena by
which; eva in d e e d;gltena by t h e s ong;babhuva wa s ; mu rccha f a i n t i n g ;
tena by tha t; eva in d e e d;bhutyah be i n g ;aj ani wa s ; samprabodhah
awakening; kim wh a t ? ;ekah al o n e ;eva in d e e d ;esah he ; sah he ; k a h
who?; api in d e e d; mantrah ma n t r a ;prayoga samha-ra vidha-u svatantrah ab le to
make conscious and unconscious.

Palace Guard: (looking again) Ah ! I t i s w o n d e r f ul ! Th e same song that made

the Lord unconcious has now awakened Him. What is this mantra-song that
makes Him both conscious and unconscious?

Text 203

apl ca

nrtyonmada tranginl-r balavatlr anandavatya kramad

atyu22asayati sma tatra j anito vlcl taranga -kramah-
kascit kascid anlnasat tam aparas tam caparas tam paras
cety ananda tarangaj -aiva vividha vrttir na gltartha ja

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; nrtya of d a n c i n g;unmada of m a d n e s s;tranginlh

waves; balavatlh st r o n g; anandavatya wi t h b l i s s;kramat g r a d u a l l y ;
atyu22asayati sma fi l ls with bliss; tatra th e r ej; anitah ma n i f e s t;v lcl taranga-
kramah wa v e s;kascit kascit so m e ;aninasat le d ; t am H i m ; ap a r a h b e y o n d ;
tam Him; ca an d ; ap a r ah be y o n d ; t am H i m ; pa r a h thi s s i d e ;ca a n d ;i t i
thus; ananda of b l i s s; tarangaja pr o d u c e d from the waves; eva i n d e e d ;
vividha va r i o u s; vrttih ac t i o n s ;na no t ; gi t a of t h e s o n g; artha f r o m t h e
meaning; j a pr o d u c e d.

The Lord was violently tossed by the great waves of the bliss of ecstatic love
produced by His wild dancing. It is these waves, and not the song, that caused
Lord Caitanya to faint and then awaken.

Text 200

aho svarupasya prema ma-dhuryam tat.ha hi

utthaya mandam upavisya sukhormi veg-a

nighnasya tarjanikaya likhato dharitrim
asankitah ksati-krte sa day-am svarupo
devasya panim arunan nija pani-naisah

ahah ah;svarupasya of Svarupa; prema of the love; madhuryam the

sweetness; tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e;utthaya ri s i n g ;ma ndam sl o w l y ; up avisya
sitting; sukha of h a p p i n e ss;urmi of w a v e s;vega po w e r ; ni ghnasya s t o p p i n g ;
tarj anikaya wi t h a f i n g e r; likhatah sc r a t c h i n g;dharitrim t h e g r o u n d ;
asankitah fe a r less; ksati-krte f o r t h a t; sa daya-m me r c i f u l l y; svarupah
Svarupa;devasya of the Lord; panim the hand;arunan red;nij apanin-a own
hand; esah he.

Ah! Now sweet is the pure love of Svarupa! Seeing that Lord Caitanya has
become unconscious, overcome by waves of ecstasy, anxious Svarupa sits beside
H im, places his hand in the Lord s hand, and lifts Him u p .

Text 205

(punar nibhalya) aho kastam

gacchaty esaj agat pati ratha -gato bahu -prasarya svayam

priyotthapayitum rathodaram iva sri gauraca-ndram purah
nrtyann eva sa capasarpati param vasyodayenatmano
dvav evaksi patham -vyatiyatur aho bhagyam visasrama nah

(iti devir avatarya tabhih saha niskrantah.)

punah ag ain; nibhalya se e i n g;ahah ah ; ka s t am ah ; ga c c hati go e s ;esah

He; j agat pati Lo r d-Jagannatha; ratha on t h e c ha riot;gatah g o i n g ; bahu a r m s ;
prasarya moving; svayam pe r s o nally;priya be l o v e d;utthapayitum t o r a i s e
up; ratha udaram th e c h a r i o t; iva as i f ; sri gauracandram Lo r d C a i t a n ya;
purah ag a in; nrtyan da n c i n g ;eva indeed; sah He ; ca al s o ;ap asarpati g o e s ;
param then;vasyodayenatmanah overcome;dvau both;eva indeed; aksi o f
the eyes; patham th e p a t h; vyatiyatuh go e s ;ahah oh ; bh a g yam g o o d f o r t u n e ;
visasrama we r e st; nah of u s ; iti thu s ; de v ih th e q u e e n s;avatarya b r i n g i n g
down; tabhih saha wi t h t h e m; niskrantah e x i t s .

(Looking again) Ah! Ah! Lord Jagannatha rides in His chariot so He can
display His love for Lord Gauracandra. Tears streaming from His eyes, Lord
Caitanya dances in ecstasy before Lord Jagannatha. Alas! I am very unfortunate,
for at that moment these two Lords did not directly enter the pathway of my
eyes. The king is coming now. Let us go. (The Palace Guard exits with the
queens.)

Text 206

(tatah pravisati raja kasimisras ca.)

raja: aho nirvyudho rathotsavah

gundica grha-m avasthita ekah

praptavan upavanantaram anyah
deva yugm-am idam eva ananam
j
cittam evayugapat pravivesa

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;raja th e k i n g ; ka s imisrah Ka s i M i s r a;ca

and; ahah ah;nirvyudhah completed;rathotsavah Rathayatra; gundica grham-
the Gundica temple; avasthitah si t u a t e d;ekah al o n e ;praptavan a t t a i n e d ;
upavanantaram in a g arden;anyah an o t h e r;deva yugma-m tw o L o r d s; idam
this; eva ind e e d;ja n anam of t h e p e o p l e;cittam th e h e a r t; eva i n d e e d ;
yugapat at t he same moment;pravivesa en t e r e d.

(The King and Kasz Misra enter.)

King: Now the Rathayatra festival is completed. One Lord is seated in the
Gundica temple, and the other Lord is sitting a nearby garden. In a single
moment these two Lords have both entered the hearts of the devotees.

Text 207

kasimisra hora pancamy-am bhagavatyah sriyo devyah prayana yatra sar-vatas

camatkarini yatha bhavati tatha karya chatra c.amarad-ini bhagavad bhandara-gare
yavanti santi yavanti va. mama kosagaresu santi tavanty eva samaneyani yatha .

rathotsavad api locana camatkar-a karakatv-ena murta evadbhuta raso bhav-ati.

kasimisra 0 Ka s i M i s r a;hora pancamya-m in H e r a -pancami;bhagavatyah sriyo

devyah goddess Laksmi; prayana yatra journey;sarvatah everywhere;
camatkarini wo n d e r f u l;yatha as ; bh a vati is ; ta t ha so ; ka r y a s h o u l db e
done; chatra pa r a s ols;camara ca m a r a s;adini be g i n n i ng w i t h;bhagavad-
bhandaragare fr o m t he Deity store-room;yavanti as ; santi ar e ;ya v a nti a s ;
va or; mama my ; ko s a garesu in t h e t r e asury;santi ar e ; ta vanti th e y ;e va
indeed; samaneyani sh o u ld be brought;yatha as ; ra t h otsavat f r o m t h e
Rathayatra; api al s o; 2ocana fo r t he eyes;camatkara wo n d e r ; ka r akatvena
bringing; murtah fo r m ; e va i n d e e d ; adbhuta of w o n d e r; ra sah t h e m e l l o w ;
bhavati i s .

0 Kasi Misra, on the day of Hera-pancami, goddess Laksmi-devi will

celebrate a very wonderful prayana-yatra. Now that Rathayatra is over, please
take the camaras and parasols from the Deity's storehouse, and take whatever is
needed from my treasury, and make this hera-pancami festival a great sweet
nectar to fill the devotees' eyes with wonder.

Text 208

kasimisrah: yathajnapayati

yatha as; aj napayati order.

Kasi Misra: As you order .

Text 209

raja: tvam adyarabhya tatha kuru. aham api puram pravisami (iti ni.skrantah.)
tvam yo u; adya np w ; ar a b h ya be g i n n i n g ;ta tha so ; ku r u do ; ah a m I ;
api al s o; puram th e p a l a c e;pravisami en t e r; iti t h u s ; ni s k r a ntah e x i t s .

King: Please begin at once. I am going to the palace. (He exits.)

Text 250

kasimisrah: (svagatam) aramantaram agatesu bhagavat parsade-sv advaitadi ca

samastesu mahatsu kim vrttam iti nibha2ayami. (iti j agannatha va22abha-khyam
upavanam sa harsam -a2okya) aho bhagavatah sri krsna ca-itanya-syaiva saksat

svagatam as ide;aramantaram in t h e g a r den;agatesu co m e ; bhagavat

parsadesu the Lords associates; advaita adi be g -inning with Advaita;ca a l s o ;
samastesu all; mahatsu gr e a t; kim w h a t 7 ; vr t t am d o n e ;i ti t h u s ;
nibha2ayami I s ee; iti t h u s ; j agannatha va22abhak-hyam na med Jagannatha-
vallabha; upavanam ga r d e n;sa harsam -happily; alokya seeing; ahah o h ;
bhagavatah sri krsna c-aitanyasya of L o rd C a itanya; eva i n d e e d; saksat di r ectly.

Kasi Misra: (aside) I w o n d e r w hat pastimes Advaita Acarya and all the great
devotees of the Lord have been enjoying in the garden? Let me see. (He happily
looks into the garden named Jagannatha-vallabha.) Ah! H ere is Srz Krsna
Caitanya Himself.

Text 251

svo me parasvo mama tat par-e 'hni

mamapradeyur mama capare 'hni
mameti bhiksadi nin-irnayena
dvaitadayah kautukino babhuvuh

tad adhunatra mama praveso 'yogyas tad aham asannasya hora ma-hotsavasya
samagri sam-avadhanaya gacchami (iti .niskrantah.)

svah to m o r r o w; me my ; pa r a s vah th e d ay a fter;mama my ; ta t p a re -ahni

the day after that; mama my ; ap r a deyuh ac c e p t;mama my ; ca an d ; a p a r e
ahni th e day after that;mama my ; i t i t h us ; bh i k s a di ninir-nayena by a c cepting
prasadam; advaita aday-ah the devotees headed by Advaita; kautukinah h a p p y ;
babhuvuh become; tat then;adhuna now; atra here;mama my; pravesah
entrance; ayogyah un s u i t a ble;tat th a t ;ah am I; as a n n asya co m e ; h o r a
mahotsavasya of t he hera-pancami festival;samagri sama-vadhanaya t o m a k e
arrangements; gacchami I g o; i ti t h u s ; ni s k r a n tah e x i t s .

Tomorrow, the day after, the day after that, the day after that, and the day
after that. Advaita and the other devotees will happily accept alms at my home.
Still, now I must go and make arrangements for the hera-pancamz festival. (He
exits.)

Text 252

(tatah pravisati sri krsna c-aitany-ah parito dvaitadayas ca.)

sri krsn ca-itany-ah: svarupa yadyapi j agannatho dvaraka 2i2am an-ukaroti tathapi
gundica vyaj ena -vrndavana smarak-esv etesupavanesu vihartum praty abdam e-va
ni2aca2am parityajya sundaraca2am agacchati katham .devim sriyam parityajati

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;sri krsna ca-itanya-h Lo rd Caitanya; paritah

everywhere; advaita adayah -the devotees headed by Advaita; ca an d ; svarupa
0 Svarupa; yadyapi al t h o u g h;j agannathah Lo r d J agannatha;dvaraka D v a r a k a ;
2i2am pastimes; anukaroti do e s ;tathapi st i l l ;gu n dica vyaj ena -on the pretext
of going to Gundica; vrndavana Vr n d a v a na;smarakesu re m e m b e ring;etesu i n
them; upavanesu ga rdens;vihartum to e n j o y p a stimes;praty abdam -every day;
eva indeed; ni2aca2am Ni l a c ala;parity ajy a le a ving;sundaraca2am t o
Sundaracala; agacchati go e s;katham wh y 7 ; de vim sriyam go d d e ss Laksmi;
parity aj ati ab a ndons.

(Enter Srz Krsna Caitanya, accompanied by Advaita Acarya and the other
devotees.)

Srz Krsna Caitanya: Svarupa, although Lord Jagannatha enjoys pastimes in

Dvaraka, on the pretext of going to Gundica to enjoy pastimes in these
garndens, which are all replicas of Srz Vrndavana, every year He leaves Nzlacala
and goes to Sundaracala. Why does He leave goddess Laksmz behind?

Text 253

svarupah: svamin vrndavana sma-rakesv iti yad uktam svayam eva. tad eva
siddhantah na .hi vrndavane sriya saha viharah api .tu gopanganabhir eva.

svamin 0 Sv a m i;vrndavana sma-rakesu re p l i c as of Vrndavana;iti t h u s ;

yat which; uktam sa i d; svayam pe r s o n a lly; eva i n d e e d;tat t h a t ;e v a
indeed; siddhantah th e c o n c lusion;na no t ; hi in d e e d ;vr n d avane i n
Vrndavana; sriya th e g o d d ess of fortune;saha wi t h ; vi h a r ah pa s t i m e s;api
also; tu in d e e d; gopanganabhih w i t h t h e g op is; eva i n d e e d .

Svarupa: Lord, the answer to Your question is: In

Vrndavana He does not
enjoy pastimes with goddess Laksmz. In Vrndavana He enjoys pastimes with th e
gopls.

Text 250

sri krsna -caitany-ah: tathapy esa kopini bhavati.

tathapi ne v e r t heless; esa she; kopini an g r y ;bh avati b e c o m e s .

Srz Krsna Caitanya: Still, Laksmz-devz becomes very angry.

Text 255

svarupah: pranayininam prakrtir eveyam yat svayogyatam neksante

pranayininam of w o m e n in l o v e;prakrtih nature; evea in d eed; iam this;

yat which; svayogyatam wr o n g n e ss;na no t ; ik s a nte s e e s .

Svarupa: That is the nature of a woman in love. I don't see anything wrong
there.
 Text 256

(nepathye maha v-aditra n-irghosah ).

sarve: (akarnya) aho nimesa m-atram iva dina ca-tustayam j atam y.ad ayam hora
pancami m-ahotsavah pratyavartate

nepathye be h i nd the scenes;maha va-ditra ni-rghosah lo ud sound of musical

instruments; akarnya he a r i n g; ah ah oh ; ni m e sa ma-tram f o r o n l y a mo m e nt ;
iva as if; dina ca-tustayam fo u r d a y s;j atam ma n i f e s ted;yad ayam wh a t ; h o r a
pancami ma-hotsavah he r a -pancami festival;pratyavartate is.

(From Behind The Scenes comes the sound of a large band playing.)

Everyone: (listening) Ah ! T h ese four days have passed like a single

moment. This is the Hera-pancamz festival.

Text 257

sri krsn-a caita-nyah: yatha prast-avam evayam bhagavatyah sri devy-ah kopa
prayana maho-tsavah tad a.yam a2okaniyo bhavati.

yatha prasta-vam as; eva indeed; ayam th i s ; bhagavatyah sri devya-h o f t h e

goddess of fortune; kopa praya-na je a lous anger;mahotsavah gr e at festival;tad
ayam th a t; alokaniyah se e n;bhavati i s .

Sri Krsna Caitanya: This is the festival of goddess Laksmi s jealous anger.
Let us see it.

Text 258

sarve: evam eva. (ity a2okana samuci-tam stha2am upasarpanti ) .

evam so; eva in d e e d;iti th u s ;al o k a na samucit-am su i t b a le to see;

sthalam pl a c e; upasarpanti g o .

Everyone: So be it.
(Everyone goes to a place where they can easily see the festival.)

Text 259

(punar nepathyeaya
j jaya dhva-nih )- .
 punah again;nepathye behind thescenes;jaya jaya of j a y a jaya;dhvanih
sounds.

(Sounds of "jaya jaya" come from behind the scenes.)

Text 260

svarupah: (alokya) bhagavan

manasya krama esa naiva yad iyam svaisvarya vik-hyapakair

nana div-ya par-icchadaih svayam aho devam pratikramati
vyaktam raudra ras-o 'yam ambudhi bhu-vah krodhasya yat sth-ayino
bhuyan eva vikara esa viditam vaidagdhyam asyah param

alokya looking;bhagavan 0 Lord;manasya ofjealous anger; kramah

sequence; esa this; na no t ; e va i n d e e d ; yadiyam th i s ; sv a isvarya
vikhyapakaih gl o r i f y i ng her opulences;nana divy-a pari-cchadaih w i t h
transcendentaladdendents; svayam pe r s o n ally;ahah oh ; de v am t o t h e L o r d ;
pratikramati go ; vy a k t a m manifested; raudra rasa-h the mellow of anger;
ayam she;ambudhi bhuv-ah born from the ocean;krodhasya of anger; yat
sthayinah pl a c e;bhuyan gr e a t e r; eva i n d e e d;vikarah tr a n s f o r m a t io n; esa
she; viditam kn o w n ; va i dagdhyam ex p e rt i n t e ll igence;asyah of h e r; param
superior.

S varupa: (looking) L o r d , is t hi s the deity of jealous anger personified. No .

this is goddess Laksmz who, surrounded by transcendental companions always
chanting her many glories, now goes to see Lord Jagannatha. Her heart is filled
with ferocious anger. She is very expert at pastimes of jealous anger.

Text 261

purisvarah: svarupa satyam eva kintu pasyatam punar adbhuta eva rasah tatha h.i

patakabhir devi kalaham anu bhogmdra rasana-

sahasrasya dvabhyam yugapad iva 2idha dasa disah-
nabho vapi hamsair -iva mrdu calais ca-mara cayaih-
sita cchatraih -phu22ad dhava2a -kama2au-ghair iva vrta

svarupa 0 Sv a r u p a;satyam tr u t h ; e va i n d e e d ; ki n tu bu t ; pa s y a tam

should be seen; punah ag a i n;adbhuta wo n d e r f u l; eva i n d e e d ; ra sah m e l l o w ;
tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e;patakabhih wi t h f la g s;devi th e g o d d e ss;kalaham
quarrel; anu following; bhogi indra o- f regal serpents;rasana to n g u e s ;
sahasrasya th o u s ands; dvabhyam wi t h t w o ; yu g apat at t h a t m o m e n t;iva a s
if; /idhah l i c k ed; dasa th e t e n; disah di r e c t i o n s;nabhah th e s k y; vapi
hamsaih wi t h s wa ns; iva li k e ; mr du ge n t l y ;ca l aih mo v i n g ;ca m ara c-ayaih
camaras; sita c-chatraih wh i t e p a rasols;phu22at bl o ssoming; dhava2a w h i t e ;
kamala lo t u s e s;aughaih mu l t i t u d e s;iva li k e ; vr t a s u r r o u n d e d .

Paramananda Puri: Svarupa, it's true. Look! It's wonderful! Go ddess Laksmi
is surrounded by a host of flags like two th ousand regal serpents' tongues
licking the ten directions. The sky is filled with a host of camaras like a flock of
swans and white parasols like a forest of white lotuses.

Text 262

apl ca

su dhu-panam dhumaih prati disa-m udirnair upacite

ghanaughe gambhiram dhvanati muraj adi vya-tikare
ba2akanam srenyam iva dhava2a sat t-ora-na tata-u
calantyam unmatta iva dadhati 2asyani sikhinah

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; su dhup-anam of i n c e nse;dhumaih wi t h s m o k e ;prati

disam ev e ry direction;udirnaih fi l l e d ; upacite fi l l e d ;ghanaughe c l o u d s ;
gambhiram deep;dhvanati thunders; muraj adi vyati-kare dr u m s ; balakanam
of cranes; srenyam flo c k; iva li k e ; dh a v ala wh i t e ; sat torana -tatau -arches;
ca2antyam mo v i n g; unmatta ma d ; iv a li k e ; da d h ati pl a c e ;2asyani d a n c e s ;
sikhinah pe a c ocks.

Now that there are clouds of incense smoke like monsoon clouds
everywhere, deep thunder of many drums, and wh ite arches standing as pairs of
graceful cranes, the peacocks are madly dancing.

Text 263

advaitah:

puro vara stribhir -guna vijita ra-mbha -prabhrt-ibhir

2asa2 2$2a 2asy-am -muhur abhinayantzbhir abhitah
samantad dasibhir vyaj ana caya ta-mbula -putika-
mani bhrngar-adi grahana -catulabh-ih parivrta

purah be f o r e;vara stribhih -by be autiful wome n; guna virtues; vijita

defeated; rambha prabhrtib-hih the apsaras headed by Rambha;2asa2 2i2a 2asy-am-
splendid playful dancing; muhuh at e v e ry mome nt;abhinayantibhih p e r f o r m i n g ;
abhitah ev e rywhere;samantat ev e r y w h e re;dasibhih by m a i d s e rvants;vyajana
caya fa n s; tambula putika b- e tel nut boxes;mani je w e l ; bh rngara p i t c h e r s ;
adi be g inning with; grahana ho l d i n g ; catulabhih ex p e r t ;parivrta
surrounded.
 Advaita: Many heavenly damsels more qualified and beautiful than Rambha
dance before Her, and many maidservants bearing fans, boxes of betel-nuts, and
golden jewel pitchers, surround her.

Text 260

apl ca

vimanasya mlanim iva vidadhatim mugdha ma-hasa

catur do-lim camikara ma-nimayim utthitavati
ati kro-dhandhapi smara bh-ara sam-abhugna hrd-aya
payodheh putriyam pitr janita dar-pevacalate

api ca fu r t h e r m o r e; vimanasya je a l o u s y;mlanim wi t h e r e d;iva a s i f ;

vidadhatim ma n i f e s tivg;mugdha th w a r t e d;mahasa sp l e n d o r;catur doli-m
palanquin; camikara man-imayim j e we led;utthitavati cl i m b e d ;ati kro-dha with
great anger; andha bl i n d ; api al s o ;sm ara bha-ra wi t h e g reat love;
samabhugna broken;hrdaya heart; payodheh of the ocean; putri the
daughter; iyam sh e ;pitr fa t h e rj; anita bo r n ; da r pa pr i d e ;iva li k e ; c a l a t e
moves.

S he rides on jewelled golden palanquin. Her natural beauty is now tw i s t ed

with jealousy. She is blind with anger and her heart is broken. She is proud and
arrogant as her father, the ocean of milk .

Text 265

svarupah: (sopahasam) aho mana vaidag-dhyam asyah

sopahasam jo k i n g; ahah ah a ;ma na in j e a l o u s a nger;vaidagdhyam

expertise; asyah o f h e r .

Svarupa: (joking) Ah . Sh e is expert in the art of jealous anger.

Text 266

sri caitanya-h: svarupa kidrsam pranaya kopa vai-dagdh-yam

svarupa 0 Sv a r u p a;kidrsam li k e w h a t ?; pranaya of l o v e ; kopa anger;

vaidagdhyam skill.

Srz Caitanya: What is her skill in j e al ous anger?

 Text 267

svarupah: ya yadrsi tasyah khalu tatha vi-dham vaidagdhyam

ya what; yadrsi li k e w h a t; tasyah of h e r ; kh a lu in d e e d ;ta t ha vi-dham l i k e

that; vaidagdhyam s k i l l .

Svarupa: Whatever skill in jealous anger exists, she possesses it.

Text 268

sri cait-anyah: tathapi srnumah.

tathapi st i l l; srnumah le t u s h e a r.

Sri Caitanya: That may be, still we will h ear about it .

Text 269

svarupah: kadacit krtaparadhe pranayini sri vraj a -raj a -kisor-e sa vidha-m agatya
samucitam vyavaharati sati

kim padantam upaisi nasmi kupito naivaparaddho bhavan

nirhetur na hi
jayate krta dhiya-m kopo 'paradho 'thava
yogya eva hi bhogyatam dadhati te tat kim mayayogyaya
tenadyavadhi gokulendra tanaya
-svacchandyam evastu te

ldam kopa valdagdhyam-

kadacit on e t i m e; krtaparadhe of f e n d e d;pranayini lo v e r ;sri vraj a r-aj a -

kisore the young prince of Vraja;sa vidham -like th a t; agatya c o m i n g ;

samucitam pr o p e r; vyavaharati sati do i n g ; kim wh a t ; pa d a ntam st e p ; up aisi
goes; na not; asmi I a m; ku p itah an g r y ;na no t ; ev a in d e e d ;ap araddhah
offended; bhavan Yo u; ni r h etuh wi t h o u t c a u s e;na no t ; hi in d e e dja
; y a te i s
born; krta dhiyam -giv en thought; kopah an g r y ; aparadhah of f e n s e;athava
or;yogya proper;eva indeed;hi indeed;bhogyatam to eb enjoyed;
dadhati
places; te they; tat th a t ; kim wh a t ? ;ma ya by m e ; ay o g yaya i m p r o p e r ;
tena by Hi m; adya no w ; av a d hi th e n ; go k u lendra tanaya -t he pr i n ce of
Gokula; svacchandyam in d e p e ndent;eva in d e e d;astu is ; te of Y o u ; i d a m
this; kopa in a n g e r; vaidagdhyam s k i l l .

Svarupa: Once, when Lord Krsna, the prince of Vraja, had offended His
beloved, she replied: "Why do You fall at my feet? I am not angry. You have not
offended me. There is no reason for me to be angry with You, for You have not
offended me. 0 prince of Gokula, I am not really qualified to be Your beloved.
Y ou should find a more qualified girl. You are now free to find her." This is skil l
in jealous anger.

Text 270

prakarantaram ca

durad utthitam antikam mayi gate pitham karenapi tam

smitvabhasini bhasitammrdu sud-ha nih-syandi mandamvacah
arudhe 'rdham athasanam prakatito harsas tayaslisyati
pratyaslistam avamayaiva manaso vamyam tayaviskrtam

prakara example;antaram another;ca also;durat far away; utthitam

risen; antikam la s t;mayi me ; ga t e go n e ;pi t h am pl a c e ;ka rena w i t h H i s
hand; api al s o; tam he r ; sm i t va sm i l i n g ;bh asini wo r d s ;bh asitam s p o k e n ;
mrdu sw e e t; sudha ne c t a r;nihsyandi flo w i n g ; ma n dam ge n t l y ;va cah w o r d s ;
arudhe ri s e n; ardham ha l f ; at ha th e n ; as a nam se a t ;prakatitah m a n i f e s t ;
harsah jo y; taya by h e r ; as 2isyati em b r a c e s;pratyas2istam em b r a ced in
return; avamaya wi t h o u t d u p l i c i t y; eva in d e e d;manasah of t h e h e art;
vamyam du p l i c i t y; taya by h e r ; av iskrtam m a n i f e s t

In the following words Lord Kr sna Him self describes His beloved's jealous
anger: "I had come from far away. With her own hand she gave Me a seat. I
smiled and conversed with her and she spoke very sweetly in reply. I parti ally
rose from My seat. I embraced her. She embraced Me in return. Even though she
was angry with Me, because she is so gentle she concealed the anger in her
heart."

Text 271

sri caitany-ah: purvato pi su rasam i-dam

purvatah th a n t he first; api al s o ;su rasam -s we eter; idam t h i s .

Srz Caitanya: This second example is sweeter than the first.

Text 272

srivasah: (sa parihasa-m) gopa2a 2a2anana-m kvaitadrsam aisvaryam aisvarya.m hi

mada hetuh. -
asyah pasyata bho madasya mahima dasi kulenesvari-
garvotseka madoddhurenayad ami baddhah kati r-odhasi
mukhya eva j agat p-ateh parij anah pratyekam akarsata
paty ante sma nij esvari p-ada p-urah prapayya caura iva

bhrtyaparadhe svamino danda ity eva srutam id.am tu tad vi-paritam evety aho aty
adbhutam.

sa pa-rihasam jo k i n g; gopa2a 2a-2ananam of the gopis; kva w h e r e ? ;

etadrsam li k e t hi s; aisvaryam op u l e n c e;hi in d e e d ;mada of j o y ; h e t u h
cause; asyah of h e r; pasyata se e ;bhah oh ; ma d a sya of p r i d e ; mahima g l o r y ;
dasi ku-lena by maidservants;isvari th e q u e e n;garva pr i d e ; ut seka e a g e r ;
mada pr i d e; uddhurena gr e a t;yat wh a t ; a mi t h e y ;ba d d hah bo u n d ; k a t i
rodhasi on t he waist; mukhya be s t ;eva in d e e dj; agat pat-eh of t he Lord;
parijanah as s ociates;pratyekam ea ch o ne;akarsatah at t r a c t e d;patyantesma
were protected; nijesvari queen; pada feet; purah before;prapayya giving;
caurah th i e f; iva as i f ; bh r t ya of t h e w i f e ; aparadhe of f e n s e;svaminah o f t h e
husband; dandah pu n i s h m e n t; iti th u s ;eva in d e e d ;srutam is h e a rd in Sruti-
sastra; idam th i s ; tu in d e e d ;tad vipa-ritam op p o s i t e;eva in d e e d;iti t h u s ;
ahah oh; ati ve r y ; ad b h utam w o n d e r f u l .

Srzvasa: (joking) Ho w can the gopzs ever possess opulence like this? Her
opulence makes her proud. Ah! Look at the glory of her pride! Laksmz's
maidservants have now arrogantly arrested the principal servants of Lord
Jagannatha, bound them at the waist, dragged them along, and thrown them at
the feet of their queen as of they were common thieves. I have heard of a master
being punished for the crime of his servant, but this, the opposite, is very
wonderful and surprising.

Text 273

svarupah: (srivasam prati) bhoh pandita pasya pasya tava devya vaidagdhyam

acetanasyasya rathasya ko va
mantuh katham tadyata esa bhrtyaih
yasyamy adure 'ham itisvarena
prokte katham vasami dirgha kopah-

srivasam Sr i vasa;prati to ; bh oh 0 ; p a n d i t a pu n d i t ;pa s ya lo o k ; pa s ya

look; tava yo u r ; devya of t h e q u e e n;vaidagdhyam sk i l l ; ac etanasya
unconscious; asya of t h e; ra thasya ch a r i o t;kah wh o ? ; va or ; ma n t u h a n g e r ;
katham wh y ? ; tadyate is b e a ten;esah th i s ; bh rtyaih by t h e s e r vants;
yasyami I will go; adure no t f a r; aham I; it i th us ; is v a r e na b y t h e L o r d ;
prokte sa i d; katham why.;va or;asami I enjoy; dirgha long;kopah anger.

Svarupa: (To Srzvasa) 0 p a n d i ta, look! Look at the skill of your qu een! Wh y
d o Laksmi's servants beat the inanimate chariot? Lord Jagannatha said, "I wil l
return before long". Why is Laksmz so angry?

Text 270

srivasah: svamin isvarya hiyam eva ritih.

svamin 0 Sv a m i;isvarya of a q u e e n;hi in d e e d ;iy am th i s ; eva i n d e e d ;

ritih the way.

Srivasa: Svami, that is a queen s nature.

Text 275

sri cait-anyah: srivasa naradatvena bhavan dvaraka vila-sa priy-a eva. tena tubhyam
aisvaryamsa eva rocate svar.upasya vrndavana priy-atvat tatha vidh-ananda
vaidagdhyamsa eva preyan

srivasa 0 Sr i v a sa;naradatvena wi t h t he n ature of Narada;bhavan y o u ;

dvaraka in D v a r a ka;vilasa pa s t i m e s;priyah fo n d ; eva in d e e d ;te na b y t h a t ;
tubhyam to y o u; aisvarya of o p u l e n c e;amsah pa r t ; eva in d e e d ;ro cate
pleases; svarupasya of S varupa;vrndavana of V r n d a v a na;priyatvat be c a u se of
being fond; tatha vidha -li ke th a t; ananda bl i s s ;vaidagdhya sk i l l ; am sah p a r t ;
eva in d e ed; preyan d e a r .

Srz Caitanya: Srzvasa, you are like Narada, and therefore you like the Lord s
pastimes at Dvaraka, and the opulences there please you. You, Svarupa, are fond
of Vrndavana. and the blissful pastimes there please you.

Text 276

advaitah: bhagavan

bhavat padamb-horuhayor anugrahad

asmadrsam idrsam idrsam mahat
babhuva saubhagya maho ma-hotsav-a
murta ivami vivisur drsoh pathi

bhagavan 0 Lord;bhavat padambh-oruhayoh of Your lotus feet; anugrahat

by the mecy; asmadrsam of t h o se like us;idrsam idrsam li k e t h i s; mahat g r e a t ;
babhuva was;saubhagya good fortune; mahah splendor;maha great;
utsava fe stival; murta pe r s o n i f i e d;iva li k e ; ami the s e viv
; isuh e n t e r ;
drsoh of t he eyes;pathi on t h e p a t h w a y.
 Advaita: Lord, it is only by the mercy of Your lotus feet that persons like
Myself are fortunate that these great festivals enter the pathwy of our eyes.

Text 277

sri ca-itanyah: kim te bhuyah priyam upakaromi

kim w h a t?; te of Y o u ; b huyah m o r e ; pr i y am pl e a s i n g;upakaromi I may

do.

Sri Caitanya: What more may I do to pl ease You?

Text 278

advaitah: kim bhuyahpriyam upakarisyasi

he2a khe2-ayitenatani ka2i math-anam khyapito bhakti yogo-

vyaktam tatrapi nitah parama su n-ibh-rtah prema nam-a padarthah
kvapi kvapi prakirnapurutara su b-hav-ukabhavukanam
tatrapy abhira nari -muku-ta mani -maha -bhav-a vidya-navadya

kim w h a t?; bhuyah m o r e ; pr i y am de a r ;up a karisyasi I m a y d o; he la

khe2ayitenatani co n f i d e nt ial pastimes; ka2i k a l i; ma thanam c r u s h e d ;
khyapitah fa m o u s; bhakti-yogah d e v o t i o n al service;vyaktam ma n i f e s ted;
tatrapi st i l l; n it ah l e d ; pa r a ma su nib-hr-tah ve ry confidential; prema nama-
named pure love; padarthah th e m e a ning of the word; kvapi kvapi w h e r e v e r ;
prakirna di s t r i b u t e d;purutara more; su-bhavuka sweet;bhavukanam of they
who relish it; tatrapi st i l l ; ab h ira nari - o f th e gopis; mukuta cr o w n ; m a n i
jewel;maha bhava -greta love;vidya anavad-ya with knowledge.

Advaita: What more may You do to please Me? Lord, You have revealed the
most confidential pastimes of Lord Krsna. You have crushed the age of Kali, and
You have described the secret meaning of devotional service in pure love of
Krsna. You have brought all auspiciousness to the devotees expert at relishing
the mellows of transcendental pastimes. You have openly r e v ealed the ecstatic,
pure devotional love felt by Srz Radha, the crest jewel of all the gopzs.

Text 279

asmakam tu

dharmartha kamesu pa-raiva kutsa

lipsa na moksasya ca karhicin nah
ebhih samastais tava deva lokair
lokantare 'py astu mahaiva vasah

asmakam of u s; tu bu t ; dh a r ma of m a t e r i al piety;artha e c o n o m i c
development; kamesu and sense gratification;para gr e a t;eva in d e e d;kutsa
insignificant; lipsa de s i r e;na no t ; mo k s asya fo r i m p e r s o nal liberation;ca
also; karhicit so m e h o w;nah of u s ; eb hih wi t h t h e s e;samastaih al l ; t a v a
Your; deva 0 Lo r d ; 2okaih pe o p l e ;2okantare in a n o t h er lif e;api al s o ;a s t u
may be; saha wi t h ; eva in d e e d ;vasah re s i d e n c e.

I have one request, I think material piety, economic development and sense-
gratification worthless and insignificant. I don t want im p ersonal liberation. I
only want that in the next life I may have the association of Your devotees.

Text 280

sri cait-anyah: evam eva.

vrndaranyantara stha-h sa rasa -vilas-itenatmanatmanam uccair

ananda syan-da vand-i krta -man-asam uri krty-a nitya pram-odah
vrndaranyaika nisth-an sva ruci -sama -tanu-n karayayisyami yusman
ity evaste 'vasistam kim api mama mahat karma tac catanisye

evam so;eva indeed;vrndaranyantara sthah -in Vrndavana; sa rasa-

vilasitena wi t h s w e et pastimes;atmana atmanam My o w n f o r m ; uc caih g r e a t l y ;
ananda syand-a filled with bliss; vandi krta -w o r s h i p e d; manasam wh o s e heart;
uri krtya -accepting; nitya et e r n a l;pramodah ha p p i n e s s;vrndaranyaika
nisthan th e y who have faith in Vrndavana;sva ruci s-ama -tanun -splendid forms
like My own; karayayisyami I w i l l d o ; yu s man yo u ; it i thu s ; ev a i n d e e d ;
aste is; avasistam al l ; kim api so m e t h i n g mama; My ; ma h a t gr e a t ;k a r m a
act; tat th a t; ca an d ; at a n isye I will give.

Srz Caitanya: So be it. I will go to Vr n d avana and there I will accept you as
My associates and with My sweet pastimes I will f il l y ou r h e arts with b l i ss. To
you who have faith in Vrn d avana I will give splendid spir i t ual forms like My
o wn. That is what I will do for y o u .

Text 281

apl ca

dasye kecana kecana pranayinah sakhye ta evobhaye

radha madhava -nisthaya -katipaye sri dvarakad-hisituh
sakhyadav ubhayatra kecana pare ye vavatarantare
mayy abaddha hrdo khil-an vitanavai vrndavanasanginah
 api ca furthermore;dasye in servitorship; kecana kecana whoever;
pranayinah loving; sakhye in f r i e n d s hip; te th e y ; eva in d e e d ;ubhaye b o t h ;
radha madhava n-isthaya wi t h f a i th in Sri Radha-Madhava;katipaye so m e ; sri
dvarakadhisituh of L o r d D v a rakadhisa;sakhya wi t h f r i e n d s hip;adau
beginning with; ubhayatra in b o t h ; ke cana so m e ;pa re ot h e r s ;ye w h o ;
vavatarantare in V r n d a v a na;mayi in M e ; ab a d dha bo u n d ; hr d ah h e a r t s ;
akhilan al l ; vi t anavai I g i v e ;vr n davana in V r n d a v a n a;asanginah as s o ciation.

Those of you whose hearts are bound to Me in this form of Srz Caitanya
Mahaprabhu, even if your rasas are friendship or servitude to Srz Srz Radha-
Madhava or Lord Dvarakadhzsa, or if your rasas are friendship or servitude to
any of My other incarnations, I will make into My eternally liberated associates
in Goloka Vrndavana.

Text 282

advaitah: tathastu.

nij ecchaya prapaya yad yad eva

sthalantaram no vapur antaram va
tavaitad ascarya carit-ram eva
j ati smara -eva ciram smaramah

tatha so; astu be i t ; nij a ow n ; ic c h a ya by t h e d e s i re;prapaya gi v i n g ;y a d

yat whatever; eva in d e e d;sthala pl a c e ;antaram an o t h e r;nah o f u s ;
vapuh fo r m; antaram an o t h e r ;va or ; ta v a of Y o u ; et at th i s ;as c arya
wonderful; caritram pa s t i m e s;eva i n d e e d ; j a ti pas t l i f e ;sm arah
remembering; eva in d e e d; ciram lo n g ; sm a ramah w e r e m e m b e r.

Advaita: So be it. By Your desire may You give us all different eternal forms
and different eternal residences. We will eternally remember Your wonderful
transcendental pastimes.

Text 283

tathapidam astu

aka2pam kavayantu nama kavayo yusmad vi2asava-2im

tam evabhinayantu nartaka ganah sr-nvantu pasyantu tam
santo matsaratam tyaj antu kuj anah santosavantah sada
santu ksoni bhujo bha-vac caranayo-r bhaktya prajah pantu ca

tathapi fu r t h e r m o r e; idam th i s ; as tu ma y b e ; ak a lpam un t i l t h e e nd of the

kalpa; kavayantu ma y w r i t e poems;nama in d e e d;kavayah po t e s ;yusmat
Your; vi2asava2im pa stimes; tam th a t ; e va i n d e e d ;ab h inayantu m a y p l a y ;
nartaka ganah ac t o r s;srnvantu ma y h e a r; pasyantu ma y s e e;tam t h a t ;
santah de v o tees;matsaratam en v y ; tyaj antu ma y a b a ndon; kuj anah w i c k e d ;
santosavantah ha p py people;sada al w a y s;santu ma y b e; ksoni b-huj ah k i n g s ;
bhavat Yo u r; caranayoh to t h e f e e t;bhaktya wi t h d e v o t i o n;praj ah c i t i z e n s ;
pantu may protect; ca a l s o .

I pray that until the end of the kalpa poets may write books about Your
transcendental pastimes, actors may act in plays narrating Your pastimes. May
the saintly devotees see and hear these plays. When the wicked see and hear
these plays may they become free of envy and filled with ha p p i n ess, and when
the kings of this world see and hear them may they become filled with devotion
for Your lotus feet and inspired to always protect their subjects.

Text 280

bhagavan: tathaivastu.
( niskrantah sarve ) .

tatha so; eva i n d e e d; astu is ; ni s k r a ntah exits; sarve ev e ryone.

The Lord: So be it.

(Exit all.)

Epilogue

Text 1

yasyocchista prasad-ad ayam ajani mamapraudhimakavya rupi -

vag devya y-ah krtarthi krta iha-samayotkirtya tasyavataram

yat kartavyam mayaitat krtam iha su dhiyo y-e 'nurajyanti te 'mi srnvantv anyan
namamas caritam idam ami ka/pitam no vidantu

yasya of whom; ucchista re m n a n t; prasadat fr o m t h e m e r c y;ayam t h i s ;

aj ani is; mama my ; pr a u d h ima co m p l e t e d;kavya of a p o e m;ru pi i n t h e
form; vag devya -by goddess Sarasvati; yah wh a t ; kr t a r t hi krt ah s- u c e ssful;
iha he r e; samaya ti m e ; ut k i r t ya gl o r i f y i n g ;tasya of H i m ; av a t a ram
incarnation; yat wh a t ; ka r t a vyam ma y b e d o n e;maya by m e ; et at t h i s ;
krtam do n e ; iha he r e ;su dhiyah - i n t e l l i g ent; ye w h o ; an u r a jyanti en j o y ;t e
ami th e y; srnvantu ma y h e a r ; anyan ot h e r ;na m amah we o f f e r o beisances;
caritam pa s t i m e s;idam th e s e ; ami t h e y ; ka / p itam co n s i d e r e d;na no t ; u
indeed; vidantu ma y u n d e r s tand.
 By the mercy of Lord Caitanya, this poem is now compl eted. Blessed by
goddess Sarasvatz, I have now completed my glorification of the descent of Lord
Caitanya.
May the saintly devotees take pleasure in listening to this play. I offer my
respectful obeisances to them all. May they who are not devotees not be able to
understand my description of these transcendental pastimes.

Text 2

sri cai -tany a kat-ha y atha ma-ti y atha drs-tam y atha kar-ni tam
j agranthe kiyanti tadiya krp-aya balena yeyam maya
etam tat priy-a ma-ndale siva siva smrty eka -ses-am gate
kojanatu srnotu kas tad anaya krsnah svayam priyatam

sri cait-anya of L o rd C aitanya;katha to p i c s ;yatha as ; ma ti u n d e r s t o o d ;

yatha as; drstam se e n;yatha as ; ka r n i t a m heard; j agranthe I w r i t e ;
kiyanti ho w m a n y ?;tadiya krpa-ya of H is m e rc y; balena by t h e p o w e r;ya
what; iyam th i s ; ma ya by m e ; et am th i s ; ta t p r i y-a man-dale in t he circle of
His beloved associates; siva siva Oh ! O h ! ; sm rty eka -sesa-m only a memory;
gate go ne; kah wh o ? ;j anatu may understand; srnotu ma y h e a r;kah w h o ? ;
tat th a t; anaya by a n o t h e r;krsnah Lo r d K r s n a;svayam pe r s o n a lly;
priyatam may be pleased.

By the mercy of the Lord I have wri t ten of Lord Cait n ya's pastimes as far as I
have seen or heard of them and as far as my intelligence permits. Now that, alas,
alas, the circle of Lord Caitanya s dear intimate associates has become only a
memory for us, who hears of His pastimes? Who understands them? I pray that
Lord Krsna may become pleased with these words glorifying His pastimes.

Text 3

drsta bhagavatah krpapy upagata tesam sthitam tesu ca

jnatam vastu viniscitam ca kiyata premnapi tatrasitam
jivadbhir na mrtam mrtair yadi punar martavyam asmad vidhair-
utpadyaiva na kim mrtam bata vidhe ramaya tubhyam namah
drstah se en;bhagavatah th e d e v o tees;krpa me r c y ; api al s o ;up a gata
approached; tesam of t h e m; sthitam th e s i t u a t i o n; tesu i n t h e m ; ca a l s o ;
jnatam un d e r s t o o d;vastu th i n g ; vi n iscitam co n c l u d e d; ca a l s o ;ki y a ta h o
much; premna wi t h l o v e; api ev e n ; ta t ra th e r e ;as itam is ;j ivadbhih b y t h e
living entities; na no t ; mr t am de a d ;mr t a ih by t h e de a d ; y a di if ; p u n a h
again; martavyam th e y w ho a re subject to death;asmad vidhaih -by th o se like
us; utpadya manifesting; eva in d e e d;na no t ; ki m wh at ? ; mr t am d e a t h ;
bata in d e ed; vidhe 0 fa t e ;ra m aya to h a p p i n e s s;tubhyam to y o u ; na m ah
obeisances.
 People like us, who have personally seen the great devotees of the Lord,
received their mercy, understood the truth of the Supreme Personality of
G odhead, and are filled with love for Him, w il l n e ver die. If we die we will n o t
take birth again in this material wor ld. If we do not take birth here again, then
what can death do to us? 0 most auspicious destiny that awaits us, I offer my
respectful obeisances unto you.

Text 0

sake caturdasa sat-e ravi vaj -i yu-kte

gauro harir dharani ma-ndala avirasit
tasmims catur nav-ati bha-ji tadiya 2i2a-
grantho 'yam avirabhavat katamasya vaktrat

sake in t he Saka year;caturdasa sate -ravi vaji -yuk-te 14 0 7; gauro harih L o r d

Caitanya; dharani man-dale on t he earth; avirasit ap p e a r e d;tasmin i n t h i s ;
catur nav-ati bhaj-i I+ 9 0 ; ta diya 2i2a -His pastimes; granthah bo o k ; ay am t h i s ;
avirabhavat ap p e ared;katamasya of s o m e o ne;vaktrat f r o m t h e m o u t h .

Lord Caitanya, who brought auspiciousness to the entire universe, appeared

in this world in the year 1007 Saka (A.D. 1085), and this book, which describes
His transcendental pastimes, came from the mouth of a certain devotee in the
year 1490 Saka (A.D. 1568).